016.820 T28b 56-01514
This Volume is for
REFERENCE USE ONLY H
KANSAS CITY MO. PUBLIC LIBRARY
D ODD1 DH313m
BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF
STUDIES IN
VICTORIAN LITERATURE
BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF
STUDIES IN
VICTORIAN LITERATURE
For the Thirteen Years 1932-1944
Edited by WILLIAM D. TEMPLEMAN
Compiled by Samuel P. Chew, Frederic E. Faverty, Charles Fred
erick Harrold, William Irvine, William D. Templeman, Charles W.
Thomas, Ruth C. Wallerstein, Helen C. White, and Austin Wright
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS PRESS
Copyright, 1945, by the University of Illinois Press.
All rights reserved. Permission for reproduction
in any form may be obtained from the Publisher.
PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
; PREFACE
VOLUME constitutes the first presentation in book form
of any of the annual "period" bibliographies of English litera
ture. Some account of its history may be in order.
In December, 1930, at the meeting of the Victorian Literature
Group of the Modern Language Association of America, in Washing
ton, D. C., the present editor submitted a bibliography of publications
(books, articles, and reviews) of 1930 that had a bearing on English
literature of the Victorian period. Considerable interest was shown in
the bibliography and the accompanying suggestion that it be followed
by annual Victorian bibliographies.
, When the Group met the next year, in Madison, Wisconsin, further
interest was made evident. The newly-elected chairman, Professor
Howard Mumford Jones, then of the University of -Michigan, was
authorized to appoint a bibliography committee. He asked the present
editor to serve as chairman of such a committee, to aid in its forma
tion, and to start it working. The following members of the Group
agreed to help with the task, and were appointed members of the
committee: Professor Frederic E. Faverty, Professor Charles Frederick
Harrold, and Professor Helen C. White.
The task of making an annual bibliography could scarcely be will
ingly or effectively performed unless a satisfactory means of publica
tion could be found. The Group had voted for this committee no
directions as to procedure and no funds. The chairman of the com
mittee consulted with Professor Ronald S. Crane, the managing editor
of Modern Philology, published by the University of Chicago Press.
Upon Professor Crane s recommendation, arrangements were made for
the annual Victorian bibliographies to be printed in the May issues of
Modern Philology.
The first Victorian bibliography appeared in Modern Philology
for May, .1933. Experience showed that its style was not completely
satisfactory. Consequently the number of -sections in the next bibliog
raphy became four instead of five, some alteration was made in the
section headings, and boldface type was used in order to name em
phatically the individual authors dealt with in Section IV. The
bibliographies have been essentially the same in style from 1934 to
the present.
The following table shows the membership of the Bibliography
Committee since its inception:
diaries Frederick Harrold (Ohio State University) 1932-1944
Helen C. White (University of Wisconsin) 1932-1934
Frederic E. Faverty (Northwestern University) 1932-1940
Ruth C. Wallerstein (University of Wisconsin) 1935
Charles W. Thomas (University of Wisconsin) 1936-1938
Samuel P. Chew (University of Oklahoma) 1939-1943
Austin Wright (Carnegie Institute of Technology) 1941-1944
William Irvine (Stanford University) 1944
William D. Templeman (University of Illinois), chairman. .1932-1944
The above-named persons have contributed most of the items that
appear in the thirteen bibliographies. Professor Thomas acknowledged
the assistance of Marjorie Hill, Rebecca Ruggles, and Viola Wendt
during 1938. Professor Chew acknowledged the assistance of Leslie
Rutlcdge during 1939. Professor Joseph G. Fucilla, of the Department
of Romance Languages, Northwestern University, has kindly allowed
the reprinting, on pages 215-22, of his bibliographical article from
Modern Philology for August, 1939. Before its first appearance this
article had been edited as a supplement to the Victorian Bibliography
for 1937. Professor Carl J. Weber, of Colby College, has for several
years kindly contributed numerous Hardy items.
The editor wishes to thank Professor Ronald S. Crane, the man
aging editor of Modern Philology; the late Professor Walter J, Gra
ham, of the University of Illinois, who was helpful in the days before
the committee was formed; Harrison E. Cunningham, Director of the
University of Illinois Press; and Dean R. D. Carmichacl, of the
Graduate School of the University of Illinois, who aided in having
publication of the book approved.
The University of Chicago Press has graciously allowed this re
printing from the pages of Modern Philology. The reproduction has
been made as economically as possible by photography. The original
page numbers have been changed in order to permit continuous pagina
tion, and the page headings have been made uniform. No other changes
have been made. Additions are (1) this preface, (2) the foreword by
Professor Howard Mumford Jones, and (3) the index, prepared by
the editor, of the Victorian authors mentioned in the first four sections
of the bibliography for 1932 and in the fourth section of each later
bibliography.
W D T
University of Illinois
VI
FOREWORD
BIBLIOGRAPHIES, like filing systems, are dull but necessary
foundations to organized large-scale activities. Because the
study of nineteenth-century literature and culture is, by its
very nature, one of the largest activities possible to literary scholar
ship, competent bibliographical "directives" are the more necessary.
As one who once labored to put together, with friends, but on an
amateur basis, a tentative bibliography in the Victorian field, I can
testify to the fact that before the Victorian Group of the Modern
Language Association set up the devoted and self -forgetting com
mittee that created and now sustains the annual bibliography of Vic
torian studies, the inquirer had to spend sixty or seventy percent of
his energies assembling materials for any research he did. It is the
great glory of the committee to have forged an instrument for research
that has done more for a proper understanding of the Victorian world
than any other single achievement of the last fifty years in this field.
My name appears early in the preface. It doesn t really belong
there. I happened to be chairman of the Group when the idea started,
but the labor, the devotion, the patience, the critical selection have
been the work of others. The work of the committee seems to me to
show what cooperative enterprise can accomplish in the humanistic
fields; and until humanists learn to work together on conjoint enter
prises, as social scientists and scientists have learned to do, their
progress is bound to lag behind that in these other sectors of learning.
For that reason the achievement of this committee is all the more
notable.
But let us go on with the bibliographies.
. TT . . HOWARD MXJMFORD JONES
Harvard University
vu
CONTENTS
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 . ... 1
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 37
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 77
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 Ill
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 145
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY *HDR 1937 183
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 223
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 263
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 307
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 349
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942 387
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943 409
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944 . ... 429
INDEX OF VICTORIAN AUTHORS 447
IX
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
for 1932
bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the Vic
torian Literature Group of the Modern Language Association of
America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University of
Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal College;
Helen C. White, University of Wisconsin; Frederic E. Faverty, North
western University. It attempts to list the noteworthy publications of
1932 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a bearing on
English literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise stated,
the date of publication is 1932. Some cross-references are given, al
though not all that are possible.
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
AHR
Beiblatt
Bk
BkL
B of M
CR
EHR
EJ
ER
ES
ESt
FR
GRM
HTB
JMH
LM
LQHR
LZD
MLN
MP
N
NC
American historical review NewR -
*= Beiblatt zur Anglia NR
= Bookman NS =
-Bookman (London) NYTBR =
= Books of the month N &Q =
= Contemporary review PMLA -
Economic history review
English journal PQ -
English review QQ =
Englische studien QR =
= English studies (Amster- RA =
dam) RasI
= Fortnightly review RES -
= Germanisch-Romanische RH =
monatsschrift RHL =
=New York Herald-Tribune
books RLC
= Journal of modern history RSP
London mercury S -
= London quarterly and Hoi SP =
born review SR
= LUerarisches Zentralblatt fur SRL -
Deutschland SSA
= Modern language notes TLS -
Modern philology
= Nation YR
^Nineteenth century and after
=New republic
National review
New statesman and nation
New York Times book review
-Notes & queries
-Pubs. Mod. Lang. Ass n of
Am.
Philological quarterly
Queen s quarterly
Quarterly review
Revue anglo^imericaine
Rassegna italiana
Review of English studies
Revue historigue
Revue d histoire litter aire de
la France
Revue de litterature comparer
Revue des sciences politiques
Spectator
Studies in philology
Saturday review
Saturday review of literature
Social science abstracts
(London) Times literary sup
plement
Yale review
[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1933]
2 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
"American bibliography for 1931." PMLA, XLVI, SuppL, 1366-71:
"English. Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh.
Annual bibliography of English language and literature. Vol. XII. 1931.
Edited for the Modern Humanities Research Association by Mary S.
Sergeantson, assisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge: Bowes &
Bowes. Pp. x+272. "Nineteenth century," pp. 163-208.
Arents, Prosper. Flemish writers translated (1830-1931). Bibliographical es
say. Introd. by Emmanuel de Bom. Den Haag: Martinus Nijhoff, 1931
(8 en 191).
Rev. by J. van Dam in Deutsche Literaturzeitung, LXII, 1986.
The art index. Vol. Ill, No. 5 (Feb.); No. 9 (June); No. 11 (Oct.); Vol. IV,
No. 4 (Feb., 1933). These four issues make a cumulative subject and au
thor index to fine-arts periodicals, books, and museum bulletins, from Sept.
1931, to Feb., 1933. New York: H. W. Wilson Co.
Cox, A. L. "Bibliography of the bicycle." N & Q, CLXII, 179.
Bibliographischer Monatsbericht uber neu erschienene Schul-, Universitdts- u.
Hochschulschriften .... herausgegeben von der Zentraktelle fur Disserta-
tionen und Programme der Buchhandlung Gustav Fock Leipzig, bi
monthly.
Books of the month. Edinburgh: James Thin. Published monthly.
Ricci, Seymour de. "Notes on the bibliography of encyclopedias." The Pyn-
son printers. Colophon, III, part 12, art. 5.
The chief encyclopedias considered are the Encyclopaedia Britannica; Brock-
haus* Conversationslexikon (first printed, 1796-1811); the Spanish Enciclopedia
universale (1908-30); Pancoucke and Agasse s Encydopedie methodique (1782-
1832); Migne s Encydopedie theologique (1844-66); Pierre Larousse s Grand die-
tionnaire universel du XIX* sieck; and the Grande encydopedie (1885-1901).
German literature yesterday and today. Berlin: Terramare office. Pp. 18-19:
"Some recent English and American contributors to the history of German
literature since 1832."
Price, Lawrence Marsden. The reception of English literature in Germany.
Berkeley: Univ. of California pr. Pp. vii+596.
Rev. in GRM, XX, 222; by Carl Colditz in German quar., V, 197-98. Third
part treats particularly the reception of Dickens, Scott, Byron. A bibliography of
120 pp.
International bibliography of historical sciences Second year 1987. Ed. by
the International Committee of Historical Sciences, Washington. New
York: H. W. Wilson Co. Pp. Ixxx-f 431.
Compiled by bibliographers from twenty-two nations. Sections on diplomatics,
history, history of the book, genealogy, numismatics, linguistics; historical geogra
phy; historical bibliography; folk lore; economic and social history; history of
civilization; the sciences and education; history of art; religious history; history of
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 3
philosophy ; history of literature; general history; history by countries; discoveries;
modern religious history; history of modern culture (1) general; (2) academies
and intellectual organization; (3) history of education; (4) the press; (5) philoso
phy; (6) natural and medical sciences; (7) literature; (8) art and industrial art; (9)
music and theater modern economic and social history; modern legal and con
stitutional history; history of international relations (including a section "From
1815 to 1890"); etc.
International index to periodicals. Cumulative. Five times a year. New York:
H. W. Wilson Co.
Van Home, John. "Recent Italian books." Italica, IX, 13-14, 45-46, 81-82,
118-19.
Local catalogue of material concerning Newcastle and Northumberland as repre
sented in the Central Public Library, Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Newcastle-upon-
Tyne: Andrew Reid.
A London bibliography of the social sciences. Being the subject catalogue of the
British Library of Political and Economic Science at the School of Economics,
the Goldsmiths Library of Economic Literature at the University of London ,
the Libraries of the Royal Statistical Society, of the Royal Anthropological
Institute, of the Royal Institute of International Affairs, of the Institute of In
dustrial Psychology, the Edward Fry Library of International Law, and the
collection of pamphlets at the Reform Club, together with certain special collec
tions at the University College, London, and elsewhere. Compiled under the
direction of B. M. Headicar, librarian, and C. Fuller, B.A., assistant libra
rian, of the British Library of Political and Economic Science; with an
introduction by the Rt. Hon. Lord Passfield. London: London School of
Economics. 4 vols.
Carter, John. Binding variants in English publishing, 1820-1900. London:
Constable; New York: Ray Long & Richard R. Smith. Pp. xviii + 172.
Rev. in NYTBR, Aug. 28, p. 16; TLS, July 7, p, 493. Of considerable biblio
graphical value; Victorians: Ainsworth, Bulwer-Lytton, Dickens, Disraeli, George
Eliot, Jeffries, Meredith, Charles Reade, Stevenson, Matthew Arnold, the Brown
ings, Pater, Christina Rossetti.
Bonar,J. Catalogue of the library of Adam Smith. 2ded. London: Macmillan.
Pp. xxiv+218.
Rev. by Henry Higgs in Economic journal, XLII, 625-27.
The year s work in English studies. Vol. XL 1930. Ed. for the English Asso
ciation by F. S. Boas. Oxford univ. pr. London: Milford. Pp. 400.
Rev. by W. Fischer in Beiblatt, XLIII, 277-78.
De Vane, William Clyde. "The new Browning letters." Yak university library
gazette, VII, 39-41.
"Yale University Library has recently acquired a volume of unpublished letters
from the hands of Elizabeth Barrett and Robert Browning. Four portraits, two of
which have not appeared elsewhere." Article summarizes contents of letters.
4 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
"Byron in English, French, German, and American literature: A bibliogra
phy ..... " In Werner G. Krug, Lord Byron als dichterische Gestalt in Eng
land, Frarikreich, Deutschland und Amerika, pp. 101-42. Diss. Giessen.
Potsdam: Richard Schneider.
Carlyle: see IV. Carlyle. Diss. by Neumann.
Catalogue of an exhibition at Columbia university to commemorate the one hun
dredth anniversary of the birth of Lewis Carroll (Charles Lutwidge Dodgson)
1832-1898. New York: Columbia univ. pr.
Rev. by J. T. Winterich in SRL, IX, 278.
Fish, Helen Dean. "1832-1932." SRL, VIII, 704.
An account of the Lewis Carroll treasures on exhibition at the Avery Library,
Columbia University.
The Harcourt Amory collection of Lewis Carroll in the Harvard college library.
Compiled by Flora V. Livingston. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Private
ly printed in an edition of sixty-five copies.
Rev. in SRL, IX, 278.
Williams, S. H., and Madan, Falconer. A handbook of the literature of the Rev.
C. L. Dodgson (Lewis Carroll) . Oxford univ. pr.
Rev. by I. A. Williams in LM, XXV, 485.
Victorius, Paul B. "A sketch of The origin of species ." Colophon, III, part 9,
art. 6.
Discusses the early English and American editions.
Eckel, John C. A bibliography of the first editions of Charles Dickens. London:
Maggs Bros. Pp. 290.
Treats their points and values. Rev. by Philip Brooks in NYTBR, Oct. 2, p. 20.
An enlargement and revision of the edition of 1913 (Chapman and Hall). Of great
bibliographical value.
Purdy, Richard L. "Journals and letters of George Eliot." Yale university
library gazette, VII, 1-4.
The "richest" of the letters and journals of George Eliot "have recently been
purchased for the Yale Library ..... The collection presents for the future bi
ographer a mine of material which has remained virtually untouched."
Du Bois, A. E. "Additions to the bibliography of W. S. Gilbert s contribu
tions to magazines." MLN, XLVII, 308-14.
A catalogue of the Altschul collection of George Meredith in the Yale university
library Compiled by Bertha Coolidge. Yale univ. pr.
Rev. by I. A. Williams in LM, XXV, 484.
Harting, Hugh. "Edward Smith Willard bibliography." N & Q, CLXIII,
~
Successor to Sir Henry Irving as greatest English tragedian.
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND SOCIAL
ENVIRONMENT
Acres, W. Marston. Bankof England from wthin, 1694-1900. Oxford. 2vols.
Cf. Book rev. dig., Aug., p. 2.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 5
Adams, L. P. Agricultural depression and farm relief in England, 1813-1852.
London: P. S. King & Sons.
Rev. by R. Leonard in Economic journal, XLII, 483-81 ("a useful but super
ficial summary 7 )-
Albion, Robert J. "The Communication Revolution/ " AHR, XXXVII,
718-20.
Anderson, R. M. C. The roads of England. Being a review of the roads, of
travelers, and of traffic in England, from the days of the ancient trackways to
the modern motoring era. Foreword by Sir William Morris. London: Benn.
Pp. 236.
Andr6ades, A. "La politique orientale de 1 Angleterre avant et apres le
Congres de Berlin. Disraeli et Salisbury." Les balkans, 2 (3-5), Dec., 1931
Feb., 1932, 159-86. Abstract in SSA, IV, 1061 (11151).
"Andre&des, basing on Buckle s Life of Disraeli and Lady Cecil s Life of Lord
Salisbury, traces the ultimate cause of the Eastern crisis of 1875-78 to Turkey s
financial difficulties. Disraeli had no thought-out plan. .... The real statesman
was Salisbury."
Ardagh, J. "Door knockers." N & Q t CLXIII, 28, 67, 68.
Askew, H. "Baron Huddleston (1815-1890)." N & Q, CLXIII, 153, 214.
Askew, H. "Candyman." N & Q, CLXII, 45-46.
Vendors of sweets and their connection with the process of eviction.
Askew, H. "Sanderson of Oundle." N & Q, CLXIII, 475-76.
A great Victorian schoolmaster.
Askew, H. "Thumb-screw as school punishment." N & Q, CLXII, 192.
Baring, Maurice. Lost lectures, or the fruits of experience. London: Peter
Davies. Pp. 317.
Rev, by K. Kinninmont, in B of M, April, pp. 7-9.
Bell, Herbert C. "Palmerston and parliamentary reform." JMH, IV, 186-
213.
Palmerston, strangely, becomes a liberal "in dealing with the last great reform
bill of his time."
Bennett, Arnold. The journal of Arnold Bennett, 1896-1910. New York: Vi
king pr. Pp. 417.
Rev. by Hugh Walpole in HTB, VIII, No. 38, 1, 4; by Peter Quennell in Life
and letters, VIII, 361; in SR, CLIV, 566.
Berlioz, Hector Louis. Memoirs, from 1803 to 1865; comprising his travels in
Germany, Italy, Russia and England. Trans, by Rachel (Scott Russell)
Holmes and Eleanor Holmes. Annot. and the trans, rev. by Ernest New
man. New York: Alfred Knopf. Pp. xxiii+533+xiii.
Rev. by Peter Bowdoin in HTB, IX, No. 9, 8.
Beveridge, Sir William, and others. Changes in family life. London: Allen &
Unwin. Pp. 160.
Blair, David Hunter. "Society in the seventies." ER, LV, 78-84.
6 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Blunt, Hugh F. " Aubrey Beardsley: a study in conversion." Catholic world ,
CXXXIV, 641-50.
Blunt, Reginald. "The Milners at Chelsea." NR, XCVIII, 75-78.
Blunt, W. S. My diaries, being a personal narrative of events, 1888-1914, Lon
don: Secher. Pp. xviii4-905.
Bolitho, Hector. Albert the good and the Victorian reign. London: Cobden
Sanderson; New York: D. Appleton, Pp. ix-h358.
Based on new and intimate sources; a graphic, imaginative, apparently reliable
and authoritative biography. Rev. by David Owen in SRL, VIII, 815 ; by Geoffrey
Terwilliger in HTB, VIII, No. 32, p. 5; by Peter Quennell in Life and letters,
VIII, 241; in SR, CLIII, 300; in CR, CXLI (May), 670-72; in TLS, March 17,
p. 179; by John Betjeman in NYTBR, April 10, p. 5; in S, March 19, pp. 417-18;
in EJ, XXI, 513; in New R, LXXI, 296; by Hamish Miles in NS, III, Lit, Suppl.
No. 63, pp. xlv-xvi (able picture of Albert as a great civil servant) ; by Clennell
Wilkinson in LM, XXVI, 184.
Bott, Alan, and Clephane, Irene. Our mothers. A cavalcade in pictures, quota-
tions and description of late Victorian women, 1870-1900. London: Gol-
lancz.
Boyd, A. W., and others. "A Hodening at Christmas time." N & Q,
CLXIII, 427, 461.
Bradbrooke, William. "Lord Brampton s Reminiscences : Padwick." N &
Q, CLXII, 50.
Padwick (d. 1880) "the largest money-lender of his time."
Bradbury, F., and Hulberd, Percy. "Finger bowls." N & Q, CLXIII, 350,
390, 428, 444.
Brandenburg, E. "Die deutsch-englischen Bundnisverhandlungen um die
Jahrhundertwende." Mededeel. v. h. Nederlandsche Comite t. Onderzock v. de
Oorzaken v. d. Wereldoorlog, VII (1931-32). Abstract in SSA, IV, 1403
(14689).
Bridges, Robert. Three friends. Memoirs of Digby Mackworth Dolben, Richard
Watson Dixson and Henry Bradley. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 243.
The diaries of John Bright. Ed. by R. A. J. Walling. Foreword by Philip
Bright. New York: Morrow.
Rev. by Harold J. Laski in YR, XXI, 428-29.
Brucculeri, Angelo. "La enciclica Rerum novarum 1891- 1931." Assicura-
zioni Soc. Abstract in SSA, IV, 40 (457).
The article deals with the historic origins of the document by which the Cath
olic church "tends to take a position" in industrial relations, and with the practical
results of the document.
Butterfield, Paul K. The diplomacy of the Bagdad Railway 1890-1914. Diss.
Gottingen. Pp. 82.
Cecil, Algernon. "Lord Roseberry." QR, CCLVIII, 96-120. Abstract in
SSA, IV, 698 (7376).
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 7
Cecil, Lady Gwendolyn. Life of Robert, Marquis of Salisbury. By his daughter,
Lady Gwendolyn Cecil Vol. Ill: 1880-86. Vol. IV: 1887-92. London:
Hodder & Stoughton, 1931.
Rev. by John Telford, in LQHR, CLVII, 86-96; by G. A. R. Marriott in QR,
CCLVIII, 79-95 ; by J. L. Morison in AHR, XXXVII, 752-56 ("adds definitely to
our knowledge of later Victorian statesmanship in several important directions").
Chancellor, Frank B. Prince Consort. New York: Dial pr., 1931. Pp. ix+
308.
Rev. by George G. Andrews in JMH, IV, 302.
Cheyney, Edward P. Modern English reform, from individualism to socialism.
Philadelphia: U. of Penn. pr.,*1931. Pp. vii+223.
Rev. by Paul Knaplund in AHR, XXXVII, 375-76; by J. H. Park in Pdit. Sri.
guar. } XLVII, 136-68.
Clapham, J. H. An economic history of modern Britain. Vol. II: Free trade
and steel, 1850-86. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvi
+554.
A continuation of "The early railway age," and valuable on the economic back
ground during Victorian prosperity." Rev. in TLS, Sept. 8, pp. 613-14; N & Q,
CLXIII, 161-62; NS, IV, 212; by Arthur Redford in Economic jour., XLII, 595-
99.
Cohen, Victor. The nineteenth century: a biographical history. London: Mur
ray. Pp. xiv+555.
Rev. by John Betjeman in S, May 7, pp. 671-72 ; hi NS, IV, 80 (a survey of the
century in a series of biographies set in their social context).
Cole, George D. H. A short history of the British working class movement, 1789-
1927. Complete edition with new foreword. 3 vols.in 1. London: Allen &
Unwin. Pp. 657.
Rev. by J. F. Rees of Vol. II: 1848-1900 (pub. in 1926) in EHR, XLVII, 140-
42.
Cole, George D. H. British trade and industry; past and future. New York:
Macmillan. Pp. 466.
Colson, Percy. Melba. An unconventional biography. London: Grayson. Pp.
xvi+279.
Rev. by Brian FitzGerald in SR, CLIII, 276 (famous operatic singer repeatedly
successful in England from the nineties to the World War).
Colson, Percy. Victorian portraits. London: Rich & Cowan. Pp. 256.
Includes studies of Wilberforce, Harriet Martineau, Prince Albert, Baron
Stockmar. A sketchy, naive, and at times misleading collection of prose-portraits.
C. F. H.
Rev. in SR, CLIV, 512; in Bk L, LXXXIII, 264-65.
Crabites, Pierre. "England s fifty years in Egypt." NO, July, pp. 36-49.
Crewe, The Marquess of. "Mr. Gladstone." QR, CCLIX, 193-203.
8 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Crewe, The Marquess of . Lord Rosebery. New York: Harper; London: John
Murray, 1931. Pp. xv+592.
Rev. by Algernon Cecil in QR, CCLVIII, 96-120; in LM XXV, 213-15; by
Ladaa in NR, XCVIII, 119-27, by R. L. Schuyler in Polit. sci. quart., XLVII,
449-51; in SRL, VIII, 469; by J. C. Squire in ER, LIV, 39-42; abstract of Squire s
rev. in SSA, IV, 698 (7388).
Crichton-Browne, Sir James. The doctor s after-thoughts. London: Benn.
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 29, p. 688. Touches at times on major Victorians and Vic
torian books.
Cross, Arthur Lyon. "Old English local courts and the movement for their
reform." Michigan law rev. Abstract in SSA, IV, 886 (9320).
Crosse, Gordon. Charles Gore: a biographical sketch. London: Mowbray.
Pp. vii+128.
Gore was a leading figure in the Anglican church "of the last half -century."
de Felice, Gaetano. "II Card. Ruffo, Gladstone, e i falsi giudizi della storia
dal 1799 ad oggi." RasI, XXXI, 616-21.
Dibben, Eric. "Doughty the man." Cornhill mag., LXXII, 618-26.
Donald, Rupert. "The story of London transport." Publ. Admin. Abstract
in SSA, IV, 348 (3802).
Cabs appeared in 1829, omnibuses in 1835, tramways hi 1870, electric tractions
in 1900.
Dunham, Arthur Louis. The Anglo-French treaty of commerce of 1860 and the
progress of the industrial revolution in France. Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michi
gan pr., 1930. Pp. xii+409.
Rev. by Henri Hauser in RH, CLXX, 546-47.
Ellis, S. M. "Albert the good." NC, CXI, 739-48.
Ernie, Lord, "An early Victorian childhood." QR, CCLVIII, 215-41.
Life on the Isle of Wight in the middle of the last century.
Fairley, Lincoln. "Machinery and the demand for labor in economic litera
ture to 1850." Harvard university summaries of theses (1931), pp. 154r-57.
Fay, C. R. The corn laws and social England. Cambridge. Pp. x+223.
Fisher, H. A. L. "The subtle Strachey." SRL, VIII, 613.
Forman, W. Courthope, and others. "The Doones of Exmoor. J> N & Q,
CLXIII, 44, 81, 82, 102, 124, 159, 195.
On legends of the Doones.
Fort, G. Seymour. Alfred Beit. A study of the man and his work. Foreword by
Lieut. Gen. the Rt. Hon. J. C. Smuts. London: Nicholson & Watson. Pp.
221.
Rev. in SR, CLIII, 179. Beit was a great financier and philanthropist, an asso
ciate of Rhodes in Africa.
Garnett, R. S. Odd memories. London: Blackwoods.
Rev. by John Linnell in FR, CXXXII, 670-72.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 9
Garvin, J. L. The life of Joseph Chamberlain. Vol. I: 1836-1885. . London:
Macmillan. Pp. 638.
Rev. in SR, CLIV, 623; NS, IV, No. 93, 693.
Gifford, Margaret Jeune (ed.) . Pages from the diary of an Oxford lady, 181$-
62. Oxford: Blackwell. Pp. 141.
Diary of Margaret Dyne Jeune. Her husband, Dr. Francis Jeune, master of
Pembroke, an active Protestant figure during the Oxford Movement. Rev. in
TLS, June 30, p. 475; by ClenneU Wilkinson in LM, XXVI, 377.
Goss, Charles W. F. The London directories, 1677-1855. London: Dennis
Archer.
Rev. in N & Q, CLXIII, 466-67.
Grant, L F. Everyday life in old Scotland. Part Three. From 1707 to the end of
the nineteenth century. London: Allen & Un win.
GuedaUa, Philip. The Duke. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1931. Pp. 439.
Rev. with high praise in Dalhousie rev., XII (1932-33), 134-35.
Guyot, Raymond. "Quelques aspects nouveaux du regne de Victoria." RH t
CLXIX, 594-604. Abstract in SSA, IV, 1922 (20342).
"The article reviews especially Clark s Peel and Newman s Melbourne."
Gynn, Denis. The life of John Redmond. London: Harrap. Pp. 611.
Haggard, Howard W. The lame, the halt t and the blind. The vital rdle of medi
cine in the history of civilization. London: Heinemann. Pp. xxvi+420.
Haldane, Elizabeth. "Scottish family life in the seventies." QE, CCLIX,
259-72.
Hall, Thomas W. The Fairbanks of Sheffield, 1688-1848. Sheffield: J. W.
Northend. Pp. 164.
Rev. in N & Q, CLXIII, 125.
Hall, Walter Phelps. Mr. Gladstone. New York: Norton, 1931. Pp. 275.
Rev. by A. L. Sachar in HTB, VIII, No. 37, 10; by Paul Knaplund in AHR,
XXXVII, 756-57.
Hamilton, Henry. The industrial revolution in Scotland. Clarendon pr. Pp.
300.
Hammond, J. L., and Barbara. James Stansfeld: a Victorian champion of sex
equality. London: Longmans. Pp. 320.
Rev. in SR, CLIV, 352; in NS, IV, 522-24; in BkL y LXXXIII, 248.
Harte, M. W. J. The control of foreign policy in the British commonwealth of
nations. London: Bell & sons.
Rev. in RH, CLXX, 558 (a r<sum< in six chapters of events from 1883 to 1919) .
Hawker, A. Hamilton. "Victorian customs." N & Q, CLXII, 154, 194, 195,
227, 285, 393, 444-45.
The social and political ideas of some representative thinkers of the age of reaction
and reconstruction, 1815-1865. A series of lectures ed. by F. J. C. Heara-
shaw. London: Harrap. Pp. 220.
Rev. in Les Langues modernes, XXX, 413 (lectures on Chateaubriand, Hegel,
Coleridge, Owen, Mill, Hodgskin, Comte, and John Austin).
10 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Herrick, F. H. "The abandonment of splendid isolation : British politics and
the foreign office at the close of the nineteenth century." Am. Hist. Assn.,
Pacific Coast Branch. Proc. 1930. Abstract in SSA, IV, 505 (5329).
Hicks-Beach, Lady Victoria. Sir Michael Hicks-Beach: a character sketch.
London: Macmillan. 2 vols. Pp. 363; 422.
Rev. in QR, CCLVIII, 386; NS, III, No. 93, vi-viii; BkL, LXXXII, 111.
Hirst, Francis W. Gladstone as financier and economist. Introd. by Henry
Neville Gladstone. London: Benn. Pp. xxiv+327.
Rev. in Res publica, June, pp. 408-9 ; by C. R. Fay in Economic jour., XLII, 121-
22; in LM t XXV, 316.
Hirst, W. A. "The empire in literature." ER, LV, 23-28.
Hort, Arthur F. "Naughty boys." Cornhill mag., LXXIII, 622-38.
Reminiscences of a Harrow master, for 1888-1922.
Hower, Ralph M. The Wedgwoods: ten generations of potters." /. Econ.
& Business Hist. Abstract in SSA, IV, 1923 (20346).
Image, Selwyn. Letters. Ed. by A. H. Mackmurdo. London: Pronto. Pp.
220.
Rev. in NS, IV, 161-62,
Imlah, James A. H. "The Earl of Ellenborough, 1790-1871; a political biog
raphy." Harvard university summaries of theses (1931), pp. 96-100.
Ivimey, Alan. A history of London. London: Low. Pp. 253.
Jackson, Annabel Huth. A Victorian childhood. London: Methuen.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 6, p. 701.
Jackson, Louis. "Gordon was not a drunkard." Nail. Rev. Abstract in SSA,
IV, 1574 (16409).
Refutes Strachey s libel against General Gordon in Eminent Victorians.
James, Henry. Theatre and friendship: letters from Henry James to Elizabeth
,Robins. Commentary by Elizabeth Robins. New York: Putnam. Pp.303.
Rev. by Walter Pritchard Eaton in HTB, IX, No. 5, 3; in SRL, IX, 236.
Jennings, W. I. "Disraeli and the constitution." /. Compar. Legis. & Inter.
Law. Abstract in SSA, IV, 698 (7380).
Jennings, W. Ivor. "Cabinet government at the accession of Queen Victoria.
Part II." Economica, No. 35 (Feb.), 63-78.
Jerkins, Wilfred J. William W ilberforce: a champion of freedom. London: Ep-
worth pr. Pp. 128.
Jones, Doris Arthur. What a life! The autobiography of Doris Arthur Jones
(Doris Thome). Foreword by Somerset Maugham. London: Jarrolds.
Rev. in NR, Nov., p. 667. She is a daughter of Henry Arthur Jones.
Jones, Dorsey D. "Edwin Chadwick and the early public health movement
in England." Univ. Iowa studies. Studies in soc. sci. Abstract in SSA, IV
505 (5331).
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 11
Kirby, Chester. "The attack on the English game laws in the forties." JMH,
IV, 18-37.
John Bright s losing fight against the game laws. Their connection with the
corn-law repeal.
Knowles, Lillian C. A. Economic development in the nineteenth century,
France, Germany, Russia and the United States. London: Routledge. Pp.
viii+368.
Leaf, Walter. Some chapters of autobiography; with a memoir by Charlotte M.
Leaf. London: Murray. Pp. 350.
Locke, Walter. Oxford memories, London: Oxford univ. pr.
Rev. in CR, CXLII, 515-17.
Lucas, E. V. Reading, writing and remembering. New York: Harper.
Rev. by Gerald Bullett in FR, CXXXII, 659-60.
Magnus, Laurie. Herbert Warren of Magdalen: president and friend, 1853-
I960. London: Murray. Pp. 304.
Rev. in SR } CLIII, 593.
Mantripp, J. C. "Florence Nightingale and religion. 7 LQHR, CLVII, 318-25.
Marjoribanks, Edward. Carson the advocate. Pref. by Viscount Hailsham.
New York: Macmillan. Pp. 455.
Chapters on "Gladstone s Irish land bill," "The Oscar Wilde case," "Ben Tillett
and W. S. Gilbert."
Marriott, J. A. R. "Lord Salisbury (1885-1892)." QR, CCLVIII, 79-95.
Marriott, Sir John. "Queen Victoria in perspective." FR, CXXXII, 178-86.
The English in India: a problem of politics. Clarendon pr. Pp. 328.
Massingham, H. J., and Hugh (edd.). The great Victorians. London: Nichol
son & Watson; New York: Doubleday. Pp. xx+566; xxi+507.
Essays on forty Victorians by forty living British writers. Rev. in NR, XCIX,
534-35 ; by Herbert Agar in ER, LV, 550-53 ; in NS, IV, 413 ; in SR, CLIV, 351 ; by
A. L. Sachar in HTB, IX, No. 16, 5; by Geoffrey West in FR, CXXXII, 482-89,
and in SRL, IX, 251; by E. F. Benson in S, Sept. 24, pp. 375-76; in TLS, Sept. 15,
p. 639; by E. M. Kingsbury in NYTBR, Dec. 4, pp. 1, 30; by C. F. Harrold in
Virginia guar, rev., IX (1933), 293-97.
Matheson, P. E. "A mid-Victorian schoolboy." NR, XCIX, 485-90.
Mathieson, William Law. British slave emancipation, 1888-1849. London:
Longmans. Pp. xi+243.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 6, p. 703.
Maxse, The Hon. Lady. "Queen Victoria s letters." NR, XCIX, 261-65.
Medlicott, W. N. "Vice Consul Dupuis 7 missing dispatch of June 23, 1876."
JMH, IV, 38-48.
Moore, J. F. "Fifty-three years at Harrow: some remembrances. Cornhill
mag., LXXII, 46-55.
12 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Mowat, R,. B. The states of Europe, 1815-1871: a study of their domestic de
velopment. London: Arnold; New York: Longmans. Pp.408.
Rev. by F. B. Artz in JMH, IV, 634-35.
Newbolt, Sir Henry. My World as in my time: memoirs, 18%-1982. London:
Faber. Pp. xvi+321.
Rev. by H. W. Nevinson in S, Oct. 22, p. 540. Includes glimpses of Ruskin,
Burne-Jones, Morris, etc. See TLS, Oct. 27, p. 790: letters of J. Howard White-
house, denying the authenticity of one of Newbolt s stories concerning Ruskin s
marriage.
The Newgate garland. Ed. by W. L. Hanchant. London: Harmsworth.
Rev. in S, July 16, p. 88; TLS, June 23, p. 459.
Nugent, May. "Grandmother to Black Beauty." LM, XXVI, 52-60.
Glimpses of the Victorian poor, from the poems of Mary SeweU.
Palmstierna, C. F. Sverige, Ryssland och England 1833-1866. Kring Novem-
bertraktatens forutsattningar. Akademisk avhandling. Stockholm: Nor-
stedt. Pp. 408.
Rev. in Historische Zeitschrift, CXLVII, 470.
Pease, Sir A. E. Half a century of sport. London: John Lane. Pp.301.
Rev. in SR, CLIII, 523. Sport, 1859-1909.
Perugini, Mark. Victorian days and ways. London: Jarrolds, Pp.288.
Rev. in BkL, LXXXII, 119; in S, May 7, pp. 671-72.
Petrie, Sir William M. Flinders. Seventy years in archaeology: an autobiogra
phy. New York: Henry Holt. Pp. vi+284.
Rev. in HTB, VIII, No. 44, 7; in SRL, VIII, 794.
Ponsonby, Arthur. Queen Victoria. London: Duckworth.
Rev. in TLS, Jan. 26, 1933, p. 51.
Redford, A. The economic history of England (1760-1860). London: Long
mans, 1931. Pp. ix+221.
Rev. by W. H. B. Court in Economic J<nar. t XLII, 481-83; in CR, CXLI, 271.
Richards, Grant. Memories of a misspent youth: 1872-1896. Introd. by Max
Beerbohm. London: Heinemann. Pp. xvi+353.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 27, p. 787; in FR, CXXXII, 670-72; in Bo/Af , Nov. pp. 7-9.
Riddell, W. G. Adventures of an obscure Victorian. New York: Macmillan
Pp. 283.
Brief rev. by Peter QuenneU in Life and Letters, VIII, 240.
Ridding, Laura E. "A nursery library seventy-five years ago." CR, CXLII,
31321.
Roberts, Morley. "Meetings with some men of letters." QQ, XXXIX 62-80.
Reminiscences of Meredith, Hardy, Conan Doyle, etc.
r Geor ian and earlv Victorian gardening books."
tj LXXXIII, 2046.
Rothenstein, John. Nineteenth century painting: a study in conflict. London-
John Lane. Pp. xii+191.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 13
Salvesen, Lord. "Divorce and marriage reform (in England)." Eugenics rev.
Abstract in SSA, IV, 807 (8511).
"Adultery remains the only grounds for divorce."
Salwey, David E. L. "English organ building in the nineteenth century. *
Organ. Abstract in SSA, IV, 1569 (16359).
Shaw, Bernard. Music in London, 1890-1894- Standard ed. London: Con
stable. 3 vols. Pp. 302; 325; 320.
Southam, Herbert. "Domestic articles fallen into disuse." N & Q, CLXII,
30-31, 66-68, 104, 123-24, 156-57, 177, 196, 227-28, 250, 267-68, 300-01,
337-38, 375, 394, 429, 444-45.
Spielmann, Marion H., and Jerrold, W. Hugh Thompson: his art, his letters,
his humour and his charm. New York: Macmillan, 1931. Pp. xxiv+269,
Rev. by W. M. Ivins in SRL, July 23, p. 3; in SR, CLIII, 104.
Strachey, L. "Florence Nightingale." Neue rundschau, XL, 455-78.
Sturt, George. A small boy in the sixties. With introd. by Arnold Bennett.
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xvi+241.
Thorpe, James. Phil May: master-draughtsman and humorist (1864-1903).
London: Harrap.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 27, p. 775; by Anthony Blunt in N, Jan. 6, 1933, p. 21; by
Francis Gribble in FR, CXXXII, 798-99.
Trevelyan, George Macaulay. Sir George Otto Trevelyan: a memoir by his son.
London: Longmans. Pp. x+213.
Rev. in QR, CCLVIII, 386-87; in BkL, LXXXII, 38; in ER, LIV, 577-79; in
HTB, VIII, No. 35, 6; by Peter Quennell in Life and Letters, VIII, 241-42; in SR,
CLIII, 304; in All Month., CL, 12; TLS, Mar. 10, p. 169; by Arthur Waugh in
FR, CXXXI, 532-33; by Sir Richard Lodge in History, N.S., XVII, 279-80; in S,
Mar. 26, pp. 451-52.
The letters of Queen Victoria: 1896-1901. Published by authority of His
Majesty the King. Ed. by George Earle Buckle. Third series. Vol. III.
London: Murray; New York: Longmans. Pp. xiv+662.
Rev. in N8, III, 738; BkL, LXXXII, 188; LM, XXVI, 277; SR, CLHI, 566;
LQHR, CLVII, 388-91; TLS, June 2, pp. 397-98; HTB, VIII, No. 4, 1; NYTBR,
July 3, pp. 1, 12; by E. F. Benson in S, June 11, p. 834.
Williams, Harley. A century of public health in Britain, 1832-19*,*,. London:
Black. Pp. 312.
Wilson, Cairine R. "The present status of women." Canad. Bar Rev. Ab
stract in SSA, IV, 1923 (20351).
Wilson, Edmund. "Lytton Strachey." NR, LXXII, 146-48.
"Strachey s chief r61e was of course, to blast once for all the pretensions to a moral
superiority of the Victorian Age."
Wingfield-Stratford, Esm6. The Victorian sunset. London: Routledge; New
York: Morrow. Pp. 396.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 27, p. 773; by E. F. Benson in S, Nov. 4, p. 631; NYTBR,
Dec. 18, p. 5; HTB, IX, No. 13, p. 8; by C. F. Harrold in Virginia quar. rev., IX
(1933), 293-97.
14 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Continuing the author s The Victorian tragedy (in the U.S.A., Those earnest Vic
torians, 1930); covering the period between 1870 and 1900; rich in social and
economic sidelights on the Victorian period, and written in a light and vivid vein;
maintaining the thesis that the Victorians built on a flimsy and crumbling founda
tion of compromise and shortsightedness. C. F. HARBOLD.
Zoond Vera "Housing legislation in England, 1851-1867, with special refer
ence to London." "Summaries of theses," XCIX. Bull, of the lust, of hist,
research, X, 136-39.
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY FORMS
Allyn, Emily. Lords versus commons; a century of conflict and compromise,
1830-1980. New York: London: Century, 1931. Pp. ix+266.
Rev. by C. F. Brand in JMH, IV, 140.
Archer, Charles. William Archer. New Haven: Yale univ. pr.
Rev. by Homer Woodbridge in YR, XXI, 598-99.
Arns K "Alte und neue irische Renaissance." Der Oral, XXVI, 928-33
(listed in LZD, LXXXIII, 842).
Arns, Karl. "Literarische Neuwertung im neuen England." Litteris^ XXXIV,
199-201.
Baring, Maurice. Lost lectures. New York: Knopf. Pp. 249.
Rev. in NYTBR, Aug. 14, p. 2; TLS, Mar. 17, p. 192; S, Apr. 2, pp. 483-84.
Contains a paper on Gilbert and Sullivan; gives a "fresh and not too rose-tinted
picture of the Nineties 1 ; and adjusts The yellow book and other phenomena of the
last decade of the century in a less glamorous perspective.
Beckott, W. N. T., and Swan, E. W. "A hundred years of the royal navy."
/. Royal United Service Inst. Abstract in SSA, IV, 505 (5325).
Beerbohm, Max. "Pen and ink and wash drawing: One fine morning." New
York: Photochrome pr. Colophon, III, Part 10.
Thirty-one figures, among them Andrew Lang, George Moore, Kipling, and
Lord Rosebery.
Bickley, Francis. The pre-Raphaelite comedy, London: Constable. Pp. x+
276.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 1, p. 917; NS, Dec. 31, pp. 859-60.
Bowen,F.C. A century of Atlantic travel, 1830-1 980. London: Sampson Low.
Pp. x+374.
Bowman, William D. The story of "The Times." New York: Dial pr., 1931.
Rev. by Dora Raymond in JMH, IV, 136-39.
Braybrooke, Patrick. Some Victorian and Georgian Catholics. London: Burns
Oates & Washbourne.
Treats the works of Patmore, Francis Thompson, etc.
BrShier, Emile. Histoire de la philosophic, Tome II, La Philosophic moderne,
fascicule III, Le XIX* sieck. Periodedes systemes (1800-1850). Paris: Al-
can. Pp. 337.
Rev. by Jean Wahl in Rev. de synthese, IV, 209-22.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 15,
Bush, Douglas. "The Victorians, God bless them!" Bk, LXXIV, 589-97.
Caro, Leopold. "Od Carlyle a do Forda [From Carlyle to Ford]." Sprawy
Obce. Abstract in SSA, IV, 622 (6585).
Ford has proved that Carlyle s altruistic system is the only "workable basis for
a capitalistic society."
Carritt, E. F. (ed.). Philosophies of beauty from Socrates to Robert Bridges.
Being the sources of aesthetic theory. Oxford univ. pr., 1931. Pp. xxiv+334.
Rev. in Univ of Calif, chron., XXXIV, 111-12.
Case, Shirley J. Jesus through the centuries. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr.
Pp, 382.
Cecil, Lord David. "Victorian novelists." NR, XCIX, 652-64.
Chancellor, E. Beresford. "The spirit lamp (to the editor)." LM, XXV, 387-
89.
An Oxford literary venture of the nineties.
Chevrillon, Andre*. Taine. Formation de sa pensee. Paris: Plon.
Rev. in Books abroad, VI, 426-27; TLS, Sept. 15, p. 638.
Clapp, Edwin Roosa. "English literary criticism, 1830-1890, as exemplified
in the work of the major critics." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1931),
pp. 215-18.
Craig, Edward Gordon. Ellen Terry and her secret self. Together with a plea
for G. B. S. New York: Dutton. Pp. xi-f 205.
Rev. in SRL, VIII, 791; HTB, VIII, No. 27, 2.
Crum, Ralph B. Scientifi-c thought in poetry. Columbia univ. pr.; London:
Milford, 1931. Pp. 246.
Rev. in TLS, July 21, p. 529. Includes discussions of Browning, Tennyson,
Meredith. Omits any full discussion of the influences of science upon poetic crafts
manship.
Darton, F. J. Harvey. "Peter Parley and the battle of the children s books.
A sidelight on the exhibition now being held at South Kensington. "Cornhill
mag., LXXIII, 542-58.
Darton, J. Harvey. "The youth of a children s magazine. An editorial retro
spect." Cornhill mag., LXXII, 552-66.
The eighteen-sixties. Essays by fellows of the Royal Society of literature. Ed.
by John Drinkwater. Cambridge univ. pr,; New York: Macmillan. Pp.
x+282.
On Sir Henry Taylor, Clough, Wilkie Collins, Planche*, Gilbert, Punch, Whyte-
Melville, "Science in the Sixties," etc. Rev. in BkL, LXXXII, 208-9; LM,
XXVI, 570; NS, III, 832; S, July 2, p. 19; N, CXXXV, 288; TLS, June 9, p. 423;
NYTBR, July 17, 2; SRL, IX, 32; N & Q, CLXIII, 17-18; by G. F. Whicher in
HTB, IX, No. 8, p. 15; by Shane Leslie in SR, CLIII, 593.
Ellis, Havelock. Views and reviews. A selection of uncollected articles, 1884-
19S%. First series, 1884-1919. London: Harmsworth. Pp. 322.
Rev. in SRL, CLIII, 400.
16 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Essays and studies in English and comparative literature. By members of the
English department of the University of Michigan. Ann Arbor: Univ. of
Michigan pr. Pp. 231.
Rev. in Beiblatt, XLIII, 273-75.
Ewen, Frederic. The prestige of Schiller in England, 1788-1859. ("Columbia
univ. studies.") Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xiii+287.
Farmer, Albert J. Le mouvement aesthStique et "d&adent" en Angkterre: 1873-
1900. Paris: Champion.
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 4, p. 72; FR, V, 407; by L. Cazamian in RA, IX, 249-51 ; by
Howard Mumford Jones in MP, XXX, 124-28 (not original but valuable for
"clearness and sympathy of criticism").
Fay, C. R. "Economics in a novel [of Harriet Martineau]." Dalhousie rev.,
XIII, 180-81.
Fifty ^ years. A composite picture of the period 1882-1932 by twenty-seven con
tributors to the London "Times." Foreword by G. M. Trevelyan. London:
Butter-worth. Pp. 224.
Rev. by E. Wingfield-Stratford in SRL, IX, 25-26; in TLS, June 16, p. 441 in
S, July 2, p. 19.
Fornelli, Guido. Ultalia nel dramma ingkse dell Ottocento. Milano, etc : Soc
Ed. Dante Alighieri, 1931. Pp. xix+201.
Rev. in La rassegna, XL, 172-73.
Ferguson, J. Delancey. "Death by spontaneous combustion." New York-
Kurt Volk. Colophon, III, Part 9, art. 2.
Friedell, Egon. A cultural history of the modern age. Trans, by Charles F.
Atkinson. New York: Knopf, 1930-32. 3 vols.
Rev, by William Harlan Hale, SRL, IX, 240,
Fry, F. Charleton. CharksFry: his life and work. By his eldest son. London-
F. C. Fry. Pp. vi+94.
Rev. in TLS, Aug. 25, pp. 493-94. Fry produced The blot on the S scutcheon,
.Browning himself watching the performance in secret.
Fuller, John F. C. War and western civilization, 1832-1982. London- Duck
worth. Pp. 287.
Ganger, Hildegard. "Die Bedeutung des Self-Respect in dem englischen
Personhchkeitsideal." Die neueren sprachen, XL, 263-74.
Gluckman, H. Die Gegenuberstellung von Antike-Christentum in der englischen
Literatur des 19. Jhs. Diss. Freiburg. Hanover: Kiister. Pp 76
Deals chiefly with Landor, Swinburne, and Pater.
Goodale Itolph Hinsdale. "Schopenhauer and pessimism in nineteenth cen
tury English literature." PMLA, XLVII, 240-61.
Graham, Joe. "Plagiaristic plays." Cornhill mag., LXXII, 653-71.
rley " Exit Plan <>he^nter Gilbert." Lit, X
intere8tog ^P*" in ^ development of the English
cro > Harley " Exit Plan <>he^nter Gilbert." Lit, XXV, 457-
, 55873.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 17
Hayward, John (ed.). Nineteenth century poetry. An anthology. ("Phoenix li
brary. 37 ) London: Chatto & Windus. Pp. 321.
Rev. by Peter Quennell, in NS, IV, 396-97.
Howard-Flanders, W. The Church of England and her reformations. London :
Heath, Cranton. Pp. 256.
Huxley, Julian. "Charles Darwin." CR, CXLII, 424-29.
Irvine, Dallas D, "The Abbe* Raynal and British humanitarianism." JMH,
III (1931), 564-77.
Jackel, Hilde. Der Englander in Spiegel der franzosischen Literatur von der
Romantik bis zum Weltkrieg. Breslau: Priebatsch. Pp. 249.
Jastrow, Joseph. The house that Freud built. New York: Greenberg. Pp.293.
Rev. by Carney Landis in SRL, VIII, 794.
Johnson, Charles. English painting from the seventh century to the present day.
New York: Dial pr. Pp. xvi+350.
Jones, David. "Fabianizm i Fabianie [Fabian Society and its leaders]."
Droga. Abstract in SB A, IV, 1923 (20347).
Jones, H. A. "A hundred years of service aviation." J. Royal United Service
Inst. Abstract in SSA, IV, 506 (5332).
KingsmiU, Hugh. "1932 and the Victorians." ER, LIV, 681-84.
Knickerbocker, Frances. "Those nonsensical Victorians." Bk, LXXV, 465-
71, 584-89.
Knickerbocker, W. S. "Saint-Beuve." Sewanee rev., XL, 206-25.
Kroner, Richard. "Die internationale Bedeutung Hegels." Inter-Nationes.
Abstract in SSA, IV, 1630 (17024).
Krug, Werner G. Lord Byron als dichterische Gestalt in England, Frankreick,
Deutschland und Amerika. Diss. Giessen. Potsdam: R. Schneider. Pp.
143.
Leavis. Q. D. Fiction and the reading public. London: Chatto & Windus.
Rev. by Eric Partridge, "Best-sellers in fiction," NC, July, pp. 105-17.
Leslie, Shane. Studies in sublime failure: Cardinal Newman, Lord Curzon,
Charles Stewart Parnell, Coventry Patmore, Moreton Frewen. London: Benn.
Pp. li+296.
Rev. in TLS, July 14, p. 509; SR, CLIV, 104; NS, IV, 106-7; by C. Wilkinson
in LM , XXVI, 467.
Ley, J. W. T. "Victorianism." Dickensian, XXVIII, 64-66.
Lippincott, B. " James Fitzjames Stephen critic of democracy." Economica.
Abstract in SSA, IV, 246 (2790).
Lodge, Sir Oliver. Advancing science. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp.191.
Rev. in NR, LXXI, 27 ("many of the outstanding personalities and achieve
ments in science," 1869-1900).
Lovett, Robert Morss. "Goethe in English literature." Open court, XLVI,
217-33.
18 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Lovett, Robert Morss and Hughes, Helen Sard. The history of the novel in
England. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. Pp. 495.
MacLehose, James. The Glasgow University press, 1688-1931. With some
notes on Scottish printing in the last three hundred years. Glasgow univ. pr.
1931.
Rev. m*Library, XII, 463-65.
McGee, John Edwin. Crusade for humanity; the history of organized positivism
in England. London: Watts. Pp. 249.
Mclntyre, Clara F. "Modern college youth and the mid-Victorian novel "
EJ, XXI, 750-57.
McKechnie, S., and Armstrong, T. P. "The civil service and men of letters."
N & Q, CLXII, 9, 103-4.
Metzger, H61ne. "Eugene Chevreul historien de la chimie." Archeion, XIV
6-11.
Miller, Anna Irene. The independent theatre in Europe, 1887 to the present
New York: R. R. Smith. Pp. 435.
Minto, John. A history of the public library movement in Great Britain and
Ireland. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 366.
Mittasch, Alwin, and Theis, Erich. Von Davy und Dobereiner bis Deacon. Ein
halbes Jahrhundert Grenzflachenkatalyse. Berlin: Verlag Chemie. Pp.278.
Morison, Stanley. The English newspaper. Some account of the physical de
velopment of journals printed in London between 1622 and the present day.
Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xii+335.
Rev. in SRL, IX, 229; HTB, IX, No. 2, 14.
- Neugebauer, Paul. Schopenhauer in England m. bes. Ber. seines Einflusses auf
die engl. Literatur. Diss. Berlin. Pp. 107.
Oxford movement: see II. Gifford, Margaret.
Baker, Joseph E. The novel and the Oxford movement. Diss. Princeton univ
pr. Pp. xiv+220.
Rev. in QR, CCLX (1933), 179-80.
Briscoe, J. F., and Mackay, H. F. B. A Tractarian at work: a memoir of Dean
Randall. London: Mowbray.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 29, p. 984.
Clarke, C. P. S. The Oxford movement and after. London* Mowbray
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 29, p. 984.
Dilworth-Harrison, T. Everyman s story of the Oxford movement. London:
Mowbray.
A little book of Oxford movement poetry. London: S.P.C.K Pp. 60.
Morse-Boycott Rev. Desmond. Lead, kindly Light. Studies of the saints and
heroes of the Oxford movement. Centenary pr. Pp. 240.
Newman s Apologia pro sua vita. The two versions of 1864 and 1865. Preceded
by Newman s and Kingsley s pamphlets. Introi by Wilfred Ward. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. xxx+528.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 19
Simpson, W. J. Sparrow. The history of the Anglo-Catholic revival from 1845.
London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 304.
Rev. in FR, Sept., pp. 405-6; S, Oct. 8, p. 449.
Watkin-Jones, H. Two Oxford movements: Wesley and Newman." Hib-
bertjour., XXXI, 83-96.
Ozenfant, Amede e. Foundations of modern art Trans, by John Rodker. Two
pts. in one. Brewer. Pg. 324.
Partridge, Eric. Literary sessions. London: Scholartis pr.
Partridge, Robert. "The history of the copyright privilege in England." Li
brary Ass. rec., II, 41-48; 73-83.
Paston, George. At John Murray s: records of a literary circle, 1843-1892.
London: Murray. Pp. 336.
Of Salisbury and Gladstone, Borrow, Lockhart, Moore, Darwin, Thackeray,
Carlyle, etc. Rev. in TLS, Nov. 10, p. 832; SR, CLIV, 510.
Pevsner, Nikolaus. "Gemeinschaftsideale unter den bildenden Kunstlern des
19. Jahrhunderts." Deutsche Vierteljahrsschr. Abstract in SSA, IV, 499
(5259).
Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood; William Morris; etc.
Ralli, Augustus. A history of Shakespeare criticism. Oxford univ. pr. 2 vols.
Revaluations: studies in biography. By Lascelles Abercrombie, Lord David
Cecil, and others. Oxford univ. pr., 1931. Pp. 246.
Includes studies of Tennyson, by Abercrombie; Gladstone, by Marjoribanks;
George Frederick Watts, by James Laver; William Morris, by G. D. H. Cole;
Elizabeth Garrett Anderson, by Naomi Mitchison; Pater, by T. E. Welby. Rev.
by A. Digeon in RA, IX, 66-37; by Herbert Gorman in NYTBR, July 10, p. 2; in
TSL, Mar. 24, p. 214.
Rich, E. Everard. "The passing of the education act of 1870: a study of pub
lic opinion, 1843-1870." "Summaries of theses," XCVIII. Bull of Inst. of
hist, researchj X, 134-36.
Robertson, J. G. "Goethe and England." GRM, XX, 134-49.
Rosenblatt, Louise. L idee del art pour Vart dans la literature anglaise pendant
la periode victorienne. Paris: Champion, 1931. Pp. 329.
Rev. by A. J. Farmer in MP, XXIX, 499-501.
Sadleir, Michael. "Bentley s standard novel series, its history and develop
ment." Edinburgh: R. & R. Clark. Colophon, III, Part 10, art. 6.
Shaw, George Bernard. Our theatres in the nineties. Standard ed. London:
Constable. 3 vols.
Sitwell, Edith. The pleasures of poetry. A critical anthology. Third series: The
Victorian age. London: Duckworth. Pp. viii+204.
Southworth, James G. "A study in the criticism of the romantic poets, 1798-
1885." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1931), pp. 249-51.
Spindler, R. Die Alpen in englischer Literatur und Kunst. Leipzig: Tauch-
nitz. Pp. 31.
20 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Stannard, Harold. "Queen Victoria the end." NC, July, pp. 118-28.
Steiner, R. "tfber englische und franzosische Geistesstromungen des 19.
Jhs." Das Goetheanum, XI, 101-3.
Stevens, Thomas Wood. The theatre, from Athens to Broadway. New York:
Appleton. Pp. 264.
Stevenson, Lionel. Darwin among the poets. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr.
Pp. vii+357.
Rev. in EJ, XXI, 519.
Trappes-Lomax, Michael. Pugin: a mediaeval Victorian. London: Sheed &
Ward. Pp. viii+358.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 27, p. 855.
Tuell, Anne Kimball. A Victorian at bay. Boston: Marshall Jones.
Rev. in NYTBR, Dec. 11, p. 8 (Meredith, Christina Rossetti, Mrs. Gaskell).
Vallette, Jacques. "Victoriens et <douardians." LesLangwsmoderneSjXXX,
328-33.
Van Doom, Willem. Theory and practice of English narrative verse since 1888;
an enquiry. Amsterdam: N. V. de Arbeiderspers. Pp. 249,
Rev. by Mario Praz in ESt, XIV, 171-72.
Vollrath W. Goethe und Grossbritannien. Erlangen: Palm & Enke. Pp. 73.
Vooys, Sijna de. The psychological element in the English sociological novel of
Ihe nineteenth century. Amsterdam: H. J. Paris. Pp. 159.
Rev. in Die neueren sprachen, XL, 440-41.
Wais, Kurt K T. "Das Motiv des Vergangenen in der neueren Literatur."
Deutsche Vierteljahrsschr., X, 270-334.
Treats Disraeli, Charles Kingsley, Carlyle, etc.
Walraf,E. SocialeLyrik in England 1880-1914. Leipzig: Tauchnitz. Pp.108.
Wellek, Ren& Immanuel Kant in England. 1798-1888. Princeton univ. pr ,
1931.
Rev. by Charles Frederick Harrold in MP, XXX, 122-24 (admirably sets forth
the nature and extent of Kant s influence on English literary men) ; by J. H. Muir-
head in Philosophy, VII, 338-39.
Wingfield-Stratford, E. "Panjandrums and decadents." Bk, LXXV, 657-63.
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Elwin, Malcolm. "Harrison Ainsworth." LM, XXVI, 349-60.
Arnold, Matthew. Culture and anarchy. Ed. with introd. by J. Dover Wilson.
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xl+242.
Rev. in TLS, April 21, p. 286; by J. A. Falconer in ESt, XIV, 228-29; Les
langues modemes, XXX, 337-38; NS, III, 846.
The letters of Matthew Arnold to Arthur Hugh Clough. Ed. with introd. by
Howard Foster Lowry. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xi+192.
Rev. (leading article), in TLS, Jan, 12, 1933; NYTBR, Jan. 22, 1933, p. 10.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 21
Birss, J. H. "Whitman on Arnold: an uncollected comment." MLNj XLVII,
316-17.
Chambers, Sir. E. K. Matthew Arnold, Warton lecture on English poetry.
Proc. of the Brit. Acad., Vol. XVIII. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 25.
Rev. in TLS, April 21, p. 286; EJ, XXI, 691.
Elias, Otto. Matthew Arnolds politische Grundanschauung. Leipzig: Mayeru.
Mtiller, 1931. Pp. vi+152.
Rev. in Deutsche literaturzeitung, LIII, 801-2; in LZD, LXXXIII, 166.
Harvey, Charles H. Matthew Arnold: a critic of the Victorian period. London:
James Clarke, 1931. Pp. 256.
Rev. in TLS, Jan. 14, p, 24; in LQHR, CLVII, 126; RA, IX (1931-32), 59-60.
Houghton, R. E. C. "Letter of Matthew Arnold." TLS, May 19, p. 368.
Regarding his treatment of the Tristan-Iseult story.
Steinmetz, Martha S. Die ideengeschichtliche Bedeutung Matthew Arnolds.
Diss. Tubingen. Schramberg (Wiirttemberg) : Gatzer & Hahn. Pp. vii+
80.
Wragge, Rev. Walter. "The religion of Matthew Arnold." Hibbert jour.,
XXX, 504-13.
Goldschmidt, Emil. "Die Gedankenwelt von Baileys Festus." ES, LXVII,
228-37.
Hench, A. L. "Three letters to the Haynes from Richard Blackmore." Am.
lit., IV, 199-207.
The Brontes: their lives, friendships and correspondence. The Shakespeare
Head Bronte. Oxford: BlackwelL 4 vols.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 27, pp, 769-70; by E. F. Benson in S, Nov. 11, pp. 667-68;
Libr. Ass. Rec., II, 390-91; by Elizabeth Haldane, NC, CXII, 752-64; by R. Ellis
Roberts, NS, IV, 584; by T. Earle Welby, BkL, LXXXIII, 202-4.
Benson, E. F. Charlotte Bronte. London, New York: Longmans. Pp. 313.
Rev. by Temple Scott in SRL, IX, 25-26; SR, CLIII, 373-74; HTB, VIII, No.
48, 2; by Peter QuenneU in Life and Lett&rs, VIII, 241; Rev. de Vuniv. de Bruxelles,
XXXVIII, 99 ; QR, CCLIX, 188-89 ; by Osbert Burdett in ER, LIV, 686-88 ; Eliza
beth Haldane in NC, CXII, 752-64; NR, LXXI, 349-50; Crit., XI, 716-19; CR,
CXLII, 384-^86; NYTBR, Aug. 7, pp. 4, 12; TLS, April 7, p. 244; FR, CXXXI,
677; YR, XXII. 197-200; S, April 9, pp. 513-14; Atl. Month., CL, 14; N, CXXXV,
286; LM , XXVI, 86-87; BkL, LXXV, 516-17 ; by L. A. G. Strong in NS, III, 486-
88.
Bradby, G. F. The Brontes and other essays. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 152.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 24, p. 886; N & Q, CLXIII, 413-14 (three on the Brontes; a
criticism of "In Memoriam" ; Dr. Arnold of Rugby).
Edgar, Pelham. "Judgments on appeal: II. The Brontes." QQ, XXXIX,
414-22.
Haldane, Elizabeth S. "The Brontes and their biographers." NC, CXII,
752-64.
22 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
O.F.M. "Charlotte Bronte." TLS, Oct. 27, p. 790.
Portrait in the National Portrait Gallery.
West, Rebecca. "Charlotte Bronte." SRL, IX, 217-18.
Slightly expanded from her chapter in The great Victorians, ed. by H. J. and
Hugh Massingham (cf. item in Sec. II).
Browning. See Field, Michael.
Armstrong, A. J. "Maclise s The serenade/ " N & <0, CLXII, 155, 266.
This picture inspired Browning s "In a gondola."
Brockington, A. Allen. Browning and the twentieth century: a study of Robert
Browning 1 s influence and reputation. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 320.
Rev. in BfcL, LXXXIII, 5^55; TLS, Oct. 20, p. 754 (see also Oct. 22, p. 290) ;
by Austin Clarke in S, Nov. 11, p. 670; NYTBR, Dec. 25, p. 7.
DeVane, W. C. "The harlot and the thoughtful young man: a study of the
relation between Rossetti s Jenny and Browning s Fifine at the fair." SP,
XXIX, 463-84.
Duckworth, Francis R. G. Browning: background and conflict. Pref . by Wil
liam Lyon Phelps. New York: Dutton. Pp. 217.
Rev. by G. F. Whicher in HTB, VIII, No. 22, 16; by G. d Hangest in Les
Langues modernes, XXX, 120-21; NR, LXXII, 53.
Hood, Thurman L. "Browning and Lady Ashburton." YR, XXII, 152-68.
Massey, B. W. A. Browning s vocabulary: compound epithets. Poznau: Daw-
niej Fiszer.
Peake, Leslie. "Browning and God in nature." SB, CLIII, 293, 316.
Phelps, William Lyon. Robert Browning. New ed. with seven additional chap
ters. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill. Pp. 536.
Phelps, William Lyon. "Notes on Browning s Pauline. 1 " MLN, XLVII,
292-99.
Rea, John D. " My last duchess/ " SP, XXIX, 120-22.
Butler, Samuel. "Jones and myself," Life and letters, VIII, 125-41.
Samuel Butler: Butteriana. Ed. by A. T. Bartholomew. New York: Random
House.
"Samuel Butler s notebooks: some new extracts." Ed. by A. T. Bartholo
mew. ER, LIV, 500-13, 624r-32; LV, 19-27/152-56.
Stillman, Clara G. Samuel Butler: a mid-Victorian modern. New York: Vik
ing pr.; London: Seeker. Pp. xi+319.
Rev. in Bk, LXXV, 653 ; New R, LXXIII, 136-37; Scribn., XCII, 11 ; TLS, Dec.
22, p. 975; NYTBR, Nov. 13, p. 4; SRL, Nov. 26, p. 267; N, Nov. 9. p. 462; by
C. F. Harrold in Sewanee rev., XLI (1933), 119-22; SB, CLIV *93; HTB, IX, No.
4,3.
Staff, Rudolf. Die Philosophie des organischen bei Samuel Butler. Diss. Miin-
chen. Pp. 109.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 23
"A Cambridge poet" (C. S. Calverley). S, Jan. 9, pp. 42-43. See also Jan. 16,
p. 81.
.Irvine, Lyn. Ten letter writers [including Mrs. Carlyle.] London: Hogarth pr.
Pp. 230.
Rev. in NS, Oct. 15, pp. x-xii.
Letters of Jane Welsh Carlyle to Joseph Neuberg: 1848-6%. Ed. by Townsend
Scudder. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xiv+42.
Rev. in TLS, Mar. 3, p. 150; SRL, VIII, 730; HTB, VIII, No. 47, 4.
Carlyle, Thomas. See III. Caro, Leopold.
Cazamian, Louis. Carlyle. Trans, by E. K. Brown. London and New York:
Macmillan. Pp. 300.
Rev. in Bk, LXXV, p. 757; in NS, IV, 756-60; by Isaac W. Dyer in Sewanee
rev., XLI (1933), 104-8; by E. M. Kingsbury in NYTBR, Feb. 12, 1933, pp. 2, 14.
Slightly revised; bibliographical note omitted; index added. An excellent short
biographical study; a translation of the French, Paris, 1913. C. F. H.
Dunn, Waldo H. "Wilson s Carlyle." Sewanee rev., XL, 460-75.
Harrold, Charles Frederick. "The mystical element in Carlyle (1827-34)."
MP, XXIX, 459-75.
Attempts to show that although Carlyle never developed a complete or entirely
consistent mysticism, he belongs in the company of the world s great mystical
thinkers, C. F. H.
Huxley, Leonard. "Carlyle and Huxley, early influences." Cornhill mag.,
LXXII, 290-302.
Kingsmill, Hugh. "Some modern light bringers." Bk, LXXV, 766-68.
What Carlyle "would probably have written about Wells, Shaw, Lawrence,
Proust, and Joyce."
Monch, W. "Carlyles Welt- und Geschichtsbild." Neophilol Mschr., Ill,
417-29. Listed in LZD, LXXXIII, 1031.
Morse, B. J. "Crabb Robinson and Goethe in England." ES, LXVII, 199-
227.
NeflE, Emery. Carlyle. New York: W. W. Norton. Pp. 9+282.
Rev. by Karl Young in SRL, VIII, 754-55 ; by T . Earle Welby in BkL, LXXXII,
298; EJ, XXI, 600-601; New R, LXX, 189; QR, CCLIX, 372-73; by Osbert Bur-
dett, ER, LV, 446-47; TLS, Aug. 11, p. 567; by S. C. Chew in AT, May 18, pp. 576-
77; by Isaac Dyer in SeR, XLI (1933), 104-8.
Maintains an admirable objectivity; places Carlyle accurately in the setting of
his period; provides excellent accounts of Edinburgh in Carlyle s youth, Chelsea in
1834, the great reviews and their readers, the new art of "puffing"; gives more at
tention to Carlyle s social and economic theories than to his philosophical, ethical,
and critical doctrines; shows balance and restraint on the subject of Carlyle s mar
riage, and narrates the story of his life with considerable skill. C. F. H.
24 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Neumann, Konrad Friedrich. Carlyles "Friedrich der Grossed Ideengehalt,
Entstehungsgeschichte und Aufnahme durch die Kritik. Diss. Giessen. Gies
sen: Nitschkowski. Pp. 99.
Bibliography, including English and German newspapers, on pp. 5-10.
Suzannet, A! de. "Merimfe et Carlyle." Bulletin du bibliophile, Aug.-Sept.,
pp. 417-19.
Letter from Merirne*e to Carlyle, indicating errors in Frederick II.
Carroll, Lewis. The rectory umbrella and Mischmasch. London: Cassell.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 20, p. 755 (juvenilia).
Arrow, James, and Forman, W. C. "The source of Alice in Wonderland.^
N & Q, CLXIII, 276, 320, 356.
de la Mare, Walter. Lewis Carroll. London: Faber. Pp. 67.
Originally published in the author s The eighteen-eighties, 1930. Rev. in TLS,
June 16, p. 440; BkL, LXXXII, 165.
Hargreaves, Caryl. "Alice s recollections of Carrollian days, as told to her son,
Caryl Hargreaves. With a portrait of Alice today, by Cecil G. Trew."
Cornhill mag., LXXIII, 1-12.
Harrison, E. "Carrolliana." TLS, Mar. 24, p. 217.
Maynard, Theodore. "Lewis Carroll: mathematician and magician." Cath.
world, CXXXV, 193-201.
Partington, Wilfred. "The untold tale of Lewis Carroll" Bk, LXXV, 78-82.
Reed, Langford, The life of Lewis Carroll. London: Foyle. Pp. 142.
Rev. in TLS, June 16, p. 440.
E.L.S. "Lewis Carroll and other Oxford memories." Cornhill mag.. LXXIII
559-62.
Sausmarez, F. B. de. "Early theatricals at Oxford: with prologues by Lewis
Carroll." NC, CXI, 235-38.
Wilson, Edmund. "The poet-logician." NR, LXXI, 19-21 .
McCabe, Joseph. Edward Clodd: a memoir. London: John Lane. Pp. 219.
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in SR, CLIII, 153.
Collins, Wilkie: See III. Eighteen-sixties.
Collins, Wilkie. "MS letters. Recent accessions." Bodl. quar. rec., VII, 31.
Barlow, Nora. "Robert Fitzroy and Charles Darwin." Cornhill mag. .LXXII
493-510.
Haas, Ludwig. Der Darwinismus bei Nietzsche. Diss. Giessen. Pp. 54.
Janddsek, Ladislav. "Thefounder of theSokols." Slavonic and East European
rev., X, 572-87.
Influence of Darwin s Origin of species.
The Dickensian. Ed. by Walter Dexter. Vol. XXVIII, Nos. 221-24. London
Dickens House, 48 Doughty Street.
See table of contents for articles not here listed. "Dickens s earliest literary
friendship: some unpublished letters to Harrison Ainsworth" (pp. 173-79); "My
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 25
father s oldest friend. Important discovery of letters to Thomas Beard" (pp. 89-
95; see also pp. 214-18) ; "Dickens s hypnotic powers: an interesting unpublished
letter" (pp. 322-24); "Dickens to his first publisher" (pp. 33-39); "The original
manuscript of The Pickwick papers" (pp. 193-96); J. D. Billington, "Mr. Dombey
travels by rail" (pp. 205-8); A. S. Chovil, "Tom Pinch a failure?" (pp. 202-4);
S. M. Ellis, "Mrs. Touchet" (pp. 179-86); L. B. Frewer, "The influence of Dick
ens: collected from recent books," pp. 40-45, 118-21, 324-26) ; N. Gusev, "Dick
ens and Tolstoy" (pp. 63-64); A. H. Holt, "Captain Cuttle s quotations" (pp. 302-
8); A. S. Hopkins, "A notable Drood collection" (pp. 231-34); F. S. Johnson,
"About A Christmas carol " (pp. 7-10); R. Brimley Johnson, " Little Dorrit,
an unpopular classic" (pp. 283-86); "The journalist Dickens" (pp. 11-13); E. F.
Rines, "The technique of Edwin Drood " (pp. 105-8; see pp. 190-92, 287-88);
H. S. Sanders, "The delightful scamp [Micawber]" (pp. 27-31); Edouard Sur-
veyer, "Dickens in France" (pp. 46-56, 122-29, 197-201) ; A. de Suzannet, "The
first German translation of Nicholas Nickleby " (pp. 60-62) ; E. F. Wilkins, "The
influence of foreign travel on Dickens s novels" (pp. 277-80); G. F. Young, "The
Marshalsea revisited" (pp. 219-27, 321).
Dickens to his oldest friend: the letters of a lifetime to Thomas Beard. Ed. by
Walter Dexter. New York: Putnam, Pp. xxiii+295.
. Rev. by G. F. Whicher in HTB, IX, No. 4, 13 ; NYTBR, Aug. 14, p. 2 ("add lit
tle of importance to the already rich Dickens biography"); TLS, Mar. 31, p. 227.
Chancellor, E. Beresford. Dickens and his times. London: Rich & Cowan.
Rev. in BkL, LXXXII, 35.
Charles, Edwin. Some Dickens men. London: Rich & Cowan.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 10, p. 838.
Clark, Cumberland. Dickens and democracy, and other studies. London: Cecil
Palmer. Pp. vi+216.
Rev. by Max Wildi in Deutsche literaturz., LIII, 885-89.
Konig, Karla. Charles Dickens und das Theater. General-Anz. f . Stettin, Buch
277. Listed in LZD, LXXXIII, 1129.
Partington, Wilfred. "Swinburne, Dickens, and the lovely circus-rider. " Bk,
LXXV, 292-94.
Sitwell, Osbert. Dickens. ("The Dolphin Books.") London: Chatto & Win-
dus. Pp. 47.
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 25, p. 127: LM, XXVI, 272-73; Crit,, XI, 757; by John
Rogers, BkL, LXXXII, 35 .(a brilliant defense, especially of Dickens as an artist.)
Cook, E. Thomas. "Some early letters of Lord Beaconsfield." SR, CLIII,
510, 542.
To his sister; one describes Victoria s coronation.
Paston, George. "The young Disraeli and his adventures in journalism."
Cornhill mag., LXXIII, 385-99.
Somerville, H. "Disraeli and Catholicism." Month. Abstract in SSA, IV,
1062 (11166).
26 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Macy, John. "George Eliot: Victorian queen." Bk, LXXV, 16-25.
A successful effort to do justice to the emotional power and enduring freshness
of interest of a great Victorian. HELEN C. WHITE.
Romieu, Emilie and Georges. The life of George Eliot. Translated from the
French by Brian W. Downs. London: Cape; New York: Button. Pp. 370.
Rev. in Bk, LXXV, 534; NS, III, 844; New R, LXXII, 131-32; HTB, VIII,
No. 52, 9; SR, CLIII, 569; N, CXXXV, 236-37; NYTBR, Aug. 21, p. 5; TLS,
June 16, p. 442.
Toyoda, Minoru. Studies in the mental development of George Eliot. Tokyo:
Kenkyuska, 1931. Pp. xii+266.
Rev. in TLS, Jan. 21, p. 41; RES, VIII, 498 ("convincing in the main, of the
slow and painful development of George Eliot s thought") ; LM, XXV, p. 412.
Field, Michael. "From Works and days 7 ; the diary of Michael Field/ " Ed.
by T. Sturge Moore. I and II: " Michael Field and Robert Browning."
Ill and IV: "George Meredith and Michael Field. " V: "Herbert Spencer
and Oscar Wilde." Cornhill mag., LXXII, 1-13, 129-41, 257-69, 385-97,
513-20.
"Michael Field," pseudonym of Katherine Bradley and her niece, Edith Cooper.
A FitzGerald friendship; being hitherto unpublished letters from Edward Fitz-
Gerald to W.B.Donne. Ed. by Neilson Campbell Hannay. London: Faber.
Pp. 132.
Rev. in NS, IV, No. 86, x T xii; by Helen Moran in LM, XXVII, 82-83; by
Arthur Waugh in S, Oct. 8, pp. 453-54.
Fish, Andrew. "The reputation of James Anthony Froude." Pacific hist, rev
Abstract in /SS4, IV, 1711 (17857).
Letters of Mrs. Gaskell and Charles Eliot Norton, 1855-1865. Ed. by Jane
Whitehall. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xxxii+131.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 6, p. 707; SRL, Dec. 10, p. 304; NYTBR, Dec. 25, p. 9; by
E. F. Benson in S, Oct. 15, p. 485; Bk, LXXV, 886; LM, XXVII, 85-86; by T
Earle Welby in BkL, LXXXIII, 120.
Gilbert, W. S. A colossal idea; an original farce. Introd. and decorations by
Townley Searle. London: Putnam. Pp. xiii+62.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 6, p. 709.
Lost Bab ballads. Collected, edited, and illustrated by Townley Searle. Lon
don: Longmans. Pp. x+127.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 6, p. 709.
Reynolds, E. R. "Planch6 and Gilbert." TLS, June 9, p. 427 (see also June
16, p. 447).
Gissing, George. Brownie; now first reprinted from the Chicago Tribune, to
gether with six other stories attributed to him. Introds. by G. E. Hastings,
Vincent Starrett, T. 0. Mabbott. New York: Columbia univ pr Lon
don: Milford. Pp. 7+107.
Rev. in TLS, May 26, p. 384; NYTBR, June 26, p. 5; SRL, VIII, 739; by
Robert Shafer, Bk, LXXIV, 674-77 ("grave-robbery"); LM, XXVI, 462.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 27-
Mabbott, Thomas Ollive. "A tale by Gissing identified." TLS, July 7, p. 499.
Morley, Christopher. "Pebbles from Gissing pond." AH. month., CXL, 143-
52.
Weber, Anton. George Gissing und die soziak Frage. Diss. Miinchen. Pp. 298.
Listed in LZD, LXXXIII, 792, as published at Leipzig by Tauchnitz.
West, Herbert F. Cunninghame Graham: his life and works. London: Cran-
ley & Day.
Rev. unfavorably by G. R. Barnes in BofM, Dec., p. 26.
de Ridder-Barzin, Louise. Le Pessimisme de Thomas Hardy. ("Travaux de la
facultt de philosophic et lettres de 1 Universite" de Bruxelles," Tome III.)
Pp. 192.
Rev. by Franz de Backer in Rev. de Vuniv. de Bruxelles, May- July ( Bibliogra-
phie"), PP- 140-43; in Books abroad, YI, 451.
Loane, George G. "Hardy and N.EJ)." TLS, Jan. 21, p. 44.
Shows Hardy using archaic words and forms of words which the N.E.D. lists as
not in use after 1725, etc. Based on Hardy s Collected poems (1928). Concluded in
a second list, TLS, April 14, p. 271.
Ufer, Hanna. Uber d. kompositionelle Bedeutung d. Natur bei Thomas Hardy.
Diss. Marburg, 1930. Pp. ix+100.
Vogt, Frieda. Thomas Hardy s Naturansicht in seinen Romanen. Hamburg:
Friedrichsen, de Gruyter. Pp. vi+114.
Rev. in LZD, LXXXIII, 891.
Weiner, Joyce. "Four novels of Hardy: some second impressions." CR,
CXLII, 228-36.
Huxley. See Carlyle (article by Huxley, Leonard).
Ayres, Clarence. Huxley. New York: W.W.Norton. Pp. vii+254.
Rev. by Morris Cohen, "The prophet of a great hope," NR, LXXII, 182-84
(interesting discussion of Huxley s present position in the history of scientific
thought); by H. L. Mencken in N, Mar. 30, p. 374; by C. L. Fenton in Sewanee
rev., XL, 370-73; by L. L. Woodruff in YR, XXII, 204-5; NYTBR, Mar. 27, pp.
11, 19; SRL, April 16, p. 663; HTB, VIII, No. 31, 3.
Huxley, Aldous. T. H. Huxley as a man of letters. Huxley Memorial lecture.
London: Stockwell. Pp. 28.
Huxley Memorial lectures, 1925-1932. London: Macmillan.
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 15, p. 633.
Peterson, Houston. Huxley, prophet of science. New York: Longmans. Pp.
xiii+338.
Rev., with Clarence Ayres Huxley (..), by William S. Ament in Univ. of Calif.
chron., XXXIV, 367-69.
Jones, Henry Arthur. See II. Jones, Doris.
Kingsley, Charles. See III. Oxford Movement (Newman).
28 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Partington, Wilfred. "Westward ho ! with Charles Kingsley," Bradford, Eng
land: County pr. Designs by F. Angus Horn. Colophon, III, Part 11, art.
5.
"Charles Kingsley s ruined life, 1 " Bk, LXXV, 539-40.
Biography long overdue.
Browne, Rose. "Henry Kingsley." SR, CLIII, 44.
T. A. Browne induced Henry Kingsley to write a novel; Geoffrey Hamlyn was
the result.
Ellis, S. M. Henry Kingsley, 1830-1876: towards a vindication. London:
Grant Richards, 1931. Pp. 285.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, IX, 445-46; by Eric Gillett in LM, XXV, 601-2.
Gwyn, Stephen. The life of Mary H. Kingsley. London: Macmillan. Pp. vii
+272.
Rev. by ClenneU Wilkinson, LM, XXVII, 88-89; in BkL, LXXXIII, 120-21;
NS, IV, 801-2; NR, Nov., p. 666.
Courtney. Janet E. "A novelist of the nineties, " FR, CXXXI, 230-41.
Discusses Mary St. Leger Kingsley, daughter of Charles, who, under the
pseudonym of Lucas Malet, startled the final years of Victoria s reign with two
audacious novels, The Wages of Sin (1891) and Sir Richard Calmady (1901). "To
find her prototype we must turn to the creator of Vanity Fair"
Cazamian, Louis. Andrew Lang and the Maid of France. Andrew Lang lecture
delivered before the Univ. of St. Andrews, Oct. 22, 1931. London: Milford.
Pp. 30.
Edward Lear. Born May 12, 1818. Died January 29, 1888. A short review of
his life and work. London: Warne. Pp. 14.
Coolidge, Bertha. "How pleasant to know Mr, Lear!" Pynson printers. Colo
phon, III, Part 9, art. 5.
Hildyard, M. Clive. "John Gibson Lockhart." Cornhill mag., LXXIII, 371-
82.
Seton-Anderson, James. "Mrs. H. Lovett-Cameron, novelist." N & Q }
CLXII, 82, 157, 211.
Lytton, E. B. "Autograph letters. Recent accessions," Bodl. guar. rec.j 2d
quar. p. 71.
Watts, Harold Holliday. The intellectual and artistic development of Lord Lyt
ton: "On art in fiction." Abstract of Univ. of Illinois diss. Urbana, Illinois.
Pp. 24.
Macaulay, Thomas B. "Macaulay on democracy." SR, CLIV, 64.
Bryant, Arthur. Macaulay. London: Peter Davies. Pp. 190.
Rev. by Rose Macaulay in NS, IV, 586-87 ("just and lively presentation");
NR, XCIX, 795; BofM, Dec., pp. 23-24; TLS, Dec. 15, p, 958; by R. C. K. Ensor
in N, Dec. 30, pp. 923-24.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 29
Firth, C. H. "Macaulay s third chapter." History, N.S., XVII, 200-219.
Analyzes the method and achievement in chapter iii of the History of England;
and shows wherein Macaulay failed to grasp "the unity of spirit which pervades
the different manifestations of the national life."
Mackenzie, W. D. "A Macaulay find?" TLS, April 21, p. 291.
Ottley, Richard R. "Macaulay reconsidered." NR, XCIX, 518-28.
Roberts, S. C. An eighteenth century gentleman and other essays. Cambridge
univ. pr. Pp. viii+131.
Contains an essay on Macaulay. Rev. in RES, VIII, 489.
Sampson, George. "Gibbon and Macaulay." TLS, Dec. 22, p. 977 (see also
Dec. 29, p. 989).
Macaulay B treatment of Warren Hastings.
"Warren Hastings." NR, XCIX, 768.
Rivenburg, Norola E. Harriet Martineau: an example of Victorian conflict.
Diss. Philadelphia: the author.
Meredith. See Field, Michael.
Dobr<e, Bonamy. "Some novels of Meredith." NR, XCVIII, 255-63.
Hengelhaupt, Margrit. Die Personifikation bei George Meredith. Diss. Frei
burg, 1931. Pp. 74.
Szerer, Mieczyslau. "Zywot czlowieka madrego [The life of a scientist]."
Droga. Abstract in SSA, IV, 1733 (18119).
Life of John Stuart Mill.
Welby, Alfred. "Thomas Miller of Gainsborough." N & Q, CLXIII, 173,
211, 248.
Moore, George. George Moore in quest of locale. Two letters to W. T. Stead.
San Francisco: Harvard pr., 1931.
Rev. in SRL, VIII, 483.
Morris, William. See III. Revaluations.
Morris, William. "Autograph letters, and MS of his speech on free trade. Re
cent accessions." Bodl. quar. rec., 2d quar., p. 71.
Davies, Frank J. J. "William Morris s Sir Peter Harpdon s end. " PQ, XI,
314-17. *
M[urry], J. M. "The greatness of William Morris." Adelphi, IV, 774.
Murry, John Middleton. "The return to fundamentals: Marx and Morris."
Adelphi, V. 19-29, 97-109.
Newman. See III. Leslie, Shane; Oxford Movement.
Rhodon. "Newman s memorandum to friends/ " N & Q, CLXIII, 225, 282.
Pater. See III. Revaluations.
Beyer, Arthur. Walter Paters Beziehungen zur franzosischen Literatur and Kul~
tur. Diss. Gottingen. Halle: Niemeyer, 1931. Pp. x+H6.
Rev. by A. J Farmer in MP, XXIX, 501-2;; in LZD, LXXXIII, 25; by
Klemperer in Deutsche literaturz., XLIII, 2037-40.
30 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Burgum, Edwin Berry. "Walter Pater and the good life." Sewanee rev., XL
276-93.
Newman, Bertram. "Walter Pater: a revaluation." NC, CXI, 633-40.
Symons, Arthur. A study of Walter Pater. London: Sawyer. Pp. 110.
Rev. in TLS, June 9, p. 423.
Patmore. See III. Leslie, Shane.
Baddeley, St. Glair. "Coventry Patmore s house." TLS, June 2, p. 408 (see
also June 9, p. 427; June 23, p. 464).
Bax, Clifford. "Patmore and Ford." TLS, May 12, p. 351.
Burdett, Osbert. "Patmore no dramatist." TLS, May 26, p. 390.
Eglinton, John. "Coventry Patmore s grave." TLS, May 19, p. 368.
Heinrich, G. "Coventry Patmore: der Dichter der ehelichen Liebe." Hock-
land, XXIX, nr. 8 (1931-32), 149-67.
Listed in LZD, LXXXIII, 504.
Patmore, Francis J. "Coventry Patmore: a son s recollections." ER LIV
135-41.
Patmore, J. Deighton. "Some childish recollections of Coventry Patmore "
BkL, LXXXII, 57-58.
Planch6, James R. See Gilbert; also III. Eighteen-sixties.
Kuehne, Oswald R. "Possible Latin sources for an episode in Charles Reade,
The cloister and the hearth" Classical weekly, XXV, 177-81.
Sutcliffe, Emerson G. "Plotting in Reade s novels." PMLA, XL VII, 834-63.
Rossetti. See Browning (article by DeVane.)
Hunt, Violet. The wife of Rossetti. London: Lane; New York- Button PD
xxx+339. ^*
Rev. by Geoffrey Rossetti, BkL, LXXXIII, 56; Bk, LXXV, 727-28 ("God save
v<! ? !v ^ 8U r^ d P J Nm R} LXXI11 78; Scrib " XCII > 9 J ER > LV > 548-50;
d fvS XXVn 83 ~ 84J W Aug " 2 ^ ^ Eve1 ^ Waugh in 8, Oct. 8
G S*- ** 3; SW- 22 P * 655J Janet C Win FR
CXXXII 665-66; N, Dec. 7, p. 568; 8RL, Dec. 17, p. 327; HTB, IX, No. 8 1-
We and Letters, VIII, 474-75. See TLS, Oct. 27, p. 789, for Mrs. kelen Rossettl
Angell s letter objecting to certain statements and judgments in Miss Hunt s W-
ograpny.
Brilliant and gossipy portraiture of the pre-Raphaelite circle centering around
Knickerbocker, K.L. "Rossetti s The blessed damozel. " 5P.XXIX 485-
504. *
Morse, B. J. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti and William Blake." ES, LXVI 364r-
1 2i.
Symons, Arthur. "Notes on two manuscripts." ER, LIV, 514-20.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 31
Teasdale, Sara. Christina Rossetti. New York: Macmillan.
Waller, Ross Douglas. The Rossetti family, 1824-1864. ("English series," No.
21.) Manchester univ. pr. Pp. xii+324.
Rev. by F. Neri in Criomale storico deUa letteratura italiana, C, 324; by Paul de
Reul in ESt, XIV, 201-3; by B. J. Morse in ES, LXVII, 283-87; by Wynyard
Browne in BkL, LXXXII, 108 (finds book perhaps out of proportion, but impar
tial and sensible); TLS, May 19, p. 364.
Bayes, Walter. Turner: a speculative portrait London: Geoffrey Bles. Pp.
288.
Rev. in Adelphi, II, 254; by A. B. Bateman in LQHR, CLVII, 453-63.
Bentley, J. A. "Ruskin and modern fiction." QQ, XXXIX, 145-56.
Ladd, Henry. The Victorian morality of art; an analysis of Ruskin s esthetic.
New York: Long and Smith. Pp. xi+418.
Rev. by Elisabeth Gary in NYTBR, Dec. 11, p. 10.
Larg, David John. John Ruskin. London: Peter Da vies. Pp. 152.
Brief rev. in TLS, Sept. 15, p. 646.
MacDonald, Greville. Reminiscences of a specialist. London: Allen & Unwin.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 1, p. 915. Noteworthy light on Ruskin and Rose la Touche.
Maurois, Andre*. "Proust et Ruskin." Essays and studies by members of the
English Association, XVII (1931). 25-32.
Rev. in AT & Q, CLXIII, 36. Strong influence of Ruskin.
Rhodon. "Ruskin s "The queen s garden. " N & Q, CLXIII, 225, 316, 354.
Rocke, Niel. "Ruskin s drawings for Italy." TLS, May 26, p. 390.
Tea, Eva. Giacomo Boni nella vita del suo tempo. Milan: Ceschina. 2 vols.
Rev. by Williams in NR, XCVIII, 787-96. The story of an Italian friend and
disciple of Ruskin.
Whitehouse, J. Howard. "Ruskin s marriage tragedy." BkL, LXXXII, 208-
9; LM, 158-59.
Looker, Samuel J. "Alexander Smith and Dreamthorp." N & Q, CLXIII, 117,
177.
Spencer, Herbert. See Field, Michael.
Cavenagh, F. A. (ed.). Herbert Spencer on education. Cambridge univ. pr.
Pp. xxiv+233.
Rev. in N & Q, CLXII, 126.
Stephen, Leslie. Sketches from Cambridge. Foreword by G. M. Trevelyan.
London: Milford.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 1, p. 919.
"R. L. Stevenson problems," N & Q, CLXIII, 278, 316.
"R. L. Stevenson s use of obliterated/ " N & Q, CLXIII, 287.
Morley, Christopher. "Two enthusiasms: Stevenson and Conrad." All.
month., CXL, 403-6.
32 VICTOKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Steel, Anthony. "Jorrocks s London." FR, CXXXXI, 208-17.
Sidelights on London in the novels of B. S. Surtees.
Steel, Anthony. Jorrocks s England. London: Methuen.
Rev. in TLS, Noy. 10, p. 833; by Bonamy DobrSe in S, Dec. 2, pp. 800-802
Swinburne. See Dickens; also Rossetti (Symons).
Griggs, Earle Leslie. "Swinburne on Coleridge." MP, XXX, 215-16.
Lafourcade, Georges. Swinburne: a literary "biography. London: G r Bell;
New York: Morrow. Pp. xiv+314.
Rev. by Clyde K. Hyder in SRL, Sept. 24, p., 122; HTB, IX, No. 4, p. 6; SR,
CLIII, 545; Rev. de Vunto. de Bruxettes, XXXVIH, 106-8; QR, CCLIX, 189; Bk,
LXXV, 628-29; by Arthur Waugh, BkL, LXXXII, 154; NYTBR, Oct. 2, p. 4;
TLS, June 2, p. 404; by John Sparrow, in S t June 4, p. 804. See authors letter,
TLS, June 9, p. 427.
An admirably balanced and well-informed biography, C. F. H.
Rutland, William R. Swinburne: a nineteenth century Hellene. Oxford: Black-
well, 1931.
Rev. by Georges Lafourcade in RLC, Apr .-June, pp, 464-67; by Mario Praz in
RES, VIII, 354-57.
Taylor, Sir Henry. See III. Eighteen-sixties.
Tennyson. See III. Revaluations.
Bradby, G. F. "Tennyson s In memoriam. " The Brontes and other essays.
Oxford univ. pr.
Callender, Geoffrey. "Tennyson and Froude." TLS, Jan. 21, p. 44.
Evans, B. Ivor. "Tennyson and the origins of the Golden Treasury" TLS,
Dec. 8, p. 941.
Osborne, E. A. "Tennyson s Holy Graft. " TLS, Aug. 25, p. 596.
Peake, Leslie S. "Tennyson and faith." LQHR, CLVII, 182-89.
Peake, L. S. "Tennyson and the search for immortality." I: "The pre-exist-
ence of man." II: "The idea of spiritualism." Ill: "Reason and love."
SR, CLIII, 192, 216, 266.
Rendall, Vernon. "A Tennyson puzzle." SR, CLIII, 175.
Identifies "the long unlovely street" of In memoriam as that on which Hallam
lived.
Barbeau, A. "Sur un passage des Newcomes." RA, IX, 143-44.
On the change in Thackeray s attitude toward the Catholic church,
Baucke, Ludwig. Die ErztihVcunst in Thackeray s Vanitv Fair. Hamburg:
Friedrichsen, de Gruyter. Pp. xii+187.
Brief rev. in LZD, LXXXIII, 891.
Digeon, A. "Sur le chapitre des Newcomes." RA, IX, 413-17.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOU 1932 33
Elwin, Malcolm. Thackeray; a personality. London: Cape. Pp. 410.
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 29, p. 684; by John Linnell in PR, CXXXII, 670-72; SR,
CLIV, 349; by Osbert Burdett in ER, LV, 557-58; LM, XXVII, 82-83; by
Michael Sadleir in NS, IV, 347-48; by T. Earle Welby in BkL, LXXXIII, 40
("the man rather than the artist is Mr. Elwin s concern 1 ).
Forsythe, Robert S. "Thackeray, critic of his times." Univ. of North Dakota,
quar. jour., XXII, 191-203.
Garnett, R. S. "Thackerayana." Blackwood, CCXXXI, 826-39.
Las Vergnas, Raymond. W. M. Thackeray: I homme, le penseur, le romancier.
Paris: Champion.
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 29, p. 684.
Vulpuis, Dr. Walter. "When Thackeray came to Weimar." SR, CLIII, 339,
364.
Leslie,; Shane. "Francis Thompson." S, Nov. 11, pp. 657-58.
Twitchett, E. G. "Francis Thompson." LM, XXVII, 58-64.
Thomson, James. The city of dreadful night and other poems. Introd. by Ed
mund Blunden. London: Methuen.
Rev, in TLS, June 9, p. 422; by Herbert Agar in ER, LV, 204-6.
The city of dreadful night and other poems. Introd. by Henry S. Salt. London:
Watts. Pp. 110.
Rev. in TLS, June 9, p. 422; by P. Quennell in NS, IV, 235-36.
Belloc, H. "Anthony Trollope." LM, XXVII, 150-57.
Huxley, Leonard. "Anthony Trollope and the Cornhill. " Cornhill mag.,
LXXIII, 758-66.
Waugh, Arthur. "Trollope after sixty years." FR, CXXXII, 712-24.
Benson, A. C. "Theodore Watts-Dunton." Life and letters, VIII, 385-99.
Ellis, S. M. "Theodore Watts-Dunton, the friend of friends. " BkL,
LXXXIII, 28-29..
Wilde. See Field, Michael.
Braybrooke, Patrick. Oscar Wilde: a study. London: Studies publications.
Pp. 147.
Douglas, Lord Alfred. My friendship with Oscar Wilde. New York: Coventry
house.
Eichbaum, Gerda. "Die impressionistischen Friihgedichte Oscar Wildes unter
besonderer Berticksichtigung des Einflusses von James MacNeill Whist
ler." Die neueren sprache, XL, 398-407.
Gardiner, Alexander. "Oscar in buncoland, U.S.A." New York: Kurt Volk.
Colophon, III, Part 12, art. 3.
Ricketts, Charles, and Raymond, Jean Paul. Some recollections of Oscar Wilde.
New York: Random house; London: Nonesuch pr.
Rev. in "After Ruskin," NS, IV, 161-62.
34 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
V. CONTINENTAL MATERIAL
Ackerknecht, E. H. Beitrdge z. Geschichte d. Medizinalreform von 1848. Diss.
Leipzig. Pp. 61-185.
Barbusse, Henri. Zola. Trans, from the French by Mary Balairdie Green and
Frederick C. Green. London: Dent. Pp. 279.
Bessemertny, Bertha. "Hermann Kopp als Chemiker." Archeion, XIV, 62-
68.
Bockstahler, 0. L. "Sudermann and Ibsen." German guar., V, 54-57.
Cahen, L6on. Les debuts du monde contemporain, 1789-1848. Paris: F. Alcan.
Pp. 460.
Rev. in Ras /, XXX, 447; Rev. critique, June, pp. 274-75.
Canu, Jean. "L ceuvre dramatique de Flaubert/ RHL, Jan.-Mar., pp. 45-
72; Apr-June, pp. 190-203.
Carre*, Jean-Marie. "L Egypte antique dans Poeuvre de The*ophile Gautier."
RLC, Oct.-Dec., pp. 765-800.
Croce, Benedetto. Introduzione ad una storia d Europa nel secolo decimonono.
Bari: Laterza e figli. Pp. 366.
Rev. in RSP, LV, 472-73; SRL, VIII, 845; in Res publica, Aug., pp. 518-26.
Decker, C. R. "Balzac s literary reputation in Victorian society." PMLA y
XLVII, 1150-57.
de la Gorce, Pierre. Louis Philippe (1830-1848). Paris: Plon, 1931. Pp.420.
Rev. in La critica, XXX, 203-5; in RSP, LV, 315-16.
Del Bono, Giulio. "Garibaldi condottiero ed eroe." RasI, XXXI, 577-92.
dePourtales,Guy. Richard Wagner. Trans, by J. Lewis May. London: Cape.
Pp. 406.
de Sanctis. Francesco. History of Italian literature. Trans, by Joan Redfern.
Oxford univ. pr. 2 vols.
Rev. by Herbert Read in Crit., Oct., pp. 155-58.
d Ormesson, Wladimir. "La grande crise mondiale de 1857." Le Correspon
dent, Dec. 10, pp. 651-66; Dec. 25, pp. 869-84.
Fischer, Isidor. Biographisches Lexikon der hervorragenden* Aerzte der letzten
funfzig Jahre. BerUn und Wien: Urban & Schwarzenberg.
Gay, Jules. Les deux Romesetr opinion fran^aise. Les Rapports franco-italiens
depuis 1816. Paris: Alcan, 1931. Pp. 246.
Rev. in Etudes italiennes, N.S., II, No. 2, 136-67.
Griffith, Gwilym 0. Mazzini: prophet of modem Europe.. London: Hodder &
Stoughton; New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 382.
Rev. in NYTBR, Jan. 22, 1933, p. 5.
Guedalla, Philip. The second empire. London: Hodder & Stoughton Pp
xvi+362.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932 35
Iltis, Hugo. Life of Mendel. Trans, by Eden and Cedar Paul. New York:
W. W. Norton. Pp. ix+336.
Rev. by Logan Clendening in HTB, IX, 16; SRL, VIII, 826; LQHR, CLVII,
413.
Janes, George M. "Marxian socialism." Univ. of North Dakota, guar. jour.,
XXII, 330-50.
Koht, Halvdan. The life of Ibsen. London: Allen & Unwin: New York:
W. W. Norton, 1931. 2 vols. Pp. 304; 341.
Rev. by William Lyon Phelps in SRL, VIII, 455.
Langer, William L. European alliances and alignments, 187 1-1 890. New York:
Knopf. Pp. 523.
Liang, Esther M. Die Ethik der Schuk Schopenhauer s. Diss. Berlin. Pp. 118.
Lieske, Rudolf. Tiecks Abwendung von der Eomantik. Diss. Berlin. Pp. 51.
Lippmann, Edmund. "Hermann Kopp als Historiker." Archeion, XIV, 1-5.
Marcuse, Alexander. Die Geschichtsphilosophie Auguste Comtes. Diss. Berlin.
Pp. 64.
Marriott, Sir John. Makers of modern Italy; Napoleon-Mussolini. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 228.
Book rev. dig., Aug., p. 250: "An entirely re-written edition of a famous book,
first published in 1889."
Meyer-Benfey, H. "Ibsen in seinem ersten Drama." GRM, XX, 266-77.
Mittelmeier, Emma. Die geschichtt. Entwicklung des Heimatgedankens seit
dem 17. Jahrh. Diss. Mtinchen. Pp. 112.
Nicolli, Pellegrino. La carboneria e le sette affini nel Risorgimento italiano.
Vicenza: Cristofari, 1931. Pp. 208.
Rev. in Etudes italiennes, N.S., II, 71.
O Brien, Edward J. Son of the morning: a portrait of Friedrich Nietzsche.
London: Cape. Pp. 295.
Pratt, E. J. "La Diplomatic fran$aise de 1875 a 1881." RH, CLXX, 447-70.
Pribram, Albert F. England and the international policy of the European great
powers, 1871-1914. Oxford univ. pr., 1931. Pp. xii+156.
Rev. in HTB, VIII, No. 22, 13.
Proudfit, Isabel. The ugly duckling: a Uography of Hans Christian Andersen.
New York: Robert McBride. Pp. ix+226.
Rev. in SRL, IX, 210.
Rheinhardt, Emil. Napoleon and Eugenie; the tragicomedy of an empire. Trans,
from the German by Hannah Waller. New York: Knopf. Pp. 376.
Rossier, Edmond. Histoire politique de I Europe, 1815-1919. Paris: Payot,
1931. Pp. 355.
Rev. in ESP, LV, 314.
36 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1932
Schirokauer, Arnold, Lassalle; the power of illusion and the illusion of power.
Trans, by Eden and Cedar Paul. New York: Century. Pp. 320.
Rev. in HTB, VIII, No. 19, 4.
Sencourt, Robert. Spanish crown, 1808-1931; an intimate chronicle of a hun
dred years. (English title : Spain s uncertain crown) . New York : Scribner s.
Pp. 393.
Bibilia, Salvatore. "La letteratura della Svezia nelFottocento e in questo
novecento." RasI, XXXI, 771-80.
Southgate, George W. A textbook of modern European history, 1789-1930.
London: Dent. Pp. 355.
Swanson, Carl A, "Ibsen and the French drama." University of Chicago Ab
stracts of theses (1929-30}. "Humanistic series/ VIII (Univ. of Chicago
pr.), 399-403.
Wais, Kurt, K. T. Henrik Ibsen und das Problem des Vergangenen, im Zusam-
menhang der gleichzeitigen Geistesgeschichte. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer, 1931.
Pp. xu+281.
Rev. in GRM, XX, 75.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
-for 1933
bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the
Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa-
tion of America: William D. Templeman, chairman. University
of Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal Col
lege; Helen C. White, University of Wisconsin; Frederic E. Faverty,
Northwestern University. It attempts to list the noteworthy publi
cations of 1933 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a bear
ing on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise
stated, the date of publication is 1933. Reference to a page in the
bibliography for 1932, in Modern philology, May, 1933, is made by the
following form: See VB 1932, 429. Some cross-references are given,
although not all that are possible,
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
AHR American historical review LM
AR American review (formerly LQHR
Bk)
Archiv *=Archiv fur das Studium der LZD
neueren Sprachen
Beiblatt -Beiblatt zur Anglia ML
Bk = Bookman MLN
BkL = Bookman (London) MLR
B of M = Books of the month MP
CR Contemporary review N
Cr = Criterion NC
CWd Catholic world NEQ
DubR = Dublin review NeuP
ER = English review
ES =Englische Studien NeuS
ESt - English studies (Amsterdam) NewR
FR = Fortnightly review Nrf
GRM = Germanisch-romanische Mo- NS
natsschrift NYTBR
HTB = New York Herald-Tribune N&Q
books PMLA
JEGP = Journal of English and Ger
manic philology PQ
JMH Journal of modern history QQ
= London mercury
London quarterly and Hoi-
born review
=Literarisches Zentralblatt fur
Deutschland
= Modern languages
-Modern language notes
= Modem language review
- Modern philology
- Nation
-Nineteenth century and after
=New England quarterly
- Neuphilologische Monats-
schrift
= Die neueren Sprachen
-New republic
=Nouvelle revue fran$ aise
-New statesman and nation
= New York Times book review
= Notes & queries
-Pubs. Mod, Lang. Ass n of
Am.
-Philological quarterly
= Queen s quarterly
[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1934]
37
3S VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
QR ^Quarterly review SP = Studies in philology
RA = Revue anglo-amtricaine SR = Saturday review
RES = Review of English studies SRL = Saturday review of literature
RH = Revue historic TLS = (London) Times literary sup-
RLC = Revue de litterature comparee pleinent
S - Spectator V Q R = Virginia quarterly review
SeR -Sewanee review YR = Yak review
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
-American bibliography for 1932. " PMLA, XLVII, Suppl, 1244-52: "Eng
lish, Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh.
Annual bibliography of English language and literature. Vol. XIII. 1932. Ed.
for the Modern Humanities Research Association by Mary S. Sergeantson,
assisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge: Bowes & Bowes. Pp. x+
273. "Nineteenth century," pp. 160-210.
The art index: annual cumulation. October 1932 to September 1933. A cumu
lative author and subject index to a selected list of fine arts periodicals and mu
seum bulletins. Also the Dec. issue, cumulative from Sept. New York:
H. W. Wilson Co.
Baker, Blanche M. (compiler). Dramatic bibliography: an annotated list of
books on the history and criticism of the drama and stage and on the allied arts
of the theatre. New York: H. W. Wilson Co. Pp. xvi+320.
Rev. by Leon Carnovsky, Lib. quart., Ill, 438-40: "On the score of selection
and completeness undoubtedly the best thing of its kind yet produced."
Bibliographisclier Monatsbericht uber neu erschienene Schul-, Universitats- u.
Hochschulschriften , herausgegeben von der Zentralstelle fur Disser-
tationen und Programme der Buchhandlung Gustav Fock Leipzig,
bimonthly.
Cole, George Watson. Index to bibliographical papers. An index to biblio
graphical papers published by the Bibliographical Society and the Library
Association, London, 1877-1932. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. Pp. ix+
262.
A valuable work of reference. Access is now made easier to many "contribu
tions to knowledge" hidden away in these learned publications. A considerable
number of the references are to Victorian figures, major and minor. See particu
larly under Carlyle, Dobson, Landor, Lang, Meredith, Peacock, and Locker-Lamp-
6on. F. E. F.
Giordano-Orsini, N. "Gli studiinglesi in Italia nel 1932." Leonardo: rassegna
bibliografica, IV, 419-20.
Lists the "more important books and articles" published in Italy about English
and American literature.
Gregory, Winifred (ed.). List of the serial publications of foreign governments,
1815-1931. Ed. for the American Council of Learned Societies, American
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1933 30
Library Association, National Research Council. New York: H. W. Wil
son Co., 1932. Pp. 720.
Rev. by A. S. Fletcher, director, British Library of Information, in Lib. jour.,
March 15, pp. 258-59; by A. F. Kuhlman, in Lib. quart., Ill, 221-25 (This is a
companion volume to the Union list of serials in the libraries of the United States
and Canada; it "records the holdings of these publications of 85 [14 reported only
in part] American libraries"); by H. B. Van Hoesen, JMH, V, 395-97; Lib. assoc.
rec., Ill, 134.
International bibliography of historical sciences Third year 192S. Ed. by
the International Committee of Historical Sciences, Washington. New
York: H. W. Wilson Co. Pp. 458. Also Fourth year 1939 Pp.
495.
For description, see VB 1932, 400. The foregoing two vols. are published also
as follows: Rome: Maglione; Paris: Colin.
International index to periodicals. Twentieth annual cumulation: July 1933
June 1933. Also the Nov. issue, which is cumulative from July. New York:
. H. W. Wilson Co.
Larassegna (quarterly), XLI, 133-48, 233-42, 341-50. "Repertorio."
N.B. the sections "Letterature straniere."
Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica (monthly), IV, 179-84. "Bollettino biblio-
grafica." And monthly thereafter, the same sort of 5-page bibliog., of books
recently published in Europe and America.
McKerrow, R. B. and Fergusson, F. S. Title page borders used in England and
Scotland. Oxford univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. xlviii+234.
Parrish, M. L. Victorian lady novelists. George Eliot, Mrs. Gaskell, The Bronte
sisters. First editions in the library at Dormy House, Pine Valley, New Jer
sey. Described with notes. London: Constable. Pp. xii+160.
Peddie, R. A. Subject index of books published before 1880. London: Grafton.
Pp. xiv+745.
Rev. in Lib. assoc. rec., Ill, 134-35.
Price, Lawrence Marsden. The reception of English literature in Germany. See
VB 1932, 400.
Rev. by F. Baldensperger in RLC, XIII, 377-78; by A. Ludwig in Archiv,
CLXIV, 94^96; by Helene Richter in NeuS XLI, 381-82.
Ricci, Seymour de. English collectors of books and manuscripts (1530-1930)
and their marks of ownership. Cambr. univ. pr.; London: Macmillan, 1930.
Pp. ix+203.
Rev. by Ernst Crous in Deutsche literaturzeitung, Jan. 1, pp. 1-4.
The year s work in English studies. Vol. XII. 1931. Ed. for the English Asso
ciation by F. S. Boas and M. S. Sergeantson. Oxford univ. pr.j London:
Milford. Pp. 342. Chaps, xi-xii, "Nineteenth century and after," pp. 266-
310.
40 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
Adams, L. P. Agricultural depression and farm relief in England 1813-1852.
See VB 1932, 403.
Rev. by J. H. Park in Pol sci. quart., XL VIII, 319-20.
Adams, W. F. Ireland and Irish emigration to the New World from 1815 to the
Famine. New Haven: Yale univ. pr.; London: Milferd. Pp. vi+444.
Allen, Bernard M. Gordon and the Sudan. London: Macmillan, 1931. Pp.
485.
Rev. by Gerald Hurst in Eng. hist, rev., XLVIII, 131-33 ("a full and fair his
tory").
Allen, B. M. Gordon in China. London: Macmillan.
Allyn, Emily. Lords versus commons; a century of conflict and compromise,
1830-1930. See VB 1932, 412.
Rev. by G. H. in Eng. hist, rev., XLVIII, 708.
Armstrong, Martin. Lady Hester Stanhope. "The Soho library/ 7 London:
Gerald Howe. Pp. 96.
Arthur, Sir George. A septuagenarian s scrap-book. Foreword by Sir Herbert
Maxwell. London: Butterworth. Pp. 320.
Rev. in JMH, V, 577; TLS, July 13, p. 473 (informative and reflective essays,
touching Gladstone, Salisbury, Kitchener, Mrs. Langtry, etc.),
Babington, Thomas. "A forgotten gentleman." S, July 28, pp. 121-22.
Reminiscences of Thomas Babington, brother-in-law of Zachary Macaulay, and
prominent in the antislavery movement, by Babington s grandson.
Bailey, Alec. "The vision of Cecil Rhodes." Empire rev., LVIII, 14-17.
Balleine, G. R. A history of the Evangelical party in the Church of England.
2d ed. London: Longmans. Pp. xi+346.
Baring, M. Sarah Bernhardt. London: P. Davies. Pp. 162.
Bauer, Marion, and Peyser, E. R. Music through the ages: a narrative for stu
dent and layman. London: Putnam. Pp. xii+572.
Baxter, James P. The introduction of the ironclad warship. Harvard univ. pr.;
London: Milford. Pp. xvi+398.
Beales, Hugh L. The early English socialists. "Makers of the New World."
London: Hamilton. Pp. 96.
Benson, E. F. King Edward VII: an appreciation. London: New York:
Longmans. Pp. 307. Bibliog., p. 289.
Benson, Edwin. "A history of education in York, 1780-1902." "Summary of
theses," CXIII, Bull of Inst. of hist, research, XI, 133-35.
Bentham s theory of fictions. Ed. by C. K. Ogden. New York: Harcourt,
Brace, 1932. Pp. 313.
Rev. by William Gorman in Hound & horn, VII, 153-60.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 41
Bentwich, N. The religious foundations of internationalism. A study in inter
national relations through the ages. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 288.
Berkeley, G. F. H. Italy in the making, 1815 to 1846. Cambr. univ. pr. ? 1932.
Pp. xxx+292.
Birkenhead, Frederick E., Earl of. Birkenhead: the first phase. By his son,
the Earl of Birkenhead. Foreword by the Rt. Hon. Winston S. Churchill.
London: Butterworth. Pp. 319.
Birnie, A. Storia economica dell Europa occidentale (1760-1933). Ediz. aggior-
nata dalPautore. Milano: Corticelli. Pp. viii+396.
Birrell, Francis. Gladstone. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth; New
York: Macmillan. Pp. 143.
Rev. by Arthur Colton in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 236; by J. L. Hammond in S, April 7,
pp. 492-93; by K. John in NS, April 1, p. 418 ("will please all for whom the glow
of a rational admiration is one of the luxuries of life"); by Isidor Schneider in
New R, Dec. 20, pp. 174-75; TLS, March 30, p. 231.
Blomfield, J. St. George s, 1733-1933. London: Medici society. Pp. 128. De
luxe ed.
Blood, Gen. Sir Blindon. Four score years and ten: the reminiscences of Gen.
Sir Blindon Blood London: G. Bell & Son.
Bolitho, Hector (ed.). The Prince Consort and his brother: two hundred new
letters. London: Cobden-Sanderson. Pp. xi-(-225.
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in ER, LVII, 672-74; by Miss M. Scott Johnston in
8R, Oct. 21, p. 423; by Geoffrey Wellington in BkL, LXXXV, 124r-25; NS, Oct.
21, pp. 492-94.
Bolsover, G. H. "Great Britain, Russia, and the Eastern question, 1832-
1841." "Summary of theses," CXII, Bull, of Inst. of hist, research, XI,
129-33.
Booth, Catherine B. Bramwell Booth. London: Rich & Cowan. Pp. ix+542.
Rev. by Ernest Jeffs in S, May 19, pp. 719-20; SR, June 10, p. 571; TLS, May
11 , p. 320. Biography of the late general of the Salvation Army, by his daughter.
Booth, John Bennison (Costs, pseud.). Pink parade. Foreword by Charles B.
Cochran. London: Butterworth; New York: E. P. Button. Pp. ix+317.
Music halls, night clubs, and the stage in the nineties.
Bovill, E. W. Caravans of the old Sahara. An introduction to the history of the
Western Soudan. Oxf or duniv.pr.; London: Milford. Pp. 300 +12 maps.
Rev. by A. Demangeon in Rev. critique, LXVII, 238-39.
Bradlaugh. Champion of liberty: Charles Bradlaugh. Centenary volume. Lon
don: C. A, Watts. Pp. 128.
Rev. by R. C. K. Ensor in S, Sept. 29, p. 408; by Harold Laski in NS, Sept. 30,
p. 388; TLS, Oct. 5, p. 661.
Brandenburg, E. From Bismarck to the World War. A history of German for-
eign policy 1870-1914. Trans, by A. E. Adams. 2d impression. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 556.
42 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
Brinton, Crane. English political thought in the nineteenth century. London:
Benn. Pp. vii+312.
Rev. by Harold Laski in NS, Dec. 9, pp. 782-84; TLS, Dec. 21, p. 903. A study
of nineteen Victorian political thinkers: Carlyle, Mill, Newman, Kingsley, etc.
Bruns, Gerhard. England und der deutsche Krieg 1866. "HistorischeStudien,"
No. 221. Berlin: Ebering. Pp. xx+218. (Diss. Gottingen, 1932.)
Bullock, J. M., and others. "The ancestors of Chinese Gordon/ N & Q,
Feb. 11, pp. 93-95; Feb. 25, pp. 140, 141; April 8, pp. 249, 250.
Burghclere, Lady (ed.). A great lady s friendships: letters to Mary, Marchioness
of Salisbury, Countess of Derby, 1862-1890 London: Macmillan.
Burrow, J. (ed.). Denny, Dumbarton, 1844-1932. London: For William Den
ny & Bros. Pp. 113.
Note in JM H, V, 433. History, illustrated, of this shipbuilding establishment.
Cambridge history of the British empire. Ed. J. Holland Rose, A. P. Newton,
and E. A. Benians. Vol. VII, Part I, "Australia. " Adviser for the Domin
ion of Australia, Ernest Scott. Part II, "New Zealand," J. Hight. Cambr.
univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xx+760; xiv+310.
Rev. in AT & Q, Aug. 12, pp. 106-8; SR t Sept. 16, p. 302.
Cambridge history of India, volume VI: the Indian empire, 1858-1918. With
chapters on the development of administration, 1818-1858. Ed. by H. H.
Dodwell. Cambr. univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan, 1932. Pp. xxiv+660.
Rev. by Jules Bloch in Rev. critique, LXVI, 565-66; by W. Norman Brown in
HTB, Oct. 8, p. 18; N & Q, Jan. 28, pp. 70-71; SR, Jan. 28, p. 98. Also obtainable
as Vol. V of Cambridge history of the British empire.
Carlton, R. The gentle adventure: a Victorian prelude. London: Dent. Pp. vii
+181.
Carr, E. H. The romantic exiles: a nineteenth century portrait gallery. London:
Gollancz. Pp. 391.
Carritt, E. F. (ed.). Letters of courtship between John Torr and Maria Jackson,
1838-43. New York: Oxford univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. 289.
Rev. by Lyn Irvine in S, May 5, pp. 649-50; by Constance Jordan in HTB,
June 11, p. 13.
Chandler, Asa C. "Sir Ronald Ross and his work. 7 Rice Institute pamphlet,
XX, 322-34.
Summary of Ross s labors in discovering the cause of malaria.
Clapham, J. H. An economic history See VB 1932, 405.
Rev. by Edward Cheyney in JMH, V, 248-50; by F. C. Dietz in AHR,
XXXVIII, 753-54; by R, C. K. Ensor in LM, XXVII, 285-87 ("one of those rare
books .... which treats a subject of absorbing interest, not yet annexed, with
such mastery as at once to become the classic on it") J by Henri Hauser in Rev.
critique, LXVII, 220-23; by Kenneth Pickthorn in Cr, XII, 517-19; by Henri S^e
in RH, CLXXI, 410-12.
VICTOHIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 43
Colles, Henry Cope. The Royal College of Music: a jubilee record, 1833-1933.
London: Macmillan. Pp. vii+56. " Authorities, " p. v.
Collier, John, and Lang, Ian. Just the other day. New York: Harper.
Touches late Victorians Hardy, Edmund Gosse, etc.
Compton-Rickett, A. 7 look back: memoirs of fifty years. London: Herbert
Jenkins. Pp. 318.
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 28, p. 644. Includes memories of James Martineau, Swin
burne, Watts-Dunton, William Morris.
Coolen, Georges. Histoire de VEglise d Angleterre. "Bibliotheque catholique
des sciences religieuses." Paris: Bloud & Gay, 1932. Pp. 200.
Coupland, Reginald. The British anti-slavery movement. "Home univ. lib."
London: Butterworth. Pp. 256. Note on books, p. 252.
Crabits, Pierre. Gordon: the Sudan and slavery. London: Routledge & Ke-
gan Paul. Pp. x+334.
Rev. by W. H. Hindle in FR, CXXXIX, 398; by Geoffrey West in BkL,
LXXXIII, 496; by Clennell Wilkinson in LAf, XXVII, 472-74; by Leonard Woolf
in NS, Jan. 28, pp. 105-6; TLS, Jan. 26, pp. 45-46.
Craig, Edith, and St. John, C. Ellen Terry s memoirs. Ellen Terry s autobiog
raphy and the story of her last twenty years. London: Gollancz. Pp. 376.
Crew, Albert. London prisons of today and yesterday. London: Nicholson &
Watson. Pp. 268.
Croce, Benedetto. History of Europe in the nineteenth century. New York:
Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 375.
Rev. by C. F. Ronayne in AR, II, 241^7.
Gumming, Sir John (ed.). Political India, 1832-1932: a cooperative survey of a
century. Oxford univ. pr., 1932. Pp. viii+324.
Dalhousie-Phayre correspondence, 1852-1856. Ed. with introd. and notes by
D. G. E. Hall. Oxford univ. pr., 1932. Pp, lxxii+426.
Rev. by P. E. R. in Eng. hist, rev., XLVIII, 710-11.
Dangerfield, George. Bengal mutiny: the story of the Sepoy Rebellion. London:
Hutchinson; New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 272. Bibliog.
Rev. by Ben Ray Redman in HTB, Jan. 29, p. 4; SR, May 20, p. 489.
Dasent, Arthur I. A history of Grosvenor Square. London: Macmillan.
Davidson, E. F. Edward Hincks: a selection from his correspondence. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 282.
Note in Periodical, June: "pioneer in Assyriological and Egyptological re
search" (1792-1866).
D Azeglio, V. E. Cavoureringhilterra. Bologna: Zanichelli. 3vols. Pp.1114.
Rev. by Pietro Silva, "L lnghilterra e 1 UniU Italiana," Leonardo, IV, 414-16.
Dressier, B. "Die padagogische Ausbildung des englischen hoheren Lehrers."
NeuS, XLI, 451-58.
44 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1933
Driver, Leota S. Fanny Kemble. Chapel Hill. Univ. of N.C. pr.; London:
Milford. Pp. xiv+271.
Rev. by Walter P. Eaton in HTB, June 11, p. 5; by Ruth L, Higgins in Miss.
Valley hist, rev., XX, 416-17; by S. G. Stoney in VQR, IX, 609-13; NYTBR,
June 18, p. 5; TLS, June 22, , 424 ("a careful account of [Fanny Kemble s] char
acters, her successes and partial failures").
Doyle, Phyllis. A history of political thought. London: Cape. Pp. 335.
Bibl. by H. J. Laski. "Individualism and social control in the nineteenth cen-
tury."
Ernie, Lord. "School and college sixty years since." QR, CCLX, 185-208.
Fane, A. G. C. (compiler). Index of names to Burke* s royal families. Oxford:
A. Maltby & Son, 1932.
Rev. in N & Q, Jan. 7, pp. 17-18. Part I gives the names in Vol. I of Burke s
1851 ed.; Part II gives those in Vol. II of the 1851 ed. and those in the 1876 ed.
Fay, C. R. The corn laws and social England. Cambr. univ. pr., 1932. Pp. xii
+223.
Rev. by T. S. Ashton in Econ.jour., XLIII, 477-79; by A. L. Dunham in AHR,
XXXVIII, 794; by J. H. Park in Pol sci. quart., XLVIII, 639-40; NS, March 11,
p. 296 ("an interesting, irritating, conscientious and inconclusive book").
Fayle, E. C. A short history of the world s shipping industry. Foreword by Sir
A. G. Anderson. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 320.
Flavigny, Pierre. Le regime agraire en Angleterre au XIX* siecle. Paris: Edi
tions Internationales. Pp. 300.
Fleming, J. R. A history of the church in Scotland 1843-1929. Vol. II: 1875-
1929. Edinburgh: T. and T. Clark. Pp. x+338.
Rev. by P. C. Simpson in 8, May 26, pp. 769-70; LQHR, CLVIII, 416-17;
TLS, July 6, p. 456 (see also July 13, p. 480).
Fulford, Roger. Royal dukes: the father and uncles of Queen Victoria. London:
Duckworth. Pp. 320.
Garvin, J. L. The life of Joseph Chamberlain, Vol. I: 1836-1885. See VB
1932, 407.
Rev. by E. P. Chase in JMH, V, 404-7; by Felix Frankfurter in II TB, Feb. 5,
p. 3; by F. W. Hirst in CR, CXLIII, 164-71; by W. T. Laprade in S. AH.- quart.,
XXXII, 306-7; by J. E. Lockwood in Bk, LXXVI, 183-84; by Ian Malcolm in
QR, CCLX, 261-74; by W. Notestein in YR t XXII, 825-29; by H. L. S. in Dal-
housie rev., XIII, 132-33; by D. C. Somervell in ER, LVI, 108-9; by H. Stannard
in FR, CXXXIX, 120-21; by Fabian Ware in NC, CXIII, 118-28; by Clennell
Wilkinson in LM, XXVII, 279-80; Ail. month,, CLI, 12-14.
Ibid., Vol. II: 1885-1895: Disruption and combat. New York and London:
Macrnillan. Pp. 654.
Rev. by L. S. Amery in Nat. rev., C, 824-34; by Francis Birrell in NS, April 29,
pp. 536-37; by C. H. Driver in SRL, July 15, pp. 701, 705; by G. P. Gooch in CR,
CXLIV, 113-15; W. P. Hall in AHR, XXXVIII, 757-58; by W. T. Laprade in
S. All quart., XXXII, 419-20; by D. McArthur in QQ, XL, 612-29; by William
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 45
MacDonald in HTB, June 4, p. 4; by Ian Malcolm in QR, CCLXI, 211-22; by
W. Notestein in YR, XXIII, 194-97; by W. Noteatein in SRL, March 25, pp. 498-
500; by S. K. Ratcliffe in N, Aug. 9, p. 164 (see N, Feb. 8, p. 153); by Peter Renny
in Empire rev., LVII, 368-70; by H. Stannard in FR, CXXXIX, 804-5; by D. C.
Somervell in ER, LVI, 700-701; by C. Wilkinson in LM> XXVIII, 184-86; SR,
April 29, p. 417.
Geller, E. E. Sarah Bernhardt. London: E. <fe G. Potter. Pp. 272.
Grant, A. J., and Temperley, H. W. V. Europe in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries, 1789-1932. 4th and enl. ed. London: Longmans, 1932. Pp. xxiii
+652.
Graves, C. L. "Waterloo Place in the nineties." Cornhill mag., LXXV, 438-48.
Reminiscences dealing with the publisher George Smith; the editors James
Payn, St. Loe Strachey, and Leonard Huxley; and the authors Frank T. Bullen
and Joseph Conrad.
Griffith, Gwilym. Mazzini: prophet of modern Europe. London: Hoddcr &
Stoughton, 1932; New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1933. Pp. vii+381.
Bibliog., pp. 365-71, 373-74.
Rev. by Stringfellow Barr in HTB, May 14, p. 12; by C. F. Ronayne in AR, I,
116-21. SeeVB 1932,432.
Guedalla, Philip (ed.). The Queen and Mr. Gladstone, 1845-1879. London:
Hodder & Stoughton. Pp. vii+457.
Rev. by Birrell in NS, Aug. 5, 163-64; by Osbert Burdett in SR, July 22, pp.
106-7; by K. M. in NS, Dec, 2, pp. 708-10; by D. C. Somervell in ER, LVII,
330-31; by C. Wilkinson in I/AT, XXVIII, 475-77; by H. R. Williamson in BkL,
LXXXIV, 229-30 ("the most important historical work of the year"); Nat. rev.,
CI, 529-30; S, July 21, p. 86. Letters from Queen Victoria to Gladstone and his
replies.
Haldane, Elizabeth S. The Scotland of our fathers: a study of Scottish life in
the nineteenth century. London: MacLehose. Pp.388.
Hal6vy, Elie. Histoire du peuple anglais au XIX e sieck. ... Paris: Hachette,
1932. Pp. vi+663.
Rev. by Ch. Seignobos in Rev. critique, LXVI, 561-65.
Hamilton, Lord Ernest. The halcyon era. London: Murray.
Society life in the mid- Victorian period.
Hamilton, Lord Ernest. "The midvics." Cornhill mag., LXXV, 257-73.
Society life, by an inside observer, "when Dukes were Dukes indeed."
Hamilton, Henry. The industrial revolution in Scotland. See VB 1932, 407.
Rev. by R. J. S. Hoffman in JMH, V, 530-31; by W. R, Scott in Econ. jour.,
XLIII, 155-58.
Harding, R. E. M. The pianoforte: its history traced to the great Exhibition of
1851. Cambr. univ. pr. Pp. xviii-f-432.
Harris, Sir John. A century of emancipation. London: Dent. Pp. xvi+287.
46 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
Hawkes, C. P. Glancing back: a salad of memories and impressions, London:
Methuen. Pp. ix+262.
Hearnshaw, F. J. C. (ed.). The social and political ideas of some representative
thinkers of the Victorian age. London: Harrap. Pp. 271.
A series of lectures by authorities of the present day (G. P. Gooch, J. Dover
Wilson, R. S. Dower, H. J. Laski, C. H. Driver) on Carlyle, Herbert Spencer,
Maine, De Tocqueville, Marx, T. H. Green, Arnold, Bagehot, and Taine. Rev. by
R. C. K. Ensor in LM, XXVIII, 286-88; by Gerald Hurst in Eng. hist, rev.,
XLVIII, 128-29; by T. H. Marshall in NS, July 22, p. 108; CR, CXLIV, 759-62;
TLS, June 8, p. 393.
Hernmeon, Douglas. "A maritime small town in the nineties." Dalhousie rev.,
XIII, 208-16.
Henderson, W. 0. "The Lancashire cotton famine." "Summary of theses,"
Butt, of Inst. of hist, research, X, 198-201.
Hicks-Beach, Lady Victoria. Sir Michael Hicks-Beach: a character sketch. See
VB 1932, 408.
Rev. by P. E. Hubbell in JMH, V, 547-48; by Paul Knaplund in AHR,
XXXVIII, 756-57. A parliamentary career, 1864-1916,
Hirst, W. A. "Ninety years of empire." Empire rev., LVIII, 272-77.
Hook, Sidney. Towards the understanding of Karl Marx t a revolutionary in
terpretation. New York: John Day. Pp. xiv+347.
Horner, Lady. Time remembered. London: Heinemann.
Rev. in Poetry rev., XXV (1934), 84-85. Intimate associations with Burne-
Jones, Rossetti, Tennyson, Browning, and Ruskin.
Housman, Laurence. Victoria and Albert. "Palace plays." 3d ser. London:
Cape. Pp. 190.
Hume, E. Douglas. Bechamps or Pasteur? A lost chapter in the history of biol
ogy. Founded on MSS, by Montague R. Leverson, M.D. Foreword by
S. Judd Lewis. London: Daniel, 1932. Pp. 301.
Inskip, James T. The evangelical influence in English life. New York and
London: Macmillan. Pp. xiv+215.
Irvine, H. E. S. B. "1933 looks at 1883." Nat. rev., C, 239-47.
A cursory examination of some Victorian political prophecies that the author
believes have been fulfilled.
Jaggard, William, and others. "Arundel Society." N & Q, June 24, p. 443;
July 15, p. 31; Aug. 12, p. 102.
Society established by Ruskin to promote knowledge of art.
Jepson, E. Memoirs of a Victorian. Vol.1. London: Gollancz. Pp.288.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 16, p. 798. Late Victorians: Lionel Johnson, Ernest Dow-
son, and Beardsley.
Jones, G. T. Increasing returns: a study of the relation between the size and
efficiency of industries, with special reference to the history of selected British
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 47
and American industries, 1850-1910. Ed. by Colin Clark. Cambr. univ.
pr. Pp. xvi+300.
Kendal, Dame Madge. "My command performance/ Cornhill mag., LXXV,
424-28.
W. H. and Dame Madge Kendal in Sweethearts before Queen Victoria and her
court at Osborne, Feb. 1, 1887.
Kendal, Dame Madge. Dame Madge Kendal, by herself. London: John Mur
ray. Pp. 324.
Klein, Herman. The golden age of opera. London: Routledge. Pp.301.
Rev. by V. Pilkington in LM, XXVIII, 453-55; by C. H. Warren in BkL,
LXX1V, 158-59. Devoted largely to Covent Garden, 1870-1910.
Knox, W. L., and Vidler, A. R. The development of modern Catholicism. Lon-
don: Allan. Pp. viii+336.
Levy, Max. Der Sabbath in England: Wesen und Entwicklung des englischen
Sonntags. Diss. Koln.
Lockhart, J. G. Cecil Rhodes. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp.
136.
Rev. by Colin Brooks in BkL, LXXXIV, 42; by R. Mortimer in NS, March 25,
pp. 390-91; by Isidor Schneider in New R, Dec. 20, pp. 174-75; by D. C. Somervell
in ER, LVI, 455-56 ("the cynical imperialist"); SR, Feb. 4, p. 121.
Lockridge, Richard. Darling of misfortune: Edwin Booth. New York: Cen
tury.
London s buses. The story of a hundred years. Compiled by Vernon Sommer-
field. London: St. Catherine pr. Pp. 118.
MacMunn, Lieutenant General Sir George. "The romance and tragedy of
Sussex smuggling." Cornhill mag., LXXV, 465-75.
Magnus, Laurie. "St. Paul s school fifty years ago." Cornhill mag., LXXIV,
626-35.
Maine, Basil. Elgar: his life and works. 2 vols. London: Bell. Bibl., I, xiv;
dupl. in II, v; gramophone records of Elgar s works, II, 315-17.
Makarov, A. K., and Schmitz, Ernest. Handbuch der diplomatischen Korre-
spondenz der europaischen Staaten. Repertoire de la correspondance diplo
matique des etats europeens. Digest of the diplomatic correspondence of the
European states, 1856-1871. "Fontes juris gentium," ser. B, sec. 1, t. 1,
p. 2, fasc. 1. Berlin: Heymann. Pp. 400.
Malcolm-Smith, Elizabeth. The life of Stratford Canning. London: Benn. Pp.
368.
Rev. by C. Petrie in ER, LVII, 445-46; by E. W. in NS, Sept. 30, pp. 391-92.
Mallet, Sir Charles. Herbert Gladstone: a memoir. London: Hutchinson. Pp.
326.
Marriott, Sir J. A. R. Oxford: its place in national history. Clarendon pr.;
London: Milford. Pp. 206.
48 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
Marriott, Sir J. A. R. Queen Victoria and her ministers. London: Murray.
Pp. 248. .
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in ER, LVII, 672-74; by K. M. in NS, Dec. 2, 708-10.
Millin, Sarah G. Rhodes. London: Chatto & Windus; New York: Harper.
Pp. viii+449. "Sources," pp. 411-25.
Rev. by Colin Brooks in BkL, LXXXIV, 42 ("presenting a man in relation to
his own time in terms understandable in ours") ; by J. L. Davies in HTB, Sept. 10,
p. 3; by G. d Hangest in Les langues modernes, XXXI, 408; by M. M. Lowes in AR,
II, 97-101; by Violet Milner in Nat. rev., C, 556-60; by R. Mortimer in NS,
March 25, pp. 390-91; by W. Plomer in Cr, XII, 699-701; by Peter Renny in
Empire rev., LVII, 246-47; by D. C. Somervell in ER, LVI, 455-56; by C. Wilkin
son in LM, XXVIII, 91-93; QR, CCLXI, 177-78.
Modder, Montagu F. "An aspect of Jewish, emancipation in England."
LQHR, CLVIII, 453-63.
Deals with the battle, 1847-58, for the admission of Jews to Parliament, and
the general emancipation of the Jew in England which resulted from the parlia
mentary act of 1858.
Modrone, Senator Visconti di. "England and Italy: an historical survey of a
great friendship." Proc. of the Brit, academy, Vol. XVIII. London: Mil-
ford, 1932.
Note by Ch. B. in RH, CLXXI, 422. Carlyle is among the English authors
helping to cement the friendship.
Morgan, Dr. Alexander. Scottish university studies. Oxford univ. pr.
Morrow, Rising L. "Citizenship in Anglo-American diplomacy from 1790 to
1870." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1932), pp. 120-23. Harvard
univ. pr.
Murray, Marischal. Ships and South Africa. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 347; 328
illus.
Nevinson, H. W. "Gordon: the Victorian hero." S, Jan. 27, pp. 107-8.
Newman, Sir George. The rise of preventive medicine. Oxford univ. pr., 1932.
Pp. 270.
Olivier, Sydney Haldane Olivier, Baron. The myth of Governor Eyre [Edward
John Eyre], London: Hogarth pr. Pp. 348.
O Malley, W. Glancing back: seventy years experiences and reminiscences of
pressman, sportsman and member of Parliament. London: Wright & Brown.
Pp. 294.
Oman, Sir Charles. Things I have seen. London: Methuen. Pp. vi+292.
Rev. in SR } June 3, p. 544. Memories from 1868; picture of Napoleon III,
Gladstone at All Souls, etc.
P., H. F., and others. "The Fauntleroy costume." N & Q, Feb. 18, p. 120;
March 18, p. 193; March 25, p. 213; April 1, p. 231; April 22, p. 285; May
13, p. 339; June 3, p. 393; July 22, p. 51.
Parker, Eric. College at Eton. London: Macmillan. Pp. ix+272.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1933 40
Peel, Dorothy C. The stream of time. Social and domestic life in England,
1805-1861. New York: Scribner s, 1932. Pp. xix+265.
Rev. by A. L. Cross in JMH, V, 99-100; HTB, Jan. 1, p. 9. Fictionized sod J
history.
Plomer, William. Cecil Rhodes. London: P. Davies; New York: D. Apple-
ton. Pp. 180. BibL, pp. 173-75.
Rev. by Colin Brooks in BkL t LXXXIV, 42; by R. Mortimer in NS, March 25,
pp. 390-91 ; by Isabel Paterson in HTB, May 21, p. 6; by D. C. Somervell in ER,
LVI, 455-56; JMH, V, 440; NewR, July 12, pp. 242-43.
Pollock, Sir Frederick. "For my grandson. Cambridge and the Apostles :
Oxford scholars and historians. University memories. " Cornhill mag.,
LXXIV, 1-15.
Ponsonby, Arthur. Queen Victoria. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth.
Pp. v+141. See VB 1932, 410.
Rev. by Arthur Colton in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 236; by R. Mortimer in NS, Feb. IS,
pp. 193-94; by Isidor Schneider in NewR, Dec. 20, pp. 174-75; BkL, LXXXIII,
480-83; SR, Feb. 4, p. 121.
Porte, John F. Elgar and his music: an appreciative study. London: Isaac
Pitman. Pp. xvi 4-106.
Postgate, R. W. Karl Marx. "Makers of the new world ser." London: Ham-
ish Hamilton. Pp. 92.
Rev. by H. J. Laski in NS, Nov. 4, pp. 55-56.
Priebe, Hermann. Das Christusbild in der Kunst des 19. und 20. Jh. Diss.
Halle, 1932. Pp. 97.
"The Public Record Office. Official records, open to public inspection, re
ceived in 1932." "Historical manuscripts," Bull, of the Inst. of hist, re
search, XI, 139-40.
List includes nine nineteenth-century MSS, among them Queen Victoria s visi
tors 1 book for Osborne, 1853-96.
Rich, R. W. The training of teachers in England and Wales during the nine
teenth century. Cambr. univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. viii-f 286.
Roberts, S. C. (compiler). A picture book of British history, Vol. Ill: 1688-
1901. Cambr. univ. pr., 1932. Pp. xiii-f78. Folio with 248 plates.
Rose, William, and others. "Saturday half-holidays." N & Q, May 27, p. 372;
June 10, pp. 410-11; June 24, pp. 447-48; July 22, p. 49; Sept. 2, p. 159;
Sept. 9, p. 176.
Henry Marsden (d. 1848) and Robert J. Lowes (d. 1874) credited with the
origin of the custom in industry.
Sabry, M. L empire egyptien sous Ismail et I ingfrence anglo-frangaise (1863-
79). Paris: Geuthner. Pp. 576.
Sachs, C. Eine Weltgeschichte des Tanzes. Berlin: Reimer.
oO VICTORIAN BIBLIOGKAPHY FOR 1933
Sams, Hubert A. Pauline and old Pauline, 1884-1981. Cambr. univ. pr.
privately printed.
Rev. in N & Q, Aug. 19, pp. 125-26. History of St. Paul s School,
Sharp, Evelyn. Unfinished adventure. London: John Lane. Pp. xi+316.
Rev. in TLS, June 22, p. 423. Reminiscences of the Yellow Book group, of
Alice Meynell, Stephen Gwynn, Henry Nevinson, Max Beerbohm, John Lane;
"amusing Victorian glimpses of a large family at work and at play."
Sontag, R. J. European diplomatic history, 1871-1932. "Century historical
ser." London and New York: Century. Pp. xi+425.
Rev. by R. A. Newhall in JMH, V, 407-8.
Stephen, Barbara (Nightingale), Lady. Girton college, 1869-1932. Cambr.
univ. pr. Pp. viii+202.
Stevens, Albert K. "Milton and chartism." PQ, XII, 377-88.
Swears, Herbert. "A Victorian miniature." Empire rev., LVII, 223-29.
Stage life as revealed in the early years of Dame Madge Kendal.
Talbert, Ernest L. "On Francis Galton s contribution to the psychology of
religion." Scientific monthly, XXXVII, 53.
Thorpe, James. Happy days: recollections of an unrepentant Victorian. Lon
don: Gerald Howe. Pp. 318.
Tilley, Sir John, and Gaselee, Stephen, The foreign office. Introd. by Sir J.
Simon. New York: Putnam. Pp. 351.
Tout, Thomas Frederick. Collected papers: with a memoir and bibliography,
Vol. I: Miscellaneous papers chiefly on the study of history and the Univer
sity of Manchester. Manchester univ. pr., 1932. Pp. vii+213.
Rev. by C. G. C. in Bull of Inst. of hist, research, X, 186; by C. H. Walker in
JMH, V, 555-56.
Trevelyan, George M. Sir George Otto Trevelyan: a memoir by his son See
VB 1932, 411.
Rev. by M. A. DeWolfe Howe in AHR, XXXVIII, 329-30; by J H Park in
JMH,V,9Q.
Turner, A. Logan (ed.). History of the university of Edinburgh 1883-1933.
Edinburgh and London: Oliver & Boyd. Pp. xxxi+452.
Victoria, Queen, The letters of: 1896-1901. 3d ser. Vol. III. See VB 1932 411
Rev. by H. C. BeU in AHR, XXXVIII, 551-52; by Gerald Hurst in Eng. hist,
rev., XLVIII, 310-11. y
Wassermann, Jacob. BulaM atari: Stanley, conquer or of a continent. Trans, by
Eden and Cedar Paul. New York: Liveright. Pp.xvi+351. See IV, Stan
ley.
Rev. by G. Armitage in BkL, LXXXIII, 406; by H. Brickell in North Amer. rev.,
CCXXXV, 285-86; by M. M. Lowes in Bk, LXXVI, 287-88.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 51
Wastell, R. E. P. "The history of slave compensation, 1833-1845." "Sum
maries of theses/ CVIII, Bull ofthelnsL of hist, research, XI, 48-50.
Webb, Clement C. J. A study of religious thought in England from 1850. Ox
ford: Clarendon pr. Pp. xiii+192.
Rev. by A. E. Garvie in Philosophy, VIII, 481-83; by J. K Mozley in S t June
30, pp. 953-54; by C. F. Ronayne in AR, II, 116-21; CR, CXLIV, 502-3; LQHR,
CLVIII, 543-44; TLS, June 8, p. 388.
Mainly a philosophical and theological wofk, but valuable also in setting forth
the background of much literary achievement: the deposition of Maurice from his
professorship, the publication of Essays and reviews, Lux mundi, and Foundations.
Consideration of the Oxford movement has been definitely excluded.
Wilkinson, H. S. Thirty-five yean: 1874-1909. London: Constable. Pp. ix-f-
325.
Rev. in JMH, V, 285; SR, June 17, p. 598; TLS, March 2, p. 137. Journalistic
and political memoirs.
Williamson, George C. Memoirs in miniature: a volume of random reminis
cences. London: Grayson. Pp. 273.
Rev. by O. M. Green in SR, July 1, pp. 18-19. Has portraits of Queen Victoria,
Gladstone, Lord Roseberry, and Edmund Gosse.
Wilson, Albert Edward. Penny plain, twopence coloured. New York: Mac-
millan.
Rev. by E. Evans in HTB, Jan. 29, p. 6. Treats the English toy theater of the
nineteenth century.
Wilson, Mona. Queen Victoria. London: Davies.
Rev. by Hamish Miles in S, Oct. 13, p. 485; TLS, Oct. 12, p. 681.
Wingfield-Stratford, Esm6. The Victorian sunset. See VB 1932, 411.
Rev. by Karl Arns in ES, LXVIII, 285-86; by H. Brickell in North Amer. rev,,
CCXXXV, 192; by Austin Clarke in NS, Jan. 21, pp. 77-78; by G. Danger-field in
Bk, LXXVI, 76-77; by W. C. De Vane in YR, XXII, 632-34; by W. Notestein in
SRL, April 29, p. 560.
Wortham, H. E. Chinese Gordon (English title: Gordon; an intimate portrait).
Boston: Little, Brown. Pp. ix+384. London: Harrap. Pp. 342.
Rev. by G. R. Barnes in B of M, Feb., pp. 15-16; by R. Gilbert in HTB, April
23, pp. 1-2; by W. H. Kindle in FR, CXXXIX, 398; by H. W. Nevinson in S,
Feb. 10, p. 192; by Charles Roland in SRL, April 29, p. 559; by G. West in BkL,
LXXXIII, 496; by C. Wilkinson in LM, XXVII, 472-74; by Leonard Wool! in
NS, Jan. 28, pp. 105-6 ("a solid piece of work, giving us the facts and an intelli
gent, reasonably impartial appreciation of them and of Gordon"); TLS, Jan. 26,
pp. 4,5-46.
Wyndham, Horace. Victorian sensations. London: Jarrolds; New York:
Sears. Pp. 288.
52 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY
FORMS: ANTHOLOGIES
Boas, Guy (ed.). A "Punch" anthology. London: Macmillan. Pp. 276.
Bram, E. Max. Die italien. Renaissance in dem engL Geistesleben des 19. Jahrh.
im bes. bei John Ruskin, John Addington Symonds, und Vernon Lee. Diss.
Zurich, 1932. Pp. 100.
Brass, Herta. Der Wandel in der Auffassung des Menschen im englischen Ro
man vom 18. zum 20. Jahrhundert. Diss. Tubingen, 1932. Pp. 31.
Braybrooke, Patrick. Some Victorian and Georgian Catholics: their art and
outlook. London: Burns, Oates, 1932. Pp. 214.
Rev. in BkL, LXXXIII, 509. Has epsays on Patmore and.-Francis Thompson.
Bulloch, John Malcolm. "Literary circles of the nineties." Lib. rev., No. 28,
pp. 145-50. (Especially Clement K. Shorter and W. R. NicoU.)
Burstall, Sara A. Retrospect & prospect: sixty years of women s education. Prei.
by Sir Michael Sadler. London and New York: Longmans. Pp. xv+286.
Chambers, Frank P. The history of taste: an account of the revolutions of art
criticism and theory in Europe. New York: Columbia univ. pr., 1932. Pp.
xi+342.
Rev. by Winifred Denison in Lib. quart., Ill, 115 ("original in the selection of
literature of the various periods as sources of criticism").
Cook, E. Thornton. "Going abroad a century ago with a Murray hand
book." Cornhill mag., LXXV, 129-38 .
Darton, F. J. Harvey. Children s books in England: five centuries of social life.
Cambr. univ. pr., 1932. Pp. xii+359.
Rev. by K. A. E. in Lib. assoc. rec., Ill, 52-53 ("the nineteenth century the
greatest era in this branch of literature") ; by M. L. Rocher in Lea langues modernes,
XXI, 339; N & Q, Jan. 7, pp. 16-17.
Dumesnil, R. Gustave Flaubert: I homme et Vo3uvre. Paris: Descle e & De Bro-
wer. Pp. 530.
Rev. by L. F. Benedetto in Leonardo, IV, 102-5; by P. Jourda in Rev. critique,
LXVII, 28-30.
Edgar, Pelfcam. The art of the novel from 1700 to the present time. New York:
Macmillan.
Eliot, T. S. Selected essays 1917-1932. London: Faber & Faber; New York:
Harcourt, Brace, 1932. Pp. 415; 454.
Rev. by A. Brute in RA, X, 547-48; by Robert Hillyer in NEQ, VI, 402-4; by
H, B. Parkes in Hound & horn, VI, 35CH56; by W, H. Shewring in Dublin rev.,
CXCII, 156-59. Has essays on Arnold, Dickena, Wilkie Collins, Pater, and Swin
burne.
Eliot, T. S. The use of poetry and the use of criticism; studies in the relation of
criticism to poetry in England. London: Faber & Faber. Pp. 156.
Rev. by Spender in NS t Nov. 18, pp. 637-38. Has essay on Arnold.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 53
Elton, Oliver. The English muse. London: G. Bell. Pp. 500.
Rev. by Paul Yvon in Les langues modernes, XXXI, 275-77.
Essays and studies. Vol. XVII. By members of the English Association. Col-
lected by W. H. Hadow. Oxford: Clarendon pr., 1932. Pp. 105.
Rev. by H. Jantzen in Beiblatt, XLIV, 202-4.
Essays and studies. Vol. XVIII. By members of the English Association. Col
lected by Hugh Walpole. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 159.
Rev. by W. Kalthoff in NeuS, XLI, 468-70.
Evans, B. If or. English poetry in the later nineteenth century. London: Me-
thuen. Pp. xxv+404.
Rev. in Poetry rev., XXIV, 328 ("a critical commentary," to some extent carry
ing on Elton s The English muse) ; TLS, June 1, pp. 369-70. Account of Swinburne,
D. G. Rossetti, Meredith, Hardy, Hopkins, and Bridges.
Ewen, Frederic. The prestige of Schilkr in England: 1788-1859. See VB 1932,
414.
Rev. by B. V. Crawford in PQ, XII, 222-23; by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXX,
445-47.
Fehr, Bernhard. "Das erf iillte Zeitalter : der Viktorianismus. Eine Revision."
NeuP, IV, 385-403.
Flugel, John C. A hundred years of psychology, 1888-1988. London: Duck
worth. Pp. 384.
Gillet, C. R. Burned books: neglected chapters in British history and literature.
New York: Columbia univ. pr., 1932. 2 vols.
Glucksmann, H. L. Die Gegenuberstellung von Antike-Christentum in der eng-
lischen Literatur des 19. Jhs. Diss. Freiburg. Hannover: Ktister, 1932.
Pp. 76.
Rev. in Archiv., CLXII, 305. Studies Pater and Swinburne.
Griffiths, B. E. "Grillparzer and the London theater." Germanic rev., VIII,
246-64.
A month of theater-going, May-June, 1836, recorded in the diary of the Austri
an playwright; additional comments on actors, actresses, and audiences.
Gutbier, Elisabeth. Psychologischrdsthetische Studien zu Tristandichtungen der
neueren englischen Literatur. Diss. Erlangen. Pp. 98.
Halperin, Maurice. Le roman de Tristan et Iseut dans la litterature anglo-am6-
ricaine au XIX 6 et au XX e stecles. Paris: Jouve & Cie., 1931. Pp. 146.
Bibliog., pp. 141-44.
Rev. by Justin O Brien in Romanic rev., XXIV, 161-63 (versions by Arnold, Ten
nyson, Fr. Millard, Swinburne, Anspacher, Martha Austin, Joseph C. Carr, Wil
liam Wells Newell, Symonds, Hardy, E. A. Robinson, and Masefield).
Howe, M. A. DeWolfe. "Victorian poets: a side-light." Ail. month., CLII,
224-27.
54 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
Jones, Howard Mumford. "Those eminent Victorians." Scribner s mag.,
XCIII, 89-93.
"They didn t invent Victorianism but rebelled against it. Under conditions
similar to those now facing us, they give lessons in tolerance and wit."
Kellet, E. E. "The religious biography." Life and letters, IX, 233-43.
A survey of nineteenth-century religious biographies, of varying degrees of
literary merit, which were often far more popular than the most widely read novels.
Lovett, R. M., and Hughes, Helen S. The history of the novel in England. See
VB 1932, 416.
Rev. by C. E. Brackenbury in BkL, LXXXV, 90; by A. Digeon in RA, X, 352-
53; by Eric Gillett in LM, XXVIII, 84r-86.
Maxse, Mary. "Children s books ancient and modern." Nat. rev., CI, 788-94.
M6groz,R.L. Modern English poetry, 1882-1932. London: Nicholson & Wat
son. Pp. ix+267.
Rev. by Karl Arns in Zeitschrift filr franzos. u. engl. Unterr., XXII, 303; by
Ashley Sampson in SR, Feb. 11, p. 145. A survey.
Moraud, Marcel. Le romantisme frangais en Angleterre de 1814 a 1848. Paris:
Champion. Pp. 479. Bibliog., pp. 427-64.
Rev. by Ch. Btaont in RH, CLXXII, 340-41; by P. Martino in Rev. critique,
LXVII, 271-72. Last quarter of the volume deals with the influence of Balzac and
George Sand in England, 1844-48, and of Rousseau and George Sand on George
Eliot.
Morison, Stanley. The English newspaper See VB 1932, 416.
Rev. by F. Schonemann in Deutsche Literaturzeitung, March 26, pp. 577-82.
OXFOBD MOVEMENT
(See also IV, Keble, Newman, Wilberforce)
Abercfombie, Nigel. "Some directions of the Oxford movement." Dublin rev.,
74-84.
Baker, Joseph E. The novel and the Oxford movement. See VB 1932, 416.
Rev. by N. B. in ML, XIV, 202; G. H. Harper in MLN, XLVITI, 480-81; by
A. H. Dodd in History, XVIII, 272-73; by C. F. Harrold in PQ, XII, 319-20; by
Charles Smyth in Cr, XII, 686-87; TLS, June 29, p. 436.
Barnes, W. Emery. After the celebration of the Oxford movement: some consider
ations. Cambridge: Bowes & Bowes. Pp. 23.
Baynes, Bishop Hamilton. "From Newman to Gore." Hibbertjour., XXXII,
1-8.
Traces the incidental but definitely operative social influences of the Oxford
movement as they appeared in Christian socialism, Maurice, and Kingsley, etc.
Bolton, J. R. G. "Polemics without literature." BkL, LXXXIV, 142-43.
"It was not until the Oxford movement ceased to protest that it produced fine
literature."
VUTOKIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 5")
Boulter, B. C. The Anglican reformers. London: Allan. Pp. 256.
Rev. in TLS, June 1, p. 372 (minor tractarians; Newman s failures as a Catho
lic, etc.).
Brash, W. Bardsley. "The Oxford movement." LQHR, CLVIII, 145-56.
A brief restatement of some generally recognized effects of the movement.
Adds nothing new. F. E. F.
Bre"gy, Katherine. " Some fruits of the Oxford movement." CWd, CXXXVII,
684-88.
Brilioth, Yngve. The Anglican Revival: studies in the Oxford movement. Cheap
ed. London: Longmans. Pp. xv+357.
Burdett, Osbert. "What of the Oxford movement?" JVC, CXIV, 215-25.
Canterbury, Archbishop of. "Mr. Gladstone and the Oxford movement." NC,
CXIV, 374r-84.
Carpenter, S. C. Church and people, 1789-1889: a history of the Church of
England from William Wilberforce to "Lux mundi" London: S. P. C. K.
Pp. 598.
Rev. by J. K. Mozley in S, Aug. 25, pp. 255-56; in CR, CXLIV, 502-3; TLS,
Sept. 7, p. 585.
Cecil, Algernon. "The dean of the Tractarians." TLS, July 20, p. 496.
Cecil, Lord Hugh. "The Oxford movement: our debt to the Tractarians."
S, May 5, pp. 634^35; see also May 12, p. 684.
Cross, F. L. John Henry Newman; with a set of unpublished letters. "Tractari-
an ser." London: Allan. Pp. 182.
Rev. by N. J. Abercrombie in Dublin rev., 306-9; by F. Birrell in NS, July 15,
pp. 77-78.
Cross, F. L. The Oxford movement and the seventeenth century. "Oxford move
ment centenary ser." London: S.P.C.K.
Rev. (strongly adverse) in TLS, Sept. 14, p. 615.
Cross, F. L. Preaching in the Anglo-Catholic revival. "Oxford movement cen
tenary ser." London: S.P.C.K. Pp. 75.
Cross, F. L. The tractarians and Roman Catholicism. London: S.P.C.K.
Dark, Sidney. "The Oxford centenary." SR, July 8, pp. 35-37.
Dawson, Christopher. The spirit of the Oxford movement. New York: Sheed &
Ward. Pp. 144.
A short but closely reasoned analysis of the central conception underlying the
Oxford movement; the Tractarians were seeking to return to "the old Anglican
tradition that had its roots in the 17th century" and at the same time to reassert
the great European Catholic tradition of the "incommensurability of Nature and
Grace." The author departs from the usual treatment of the Tractarians by draw
ing heavily, and illuminatingly, upon the Lyra apostoHca for expressions of their
spirit and aims. A valuable book for a short and concrete exposition of the ecclesi
astical and theological foundations of the movement. C. F. HARROLD.
56 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
"The Dean of the Tractarians" [R. W. Church]. TLS, July 13, pp. 469-70.
Dimond, S. G. "The philosophy and theology of. the Oxford movement and
Anglo-Catholicism." LQHR, CLVIII, 433-46.
Treats of Newman: his "doctrine of the church," his "psychology of assent,"
and his "idea of development."
Donald, Gertrude. Men who left the movement. London: Burns Gates. Pp. ix
+422.
Rev. by Trappes-Lomax in DubR, 143-46; TLS, June 1, p. 372; also p. 412.
Treats of the conversion of Newman, Allies, Manning, and Maturin.
Donovan, Marcus. After the Tractarians. From the recollections of Athelstan
Riley. "Lives of the Tractarians ser." London: Allan. Pp. 184.
Faber, Geoffrey. Oxford Apostles: a character study of the Oxford movement.
London: Faber & Faber. Pp. xxiii+467. Bibliog., pp. xxi-xxiii.
Rev. by Francis Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; by Osbert Burdett in ER,
LVII, 219-20, and in NC, CXIV, 215-55; by J. C. Hardwick in S, July 21, p. 87;
by H. Read in Adelphi, VI, 461-62; by D. Woodruff in DubR, 333-35; TLS, June
29, 436; Get. 5, p. 671.
Flood, J. M. Cardinal Newman and Oxford. London: Nicholson & Watson.
Pp. xi+283.
Rev. by Francis Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; by J. W. C. Wand in S,
April 7, pp. 504-5; see S, April 14, p. 536; April 21, p. 570; TLS, June 29, p, 436.
Hardwick, J. C. The light that failed: reflections on the Oxford movement. Ox
ford: Blackwell. Pp. 23.
Rev. by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; TLS, June 29, p. 451. Intolerant
and illiberal in tone; exalts historical "liberalism" of the English church; mini
mizes the significance of the movement.
Harper, Gordon H. Cardinal Newman and William Froude, F.R.S. Baltimore :
John Hopkins pr. Pp. viii+221.
Presents hitherto unpublished letters by Newman to a Fellow of the Royal
Society; noteworthy as throwing new light on Newman s Grammar of assent and
his participation in the religious controversy of the age, especially his efforts to
combat skepticism with his own theory of knowledge. C. F. H.
Harrison, A. W. "Romanticism in religious revivals." Hibbert jour., XXXI,
582-94.
Henson, H. H. The Group movement: being the first part of the charge delivered
at the Third Quadrennial Visitation Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 86.
See Periodical (June) : attacks the movement as "an undesirable and dangerous
outbreak of crude emotion justified by fallacious thought."
Henson, H. H. The Oxford groups: the charge delivered at the Third Quadren
nial Visitation Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 162.
Heywood, Bernard. Sermon notes for a suggested course on the Oxford move
ment London: S.P.C.K.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 57
H[olloway], 0. E. "The Tractarian movement in Oxford." Bodleian quart,
rec., VII, 213-32.
Hunkin, J. W. "The flying start of the Oxford movement." CR, CXLIII,
561-69.
Ingram, Kenneth. "A century of Anglo-Catholicism." BkL, LXXXTV,
140-41.
Ingram, Kenneth. John Keble. "Lives of the Tractarians ser." London: Al
lan. Pp. 184.
Knox, E. A., Bishop of Manchester. The tractarian movement 1833-1845: the
Oxford movement as a phase of the religious revival in Western Europe in the
second quarter of the nineteenth century. London: Putnam. Pp. xix+410.
Bibliog., pp. 398-403.
Rev. by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; by K. Ingram in BkL, LXXXIV,
140-41; by J. W. C. Wand in S, June 16, p. 874; TLS, April 20, p. 268 (see also
May 4, p. 312).
Knox, E. A. "Tractarianism and episcopacy." NC, CXIV, 73-81.
"The net result .... was to exhibit the impotence of the bishops as rulers of
the Church."
Knox, E. A. "Tractarianism and the national life." , May 12, pp. 673-74.
Knox, Wilfred L. The development of modern Catholicism. London: Allan. Pp.
viii+336.
Leslie, Shane. "Lewis Carroll and the Oxford movement: a paper submitted
to the historical theological school at Gottingen university." LM, XXVIII,
233-39.
Leslie, Shane. The Oxford movement 1833-1933. London: Burns, Oates. Pp.
xv+167. Bibl., pp. 161-66. Milwaukee: Bruce pub. co. Pp. xiii+189.
Rev. by N. Abercrombie in DubR, 306-9; by Osbert Burdett in NC, CXIV, 215-
25; TLS, June 29, p. 436 (journalistic, " swash-buckling").
Mackean, W. H. The Eucharistic doctrine of the Oxford movement: a critical
study. London, New York: Putnam. Pp. 252. Bibliog., pp. 235-47.
Rev. by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; TLS, Sept. 14, p, 615.
Masserman, J. H. B. "The Oxford movement." S, Feb. 17, pp. 208-9. See
letter, S, Feb. 24, p. 251.
May, J. Lewis. The Oxford movement, its history and its future: a layman s
estimate. London: John Lane: New York: Dialpr. Pp. xi+301.
Rev. by N. Abercrombie in DubR, 306-9; by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-
78; by Osbert Burdett in ER, LVII, 219-20; by same in NC, CXIV, 215-25.
May, J. Lewis. The unchanging witness: some detached reflections on the Oxford
movement. London: Centenary pr. Pp. 190.
Rev. by J. C. Hardwick in S, July 21, p. 87; TLS, June 29, p. 436.
58 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
Morse-Boycott, Desmond, The secret story of the Oxford movement. London:
Skemngton. Pp. 287.
Note in TLS, June 22, p. 431 ("compilation, put together with some appearance
of haste, from other works on the Oxford movement" ; misleading in title, occasion
ally inaccurate).
Mortlock, C. B. (ed.). Oxford movement centenary sermons. By eminent
preachers. London: Skeffington. Pp. 95.
Mortlock, C. B. The peopk s book of the Oxford movement. London: Skeffing
ton. Pp. 128.
Attempts to show influence of Oxford movement upon the English church; con
tains a valuable "Who s who" of the movement, and a hitherto unpublished letter
from Newman to Perceval giving the text of a manifesto of Keble s in connection
with the publication of the Tracts. C. F. H.
Moss, C. B. The orthodox revival: 1833-1933. London: Mowbray. Pp. 93.
Newman, John Henry. Tract ninety, or remarks on certain passages in the
Thirty-nine articles. Reprinted from ed. of 1841 with historical commen
tary by A. W. Evans. London: Constable. Pp. lviii+102.
Rev. by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; by Osbert Burdett in NC, CXIV,
215-25; by J. C. Hardwick in S, July 21, p. 87; TLS, June 29, p. 436.
NichoUs, Norah. "A bibliography of the Oxford movement." BkL, LXXXIV,
143.
Ollard, S. L., and Cross, F. L. The Anglo-Catholic revival in outline. No. 1 in
"Oxf ord centenary ser." London: S.P.C.K
"The Oxford movement." S, July 14, pp. 37-38.
Report of the Oxford Movement Centenary Congress, July, 1933. London: Cath
olic lit. assoc. Pp. xvii+194.
Peck, Winifred F. "The ladies of the Oxford movement." Cornhill mag.,
LXXV, 3-14.
Mrs. Pusey, Mrs. Keble, Mrs. Ward, Dame Elizabeth Wordsworth, and Char
lotte Yonge, whose novels helped to popularize the movement.
Peck,W. G. The social implications of the Oxford movement. New York: Scrib-
ner s. Pp. x+346.
The Hale Lectures delivered in the Seabury-Western Theological Seminary,
from the Anglican point of view, on the specifically social and economic signifi
cance of the Oxford movement for both 1833 and 1933-34. After the opening para
graphs of chapter iii, the movement as such tends to recede into the background,
and the work as a whole becomes a socio-religious tract on the need for clothing
the natural order with its true supernatural significance," according to what the
author conceives to have been one of the central ideals of Newman and Keble.
C. F. HABROLD.
Perry, William. The Oxford movement in Scotland. Cambr. univ. pr Pp xiv
+ 125.
Rev. in N & Q, April 29, p. 306; TLS, June 22, p. 431.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 59
Prestige, Leonard. Pusey. "Tractarianser." London: Allan. Pp. vii+176.
Rev. by F. Birrell in NS, July 15, pp. 77-78; by JL Wand in S, April 7, pp. 504-
5; TLS, April 20, p. 268.
Preston, W. Anglo-Catholicism and the Oxford movement: reviewed in the light
of the Holy Scriptures, the Book of Common Prayer, and contemporary his
tory. Revised and enlarged by G. E. A. Weeks. London: Protestant Ref
ormation soc. Pp. 126.
Richards, G. C. "Oriel College and the Oxford movement." NC, CXIII,
724-38.
Richey, J. A. M. "The Oxford movement centennial." CWd, CXXXVII,
158-65.
Ross, J. Elliot. John Henry Newman: Anglican minister, Catholic priest, Ro
man cardinal New York: W. W. Norton. Pp. xxi+258.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 240; CWd, CXXXVIII, 244-45.
Scott, S. H. Modernism and Anglo-Catholicism. "Oxford movement cente
nary ser." London: Talbot.
Selwyn, E. G. "The Oxford movement." QR, CCLX, 301-14.
Simpson, W. J. S. The history of the Anglo-Catholic revival from 1845. See
VB 1932, 417.
Rev. by C. Butler in DubR, 166-68; by A, H. Dodd in History, XVIII, 272-73.
Stockley, W. F. P. Newman, education, and Ireland. London: Sands. Pp. 218.
Rev. by T. C. in Studies, XXII, 686-87 ("authentic personal view on the na
ture of what Newman himself styled My campaign in Ireland "); TLS, Oct. 19,
p. 714.
Storr, V. F. The Oxford movement: a liberal evangelical view. For the Anglican
Evangelical Group Movement. London: S.P.C.K. Pp. 16.
Underbill, Evelyn. "The spiritual significance of the Oxford movement. " Hib-
bertjour., XXXI, 401-12.
Vroom, F. W. "The Oxford movement: 1833-1933." Dalhousie rev., XIII,
152-64.
Webb, C. C. J. "Two philosophers of the Oxford movement [Newman and
W. G. Ward]." Philosophy, VIII, 273-84.
Willard, Rudolph. "Exhibition commemorating the Oxford movement." Yale
univ. lib. gazette, VIII, 57-63.
Williams, N. P., and Harris, Charles (edd.). Northern Catholicism: centenary
studies in the Oxford and parallel movements. London: S.P.C.K. Pp. xvi
+555.
Williamson, Hugh R. "The Oxford movement centenary." BkL, LXXXIV,
133-34.
Parrott, T. M., and Thorp, W. (edd.). Poetry of the transition, 1850-1914-
Oxford univ. pr., 1932. Pp. xli+622.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, X, 536-38.
60 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
PoUock, F. "Talkers I have known." QR, CCLXI, 141-61.
Reminiscences of Kinglake, Alfred Lyall, Henry Maine, Meredith, Huxley,
Swinburne, and Tennyson.
Powys, A. R. "Pugin; A. Welby: the revival of Christian architecture. Lon
don: 1843." LM, XXVIII, 63-65.
Praz, Mario. The romantic agony. Trans, from the Italian by Angus David
son. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 470.
Rev. by J. Hayward in Cr, XIII, 158-60 ("penetrating and exhaustively docu
mented study of erotic sensibility in European literature"); by H. Williamson in
BkL, LXXXIV, 276; NewR, Sept. 27, p. 193.
PRE-RAPHAELITE MOVEMENT
Bateman, Arthur. "Edward Burne Jones (1833-1898)." LQHR, CLVIII,
447-52.
Bickley, Francis. The Pre-Raphaelite comedy. See VB 1932, 412.
Rev. by G. Annitage in BkL, LXXXIII, 406; by A. Brute in RA, X, 534r-35;
by S. Coblentz in NYTBR, Oct. 22, p. 3; by Yvonne Ffrench in LM, XXVII, 368-
70; by R. Hoops in ES, LXVTII, 139-40; by R. M. Lovett in NewR, Dec. 6, pp.
106-7; by Genevieve Taggard in HTB, Oct. 29, p. 22; CWd, CXXXVIII, 375.
Clarke, Kenneth. "The Burne- Jones centenary exhibition, Tate gallery. 7 NS,
July 22, pp. 105-6.
Holmes, Ch. Raphael and the modern use of the classical tradition. London:
Christophers. Pp. 136.
Neumeyer, A. "Die praraffaelitische Malerei im Rahmen der Kunstgeschichte
des 19. Jahrh." Dt. Vischr. /. Litwiss. u. Geistesgesch., XI, 67-77.
Nibetis. "Burne Jones." Nat rev., CI, 220-24.
Quiller-Couch, Sir A. Studies in literature: third series. The pocket "Q."
Cambr. univ. pr.
Rev. by V. Kaowles in BkL, LXXXV, 238. Includes "Coventry Patmore";
"W. S. Gilbert."
Ralli, Augustus. Later critiques. New York: Longmans.
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in FR, CXXXVIII, 632-33; NYTBR, Dec. 10, p. 15;
TLS, Oct. 12, p. 687.
Revaluations: studies in biography. See VB 1932, 417.
Rev. by B. E. C. Davis in RES, IX, 355-56.
Rosenblatt, Louise. Uidle de I art pour I art dans la literature anglaise pendant
la periode victoriemie. See VB 1932, 417.
Rev. by Ernest Baker in RES, IX, 349-51; by E. Burgum in MLN, XLVIII,
201-3; ESt, XV, 74-77.
Russell, Frances T. Touring Utopia: the realm of constructive humanism. New
York: Dial pr. Pp. vii+317.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 61
Staglich, Hans. Verzeichnis der Schriften zum Thema Pessimismusfur die Jahre
1872-1 93 L Rev. ed. Leipzig: Staglich. Pp. 26.
Strehler, Marguerite. Der Dekadenzg$danke in "Yellow Book" und "Savoy."
Diss. Zurich, 1932. Pp. viii+191.
Strong, Sir Archibald. Four studies. Ed. with memoir by R. C. Bald. Ade
laide: F. W. Preece. Pp. 140.
Rev. in TLS, April 27, p. 291 (has studies of Swinburne s Mary Stuart and the
poetry of Hardy).
Stutterheim, K. von. Die englische Presse von ihren Anfdngen bis zur Gegen-
wart. Berlin: Duncker. Pp. 139.
Toksvig, Signe. Life of Hans Christian Andersen. London: Macmillan.
Tuell, Anne K. A Victorian at bay. See VB 1932, 418.
Rev. in CWd, CXXXVI, 506-7; SeR, XLI, 253-54.
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Arnold (see also III, Eliot). Davies, F. J. "Matthew Arnold. " TLS, March 9,
p. 167.
The letters of Matthew Arnold to Arthur Hugh Clough. Ed. with introd. by
Howard Foster Lowry. See VB 1932, 418.
Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXIV, 138-39; by L. Bonnerot in RA, X, 532-33; by
Douglas Bush in Bk, LXXVI, 178; by S. C. Chew in YR, XXII, 835-38; by J. W.
Dodds in VQR, IX, 453-57; J. Eglinton in NS, Feb. 25, p. 226 ("the most intimate
revelation we have had of Arnold s personality and character"); by Kingsmill in
ER, LVI, 227-30; by W. S. Knickerbocker hi SeR, XLI, 152-74; by L. Trilling in
N, Feb. 22, p. 211; by Karl Young in SRL, April 15, p. 539; N&wR, March 15,
p. 139.
Harris, Alan. "Matthew Arnold: the unknown years. " NC, CXIII, 498-
509.
Knickerbocker, W. S. "Semaphore." SeR, XLI, 152-74.
Interpretation of Arnold and Clough on the basis of the letters to Clough; see
second item above.
Motter, T. H. V. "A new Arnold letter and an old Swinburne quarrel." TLS,
Aug. 31, p. 576.
Tinker, Chauncey B. "Arnold s poetic plans." YR, XXII, 782-93.
Wilkins, E. H. "The source of Arnold s Jacopone sonnet." M P, XXXI, 200-
202.
Bagehot The love-letters of Walter Bagehot and Eliza Wilson (1857-1858).
Ed. by their sister, Mrs. Russell Barrington. London: Faber. Pp. 204.
Rev. by A. Birrell in NS, April 1, pp. 422-24; by G. West in BkL, LXXXIV,
38-39; TLS, March 2, p. 143.
Bailey. Black, Greta. "P. J. Bailey s debt to Goethe s Faust in his Festus."
MLR, XXVIII, 166-75.
62 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGKAPHY FOR 1933
Blessington. Sadleir, Michael. Blessington-D Orsay: a masquerade. London.
Constable. Pp. 416.
Sadleir, Michael. The strange life of Lady Blessington. Boston: Little, Brown.
Pp. 370.
Bradley (see Dolben: Bridges).
Bronte (see also I, Parrish). Bronte, Charlotte. Legends of Angria. Com
piled from her early writings, by Fannie E. Ratchford, with the collabora
tion of William Clyde DeVane. New Haven: Yale univ. pr.; London: Mil-
ford. Pp. xlv+332.
Rev. by E. F. Benson in SRL, June 10, p. 641; by L. Trilling in N, May 31, p.
619; by Rebecca West in YR, XXIII, 160-62; by H. F. Whicher in HTB, June 25
p. 15; by I. A. Williams in BkL, LXXXIV, 258.
Bronte, Emily. Poemes. Traduits de 1 anglais par Marcelle Graham et
Georges Pelorson. Paris.
Rev. by L. Ernie in Nrf, CCXXXVI, 853-55.
Bronte, Emily. Wuthering Heights. Dramatized by Mary Pakington and Olive
Walter.
Bradner, Leicester. "The growth of Wuthering Heights." PMLA, XLVIII
129-46.
Ferguson, R. Charlotte Bronte: a play. London: Benn.
O Byrne, Cathal. The Gaelic source of the Bronte genius. London: Sands. Pp
46.
Ratchford, Fannie E. "Some new notes on the Bronte-H<ger letters," BkL
LXXXV, 180-82.
Sangster, Alfred. The Brontes: a play in three acts. London: Constable. Pp
92.
Rev. by J. Bramwell in LM, XXVIII, 179-81 ("unsatisfactory").
Willis, Irene Cooper. The Brontes. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth;
New York: Macmillan. Pp. 144.
Rev. by A. Colton in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 236; by Babette Deutsch in HTB, Sept.
10, p. 8; by K John in NS, April 1, p. 418; by I. Schneider in NewR, Dec. 20, pp.
174-75; TLS, April 6, p. 244.
Browning. Letters of Robert Browning. Collected by Thomas J. Wise. Ed.
with introd. by Thurman L. Hood. London: Murray; New Haven: Yale
univ. pr. Pp. xx+389.
Rev. by N. Arvin in N, July 12, p. 50; by L. N. Broughton in YR, XXIII, 185-
86; by R. Church in S, Nov. 3, p. 634; by R. Hillyer in Ail month., CLII, p. 6; by
A. Hood (heated disapproval) in Poetry rev., XXV, 71-72; by Kingsmill in ER,
LVIII, 547-50; by D. MacCarthy in NS, Oct. 14, pp. v-vi; by F. Mayer in VQR,
IX, 615-19; by W. L. Phelps in SRL, June 24, p. 665; by A. Waugh in BkL,
LXXXV, 127; by Edna Walton in HTB, May 28, pp. 1-2; CWd, CXXXVIIL
119-20; SR, Oct. 7, p. 374; TLS, Sept. 28, p. 647.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 t>3
Armstrong, A. J. Browning the world over. Waco, Texas: Baylor univ.
Brockington, A. Allen. Browning and the twentieth century See YB 1932,
420.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, X, 342-44; by DeVane in YR, XXII, 398-400; by
H. Heuer in BeiUatt, XLIV, 250-54; by Mario Praz in RES, IX, 494-96 ("On the
whole, Mr. Brockington s view of modern poetry is that of a man belonging to a
former generation"); ESt, XV, 111-12.
Buck, Gerhard. "Das Nachleben Robert Brownings in Kritik und For-
schung." GRM, XXI, 207-20.
Davies, Frank. "Browning s The guardian angel. " TLS, Oct. 12, p. 692.
Drachmann, A. "E. B. Browning and Hans Andersen." Edda, XXXIII, 494-
502.
Goldschmidt, E. "Der Gedankengehalt von Robert Brownings Paracelsus."
ES, LXVIII, 87-93.
Graham, Walter (ed.). The reader s Browning: selected poems. New York:
Amer. book co., 1934. Pp. xxxii+486.
Presents a terse, informative survey of the Browning scholarship of the last
thirty years. Introd, : I. "Some facts about Browning" ; II. "Browning and mod
ern poetry." Excellent selected bibliog., pp. xxvi-xxxii. Notes primarily intended
to aid interpretation of general meanings of the poems. Poems printed according
to date of first publication. P. xxiv: "It is true and important that Browning had
no real predecessors; it is equally true and significant that the best of our modern
poets are indebted to him for manner and theme."
Heuer, H. "Robert Browning und die Gegenwart." NeuP, IV, 97-108.
Heuer, H. Zum Formproblem in Brownings Sordello." ES, LXVII, 350-70.
Hinckley, E. B. "Browning and the Bible. " Harvard univ. summaries of theses
(1932), pp. 260-63.
Hovelaque, H.-L. Lajeunesse de Browning (Pauline, Paracelse, Sordello). Pa
ris: Presses modernes, 1932. Pp. 492.
Hovelaque, H.-L. Browning s English in Sordello. Paris. Presses modernes,
1932. Pp. 170.
Both books reviewed by P. de R. in Rev. de I univ. de Bruxelles, Oct.-Nov., pp.
115-22.
Huxley, Leonard. "Mrs. Browning and her father s forgiveness." Cornhill
mag., LXXIV, 331-36.
Unpublished letter to her sister Henrietta, May 15, 1857, shows Mr. Barrett
forgiving the sinner, but not the sin.
Ley, W. R. "The Brownings in Paris." AR, I, 308-12.
Merrill, Flora. Flush: from Wimpole Street to Broadway. New York: Mc-
Bride. Pp. 120.
Phelps, W. L. "Robert Browning on spiritualism." YR, XXIII, 125-38.
64 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
Schinz, Albert. "Victor Hugo, Napoleon III et Elizabeth Browning." RLC,
XIII, 740-44.
This article is occasioned by the facsimile reproduction of the original by the
owner, George Arents, Jr.: A letter of Elizabeth Barrett Browning to Napoleon III
in behalf of Victor Hugo. Privately printed, New York City, 1932.
Schneider, Franz. "Browning s The Ring and the Book and Wassermann s
<Der Fall Maurizius. " MLN, XLVIII, 10-17.
Woolf, Virginia. Flush: a biography. London: Hogarth; New York: Har-
court, Brace. Pp. xi+185.
Rev. by J. Farquhar in LM, XXVIII, 173-75; by David Garnett in NS, Oct. 7,
p. 416; Poetry rev., XXIV, 470-71.
Butler. Butler, Samuel. Butkriana. Ed. by A. T. Bartholomew. London:
Nonesuch pr.; New York: Random House. Pp. xvi+172.
Rev. by R. Blackmur in Hound & horn, VI, 707-12; by B. Hill in BkL, LXXXIII,
462; by Clara Stillman in HTB, June 11, p. 11; TLS, Feb. 16 (further extracts
from the notebooks).
Stillman, Clara G. Samuel Butler: a mid-Victorian modern. See VB 1932,420.
Rev. by G. Armitage in BkL, LXXXIII, 406; by R. Blackmur in Hound &
horn, VI, 707-12; by Brickell in North Amer. rev., CCXXXV, 188; by Osbert Bur-
dett in ER, LVI, 451-53.
Wilson, Edmund. "The satire of Samuel Butler." NewR, May 24, pp. 35-37.
Carlyle. Baker, J. E. "Carlyle rules the Reich." SRL, Nov. 25, p. 291.
Cazamian, L. Carlyle. See VB 1932,421.
Rev. by DeVane in YR, XXII, 398ntOO; by E. Partridge in ER, LVI, 236-38;
CWd, CXXXVII, 249-50; TLS, June 15, p. 408. .
Dyer, Isaac W, "Carlyle reconsidered." SeR, XLI, 141-51.
Grierson, H. J. C. Carlyle and Hitler. Cambr. univ. pr.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 30, p. 847.
Kingsmill, Hugh. "Some modern light-bringers extinguished by Thomas Car
lyle." ER, LVI, 23-27.
Kingsmill, Hugh. "The table of truth." Bk, LXXVI, 29-35.
Satire on Oscar Wilde, Carlyle, and some moderns.
Carroll (see also III, Oxford movement: Leslie). Carroll, Lewis. Collected verse
of. London: Macmillan, 1932. Pp.446.
Rev. in Poetry rev., XXIV, 80: the old and "a dozen new."
Carroll, Lewis. Two letters to Marion. First printed. Bristol: Cleverdon,
1932. Pp. 8.
Hatch, Evelyn (ed.). A selection from the letters of Lewis Carroll to his child-
friends: together with "eight or nine wise words about letter-writing." London :
Macmillan. Pp. xvii+268.
Rev. by EUen Buell in NYTBR, Dec. 31, p. 2; by E. Sturgis in NS, Dec. 9, p.
757; TLS, Nov. 23, p. 822, also Nov. 30, p. 56.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 65
Williams, S. H., and Madan, F. A handbook of the Rev. C. L. Dodgson (Lewis
Carroll). Oxford univ. pr., 1932.
Clougji. Holloway, 0. E. "Clough and Oriel." TLS, March 23, p. 200.
Darwin. Darwin, Charles. Diary of the voyage of H. M. S, Beagle. Ed. by
Nora Barlow. Cambr. univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xxx+451.
Rev. by David Garnett in NS, Nov. 18, p. 635; by G. Wendt in HTB, Dec. 10,
p. 4.
Dickens. Dickens, Charles. Letters to Charles Lever. Ed. by Flora V. Living
ston. Introd. by Hyder E. Rollins. Harvard univ. pr.; London: Milford.
Pp. xvii+65.
"Thirty-two letters .... from the originals in .... Harvard College Library"
(rev. in TLS, Nov. 2, p. 754).
Askew, H. "Edward Smith, the prototype of Smike. " N & Q, Dec. 9, p.
402.
Askew, H., and others. "Leigh Hunt and Harold Skimpole. " N & Q, Aug.
26, p. 135; Sept. 23, p. 213; Oct. 14, p. 265.
Chester, Austin. "Christmas with Dickens." Windsor mag., Dec., pp. 33-48.
Chesterton, G. K. Criticisms and appreciations of the works of Charles Dickens.
London: Dent. Pp. 273.
Rev. by E. Blair in Adelphi, VII, 224-25; by Wynyard Browne in LM, XXVIII,
87-89.
Darton, F. J. H. Dickens: positively the first appearance. A centenary review
with a bibliography of "Sketches by Boz." London: Argonaut pr. Pp. x+
145.
Darwin, Bernard. Charles Dickens. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth;
New York: Macmillan. Pp. 135.
Rev. by Babette Deutsch in HTB, Sept. 10, p. 8; by K. John in NS, April 1,
p. 418; by I. Schneider in NewR, Dec. 20, pp. 174-75; by A. Waugh in PR,
CXXXIX, 676-77; by C. Wilkinson in LAf, XXVIII, 91-93; TLS, March 23, p.
196 ("admirably fair").
Dexter, Walter. Days in Dickensland. London: Methuen. Pp. xii+256.
Dexter, Walter. "Dickens: positively the first appearance." TLS, Oct. 5, p.
671. See Oct. 12, p. 692, for reply by the Argonaut pr. See also Dec. 28,
p. 924.
Eckel, J. C. The first editions of Dickens. See VB 1932, 402.
Rev. by A. de Suzannet in Dickensian, XXIX, 117-19. See also pp. 127-30.
Graves, Robert. The real David Copperfield. London: Barker. Pp.424.
Rev. by C. Brooks in BkL, LXXXIV, 127 ("out-Dickens Dickens"); by B.
Causton in SR, April 22, p. 392 (condenses David Copperfield) ; by T. Matthews in
NewR, Sept. 13, pp. 129-30; by G. Stonier in NS, March 25, p. 389; TLS, March
23, p. 196.
66 VICTOKTAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
Leacock, Stephen. Charles Dickens: Ms life and work. London: DaviesjNew
York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. viii+276.
Rev. by A. E, Grant in NS, Dec. 23, p. 843; TLS, Dec. 7, p. 873.
Machen, Arthur. "Lost books." Bk, LXXVI, 134^36.
Traces of the great London novel Dickens never wrote in the novels he did
write.
McNulty, J. H. Concerning Dickens and other literary characters. Clapton:
pub. by the author. Pp. 111.
Sadleir, Michael. "John Macrone, Charles Dickens and The Thief/ " TLS,
Dec. 28, p. 924 (cf. second Dexter item).
Steuart, A. F., and others. "Miss Ellen Lawless Ternan." N & Q, July 1,
p. 459; July 15, p. 35; July 22, p. 51; Aug. 5, pp. 87-88,
The woman to whom Dickens bequeathed 1,000.
Wickardt, W. Die Formen der Perspective in Charles Dickens Romanen, ihr
sprachlicher Ausdruck und ihre strukturelle Bedeutung. Berlin: Junker &
Dunnhaupt. Pp. 133.
Winterich, J. T. An American friend of Dickens (Dr. Elisha Bartlett). New
York: T. F. Madigan. Pp. 14.
Rev. in NYTBR, Dee. 31, p. 10 (two new letters).
Zweig, Stefan. Tre maestri: Balzac, Dickens, Dostojevskij. Trad, di Berta Ah-
rens. Milan: Sperling e Kupfer, 1932. Pp. 197.
Rev. by G. Zamborni in Leonardo, IV, 252-54.
Dtikensian (quarterly). Vol. XXIX. See VB 1932, 422.
Items as follows: W. C. Bennett, "More credit due Inspector Bucket" (pp.
31-33); E. W. Borough, "The humorous character of Dickens that interests me
most and why" (pp. 143-46); Charles Clarke and Mary Cowden, "Peeps at
Dickens : the first meeting with Dickens .... Hans Andersen on his visit" (pp.
206-7); F. R. Dean, "The Dickens spirit" (pp. 293-96); "Dickens and his French
publishers" (pp. 7-10); "Dickens as a reporter: further facts now revealed in new
letters" (pp. 91-95); "Dickens s correspondence with John Hullah" (pp. 257-65);
"Dickens s love of Wordsworth" (pp. 197-98); H, B. Fantham, "The personality
of Dickens as seen by a biologist" (pp. 313-14) ; L. B. Frewer, "Dickens in Wash
ington" (pp. 139-41); same, "The influence of Dickens: compiled from recent
books" (pp. 69-71, 136-38, 233-35, 319-21); "A further American note: an un
published letter of Dickens to Maclise" (pp. 115-17); W. J. Gray, "The prototype
of Gashford in Barnaby Rudge" (175-83); Kate Woodfield, "A great debate:
Mr. Shaw Desmond v. Mr. J. H. McNidty" on Dickens 1 failures as narrator (pp.
199-205); A. G. Holmes, "Light in darkness" JSteafc house (pp. 59-60); A. Hud
son, "The slavery of genius" (pp. 187-89); "An interesting unpublished letter"
(pp. 286-88); J. W. Ley, "A believer s heresies" (pp. 120-27, 191-97) ; same, "Sen-
timental songs in Dickens" (pp. 43-52); G. Major, "Scrooge s chambers" (pp. 11-
15); J. H. McNulty, "Dickens s opening chapters" (pp. 289-92); same, "Where
fancies turn to fact" Christmas (pp. 61-65); W. Miller and E. H. Strange, "The
original Pickwick papers: the collation of a perfect first edition" (pp. 303-9);
Margaret Older, "The mysterious Mrs. Harris" (pp. 310-12); "One hundred years
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 67
ago: Mr. Horace Annesley Vachell s speech to the immortal memory [of Dickens
at the birthday dinner" (pp. 132-36); "Peeps at Dickens: pen pictures from con
temporary sources. XXIV. A second visit to Gad s Hill" (pp. 9&-100); M. Pen-
dered, "Dickens the rebel" (pp. 101-9); same, "In defence of Mrs. Niekleby" (pp.
209-16); N. F. Read, "Did Mr. Dombey take his chariot?" (pp. 25-30); S. J.
Rust, "Faults that add lustre" (pp. 53-57) ; same, "The mystery of Edwin Drood:
a plea for a solution which would make Dickens more than a writer of inferior
melodrama" (pp. 96-99); "Mr. Sapsea the murderer of Edwin Drood!" (pp, 217-
19); T. C. Simpson, "Misplaced admiration" (pp. 147-51); L. Stevenson, "An
introduction to young Mr. Dickens" (pp. 111-14); E. H. Strange, "The original
plates in Nicholas Nickleby" (pp. 227-28) ; L. Thorpe, "Dining with Dickens" (pp.
17-23) ; F. Tyler, " Going to the dogs with Dickens" (pp. 267-75) ; J. C. Walters.
"The gospel of Martin Chuzdewit" (pp. 221-26); "The work of Ball Hughes [Bos
ton sculptor]" (pp. 229-30); J. Y. Wyatt, "Local events in the days of Drood"
(pp. 40-42).
Disraeli. Berman, Harold. "The novels of Benjamin Disraeli." Open court,
XLVII, 398-408.
Hermann, Inngard. Benjamin Disraelis SteUung zur kathol Kirche. Diss. Frei
burg, 1932. Pp. viii+82.
Seikat, H. Die Romankunst Disraelis. Jena: Frommann. Pp. 78.
Dolben. Bridges, Robert. Three friends .... (Dolben, Dixon, Bradley). See
VB 1932, 404.
Rev. by J. Sparrow in LM, XXVII, 462-65; by E. Walton in HTB, Jan. 29,
p. 14; LQHR, CLVIII, 271-72; NewR, May 3, pp. 344-45.
Dowden. EgUnton, John. "Edward Dowden." Life and Utters, IX, 412-25.
Eliot (see also I, Parish). Bourrhonne, P. George Eliot: essai de biographie in-
tellectudle et morale 1819-1854 influences anglaises et ttrangeres. Paris:
Champion. Pp. 214.
Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXIV, p. 137; by Ch. B. in RH, CLXXII, 359-60.
Fremantle, Anne. George Eliot. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth; New
York: Macmillan. Pp. v+144.
Rev. by A. Coulton in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 236; by Babette Deutsch in HTB,
Sept. 10, p. 8; by K. John in NS, April 1, p. 418 ("As a psychological study it is
rather facile"); by L Schneider in NewR, Dec. 20, pp. 174-75; by C. Wilkinson in
LM, XXVIII, 91-93; TLS, April 6, p. 244.
Kitchel, Anna T. George Lewes and George Eliot: a review of records. New
York: John Day. Pp. xui+321.
Rev. by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Oct. 29, pp. 4, 16; by Clara Stillman in
HTB, Oct. 22, p. 6 (drawn from unpublished diaries and letters of Lewes).
Parlett, Mathilde. "The influence of contemporary criticism on George
Eliot." SP, XXX, 103-32.
Fitzgerald. Din, Siraj. "Edward Fitzgerald." TLS, March 9, p. 167.
68 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1933
Ganz, Charles (ed.). A Fitzgerald medley. London: Methuen. Pp. xvi+307.
Rev. by A. Waugh in 8, April 28, p. 613; NS, May 27, p. 698; QR, CCLXI,
186; TLS, May 4, p. 309 ("open to conjecture whether .... anything of ex
traordinary appeal in the juvenilia and trivia of this volume").
Gaskell (see also I, Parrish). Bull of the John Rylands lib., XVII, 193-94,
announces the acquisition of more than three hundred letters, presented by
the executors of the late Miss M. E. Gaskell.
The letters, of which a large portion are addressed to Mrs. Gaskell, and are
still in the envelopes in which they reached that lady, will be kept together, and
will be known as The Gaskell collection of letters."
It is not yet possible to form a correct estimate of the importance of this collec
tion, but in due course it will be reduced to order and made accessible to students.
In the meantime, with the object of giving some idea of its value to the students
of literature of the first half of the nineteenth century, we have selected, almost at
random, the following names of noteworthy literary personalities of the period,
whose letters are in this collection: Charles Dickens .... thirty letters . . . . :
Matthew Arnold, Samuel Bamford, Thomas Lovell Beddoes, Elizabeth Barrett
Browning, Robert Browning, Thomas Campbell, Jane Carlyle, Thomas Carlyle,
Richard Cobden, Sara Coleridge, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Mrs. D. M. Craik,
Charles Darwin, Maria Edgeworth, "George Eliot," Ralph Waldo Emerson, John
Forster, J. Anthony Froude, W. H. Furness, Francois Guizot, Henry Hallam, Sir
Charles Halle*, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Rowland Hill, Sidney Herbert, Mary
Howitt, Thomas Hughes, Victor Hugo, Leigh Hunt, T. H. Huxley, Charles Kem-
ble, Charles Kingsley, Charles Lamb, Walter Savage Landor, H. W. Longfellow,
W. C. Macready, J. D. Maurice, F. Max-Miiller, G. Mazzini, Prosper Merime e,
Florence Nightingale, Patricia Nightingale (Lady Verney), Caroline Norton, J.
Noel Paton, Charles Reade, Samuel Rogers, D. G. Rossetti, John Ruskin, "George
Sand/ Sir Walter Scott, Jules Simon, Robert Southey, W. W. Storey, Harriet
Beecher Stowe, Tom Taylor, Alfred Tennyson, W. Makepeace Thackeray, James
Watt, William Wordsworth.
Letters of Mrs. Gaskell and Charles Eliot Norton. See VB 1932, 424.
Rev. by S. C. Chew in YR, XXII, 835-38; by T. S, Eliot in NEQ, VI, 627-28.
Gilbert (see also III, Quiller-Couch). Gilbert, W. S. Lost Bab ballads. See
VB 1932, 424.
Rev. by Franklin P. Adams in HTB, Jan. 29, p. 2; by I. A. Williams in BkL.
LXXXIII, 457.
Kendal, Dame Madge. "W. S. Gilbert." CornhiU mag., LXXV, 303-16.
Gissing. Gissing, A. C. "Gissing s By the Ionian sea. " TLS, April 27, p.
295.
See also TLS, April 13, p. 261; April 20, p. 276; May 4, p. 312.
Henriot, Emile. "Un Julien Sorel anglais." Revue bkue, LXXI, 16-20.
Stadler, C. F. Die RoUe der Antike bet George Gissing. Diss, Freiburg, 1932.
Pp. xiii+74.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 69
Weber, Anton. George Gissing und die soziale Frage. See VB 1932, 425.
Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXIII, 147; by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXVIII, 533-
36; by W. van Maanen in ESt, XV, 202-5; GRM, XXI, 156.
Gordon. Humphris, Edith. The life of Adam Lindsay Gordon. London: Scho-
lartis pr. Pp. 166.
Hardy. Giinther, Hildegard. Das Verheimlichungs-, Hochzeits-, und Briefmo-
tiv in den Romanen Thomas Hardy s. Diss. Halle. Pp. 119.
Holler, Hedwig. Thomas Hardy: seine Entwicklung als Romancier. Diss. Tu
bingen. Pp. 64.
Holland, Clive. Thomas Hardy, OM.: the man, his works and the land of
Wessex. London: Herbert Jenkins. Pp. 320.
Mliller, Otto. "Das Naturgefuhl bei Thomas Hardy im Zusammenhang mit
seiner Weltanschauung." NeuP, IV, 253-68.
Vogt, Frieda. Thomas Hardys Naturansicht See VB 1932, 425.
Rev. by J. W. Beach in JEGP, XXXII, 269-70.
Webster, H. C. "Borrowings in Tess of the D UrberviUes." MLN, XLVIII,
459-62.
Zachrisson, R. E. Thomas Hardy s twilight-view of life. Uppsala: Almquist &
Wiksell. Pp. 17.
Henley. Gregory, Horace. "Henley and his henchmen." SRL, July 15, pp.
701-2.
Niven, Frederick. "Henley." Lib. rev., No. 27, pp. 93-98.
Hopkins. Phare, Elsie. The poetry of Gerard Manley Hopkins: a survey and a
commentary. Cambr. univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. viii+160.
Rev. by Wynyard Browne in BkL, LXXXV, 228-29; by W. Plomer in S, Nov.
17, p. 712; N & Q, Nov. 25, p. 378; Poetry rev.,. XXIV, 465.
Stainer, R. S. "Gerard Hopkins s meter." TLS, Feb. 23, p. 127.
Stonier, G. W. Gog Magog: and other critical essays (one on Hopkins). Lon
don: Dent.
Tierney, M. "Gerard Hopkins s meters." TLS, Feb. 16, p. 108. See also TLS,
March 2, p. 147; March 9, p. 167.
Jeffries. Arkell, Reginald. Richard Jeffries. London. Rich & Cowan. Pp.294.
P.ev. by J. Bell in NS, Nov. 11, pp. 596-600; by Yvonne Ffrench in LM,
XXVIII, 78-80; by A. G. Street in ER, LVII, 446-48; by A. Waugh in FR
CXXXVII, 503-4.
Jewsbury. Jewsbury, Maria Jane. Occasional papers. Selected with a memoir
by Eric Gillett. Oxford univ. pr.; London: Milford, 1932. Pp. lxvii+108.
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 16, p. 105 (sister of Geraldine, friend of Mrs. Carlyle).
Keble. Ingram, K. Keble. London: Philip Allan.
Rev. by J. Wand in S, April 7, pp. 504-5; TLS, April 20, p. 268 ("journalistic")-
Kinglake. Ellis, A. W. "Kinglake called Eothen. " LM, XXVIII, 335-43.
70 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
Kipling. Friedrich, Ernest. "Kipling und die Bewegung der Boy Scouts. "
NeuP, IV, 333-36.
MacMunn, Sir G. Kipling s women. London: Sampson Low. Pp. viii+215.
Nazari, Emilio. Rudy ard Kipling: saggiocritico. Palermo: A. Trimarchi. Pp.
263.
Knowles. Meeks, Leslie Howard. Sheridan Knowles and the theatre of his time.
Bloomington, Indiana: Principia pr. Pp. 256.
Landor. The complete works of Walter Savage Landor, Vol. XIII, Poems I;
Vol. XIV, Poems II. London: Chapman & Hall. Pp. viii+395; viii+411.
Lang. Buchan, John. Andrew Lang and the border. Andrew Lang lecture,
Univ. of St. Andrews, Oct. 17, 1932. London: Milford. Pp. 22.
Macaulay. Bryant, Arthur. Macaula$. New York: Appleton. See VB 1932,
426.
Rev. by C. H. Firth in History, XVIII, 74-76; by W. MacDonald in HTB,
June 25, p, 11; by C. H. Walker in JMH, V, 245-46.
Dobrfe, Bonamy. "Macaulay." Cr, XII, 593-604.
Trevelyan, Sir George Otto. The life and letters of Lord Macaulay. Pref . by
G. M. Trevelyan. London: Milford, 1932. 2 vols. Pp. xi+475; viii+476.
Rev. by C. H. Firth in History, XVI, 74^76.
Martineau. Calkins, E. E. "Harriet Martineau: deaf bluestocking." Colo
phon, Part XIV, art. 2.
Rivenburg, Norola. Harriet Martineau See VB 1932, 427.
Rev. by F. Gillespie in Jour, pol econ., XLI, 570-71 ; by Mabel Wilson in Phtios.
rev., XLII, 642; in QR } CCLX, 180 ("valuable").
Meredith. Walz, Heinz. "George Merediths Farina. " NeuS, XLI, 370-73.
Walz, Heinz. George Merediths Jugendwerke und ihre Bedeutung fur die per-
sonliche Entwicklung des Dichters. Diss. Freiburg i. Br., 1932. Pp. 64.
Mill. Hamilton, Mary Agnes. John Stuart Mill. "Makers of the new world
ser." London: Hamish Hamilton. Pp. 94.
Rev. by G. K. Chesterton in S, Oct. 27, p. 581; by H. J. Laski in NS, Nov. 4,
p. 556.
Moore. Benson, E. F. "George Moore." S, Jan. 27, pp. 110-11.
Davray, H. "George Moore." Mercure de France, CCXLII, 536-51.
Eglinton, John. "George Moore at St. Winifred s Well." Life and letters, IX,
67-77.
Gillet, L. "George Moore (1851-1932)." Rev. des deux mondes, April, pp.
670-82.
Gilomen, W. George Moore. Jugendwerk. Naturalismus und Abkehr. Diss. Zu
rich. Pp. 114.
Gogarty, Oliver. "George Moore: a conversation in Ebury Street." SRL,
Jan, 28, pp. 398-401,
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1933 71
Sechler, R. P. George Moore: a disciple of Walter Pater. Diss. Philadelphia:
Univ. of Pennsylvania. Pp. 158.
Weferling, H. Das religiose Gefuhl lei George Moore. Diss. Greifswald, 1932.
Pp. 127.
Wolfe, Humbert. George Moore. Rev. ed. London: Butterworth. Pp. xxiii+
135.
Morris. Litzenberg, Karl. "The social philosophy of William Morris and the
Doom of the gods." Essays and studies in English .... Univ. of Michigan,
pp. 183-203.
R.R. "Marx, Morris and Keir Hardie." Addphi, VII, 62-63.
Newman (see also III, Oxford movement). Cross, F. L. Newman. London:
Philip Allan. Pp. 182.
Rev. by J. Wand in S, April 7, pp. 504r~5 (see also April 14, p. 536; April 21, p.
570) ; TLS, April 20, p. 268. Has unpublished letters and a new interpretation of
Newman s conversion.
Elbert, J. A. The evolution of Newman 3 s concept of faith. Philadelphia: Dol
phin pr.
The English way: studies in English sanctity from St. Bede to Newman. By
various authors. London: Sheed & Ward. Pp. 328.
Rev. in TLS, Aug. 24, p. 563. M. C. D Arcy, on Newman (noteworthy).
Guitton, Jean. La philosophic de Newman: essai sur I idee de devdoppement.
Paris: Boivin.
Rev. in TLS, March 2, p. 136 ("penetrating essay," with new letters).
Thirlwall, J. C. "Cardinal Newman s literary preferences." MLN, XLVIII,
23-27.
Tristram, H. "Lead, kindly Light-June 16, 1833." DubR, CXCIII, 85-96.
Tristram, Henry. Newman and his friends. London: John Lane,
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 2, p. 741 (see Nov. 9, p. 774). Friends to whom Newman
dedicated his books.
O Shaughnessy. Bronner, Oskar. Das Leben Arthur O Shaughnessys. Heidel
berg: Winter. Pp. 77.
Pater. Beyer, A. Walter Paters Beziehungen zur franzosischen See VB
1932, 427.
Rev. by A. Koszul in Rev. critique, LXVII, 168-69.
Young, Helen H. The writings of Walter Pater: a review of British philosophi
cal opinion from 1860 to 1890. Diss. Bryn Mawr. Lancaster, Pa. : Lancas
ter pr. Pp. 3+137.
Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXIV, p. 138. Reveals Pater s interest in literary
and philosophical developments in England, France, and Germany.
Patmore (see also III, Quiller-Couch). Page, Frederick. Patmore: a study in
poetry. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 184.
72 ViCTOHIAN BlBLTOGKAPHV FOR 1933
Peacock (see also III, Essays . . . . , Vol. XVIII). Mayoux, J. Un epicurien
anglais: Thomas Love Peacock. Paris: Nizet et Bastard.
Reade. Turner, Albert M. "Charles Reade and Montaigne." MP, XXX,
297-308.
Rossetti. Dante Gabriel Rossetti: an anthology. Chosen by F. L. Lucas. "Poets
in brief ser." Cambr. univ. pr. Pp. xx+241.
Rev. by H. Agar in ER, LVI, 338-40; by C. L. B. in Dalhousie rev., XIII, 275-
76; by H. J. C. in ML, XIV, 201; by L. Wolff in RA, X, 534.
Buck, Janet. "Charles Augustus Howell and the exhumation of Rossetti j s
poems." Colophon, Part XV, art. 4.
Dubslaff, F. Die Sprachform der Lyrik Christina Rossettis. Diss. Gottingen.
Halle: Niemeyer. Pp. vi+94.
Evans, B. Ifor. "The sources of Christina Rossettijs Goblin market/ " MLR,
XXVIII, 156-65.
Howe, M. L. "Some unpublished stanzas by Dante Gabriel Rossetti." MLN,
XLVIII, 176-79.
Hunt, Violet. The wife of Rossetti. See VB 1932, 428.
Rev. by W. H. Chesson in QR, CCLX, 84-93.
Klenk, Hans. Nachwirkungen Dante Gabriel Rossetti s. Unter&uchungen an
Werken von Christina Rossetti, Coventry Patmorej Philip Bourke Marston t
Theodore Watts-Dunton, Arthur E. W. O Shaughnessy, Ernest Dowson, John
Davidson. Diss. Erlangen, 1932. Pp. 61.
Koszul, A. "Dante G. Rossetti House of life, 18." RA, X, 331.
Larg, David. Trial by virgins: fragment of a biography. London: P. Davies.
Pp. viii+330.
Rev. by D. Carswell in NS, May 20, pp. 650-52; by M. Elwin in SR, June 3,
p. 541 (impressionistic biography of Rossetti, ending with the death of his wife;
undocumented); by G. Rossetti in BkL, LXXXIV, 216 ("permanent contribution
to the criticism of the man Rossetti"); by Scott-James in S, May 26, pp. 766-67;
TLS, April 27, p. 290.
Las Vergnas, R. "Le britannisme de Rossetti." RA, XI, 129-35.
Morse, J. B. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti and Dante Alighieri." ES, LXVIII,
227-48.
Nothwang, Irene. Die Frau, die Liebe und der Tod bei Dante Gabriel Roesetti.
Diss. Tubingen, 1932. Pp, 51.
Waller, Ross. The Rossetti family. See VB 1932, 429.
Rev. by L. C. Martin in MLR, XXVIII, 113-14 (" of unusual value not
only to the social and literary history .... but also to the art of biography") ; by
L. Wolff in RA, X, 242-43; Archw, CLXII, 304; Leonardo, IV, 38.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 73
Winw&r, Frances. "Dante Gabriel s or William Michael s (an attempt to es
tablish the authorship of some Rossetti sonnets published by the Duke uni
versity press)." PMLA, XLVIII, 312-15.
Winwar, Frances. Poor splendid wings: the Rossettis and their circle. Boston :
Little, Brown. Pp. xii+413.
Rev. by Ralph Adams Cram in Ail. month., CLII, 6-8; by H. Gregory in N,
Oct. 18, p. 447; by Percy Hutchinson in NYTBR, Sept. 24, p. 3; by R. M. Lovett
in NewR, Dec. 6, pp. 106-7; by Clara Stillman in HTB, Sept. 24, p. 3; SRL, Oct. 7,
p. 159.
Woolf, Virginia. The second common reader. London: Hogarth pr., 1932; New
York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 270.
Has essay on Christina R. Rev. by Brickell in North Amer. ret>., CCXXXV, 95;
by Gorman in NewR, Feb. 8, p. 357; by Spender in Cr, XII, 522-24.
Ruskin. Gaily, Henriette. Ruskin et I estMtique intuitive. Diss. Grenoble.
Paris: Vrin. Pp. 353.
Rev. by Cazamian in RA, XI, 157-59; by J. de Montmorency in CJK> CXLIV,
625-28.
Janes, G. M. "The social ethics of Ruskin. " Univ. of N. Dakota quart, jour.,
XXIII, 252-75.
Ladd, H, The Victorian morality of art See VB 1932, 429.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SeR, XLI, 495-97; by Genevieve Taggard in HTB,
Sept. 10, p. 16; J5fc, LXXVI, 309; NewR, May 10, p. 372; SRL, Aug. 12, p. 43.
Bibliog. at end of each chapter.
A thoroughgoing and painstaking examination of the elements of Ruskin s
aesthetic, and of its underlying assumptions, together with the social and cul
tural background from which Ruskin s conception of art emerged; a noteworthy
work in a field where much has long been in confusion. C. F. H.
Sencourt, Robert. "Ruskin." CWd, CXXXVI, 664-71.
Wilenski, R. H. John Ruskin: an introduction to further study of his life and
work. London: Faber & Faber: New York: Frederick Stokes. Pp* 406.
An analysis in the light of modern psychological knowledge. Rev. by A. Blunt
in S, July 14, pp. 54-56; by Osbert Burdett in LM , XXVIII, 370-72; by E. Jewel
in NYTBR, Oct. 15, p. 2; by Kingsmill in ER, LVII, 103-5; by J. Piper in NS,
June 17, p. 800; by Genevieve Taggard in HTB, Nov. 26, p. 8; by Trilling in AT,
Oct. 25, pp. 488-89; by A. Williams-Ellis in SRL, Dec. 30, p. 379; by H. R. Wil
liamson in BkL, LXXXIV, 137-38; by D. Woodruff in DubR, No. 387, pp. 333-36;
More book*, VIII, 364; SR, June 3, pp. 542-45; TLS, June 1, p. 377.
Saintsbury. Elton, Oliver. "George Saintsbury." Life and letters, IX, 181-90.
Stanley (see also II, Wassermann). Symons, A. J. A. H. M. Stanley. "Great
lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp. 128.
Wassermann, Jacob. H. M. Stanley explorer. London: Cassell. (La vie de
Stanley. Paris: Michel. Pp. 320.)
74 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
Stevenson. Heanley, K. "The mystery of Lettennore." Cornhitt mag,,
LXXIV, 521-34.
An attempt to explain the mystery connected with the famous trial of James
Stewart of the Glens (used in Kidnapped).
Richards, Grant. "A Stevenson query. 7 TLS, Feb. 23, p. 127 (see also March
2, p. 147).
Suttees. Watson, Frederick. Robert Smith Surtees: a critical study. London:
Harrap. Pp. 292.
Rev. by S. M. Ellis in BkL, LXXXIV, 100-101 (valuable for country life); by
A. Williams-Ellis in FR, CXXXIX, 810-11; in Dickensian, XXIX, 231-32, "Sur
tees and the modern mind"; TLS, March 16, p. 179.
Swinburne. Benson, A. C. "Swinburne and Watts-Dunton." (From London
lit. quart.) Living age, CCCXLIII, 531-38.
Dingle, Herbert. "Swinburne s internal centre." QQ, XL, 212-28.
Hyder, Clyde K. "Emerson on Swinburne: a sensational interview." MLN,
XLVIII, 180-82.
Hyder, Clyde K. Swinburne s literary career and fame. Durham, N.C.: Duke
univ. pr. Pp. x+3+388. Bibliog., pp. 333-78.
Rev. by Clara Stillman in HTB, Oct. 1, p. 21; by Edna Walton in NYTBR,
Oct. 15, p. 2.
Knickerbocker, K. L. "The source of Swinburne s Les noyades." PQ, XII,
82-83.
Lafourcade, G. Swinburne See VB 1932, 430.
Rev. by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXVIII, 265-67; by DeVane in YR, XXII,
632-34; by Legouis in RA, X, 243-45; by S. B. Liljegren in Beiblatt, XLIV, 211-12;
by Mario Praz.in RES, IX, 351-53.
Tennyson. "Tennyson in 1833." TLS, Sept. 14, pp. 597-98 (see Sept. 21
p. 631).
Ftiting, A. Tennyson s Jugenddrama "The devil and the lady." Diss. Marburg,
1932. Pp. 85.
"In memoriam: A. H. H." Poetry rev., XXIV, 479-81.
Special celebration at Clevedon for the centenary of Hallam s death. Refers
also to centenary articles in the Times (with a new portrait of Hallam by Sped-
ding) ; Birmingham Post; Scotsman; Church of England newspaper (by Herbert. L.
Hallam).
Mabbott, T. 0. "The correspondence of John TomUn. Letters from Tenny
son and Aubrey De Vere." N & Q, April 29, pp. 293-94.
Madan, G. "Tennyson and the letter S." TLS, May 18, p. 348.
Thackeray. Baucke, L. Die Erzahlkunst in Thackeray s "Vanity fair." See
VB 1932, 430.
Rev. by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXVIII, 533-36; by J. W. Beach in JEGP
XXXII, 271-72.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 75
Ellis, G. U. Thackeray. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth; New York:
Macmillan. Pp. v-f 143.
Rev. by A. Colton in SRL, Nov. 4, p. 236; H TB, Dec. 10, p. 18; Nat. rev., CI,
131; TLS, Aug. 3, p. 527.
Kurrelunger, W. "Thackeray and Friedrich von Heyden." MLN y XLVIII,
12-16.
Las Vergnas, R. W. M. Thackeray. See VB 1932, 431.
Rev. by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXVIII, 533-36; by C. Bastide in Rev. universi-
taire, XLII, Part II, 51-52; by J. W. C. in BkL, LXXXIII, 416; by A. Rivoallan in
Les langues modernes, XXXI, 169-75; by W. Schirmer in DeiUsche Literaturz.,
March 19, pp. 546-48; SR, March 4, p. 218. See author s summary in RA, X,
218-26.
Partington, Wilfred. "Dickens, Thackeray, and Yates: with an unknown in
discretion by Trollope." SR, March 11, pp. 234-35.
Partington, Wilfred. "The indiscretion of Anthony Trollope." Bk, LXXVI,
206-8.
". . . . a storm in a soupplate. But it involved, among others, Thackeray,
Dickens, Trollope, and Edmund Yates."
Smith, S. N. "In defence of Thackeray." NC, CXTV, 103-13.
Stevenson, A. L. "Vanity fair and Lady Morgan." PMLA, XLVIII, 547-51.
Wells, John Edwin. "On a sheet of Thackeray manuscript" (The notch). Corn-
hill mag., LXXIV, 34-44.
Thompson, de la Gorce, Agnes. Francis Thompson et les poetes catholigues
d Angleterre. Paris: Plon, 1932. Pp. 260.
Rev. by F. Delattre in RA, X, 246-48; by J. Hannand in Rev. des etudes histo-
riques, C, 86-87; by L. M. Morton in Books abroad, VII, 54. Treats the "Hound of
heaven" as the flower of the "Catholic Renaissance" which grew out of the Oxford
movement.
de la Gorce, Agnes. Francis Thompson. Trans, from the French by H. F.
Kynaston-Snell. London: Burns, Gates. Pp. 184.
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM , XXVIII, 370-72; BkL, LXXXV, 222; TLS,
June 1, p. 382. Roman Catholic in view, somewhat overtheological; good account
of Patmore s mysticism; occasional errors.
Martz, Alfons. Francis Thompsons dichterische Entwicklung: ein biographisch-
psychologischer Versuch. Diss. Munster, 1932. Pp. 127.
Trollope (see Thackeray: Partington).
Wilberforce. Coupland, R. "The memory of Wilberforce." Hibbert jour.,
XXXII, 94-103.
Hardwick, J. C. Lawn sleeves: a short life of Samuel Wilberforce. Oxford:
BlackweU. Pp. 195.
Law, Alice. "The achievement of Wilberforce." FR, CXXXIX, 749-58.
76 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933
Wilde (see also Carlyle: Kingsmill). The works of Oscar Wilde: stories, plays,
poems, essays. Illus. by Donia Nachsen. London: Collins, Pp. 1248.
Baumann, F. K. Oscar Wilde als Kritiker der Literatur. Diss. Zurich. Pp. 104.
Braybrooke, P. "Oscar Wilde: a consideration." Essays by divers hands.
Transactions, N.S., Vol. XI. Ed. by Sir Henry Imbert-Terry. Royal So
ciety of Literature, 1932. London: Milford.
Rev. by John Sparrow in LM, XXVII, 462-65.
Lemonnier, L. "Oscar Wilde et Importance d etre s6vre." RA, X, 410-17.
Renier, Gustaf . Oscar Wilde. London: P. Da vies; New York: Appleton-Cen-
tury. Pp. 166. Bibl, pp. 159-61.
Rev. by Kingsmill in ER, LVI, 582-85 (his "analysis of the influences which
shaped Wilde s life is the clearest and most balanced we yet possess") ; by Ben
Redman in HTB, Dec. 3, p. 39; by Wilkinson in LM, XXVIII, 91-93; by Stark
Young in NewR, Sept. 13, pp. 128-29; SR, May 6, p. 440; TLS, March 30, p. 234.
Schnapp, Luise. "Oscar Wilde und die Bibel." GRM, XXI, 360-73.
Schwartz, H. S. "The influence of Dumas fils on Oscar Wilde." French rev, t
VII, 5-25.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
for 1934
- bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the
I Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa-
-IL tion of America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University
of Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal Col
lege; Helen C, White, University of Wisconsin; Frederic E. Faverty,
Northwestern University. It attempts to list the noteworthy publica
tions of 1934 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a, bearing
on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise stated,
the date of publication is 1934. Reference to a page in the bibliog
raphy for 1933, in Modern philology, May, 1934, is made by the followr
ing form: See VB 1933, 407. Some cross-references are given, al
though not all that are possible.
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
AHR
AL
AR
= American historical review
= American literature
= American review (formerly
Bookman)
Archiv Archiv fur das Studium der
neueren Sprachen
Beiblatt Beiblatt zur Anglia
BkL = Bookman (London)
CR - Contemporary review
Cr Criterion
CWd = Catholic world
D Dickensian
EC . Economica
ELH -Journal of English literary
history
ER = English review
ES = Englische Studien
ESt = English studies (Amsterdam)
FR - Fortnightly review
GRM Germanisch-romanische Mo-
natsschrift
HTB =New York Herald-Tribune
books
[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1935]
JEGP = Journal of English and Ger
manic philology
JMH Journal of modern history
JPE Journal of political economy
LM London mercury
LQHR = London quarterly and Hoi-
born review
LZD Literarisches Zentralblatt fur
Deutschland
MLN Modern language notes
MLR -Modern language review
MP = Modem philology
N -Nation
NC = Nineteenth century and after
NEQ =New England quarterly
NeuP ^Neuphilokgische Monats-
schrift
New R -New republic
Nrf = Nouvelle revue frangaise
NS -New statesman and nation
NYTBR=New York Times book review
N & Q Notes & queries
PMLA =*Pubs. Mod. Lang. Ass n of
Am.
77
78 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
PQ Philological quarterly SeR -Sewanee review
QQ Queen s quarterly SP Studies in philology
QR = Quarterly review SR = Saturday review
RA Revue anglo-americaine SRL Saturday review of literature
RES Review of English studies TLS = (London) Times literary sup-
RH Revue historique plement
RLC = Revue de literature comparte VQR - Virginia quarterly review
S Spectator YR = Yale review
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
" American bibliography for. 1933." PMLA, XLIII, SuppL, 1333-41: "Eng-
lish, Nineteenth century/ ed. Albert C. Baugh.
Annual bibliography of English language and literature. Vol. XIV, 1933. Ed.
for the Modern Humanities Research Association by Mary S. Sergeantson,
assisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge: Bowes & Bowes. Pp. x+
265. "Nineteenth century," pp. 156-204.
The art index: annual cumulation. A cumulative author and subject index to a
selected list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins. Oct. 1933 to Sept.
1934. Also Vol. VI, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson Co.
Carter, John,- and Pollard, Graham. An enquiry into the nature of certain
nineteenth century pamphlets. London: Constable; New York: Scribner s.
Pp. xii+400.
A bibliographical expose* of forgeries of "first editions" of Arnold, Dickens,
Eliot, the Brownings, Morris, Rossetti, Ruskin, Kipling, Stevenson, Swinburne,
Tennyson, Thackeray, etc. Rev. by Philip Brooks in NYTBR, July 15, pp. 2, 9;
by A. H. Cleaver in D, XXX, 301; by Harriet Gaylord in SRL, Oct. 20, p. 220;
by John Hayward in SR, July 14, p. 832; by Leonard Mackall in HTB, July 15,
p. 14, July 22, pp. 14, 15, July 29, p. 18, Aug. 5, p. 14; by C. B. Tinker in SRL,
Aug. 11, pp. 45-46; by Gabriel Wells (The Carter-Pollard disclosures. Pamphlet.
New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. 13); More books, IX, 268-71 ("The biggest
fraud hi the history of book collecting"), 310-11; TLS, July 12, p. 492 (by
Thomas J. Wise), July 19, p. 511, Aug. 23, p. 577, Nov. 8, p. 775, Nov. 15, p. 795,
Nov. 22, p. 840.
Craven, Wesley Frank. "Historical study of the British Empire." JMH, VI
40-69.
An excellent bibliographical "survey of half a century s achievement"; indi
cates "the sources of this new interest in the empire s history," and "the more
significant trends in its study."
Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language. Vol.
XXXVII, Nos. 7, 10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.); Vol. XXXVIII, No. 2 (Feb.,
1935). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Fucilla, Joseph. "Spanish poetry in English to the year 1850." [A bibliog.
of translations.] Hispania, First special number, pp. 35-44.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 79
International bibliography of historical sciences Seventh year 1932. Ed.
for the International Committee of Historical Sciences, Washington. New
York: H. W. Wilson Co. Pp. $25.
Rev. by C. L. Grose m JMH, VI, 511. The bibliography published in 1933
(see VB 1933, 397) is rev. by H. A. in Vi&rteljahrsschriftfur sozial- und Wirtschafts-
geschichte, XXVII, 312; by C. L. Grose in JMH, VI, 345-46; by L. Halphen in
RH, CLXXIV, 102-4.
International index to periodicals; devoted chiefly to the humanities and science.
Vol. VI. July 1931 -June 1934. Also Vol. 22, Nos. 3, 4 (Nov., 1934, and
Jan., 1935). New York: H. W. Wilson Co.
La rassegna (quarterly), XLII, 133-40, 258-75. "Repertorio."
Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica (monthly), V. "Bollettino bibliografica,"
each month, a 5-page bibliog. of books recently published in Europe and
America.
A London bibliography of the social sciences [see VB 1932, 401]. First
supplement, containing additions to the libraries, 1st June, 1929, to 3 1st May,
1931. Compiled by Marjorie Plant. London: London School of Eco
nomics and Political Science. Pp. 596.
Morgan, Bayard Quincy. A bibliography of German literature in English trans
lation [1509-1917]. "Univ. of Wisconsin studies in language and litera
ture," No. 16. Madison, 1932. Pp. 708.
Rev. by F. Stroh in Literaturblatt fur germanische und romanische Philologie,
LV, 1-2, 24-25.
Parrish, M. L. "Variant bindings in the library at Dormy House [see VB 1933,
397]." Colophon, Part 17, p. 3.
Price, Lawrence Marsden. The reception of English literature in Germany [see
VB 1933, 397].
Rev. by W. Kayeer in Neophilologus, XIX, 297-98; by H. A. Pochmann in
AL, VI, 211-15.
Thieme, Hugo-P. Bibliographic de la litterature frangaise de 1800 a 1930.
Paris: E. Droz, 1933. 2 vols. Pp. xxvi+1061.
Rev. by D. Mornet in Rev. d hist. litt. de la France, XLI, 146-47.
Van Patten, Nathan. An index of bibliographies and bibliographical contribu
tions relating to the work of American and British author-s, 1928-1932. Calif . :
Stanford univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. 324.
Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part XXXVIII annual volume, 1933. A
classified list . . . . with an extended alphabetical index Also Part
XLI, Jan.-Sept. London: J. Whitaker & Sons.
80 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
The year s work in English studies, Vol. XIII, 1932. Ed. for the English As
sociation by F. S. Boas and M. S. Sergeantson. Oxford univ. pr.; London:
Milford. *Pp. 348. Chaps, xi-xii, "The nineteenth century and after" (H.
V. Routh), pp. 272-310.
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
Airlie, Mabell, Countess of. With the guards we shall go. A guardsman s letters
in the Crimea, 1854-1855. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1933. Pp. 322.
Aldin, C. Time I was dead. Pages from my autobiography. London: Eyre and
Spottiswoode. Pp. xiv+389.
Allen, Bernard M. Gordon in China. London: Macmillan.
Rev, by ClenneU Wilkinson in LM t XXIX, 382-84; BkL, LXXXV, 417.
Allen, H. Warner. "The tragedy of General Gordon, a victim of politics and
cowardice." SR, Jan. 6, p. 14.
Annals of the Royal Statistical Society, 1834-1934- London: Royal Statistical
Society. Pp. 308.
Arthur, Sir George. Queen Alexandra. London: Chapman & Hall.
Rev. by Julia Strachey in NS, June 23, pp. 954r-56.
Ashton, T. S. Economic and social investigations in Manchester: 1833-1933.
London: P. S. King & Son.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 4, p. 666 (a record of reform).
Badger, Alfred B. An historical study of British and continental critical concep
tions regarding some aspects of public schools in England and Wales (1800-
1932}. Diss. Hamburg, 1933. Pp. xxiv+180.
Baker, Sir Herbert. Cecil Rhodes. By his architect. Oxford univ. pr.; London:
Milford. Pp. xv+182.
Rev. by Arthur Bryant in BkL, LXXXVII, 138-40.
Belloc, Hilaire. A shorter history of England. London: Harrap.
Rev. by G. M. Young in NS, Oct. 13, p. 486.
Benedict, Gordon M. "Imperialism in England in the last decade of the
nineteenth century." Harvarduniv. summaries of theses (1933), pp. 148-51.
Bensly, Edward. "Jezreel s Temple, Gillingham." N & Q, Aug. 18, p. 118;
Sept. 1, p. 155; Sept. 29, p. 227.
Berchet, Giovanni. La letter atur a e la politica del risorgimento nazionale (1788-
1851). Florence: "Le nuova Italia" editrice, 1933. Pp. 564.
Rev. by E. Bellorini in Giomale starico della letteratura Italiana, CHI, 157-60,
307-8.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 81
Berners, Lord. First childhood. New York: Farrar & Rinehart. Pp. 273.
Binder, Hildegard, Queen Victoria und Preussen-Deutschland bis zum Aus-
schluss Oesterreichs 1866. Diss. Berlin, 1933. Pp. 46.
Bindoff, S. T. "Lord Palmerston and the universities." Bull, of Inst. of Hist.
Research, XII, 39-43.
On the selection of men for foreign embassies, 1841-54.
Bixler, Raymond W. Anglo-German imperialism in South Africa, 1880-1900.
Baltimore: Warwick & York, 1932. Pp. x+181.
Rev. by C. D. Penner in JMH, VI, 484.
Bolitho, Hector. "Queen Victoria and Ireland." ER, LVIII, 534-41.
Bolitho, Hector. Victoria the widow and her son. New York: D. Appleton-
Century; London: Cobden-Sanderson. Pp. xvi+390.
Rev. by Arthur Bryant in BkL, LXXXVII, 138-40; by Frank Hardie in NS,
July 21, p. 94; by C. Rattigan in SR, June 30, p. 768; by A. L. Sachar in HTB,
Nov. 4, p. 10; FR, CLXVI, 252-53; Nat. rev., CHI, 404-5; TLS, June 21, p. 456.
Bonner, Hypathia B. "Charles Bradlaugh as a Freemason." N & Q, May 26,
p. 370; June 9, pp. 411-12.
Bourne, Gilbert C. Memories of an Eton wet-bob of the seventies. Oxford univ.
pr.
Bradlaugh. See Bonner, above. Bradlaugh and today: speeches delivered at the
centenary, and at the commemoration dinner .... 1933. London: Watts,
with the Pioneer pr.
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXIX, 469-71.
Brown, A. Barratt (ed.). Great democrats. London: Nicholson & Watson.
E,ev. by Ralph Bates in NS, Dec. 8, pp. 868-70.
Buchan, John. Gordon at Khartoum. "Great occasions." London: Peter
Davies. Pp. 169.
Rev. by H. W. Nevinson in S, July 13, pp. 60-62; by Richard Strachey in NS,
Oct. 6, pp. 445-46; BkL, LXXXVI, 268; TLS, June 28, p. 453.
Bulloch, J. M. "John Auldjo, F.R.S." (1805-86). N & Q, May 12, pp. 327-
32.
Burghclere, Lady (ed.). A great lady s friendships: .... See VB 1933, 400.
Rev. by Clara Stillman in HTB, Jan. 21, p. 6; JMH, VI, 113. Includes letters
from Henry Bulwer, Bulwer Lytton, Lord Cowley, etc.
Bury, Patrick. "Gambetta et FAngleterre." RH, CLXXIV, 29-40.
Calthrop, Dion C. English dress. From Victoria to George V. London: Chap
man & HaU. Pp. xvi+172.
82 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Cambridge history of the British empire. Vol. VII * See VB 1933, 400.
Rev. by W. F. Craven in JMH, VI, 77-80; by William Macdonald in HTB,
Jan. 21, p. 16; by A. P. Scott in AHR, XXXIX, 515-17.
The Cambridge shorter history of India. Ed. by H. EL Dodwell. London: Cam
bridge univ: pr. Pp. xxii+970.
Can, Edward H. Karl Marx: a study in fanaticism. London: Dent. Pp.317.
Carton, Ronald. The genfle adventure: a Victorian prelude. London: Dent.
Chimay, Princesse de. Letters from the French and English courts, 1853-59.
Presented by Princesse Marthe Bibesco. Trans, by Hamish Miles. Lon
don: Cape. Pp. 159.
Christie, 0. F. The transition to democracy, 1867-1914. London: Routledge.
Cole, G. b. H. What Marx really meant London: Gollancz; New York:
Knopf. Pp. vi+309.
Colvin, I. The life of Lord Carson. VoLII. London: Gollancz. Pp.446.
Courtney, Janet. The women of my time. London: Lovat Dickson. Pp. 250.
Creevy s life and times: a further selection from the correspondence of Thomas
Creevy. Ed. by John Gore. London: Murray. Pp. xxi+466.
Rev. by E. L. Woodward in S, Feb. 9, pp. 204r-5; TLS, Feb. 1, pp. 65-66.
Croce, Benedetto. History of Europe in the nineteenth century. See VB 1933,
401.
Rev. by Charles A. Beard in JMH, VI, 84-85; by G. Bourgin in RH, CLXXIII,
188-90; by H. Butterfield in BkL, LXXXVII, 194-95; by J. L. Hammond in
NS, Oct. 13, pp. 473-74; by Quincy Howe in New R, April 25, pp. 317-18; by
A. D. Lindsay in LM, XXXI, 167-71; by E. Rota in Scientia, LV, 399-400.
Dawson, W. R. Charles Wycliffe Goodwin, 1817-1878. A pioneer in Egyptol
ogy. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 168.
Day, Olive. Economic development in modern Europe. New York: Macmillan,
1933. Pp. xiv+447.
Rev. by M. M. Knight in JPE, XLII,, 260-64.
De Ridder, Alfred. Les projets d union douaniere franco-beige et ks puissances
europeennes (1886-1843). Bruxelles: Lamertin, 1933. Pp. 473.
Derwent, Lord. Rossini and some forgotten nightingales. London: Duckworth.
Pp. 336.
Dodd, A. H. The industrial revolution in North Wales. Cardiff: Univ. of Wales
pr., 1933. Pp. xii+422.
Rev. by C. R. Fay in EC, New Ser. No. 1, pp. 113-14.
Edwards, William. British foreign policy from 1815 to 19S3. London: Me-
thuen. Pp. xiii+226.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 83
Emden, Paul. Behind the throne. London: Hodder & Stoughton. Pp. 320.
Studies of royal private secretaries. Rev. in NS t Sept. 1, p. 274; SR, July 28,
p. 897.
Ervine, St. John. God s soldier: General Wittiam Booth. London: Heinemann.
Rev. by R, Mortimer in NS, Dec. 22, pp. 944-46; by H. W. Nevinson in S,
Dec. 14, p. 930.
Esher, Reginald, Viscount. Journals and Letters. Vol. I: 1870-1903. Ed. by
Maurice V. Brett. London: Ivor Nicholson and Watson. Pp. xx+430.
Rev. by Arthur Bryant in BkL, LXXXVII, 138-40; by Anne Fremantle in
BkL, LXXXVII, 181 ( invaluable/ for "all subjects political and social during
the last thirty years of Queen Victoria s reign"); by H. J. Laski in NS, Sept. 22,
p. 336; LM, XXX, 569-70.
Ewen, David. Wine, women, and waltz: a romantic biography of Johann
Strauss, son and father. New York: Sears, 1933. Pp. xiii+298.
Ewen, David (ed.). From Bach to Stravinsky: the history of music by Us fore
most critics. New York: W. W. Norton, 1933. Pp. 357.
Fay, C. R. The corn laws and social England. See VB 1933, 402.
Rev. by D. G. Barnes in JPE, XLII, 684r-86; by T. H. Marshall in Eng. hist,
rev., XLIX, 141-43.
Fay, C. R. Imperial economy and its place in the formation of economic doc
trine, 1600-1982. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. vi+152.
Firebrace, Captain C. W. The Army and Navy Club, 1837-1933. London:
Murray. Pp. 313.
Fisher, H. A. L. Life and work in England. A sketch of our social and economic
history. London: E. Arnold. Pp. 224.
Fortescue, Sir John. Author and curator. Autobiog. by the historian of the
British army. London: Blackwood, 1933. Pp. 281.
Ffrench, Yvonne (ed.). News from the past: 1805-1877: the autobiography of
the nineteenth century. Introd. by Sir John Squire. New York: Viking
pr.; London: Gollancz. Pp. 656.
Over two thousand extracts from English newspapers items mostly of social,
artistic, literary, political, and fashionable interest. Rev. by E. F. Benson in S,
Nov. 23, p. 4; by R. Mortimer in NS, Dec. 1, p. 794; LM, XXXI, 191; TLS,
Nov. 22, p. 819.
Garvin, J. L. The life of Joseph Chamberlain. Vol. II. See VB 1933, 402.
Vol. Ill: 1895-1900. Empire and world policy. New York, London: Mac-
millan. Pp. ix+632.
Vol. II rev. by E. P. Chase in JMH, VI, 210-12; by W. P. Hallin AHR, XXXIX,
330-32. Vol. Ill rev. by W. Macdonald in HTB, Dec. 30, p. 3; by K. Martin in
84 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
NS, Nov. 17, pp. 721-22; by V. Milner in Nat. rev., GUI, 796-801; by Lord Eus
tace Percy in S, Nov. 9, p. 721; by H. Sidebotham in LM, XXXI, 172-73;
by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Dec. 30, p. 5; TLS, Nov. 8, p. 763.
Gloag, J. English furniture. London: Black. Pp. xv+200.
Guedalla, Philip (ed.). The queen and Mr. Gladstone. 1880-1898. London:
Hodder & Stoughton. See VB 1933, 403. New York: Doubleday, Doran.
Pp. vi+793.
Rev. by H. Bolitho in ER, LVIII, 104-7; by F. K. Brown in VQR, X, 626-30;
by W. P. Hall in YR, XXIII, 840-42; by Emery Neff in N, May 9, p. 541; by W.
Notestein in SRL, April 14, p. 627; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, April 8, p. 3.
Haldane, Elizabeth. "Edward Irving." QR, CCLXIII, 111-26.
Haldane, Elizabeth. The Scotland of our fathers. See VB 1933, 403.
Rev. by H. Heaton in JMH, VI, 243; by W. L. Phelps in Scribner s, XCVI, 9;
NS, Jan. 27, p. 131.
Hammond, J. L. C. P. Scott of the Manchester Guardian. London: Bell; New
York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. xvi+366; 365.
Hammond, J. L. and Barbara. The bkak age. London, New York: Long
mans.
A study of the working people during the first half of the nineteenth century.
Rev. in NS, Nov. 3, pp. 634-35.
Hearnshaw, F. J. C. (ed.). The social and political ideals of some representative
thinkers of the Victorian age. See VB 1933, 404.
Rev. by C. Becker in AHR, XXXIX, 327-29; by A, Digeon in RA, XI, 260-61 ;
by A. Freemantle in Hist., XIX, 171-73; by W. J. Shephard in JMH, VI, 203-5;
by R. Vettier in Rev. d hist. mod., N.S., No. 11, pp. 69-70.
Heidel, Werner. Eduard VII und Deutschland 1841-1888. Diss. Leipzig:
Radestock. Pp. xix+108.
Henderson, W. 0. The Lancashire cotton famine: 1861-65. Manchester:
Univ. pr. Pp. 178.
Henochsberg, A. J. An old stager j s memories. Johannesburg: Central news
agency. Pp. 92.
Heywood, Thomas, J. UAngkterre dans Vceuvre de Victor Hugo. Paris: E.
Droz. Pp. 240.
Hill. Extracts from Octavia Hill s ktters to fellow workers, 1864 to 1911. Com
piled by her niece, Elinor Southwood Ouvry. Foreword by Rt. Hon.
Neville Chamberlain. London: Adelphi Bookshop. Pp. 64.
Hoffman, Ross J. S. Great Britain and the German trade rivalry, 1875-1914.
Philadelphia: Univ. of Pa. pr., 1933. Pp. xii+363.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 85
Housman, Laurence. "Aims and objects. 1849. A palace play." NC, CXV,
596-602.
A dramatic sketch in which Prince Albert begins the serious education of the
future King Edward.
Hughes, Herbert. "Edward Elgar. The passing of a great Englishman" SR,
March 3, p. 247.
Hughes, M. Vivian. A London child of the seventies. New York and London:
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. iv+174.
Rev. by 0. B. in BkL, LXXXVII, 122; by Isabel Paterson in HTB, Nov. 18,
p. 6; NYTBR, Nov. 18, p. 25; TLS, Nov. 22, p. 819.
A hundred years of vehicle building. Centenary of the National Union of
Vehicle Builders. Manchester: National Union of Vehicle Builders. Pp.
120.
Hutton, Edward. "An unknown Victorian." NC, CXV, 91-101.
Brindley, discoverer of the most famous of the marble quarries of antiquity.
James. Alice James: her brothers, her journal Ed. by Anna Robeson Burr.
New York: Dodd, Mead.
Rev. by C. H. Grattan in NYTBR, May 20, p. 3, 12; by R. B. Perry in SRL,
June 16, pp. 749-50; by William Troy in N, June 13, p. 682.
Jekyll, Francis. Gertrude JekylL London: Jonathan Cape.
Rev. by Guy Mayfield in BkL, LXXXVII, 87; NS, Sept. 29, p. 400 ("a garden
maker").
Johnson, Mary Z. "Development of democratic theory since 1848." Univ. of
Chicago abstracts ofthtses, humanistic ser., IX (1930-32), 163-70.
"Confined to the theories advanced by the writers of the United States and the
great nations of Europe."
Johnson, Rt. Hon. Thomas. The financiers and the nation. London: Methuen.
Jones, Captain Adrian. Memoirs of a soldier-artist. Foreword by Lt. Gen.
Lord Baden-Powell. London: Stanley Paul, 1933. Pp. 256.
Brief rev. in JMH, VI, 114 (experiences in the Indian army and as sculptor;
sidelights on Edward VII, Carlyle, Whistler, and Forbes-Robertson). *
Jose, Arthur W. The romantic nineties. Sydney: Angus & Robertson; Lon
don: Australian, 1933. Pp. 234.
Kaufman, Schima. Mendelssohn, "a modern Elijah. 1 New York: T. Y.
Crowell. Pp. xiv+353.
Kelso, Maxwell R. "The revival of the French labor and socialist movement
after the Paris commune, 1871-79." Harvard univ. summaries of theses
(1933), pp. 161-64.
86 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Koelle, W. Englische Stellungsnahme gegenuber Frankreich in der vom deutsch-
franzosischen Kriege J.870-71 bis zur Besetzung Agyptens durch England
1882. "Historische Studien," No. 242. Berlin: Ebering. Pp. 137.
Lacaita, Charles. An Italian Englishman: Sir James Lacaita, K.C.M.G.,
1818-1895, senator of the Kingdom of Italy London: Grant Rich
ards, 1933. Pp. xi+286.
Lambert, Richard S. The railway king, 1800-1871. A study of George Hudson
and the business morals of his time. London: Allen & Unwin.
Rev. by T. H. Marshall in NS, Nov. 24, pp. 762-64; by C. E. Vulliamy in S,
Nov. 23, pp. 14-16; TLS, Dec. 6, pp. 863. A study of the man Whom Carlyle
ironically immortalized in the seventh section of the Latter-day pamphlets
"Hudson s Statue."
Learmouth, David. "A historic Derby fraud" (1844). SR, June 2, pp. 637-38.
Lenard, Philippe. Great men of science; a history of scientific progress. Trans,
from the 2d German ed. by Dr. H. S. Hatfield. London: Bell, 1933. Pp.
xix+389.
Rev. by 0. CarusS in Scientia, LV, 385-86; by R. T. F. in the Personalist, XV,
171-72. Darwin and Mendel are included.
Lloyd, Lord. Egypt since Cromer. Vol. II. London: Macmillan. Pp. viii+
418.
Lovell, Reginald L The struggle for South Africa, 1875-1899. A study in eco
nomic imperialism. London and New York: Macmillan. Pp. xv+438.
Rev. by R. W. Bixler, in JMH, VI, 339-40; HTB, April 8, p. 27.
Lucas, E. V. Sauntered s rewards. Philadelphia: Lippincott.
Rev. in NYTBR, Feb. 11, p. 2 (Dickens, the Ruskin-Whistler trial, etc.).
Lucas. A Quaker journal, being the diary and reminiscences of William Lucas
of Hitchin (1804-1861}. Ed. by G. E. Bryant and G. P. Baker. Vol. I:
1804-42. Vol. II: 1843-61. London: Hutchinson.
Rev. by H. E. Bates in NS, March 3, pp. 308-10, June 9, pp. 888-90; by A. T.
Sheppard in BkL, LXXXVI, 52, 174-75; Nat. rev., GUI, 268-69; TLS, May 24,
p. 371 ("lively portraits" of Macaulay, Peel, Bulwer Lytton, etc.).
Lumsden, Louisa I. Yellow leaves. Memories of a long life. London: Black-
wood, 1933. Pp. 200.
McLachlan, H. The Unitarian movement in the religious life of England. I:
Its contribution to thought and learning, 1700-1900. London: Allen & Un
win. Pp. 317.
Rev. by R. V. Holt in Phiks., IX, 486-87.
Malcolm-Smith. The life of Stratford Canning. See VB 1933, 405.
Rev. by V. J. Puryear in JMH, VI, 205-6; by R. W. Seaton-Watson in Slavonic
rev., XII, 47^-76.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 87
Manchester, Alan. British preeminence in Brazil, its rise and decline. A study
in European expansion. Chapel Hill: Univ. of N.C. pr., 1933. Pp.xi+371.
Marr, N. Y., and Prigozhin, A. G. Karl Marks i probkmy istorii dokapita-
listichesky formatsky [Karl Marx and the problems of the history of the pre-
capitalistic formulations]. Moscow: "Pechatny dvor." Pp. 766.
Marriott, Sir J. A. R. Modern England, 1885-1932: a history of my own times.
London: Methuen. Pp. xiv-f 551.
Rev. in Nat. rev., GUI, 537-38 ("scrupulously fair" in facts) ; SR, Sept. 15,
p. 118.
Marriott, Sir J. A. R. Queen Victoria and her ministers. See VB 1933, 406.
Rev. by F. K. Brown in VQR, X, 626-30; by R. C. K. Ensor in LM, XXIX,
283-85; by W. P. Hall in YR, XXIII, 840-42.
Martin, Hugh (ed.). Christian social reformers of the nineteenth century. Lon
don: Student Christian Movement, 1933. Pp. vi+242.
Martin, Thomas. Faraday. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp.144.
Maunsell, H. R. " Vanity Fair cartoons 7 (identifications). N & Q, April 7,
p. 242; April 21, p. 284.
Mayer, Gustav. Friedrich Engels. Sine Biographic 2vols. The Hague:
Nijhoff. Pp. 393; 585.
Milne, James. The memoirs of a bookman. London: Murray. Pp. xii+316.
Includes reminiscences of Tennyson, Rossetti, Meredith, Stevenson, Gladstone.
Milner, Gamaliel. The threshold of the Victorian Age. London: Williams &
Norgate. Pp. 291.
Rev. by A. Freemantle in Hist., XIX, 171-73; by K. Martin in NS, March 10,
p. 382; by P. Yvon in Les langues mod., XXXII, 372-73; QR, CCLXII, 371; TLS,
March 8, p. 151 (Macaulay, Carlyle, Tennyson, Dickens).
Mitchell, J. Leslie. Earth conquerors; .... great explorers. New York: Simon
& Schuster. Pp. ix+370. Includes Richard Burton.
Montefiore. Think and thank. The Montefiore synagogue and college, Rams-
gate, 1838-1933. Vol. I: 1833-85. By Rev. D. A. J. Cardozo. Vol. II:
1885-1933. By Paul Goodman. London: Oxford univ. pr., 1933. Pp.200.
Montmorency, Miles F. de. A short history of painting in England. London:
Dent, 1933. Pp. xviii+254.
Morison, J. L. Lawrence of Lucknow, 1806-1857. London: Bell. Pp. xiii+
348.
Rev. by R. Strachey in NS, May 12, pp. 737-38; by C. Wilkinson in LM, XXX,
475-77.
Moseley, Philip E. Russian diplomacy and the opening of the eastern question in
1838 and 1839. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 178.
88 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Ne*donceile, Maurice. La philosophic religieuse en Grand-Bretagne de 1850 d,
nos jours. Paris: Bloud & Gay. Pp. 233.
Rev. by H. S. in RH, CLXXIV, 128; Jour, ofphilos., April 26, p. 250.
"The Newdigate." TLS (leading article), June 14, pp. 413-14.
Many allusions to Victorian poets, in relation to the origin and nature of the
Newdigate Prize.
Norris, Herbert, and Curtis, Oswald. Costume and fashion. Vol. VI: The
nineteenth century. London: Dent; New York: Button, 1933. Pp. xiii+
264.
Nussbaum, Frederick. A history of the economic institutions of modern Europe:
an introduction to "Der moderne Kapitalismus JJ of Werner Sombart. New
York: Crofts, 1933. Pp. xvi+448.
Omond, J. S. Parliament and the army } 1642-1904. Cambridge univ. pr., 1933.
Pp. viii+187.
Owen, D. E. British opium policy in China and India. Yale univ. pr. Pp. 412.
Pennell, Elizabeth. "Whistler makes a will" (D. G. Rossetti his executor).
Colophon } Part 17, p. 4.
Phillips, W. A. (ed.). History of the Church of Ireland: .... 3 vojs. Oxford
univ. pr.
Pollock, Sir Frederick. For my grandson: remembrances of an ancient Vic
torian. London: Murray, 1933.
Rev. by H. Kingsmill in BkL, LXXXV, 406-8; by J. Telford in LQHR, CLIX,
238-42.
Quennell, Marjorie and C. H. B. A history of everyday things in England. Vol.
Ill: The rise of industrialism (1733-1851). Vol. IV: The age of production
(1851-1934). London: Batsford; New York: Scribner s.
Vol. Ill (1933) rev. by W. Bowden in JMH, VI, 240; by Ch. B. in RH,
CLXXIV, 125-26; NYTBR, Feb. 25, p. 14. Vol. IV rev. in NS, Dec. 8, p. 844;
TLS, Nov. 29, p. 855.
Radcliffe, A. N. "Old Eton days." Cornhill mag., CXLIX; 452-59.
Rankin, Robert C. "The Indian mutiny of 1857: its nature and causes."
Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1933), pp. 190-93.
Rattenbury, Owen. (See Tolpuddle, below.) Flammen der Freiheit. Die Ge-
schichte der Martyrer von Tolpuddk. Berne: Gotthelf-Verlag. Pp.103.
Rendall, Vernon. Wild flowers in literature. London: Scholartis pr. Pp. 372.
Rhodes, Albert J. Dartmoor prison. A record of 126 years of prisoner of war
and convict life, 1806-1932. London: Lane, 1933. Pp. x+304.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 89
Rothenstein, William. Men and memories. Vol. I: 1872-1900. Vol.11: 1900-
1922. London: Faber & Faber. Pp. viii+390; viii+395.
Russell, Frank. "Victoria s century of growth." Nat. rev., GUI, 455-60.
Schauffler, Robert. The unknown Brahms New York: Dodd, Mead,
1933.
Scholefield, G. H. Captain William Hobson, fast governor of New Zealand.
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 228.
Sherrington, C. E. R. A hundred years of inland transport, 1830-1983. Lon
don: Duckworth. Pp. 376.
Shillito, Edward. "Edward Irving." 8, Dec. 7, pp. 872-73.
Singh, Bhupal. A survey of Anglo-Indian fiction. London: Milford.
Sitwell, Sacheverell. Liszt London: Faber & Faber; Boston: Houghton
Mifflin. Pp. xx+417.
Slater, Gilbert. The growth of modern England. Boston: Houghton Mifflin,
1933. Pp. xi+642.
Rev. by Chester Kirby in JMH, VI, 327-28.
Soulsby, Hugh. The right of search and the slave trade in Anglo-American rela
tions, 1814-1862. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins pr., 1933. Pp. 185.
Spender, J. A. A short history of our times. London : Cassell.
- Rev. by H. Butterfield in BkL, LXXXVII, 52 ; by Leonard Woolf in LM, XXX,
551-52; Nat. rev., CIII, 675.
Stanley, Mary. "A Victorian woman in the Crimea." Ed. by Hector Bolitho
in ER, LIX, 459-69.
Stirk, S. D. Die Aristokratie und die industrielle Entwicklung in England.
Breslau: Priebatsch, 1933. Pp. 110.
Strangways, A. H. Fox. Cecil Sharp, 1859-1924. Oxford univ. pr., 1933. Pp.
246.
Collection and promulgation of English folk song and dance.
"Summer, B. H. "Lord Augustus Loftus and the eastern crisis of 1875-1878."
Cambridge hist, jour., IV, 283-95.
Tattersall, C. E. C. A history of British carpets. London: F. Lewis. Pp. 182;
116 ppl.
Temperley, Harold. "Stratford de Redcliffe and the origins of the Crimean
War. Part II." Eng. hist, rev., XLIX, 265-98.
Thompson, E., and Garratt, G. T. Rise and fulfilment of British rule in India.
London: Macmillan. Pp. xii+690.
90 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Tolpuddle. The book of the martyrs of Tolpuddk, 1884-1934. The story of the
Dorsetshire labourers who were convicted and sentenced to seven years trans
portation for forming a trade union. London: Trades Union Congress Gen
eral Council. Pp. 239.
Toye, R Rossini. A study in tragi-comedy. London: Heinemann. Pp. xvii+
269.
Turner, Ralph E. James Silk Buckingham: 1786-1855. A social biography.
London: Williams & Norgate; New York: Whittlesey House. Pp. 463.
Rev. by Percy Hutchinson in NYTBR, Aug. 12, p. 9; by P. Lewinson in Mis
sissippi Valley hist, rev., XXI, 275-76; by W. Macdonald in HTB, July 22, p. 15;
LQHR, CLIX, 273.
Underwood, Eric. A short history of English painting. London: Faber &
Faber, 1933. Pp. 264.
Underwood, Eric. A short history of English sculpture. London: Faber &
Faber. Pp. 192.
Uys, C. J. In the era of Shepstone; being a study of British expansion in South
Africa (1842-1877). London: Kegan Paul, 1933. Pp. xix+469.
Valentin, Veit. "Some interpretations of Frederick the Great." Hist., XIX,
115-23.
Treats of Macaulay and Carlyle.
Vidler, A. R. The modernist movement in the Roman church. Cambridge univ.
pr.
Walstrum, Mary. The nineteenth and twentieth centuries: reminiscences. Lon
don: Dorrance.
Wang, Chi Kao. Dissolution of the British parliament, 1832-1931. New York:
Columbia univ. pr. Pp. 174.
Ward, Bernard. Reddie of Abbotsholme (1858-1903). London: Allen & Un-
win. Pp. 336,
Ward, Maisie. The Wilfrid Wards and the transition. Vol. /, The nineteenth
century. London and New York: Sheed & Ward. Pp. xii+428.
Throws light on Newman, Tennyson, Huxley, Ruskin, Mill, and many others.
Rev. by H. Gray in BkL, LXXXVII, 176 ("another cross-section of the history
of the Roman Catholic church in the nineteenth century"); CWd, CXL, 367-68;
HTB, Dec. 30, p. 4; Life and letters, XI, 353-55; TLS, Nov. 29, p. 848.
Ward, Wilfrid. "Some recollections, 1882-1887." Life and letters, X, 677-90.
(Gladstone, Jowett, Ruskin.)
Warrender, Lady Maud. My first sixty years. London: Cassell, 1933. Pp.
xii+320.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 91
Webster, C. K. Palmerston, Metternich, and the European system: 1830-1841.
Raleigh lecture on history. Oxford univ. pr. Pamphlet.
Weill, G. Le journal Origine, Evolution et rdle de la presse periodique. Paris:
Renaissance du livre. Pp. xix-j-450.
Welby, T. Earle. Second impressions. London: Methuen.
Rev. by W. Browne in ER, LVIII, 370-72.
Whitfield, G. J. Fifty thrilling years at sea. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 283.
Whiting, Mary B. "Seymour Kirkup, necromancer." Carnhitt mag., CXLIX,
742-51. (Browning, Landor.)
Wilenski, Reginald. English painting. London: Faber & Faber, 1933. Pp.
303.
Williams, W. E. The rise of Gladstone to the leadership of the Liberal Party,
1859-1868. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. x+190.
Rev. by J. Hammond in S, Oct. 26, p. 260; N & Q, Sept. 2, pp. 215-16.
Willson, Beckles. Friendly relations. A narrative of Britain s ministers and
ambassadors to America (1791-1930). Boston: Little, Brown. Pp. vii-f350.
Wilson, Mona. Queen Victoria. See VB 1933, 409.
Rev. by C. Payne in JMH, VI, 241; NS, Jan. 13, p. 60.
Wingfield-Stratford, Esme*. The Victorian aftermath t 1901-1914. London:
Routledge, 1933; New York: Morrow. Pp. xvi+394.
Third in the trilogy: Those earnest Victorians and The Victorian sunset are
the other two. Rev. by Robert Morss Lovett in New R, April 11, pp. 247-48; by
Isabel Paterson in HTB, Feb. 4, p. 7.
Wortham, H.E. Edward VII. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth, 1933;
New York: Macmillan. Pp. 144.
Yeats, W. B. Letters to the new island. Ed. by Horace Reynolds. Cambridge:
Harvard univ. pr. Pp. xv+222. (The eighties and nineties.)
Young, G. M. (ed.). Early Victorian England, 1830-1865. 2 vols. Oxford
univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. xxv+414; viii+558.
Rev. by Edmund Blunden in S, Dec. 21, pp. 968-69; by David Garnett in NS,
Dec. 22, 29, pp. 940-41, 971; TLS, Nov. 29, pp. 845-46 (leading article).
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY
FORMS: ANTHOLOGIES
Barkas, Pallister. A critique of modern English prosody (1880-1980). Halle:
Niemeyer. Pp. 101.
.Beach, Constance L. "The use of Anglo-Saxon material by Scott, Bulwer-
Lytton, Kingsley, and Tennyson in relation to the Anglo-Saxon revival in
92 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
England." Univ. of Chicago abstracts of theses, humanistic ser., IX (1930-
32), 437-45.
Berlage, Heinrich. Ueber das englische Soldatenlied in der zweiten Halfte des 19.
Jahrhunderts mil besonderer Berucksichtigung der Soldatenlieder Rudyard
Kiplings. Diss. Mtinster. Emsdetten: H. and J. Lechte, 1933. Pp. vi+50.
Blodgett, Harold. Walt Whitman in England. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell univ.
pr.; London: Milford. Pp. ix+244.
Rev. by Eric Gillett in LM, XXX, 271-73; by Clarence Gohdes in AL, VI,
355-57 ("faithful summarizing").
Carter, Henry. The English temperance movement Vol. I: The formative
period, 1880-1899. London: Epworth pr., 1933. Pp. 269.
Carter, John (ed.). New paths in book-collecting. London: Constable. Pp. vi
+294.
Includes essay by Mr. Baston, "English illustrated books, 1880-1900." Rev.
in Life and letters, XI, 242-43.
Castell, Albury. "Mill s logic of the moral sciences : a study of the impact of
Newtonism on early nineteenth-century social thought." Univ. of Chicago
abstract of theses, humanistic ser., IX (1930-32), 35.
Courtney, Janet. The adventurous thirties: a chapter in the woman s move-
ment. Oxford univ. pr.; London: Milford, 1933. Pp. 279.
Mentions Harriet Martineau, Frances Trollope. Rev. in N, Aug. 8, p. 16;
NYTBR, March 11, p. 6.
Cunliffe, J. W. Leaders of the Victorian revolution. New York: D. Appleton-
Century. Pp. viii+343.
Rev, by Stanton Coblentz in NYTBR, Nov. 4, p. 8; by C. F. Harrold in SeR,
XLIII, 244-46.
A consideration and historical survey of Victorian literature from the stand
point of its relation to the social, economic, religious, and scientific problems of
the age, especially in the light of the Darwinian theory and its ascendancy. Adds
little to our knowledge, but is a fresh and stimulating account, and presents an
excellent analysis of later writers, such as Gissing, Hardy, Moore, and Shaw.
An interesting attempt at a primarily social approach to an understanding of the
period and its literature. Not always accurate; arbitrary in emphasis. C. F.
HABKOLD.
Cunningham, G. Watts. The idealistic argument in recent British and Ameri
can philosophy. New York and London: Century.
Decker, Clarence R. "Zola s literary reputation in England." PMLA, XLIX,
1140-53.
Du Bois, Arthur. "Shakespeare and 19th-century drama." ELH, I, 163-96.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGKAPHY FOR 1934 93
Elwin, Malcolm. Victorian wallflowers. London : Cape. Pp. 324.
Rev. by Edmund Blunden in S, June 1, p. 861; by E. Clark in BkL, LXXXVI,
210 ("likely to become the classic book of criticism" on those Victorian authors
who, though wielding a wide contemporary influence, rank just below the classic
standard of that era") ; by H. W. Nevinson in FR, CXXXVI, 115-16; NS, Sept. 8,
pp. 302-3; TLS, May 31, p. 389.
James, Philip. "Children s books: a retrospect." Libr. assoc. rec. (4th ser.),
I, 355-61.
Kent, Muriel. "The art of nonsense" (Lear, Carroll, etc.). Cornhill mag.,
CXLIX, 478-S7.
Lanz, Emma. Das viktorian Lebensideal dargestellt auf Grund der Romane.
Diss. Tubingen: Chr. Guide, 1933. Pp. 78.
Legouis, Emile. A short history of English literature. Trans, by V. F. Boyson
and J. Coulson. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 420.
Lidgett, John S. The Victorian transformation of theology. London: Epworth
pr. Pp. 96.
Rev. by W. R. Matthews in CR, CXLVI, 499-500; LQHR, CLIX, 550-51. On
F. D. Maurice.
Lucas, F. L. Studies French and English. London: Cassell.
Masefield, Muriel. Women novelists from Fanny Burney to George Eliot. Univ.
extension libr. London: Nicholson & Watson. Pp. 224.
Rev. by K. John in NS, Oct. 6, pp. 433-34; BkL, LXXXVII, 85-86; LAf,
XXX, 571.
Mathews, Mitford M. A survey of English dictionaries. Oxford univ. pr.;
London: Milford, 1933. Pp. 123.
Moraud, Marcel. Le romantisme frangais en Angkterre de 1814 & 1848. ...
See VB 1933, 412.
Includes consideration of Carlyle, George Eliot, Thackeray. Rev. by Colbert
Searles in MP, XXI, 330-31 ("as far as such a work can be, definitive"); by E.
Selliere in RLC, XIV, 594-98; by J. M. Tompkins in RES, X, 482-83; by F.
Walter in PQ, XII, 411-12; RA, XI, 544-46 (last two reviews partly adverse).
THE OXFORD MOVEMENT
(See also II, Ward; IV, Newman)
Brilioth, Yngve. Three lectures on Evangelicalism and the Oxford movement.
.... Oxford univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. 86.
Coleman, A. M. " Tuseyite as a general term of abuse." N & Q, April 7,
June 16, pp. 241, 428.
94 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Dawson, C. The spirit of the Oxford movement. See VB 1933, 413.
Rev. by N. Abercrombie in Dublin rev., CXCIV, 159-61 ; by Osbert Burdett in
ER, LVIII, 118-19 ("the best short book upon the Oxford movement"); by
J. Cournos in VQR, X, 149-55; by C. F. Harrold in SeR, CXXXVI, 244-4? ; by
Ben Redman in HTB, Jan. 21, p. 12.
Dimond, S. G. "The Oxford movement and Anglo-Catholicism, II." LQHR
CLIX, 54-64. See VB 1933, 414.
Harris, Silas M. The Oxford movement and the Holy See. Tractate 7. The first
ten years: the witness of the early tractarians. London: Talbot. Pp. 24.
Hunter-Blair, D. 0. "Memories of old Oxford." Dublin rev., CXCV, 227-39.
M., J. E. B. de. "The Oxford movement: before and after." CR, CXLV
244r-48.
Peck, W. Tine social implications of the Oxford movement. See VB 1933, 416.
Rev. by J. Cournos in VQR, X, 149-55; by C. F. Harrold in SeR, CXXXVI,
244-47; by Harold J. Laski in NS, Feb. 3, p. 160 ("able and attractive"); by
Charles Smyth in Cr, XIV, 149-52; by Ben Redman in HTB, Jan. 21, p 12-
LQHR, CLIX, 270; TLS, March 8, p. 152.
Report of the Oxford movement centenary congress. July 1938. Catholic Associa
tion.
Simpson, W. J. S. The contribution of Cambridge to the Anglo-Catholic revival.
London: S.P.C.K., 1933. Pp. 80.
Palfrey, Thomas R. "Balzac in England." MLN, XLIX, 513-16.
THE PRE-RAPHAELITE MOVEMENT
Ford, Ford Madox, "Pre-Raphaelite epitaph." SRL, Jan. 20, pp. 417-19.
A reminiscent leading article; also a review of Bickley s Pre-Raphaelite comedy
and Winwar s Poor splendid wings, giving only qualified praise of the two works,
from the point of view of an eyewitness and descendant.
Housman, Laurence. "Pre-Raphaelitism in art and poetry." .Essays by divers
hands. Being the transactions of the Royal Society of Literature of the United
Kingdom. N.S. Vol. XII. Ed. by R. W. Macan. Oxford univ. pr. London-
Milford. Pp. xix+162.
Rath, Joseph. Die Personenbeschreibung der humorist. Charaktere in der erzahl
Literatur von Addison bis Dickens, Diss. Minister, 1933. Pp. 90.
Rees, J. Aubrey. The English tradition: the heritage of the venturers. London:
F. Mueller.
Rosteutscher, J. Der Gedanke des kulturelkn Fortschritts in der englischen
Dichtung. Breslau, 1933.
Rev. by W. Kohlund in ES, LXIX, 251-53 (partly hostile). Part II of thin
work treats of the nineteenth-century writers.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 95
Russell, Bertrand. Freedom versus organization: 4814-1914. New York: W.
W. Norton; London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. viii+471. Bibliog., pp. 453-59*
Rev. by H. Butterfield in BkL, LXXXVII, 194-95; by Albert Guerard in
HTB, Sept. 23, p. 5; by Elmer Davis in SRL, Sept. 22, p. 123; by J. Hammond in
NS } Oct. 13, pp. 473-44; by C. F. Harrold in VQR, XI (1935), 133-35- by Henry
Hazlitt in NYTBR, Sept. 23, pp. 4, 14; by C. Joad in FR, CXXXVI 751-52-
by A. D. Lindsay in LM, XXXI, 167-71 ("gadflies ought not to write history, nor
should they bite the dead"); by E, L. Woodward in S, Oct. 26, pp. 627-28- Life
and letters, XI, 237-39; TLS, Dec. 13, pp. 881-82.
A witty but erratic survey of nineteenth-century political, social, and economic
thought; excellently lucid on the Philosophical Radicals and the Owenites; il
luminating on the rise of Marx from the heart of the Victorian era; but adding
very little to our knowledge of the period. Ends with a stimulating account of
imperialism. C. F. HARROLD.
Stephens, James, with Beck, Edwin D., and Snow, Royall H. (edd.). Victorian
and later English poets. New York: American. Pp. xliii+1104.
Rev. by Frederic E. Faverty in English jour., XXIII, 793-94.
Strachey, Lytton. Characters and commentaries. London: Chatto & Windus;
New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1933. Pp. 320.
Rev. by A. Digeon in RA, XI, 357-59; by P. Dottin in Rev. de France, III, 689;
by Hugh Kingsmill in ER, LVIII, 107-10. Has essay on Matthew Arnold.
Thrall, Miriam. Rebellious Fraser s; Nol Yorke s magazine in the days of
Maginn, Thackeray, and Carlyk. New York: Columbia univ pr Pn xii4-
332.
Discusses also Father Prout, James Hogg, Barry Cornwall, John Lockhart
Count d Orsay, Theodore Hook.
Tucker, W. H. "The glory of English prose" (Newman, Ruskin, Carlyle
etc.). CWd, CXXXVIII, 684-93.
Wagner, Donald 0. (ed.). Social reformers, from Adam Smith to John Dewey.
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvii+749.
Rev. by R. F. Howes in Quar. jour, of speech, XX, 449-50; by C. F. Mullett in
JMH, VI, 333-34. Excerpts from thirty-four reformers. Victorians are Carlyle,
Marx, Mill, Kingsley, Spencer.
Wellek, R. Kant in England. See VB 1932, 418. Controversy, "A propos de
Kant en Angleterre," by R. Wellek and B. Munteano, in RLC, XIV 372-
79.
Wewel, Hildegard. Die Jugendnot im englischen soziakn Roman von 1830-
1850. Diss. Minister. Pp. 75.
Withington, Robert, and Van Winkle, Cortlandt (edd.). Eminent British
writer s of the nineteenth century. Prose. New York and London: Harper s.
96 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Acton. Blennerhassett, W. L. "Acton: 1834-1902." Dublin rev., CXCIV
169-88.
Ainsworth (see also III, Elwin). Parsons, C. 0. "The friendship of Theodore
Martin and William Harrison Ainsworth." N & Q, June 23, pp. 435-39.
Arnold (see also III, Strachey). Angell, J. W. "Matthew Arnold s indebted
ness to Renan s Essais de morale et de critique." RLC, XIV, 714-33.
Brown, Leonard. "Matthew Arnold s succession : 1850-1914." SeR, CXXXVI
158-79.
Corbett, J. A. "Matthew Arnold and Germany" (thesis in progress). TLS
July 19, p. 511.
Hock, E. "Matthew Arnolds Forsaken Merman. " NeuP, V, 157-75.
King, Wilfrid. Matthew Arnold as a poet. Shanghai: Kelly & Walsh. Pp.57.
Kronenberger, Louis. "Rereading Matthew Arnold." SRL, Sept, 15, pp.
105-6 (leading article).
Hunt, Everett L. "Matthew Arnold: the critic as rhetorician." Qitar. jour,
of speech, XX, 483-507.
Hotter, T. H. V. "A check list of Matthew Arnold s letters." SP, XXXI
600-605.
Besant. Besterman, T. Mrs. Annie Besant. A modern prophet. London:
Kegan Paul. Pp. xi+274,
Borrow. Wright, Herbert G. "Influence of George Borrow in Norway #nd
Sweden." MLR, XXIX, 297-310.
Brontes. The poems of Charlotte Bronte and Patrick Bramwell Bronte. The
poems of Emily Jane Bronte and Anne Bronte. Ed. by T. J. Wise and J. A.
Symington. 2 vols. Oxford: Blackwell.
Rev. by E. F. Benson in S, May 4, pp. 706-8; by Yvonne Ffrench in LM, XXX,
265-67; by W. L. Phelps in Scribner s, XCVI, 252-53; by R. E, Roberts in NS,
Aug. 11, p. 185; TLS, May 31, pp. 381-82, June 7, p. 408, June 21, p. 443, June 28,
p. 460.
Cecil, Lord David. Early Victorian novelists. London: Constable. Pp. 332.
Rev. by Edwin Muir in S, Dec. 28, p. 1000; Life and letters, XI, 348-49; TLS,
Dec. 20, p. 906. Studies in Emily Bronte, Dickens, George Eliot, Mrs. Gaskell,
Thackeray, Trollope.
Moore, Virginia/ Distinguished women writers. New York: Dutton. Pp.253.
Rev. by Clara Stillman in New R, LXXXI, 147. Essays on Emily and Charlotte
Bronte, Mrs. Browning, George Eliot, Christina Rossetti.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 97
Troteroh, Dan. Moor born. The Playhouse, April 3.
Rev. by Stark Young in New R. April 18, p. 275 (discusses ways of handling
the lives of the Brontes dramatically) .
Brown. Simpson, S. G. "T. E. Brown, the poet of the Isle of Man." Trans,
by Frederick Wood from the French in RA, Feb., 1932. Poetry rev., XXVI,
181-90.
Brownings (see also II, Whiting; and Brontes: Moore). Letters of Robert
Browning. Collected by T. J. Wise. See VB 1933, 420.
Rev. by P. Dottin in Rev. de France, III, 691; by K. L. Knickerbocker in SeR,
CXXXV, 112-14; by F. L. Lucas in MLN, XLIX, 552; by C. S. Northup in
JEGP, XXXIII, 311-13; More books, IX, 25,
Intimate glimpses from Browning s letter file. Selected from the Baylor Univ.
Browning Collection. Assembled by A. J. Armstrong. Introd. by R. A.
Young. Baylor Bulletin, XXXVII, Nos. 3, 4. Waco, Tex.: Baylor univ.
pr. Pp. x+139.
Part I: Browning s rectorship correspondence: Part II: letters from Brown
ing s friends.
"A letter from Hanover Cottage written by Robert Browning to Miss Ha-
worth in 1837 is here printed in full for the first time, with comments by
H. C. Minchin." BkL, LXXXVI, 6-7.
Hovelaque, H.-L. Lajeunesse de Browning. See VB 1933, 121.
Rev. by F. Delattre in RA, XI, 238-45; by P. de Reul in RA, XI, 350-56.
Howe, M. L. "Robert Browning and William Allingham." SP, XXXI, 567-
77.
Knickerbocker, K. L. "Browning s Cenciaja." PQ, XIII, 390-400.
Phelps, William Lyon. "Landor and Browning." ELH, I, 231-34.
Polster, Siegfried. Stilgrundsdtze in nichtdramat. Jugendwerk Robert Brown
ings. Diss. Erlangen, 1933. Pp. xii+172.
Raymond, William 0. "Browning s dark mood: a study qf Fifine at the
fair/ " SP, XXXI, 578-99.
Render, Helmut. "Rilke und Elizabeth Barrett Browning." JEGP, XXXIII,
547-59.
Snitslaar, Louise. Sidelights on Robert Browning s "The ring and the book."
Amsterdam: "Pronto" (Swets & Zeitlinger) . Pp. 153.
Rev. by Mario Praz in ESt, XVI, 233-34.
Bulwer-Lytton (see also II, Lucas; III, Beach). Sadleir, Michael. Bulwer and
his wife. A panorama, 1803-36. London: Constable, 1933. Pp. 451.
98 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Burton. Downey, Fairfax. "Lady Isabel Burton: author s wife extraordi
nary." Colophon, Part 16, p. 10.
Butler. Further extracts from the note-books of Samuel Butler. Chosen and ed.
by A. J. Bartholomew. London: Cape. Pp. 414.
Rev. by Eric Blair in Adelphi, VIII, 72-73; by Graham Greene in S, Feb. 9,
p. 205; by G. W. Stonier in NS, May 12, pp. 720-22; Life and letters, X, 113-16;
TLS, Feb. 22, p. 122.
Carlyle (see also II, Haldane [Irving]; III, Thrall). Barrett, James A. "Two
note books of Thomas Carlyle. Ed. by Charles Eliot Norton (New York:
Grolier Club, 1899)." N & Q, March 10, pp. 164-65. Emendations.
Brooks, Richard. "MSS pertaining to Carlyle s Frederick the Great." Yale
univ. libr. gazette , IX, 38-41.
Grierson, H. J. C. Carlyle and Hitler. See VB 1933, 422. Rev. in NS, Jan. 13,
p. 58; TLS, June 7, pp. 397-98.
Harrold, Charles Frederick. Carlyle and German thought: 1819-1934. "Yale
studies in English," Vol. LXXXII. New Haven: Yale univ. pr.; London:
Milford. Pp. xii+340.
Rev. by Alois Brandl in Archw, CLXIV, 140-41 ; by L. Cazamian in ESt, XVI,
191-94; by Otto Schlapp in Phiks., IX, 499-500; Jour, of philos., June 21, pp.
361-62.
An attempt to indicate Carlyle s early relations with, and his debt to, German
literature and philosophy, based upon a fresh study of the sources, in the light of
all the relevant published research on Carlyle; an effort to show that Carlyle, while
remaining a "Calvinist without theology," levied freely upon Kant, Goethe,
Fichte, Novalis, Schiller, and other German writers for new terms and formulas.
Dugald Stewart anbl Jacobi are disclosed as hitherto neglected influences.
C. F. H.
Keller, Wolfgang. "Carlyle und der Fiihrergedanke." Zeitschr. fur franzos.
und engl Unterricht, XXXIII, 137-53. Abstract in LZD, LXXXV, 600.
Lammond, D. Carlyle. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp. 144.
Rev. by R. Strachey in NS, Aug. 11, pp. 186-87; SR, June 9, p. 673.
Lotter, Karl. Carlyle und die deutsche Romantik. Nurnberg, 1931. Pp. 78.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXI, 331-32.
Neff, Emery, Carlyle. See VB 1932, 421.
Rev. by Waldo H. Dunn in MLN, XLIX, 47-50 (severe criticism); by G. H.
in Eng. hist, rev., XLIX, 177-78 ("able").
Parsons, C. 0. "Carlyle on Ramsay and Ferguson." MLR, XXIX, 324-25.
Parsons, C. 0. "A Goethe poem and Carlyle s translation." Archiv, CLXIV
(1933), 252-53.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 99
Wilson, J). A., and MacArthur, D. W. Carlyle in old age. London: Kegan
Paul; New York: Button. Pp. xx+488.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SRL, Sept. 29, p. 144; by P. M. Jack in NYTBR,
Sept. 2, pp. 5, 13; by Hugh Kingsmill in ER, LIX, 358-61; by Emery Neff in N,
Sept. 5, p. 278; by E. Sackville-West in S, July 20, pp. 95-96; by Arthur Waugh
in BkL, LXXXVI, 291; by Karl Young in YR, XXIV (1935), 418-20.
The sixth and final volume of the most exhaustive account of Carlyle s life;
marred, as in the preceding volumes, by excessive championing of Carlyle against
the allegations of Froude, and by an opinionated approach to the subject; con
taining virtually no exposition or interpretation of Carlyle s works and doctrines,
or his relation to the social, economic, religious, and philosophical problems of his
time; a readable compilation of anecdotes, and a factual narrative of considerable
value for reference. C. F. H.
Carroll (see also II, Williamson; III, Kent). "Parrish Carroll additions." In
"Notes for bibliophiles," HTB, Feb. 4, p. 18.
Ayers, Harry M. "Carroll s withdrawal of the 1865 Alice." Huntington libr.
bull, No. 6, pp. 153-63.
Phelps, W. L. "Lewis Carroll and the -Queen." Scribner s, XCV, 139.
Collins. Hardy, T. J. Books on the shelf. London: Philip Allan. Has essays
on Collins, Dickens.
Dickens (see also Brontes: Cecil; Collins: Hardy). The life of our Lord;
written for his children New York: Simon & Schuster. Pp. 128.
Rev. by John Holmes in HTB, May 20, p. 1; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR,
May 20, p. 2; SRL, May 19, pp. 697-98. "Two prayers, written by Charles Dick
ens for his young children," on pp. 125-28.
Dickens all the year round: a Dickens anthology. Arranged by W. H. Wethered
and Charles Turley. London: Seeley service,
Rev. in NS, Jan. 6, pp. 22-24.
Buzzichini, M. "Dickens, buon cristiano." Pan, II, 525-30.
Darton, F. J. H. "Dickens the beginner: 1833-1836." QR, CCLXII, 52-69.
Dexter, Walter. "Charles Dickens: journalist." NO, CXV, 705-16.
Dexter, Walter. "Dickens and the Morning chronicle: some hitherto unpub
lished letters/ 7 FR, CXXXVI, 591-98.
Dickens, Sir Henry. The recollections of . .... London: Heinemann. Pp. xix
+376.
Rev. by J. W. T. Ley in D, XXX, 297-98; by Arthur Waugh in S, Aug. 10,
pp. 199-200; SR, July 7, p. 801; TLS, June 21, p. 439.
Duffield, Howard. "Edwin Drood." TLS, May 31, p. 392. See also ibid.,
June 14, p. 424.
100 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Hatton, T., and Cleaver, A. H. A bibliography of the periodical works of Charks
Dickens. Bibliographical. Analytical. Statistical. "London : Chapman &
HaU.
Rev. by Michael Sadleir in D, XXX, 147-50. See D, XXX, 193-96.
Kingsmill, Hugh. The sentimental journey: a life of Charks Dickens. London;
Wishart. Pp. 228.
Rev. by Bonamy DobrSe in S, Nov. 23, p. 3; by David Garnett in NS, Nov. 17,
p. 720; Life and letters, XI, 348-50 (unfavorable); TLS, Nov. 22, 29, pp. 817, 856.
Leacock, Stephen. Charles Dickens: his life and work. See VB 1933, 424,
Rev. by May L. Becker in HTB, Jan. 14, p. 6; by Hector Bolitho in ER,
LVIII, 104-7; by P. Dottin in Rev. de France, XIV, 683; by Yvonne Ffrench in
LM, XXIX, 379-81; by J. W. Ley in D, XXX, 129-31 (severe criticism); Amy
Loveman in SRL, Jan. 13, p. 405; by Alice Shepard in AR, II, 625-29; by Clara
Stillman in New R, May 9, p. 369; R. Strachey in NS, Jan. 6, p. 18 ("scholars will
find little to interest them"); by L. Trilling in N, Feb. 7, p. 161; BkL, LXXXV,
417 ("Dickens bovrilized and peptonized"); More books, IX, 98.
Leacock, Stephen. The greatest pages of Charks Dickens New York:
Doubleday, Doran. Pp. viii+233.
Leacock, Stephen. "Two humorists: Charles Dickens and Mark Twain."
Ffi, XXIV, 118-29.
Mabbott, T. 0. "Correspondence of John Tomlin. Letters from Dickens."
N & Q, Jan. 6, pp. 6-7.
Maurois, Andre*. Dickens. Trans, by Hamish Miles. London: John Lane.
Pp. x+183.
Rev. in Life and letters, XI, 349-50; TLS, Dec. 13, p. 891.
Roe, P. Gordon. "Sam Weller s scrap sheet." BkL, LXXXVII, 45-47.
Rouse, W. H. D. "Dickens and Jorrocks." TLS, April 19, p. 282. See also
April 26, p. 303; May 3, p. 322; June 14, p. 424.
Silver, Rollo. "Whitman and Dickens." AL, V, 370-71.
Stonehouse, J. H. "Dickens s library." TLS, June 21, p. 443.
Thompson, C. W. "The track of Edwin Drood." CWd, CXL, 51-58.
Tyrrell, T. W. "Dickens and the gong-donkey: " N & Q, Sept. 15, p. 193;
Sept. 29, p. 231.
Tyson, Moses (ed.). "A review and other writings by Charles Dickens, edited
from the original manuscripts hi the John Rylands Library." Butt, of the
John Rylands library, Vol. XVIII. Manchester: Univ. pr. Pp. 177-86. Al
so reprinted separately.
Young, R. T. "Doctors and diseases in Dickens." Cornhitt mag., CXLIX,
709-15.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 101
Dickensian (quarterly). Vol. XXX. See VB 1932, 422.
Items as follows: "An amusing unpublished letter" (pp. 39-40); "The art of
Dickens: two brilliant tributes" (pp. 91-96); W. A. Burton, "The clergy in
Dickens" (pp. 209-11) ; W. Dexter, "The genesis of Sketches by Boz" (pp. 105-11) ;
"Dickens s correspondence with John Hullah" (pp. 17-22); "Dickens s first pub
lisher" (pp. 135-43, 163-72) ; "A dinner at Poplar Walk" : a facsimile of Dickens s
first story (pp. 4-10); EL Duffield, "The Macbeth motiMn Edwin Drood" (pp.
263-71); L. B. Frewer, "The influence of Dickens: compiled from recent books"
(pp. 6&-6Q); "The letters of Dickens to F. D. Finlay" (pp. 273-82); J. H.
McNulty, "The tale of London s riots and London s forest" refers to
Barndby Rudge, Tale of two cities, and Edwin Drood (pp. 97-103); W. Miller and
E. H. Strange, "The original Pickwick papers: the collation of a perfect first edi
tion" [see A XXIX, 309] (pp. 31-37, 121-24, 177-80, 249-59); "A new contribu
tion [by Dickens] to the Manthly magazine and an early dramatic criticism in the
Morning chronicle" (pp. 223-25); H. T. Olive, "Sara Gamp: was she a sober
nurse?" (pp. 131-33); E. F. Payne, "The Dexter bust of Dickens" (pp. 23-25);
E. K. Pearson, "Facts about the Gordon riots: Dickens s use of newspaper re
ports" (pp. 43-47); W. J. Phythian- Adams, "A suggested solution of The mystery
of Edwin Drood" (pp. 181-82); N. F. Read, "On the writing of Barnaby Rudge"
(pp. 53-57); W. R. Riddell, "A lawyer reads Oliver Twist" (pp. 27); "Unique
items in famous Dickens collections" (pp. 63-67, 112-16, 204-6, 292-96); U.
Walsh, "Nicotine in Dickensland" (pp. 217-21); H. Walters, "Similarities between
Scott and Dickens" (pp. 144^-46); C. H. Wright, "Dickens: positively the first
appearance." TLS, June 7, p. 408, and see D, 61-62; G. F. Young, "Limehouse
luck, or the lead mills located" (pp. 173-76).
Disraeli. Modder, Montagu. "The alien patriot in Disraeli s novels."
LQHR, CLIX, 363-72.
Doyle. Bulloch, J. M. "Sherlock Holmes s prototype." N & Q, June 30, p.
458; July 21, p. 51.
Kernahan, Coulson. "Personal memories of Sherlock Holmes." LQHR,
CLIX, 449-60.
Sayers, Dorothy L. "The dates in the red-headed league." Colophon, Part 17,
p, 10.
Starrett, Vincent. The private life of Sherlock Holmes. London: Nicholson &
Watson. Pp. xii+199.
Du Manner. Lucas, E. V. "George du Maurier at thirty-three." Cornhill
mag., CL, 385-410.
Eliot (see also Brontes: Cecil, and Moore; and III, Masefield). Bourrhonne,
P. George Eliot: See VB 1933, 425.
Rev. by M.-L. Cazamian in RIC, XIV, 412-14; by A. Digeon in RA, XI, 459-
60; TLS, July 14, 421.
Field. Works and days] the diary of Michael Field. Ed. by T. Sturge Moore.
London: Murray, 1933. Pp. xxii+338.
Rev. in SR, Jan. 13, pp. 48-49. See VB 1932, 424.
102 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Fitzgerald. "Rubaiydt" of Omar Khayydm .... translated . . . . by Edward
FitzGerald. Facsimile of the 1st edition, 1859. Facsimile text society. Lon
don: Percy Lund, Humphries. Pp. xiii+21.
Gaskell, Mrs. See Brontes: Cecil.
Gissing. Adams, George M. "How and why I collect George Gissing. .
Colophon, Part 18, p. 8.
McKay, Ruth C. George Gissing and his critic Frank Swinnerton. Phila
delphia: Univ. of Pa. pr., 1933. Pp. 111.
Rev. by A. Rotter in Beiblatt, Nov., pp. 339-41.
Weber, A. George Gissing und die soziale Frage. See VB 1933, 427.
Rev. by J. W. Beach in MLN, XLIX, 200-202; by Marie Schutt in Literatur-
blattfur germ, und roman. PhiloL, LV, 306-8.
Gordon. Sladen, Douglas. Adam Lindsay Gordon. London: Hutchinson
Pp. 288.
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXX, 268-70; BkL, LXXXVI, 173-74.
Sladen, Douglas. "The Adam Lindsay Gordon memorial in the Poets Corner
of Westminster Abbey." Poetry rev., XXVI, 249-50.
Hardy. Hartmann, J. Architektur in den Romanen Thomas Hardys. Diss-
Minister. Pp. vii+77.
Lawrence, D. H. Thomas Hardy. New York: Viking pr.
Smith, Fred. "Hardy: the poet of life at its worst." Personalist, XV, 32-38.
Vogt, Frieda. Thomas Hardys Naturansicht See VB 1932, 425.
Rev. by E. B. Burgum in MLN, XLIX, 202-4.
Weber, CarlJ. In Thomas Hardy s workshop. Parti: "Hardy and Trollope."
Part II: "Brazil in Hardy." Colby colkge bull, Ser. XXXIII. Waterville,
Me.: Colby college. Pp. 64.
Weber, Carl J. " History as it is written" (Tess). Colby mercury, V, 37-40.
Weber, Carl J. "A careful chronology, (in Tess)." The miter, XLVI, 236-37.
Weber, Carl J. "On the dismemberment of Tess." SRL, XI, 308.
Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy s Aeschylean phrase." Class, jour XXIX
533-35.
Weber, Carl J. "Twin-voice of Shakespeare." Shakespeare assn. bulL IX
91-97, 162-63.
Weber, Carl J. "Mrs. Grundy s wheelbarrow." Colby mercury, V, 56-57.
Weber, Carl J. "The manuscript names of Hardy s characters " RES X
456-59.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 103
Weber, Carl J. "Notes on Hardy s Chosen poems." Scribner s, XCVI, 111.
Weber, Carl J. "The Colby collection of Hardy letters." Colby mercury, VI,
11-16.
Hopkins. Abbott, C. Collier (ed.). Letters of Gerard Mauley Hopkins. (I.
"Letters to Robert Bridges"; II. "Letters to and from Canon Dixon.") Ox
ford univ. pr.
Phare, Elsie. The poetry of Gerald Manley Hopkins. See VB 1933, 427.
Rev. by W. H. Auden in Cr, XIII, 497-500; by Babette Deutsch in HTB,
Jan. 28, p. 2; by M. R. in Adelphi, VIII, 76-77; by G. W. Stonier in FR } CXXXV,
374; by L. Wolff in RA, XI, 546-47; CWd, CXXXIX, 499; TLS y Jan. 25, p. 57.
Huxley. MacBride, E. W. Huxley. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth.
Pp. 143.
Rev. by R. Strachey in NS, Aug. 11, pp. 186-87; Life and letters, X, 254-56;
Nat. rev., CIII, 270-71; TLS, June 14, p. 425.
Huxley, Leonard. "An American student in Huxley s laboratory." Comhill
mag., CXLIX, 679-93.
Kingsley (see also III, Beach). Baldwin, Stanley E. Charles Kingsley.
Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell univ. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. 207.
Rev. by A. Waugh in BkL, LXXXVI, 212; TLS, May 24, p. 378.
Welte, H. Das heroische Element bei Charles Kingkey. Diss. Freiburg. Pp.
80. Abstract in LZD, LXXXV, 1032.
Kipling (see also II, Berlage), Spee, Antonia Grafin. Der Sinnesimpressionis-
mus bei Kipling. Diss. Bonn. Pp. 39.
Landor (see also II, Whiting; Browning: Phelps). Minchin, H. C. (ed.).
Walter Savage Landor: last days, Utters, and conversations. London: Me-
thuen. Pp. xiv+174.
Lang. Grierson, H. J. C. Lang, Loclchart and biography. London: Milford.
Lear (see also III, Kent). Field, Osgood. Edward Lear on my shelves. Bibliog.,
biog., and list of drawings and water colors. New York: For the author.
Brooks, Philip. "Notes on rare books" (Lear bibliog.; cf. Field item).
NYTBR, June 10, p. 14.
Linton. Hopson, W. F. "Side lights on William James Linton, 1812-1897."
Papers of the Bibliog. soc. of America, XXVII, 74-82.
Macaulay (see also II, Lucas). Baker, H. K. "Estimate of Macaulay."
N & Q, May 26, p. 367, Aug. 11, p. 101, Aug. 25, p. 137.
Marvin, F. S. "Back to Macaulay." Cornhill mag., CL, 232-35.
Martineau. Askew, H., et al. "Rankin: Martineau." N & Q, Jan. 6, p. 9;
Feb. 3, p. 89; Feb. 24, p. 141; May 19, p. 355; Aug. 11, p. 103.
104 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Stearns, Bertha-Monica. "Miss Sedgwick observes Harriet Martineau."
NEQ } VII, 533-41.
Meredith. Able, Augustus H. George Meredith and Thomas Love Peacock:
a study in literary influence. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pa. pr., 1933. Pp. 140.
Galland, R. "Meredith et Galsworthy." RA, XII, 47-48.
Moll, Marie. Das Eheprobkm bei George Meredith. Diss. Freiburg, 1933. Pp.
54.
Simpson, Helen. "George Meredith translates." S, Nov. 9, pp. 710-11.
Moore. "Letters from George Moore. The Greek background of Aphrodite
in Aulis." Annotated by P. G. Dixon. LM, XXXI, 14-21.
Ferguson, Walter. The influence of Flaubert on George Moore. Philadelphia:
Univ. of Pa. pr.; London: Milford. Pp. viii+108.
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXX, 268-70.
Morris, Lewis. "Lewis Morris : 1833-1907." Mrf. ret>., CII, 267-68.
Moms, William. Selected writings. Ed. by G. D. H. Cole. London: None
such pr.; New York: Random House. Pp. xxiv+671.
Rev, by K. John in NS, March 31, p. 489; Life and letters, X, 251-52.
Editorial notes on centenary of Morris. LM, XXIX, 385-88.
Arkell, Reginald. "Kehnscott." BkL, LXXXVI, 56-57.
Bloomfield, Paul. William Morris. London: Barker. Pp. x+314.
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXIX, 565-67; by H. W. Nevinson in NS,
March 10, pp. 356-58; by A. S. in SR, Sept. 8, p. 90; by G. West in BkL, LXXXV,
472-74; by E. L. Woodward in S, March 16, pp. 416-17.
Bradley, Will. "William Morris: a review of his influence [chiefly on printing
and art] on the centenary of his birth." Publishers 1 weekly, CXXV, 1373-
76.
Crow, Gerald H. William Morris: designer. New York: Studio publications.
Einarsson, Stefan. "Eiriker Magntisson and his saga-translations." Scandi
navian studies and notes, XIII, 17-32.
Evans, B. If or. "William Morris : his influence and reputation." CR, CXLV,
315-23.
Haraszti, Zoltdu. "Centenary of William Morris." More books, IX, 153-60.
Housman, Laurenpe. "Morris s Defence of Guenevere." Essays by various
hands , Vol. XII. Ed. by R. W. Macan. London: Milford.
Leatham, James. William Morris: master of many crafts. Turriff, Aberdeen-
shire: Deveron pr. Pp. xii+109.
Mackall, Leonard. "William Morris centenary." HTB, Sept. 30, p. 30.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 105
Morris, May. "William Morris." TLS, May 17, p. 360.
Murry, John Middleton. "William Morris." Reprinted in Adelphi, VIII,
157-71.
Reply by A. K. Woodward and rejoinder by Murry, Adelphi, VIII, 286.
Newdigate, B. H. "William Morris" in "Book-production notes" in LM,
XXIX, 545-46.
O Conor, Beatrice. "G. B. S. and WiUiam Morris." Letter in NS, Nov. 10,
p. 660.
See also discussion by Olivier, NS, Nov. 17, p. 715; and Miss O Conor, NS,
Nov. 24, p. 751.
Olivier, Lord. "William Morris." S, March 23, pp. 440-41.
Philobiblion. A magazine for book-colkctors, No. 4, 1934- A Morris memorial
number. Strohmayergasse 6, Vienna VI: H. Reichner.
Rev. by B. H. Newdigate in LM, XXX, 648.
R., R. "William Morris." Editorial in Adelphi, VII, 393-96.
Roebuck, George E. (ed.). Some appreciations of William Morris. London:
Walthamstow museum and antiquarian society. Pp. 36.
Rev. by W. G. B. in Essex rev., XLIII, 124-26; by E. L. Woodward in S, March
16, pp. 416-17.
Speeches in commemoration of William Morris. Delivered at Walthamstow.
By John Drinkwater, Holbrook Jackson, and H. J. Laski. Walthamstow:
Public libraries. Pp. 21.
Tallant, J. "WiUiam Morris centenary." TLS, Oct. 18, p. 715.
Tillotson, Geoffrey. "Morris and machines." FR, CXXXV, 464-71.
Weekley, Montague. William Morris. "Great lives ser." London: Duck
worth. Pp. 136.
Rev. by Geoffrey West in BkL, LXXXV, 472-74; by E. L. Woodward in S,
March 16, pp. 416-17.
West, Geoffrey. "William Morris man creative: an estimate of his sig
nificance today." BkL, LXXXV, 472-74.
Witcutt, W. P. "William Morris: distributist." AR, II, 311-15.
Newman (see also III, Oxford movement). Baker, A. E. Prophets for an age
of doubt: Job, Socrates, Pascal, Newman. London: Centenary pr. Pp.247.
Dark, Sidney. Newman. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp. 141.
Rev. in Nat. rev., CHI, 270-71; TLS, June 28, p. 450.
DuBos, Charles. "Henri Bremond: historian of the man capable of God."
Dublin rev., CXCV, 1-24.
Roman Catholic appraisal of one of the most eloquent critics of Newman.
106 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Grennan, Margaret R. (ed.). The heart of Newman s "Apologia" New York:
Longmans, Green. Pp. viii+195.
The most significant parts of the Apologia, eleven letters from the Newman-
Kingsley correspondence, and two of the suppressed pamphlets (for Thurs.,
April 21, and Thurs., April 28, 1864).
Guitton, Jean. La philosophic de Newman. See VB 1933, 429.
Rev. by W. M. Horton in Jour, ofphilos., March 1, pp. 139-40; by A. Thorold
in Cr, XIII, 680-81; Rivista di filosofia, XXV, 182-83; Rev. de philosophic, XXX
(1933), 656-57.
Harper, G. Cardinal Newman and William Fronde See VB 1933, 414.
Rev. by Bernard I. Bell in SRL, Feb. 17, p. 492; by A. Du Bois in SeR,
CXXXVI, 253-54; by H. W. S. in Jour, of philos., March 1, p. 139; by W. Van
Wyck in Personalist, XV, 274-76; by E. I. Watkin in Dublin rev., XCVIII, 325-
27; CWd, CXXXIX, 367-68; HTB, Aug. 26, p. 17; LQHR, CLIX, 267-68; TLS,
April 5, p. 246.
Kiener, Sister Mary Aloysi. John Henry Newman, the romantic, the friend,
the leader. Introd. by G. K. Chesterton. Boston: Collegiate pr. corp.,
1933. Pp. xxiii-f- 510. Bibliog., pp. 457-86.
Rev. by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, May 13, pp. 5, 19; CWd, CXXXVIII, 758.
Lamm, William. The spiritual legacy of Newman. Milwaukee: Bruce,
Ross, J. Elliott. John Henry Newman. See VB 1933, 417.
Also London: Allen & Unwin. Rev. by J. Cournos in VQR, X, 149-55; by
R. Strachey in NS, Jan. 13, pp. 48-50; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, May 13,
pp. 5, 19; Ail. month., CLIII, 4-6; BkL, LXXXVI, 76 ("almost a thesis on the
reconstruction of the Roman church in England during the later nineteenth cen
tury"); LQHR, CLIX, 268; TLS, Jan. 4, p. 13.
Tristram, Henry. Newman and his friends. See VB 1933, 429.
Rev. by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXIX, 277-79; by V. Knowles in BkL,
LXXXV, 415; by R. Strachey in NS, Jan. 13, pp. 48-50; Dublin rev., CXCIV,
334-35; LQHR, CLIX, 128.
Tristram, Henry. "Two suppressed passages from Newman s Autobio
graphical memoir relating to his tutorship at Oriel College, Oxford. " RA,
XI, 481-94.
Pater. Saintsbury, George. Prefaces and essays. London: Macmillan. Has
essay on Pater.
Van de Put, A. "Walter Pater and the Rosenwald pedigree." Lingard
papers, N.S., No. 17. London: Author. Pp. 16.
The Duke of Rosenwald served as the original of Pater s fourth "imaginary
portrait/
Young, Helen H. The writings of Waiter Pater: a reflection of British philo
sophical opinion from 1860 to 1890. Diss. Bryn Mawr. Lancaster, Pa. :
The author, 1933. Pp. iv-f!40.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 107
Patmore. Page, Frederic. Patmore See VB 1933, 429.
Rev. by A. Koszul in Les langues modernes, XXXII, 450-51; by D. Patmore in
BkL, LXXXV, 450-51 ; by M. T. in Studies, XXIII, 180-81 ; by M. Van Doren in
HTB, March 25, p. 17; by L. Wolff in RA, XII, 71-74; Dublin rev., CXCIV, 330-
31;AT!TJ3fl, Feb. 25 ; p. 12.
Pattison. Montague, Francis C, "Some early letters of Mark Pattison."
Bull of John Rylands library. Vol. XVIII. Manchester: Univ. pr. Pp.
156-76. Also reprinted separately.
Peacock. See Meredith: Able.
Proctor. Armour, Richard W. "The life and works of Bryan Waller Procter
( Barry Cornwall ) ." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1933), pp. 272-74.
Vol. II of this thesis has some three hundred letters, hitherto unpublished
to Browning, Carlyle, Leigh Hunt, Landor, etc.
Rolfe, Frederick. Corvo, Baron [pseud.]. The desire and pursuit of the whole,
London: CasselL
Rev. by Hamish Miles in NS, Dec. 1, pp. 794-95 ("a fascinating if monotonous
monster, a derivation from an eighteen-nineties stock belatedly discovered and
published in these nineteen-thirties")-
Bambridge, H. C. Twice seven. London: Routledge.
Rev. by Hugh Kingsmill in BkL, LXXXV, 406-8 (contains account of Baron
Corvo).
Blair, Rt. Rev. Sir David Hunter. "More light on Baron Corvo/ LM,XXX,
625-29.
Butts, Mary. "Baron Corvo." LM, XXX, 619-24.
Moore, Leonard. "More about Corvo." BkL, LXXXVI, 8-11.
Symons, Alphonse J. A. The quest for Corvo: an experiment in biography. Lon
don: Cassell; New York: Macmillan. Pp. 293.
Biography of Frederick Rolfe, who began his career in the Yellow book. Rev.
by R. Blackmur in New R, LXXX, 135-36; by Osbert Burdett in LM, XXIX,
469-71; by David Garnett in NS, Feb. 17, p. 230; by J. Langdon-Davies in HTB,
Sept. 9, p. 5.
Rossetti (see also Brontes: Moore). Rossetti, C. G. Goblin Market, ed altri
poesie. Introd. e note a cura di G. M. Alliaud. Torino: Paravia. Pp. 74.
Letters of William Michael Rossetti concerning Whitman, Blake and Shelley.
.... Ed. by Clarence Gohdes and Paull F. Baum. Durham, N.C.: Duke
univ. pr.; London: Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. 201.
Rev. by H. Blodgett in AL. VI, 357-58; by K B. M. in NEQ, VII, 754-55;
by R. Thompson in NYTBR, June 3, p. 12; CWd, CXL, 120; HTB, Sept. 16,
p. 22; NS, Sept. 22, p. 370; TLS, Aug. 30, p. 586.
108 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Dubslaff, F. Die Sprachform der Lyrik Christina Rossettis. See VB 1933, 430.
Rev. Gg.-K. Bauer in GEM, XXII, 250; by P. Meissner in Beiblatt, Nov.,
pp. 331-33; by C. S. Northup in JEGP, XXXIII, 150-51; by P. de Reul in ESt,
XVI, 120-21; ES, LXIX, 140-42.
Howe, M. L. "A dramatic skit by Dante Gabriel Rossetti." MLN, XLIX,
39-44.
Howe, M. L. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti s comments on Maud. " MLN,
LXIX, 290-93.
Klinnert, Adelheid. Dante Gabriel Rossetti und Stefan George. Diss. Bonn,
1933. Pp. 104.
R., F. " The blessed damozel in French. 77 N <fc Q, Aug. 11, p. 97.
Seiler, Magdalene. D. G. Rossettis kunstlerische Entwicklung. Diss. Griefs-
wald. Mitau, 1933. Pp. 126.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in Beiblatt, Nov., pp. 334-36; by L. Wolff in RA, XII,
153-54.
Winwar, Frances. Poor splendid wings See VB 1933, 431.
Also published London: Hurst & Blackett (title: The Rosettis and their circle).
Rev. by C. D. Abbott in VQR, X, 123-27; by C. F. Harrold in South Ail. quar.,
XXXIII, 200-202; by K. L. Knickerbocker in SeR; CXXXV, 117-19; by R.
Strachey in NS, Dec. 29, pp. 973-74 (unfavorable); by R. F. Waller in BkL,
LXXXVII (Christmas suppl.), 20 ("unreadable") ; by Evelyn Waugh (scathingly)
in S, Jan. 11, 1935, p. 58; SR t Nov. 17, p. 404. "Inaccurate in detail, false in per
spective, and free in its improvised material." C. F. H.
Wolff, L. Dante Gabriel Rossetti. Paris: H. Didier. Pp. 320.
Rev. by A. Brul< in RA, XII, 154-56; by K. John in NS, Aug. 4, pp. 155-56;
LQHR, CLIX, 557; N & Q, July 28, p. 70.
Ruskin (see also II, Hill, Octavia; II, Ward). Gaily, Henriette. Ruskin et
I esthetique intuitive. Paris: J. Vrin, 1933. Pp. 353.
To the memory of Ruskin. Ed. by J. Howard Whitehouse. (Speeches, Feb.)
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. 41.
Wilenski, R. H. John Ruskin See VB 1933, 431.
Rev. by P. Dottin in Rev. de France, III, 689; by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXI,
440-42; by E. B. C. Jones in Adelphi, VII, 311; by P. Wheelwright/ Ruskin
psychoanalyzed," New R, March 21, p. 164.
Smith, Albert. Thorington, J. M. Mont Blanc sideshow; the life and times of
Albert Smith. Philadelphia: Winston, 1933. Pp. xv+270.
Smith, Sydney. Burdett, Osbert. The Rev. Sydney Smith. London: Chap
man & Hall. Pp. xv+303.
Rev. by Geoffrey West in FR, CXXXVI, 507-8; TLS, Aug. 30, p. 587.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934 109
Pearson, Hesketh. The Smith of Smiths: being the life, wit and humour of
Sydney Smith. Introd. by G. K. Chesterton. London: Hamish Hamilton;
New York: Harper s. Pp. 9+336.
Rev. by E. M. Kingsbury in NYTBR, May 27, pp. 5, 19; by W. Notestein in
YR, XXIII, 838-iO; by Clara StiUman in HTB, April 15, "p. 6; CWd, CXXXIX,
624-25.
Shorthouse. Polak, M. The historical, philosophical and religious aspects of
John Inglesant. Oxford: Blackwell. Pp. 188.
Spencer. Guthmann, J. Entmicklung und Selbstentfaltung bei Herbert Spencer.
Diss. Wurzburg, 1931. Pp. 85.
Ramlow, Lilli. A. Riehl und H. Spencer. Diss. Berlin, 1933. Pp. 67.
Spurgeon. Carlile, J. C. C. H. Spurgeon. An interpretative biography. Lon
don: Kingsgate pr. Pp. 312.
Burley, A. Spurgeon and his friendships. London: Epworth pr. Pp. 180.
Stevenson. Forse, E. J. G., et ol. "Stevenson: Treasure Island. " N & Q,
Feb. 10, p. 98; April 7, p. 246.
"Dead man s chest" one of the Virgin Islands in the West Indies.
Lockett, W. G. Robert Louis Stevenson at Davos. London : Hurst & Blackett.
Pp. 304.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 8, p. 774.
Starrett, Vincent. "The dead man s chest: a Stevensonian research." Colo
phon, Part 17, p. 1.
Swinburne. Beatty, Richmond C. "Swinburne and Bayard Taylor." PQ,
XIII, 297-99.
Falk, Bernard. The naked lady: or storm over Adah. London: Hutchinson.
Rev. by C. Wilkinson in LM , XXX, 183-85.
Hyder, Clyde K. "Swinburne and the popular ballad." PMLA, XLIX, 295-
309.
Hyder, Clyde K. Swinburne s literary career and fame. See VB 1933, 432.
Rev. by S. C. Chew in MLN, L (1935), 59-60; by Merle Colby in Harvard
graduates mag., XLII, 246-47; by W. S. Knickerbocker in SeR, CXXXVII, 359-
61; by R. D. Waller in MLR, XXIX, 353-54.
Wright, Herbert. "Unpublished letters from Theodore Watts-Dunton to
Swinburne." RES, X, 129-55.
Tennyson (see also III, Beach). In memoriam. Introd. by John Sparrow.
London: Nonesuch pr., 1933. Pp. xxiv+148.
Rev. by B. H. Newdigate in LM, XXX, 648-49; NS, March 10, p. 364.
Adkins, Nelson. "Tennyson s Charge of the heavy brigade : a bibliography."
N & Q, Sept. 15, p. 189, Oct. 13, p. 266.
110 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1934
Beaver, Dorothy. "Mr. Tennyson." SRL t Sept. 15, p. 108.
Brief note of personal acquaintance.
Bush, Douglas. "The personal note in Tennyson s classical poems." Univ.
of Toronto, quar., IV, 201-18.
Motter, T. H. V. "Arthur Hallam s centenary: a bibliographical note." Yale
univ. libr. gazette, VIII, 104-9.
Phelps, W. L. "Lancelot and that forward hussy Elaine as seen by Godey s."
Scrilmer s, XCV, 434-35.
Pollard, Graham. "Tennyson s A welcome/ 1863." TLS, Feb. 15, p. 112.
Wise, Thomas J. "Tennyson s A welcome, 1863." TLS, March 8, p. 168.
Zamick, M. (ed.). "Unpublished letters of Arthur Henry Hallam from Eton,
now in the John Rylands Library." Bull, of the John Rylands Library.
Vol. XVIII. Manchester: Manchester univ, pr. Pp. 197-248. Also re
printed separately.
Thackeray (see also Brontes: Cecil; III, Thrall). Behmenburg, W emer - Dw
Snobbismus bei Thackeray. Diss. Bonn. Diisseldorf: Nolte, 1933. Pp.
viii+126.
Gulliver, Harold S. Thackeray 1 s literary apprenticeship. Valdosta, Ga.: The
author.
Pringle, Kenneth. "Thackeray in America." TLS, March 8, p. 162.
Thompson. Abrams, Meyer H. The milk of Paradise: the effect of opium on
the works of De Quincey, Crdbbe, Francis Thompson, and Coleridge. Cam
bridge, Mass.: Harvard univ. pr.
Trollope (see also Brontes: Cecil; Hardy: Weber). Trollope, Anthony. Huni-
ting sketches. Introd. by James Boyd. New York: Golden head, 1933. Pp.
xx+103. A reissue.
Rev. in HTB, Feb. 4, p. 8.
Sadleir, Michael. TroUope: a bibliography. London: Constable.
With eight collotypes.
Ward, William G. See II, Ward.
Wilde. Schirmann, Elisabeth. Die literarischen Strommungen im Werke Oscar
Wildes. Greifswald: Dallmeyer. Pp. vii+117.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in Beiblatt, Nov., pp. 336-38; by G. Lafourcade in ES,
LXIX, 278-79.
Sherrard, R. H. Oscar Wilde twice defended. Chicago: Argus book shop.
Refutation of charges by Andr6 Gide and Frank Harris.
Zaneo, A. Oscar Wilde. Genoa: Orfini. Pp. 235.
Yonge. Bailey, Sarah. "Charlotte Mary Yonge." Comhitt mag., CL, 188.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
for 1935
bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the
Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa
tion of America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University
of Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal Col
lege; Frederic E. Faverty, Northwestern University; Ruth C. Waller-
stein, University of Wisconsin. It attempts to list the noteworthy pub
lications of 1935 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a bear
ing on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise
stated, the date of publication is 1935. Reference to a page in the
bibliography for 1934, in Modern philology, May, 1935, is made by the
following form: See VB 1934, 407. Some cross-references are given,
although not all that are possible.
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
A =Anglia JMH
AHR = American historical review JPE
AL = American literature LM
AR -American review (formerly LQHR
Bookman)
Archiv =Archiv fur das Studium der MLN
neueren Sprachen MLR
BeiUatt =Beiblatt zur Anglia MP
CR = Contemporary review N
Cr = Criterion NC
CWd = Catholic world NEQ
DLtz = Deutsche Literaturzeitung NeuP
EC Economica
ELH = Journal of English literary New R
history Nrf
ER = English review NS
ES =Englische Studien NYTBR
ESt ^English studies (Amsterdam) N & Q
FR = Fortnightly review PMLA
HTB =New York Herald-Tribune
books PQ
HV =Historische Vierteljahrschrift QQ
JEGP = Journal of English and Ger- QR
manic philology RA
[MODERN PHILOLOGT, May, 1936]
Journal of modem history
Journal of political economy
London mercury
= London quarterly and Hoi-
born review
= Modem language notes
= Modern language review
= Modern philology
= Nation
= Nineteenth century and after
=cNew England quarterly
= Neuphilologische Monats-
schrift
-New republic
=Noiwette revue fran$aise
=New statesman and nation
-New York Times book review
= Notes & queries
-Pubs. Mod. Lang. Ass n of
Am.
-Philological quarterly
= Queen s quarterly
^Quarterly review
= Revue anglo-americaine
112 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
RF = Revue de France SeR Seivanee review
RES = Review of English studies SP = Studies in philology
RH -Revue historique SR = Saturday review
RM Revue de metaphysique et de SRL ~ Saturday review of literature
morale TLS = (London) Times literary sup-
RLC = Revue de litterature comparee plement
S = Spectator VQR Virginia quarterly review
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
"American bibliography for 1934." PMLA, XLIX, Suppl, 1236-42: "Eng
lish, Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh.
"An annotated bibliography of contemporary literature for 1934: a partial
list." By the committee on contemporary literature. English jour., XXIV,
283-332.
Has brief reviews of various books about the Victorian period.
Annual bibliography of English language and literature, Vol. XV (1934). Ed.
for the Modern Humanities Research Association by Mary S. Sergeantson,
assisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge: Bowes & Bowes. Pp. x+296.
"Nineteenth century/ pp. 175-229.
The art index: annual cumulation. A cumulative author and subject index to a se-
kcted list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins. Oct. 1932 to Sept.
1935. Also Vol. VII, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Bibliographical notes and queries. Ed. by P. H. Muir. Vol. I, Nos. 1-4. Lon
don: Elkin Matthews.
Brown, Huntington. "The classical tradition in English literature: a bibliog
raphy." Harv. studies and notes in philol. and lit., Vol. XVIII. Cambridge,
Mass.: Harv. univ. pr. "Nineteenth and twentieth centuries," pp. 42-46.
Brussel, I. R. Anglo-American first editions 1826-1900: East to West. De
scribing first editions of English authors whose books were published in Ameri
ca before their publication in England. Introd. by Graham Pollard. "Bibli-
ographia ser.," No. 9. London: Constable; New York: Bowker; Toronto:
Macmillan. Pp. 170. Ltd. ed., pp. 236.
Rev. in LM, XXXII, 585-86; TLS, Dec. 14, p. 864 ("an important pioneer
book")- Victorians: Arnold, Barrie, Bulwer-Lytton, Carlyle, W. Collins, DeQuin-
cey, Dickens, DuMaurier, Mrs. Gaskell, Grahame, Rider Haggard, Hardy, Mrs.
Hemans, Kipling, S. Lover, Macaulay, Marryat, Meredith, Reade, Shaw, Steven
son, Thackeray, Trollope, S. Warren, Wilde. The introd. (pp. 3-31) treats of the
history of copyright.
Carter, John, and Pollard, Graham. An enquiry into the nature of certain
nineteenth century pamphlets. See VB 1934, 398,
Rev. by M. D. Zabel in MP, XXXII, 335-36.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 113
Cole, A. H. A finding list of British Royal Commission reports, 1860-1935.
Oxford univ. pr.; Harv. univ. pr. Pp. 66.
Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language. Vol.
XXXVIII, Nos. 7, 10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.); Vol. XXXIX, No. 2 (Feb.,
1936). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities
1984-1935. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. xii+102.
Hammond, W. A. A bibliography of aesthetics and a philosophy of the fine arts,
from 1900 to 1932. Rev. and enl. ed. London: Longmans, 1934. Pp. 205.
Rev. by R. M. Ogden in Philos. rev., XLIV, 403; in AL, VI, 472-73.
International index to periodicals; devoted chiefly to the humanities and science.
Twenty-second annual cumulation. July 1934 June 1935. Also Vol. XXIII,
No. 3 (July Nov.), No. 4 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson.
La rassegna (quarterly), XLIII, 88-94, 186-94.
Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica, Vol. VI. "Bollettino bibliografico," each
month, a 5-6 page bibliog. of books recently published in Europe and
America.
Modder, M. F. "The Jew in English literature of the nineteenth century."
Menorah jour., XXIII, 46-56 (to be cont.).
Morris, Adah V. Anonyms and pseudonyms. An annotated list. Chicago:
Univ. of Chicago pr., 1934. Pp. 22.
Repr. from Library guar., Ill, 354-72. List of reference books for works in
many languages.
Pratt. Enoch Pratt Free Library, Baltimore. Period biographies. 6vols. Bal
timore, 1934r-35. No. 6: The age of freedom; biographies of the nineteenth cen
tury.
Readers guide to periodical literature. An author and subject index. Vol. IX
(July, 1932 June, 1935). Also Vol. XXXV, No. 12 (July-Jan., 1936).
New York: H. W. Wilson.
Rhodes, R. Crompton. "The early nineteenth-century drama." Trans, of
the Bibliogr. Soc., N.S., XVI, 91-112; 210-31.
New information as to the publication of plays between 1825 and 1850, based
on the part-books and prompt-books of the old Theatre Royal, Birmingham. Com
parison is made with AUardyce NicolPs A history of early nineteenth-century drama.
Note especially the account of adaptations of Dickens works.
Riches, Phyllis M. An analytical bibliography of universal collected biography,
comprising books published in the English tongue in Gt. Britain and Ireland t
114 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
America and the British dominions. Introd. by Sir Frederic Kenyon. Lon
don: Library Assoc., 1934. Pp. x+709.
Rev. by E. A. H. in Libr. assoc. rec., II (4th ser.), 38-39 (analysis of "every vol
ume of collected biography (English and American) that could be traced up to the
end of 1933," with indexes); in N & Q, April 6, pp. 251-52.
"Victorian bibliography for 1934." MP, XXXII, 397-430.
Vorstius, J., and Steinborn, E. Internationale Bibliographic des Buck- und
Bibliothekswesens mil besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographie. In
kritischer Auswahl zusammengestellL Leipzig: 0. Haras sowitz, 1934. Pp.
xii+370.
Rev. by G. Leyh in DLtz, XVI, 89-91.
Wells, Gabriel. The Carter-Pollard disclosures. New York: Doubleday, Do-
ran, 1934. Pp. 13.
Rev. by Temple Scott in SRL, March 23, p. 572 ("a dignified plea for Mr. Wise
.... the pamphlets were spurious, not forgeries . . . .").
Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part XLII Jan.-Dec. 1934- A classified list
.... with an extended alphabetical index Also Part XLV (Jan.-
Sept.). London: J. Whitaker & Sons.
The year s work in English studies. Vol. XIV, 1933. Ed. for the English Asso
ciation by F. S. Boas and M. S. Sergeantson. Oxford univ. pr.; London:
Milford, Pp. 387. "The nineteenth century and after" (H. V. Routh), pp.
311-51.
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
Addison, W. G. The renewed church of the United Brethren, 1722-1930. Lon
don: S. P. C. K, 1932.
Rev. by E. W. W. in Eng. hist, rev., L, 368-69.
Allen, Bernard. Gordon. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp. 141.
Anonymous. Middle-age: autobiography, 1885-1932. London: Constable. Pp.
xii+302.
Ardagh, J., "London exhibitions in the eighties. " N & Q, March 30, p. 233.
Bailey, John, Letters and diaries, 1864-1931. Ed. by his wife. London: Mur
ray. Pp. 326.
Rev. by Hugh Kingsmill in NS, X, 456; ER t LIX, 489-90.
Baily, Francis E. Lady Beaconsfield and her times. London: Hutchinson; To
ronto: Ryerson pr. Pp. 292.
Rev. in SR, April 20, p. 502; TLS, April 25, p. 265.
Baker, Sir Herbert. Cecil Rhodes. By his architect. See VB 1934, 400.
Rev. by M. Melchior in DLtz, LVI, 568-71.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 115
Barclay, Lt.-Col. H. F., and Wilson-Fox, Alice (comps.). The history of the
Barclay family: with pedigrees from 1067 to 19SS. Part II I: The Barclays in
Scotland and England from 1610 to 1983. London: St. Catherine pr.
Barr, Stringfellow. Mazzini: portrait of an exile. New York: Holt.
Beer, Max. Fifty Years of international socialism. London: Allen & Unwin.
Rev. by G. D. H. C. in NS, IX, 595-96.
Bell, G. K. A. Randall Davidson, Archbishop of Canterbury. Oxford univ. pr.
Rev. by H. D. A. Major in NC> CXVIII, 781-86.
Benson, E. F. Queen Victoria. London, New York: Longmans. Pp. 409.
Rev. by C. D. Abbott in SRL t April 20, p. 630; by George Arthur in S t May 3,
p. 740; by E. C. Bently in LM t XXXII, 188; by Hector Bolitho in FR, CXLIII,
751-52 ("cold, informed and conscientious") ; by H. B. Parkes in N, April 24, p.
487; by Isabel Paterson in HTB, April 21, p. 3; by D. C. Somervell in History, XX,
182-83; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, April 21, pp. 1, 18; by G. M. Young in NS,
IX, 680; in CWd, CXLI, 631-32; in TLS, May 2, p. 279.
Birnie, A. An economic history of the British Isles. London: Methuen. Pp.
391.
Bolitho, Hector. Victoria the widow and her son. See VB 1934, 401.
Rev. by P. Dottin in RF, XV, 141-42; in Eng. jour., XXIV, 84, 284.
Bolitho, Hector. Older people. London: Cobden-Sanderson. Pp. 296.
Rev. in LM t XXXI, 405 (autobiography; some material on social background).
Bouthoul, G. La population dans U monde, Paris: Payot. Pp. 253.
Rev. in RM , Oct., suppl., pp. 5-6 (a scientific study of increase in population
and its effects, especially since the beginning of the great increase of the nineteenth
century).
Bowen, Ian. Cobden. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth. Pp. 144.
Briggs, Martin S. Middlesex, old and new. London: Allen & Unwin.
Brinton, Crane. English political thought in the nineteenth century. See VB
1933, 400.
Rev. by G. H. in Eng. hist, rev., L, 374; by H. G. Wilson in Political sci. guar. t L,
143-45. Has chapters on "Chartism" and "The prosperous Victorians."
Carritt, E. F. Morals and politics. Theories of their relations from Hobbes and
Spinoza to Marx and Bosanguet. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. vii+216.
Rev. in AR } V, 118-26.
Casson, M. "Un t&noignage sur le Maroc et la litte*rature anglaise: les aven-
tures de Thomas Pelow." Revue d hist. de la philos., July 15 (see RA, XII,
188).
Cazamian, L. La Grande-Bretagne. Paris: Didier, 1934. Pp. 540.
Rev. by F. Delattre in RA, XII, 35-40.
116 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Charpentier, Henri, and Sparkes, Boyden. Those rich and great ones. London:
Gollancz. Pp.320.
Rev. in NS, IX, 77 (pictures of hotel life, esp. in the Riviera of the nineties).
Cheney, Sheldon. Expressionism in art. New York: Liveright, 1934. Pp.
xxii+415. 205illus.
Cohen, Lucy. Lady de Rothschild and her daughters, 1821-1931. London:
Murray. Pp. xiii+354.
Cole, G. D. H. Some relations between political and economic theory. London:
Macmillan. Pp. 92.
Rev. by M. Dobb in Econ.jour., XL, 296-300; in NS, IX, 118. Considers origin
of divorce between politics and economics in the nineteenth century.
Colles, H. C. The Oxford history of music. Vol. VII. Symphony and drama,
1850-1900. Oxford univ. pr., 1934. Pp. 516.
Collins, Sir W.J. "The University of London fifty years ago." CR, CXLVIII,
317-24.
Coville, A., and Temperley, H. (eds.) Studies in Anglo-French history during
the eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Cambridge univ. pr.
Rev. by P. Vaucher in RH, CLXXVI, 335-36.
Crowther, J. G. British scientists of the nineteenth century. London: Kegan
Paul. Pp. xii+332. (Davy, Faraday, Joule, Kelvin, and Clerk-Maxwell.)
Cunnington, C. W. Feminine attitudes in the nineteenth century. London:
Heinemann. Pp. 314.
The Victorian woman: her dress, her novels, her education, etc. Rev. by Sally
Graves in 8, Aug. 23, pp. 298-99; by Edith Olivier in NS," X, 456; by Edith
Shackleton in LM , XXXII, 471-72; Life and letters, XIII, 227 (very unfavorable) ;
SR, Sept. 7, p. 149.
Darwin, Bernard. John Gully and his times. London: Cassell. Pp. 240.
Dawson, Christopher. Religion and the state. London: Sheed & Ward. Pp.
176.
Rev. by H. Kingsmill in ER, LXI, 228.
"Lord de Tabley: April 26, 1835 Nov. 22, 1895." Centenary article. TLS,
April 25, p. 268.
Dietrich, Richard. "England und Italien, 1887-1902." HV, XXIX, 768-800.
Douglas, Norman. Looking lack: an autobiographical excursion. London:
Chatto & Windus, 1934. Pp. 527.
Includes information on Sir Edwin Arnold, C. M. Doughty, Conan Doyle, etc.
Dreyfuz, R. "Houston Stewart Chamberlain, ou la configuration de la race."
Revue de Paris, XLII, Part III, 33-53.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1933 117
Edwards, Maldwyn. After Wesley: a study of the social and political influence
of Methodism in the middle period (1791-1849}. London: Epworth pr. Pp.
190.
Eggers, Reinhold. Vom Viktor ianischen Zeitalter zur Gegenwart. Eine Unter-
suchung der pddagogischen Reformbeiuegung in England. Diss. Halle, 1934.
Pp. 69.
Enrich, Sigrid. Die persmil. und polit. Beziehungen der Konigin Victoria von
England zum Prinzgemahl Albert. Diss Leipzig. Pp. xi+79.
Elliot, Lt.-Col. R. H. "A Bart s student in the eighties." Btaekwood s,
CCXXXYII, 174-92. See also pp. 795-813.
Brief account of slum conditions; medical memories.
Ervine, St. John. God s soldier: General William Booth. See VB 1934, 403.
Rev. by Rose C. Feld in HTB, May 26, pp. 1-2; Life and letters, XI, 743-45;
LQHR, CLX, 260-61 (favorable); SR, Feb. 2, p. 154.
Evans, James. A bookman in the making. London: Independent pr., 1934.
Pp. 192.
Victorians: Arnold, Newman.
Faraday, M. Faraday s diary, 1820-1862. Vol.V: 1847-1851. London: Bell.
Pp. 469.
Foley, Lt.-Col. Cyril. Autumn foliage. London: Methuen.
Fry, Roger. Reflections on British painting. London: Faber & Faber, 1934.
Pp. 148.
Fyfe, Hamilton. Keir Hardie. "Great lives ser." London: Duckworth.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 7, p. 839. Biography of a late-Victorian leader of political
radicalism (an M. P. in 1892).
Galbraith, V. H. An introduction to the use of the public records. Oxford: Clar
endon pr.; London: Milford, 1934. Pp. 112. Bibliog., pp. 89-99.
Garratt, G. T. Lord Brougham. London, New York: MacmiUan-. Pp. viii+
354.
Rev. by W. Hannam in LQHR, CLX, 530-31; by L. B. Namier in NS, IX,
932-33; by Clara Stillman in HTB, Aug. 18, p. 15; by R. van Gelder in NYTBR,
July 7, p. 3; by E. L. Woodward in S, June 7, pp. 983-84; CR, CXLVIII, 376-78;
TLS (leading article), May 16, pp. 305-6 ("an admirable study of a career a
study of an age .... of first-class importance").
Garvin, J. L. The life of Joseph Chamberlain. Vol. Ill: 1895-1900. Empire
and world policy. See VB 1934, 403.
Rev. by E. P. Chase in JMH, VII, 352-54; by G. P. Gooch in CR, CXLVII,
113-16; by H. D. Jordan in SRL, Feb. 2, p. 458; by W. T. Laprade in South At
lantic quar., XXXIV, 342-43; by Sir John Marriott in FR, CXXXVII, 115-16.
118 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Gibbs, Sir Philip (ed.)- The look of the King s jubilee. The life and times of our
king and queen and their people, 1865-1935. London: Hutchinson. Pp.512.
Glanville, J. L. Italy s relations with England 1896-1905. "Johns Hopkins
univ. studies in history and political science/ Ser. LII, No. 1. Baltimore:
Johns Hopkins pr., 1934. Pp. 170.
Rev. by P. Kluke in Historische Zeitschrift, CLIII, 144-46.
Graham, Abbie. Ladies in revolt. New York: Woman s pr., 1934. Pp. 222.
Bibliog., pp. 215-22.
Rights of women in the nineteenth century.
Greenwall, H. J. The strange life of Willie Clarkson. London: Long.
Rev. in TLS, Jan. 4, 1936, p. 2, Social sidelights from the seventies.
Hale-White, Sir William. Great doctors of the nineteenth century. London: Ar
nold; Baltimore: Wood. Pp. vii+320.
Hardie, Frank. The political influence of Queen Victoria: 1861-1901. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 258.
Rev. by J. L. Hammond in S, Aug. 2, p. 194; by W. MacDonald in HTB, Oct.
20, p. 23; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Aug. 18, p. 9; in TLS, July 25, p. 473.
Harris, S. H. "Herbert Spencer s sociology." TLS, Nov. 9, p. 722.
Harrison, G. Elsie. Methodist good companions. London: Epworth pr. Pp.
156.
Rev. in LQHR, CLX, by W. B. Brash, pp. 521-23, by E. E. Kellett, pp. 519-21,
by John Telford, pp. 545-46. One chapter, "Reactions in Haworth Parsonage, " is
devoted to the influence of Methodism upon the Brontes, particularly for Wuther-
ing Heights.
Hartzell, K. D. "The origins of the English Secularist movement, 1817-
1846." Harv. univ. summaries of theses (1984), PP- 158-62.
Hird, Frank. H. M. Stanley: the authorized life. London: Stanley Paul. Pp.
320.
Holden, Angus. Elegant modes in the nineteenth century: from high waist to
bustle. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 123.
Rev. by Roger Marvel in NS, X, 872; TLS, Dec. 21, p. 873 (qualified praise).
Home, C. S. David Livingstone. "New Eversley ser." London, New York:
Macmillan. Pp. 256.
Howard of Penrith, Esm4 W. Howard, 1st baron. Theatre of life: life seen
from the pit, 186S-1905. London: Hodder & Stoughton; Boston: Little,
Brown. Pp. 336.
Hyde, F. E. Mr. Gladstone at the Board of Trade. London: Cobden-Sander-
son, 1934. Pp. xxviii+256. Bibliog., pp. 245-52.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 119
Isham, Gyles. "William Charles Macready, 1793-1873." Cornhillmag., CLH,
483-91.
Jerrold, Douglas. England. London: Arrowsmith.
Rev. by R. Ellis Roberts in NS, IX, 834 (adverse, although the destructive
criticism in the book is praised); Dublin rev., CXCVII, 355-56.
Jones, Tom B. "George Grote and his history of Greece." Classical weekly,
XXIX, 59-61.
Knox, Rt. Rev. E. A. Reminiscences of an octogenarian: 1847-1934- London:
Hutchinson. Pp. 336.
Rev. by R. B. Lloyd in FR, CXLIII, 370; by A. Waugh in S, Feb. 1, p. 174;
TLS, Jan. 31, p. 57. Valuable for glimpses of Evangelical life in the mid-Victorian
decades, by the author of The Tractarian movement (1933). Chapters on Evangeli
cal family life, education, religious and literary life.
Kohler, Walther. Luther und das Luthertum in ihrer weUgeschichtlichen Aus-
wirkung. Leipzig: Heinsius, 1933.
Rev. by E. Wolf in HV, XXX, 185-86.
Lamb, W. R. M. The Royal Academy. A short history of its foundation and de
velopment to the present day. London: MacLehose.
Rev. by D. S. MacColl in NC, CXVIII, 786-92.
Langer, W. L. The diplomacy of imperialism, 1890-92. 2 vols. New York:
Knopf.
Laski, H. J., and others (eds.). A century of municipal progress: 1835-1983
London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 511.
Lockhart, J. G. Viscount Halifax: Parti. 1839-1885. London: Bles.
Rev. by F. R. Barry in S, Oct. 18, pp. 618-20 (Victorian Roman Catholicism).
Maccoby, Simon. English radicalism, 1832-1852. London: Allen & Unwin.
Pp. 462.
Mclnnes, Charles M. England and slavery. Bristol: Arrowsmith, 1934. Pp.
224. Bibliog., pp. 213-18.
McLachlan, H. Records of a family, 1800-1988. Pioneers in education, social
service and liberal religion. Manchester: Manchester univ. pr. Pp. xi+240.
Malcolm-Smith, E. F. Palmerston. London: Duckworth.
Markham, Violet. Paxton and the Bachelor Duke. London: Hodder & Stough-
ton. Pp. 362.
Rev. by Raymond Mortimer in NS, IX, 529-30; SR, May 25, p. 672. Sir Joseph
Paxton, creator of the Crystal Palace.
Martin, Basil. An impossible parson. London: Allen & Unwin.
Rev. by R. Ellis Roberts in NS, IX, 459 ("not only the glory of his own life, but
an account, vivid and faithful, of a society which has almost ceased to exist").
120 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Mason, Alfred E. W. Sir George Alexander and St. James theatre. London:
MacmiUan. Pp. 237.
Alexander (1858-1918), nineteenth century actor-manager.
Mills, Joseph T. John Bright and the Quakers. London: Methuen. 2 vols.
Pp. xii+505; xii+389.
Rev. by A. E. Freemantle in History, XX, 181-82; CR, CXLVIII, 757-59.
Morley, Edith J. The life and times of Henry Crabb Robinson. London: Dent-
Rev. by E. H. Carr in FR, CXXXVII, 63^35; by E. Sackville West in S,
March 29, p. 538; TLS, March 28, p. 199.
Mowat, R. B. Americans in England. London: Harrap. Pp. x+284.
Rev. by R. E. Spiller in NEQ, VIII, 290-91.
Mlihlmann, Klaus. England und die polnische Frage im Jahre 1868. Diss.
Gottingen, 1934. Pp. xi+59.
Mumby, Frank A. The house of Routledge, 1834-1934, with a history of Kegan,
Paul, Trench, Trubner and other associated firms. London: Routledge, 1934.
Pp. xiii+232.
Rev. in N & Q, July 6, pp. 17, 18; SR, Jan. 26, p. 117; TLS, Jan. 24, p. 47. His
tory of the publisher of Bulwer-Lytton, Moxon s Tennyson, Kate Greenaway,
Reade, Samuel Butler, Stevenson, Meredith, etc.
Murray, Eunice Guthrie. A gallery of Scottish women. London: Gowans &
Gray. Pp. 235. Includes Mrs. Oliphant.
Murry, J. Middleton. "Looking before and after." Adelphi, IX, 220-29.
The hopes of the Labour party as shown in The new party (a symposium), 1894,
compared with the present outlook.
N&Ioncelle, M. La philosophic religieuse en Grand-Bretagne. See VB 1934,
408.
Rev. by A. Thorold in Cr, XIV, 690-94; by Sven Wilson in Philos. rev., XLIV,
507 ("to British and American readers .... of scant value") ; Dublin rev., CXCVI,
161-62.
Newsholme, Sir Arthur. Fifty years in public health. London: Allen & Un-
win.
Rev. by Harry Roberts in NS, IX, 968. TeUs of boyhood in Haworth, and has
"interesting and hitherto unpublished things to say" of the Brontes,
Niederhommert, C. Queen Victoria und der deutsche Kronprinz Friedrich Wit-
helm. Diss. Minister, 1934. Pp. viii+94.
Oddie, E. M. Portrait of lanthe, being & study of Jane Digby, Lady Elknbor-
ough. London: Cape.
Palmer, Herbert E. The mistletoe child. Autobiography. London: Dent. Pp.
317.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 121
Perry, R. B. The thought and character of WiUiam James. 2 vols. Boston:
Little, Brown.
Rev. by C. H. Grattan in NYTBR, Dec. 1, pp. 3, 39. Includes glimpses of late
Victorians: Kipling, F. W. H. Myers, F. H, Bradley, etc.
Pimlott, J. A. R. "Toynbee Hall and the settlement movement: 1884-
1934." CR, CXLVII, 446-53.
Pimlott, J. A. R. Toynbee Hall: fifty years of social progress 1884-1934- With
a preface of the Archbishop of Canterbury. Introd. by J. J. Mallon, warden
of Toynbee Hall. London: Dent. Pp. 335.
Rev. by Sir William Beveridge in LM, XXXII, 171-72; by J. R. Brooke in S,
June 21, pp. 1072-74; by F. Gribble in FR, CXXXVIII, 122; NS, IX, 866; TLS,
May 2, p. 283.
Ponsonby, Victoria. "A Victorian childhood." Cornhill mag., CLII, 78-83.
Rait, Sir Robert, and Pryde, G. S. Scotland. Forew. by H. A. L. Fisher. New
York: Scribner, 1934. Pp. ix+372. Bibliog., pp. 340-46.
Rosenbliith, E. John Robert Seeky, sein historisches und politisches Weltbild.
DIBS. Berlin, 1934. Pp. 67.
Routh, H. V. Money, morals and manners as revealed in modern literature.
Univ. Extension libr. London: Nicholson. Pp. 256.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, XIII, 162-63 ("instructif ... dans le detail ... loin
de satisfaire n6tre besoin d intelligence historique") ; LM, XXXII, 96.
Russell, Arthur James. Their religion. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1934;
New York, London: Harper. Pp. xii+352.
On religious beliefs of great men; includes Gladstone, Disraeli, Dickens, Living
stone, Darwin.
Sargent, Daniel. Four independents. London: Sheed & Ward.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 30, p. 799. Roman Catholic converts; chapter on Gerard
Manley Hopkins.
Schaefer, Paula. The Catholic regeneration of the church of England. Trans.
Ethel Scheffauer. London: Williams & Norgate.
Rev. in TLS, p. 882. Uninformed and inaccurate; does not supplant Thureau-
Dangin s La renaissance Catholique en Angleterre.
Scudamore, C. "Oxford in the seventies/ " Cornhitt mag., CLI, 172-80.
Seton-Watson, R. W. Disraeli, Gladstone and the Eastern question. London,
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xv+590.
Rev. by E. Wiskemann in NS, IX, 560. Contains account of National Conven
tion, Dec., 1876, at which William Morris, J. R. Green, Lecky, Ruskin, and Burne-
Jones met to protest against atrocities in the Balkans.
122 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Swanwick, H. M. I have been young. London: Gollancz. Pp. 512.
Rev. by H. N. Brailsford in MS, X, 528; by Hugh Kingsmill in ER } LIX, 746-
48. Meetings of men of letters in the eighties.
Simpson, W. J. S. Religious thought in France in the nineteenth century. Lon
don: Allen & Unwin. Pp. viii+192.
Rev. by H. Watson- Jones in LQHR, CLX, 542-43. Shows contemporary Ger
man thought influencing France as well as England.
Smith, S. G. "Some nineteenth century Irish economists." EC, N.S., II,
20-32.
Spoerl, Howard D. "The problem of faculties in the psychology of character
during the nineteenth century." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1934) }
pp. 387-90.
"The psychology of character .... was largely dominated by the view, enun
ciated by John Stuart Mill . . . . , that a science of character must be a deductive
science, dependent on general psychology."
Taylor, Ernest R. Methodism and politics 1791-1851. Cambridge univ. pr.
Pp. x+226. Bibliog., pp. 217-22.
Rev. by Bonamy Dobr^e in Cr, XIV, 641 ; by T. H. Marshall in NS, IX, 591-92 ;
by J. Telford in LQHR, CLX, 416; N & Q, Oct. 5, pp. 251-52.
Thompson, Mrs. Frances, and Horsley, Sophy. Mendelssohn and his friends in
Kensington. Letters .... 1883-1836. Ed. Rosamund Gotch. Oxford univ.
pr., 1934. Pp. 289.
Thornton, Alfred. Fifty years of the New English Art Club. London: Offices of
the club.
Thorpe, James. English illustration: the nineties. London: Faber & Faber.
Ussher, Kathleen. Hail Victoria! London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1934. Pp.
262.
Wall, Rev. James. "Converting the Pope." Cornhill mag., CLI, 90-99.
Quixotic attempt in 1850 of Canon George Townsend to convert Pio Nono to
Anglicanism.
Ward, Herbert. The educational system of England and Wales and its recent
history. Cambridge univ. pr.
Ward, Maisie. The Wilfrid Wards and the transition. Vol. I. See VB 1934,
410.
Rev. by H. Tristram in Dublin rev., CXCVI, 292-303; Dalhousie rev., XV,
256-57.
Wellesley, Lord Gerald, and Steegmann, J. The iconography of the first Duke of
Wellington. Foreword by Philip Guedalla. London: Dent. Pp.106.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1935 123
Wey, Francis A. A Frenchman sees the English in the fifties. Trans. Valerie
Pirie. London: Sidgwick & Jackson. Pp. vii+312.
Rev. by W. King in NS, IX, 836-37; by C. E. VulHamy in S, May 24, pp. 886-
88; TLS, May 16, p. 311. A view of England shortly after the great Exhibition
of 1851.
Whitehead, Christina. Youth on the prow. London: Duckworth.
Rev. in NS, IX, 154. Explorers and slave-traders in the Sudan of the 1860 s,
including some historical figures, as Sir Herbert Baker.
Willcocks, Sir. W. Sixty years in the East. London: Blackwood. Pp. 338.
Williams, Thomas G. The main currents of social and industrial change since
1870. 2d ed. London: Pitman. Pp. 328.
Williamson, David. Our three great queens: Victoria, Alexandra, Mary. Lon
don: Independent pr. Pp. 176.
Windred, G. "Michael Faraday. A brief account of his electrical researches."
Archeion archivo di storia della sdenza, XVII, 48-63.
Wyndham, Horace. Victorian parade. London: Muller, 1934. Pp. 304.
Rev. in SR, Jan. 19, p. 84. A social panorama, not wholly successful.
Yarnall, H. E. The Great Powers and the Congo Conference in the years 1884
and 1885. Diss. Gottingen, 1934. Pp. 86.
Young, G. M. "Puritans and Victorians." Life and letters, XII, 58-63.
Young, G. M. (ed.). Early Victorian England, 1830-1865. 2 vols. See VB
1934, 411.
Rev. by W. C. Abbott in SRL, pp. 441, 443; by Herbert Bell in AHR, XL,
733-35; by S. C. Chew in HTB, Jan. 13, pp. 1-2; by Bonamy Dobrde in Cr, XIV,
638-iO; by C. F. Harrold in VQR, XI, 610-12; by Robert M. Lovett in New R,
LXXXIV, 52-53; by Emery Neflf in N, May 1, pp. 5&-14; by Clifford Sharp in
LM } XXXII, 388-89; by D. C. Somervell in History, XX, 282; by P. W. Wilson in
NYTBR, Jan. 13, p. 3; CR, CXLVII, 633-36; Life and letters, XI, 724-26.
A worthy addition to the Oxford series which already includes Shakespeare s
England and Johnson s England. As is inevitable in a work by many hands, the
performance is uneven. Some of the seventeen chapters are deserving of particular
commendation, notably "Homes and habits," "Town life and London," "The
Press," "Architecture," and the editor s concluding summary, "Portrait of an
age," which is the most brilliant of all. Least adequate are the chapters on art and
drama, in spite- of the fact that Allardyce Nicoll is the author of the latter. Limita
tions of space, of course, necessitate the omission of many interesting and impor
tant subjects; indeed, the editor apologizes for including nothing on law. But in a
work in which a full chapter is devoted to charity, and another to holidays and
travel, the failure to include any discussion of philosophy, religion, science, inven
tion, commerce, or politics would seem rather reprehensible. These reservations
granted, one must admit that the authors are successful in their attempt to furnish
a "background of ideas and habits" for the understanding of early Victorian life.
FREDERIC E. FAVERTY.
124 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY
FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES
Alexander, Calvert. The Catholic literary revival. Milwaukee: Bruce.
Rev. by Cuthbert Wright in NYTBR, July 21, p. 6; CWd, CXLII, 118-19.
From the Roman. Catholic standpoint.
Allen, R. B. Old Icelandic sources in the English novel. Diss. Univ. of Pennsyl
vania. Privately ptd., 1933. Pp. 121.
Baker, Joseph E. "Victorian England and modern America." AR, V, 432-50.
Bandy, T. W. Beaudelaire judged by his contemporaries. New York: Institute
of French studies, 1933. Pp. 188.
Rev. by E. S. in MLR, XXX, 393.
Bateson, F. W. English poetry and the English language. Oxford: Clarendon
pr.; London: Milford, 1934. Pp. vii+129.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, XII, 528-31; Poetry rev., XXVI, 171-72; TLS,
March 21, p. 172 (qualified praise). Victorians: Tennyson, Arnold, etc.
Blodgett, Harold. Walt Whitman in England. See VB 1934, 412.
Rev. by Portia Baker in MP, XXXII, 334-35.
Bluhm, H. S. "The reception of Goethe s Faust in England after the middle of
the nineteenth century." JEGP, XXXIV, 201-12.
"The history of Goethe s Faust in England .... is an immensely gripping story
of how some leaders of English thought, in their gradual outgrowth of the reaction
ary spirit of the nineteenth century, come to realize their problems of a non-
theological view of life as solved in no small measure" by Goethe s drama.
Boas, Guy (ed.). An anthology of wit. London: Macmillan. Pp. 258.
Bockheler, Lotte. Das englische Kinderlied. Diss. Tubingen. Pp. 114.
Bohlen, Adolf. "Lehrer und Schiller im neueren franzosichen und englischen
Schulroman." Die neueren Sprachen, XLIII, 127-61, 203-18, 239-66.
Tom Brown s Schooldays established the type for school novels such as Wells s
The undying fire, etc.
Bosch, Gertrud. Der englische Frauenroman um die Wende des 18-19. Jahr.
hunderts. Diss. Tubingen, 1934. Pp. 58.
Br6hie*r, Emile. La notion de la Renaissance dans I histoire de la philosophie.
Zaharoff lecture. Oxford univ. pr., 1934. Pp. 32.
Rev. by S. V, Keeling in Philos., X, 115-17. Defines approach of nineteenth-
century philosophers toward their problems.
Brockington, A. A. Mysticism and poetry: on a basis of experience. London:
Chapman & Hall, 1934. Pp. 224.
Rev. by P. Chauvet in RA, XII, 549; by Glyn Jones in Adelphi, IX, 384; TLS
(adversely), Feb. 14, p. 86. Treats of Browning, Newman, and Hopkins, among
others.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 125
Brunschvigg, L. "L histoire de la philosophie par Emile Bre"riie*r." RM,
XLII, 385-98.
A critique of BrdhieVs book, and some considerations of the manifestations of
philosophic views in literature .
Cecil, Lord David. "Dusting off the gold tops." SRL, Jan. 19, pp. 429-30.
This later appeared as introductory essay in the American edition of Early Vic
torian novelists.
Cecil, Lord David. Early Victorian novelists. See VB 1934, 416. American
ed., Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill. Pp. 342.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in Univ. of Toronto quar. (cited in RA, XIII, 88) ; by Isabel
Lewis in NewR, LXXXIV, 341; by M. E. N. in Comhitt mag., CLI, 125; by Alice
Parsons in HTB, June 9, p. 1 1 ; by W. L. Phelps in Scribner s mag., XCVIII, 59-60 ;
by V. S. Pritchett in FR, CXXXVII, 249; by G. W. Stonier in NS, IX, 44; by A.
Whitridge in SRL, May 18, p. 12; SR, Jan. 26, p. 117.
Clark, Isabel C. Six portraits. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 290.
Rev. in TLS, June 6, p. 366. Victorians: George Eliot and Mrs. Oliphant, con
sidered as women, not as writers, and from a religious point of view.
Collins, Norman. The facts of fiction. London: Gollancz, 1932; New York:
Dutton, 1933. Pp. 312.
Rev. by H. G. Heun in DLtz, LVI, 464-65. The novel from Richardson to
James Joyce.
Constant, G. "Les progres du Catholicisme en Angleterre." Revue des deux
mondes, XXVIII, 519-38.
Includes a survey of Victorian Catholicism, etc.
Cook, Davidson. "Allan Cunningham s literary ghost." TLS, March 21, p.
180, and March 28, p. 216.
Cosgrove, L. D. "Obiter scripta." TLS, Feb. 28, p. 124.
Treats of Augustine BirrelTs marginalia in Brandes Main currents in nineteenth
century literature.
Cruse, Amy. The Victorians and their reading. (English title: The Victorians
and their books.) Boston: Houghton Mifflin; London: G. Allen. Pp. 444..
Rev. by B. A. Barber in LQHR, CLX, 565-66; by E. F. Benson in Am. mercury,
XXXVII, 119-22 (Jan., 1936); by Edmund Blunden in 8, May 24, p. 880; by M.
Downing in QR, CCLXV, 238-52; by P. M. Jack in NYTBR, Oct. 6, pp. 2, 20; by
G. F. Whicher in HTB, Oct. 20, p. 20; Adelphi, X, 315-16; English jour., XXIV,
786; LM, XXXII, 303; N, Dec. 25, p. 750; SR, June 29, p. 821; TLS, May 23,
p. 326.
An interesting study of what the Victorians read, considered from the point of
view of social and intellectual groups High Church, Dissenter, Tractarian, patron
of Mudie s library, etc. Excellent, so far as the author s materials permit; a wider,
deeper, and more exact study in this field remains to be done. Not always accu
rate; little attempt at proportion or emphasis. A good, popular, pioneering type of
126 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
study, suggestive of further possibilities in the study of Victorian reading habits.
C. F. HAREOLD.
Decker, C.R. "Ibsen s literary reputation and Victorian taste." SP, XXXII,
632-45.
Evans, B. If or. English poetry in the later nineteenth century. See VB 1933,
411.
Rev. by Lascelles Abercrombie in MLR, XXX, 237-38; by Paul de Reul in
ESt, XVII, 42-43; by E. J. Morley in RES, XI, 239-41.
Fay, W. G., and Carswell, Catharine. The Fays of the Abbey theater. London:
Rich & Cowan. Pp. 313.
Rev. by L. A. G. Strong in S, Aug. 23, p. 295; TLS, Aug. 29, p. 535.
Gottbrath, K. Der Einfluss von Goethes "Wilhelm Meister" auf die englische
Literatur. Diss. Miinster. Lippstadt i. Westfalen: C. J. Laumanns, 1934.
Pp. xv+79.
Henderson, Philip. Literature and a changing world. London: Lane. Pp.180.
Rev. by Michael Roberts in NS, X, 68 (A Marxist critic "indebted to Edmund
Wilson").
Henn, T. R. Longinus and English criticism. Cambridge univ, pr., 1934. Pp.
viii+163.
Hicks, Granville. "Literature and revolution." Engl. jour., XXIV, 219-39.
Discusses significance of relation of an author to his social environment; makes
illustrative analyses of Carlyle, Dickens, Kingsley, Tennyson, etc.
Kornder, T. Der Deutsche im Spiegelbild der englischen Erzdhlungsliteratur des
19. Jahrhunderts. Diss. Erlangen. Erlangen-Bruck: M. Krahl, 1934.
Pp. 116.
Lehmann, W. G. G. Bernard Shaws Verhdltnis zu Romantik und Idealismus.
Bonn, 1934. Pp. 79.
MacFayden, The Rev. D. "De imitatione Christi." NC, CXVIII, 226-35.
Considers the Victorian views of Thomas a Kempis.
MacNeill, Nigel. The literature of the Highlanders. Ed. with an additional
chapter by J. M. Campbell. Stirling: E. Mackay. Pp. 585.
Published originally in 1892. An expression of the renaissance of Scotch nation
al feeling. Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, XII, 131-32.
Metz, Rudolf. Die philosophischen Stromungen der Gegenwart in Grossbritan-
nien. 2 vols. Leipzig: Meiner. Pp. xv+442; ii-j-359.
Rev. by G. Dawes Hicks in Philos,, X, 360-63. Includes an analysis of nine
teenth-century English philosophy and especially of its relation to German
thought.
Meyerstein, E. H. W. "Rimbaud and the Gentleman s magazine. " TLS,
April 11, p. 244.
VICTORIAN- BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 127
Milliquant, P. Tableau de la litter ature frangaise du romantisme a nos jours.
Berlin: Schoneberg. Also mentions foreign influences.
Modder, Montagu. "British travellers on American manners." LQHft, CLX,
331-44.
A review of British opinion from that of Mrs. Trollope (1832) to that of E. M,
Delafield (1934). The list of travelers includes Miss Martineau, Capt. Marryat,
Dickens, John M. Duncan, Sir Charles Lyell, Charles MacKay, Matthew Ar
nold, etc.
Moore, Virginia. Distinguished women writers. New York: Dutton, 1934.
Pp. 253.
Includes Christina Rossetti, Emily Bronte, Charlotte Bronte, Elizabeth Brown
ing, George Eliot, etc.
O Faolafn, S. "It no longer matters, or, The death of the English novel." CV,
XV, 49-56.
Uses the Victorian novelists in discussing the spiritual point of view in fiction.
Oriental travel. See IV, Krnglake.
Osgood, Charles Grosvenor. The voice of England. A history of English litera
ture. New York, London: Harper. Pp. xiii+627.
Oxford Movement. Tristram, Henry. "Mr. Newman and Father Clement."
Dublin rev., CXCVI, 100-114.
Phillips, E. Margaret. Philarete Chasks, critique et historien de la litterature
anglaise. Paris: Droz, 1933. Pp. 309.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in ESt, XVI (1934), 191-94; by K R. Gallas in Beiblatt,
XLVI, 79-82.
Power, William. Literature and oatmeal: what literature has meant to Scotland.
London: Routledge.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 14, p. 852. Includes consideration of Carlyle.
Ransom, John Crowe. "The cathartic principle." AR 9 V, 287-300. "The
mimetic principle." AR, V, 536-51.
Contain criticism of Butcher s interpretation of Aristotle as typically Victorian
in intellectual and moral outlook,
Russell, Bertrand. Freedom versus organization: 1814-1914- See VB 1934,
415.
Rev. by M. Belgion in Or, XIV, 52&-30; by J. G. Fletcher in AR, IV, 377-84;
by R. Heppenstall in Aryan path, March, pp. 186-87; by E. M. Kayden in SeR,
XLIII, 511-12; by R. Lodge in History, XX, 279-80; by R. H. Murray in OR,
CXLVII, 373-74; by G. de R. in La critica } XXXIII, 128-31; by James Harvey
Robinson m JMH, VII, 217-19 (very favorable).
Schneider, Georg. Theory and history of bibliography. Trans. Ralph R. Shaw.
New York: Columbia univ. pr., 1934. Pp. xiv+306.
128 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Schofer, Marie-Helene. Britischer Imperialismus im englischen Spiegel de$
historischen Buhnenstucks. Bottrop i. W.r Postberg, 1934. Pp. vi+114.
Rev. in Die neueren Sprachen, XLIII, 273-74. Imperialism as revealed in 132
plays, Victorian and post- Victorian.
Pre-Raphaelite movement. Scott-James, R. A. "Editorial notes." (On Pre-
Raphaelites as experimenters.) LM, XXXI, 322.
Scudder, Townsend. "Emerson s British lecture tour, 1847-1848. Parti. The
preparations for the tour, and the nature of Emerson s audiences. Part II.
Emerson as a lecturer in Britain and the reception of the lectures." AL,
VII, 15-36, 166-80.
Smith, Chard P. Annals of the poets. Their origins, backgrounds, private lives,
habits of composition, characters, and personal peculiarities. New York, Lon
don: Scribner s. Pp. xxv+523. Bibliog., acknowledgments, and index on
pp. 505-23.
Smith, Warren, H. Architecture in English fiction. "Yale studies in English,"
Vol. LXXXII. New Haven: Yale univ. pr., 1934. Pp. 236.
Rev. by M. D. Zabel in MP, XXXII, 434r-35.
Snaith, Stanley. "A round-up of anthologies." Libr. rev., Summer, pp. 64-71.
Starks, Lewis M. English literature as reflected in bookplate design. Sunapee,
N.H.: Franklin Lectures, Inc., Aug., 1935. Pp. 104.
Stutterheim, Hurt von. The press in England. Trans. W. H. Johnson. Lon
don: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 223.
Swears, Herbert. "Theatres of the past." Empire rev., LXI, 261-66.
Thoma, Fritz. "Die englische und amerkanische Literatur im Spiegel der
Tauchnitz-Edition." Das deutsche Wort, XI, 15. Noted in Literatur,
XXXVII, 456.
The history of "The Times." (3 vols.) Vol. I. The thunderer in the making:
1785-1841. London: The Times; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xx+515.
Rev, by J. L. Garvin in TLS (leading article), Jan. 3, pp. 1-2; by Charles Madge
in Cr, XIV, 519-23; by W. Steed in FR, CXXXVII, 239-40; by W. Tilby in LM,
XXXII, 402; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Jan. 27, p. 9; CR, CXLVII, 376-78;
NS, IX, 4-5.
Van Tieghem, Paul. "Le II 6 congres Internationale d histoire litte"raire."
Revue universelk, XLIV, 394-96.
Includes account of the definition and delimitation of periods and movements
in the study of literature. Paper by Cazamian on "Les pe*riodes dans 1 histoire de
la litte rature anglaise moderne." Full proceedings to be published in the Bulletin
du comitt international des sciences historiques, 1936.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 129
Waugh, Arthur. "The Fortnightly s seventieth birthday." FR> CXXXVII,
627-29.
Refers to Trollope, Mill, Lewes, W. K. Clifford, Arnold, Swinburne, etc.
Weill, Georges. Le journal. Origines, evolution, et rdle de la presse p&riodique,
"L Svolution de 1 humanite*," Vol. XCIV. Paris: La Renaissance du Livre,
1934. Pp. xix+450. Bibliog., pp. 419-32.
Rev. by A. Albert-Petit in Revue de Paris, XLII, 422-25; by K. S. Pinson in
JMHj VII, 94-95. History of the press, chiefly in Great Britain, France, Germany,
and the United States.
Wellard, J. H. "State of reading among the working classes of England dur
ing the first half of the nineteenth century." Libr. quar., V, 87-100.
Wilson, Claudine. "Francisque Michel and his Scottish friends." MLR.
XXX, 26-35.
Young, Francis Brett. A century of boys 1 stories. "Century omnibus ser."
London: Hutchinson. Pp. 1024.
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Arnold. Brown, Curtis. "Famous authors I have met." Strand, LXXXIX,
600-610, 728-35, 836-45. Includes Arnold.
Brown, E. K. "The scholar gypsy. An interpretation." RA, XII, 219-25.
Brown, E. K. Studies in the text of Matthew ArnoloJs prose works. JParis: E.
Droz. Pp. 136.
Cairncross, A. S. "Arnold s Taded leaves and Switzerland/ " TLS, March
28, p. 210.
Cooper, Lane. Evolution and repentance. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell univ. pr.
Has essay on Arnold.
Loring, M. L. S. "T. S. Eliot on Matthew Arnold." SeR, XLIII, 479-88.
Pettet, E. C. "Note on Matthew Arnold s poetry." Adelphi, X, 284r-87.
Replies to T. S. Eliot s classification of Arnold as an academic poet.
Sells, Iris E. Matthew Arnold and France; the poet. Cambridge univ. pr.; New
York: Macmillan. Pp. xv+282.
Rev. by L. Bonnerat in RA, XII, 547-48; by S. C. Chew in HTB, Aug. 18, p. 8;
by D. Gascoyne in NS, IX, 391-92; TLS, Feb. 28, p. 121 (largely adverse) see
March 7, p. 143, for author s reply. Combines a weakness for finding "influences,"
where they are not always indubitable, with the technique of the "fictionizing"
biographer; treats particularly Arnold s debt to Edgar Quinet, E. de S&iancour,
and George Sand.
Tinker, C. B., and Lowry, H. F. "Arnold s Dover beach. " TLS, Oct. 10,
p. 631.
130 VICTOHIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Bagehot. Irvine, William. "Walter Bagehot as literary critic." Harvard
univ. summaries of theses (1934) > PP- 320-22.
Barnes. See Tennyson: Quiller-Couch.
Beddoes. The Browning box: or the life and works of Thomas Lovell Beddoes.
Ed. H. W. Donner. Oxford univ. pr.
Rev. by David Garnett in NS, X, 852; TLS, Nov. 16, pp. 729-30. Unpublished
letters from Beddoes to Wordsworth, Mary Shelley, Browning, etc.
Donner, H. W. Thomas Lovell Beddoes: the making of a poet. Oxford: Black-
well.
Garnett, D. "Books in general/ NS, IX, 524.
General comment on Beddoes, and a review of The second brother as performed
at Norwich, April, 1935.
Bradley. Collected essays. 2 vols. Oxford: Clarendon pr.; London: Milford.
Pp. viii+348; iv-f 360.
Segerstedt, T. Value and reality in Bradley s philosophy. Lund, Sweden:
Gleerup, 1934. Pp. iv-f 260.
Brontes (see also II, Newsholme). The poems of "The Shakespeare
Head Bronte." 2 vols. See VB 1934, 416.
Published also in Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1934. Rev. by Abbe* Dimnet in
SRL, Feb. 2, p. 463.
Aiken, Ralph. "Wild-heart: an appreciation of Emily Jane Bronte." So.
Atlantic quar. } XXXIV, 202-10.
Delafield, E. M. (ed.). The Bontes: their lives recorded by their contemporaries.
"Biographies through the eyes of contemporaries," No. 2. London: Ho
garth. Pp. 274.
Rev. by E. F. Benson in S, June 14, pp. 1026-28 ("a piling up of trivialities,"
an "exasperating book"); by M. E. N. in Cornhitt mag., CLII, 124; by Sylvia Nor
man in FR, CXXXVIII, 123-24; CR, CXLVIII, 246-48; LM, XXXII, 302; TLS,
May 30, p. 345.
Newton, A. E. Derby day, and other adventures. Boston: Little, Brown, 1934.
Pp. 351.
Two essays are on the Haworth life of the Brontes, and their literary work.
Ratchford, Fannie. Two poems by Emily Bronte: with the Gondal background
of her poems and novel. Austin, Texas: Von Boeckmann- Jones, 1934. Pp.
44.
Rev. by Leicester Bradner in MP, XXXIII, 209-10.
Wroot, H. E. Persons and places: sources of Charlotte Bronte s novels. Ha
worth Parsonage Museum, Yorkshire: Bronte Society.
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 5, p. 554 ("a most valuable contribution to Bronte litera
ture").
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 131
Brown. Groom, I. S. "The T. E. Brown memorial in Man." Poetry rev., XXV
(1934), 498-500.
Brownings. "Letters of the Brownings." TLS, April 11, p. 248.
Sale of twenty-two unpublished letters at Anderson Galleries, New York.
Armstrong, A. J. "The Brownings set to music." TLS, March 14, p. 160.
Boas, F. S. "Robert Browning s Paracekus, 1835-1935." QR, CCLXV,
280-95.
Boodin, J.-E. Three interpretations of the universe. London: Macmillan. Pp.
519.
Rev. in RM, XLII, Suppl., July, pp. 8-9. Treats of "Browning.
Casson, J. Traductions de Robert Browning et de Rudyard Kipling. Rev. in
Nouvelks litteraires (Aug. 27) cited in RA, XIII, 86.
Clarke, Isabel. Elizabeth Barrett Browning. A portrait. "Booklovers* libr."
London: Hutchinson. Pp. 287.
DeVane, William Clyde. A Browning handbook. New York: F.S. Crofts. Pp.
ix+533.
Rev. in Engl jour., XXIV, 789; New R, LXXX, iii.
This handbook is one of the best in the excellent Crofts series on the English
poets. Among the widely dispersed materials, the immature criticisms, and often
erroneous conclusions of his predecessors in the field, DeVane threads his way with
assurance and painstaking accuracy. He levies tribute upon the sounder Browning
commentators, and corrects the work of the misinformed. In many cases he adds
new information. The poems are discussed in "the chronological order of their
publication," all discussions following the same orderly arrangement: publication,
text, genesis and composition, sources and influences, after-history. The book is a
valuable addition to Browning scholarship, and should provide, as the author
modestly hopes it will, "a point of departure for further investigations." FRED
ERIC E. FAVERTY.
Dodge, R. E. N. "Bishop Blougram s apology." TLS, March 21, p. 176. See
also TLS, Jan. 24, p. 48.
Heuer, H. "Browning und die englische Romantik." Zeitschrift fur neu-
sprachlichen Unterricht, XXXIV, 201-14.
Rev. by F. Neubert in Die neueren Sprachen, XLIII, 54. Chiefly the debt to
Byron and Shelley.
Hovelaque, H. Lajeunesse de Robert Browning. See VB 1934, 417.
Rev. by H. Heuer in Beiblatt, XLVI, 183-86.
Knickerbocker, K L. "Browning and his critics." SeR, XLIII, 283-91.
Knickerbocker, K. L. "An echo from Browning s second courtship." SP,
XXXII, 120-24.
132 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Meyerstein, E. H. W. "A rhyme in Browning." TLS, Feb. 7, p, 76. See also
April 18, p. 257.
Phelps, W. L. "A rhyme in Browning." TLS, Aug. 29, p. 537.
Renter, I. Studien uber . . . . D. H. Lawrence. Diss. Marburg. Marburg:
Poppinghaus, 1934. Pp. 97.
Pp. 26-45 have "Vergleich zwischen Robert Browning und D. H, Lawrence,
dargestellt an der Bedeutung des Augenblicks bei beiden."
Schroer, C. "Germanisch-gotische Wesensziige in der Paracelsusgestalt."
NeuP, VI, 351-61.
Shackford, Martha. E. B. Browning; R. H. Home. Two studies. Wellesley,
Mass.: Wellesley pr. Pp. 79.
Sherwood, Margaret. Undercurrents of influence in English romantic poetry.
Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard univ. pr., 1934. Pp. xii+365.
Rev. by M. Zabel in MP, XXXII, 440-41. Includes chapters "The young
Browning" and "Browning and Mr. Santayana."
Shillito, Edward. "The young Browning." (Autobiogr. in Paracelsus.) S,
March 15, pp. 431-32.
Smally, D. R, "Browning and Donne." TLS, p. 631.
Snitslaar, L. Sidelights on .... "The ring and the book." See VB 1934, 417.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in RA, XII, 438-39; by H. L. G. in MLR, XXX, 414.
Tracy, C. R. "Bishop Blougram s apology." TLS, Jan. 24, p. 48. See also
March 21, p. 176.
Varner, J. G. "Poe and Miss Barrett." TLS, April 11, p. 244.
Bulwer-Lytton. McCarthy, Desmond. Experience. London: Putnam.
Has essay on Bulwer-Lytton.
R., V. "The Athenaeum and Bulwer Lytton." N & Q, Feb. 23, pp. 128-29.
Watts, Harold. "Lytton s theories of prose fiction." PMLA, L, 274-89.
Butler. Letters between Samuel Butter and Miss E. M. A. Savage, 1871-1885.
London: Cape.
Rev. by C. Carswell in S, Dec. 6, p. 947; by G. W. Stonier in MS, X, 944-45;
TLS (leading article), Dec. 7, pp. 821-22.
Ervine, St. John. "The centenary of Samuel Butler." FR, CXXXVIII, 698-
710.
Jordan-Smith, P. "Samuel Butler the first century." Colophon, NS, I, 271-
80.
Keynes, G., and Hill, Brian. "Distribution of Samuel Butler s manuscripts:
new gift to the British Museum." TLS, Nov. 23, p. 764.
Larband, V. "Les carnets de Samuel Butler." NrJ, XLIII, 83-98.
VICTORIAN BIBLKHJRAPHY FOR 1935 133
Rattray, R. F. Samuel Butler. London: Duckworth.
Rev. by G. B. Fort in RA, XIII, 157-58, by C. E. M. Joad in FR t CXXXVII, -
636-37.
Steele, Robert. "Butler and the Odyssey." TLS, Dec. 21, p. 879.
Carlyle (see also II, Brinton, and III, Hicks). "Lebendige Vergangenheit:
aus Thomas Carlyle Der Chartism/ Recht und Macht." Deutsche Rund
schau, LXI (1934), 168-70.
Armstrong, T. P. "Carlyle and Uhland: parallel passages." N & Q, Sept. 28,
p. 221.
Borbein, H. "Thomas Carlyle im Lichte des deutschen Shicksals." NeuP,
VI, 167 ff.
Goldberg, M. H. "Carlyle and Ruskin." TLS, May 16, p. 313.
Harrold, Charles Frederick. "Carlyle and the mystical tradition." CWd,
CXLII, 45-49.
Harrold, Charles Frederick. Carlyle and German thought: 1819-1884. See
VB 1934, 418.
Rev. by W. H. Dunn in MLN, L, 551-52; by J. T. McNeil in Jour, of religion,
XV, 114; by K. Neumann in Beiblatt, XLVI, 311-14; by S. Rosati in Nuova anto-
logia, XIII, 314-16; by N. P. Stallknecht in Philos. rev., XLIV, 404; by H. Tron-
chon in Revue germanique, XXVI, 273-74; by Jacob Zeitlin in JEGP, XXXIV,
143-44.
Holmberg, 0. David Hume in Carlyle s Sartor resartus. Lund, 1934. Pp. 19.
Rev. by R. Metz in ES, LXXX, 298-300.
Klipstein, E. "Thomas Carlyle: der Mensch." Deutsche Rundschau, LXI
(1934), 170-76.
Mampel, A. Thomas Carlyle als Kunstler unter besonderer Berucksichtigung
"Friedrich des Grossen." Diss. Gottingen. Pp. vii+167.
Morris, G. I. "Durne Hitler." NS, IX, 139.
Treats study of Heroes and hero worship in Germany, and the view there of
Carlyle and Ruskin as "first national socialists."
Scudder, T. "Carlyle receives a friend." SRL, Sept. 14, p. 9.
Shine, Hill. "Carlyle and the German philosophy problem during the year
1826-1827." PMLA, L, 807-27.
Vollrath, W. Thomas Carlyle und H. St. Chamberlain, zwei Freunde Deutsch-
lands. Mtinchen: Lehmann. Pp. 100.
Wissman, P. "Carlyles Buch iiber Helden und Heldenverehrung im Dienste
nationalpolitischer Schulung." Zeitsch. fur neusprachlichen Unterricht,
XXXIV, 302-10.
134 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Woolf, L. Qiiack, Quack! London: Hogarth; New York: Harcourt, Brace.
Pp.201.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, IX, 830; by Lewis Mumford in New R, LXXXIV,
308; by Lord Percy in LM, XXXI, 283-84.
Carroll. Fonteno y, Henri. "Presentation de Lewis Carroll.* Nrf, CCLXIII,
202-7.
Williams, S. H., and Madan, F. Handbook of the literature of Rev. C. L. Dodgson
("Lewis Carroll"), 1931. Suppkment, corrigenda and addenda, the latter cov
ering 1932-4 and including the centenary year 1932, by F. Madan. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 24.
Cholmondeley. Kent, Muriel. "A novelist of yesterday." Cornhillmag.,CLI,
194-200.
Clare. Poems by John Clare, Ed. Tibbie. London: Dent.
Rev. by K John in NS, IX, 333-34; by D. Thomas in Adelphi, X, 179-81.
Darwin. Barber, Otto. H. G. Wells Verhaltnis uber Darwinismus. Leipzig:
Tauchnitz, 1934, Pp. 81.
Dickens (see also Gaskell: Waller; III, Hicks). Mr. and Mrs. Charles Dick-
ens: his letters to her. Ed. by Walter Dexter. London: Constable. Pp.
xviii+298.
Rev. by Lord Cecil in S, June 28, pp. 1110-11 ("the letters themselves are dull:
and they do not reveal the longed-for secret" regarding Dickens marriage) ; by
W. Holby in LM, XXXII, 295-96; by M. E. N. in Cornhitt mag., CLII, 253; by
A. Waugh in FR, CXXXVIII, 248-49; NS, IX, 970-71; N & Q, July 20, p. 54;
TLS, June 13, p. 377.
"The centenary of Boz: Dickens s new London." TLS (leading article), Dec.
28, pp. 885-86.
Dickens-Thackeray. Reprints of catalogues. Dickens library, from Sotheran s
Price current of literature ; his pictures and objects of art, sold by Christie s;
Thackeray s library, sold by Christie s; and relics from his library, from Soth
eran s Price current of literature. London: Sotheran. Pp.182. Illus. Lim
ited to 250 copies.
"Libraries of Dickens and Thackeray." TLS, April 18, p. 260.
Boarman, J. C. Boz: an intimate biography of Charles Dickens. Boston: Strat
ford.
Boll, T. E. M. "Great expectations." TLS, Aug. 15, p. 513.
Cohn, A. M. " Loving ballad of Lord Bateman, 1839." TLS, May 16, p.
313.
On Dickens notes to the ballad as reset by Thackeray. See TLS, May 2, p. 288;
June 6, p. 364; June 13, p. 380.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 135
Darwin, B. "New discoveries of Charles Dickens: his earliest writings in
Maria BeadnelTs Album." Strand, LXXXIX, 574r-79.
Fargeon, Eleanor. "Adventure in the fifties. Our father, B. L. Fargeon."
(Contains letter from Dickens to Fargeon.) Btockwood s, CCXXXVIII,
306-27.
Kent, William. London for Dickens lovers. London: Methuen. Pp. 177.
Rev. in N & Q, June 15, pp. 430-31; TLS, July 18, p. 463.
Kingsmill, Hugh. The sentimental journey: a life of Charks Dickens. See VB
1934, 420.
Rev. by N. Arvin in New R, LXXXII, 258; by May Becker in HTB, Feb. 17,
p. 3; by S. C. Chew in SRL, Feb. 23, pp. 501, 506; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR,
Feb. 17, pp. 5, 14; by A. Waugh in FR, CXXXVII, 119-20; AR, V, 126-28.
Journalistic; untrustworthy.
Lloyd, J. A. T. "Who wrote English notes ?" Colophon, N.S., 1, 107-18.
Poe probably wrote the answer to Dickens American notes.
Lyon, T. A. "Don Quixote and Dickens." NS, X, 60.
Maurois, A. Dickens. See VB 1934, 420. Publ. New York: Harper.
Rev. by N. Arvin in New R, LXXXII, 258; by May Becker in HTB, Feb. 17,
p. 3; by S. C. Chew in SRL, pp. 501, 506; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Feb. 17,
pp. 5, 14; by A. Waugh in FR, CXXXVII, 119-20; SR, Jan. 26, p. 117.
Morand, P. "Un pr&16cesseur de Monsieur Pickwick/ 7 Nouvettes litteraires,
Sept. 7 (cited in RA, XIII, 183).
Phelps, W. L. "As I like it" quotes letters containing personal reminiscences
of Dickens and Hardy. Scribner s mag., XCVII, 190.
Wickardt, W. Die Formen der Perspective in Charks Dickens Romanen
See VB 1933, 424.
Rev. by G. Plessow in BeiblaU, XLVI, 280-84.
Wright, Thomas. The life of Charks Dickens. London: Jenkins. Pp. 385.
Rev. in NS, X, 498; S, Dec. 6, p. 962; SR, Dec. 28, p. 660; TLS, Nov. 30, p. 816.
The results erf a lifetime of labor; but adding little to our knowledge of Dickens;
containing critical matter of little value, and showing evidence of error in detail.
Will not supersede Ley s annotated reprint of Forster s biography. C. F. H.
Dickensian (quarterly), Vol. XXXI. See VB 1932, 422.
Items as follows: "Dickens agreements with Bentley: important new facts"
(pp. 241-54) ; "Dickens first contributions to The morning chronicle " (pp. 5-10) ;
"Dickens tenancy of FumivaTs Inn: some new documents" (pp. 255-58) ; "Dick-
ensian peeps into Punch " (pp. 264-66); "Peeps at Dickens: pen pictures from
contemporary sources" (pp. 287-S8) ; "Why Not so bad as we seem was acted in
Free-trade Hall" (pp. 297-98); J. B. Bulloch, "The ancestry of Mrs. Charles
Dickens" (pp. 209-14); L. M. H. Brush, "A psychological study of Barnaby
136 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Rudge" (pp. 24-30); E. B. Chancellor, "Dickens in Scotland" (pp. 63-66); E.
Chartier, "A French appreciation of Dickens" (pp. 52-58); A. E. Cross, "Those
early Victorians" rev. of Cecil s book; see III, Cecil (pp. 125-28); W. Dexter,
"Contemporary opinions of Dickens s earliest work" (pp. 105-$) ; H. L. R. Edgar,
"Dickens s friendship with the Coldens" (pp. 11-22); M. Evans, "Dickens the
satirist" (pp. 111-16); W. F. Gray, "Dickens s debt to Scotland" (pp. 177-91);
C. F, Lehmann-Haupt, "Studies in Edwin Drood " (pp. 299-305); J. W. T. Ley,
"Biography: How not to do it " severe criticism of KingsmilTs The sentimental
journey (pp. 101-4; see, also, p. 286); J. W. T. Ley, "Dickens and his wife" (pp.
226-30); J. W. T. Ley, "Tom Mitton: an early friendship [of Dickens]" (pp. 289-
94); K A. McKenzie, "Foreigners in Dickens" (pp. 169-74); W. Miller and E. H.
Strange, "The original Pickwick papers " (pp. 35-40, 95-99, 219-22, 284-86);
F. G. Roe, "Surnames in Dickens" (pp. 83-90) ; A. de Suzannet, "Maria BeadnelTs
album" (pp. 161-68); A. de Suzannet, "Dickens judged by Andrg Maurois" (pp.
92-94); U. Walsh, "Some very minor characters [in Dickens s novels]" (pp.
277-83).
Disraeli (see also II, Baily). Blumenfeld, R. D. R. D. B. S procession. New
York: Macmillan.
Rev. by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Aug. 11, pp. 1, 16. Personal glimpses of
Disraeli, Gladstone, Hardy, etc.
Riihl, Hans. Disraelis Imperialisms und die Kolonialpolitik seiner Zeit.
"Palaestra," No. 196. Leipzig: Mayer & Mtiller. Pp. xvi+168.
Sauer, Eugen. Die Politik Lord Beaconsfields in der Oriental. Krisis (1875/78).
Diss. Tubingen, 1934. Pp. vi+201.
Dobson, Austin. Account of first editions for sale. LM } XXXI, 420.
Dowden. Eglinton, John. Irish literary portraits. London, New York: Mac
millan. Pp. 6+158.
Rev. by J. M. H. in , Aug. 16, p. 270; TLS, July 25, p, 474. Includes chapter
on Dowden s letters and one on recollections of George Moore.
Dowson. Poetical works of Dowson. Ed. Desmond Flower. London: Cassell;
The Bodley Head pr. Pp. 333.
Du Manner. Du Maurier, Daphne. Gerald; a portrait. (Includes treatment
of Gerald s father, George.) New York: Doubleday; London: Gollancz,
1934. Pp. 312.
Eliot Bourrhonne, P. George Eliot: See VB 1934, 421.
Rev. by E. Batho in RES, XI, 237-39; by Mathilde Parlette in MLN, L,
275-76.
Williams, Blanche C. "George Eliot and John Chapman: a fragment." Colo
phon, NS, I, 6^-70.
Fitzgerald. Wright, Thomas. The life of the Rev. Timothy Richard Matthew,
friend of Edward Fitzgerald. London: Farncombe & Sons, 1934. Pp. 218.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 137
Gaskell. Waller, Ross D. "Letters addressed to Mrs. Gaskell by celebrated
contemporaries. Now in the possession of the John Rylands Library."
Butt, of the John Rylands Library, XIX, 102-69. Also published separately.
(See VB 1933, 426.)
"The Gaskell MSS are in four divisions: Letters to E. C. and W. Gaskell, 2 vols.;
Miscellaneous letters, 3 vols.; letters from W. S. Landor; letters from Dickens. This
article uses the first and the third, draws a few letters from the second, and does not
touch the fourth. The Miscellaneous letters have several interesting items (letters
by Lamb and Coleridge among others) but most of them are of little interest. A
considerable group were addressed to Edward Coleridge at Eton." Letters are
printed or referred to by Waller, written by William Howitt, S. Bamford, Maria
Edgeworth, the Carlyles, Tom Taylor, Florence Nightingale, Wordsworth, L.
Hunt, Matthew Arnold, G. H. Lewes, E. B. Browning, Mrs. G. L. Craik, Eliza
Cook, J. Ruskin, D. G. Rossetti, R. M. Mimes, Charles Reade, Froude, H. B.
Stowe, Frederika Bremer, and others. See also the itemized account in the Bulle
tin, XIX, 465-66.
Waller, R. D. "Articles by Mrs. Gaskell." TLS, July 25, p. 477.
Gilbert. Pearson, Hesketh. Gilbert and Sullivan: a biography. London: Ham
ilton; New York: Harper. Pp. xvi+317.
Rev. by K Hare in ER, July, pp. 107-8; by D. Hussey in S, May 24, pp. 884-
86; by G. Stevens in SRL, Sept. 28, p. 11 ("an informed, appreciative, and most
diverting book .... remarkably acute") ; by E. Tinker in HTB, Sept. 29, p. 7; by
P. Wilson in NYTBR, Oct. 20, p. 5; NS, IX, 762-63; TLS, May 23, p. 325.
Halton, F. J. The Gilbert and Sullivan operas. A concordance. Foreword by
R. D Oyly Carte. Brooklyn: Bass. Pp. 184.
Gissing. Shafer, Robert. "The vitality of George Gissing." AR, V, 459-87.
Hallam. Motter, T. H. V. "A lost poem by Arthur Hallam." PML A, L,
568-75.
Hardy (see also Dickens: Phelps; Disraeli: Blumenfeld; Tennyson: Quiller-
Couch).
Hardy, Thomas. An indiscretion in the life of an heiress. ("Hardy s lost nov
el") Ed. by Carl J, Weber. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins pr. Pp. 146.
Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, June 16, p. 9; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR,
April 28, p. 9; by Christopher Morley in SRL, March 16, p. 551; by W. L. Phelps
m New Haven register, June 7 (syndicated) ; by H. C. W. in New R, LXXXIII, 259.
Budke. W. Die Darstellung der Frau bei Thomas Hardy unter besonderer
Berucksichtigung Schopenhauer s. Diss. Mtinster, 1934. Pp. 71.
Cockerell, Sir S. "Early Hardy stories." TLS, March 14, p. 160. See also
May 9, p. 301.
Elliott, Albert P. Fatalism in the works of Thomas Hardy. Diss. Univ. of
Pennsylvania. Philadelphia,
138 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Griesbach, I. Das tragische WeUgefuhl als Gestaltungsprinzip in Thomas Har
dy s Wessexromanen, unter Hineinbeziehung Shakespeares in seiner Lear- und
Macbeth-Periode. Diss. Marburg. Marburg: Poppinghaus, 1934. Pp. 79.
Ledoux, L. "Robinson and Hardy." SRL, May 11, p. 11.
Lillard, R. G. "Irony in Hardy and Conrad." PMLA, L, 316-22.
Purdy, R. L. "The Thomas Hardy collection." Yale univ. libr. gazette, X, 8-9.
Primarily of first editions.
Ratcliffe, H. R. "Colby s Hardy collection." Colby alumnus, XXIV, 3-6, 18.
Weber, Carl J. "Brazil as it is in Thomas Hardy s novel." RA, XII, 520-23.
Weber, Carl J. "Two sonnets by E. A. Robinson." SRL, April 27, p. 648.
See Ledoux, supra.
Weber, Carl J. "E. A. Robinson and Hardy." N, May 1, p. 508.
Weber, Carl J. "Care and carelessness in Hardy." MLN, L, 41-43.
Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy s Song in The woodlanders. 1 " ELPI, II,
242-45.
Wilmsen, G. Thomas Hardy als impressionistischer Landschaftsmaler. Diss.
Marburg, 1934. Pp. 107.
Haydon. Wagner, Use. Das litererarische Werk des Malers Benjamin Robert
Hay don. Diss. Gottingen, 1934. Pp. viii+64.
Hewlett. Sutherland, B. "A bibliography of Maurice Henry Hewlett." Bull,
of bibliog., XV, 126-29.
Hood. Gilman, M., "Beaudelaire and Thomas Hood." Romanic rev., XXVI,
240-44.
Hope. Mallet, Sir Charles. Anthony Hope and his books: the authorized life of
Sir Anthony Hope Hawkins. London: Hutchinson. Pp.290.
Rev. by H. KingsmiU in ER, LXI, 619; by A. Palmer in LM, XXXII, 605; NS,
X, 352; TLS, Sept. 12, p. 561.
Hopkins (see also II, Sargent). "Early poems and extracts from the note
books and papers." Cr, XV, 1-17.
Abbott, C. C. (ed.) Letters of Gerard Manley Hopkins. See VB 1934, 423.
Rev. by M. Carpenter in Poetry rev,, XXVI, 166; by H. Downey in VQR, XI,
458-61; by Shane Leslie in SRL, March 16, pp. 549-50; by C. Lewis in New R t
LXXXIII, 52; by H. Read in Cr, XIV, 478-80; by M. Roberts in LM, XXXI, 480-
81; by M. Walker in NYTBR, March 10, p. 2; by Edna Walton in N, July 24, pp.
109-11; C H. Warren in FR, GXXXVII, 503-4; C Wd, CXLII, 119-20; TLS,
Jan. 31, p. 59.
Abbott, C. C. "Letters of .... Hopkins." TLS, March 21, p. 176.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 139
Behn, I. "Gerard Manley Hopkins und seine Dichtung." Hochland, XXXII,
148-69.
Downey, Harris. "A poem ["The windhover"] not understood." VQR, XI,
506-17.
Kelly, Bernard. The mind and poetry of Gerard Manley Hopkins, SJ. Lon
don : S. Dominic s pr. Pp. 46.
Plowman, M. "Gerard Manley Hopkins." Adelphi, IX, 356-61.
Stonier, G. W. "Books in general." Treats Hopkins. NS, IX, 108.
Home. See Brownings: Shackford.
Huxley. Huxley, Julian. "The voyage of the Rattlesnake: an unpublished
diary of Thomas Henry Huxley." FR, CXLIII^ 661-73.
Irving. Kent, M. "Edward Irving: 1792-1834." Hibbert jour., XXXIII,
277-89.
Jefferies. Daglish,E.F. (ed.). Out-of-doors wtth Richard Jefferies. An anthol
ogy, with preface. "Open-air library ser." London: Dent; Paris: Didier.
Pp. xvi+264.
Jewsbury. Howe, Susanne. Geraldine Jewsbury: her life and errors. London:
Allen & Unwin. Pp. 236.
Rev. by H. Bates in LM, XXXI, 400-401; by E. Sackville-West in S, Aug. 16,
pp. 267-68 ("eminently readable") ; NS, X, 132; SR, Aug. 3, p. 982; TLS, July 18,
p. 461.
Kinglake. "From Kinglake to Lawrence." TLS (leading article), July 25, pp.
469-70. See also Aug. 1, p. 489.
On Oriental travel.
Kingsley (see also II, Brinton; III, Hicks). Baldwin, S. E. Charles Kingsky,
See VB 1934, 423.
Rev. by Margaret Thorp in MLN> L, 482-83; Eng. jour., XXIV, 296.
Kipling (see also Brownings: Casson). Pofrnes traduit en versfrangais de An
toinette Soulas. Paris: Donoel et Steele. Pp. 121.
Rev. by E. Legouis in RA, XIII, 63-64.
Canby, H. S. "Kipling: the great Colonial." SRL, Jan. 25, pp. 3-4, 14, 16.
See also p. 8: editorial by W. R. Bene"t.
Koszul, A. "Kipling en surplis." RA, XIII, 130-34.
Kummer, G. Kipling als Imperialist. Diss. Jena. Jena: Gutenberg Druck-
erei, 1934. Pp. 76.
Maurois, Andre*. Prophets and poets. Trans. Hamish Miles. New York: Har
per.
Rev. by H. S. Canby in SRL, Dec. 14, p. 5; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Dec.
8, p. 2. Has chapter on Kipling.
140 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Landor (see also Gaskell: Waller). Ehrich, E. Southey und Landor. Eine
Studie uber Hire lit., geistigen u. menschl. Beziehungen. Diss. Gottingen,
1934.
Elkin, Felice. Walter Savage Landor 3 s studies of Italian life and literature. Diss.
Univ. of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, 1934. Pp. 221.
Lockhart, Macbeth, G. John Gibson Lockhart: a critical study. "Univ. of
Illinois studies/ Vol. XXXII, No. 26. Urbana: Univ. of Illinois pr.
Macaulay. "Gift of Macaulay letters." Bull of New York Public libr.,
XXXIX, 38.
Le Breton, M. "Edgar Poe et Macaulay." RA, XIII, 38-42.
MacDonald. MacDonald, Greville. "George MacDonald and Ruskin."
TLS, March 14, p. 160.
Recently discovered reply to a Ruskin letter on the death of Rose La Touche.
Meredith. "Evan Harrington" Traduit de V anglais par Mme. Le Corbeiller et
Reni Galland. Paris: Galimard, 1934.
Able, A. H. George Meredith and .... Peacock. See VB 1934, 424.
Rev. by A. DuBois in MLN, L, 407-8; by H. Papajewski in Beiblatt, XLVI,
77-78.
Zeddies, W. George Merediths Naturauffassung in seinen Gedichten. Diss.
Miinster. Borna : Leipzig: Noske, 1934. Pp. 80.
Moore (see also Dowden: Eglinton). Goodwin, Geraint. Call back yesterday.
London: Cape.
Autobiography, with interesting information about George Moore.
Steward, S. M. "J. K. Huysmans and George Moore." Romanic rev. y XXV,
197-206.
Kriiger, F. "George Moore und die irische Renaissance." NeuP, VI, 333-36.
Morgan, Charles. Epitaph on George Moore. New York: Macmillan.
Rev. by Ernest Boyd in SRL, Dec. 7, p. 13; by J. M. Hone in 8, Dec. 13, pp.
998-1000. Ran serially in FR t CXXXVIII, 406-17, 550-62.
Wolfe, Humbert. Portraits by inference. London: Methuen.
Has essay on Moore.
Morris. Crow, Gerald. William Morris: designer. See VB 1934, 424.
Rev. in Eng. jour., XXIV, 286; TLS, Jan. 3, p. 7.
Litzenberg, K. "William Morris and Scandinavian literature: a bibliographi
cal essay." Scandinavian studies, XIII, 93-105.
Munday, G. P. "Morris and MacDonald." Adelphi, X, 55-57.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 141
Newman. D Cruz, F. A. Cardinal Newman: his place in religion and litera
ture. Madras: The "Good Pastor" pr.
Harper, G. Cardinal Newman and William Froude See VB 1934, 426.
Rev. by W. H. Dunn in MLN, L, 484-85; by G. B. Leishman in RES, XI,
105-8.
Sobry, D. P. Newman en zijn "Idea of a university" Louvain, 1934. Pp.
vii+207.
Pater. Eaker, Gordon. Walter Pater: a study in method and effects. "Univ. of
Iowa studies." Vol. V, No. 4.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXIII, 110-12.
Green, Z. E. "Walter Pater s unhappy beginnings." Eng. jour., XXIV,
421-22.
Rosenblatt, L. " Marius PEpicurien de Walter Pater et ses points de depart
frangais." RLC, XV, 97-106.
Young, Helen. The writings of Walter Pater See VB 1934, 426.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in M P, XXXIII, 110-12.
Patmore. Page, Frederic. Patmore . t . . . See VB 1934, 427.
Rev. by 0. E. Holloway in MLN, L, 409-11; by L. Wolff in RA, XII, 71-74.
Patmore, Derek. Portrait of my family, 1788-1896. New York: Harper; Lon
don: Cassell. Pp.x+270.
Rev. by Isabel Paterson in HTB, Oct. 27, p. 7; by P. Q. in NS, X, 940; by M. E.
Walker in NYTBR, Nov. 24, p. 9 ("brilliant picture .... objective method"), 4
TLS, Nov. 30, p. 799. Deals chiefly with Coventry Patmore.
Procter. Armour, Richard W. Barry Cornwall. Boston: Meador. Pp. 370.
See VB 1934, 427.
Contains hitherto unpublished letters.
Robinson. Morley, Edith J. Life and times of Henry Crabb Robinson. Lon
don: Dent. Pp. ix+212.
Rossettis. Letters of Wittiam Michael Rossetti concerning Whitman, Blake, and
Shelky. Ed. by Clarence Gohdes and Paull F. Baum. See VB 1934, 427.
Rev. by H. B. Wright in RES, XI, 370; by L. Wolff in RA, XII, 255; by M.
Zabel in MP } XXXII, 435-37; Eng. jour., XXIV, 287.
Justus. W. William Michael Rossetti im Kreise der Prdraphaeliten. Diss.
Munster, 1934. Pp. 79.
M., T. 0. "Echoes of Poe in Rossetti s Beryl song. J " N & Q, Feb. 2, p. 77.
Seller, M. D. G. Rossettis kunstlerische Entwicklung. See VB 1934, 428.
Rev. by G. Lafourcade in ES t LXX, 300-302; by L. Wolff in RA, XII, 153-54.
142 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935
Ruskin (see also Carlyle: Goldberg, and Morris; MacDonald: MacDonald).
Seibt, R. "John ,Ruskins f lch will aber diesem letzten geben gleich wie
dir. " Neue Jbb. fur Wiss. u. Jugendbildung, XI, 148-63.
Wilenski, R. H. John Ruskin See VB 1934, 428.
Rev. by J. G. Fletcher in AR, IV, 504-12; Eng. jour., XXIV, 351.
Stevenson. Colquhoun, G. "R. L. Stevenson and the French language."
Modern languages, XVI, 184-89.
Morley, Christopher. "Reasons of my own." SRL, April 13, p. 623.
Snyder, Edward D. "Another Apology for idlers in the light of some new
Stevenson discoveries." SRL } Aug. 3, pp. 11-12.
Swinburne. Hyder, Clyde K. Swinburne s literary career and fame. See VB
1934, 429.
Rev. by W. O. Raymond in JEGP, XXXIV, 144-47; by H. G. Wright in RES,
XI, 366-68.
Lafourcade, G. "L algolagnie de Swinburne." Hippocrate, pp. 230-58, 326-49
(cited in RA, XII, 471).
Probst, E. DerEinflussShakespearesaufdieStuart-TrilogieSwinburnes. Diss.
Miinchen. Pp. 48.
Tennyson (see also III, Hicks). Brie, Friedrich. "Tennysons Ulysses" A,
LIX, 441-47.
GDI, W. W. "Rizpah." N & Q, Nov. 9, p. 333; Nov. 23, pp. 373-74; Nov. 30,
p. 394.
Other appearances of Tennyson s story in nineteenth-century literature.
Quiller-Couch, Sir Arthur. The poet as citizen, and other papers. Cambridge
univ. pr., 1934. Pp. vii+230.
Rev. by J. Vallette in Les langues modernes, XXXIII, 107-8; by L. Wolff in
RA, XII, 548. Includes essays on Tennyson, W. Barnes, Hardy.
Scott-James, R. A. "Editorial notes." LM, XXXI, 324. Cambridge influ
ence toward mawkishness on Tennyson.
Thackeray (see also Dickens: Cohn; Gaskell: Waller). Baucke, L. Die
Erzahlkunst in Thackeray s {l Vanity Fair." See VB 1933, 432.
Rev. by W. H. Dunn in MLN, L, 274-75.
Ernst, P. "Nachwort zu Thackerays Vanity Fair. " Dichtung und VoUcstum,
XXXVI, 303-11.
Fuller, Hester Thackeray. "Thackeray letters." TLS, Dec. 14, p. 859.
A request for unpublished letters.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1935 143
Strachey, Richard. "Two royal profligates." NS, IX, 254-56.
A review of Sergeant s George, Prince and Regent (London: Hutchinson), con
taining commentary on Thackeray s portrait of the Prince Regent.
Thackeray, Col. C. B. "Thackeray and the melancholy humorist: the gentle
art of de-bunking. " Cornhill mag., CLII, 160-75.
Thomson. Worcester, David. "James Thomson the second: studies in the
life and poetry of B. V. 7 " Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1984), P- 349.
Thompson. Olivero, F. Francis Thompson. Brescia: Morcelliana. Pp. 281.
Rev. by G. Lafourcade in RA, XIII, 57-60; Archiv, CLXVII, 144.
Willson, Cecil. "Francis Thompson: poet of childhood." Dalkousie rev. }
XIV, 474-78.
Williamson, Claude. "Francis Thompson: a new study." Poetry rev., XXVI,
205-12.
Trollope. Brown, C. R. They were giants. London, New York: Macmillan.
Contains essay on Trollope as "the best" of the Victorian novelists.
Watson. Rendall, V. "The reminiscences of Marriott Watson." N & Q, July
6, pp. 4-6; July 20, pp, 38-39; Aug. 3, pp. 74-76.
Wilde. Complete works of Oscar Wilde. 7. The stories. II. The plays. III. The
poems and essays. IV. The posthumous works. 4 vols. Paris: Albatross
libr. Pp. 510, 351, 383, 253.
Rev. by G. Charbonnier and L. C. B. in RA, XIII, 67-68; by J. Vallette in Les
langues modernes } XXXIII, 65152.
Charbonnier, J. "L intellectualisme d Oscar Wilde." RA, XII, 508-19.
Defieber, R. Oscar Wilde: der Mann und sein Werk im Spiegel der deutschen
Kritik und sein Einfluss auf die deutsche Literatur. Diss. Heidelberg, 1934.
Pp. 132.
Ihrig, E. Das Paradoxonbei Oscar Wilde. Diss. Marburg, 1934. Pp. 60.
Lewis, L., and Smith, Henry J. "Oscar Wilde in Denver." Harper s mag.,
CLXXI, 686-96.
Mtiller, E. Oscar Wilde. Wesen und Stil Diss. Zurich, 1934. Pp. 139.
Silver, Rollo. "Oscar makes a call." Colophon, Part 20.
Reprint of a newspaper account of Wilde s visit to Walt Whitman,
von Helmersen, J. "Oscar Wildes Gedichttitel." Die Literatur, XXXVII,
496-97. .
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
for 1936
NIHIS bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the Vic
torian Literature Group of the Modern Language Association
. of America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University of
Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal College;
Frederic E. Faverty, Northwestern University; Charles W. Thomas,
University of Wisconsin. It attempts to list the noteworthy publica
tions of 1936 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a bearing
on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise stated,
the date of publication is 1936. Reference to a page in the bibliography
for 1935, in Modern philology, May, 1936, is made by the following
form: See VB 1935, 407. Some cross-references are given, although
not all that are possible.
EEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
A =Anglia JMH =
AHR = American historical review JP
AL American literature JPE
AR = American review (formerly LM
Bookman) LQHR
Archiv -Archiv fur das Studium der
neueren Sprachen LZD
Beiblatt =Beiblatt zur Anglia
CR = Contemporary review MF -
Cr = Criterion MLN
CWd = Catholic world MLR
DLtz = Deutsche Literaturzeitung MP
DV = Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift N
ELH = Journal of English literary NC
history NEQ
ER - English review NeuP
ES -Englische Studien
ESt = English studies (Amsterdam) New R
FR = Fortnightly review Nrf
HTB =New York Herald-Tribune NS
books NYTBR
HV =Historische Viertdjahrschrift N &Q
JEGP = Journal of English and Ger- PMLA
manic philology
[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1937] .
= Journal of modern history
= Journal of philosophy
= Journal of political economy
- London mercury
= London quarterly and Hoi-
born review
-Literarisches Zentralblatt fur
Deutschland
=Mercure de France
= Modern language notes
= Modern language review
= Modern philology
= Nation
= Nineteenth century and after
=New England quarterly
=Neuphilologische Monats-
schrift
-New republic
=Nouvette revue fran$ai$e
-New statesman and nation
=New York Times book review
-Notes & queries
= Pubs. Mod. Lang. Ass n of
Am.
146
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
PQ
QQ
QR
RA
RdDM
RES
RF
RH
RM
RLC
^Philological quarterly RPh
= Queen s quarterly S
= Quarterly review Scan
= Revue anglo^imericaine SeR
=Revue des deux mondes SP
Review of English studies SR
= Revue de France SRL
= Revue historique TLS
= Revue de metaphysigue et de
morale VQR
= Revue de litter ature comparee
= Revue de philosophie
Spectator
Scandinavian studies
Sewanee review
Studies in philology
Saturday review
Saturday review of literature
= (London) Times literary sup
plement
= Virginia quarterly review
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
American Art Association, Anderson Galleries, Inc.: A catalogue of the splendid
library of . . . . Mr. and Mrs. William A. Read .... [New York:] Am. Art
Ass n, Anderson Galleries. Pp. 287.
Describes books and MSS by Barham, the Brownings, Carlyle, Carroll, Cruik-
shank, Peter Cunningham, Dickens, Doran, Eliot, Alfred Austin, Morris, W. S.
Blunt, Kipling, Tennyson, and (especially) Thackeray.
"American bibliography for 1935." PMLA, L, SuppL, 1244-52: "English,
Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh.
"An annotated bibliography of contemporary literature for 1935: a partial
list." By the committee on contemporary literature, Erich A. Walter,
chairman. English jour., college ed., XXV, 461-95.
Has brief reviews of various books about the Victorian period.
Annual bibliography of English language and literature, -Vol. XVI (1935). Ed.
for the Modern Humanities Research Assoc. by Mary S. Serjeantson, as
sisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge: Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xi-f
279. "Nineteenth century," pp. 178-224.
Arnim, M. Internationale Personalbibliographie 1850-1935. Bearbeitet in der
Preussischen Staatsbibliothek. Leipzig: Hiersemann. 4to. Pp.xii+572.
The art index. October 1985 September 1936. A cumulative author and subject
index to a selected list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins. Also Vol.
VIII, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Baughman, Roland. "Some Victorian forged rarities." Huntington Library
bull, No. 9 (April), pp. 91-117.
Comments arising from the investigation by Carter and Pollard (see VB 1934,
398) ; and an account of the copies in the Huntington Library of "fifty-four of the
fifty-five questioned books."
Bibliographical notes and queries. Ed. by P. H. Muir and David Randall. Vol.
II, Nos. 1-7. London: Elkin Mathews; New York: Scribner s.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 147
Brooks, Philip. "Notes on rare books." NYTBR, Sept. 27, p. 26.
Bibliographical rev. of the catalogue of M. L. Parrish s library of nineteenth-
century authors: Kingsley, Thomas Hughes.
Catalogue of a collection of works on publishing and bookselling in the British
Library of Political and Economic Science. London: London Sch. of Econ.
and Poll. Sci. Pp. 194.
Rev. briefly by R. B. McKerrow in Trans, of the BiUiog. Soc., XVII, 368.
Colbeck Radford & Co., The ingatherer, No. 51. A Victorian catalogue of auto
graph letters. London: Colbeck Radford. Pp. 22.
Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language Thir
ty-eighth annual cumulation (Jan.-Dec. 1935). Also Vol. XXXIX, Nos. 7,
10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.); Vol. XL, No. 2 (Feb., 1937). New York: H. W.
Wilson.
Ehrsam, T. G., Deily, R. H., and Smith, R. M. (comps.)- Bibliographies of
twelve Victorian authors. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. 362.
Rev. by Charles Frederick Harrold in MP, XXXIV (1937), 331-32. Bibli
ographies of Arnold, Mrs. Browning, Clough, Fitzgerald, Hardy, Kipling, Morris,
the Rossettis, Stevenson, Swinburne, and Tennyson. Without annotation. Each
author is dealt with under three headings: (1) "Chronological outline of author s
chief works"; (2) "Bibliographical material"; (3) "Biographical and critical
material." Compiled from more than 200 sources, in English and foreign lan-
guages. Includes unpublished masters essays and doctoral dissertations. Com
plete up to July, 1934. Most of the items have been freshly examined, and the
rate of accuracy is high. An indispensable guide. C. F. H.
Ghosh, J. C., and Withycombe, Miss E. G. Annals of English literature, 1475-
1925. The principal publications of each year together with an alphabetical
index of authors. Oxford: Clarendon pr.; New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp.
vi+340.
Rev. by G. Davies in JMH, VIII, 401; in N & Q, CLXX, 414.
Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities
1935-86. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. xiii+102.
Guide to the reports ofdhe Royal Commission on Historical Manuscripts. Part
II: Index of persons. First section: A-Lever. London: H. M. Stationery
Office, 1935. Pp. 448.
International bibliography of historical sciences .... Fifth year 1930. Ed. for
the International Committee of Historical Sciences. New York: H. W.
Wilson, 1935. Pp. 514.
Rev. by C. L. Grose in JMH, VIII, 144. The volume for the eighth year (1933)
and that for the sixth year (1931), publ. by Wilson in 1935, 1936 (pp. 509, 532),
are rev. by Grose in JMH, VIII, 552.
148 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science.
Twenty-third annual cumulation. July 1935 June 1936. Also Vol. XXIV,
No. 3 (July-Nov.), No. 4 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Kunitz, Stanley J., and Haycraft, Howard (eds.). British authors of the nine
teenth century. Complete in one volume with 1000 biographies and 350 por
traits. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. 677.
A volume of literary biographies, written with more freshness and informality
than is usual in reference books; many of the portraits are excellently printed;
the bibliographies supplied are neither adequate nor discriminating nor up to date;
there are a number of regrettable errors in fact and in proofreading. Though the
editors assert that "current bio-critical research into nineteenth century English
literary history has been consulted, and, it is hoped, assimilated," very little
modern research has apparently entered into either the articles or the bibli
ographies, which rely, to their detriment, far too heavily on the old manuals and
literary histories. An attractive and interesting book to browse in, but not a
scholarly guide. C. F. HAEROLD.
LaRassegna, XLIII (1935), 295-304; XLIV, 98-104, 199-207. "Repertorio."
Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica, Vol. VII. "Bollettino bibliografico," each
month, a 5-6-page bibliog. of books recently publ. in Europe and America.
Orsini, N. "Awiamento critico allo studio della letteratura inglese." Leonar
do, VII, 1-6 (annotated bibliog. of histories of Engl. lit.) ; 39-43 (annotated
bibliog. of bibliographies) ; 224-29 (annotated bibliog. of publishers series
and of general anthologies).
Publications of the Modern Language Association of America. Index (1884-
1935}. Ed. by P. W. Long. Published by the Assoc. Pp.240.
Readers guide to periodical literature. An author and subject index. July 1935
June 1936. Also Vol. XXXVI, No. 12 (July-Jan., 1937). New York: H. W.
Wilson.
Shaw> Marian (ed.). Essay and general literature index. 1984-36 supplement.
An index to 10,632 essays and articles in 670 volumes New York:
H. W. Wilson, 1937. Pp. viii+625.
Targ, William. Ten thousand rare books and their prices. New York: Harry F.
Marks. Pp. viii+360.
"Victorian bibliography for 1935." MP, XXXIII, 403-35.
Vorstius, J., and Reincke, G. Internationale Bibliographic des Buch- und
Bibliothekswesens mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographie. X
(1935). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. xii+394.
Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part XLVI Jan -Dec. 1935. A classified list
.... with an extended alphabetical index Also Part XLIX (Jan.-
Sept.). London: J. Whitaker & Sons.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 149
The year s work in English studies, Vol. XV, 1934. Ed. for the English Associa
tion by F. S. Boas and M. S. Serjeantson. Oxford univ. pr.; London, Mil-
ford. Pp. 372. "The nineteenth century and after" (H. V. Routh), pp.
299-334; "Bibliographica" (Harry Sellers), pp. 335-51.
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS,
AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
Abbott, Wilbur C. Adventures in reputation. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard
univ pr., 1935. Oxford univ. pr., 1936. Pp. 264.
Rev. by David Owen in SRL, July 25, p. 18. Has essays on Macaulay, Queen
Victoria, etc.
Anon. "The perfect John Bull: Palmerston s fist in diplomacy." TLS, April
25, pp. 341-42.
Anstey, F. A long retrospect. London: Milford; New York: Oxford univ. pr.
Pp. viii+424.
Rev. by G. Dangerfield in SRL, Aug. 8, p. 7; by R. Le GaUienne in NYTBR,
Aug. 9, p. 10. Reminiscences including those of authors (Meredith, Henry James,
Henry Irving, Du Maurier, etc.).
Ashton, Thomas S. Economic and social investigations in Manchester, 1883-
1938: a centenary history of the Manchester Statistical Society. Introd. by
the Rt. Hon. the Earl of Crawford and Balcarres. London: P. S. King,
1934. Pp. xii+179.
Rev. by F. GiUespie in JMH, VIII, 25&-S9.
Attwater, Aubrey. Pembroke College, Cambridge: a short history. Ed. by S. C.
Roberts. London: Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. viii
+130.
Rev. in N & Q, CLXXI, 125.
Barr, Stringfellow. Mazzini: portrait of an exile. See VB 1935, 407.
Rev. by W. C. Abbott in SRL, Feb. 15, p. 11; by W. G, Barnes in JMH, VIII,
541 (very favorable); by G. O. Griffith in VQR, XII, 15(H53: by C. R. D. Miller
in Italica, XIII, 126-28.
Barrington, Charlotte (Viscountess). Through eighty years, 1855-1985: remi
niscences. London: Murray. Pp. 263.
Ban-on, E. Evelyn. The National Benevolent Institution, 1812-1936. A short
account of its rise and progress extracted from the minutes. London: Spottis-
woode, Ballantyne.
Barthold, U. Studien zur englischen Vorbereitung des Burenhriegs. Bonn diss.
Koln: W. May. Pp. 73.
Bassett, A. Tilney (ed.). Gladstone to his wife. London: Methuen. Pp.280.
Extracts from letters written daily over a period of fifty-five years.
150 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Bauer, Catherine. Modern housing. New York: Hough ton Mifflin, 1934. Pp.
xvii 4-331.
Noteworthy in devoting more than a hundred pages to Victorian backgrounds,
social and economic; to "Victorian mind and matter," to Robert Owen, Engels,
Morris, Ruskin, etc. A substantial and illuminating account of the period from
the point of view of social conditions. Many references to Victorian literature.
C. F. HARROLD.
Baumann, A. A. Personalities: a selection from the writings of A. A. Baumann.
London: Macmillan. Pp. xvi+272.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 31, p. 889. Chapters on "The Victorian tradition," Queen
Victoria, Disraeli, Jowett, Trollope, etc.
Bell, G. K. A. Randall Davidson, Archbishop of Canterbury. See VB 1935, 407.
Rev. by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Jan. 26, p. 10; Am. mercury, XXXVIII,
375-78.
Bell, Herbert C. F. Lor dP aimer ston. London, New York: Longmans. 2vols.
Rev. by W. H. Dunham in HTB, July 26, pp. 1, 2; by F. Hearnshaw in CR,
CXLIX, 749-51; by O. Heseltine in Life and letters today, XV, 207; by E. L.
Howard in S, April 24, p. 752; by Sir John Marriott in FR, CXXXIX, 751-52;
by D. Owen in SRL, Aug. 15, pp. 10-11; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, May 31,
pp. 3, 13; in More books, XI, 292; in SR, May 2, p. 563.
Benson, E. F. Queen Victoria. See VB 1935, 407.
Rev. by R. E. Turner in JMH, VIII, 371-74.
Berkeley, G. F.-H. and J. Italy in the making, June 1846 to 1 January 1848.
Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xlvi+374.
Rev. by Mary Shay in Italica, XIII, 67-68.
Bindoff, S. T., Malcolm-Smith, E. F., and Webster, C. K. British diplomatic
representatives, 1789-1852. London: Royal Historical Soc. Pp. xvii+216.
Binkley, Robert C. Realism and nationalism, 1852-1871. ("The rise of mod
ern Europe," ed. William L. Langer, Vol. XVI.) New York: Harper, 1935.
Pp. xx+337.
Rev. by R. Hoffman in AR, VI, 502-6; by J. F. Scott in JMH, VIII, 503-5.
Blunden, Edmund. Keats s publisher: a memoir of John Taylor (1781-1864).
London: Cape. Pp. 256.
Rev. by Gerald Buliett in FR, CXL, 625-26; by Arthur Waugh in S, Oct. 30,
pp. 762-64; in TLS, Oct. 24, p. 857. Many Victorian references.
Brash, William B. The story of our colkges, 1885-1935: a centenary record of
ministerial training in the Methodist church. London: Ep worth pr., 1935.
Pp. 165.
Rev. in LQHR, CLXI, 137.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 151
Butchart, Montgomery (comp.). Money: selected passages presenting the con
cepts of money in the English tradition, 1640-1935. London: Stanley Nott
1935. Pp. 348.
Butler, J. R. M. A history of England, 1815-1918. ("Home univ. libr.") Lon
don: Butterwortk Pp. 256.
Rev. in NS, July 7, p. 427.
Conklin, Robert J. Thomas Cooper, the Chartist (1805-1892). Manila: Univ.
of the Philippines pr., 1935. Pp. vii+482.
Creed, J. M. Joseph Armitage Robinson, 1858-1983. London: British Acade
my and Oxford univ. pr., 1935. Pp. 14.
Crowther, J. G. British scientists of the nineteenth century. See VB 1935, 408.
Rev. by B. Jaffe in HTB, March 15, p. 9; by F. Emiques in Scientia, LX,
No. 294, 227.
CruttweU, C. R. M. F. Wellington. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth.
Pp. 144.
Cunnington, C. W. Feminine attitudes in the nineteenth century. See VB
1935, 408.
Rev. by Isabel Paterson in HTB, May 24, p. 15; in NYTBR, June 14, p. 8.
Druett, W. W. Harrow through the ages. Uxbridge: King & Hatchings, 1935.
Pp. xvi+239.
Dunbar, G. History of India. London: Nicholson & Watson. Pp. 653.
Edinger, G. A., and Neep, E. J. C. The grand old man: A Gladstone spectrum.
London: Methuen. Pp. viii+275.
Rev. in C&rnhitt mag., CLIII, 125.
Edwards, Maldwyn. After Wesley: (1791-1849). See VB 1935, 409.
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 1, p. 85.
Eisdell, J. W. Back country, or the cheerful adventures of a bush parson in the
eighties. [Australia.] Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 184.
Elliott-Binns, L. E. Religion in the Victorian era. London: Lutterworth pr.
Pp. 526.
Rev. by E. E. Kellett in S, May 15, p. 894; by Ashley Sampson in LM , XXXIV,
372; in TLS, May 9, p. 388.
Ensor, R. C. K. England, 1870-1914. Oxford: Clarendon pr.; London: Mil-
ford; New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xxiii+634.
Rev. by W. L. Langer in HTB, Sept. 13, p. 4; by David Owen in SRL, Jan. 2,
1937, p. 10; by H. Temperley in 8, March 13, p. 474; in TLS, Feb. 29, p, 171. The
concluding volume of the Oxford history of England; includes treatment of litera
ture, art, politics, economics, society, health, religion.
152 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Flaad,Paul. England und die Schweiz, 1848-1852. Zurich diss. Zurich-Barets-
wil: Graphische Werkstatte,-i935. Pp. x+152.
Garratt, G. T. Lord Brougham. See VB 1935, 409.
Rev. by A. Aspinwall in History, XXI, 77-79.
Gissing, Alfred C. William Holman Hunt: a biography. London: Duckworth.
Pp. 257.
Rev. in TLS, April 25, p. 348.
Goodall, E. W. William Budd, the Bristol physician and epidemiologist. Lon
don: Arrowsmith. Pp. 159.
Guedalla, Philip. The hundred years: 1837-1937. London: Hodder & Stough-
ton. Pp. 274.
Rev. by R. Fulford in NS, XII, 519; by G. Mattingly in SRL, Jan. 30, 1937,
p. 7; by D. Walker-Smith in ER, LXIII, 524; NYTBR, Jan. 31, 1937, pp. 1, 15;
TLS, Oct. 10, p. 799.
A vivid panoramic account, at times epigrammatic, often fragmentary and
impressionistic; stresses the twin powers, Russia and America, in the development
of the century; contains stimulating passages on the Victorians, on Chartism,
revolution, and other social and economic phenomena of the age. A suggestive and
entertaining book, but not a studied history of the century. C. F. HABROLD.
H., Z. "John Gould, the British Audubon." More books, XI, 205-9.
Hanotaux, G. "Mon temps: souvenirs d un siecle a 1 autre." RdDM,
XXXIII, 315-48, 539-72, 811-41; XXXIV, 83-107.
Hardie, F. The political influence of Queen Victoria. See VB 1935, 410.
Rev. by Fritz Hartung in DLtz, LVII, 763-66; by F. J. C. Hearnshaw in
History, XX, 366-67; by A. L. Morton in Cr, XV, 311; by R, E. Turner in JMH,
VIII, 371-74.
Harvey, F. B. "Sir James Fijizjames Stephen." TLS (Correspondence), Nov.
14, p. 928.
Haslip, Joan. Lady Hester Stanhope: a biography. New York: Stokes. Pp.
xv+284.
Rev. by G. Mattingly in SRL, June 27, p. 5; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR,
June 21, pp. 3, 19.
Haslip, Joan. Parnell: a biography. London: Cobden-Sanderson. Pp.
vii+406.
Rev. in SR, Aug. 1, p. 149.
Hayes, Carlton J. H. A political and cultural history of modern Europe. Vol.
II: A century of predominantly industrial society, 1830-1935. London and
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xiv+1215.
Rev. by Preston Slosson in JMH, VIII, 356-57 (very favorable).
VICTORIAN BIBLIOOHAIMIY FOR 1936 153
Herrmann, H. "England im Victorianischen Zeitalter." Deutsche Rundschau,
LXIII, 199-204.
Holme, Horst, Das Hegelianismus in der englischen Philosophie Halle:
AkacL Vlg. Pp. 85.
Holden, Angus. Elegant modes in the nineteenth century See VB 1935,
410.
Rev. by H. K. Fisher in Life and letters today, XIV, 206-8; SR, Jan. 4, p. 24.
Hollis, Christopher. The two nations: a financial study of English history. Lon
don: Routledge, 1935. Pp. ix+258.
The rich and the poor: their relations in English history.
Holman, L. E. Lamb s Barbara S : the life of Frances Maria KeUy, actress.
London: Methuen, 1935. Pp. xi+117.
Holmes, Sir Charles J. Self and partners (mostly self). New York: Macmillan.
Pp. xvi+403.
Rev. by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, July 12, p. 5. Reminiscences of a painter
and art critic; passages on Ruskin, Pater, etc.
Holt, Anne. A ministry to the poor: being the history of the Liverpool Domestic
Mission Society, 1836-1936. Liverpool: Henry Young. Pp. viii+136.
Hook, Sidney. From Hegel to Marx: studies in the intellectual development of
Karl Marx. London: Gollancz; New York: Reynal & Hitchcock. Pp. vi
+335.
Rev. by Fabian Franklin in NYTBR, Dec. 6, p. 40; by Max Lerner in HTB,
Aug. 2, p. 2; in More books, XI, 402.
Hughes, M. Vivian. A London girl of the eighties. New York: Oxford univ.
pr. Pp. viiiH-308.
Rev. by Bryher in Life and Utters today, XV, 203; in SRL, Nov. 14, p. 31
("uneventful" but "interesting and charming").
Kappen, Richard. Die Idee des Volkes bei Dostojewski. Bonndiss. Wiirzburg:
K. Triltsch. Pp. 90.
Kautsky, Karl (ed.). Aus der Fruhzeit des Marxismus. Engels Brief wechse
mit Karl Kautsky. Prague: Orbis, 1935. Pp.416.
Kellett, E. E. As I remember. London: Gollancz. Pp. 400.
Rev. by A. Waugh in S, April 3, pp. 626-28; in TLS, April 4, p. 295; TLS
(leading article), June 6, pp. 465-66. Many allusions to Victorian men and
manners.
Knaplund, Paul. Gladstone s foreign policy. London, New York: Harper,
1935. Pp. xviii+303.
Rev. by William MacDonald in HTB, April 12, p. 23.
154 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Knox, E. A. Reminiscences of an octogenarian: 1847-1934. See VB 1935, 411.
Rev. by Charles Frederick Harrold in SeR, XLIV, 235-37.
Kohler, W. "Zwei grosze Punch-Zeichner" [Leech and Tenniel]. NeuP, VII,
407-11.
Lammond, D. Florence Nightingak. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duck
worth, 1935. Pp. 144.
Langer, W. L. The diplomacy of imperialism ,1890-1 902. See VB 1935, 411.
Rev. by M. Baumont in RH, CLXXVIII, 340-42; by R. J. Sontag in JMH,
VIII, 228-29.
Laski, Harold J. The rise of liberalism: the philosophy of a business civilization.
London: Allen & Unwin; New York: Harper. Pp. 287; x+327.
Rev. by M. Ascoli in New R, Oct. 7, p. 259; by B. C. in La Critica, XXXIV,
458-60; by W. Millis in HTB, Aug. 30, p. 5; by Bertrand Russell in NS, XI, 805;
by David Thomson in Philosophy, XI, 371; by A. Wells in FR, CXL, 125; More
books, XI, 400-401; TLS (leading article), May 30, pp. 445-46.
Latham, H. G. D. "Rugby in the early eighties. " Colophon, II, 702-13.
Laver, James. "Vulgar society. 11 The romantic career of James Tissot: 1836-
1902. London: Constable. Pp. 78.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 19, p. 1047. Valuable background item concerning a painter
whose pictures of what Ruskin called "vulgar society," and of the countryside,
constitute a unique document on the Victorian Era. C. F. H.
Lawrence, Margaret. The school of femininity: a book for and about women as
they are interpreted through feminine writers of yesterday and today. New
York: Stokes. Pp. xii+382.
Rev. by Katherine Woods in NYTBR, March 1, p. 2; More books, XI, 182.
Short journalistic articles on English and American women writers of the nine
teenth and twentieth centuries, including George Eliot and the Bronte sisters.
Leamy, Mrs. Margaret. ParneWs faithful few. Pref . by Thomas F. Woodlock.
New York: Macmillan. Pp. vii+235.
Rev. by Maurice Joy in HTB, July 5, p. 3 (unfavorable). The last years of
ParneU s life.
Lee, H. W., and Archbold, E. Social democracy in Britain: fifty years of the
socialist movement. Ed. with introd. by Herbert Tracey. London: Social
Democratic Federation, 1935. Pp. 288.
Ley, Horst. Die italienische Einigung und die englische Politik: 1859-1861.
Leipzig: Noske, 1935. Pp. 154.
Brief rev. in La Critica, XXXIV, 206-7.
Maccoby, Simon. English radicalism, 1832-52. See VB 1935, 411.
Rev. by A. F. Fremantle in History, XXI, 79-80; by H. J. Laski in NS, XI,
21; CR, CXLIX, 511 ("immense amount of research and labor").
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1936 155
MacKay, Douglas. The honourable Company. A history of the Hudson s Bay
Company, Indianapolis, New York: Bobbs Merrill. Pp. xii4-396.
McLachlan, Herbert. Records of a family, 1800-1933: pioneers in education,
social service , and liberal religion. Manchester: Manchester univ. pr., 1935.
Pp. xi+240.
Rev. by W. L. Wardle in LQHR, CLXI, 129-30. Treats of Beard and Dendy
families. Shows the influence of Unitarianism in the social development of
England.
MacMunn, Sir George F. The Crimea in perspective. London: Bell, 1935. Pp.
xii+254.
McPharlin, Paul. "The Collier-Cruikshank Punch and Judy." Colophon, II,
371-87.
Mathews, David. Catholicism in England, 1535-1935: a portrait of a minority,
its culture and tradition. London: Longmans. Pp. xii+304.
Includes chapters on "Wiseman and Ullathorne" and "Newman and Man
ning."
Matthews, Ronald. English messiahs: six English religious pretenders, 1656-
1927. London: Methuen. Pp.246.
Rev. by Petrie Townshend in Life and letters today, XV, 214-16.
Maugham, Sir Frederick H. The Tichborne case. London: Hodder & Stough-
ton. Pp. 384.
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 19, p. 737. A careful, legal analysis of one of the most
notorious trials in the Victorian Era, a "microcosm of many phases of English life
in the middle years of Queen Victoria." C. F. H.
Maurois, Andre*. "L Angleterre en XIX" siecle (II)." RF, XVII (Jan. 15,
1937), 261-87 (to be cont.).
Maurois, Andre*. Poets and prophets. London: Cassell, 1935. Pp. 288.
Rev. by Frances Knickerbocker in SeR, XLIV, 509-12; by V. S. Pritchett in
PR, CXXXIX, 493-94; TLS, March 14, p. 218.
Mayer, Gustav. Friedrich Engels: a biography. Introd. by G. D. H. Cole.
New York: Knopf; London: Chapman & Halh Pp. xii+332.
Rev. by E. H. Carr in S, Jan. 10, p. 62; by Max Lerner in HTB, May 17, p. 3;
More books, XI, 292-93. Trans, from the German. See VB 1934, 407.
Mead, George H. Movements of thought in the nineteenth century. Ed. Mer-
ritt H. Moore. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. Pp. xxxix-f518.
Rev. by T. M. Knox in Philosophy, XI, 486; by Gertrude Rich in SRL, Aug. 8,
p. 19; by F. C. S. S. in The personalist, XVII, 327-28.
A rich and stimulating account of three or four themes in modern thought:
philosophic Romanticism, from Kant through Hegel; utilitarianism; socialism;
science and its challenge to philosophy. Valuable as a study in the intellectual
156 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
foundations of the nineteenth century. Evolution, however, is given only one
chapter, philosophic Bomanticism five. But the point of view is determined by
Mead s basic creed a dynamic conception of the present as the living re-creation
of all that was real in the past, pragmatically interpreted. C. F. HAKROLD.
Mehring, Franz. Karl Marx: the story of his life. Trans, by Edward Fitz
gerald. Ed. Ruth and Heinz Norden. Notes by the author, an appendix
prepared under the direction of Eduard Fuchs based on researches of the
Marx-Engels Institute, a bibliog., and an index. New York: Covici, Friede,
1935. Pp. xxv+608.
Rev. by Sutherland Bates in HTB, Jan. 5, p. 6; by A. K. in Books abroad, X,
229; by E. M. in Life and tetters today, XV, 206; More books, XI, 94.
Mikusch, D. von. Cecil Rhodes: der Traum einer Weltherrschaft. Berlin: Vor-
hut-Verlag, Otto Schlegel. Pp. 261.
Morris, R. J. Fifty years a surgeon. London: Bles, 1935. Pp. 276.
Mottram, R. H. Portrait of an unknown Victorian. London: Robert Hale.
Pp. 298.
Rev. by W. H. Auden in NS, XII, 740; TLS, Oct. 24, p. 849. An imaginative
biography of the author s father, full of the spirit of the Victorian Era.
Murray, Geoffrey. The life of Admiral Collingwood. London: Hutchinson.
Pp. 288.
Nikolaevski, Boris, and Maenchen-Helfen, Otto. Karl Marx: man and fighter.
Trans, by Gwenda David and Eric Mosbacher. London: Methuen; Phila
delphia: Lippincott. Pp. ix+391.
Rev. by E. Sutherland Bates in HTB, Nov. 15, p. 2.
Palm, F. Charles. The middle classes then and now. New York: Macmillan.
Pp. xiv+421.
Rev. in More books , XI, 450-51. Middle classes in Europe and America from
the Middle Ages to the present.
Pankhurst, E. Sylvia. The life of Emmeline Pankhurst: the suffragette struggle
for women s citizenship. London: Werner Laurie, 1935. Pp.180.
Pearson, Hesketh. Lobby (the life and character of Henry Ldbouchere). London:
Hamish Hamilton. Pp. 318.
Rev. in SR, May 2, p. 599.
Penn, John. For readers only. London: Chapman & Hall. Pp. 289.
Rev. in TLS, April 11, p. 311. Ten years at the British Museum; many allusions
to Victorians.
Pevsner, N. Pioneers of the modern movement. From William Morris to Walter
Gropiu*. London: Faber & Faber. Pp. 224.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 5, p. 1010. A heavily documented, exhaustive account of
the arts of industrial and architectural design from about 1850 to the present.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 157
with excellent discussion of Morris strong and weak features as the father of much
that is modern in design. C. F. H.
Pineau, L. "Histoire de la literature sue*doise. Epoque contemporaine (1870-
1914)." Revue germanique, XXVI (1935), 217-26, 313-21.
Preller, H. Englands Weltpolitik als Gkichgewchtspolitik (ca. 1815 Us heute).
Berlin, Leipzig: W. de Gruyter, 1935. Pp. 158.
Rev. by E. Anrich in Historische Zeitschrift, CLIV, 210.
Prestige, L. Thelife of Charles Gore. London: Heinemann, 1935. Pp.xi+547.
Rev. in CR, CXLIX, 113-15.
Rabl, Kurt. Christentum und VoUcstum bei W. E. Gladstone. Aufgewiesen an
seiner Kritik der britischen Orientpolitik zur Zeit des Berliner Kongresses.
Munich: Beck. Pp. 68.
Rev. by W. Wirthwein in JMH, VIII, 523-24.
Reed, W. H. Elgar as I knew him. London: Gollancz. Pp. 223.
Rope, Rev. H. E. G. Pugin. Ditchling, Sussex: Pepler & Sewell. Pp. 42.
Roth, C. A short history of the Jewish people, 1600 B.C.-A.D. 1985. London:
Macmillan. Pp. xii-J-443.
Riihl, Hans. Disraelis Imperialismus und die Kolonialpolitik seiner Zeit. See
VB 1935, 428.
Rev. by K. Brunner in Archiv, CLXIX, 258-59; by H. Wenz in Beiblatt,
XLVII, 22-25.
Sitwell, Edith. Victoria of England. London: Faber & Faber; Boston:
Houghton Mifflin. Pp. 390; xiv-f 349.
Rev. by Geoffrey Grigson in ER, LXII, 369 (pp. 506 and 617 have letters by
Fulford and Grigson); by Ernest Hudson in Life and letters today, XIV, 182-83;
by Edith Olivier in NS, XI, 232; by R. A. Scott-James in LM, XXXIII, 546; by
John Sparrow in S, Feb. 14 ("not writing history, she is exploring it with her own
sensibility"); by Clara Stillman in HTB, Aug. 2, p. 3; by Arthur Waugh in FR,
CXXXIX, 495-96; by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, Aug. 2, p. 4; TLS, Feb. 15, p.
133 ("pictorial and romantic").
Smith, Logan P. Reperusals and re-collections. London: Constable. Pp. 424.
Rev. by G. M. Young in S, Sept. 11, pp. 425-26.
Smyth, Ethel. "A Victorian grand dame." FR, CXXXIX, 404-18.
Solmes, Alwyn. The English policeman, 187 1-1985. London: Allen &Unwin,
1935. Pp. 256.
Rev. in SR, Jan. 4, p. 24.
Spender, J. A. Great Britain, empire and commonwealth: 1866-1985. London:
Cassell. Pp. 932.
Rev. by Wickham Steed in FR, CXL, 619-20.
158 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Stephenson, Gwendolen. Edward Stuart Talbot, 1844-1934. London: S.P.C.K.;
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xiii+352.
Rev. by R. Fulford in S, Aug. 7, pp. 244-45; TLS, July 4, p. 559. Story of the
Bishop of Rochester and of Southwark. Contains letters from Newman, Glad
stone, etc.
Stoakes, J. P. "Not all Victorians were eminent." SeR, XLIV, 223-34.
Thibaudet, A. "Balzac." Revue universelk, LXVII, 144-59.
Thirlwall, John C. Connop Thirlwatt, historian and theologian. London:
S.P.C.K; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xiii+271.
Rev. by R. Fulford in S, Aug. 7, pp. 244-45; TLS, June 20, p. 510. Bishop of
St. David s, 1840-74.
Thomas, Ivor. Gladstone of Hawarden. London: Murray. Pp. 281.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 10, p. 799.
Thomas, John. "The economic development of the North Staffordshire pot
teries since 1730, with special reference to the industrial revolution." (Sum
maries of theses, CXXXIX.) Bull, of the Inst. of Hist. Research, XIII,
177-79.
Tickner, Frederick W. London through the ages. London, New York: Nelson,
1935. Pp. viii+307.
Tiff en, Herbert J. A history of the Liverpool Institute schools, 1825-19S5. Liver
pool: Liverpool Institute Old Boys Assoc.
Townshend, Mrs. Emily. Emily Townshend, 1849-1934: some memories for
her friends. London: privately pr. at Curwen pr. Pp.105.
Ullmann, Hermann. Das neunzehnte JaKrhundert. Volk gegen Masse im Kampf
um die GestaU Europas. Jena: Diederichs. Pp. 265.
Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXX, 129-30.
Wearmouth, R. F. "Methodism and the working classes of England, 1800-
1850." (Summaries of theses, CXLIV.) Bull, of the Inst. of Hist. Research,
XIV, 121-22.
Wey, Francis. A Frenchman among the Victorians. Trans. V. Pirie. Yaleuniv.
pr. See VB 1935, 415.
Rev. by W. C. DeVane in YR, XXVI, 189-^91; by Edgar Johnson in HTB,
June 21, p. 18; NYTBR, March 8, p. 8.
Whitehead, Alfred N. "Memories." Atlantic monthly, CLVII, 672-79.
Winkler, A. Die Entstehung des "Kommunistischen Manifestes." Eine Unter-
suchung, Kritik und Klarung. Wien: Manz. Pp. 271.
Wolf, Marie-L. Botschafter Graf Hatzfeld. Seine T&tigkeit in London 1885-
1901. Mtinchen diss. Pp. 80.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 159
Yeats, W.B. Dramatis personae: 1896-1902, New York: Macmillan. Pp.89.
Rev. by Padraic Colum in SRL, May 16, p. 7; by Horace Reynolds in NYTBR,
May 17, p. 1 (leading article) ; TLS, May 23, p. 434.
Young, G. M. (ed.). Early Victorian England. See VB 1935, 415.
Rev. by W. C. DeVane in MLN, LI, 556-58; by W. Fischer in Beiblatt, XL VII,
25-26.
Young, G. M. Victorian England: portrait of an age. Oxford: Oxford univ.
pr. Pp. 212.
Rev. by Raymond Mortimer in NS, XII, 986; TLS, Dec. 12, p. 1025.
A revision and enlargement of Mr. Young s chapter in Vol. II of Early Vic
torian England (see VB 1934, 411, and VB 1935, 415). A brilliant summary of the
early and mid-Victorian decades, tracing the Victorian mind from its early
evangelical religion and utilitarian economics, through the age of social content
ment and philosophic revolt, and through the later movements in aesthetic, social,
and imperialist thought. Separate publication of the chapter was occasioned by a
widely expressed wish. C. F. HABROLD.
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY
FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES
Allen, R. B. Old Icelandic sources in the English novel. See VB 1935, 416.
Rev. by Richard Beck in Scan, XIV, 57-58.
Anon. "An era closes : the eve of Victoria s accession." TLS (leading article),
Nov. 14, pp. 913-14.
An anniversary article, summing up the literary output of 1836 and the
evidences of the coming of a new era.
Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel. Vol. VII : The age of Dickens and
Thackeray. London: Witherby. Pp. 404.
Rev. by Edith Batho in MLR, XXXI, 438; by Richard Church in LM,
XXXIV, 78; TLS, April 4, p. 295.
Beach, Joseph W. The concept of nature in nineteenth-century English poetry.
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xii+618.
Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Aug. 2, p. 2; by John Cournos in NYTBR, May
24, p. 2; by Irwin Edman in JP, XXXIII, 696-97; by E. C. Knowlton in South
Atlantic quar., XXXV, 457-59; by R. M. Lovett in New R, Aug. 5, p. 385; TLS }
Dec. 12, p. 1031.
A comprehensive and scholarly study of the Romantic cult of nature in English
poetry since the seventeenth century, showing how the concept of nature "grew
out of the poets desire to associate the beauteous forms of the out-of-doors world
with the laws and order of the universe, reinforcing the esthetic pleasure ....
with the philosophical notion of order and unity, and vice versa, [and] assuming
that the order of the universe is purposive, harmonious and .... benevolent
towards man." The concept "made possible the passage without too great emo-
160 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
tional strain from medieval Christian faith to the scientific positivism which tends
to dominate cultivated minds today." After examining the roots of the concept
in such thinkers as Cudworth, More, Newton, Berkeley, and Shaftesbury, the
author deals with the naturalism of Wordsworth and other Romantics and con
siders also the Platonism and transcendentalism in Shelley, Coleridge, Carlyle,
Emerson, and Whitman. Chap, ix presents very suggestively the nature and in
fluence of naturalism in Goethe. Part III (pp. 397-499) deals with the gradual
breakup of the concept in Arnold, Tennyson, Browning, Swinburne, and Meredith.
In Part IV (pp. 503-59) the Romantic concept of nature is seen disappearing in
Hardy and the post-Victorians and vanishing in present-day poetry, which cele
brates social union rather than nature as the refuge of "orphaned and defrauded"
man. There are fifty-one pages of valuable and helpful notes. The study as a whole
gives more stress to the "naturalistic rather than [to} the transcendental aspect of
the romantic poets, " and excludes any consideration of the social and political
aspects of the subject: "The most successful part of the book falls in the first two
hundred pages, in the author s wide and lucid grasp of the metaphysical concept
of nature and of its expression in Wordsworth. Not all readers will agree with all
the statements in a work so wide in compass and so full of fact and judgment; but
no student of English poetry can fail to benefit by a study of the work. It is not
only an investigation of a literary attitude but is also the history of the rise and
fall of "one of the bravest efforts of the human spirit." C. F. HARROLD.
Blacam, Aodh de. A first book of Irish literature. From the earliest times to the
present day. Dublin and Cork: Talbot pr. Pp. 236.
Rev. by M. F. Liddell in Zeitschrift fur neusprachlichen Unterricht, XXXV,
78-79.
Boas, F. S. From Richardson to Pinero: some innovators and idealists. Lon
don: Murray. Pp. 300.
Rev. by Hugh Kingsmill in FR, CXL, 755-56; by E. Warringtbn Smith in ER,
LXIII, 669. Has essays on Arnold, Mrs. Browning, A. H. Hallam, Tennyson,
Thackeray. Uneven, superficial, sentimental.
Bradley, Sculley. " Hans Breitmann in England and America." Colophon,
II, 65-81.
Charles Godfrey Leland, author of Breitmann ballads, and his reception in Vic
torian England.
Brown, Ford K. "Fathers of the Victorians [evangelicals]." VQR, XII,
416-29.
Buck, Philo M. The world s great age: the story of a century 1 s search for a phi
losophy of life. New York: Macmilian. Pp. xv+382.
Rev. by "H. M. J." in SRL, May 2, p. 18 ("partial clumsy") ; by Peter M.
Jack in NYTBR, April 26, p. 2 ("an admirable work"); TLS (leading article),
June 6, pp. 465-66. The literary and philosophical achievements of the nineteenth
century, from Rousseau to Hardy.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 161
Cazamian, Louis. Le Roman social en Angleterre (1880-1850): Dickens^ Dis
raeli, Mrs. Gaskell, Kingsley. New ed. Paris : Didier, 1935. 2 vols.
Brief rev. by G. d Hangest in Les Langues modemes, XXXIV, 183-84. First
ed. appeared in 1903.
Cazamian, Madeleine L. Le Roman et les idees en Angleterre. Tome II : UAn-
ti-intelkctualisme et I esthetisme f 880-1900. Paris: Belles Lettres.
Brief rev. in Les Langues modernes, XXXIV, 634-35. (Swinburne, Vernon Lee,
L. Hearn, Morris, Pater, Wilde, Yeats, Moore.)
Cerny, V. Essai sur k titanisme dans la poesie romantique occidentale entre
1815 et 1850. Prague: Editions Orbis, 1935. Pp. 440.
Rev. by H. Burger in DLtz, LVII, 1187-90. Includes Tennyson and Browning.
Chesterton, G. K. "Some literary celebrities." SRL, Sept. 12, pp. 3-4, 13.
Cross, S.H. Touchkine en Angleterre. RLC, XVII (1937), 163-81. See III,
Simmons.
Cruse, Amy. The Victorians and their reading. See VB 1935, 417.
Rev. by E. F. Benson, "Archaeology in literature," Am. Mercury, XXXVIII,
119-22; by D. M. Stuart in English, 1, 165-66; by C. F. Harrolcl in JEGP, XXXV,
449-50.
Daiches, D. New literary values: studies in modern literature. Edinburgh, Lon
don: Oliver & Boyd. Pp. 148.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 10, p. 809. Chapter on Hopkins and present-day poets.
Gassmann, W. Der Viktorianismus bei Hugh Walpole. Marburg diss., 1933.
Pp. 59.
Giraud, V. "Le Gas de Gustave." RdDM, XXXIV, 217-29.
Rev. of R. DumesruTs Gustave Flaubert: Vhomme et r&uvre.
Gottbrath, K. DerEinftuss von Goethes "Wilhelm Meister" aufdieengl. Litera
te. See VB 1935, 418.
A brief survey of Goethe s influence, through Wilhelm Meister, on Carlyle,
Bulwer, Disraeli, Eliot, Meredith, Wilde, and on English criticism. Omits any
really adequate treatment of Meister and the English Romantics, or of Sterling,
Lewes, Froude, Kingsley, Geraldine Jewsbury, Mrs, Ward, and Samuel Butler.
Does not supersede Susanne Howe s Wilhelm Meister and his English kinsmen
(1930). C. F. HARROLD.
Grauniss, Ruth. "Series of books about books." Colophon, N.S., I, 549-64.
The popularization of bibliography in the last two decades of the nineteenth
century.
Gwynn, Stephen. Irish literature and drama. London: Nelson. Pp. ix+246.
Rev. in Poetry rev., July-Aug., pp. 320-22.
162 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Hathaway, Lillie V. German literature of the mid-nineteenth century in England
and America as reflected in the journals, 1840-1914- Boston: Chapman &
Grimes, 1935. Pp. 341.
Rev. by C. C. D. Vail in Mod. lang.jour., XXI (Jan., 1937), 296-97.
Hillhouse, J. T. The Waverley novels and their critics. Minneapolis: Univ. of
Minn. pr. Pp. xi+357.
Has chapters "Victorian critical prejudices" and "The three chief estimates:
Carlyle, Bagehot, Leslie Stephen."
Holder, Alfred. Beitrage zur Asthetik des Romans der ausgehenden viktoriarii-
schen und nachviktorianischen Periode. Tubingen diss., 1935. Pp.131.
Htibner, Walter. "Der politische Prosatext im englischen Unterricht."
NeuP, VII, 449-68
Jourda, P. "L Exotisme dans la literature fran^aise depuis le Romantisme."
Revue des cours et conferences, XXXVII, 28-44; 111-26 ("L Angleterre") ;
232-44 ("L Angleterre")-
Kieseritzky, Helene v. Englische Tierdichtung. Eine Untersuchung uber End-
yard Kipling, Charles G. D. Roberts und Ernest Thompson Seton. Berlin diss.
Jena: G. Neuenhahn, 1935. Pp. 75.
LaJou, R. Histoire de la literature frangaise contemporaine (1870 a nos jours).
Paris: Presses- Universitaires. Pp.798.
Landre*, Louis. Leigh Hunt: 1784-1859. Contribution a I histoire du Roman
tisme anglais. Paris: Belles Lettres. 2 vols.
Rev. in TLS, May 9, p. 394.
Lavrin, J. Aspects of modernism, from Wilde to Pirandello. London: Stanley
Nott. Pp. 247.
Lebbin, Elisabeth. Alfred de Vignys Beziehungen zu England und zur englischen
Literatur. Halle diss. Pp. 115.
Linge, T. La Conception de V amour dans le drame de Dumas fits et d Ibsen.
Paris: Champion, 1935. Pp. 230.
Lucas, F. L. The decline and fall of the Romantic ideal. Cambridge univ. pr.;
New York: Macmillan. Pp. 280,
Rev. by Leonard Bacon in SRL, Dec. 19, p. 7; by Percy Hutchinson in NYTBR,
Jan. 10, 1937, p. 2.
An illuminating and frequently witty defense of the Romantic point of view
in literature and in life, as against some modern critics; based largely on present-
day theories of the unconscious and defining Romanticism as the expression of the
instinctive ego (the "id") as it weaves its dream-world in which the social taboos
(the "super-ego") and the sense of fact (the "reality-principle") may be success
fully flouted. Classicism, Romanticism, and realism are all discussed in relation to
their relative releasing of the "preconscious and instinctive side of personality"
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 163
(pp. 31 ff.). The book is not, however, heavily laden with Freudian terms and
theories but is a provocative examination of a literary ideal and method, made
brilliant with quotations from foreign literatures, ancient and modern, and guided
by a sane sense of values. The most successful chapters are chaps, i-iii (the
Ballard Mathews Lectures for 1935) ; chap, iv ie a most vigorous attempt to deflate
Coleridge s reputation as a critic (one of the most formidable attacks on any Ro
mantic critic) ; chap, v attempts to answer the modern subjective and anarchic
critics by an appeal to imagination and human dignity. The book ends, rather
lamely, by reprinting, as chap, vi, a paper from the CornhiU magazine, on the
author s visit to Iceland and on that country s Romantic tradition. Many refer
ences to Victorian Romantics. C. F. HARROLD.
Major, John C. The role of personal memoirs in English biography and novel.
Diss. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pa., 1935. Pp. 176.
Martin, Helen. "Nationalism in children s literature." Library quar., VI,
405-18.
Mauk, M. Der Kampf urn die Neger-Emanzipation in der engl-amerikan. Li-
teratur. Freiburg diss., 1935. Pp. 77.
May, J. Lewis. John Lane and the nineties. London: Lane. Pp. xxii+272.
Index, pp. 265-72.
Rev. by A. Waugh in S, Sept. 25, pp. 506-8; TLS, Sept. 26, p. 762.
Less concerned with Lane than with the nineties; gracefully written; an acute
analysis of the period of Wilde, Francis Thompson, The yellow book, Beardsley,
Dowson, etc. Except for the material on Lane, not an original contribution.
C. F. HARROLD.
Meiszner, Paul. "Der Gedanke der dichterischen Sendung in der englischen
Literaturkritik." DV, XIV, 31-59.
Rapid survey on the meaning and place of poetry through the centuries.
Metz, R. Die philosophischen Stromungen der Gegenwart in Grossbritannien.
See VB 1935, 418.
Rev. by E. Duprat in RPh, XXXVI, 560-61; by P. Meiszner in Beiblatt,
XLVII, 26-32.
Neuschaffer, W. Dostojewskijs Einfluss auf den englischen Roman. ("Angli-
stische Forsch.," Band LXXXI.) Heidelberg: Winter, 1935. Pp. 110.
Influence on Gissing, Conrad, and others.
Oxford Movement. (See also II, Mathews; IV, Arnold: Middleton.) Dark,
Sidney. Manning. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth. Pp.141.
Rev. in TLS, July 11, p. 581 ("unprejudiced and sympathetic 1 ).
Paxeco, Fran. "The literary relations between Portugal and Great Britain."
Mod. languages, XVIII, 56-63.
Pre-Raphaelite Movement. See II, Gissing; III, Cazamian, M,
164 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Rapp, Marie. Jeanne d Atc in der englischen und amerikaniscken Literatur.
Tubingen diss., 1934. Pp. 84.
Reynolds, E. Early Victorian drama: 1880-1870. Cambridge: Heffer. Pp.
viii+164.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 26, p. 1064.
Rosa, Matthew W. The silver-fork school: novels of fashion preceding "Vanity
Fair." New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp.223.
Sanders, C. R. "Coleridge, F. D. Maurice, and the distinction between the
reason and the understanding." PMLA, LI, 459-75.
Scudder., Townsend. "A chronological list of Emerson s lectures on his British
lecture tour of 1847-1848." PMLA, LI, 243-48.
Scudder, Townsend. "Emerson in London and the London lectures." AL,
VIII, 1. See IV, Carlyle: Scudder.
Shepperson, Archibald. The novel in motley: a history of the burlesque novel.
Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. ix+301.
Rev. by Gwendolyn Needham in SRL, Jan. 23, 1937, p. 10.
Simmons, E. J. "La Littfrature anglaise et Pouchkine." RLC, XVII (1937),
79-107. See III, Cross.
Strasser, Joseph. Der Humor bei Henrik Ibsen. Miinchen diss. Pp. 87.
Thiebaut,M. "Leon Tolstoi." Revue de Paris, XLIII, 381-413, 638-74.
Thrall, Miriam. Rebellious Eraser s See VB 1934, 415.
Rev. by Joseph E. Baker in MP, XXXIII, 334; by H. Hiddemann, in Die
neueren Sprachen, XL, 236-37; by M. C. Hildyard in MLR, XXXI, 437.
Utter, R. P., and Needham, G. B. Pamela s daughters. New York: Macmil-
lan. Pp. 512.
Rev. by Amy Loveman in SRL, Dec. 12, p. 7; by J. Southron in NYTBR,
Nov. 15, p. 16 ("original .... gay .... encyclopedic"). A study of women in
fiction since Richardson s day, with many social, economic, and political observa
tions.
Verschoyle, D. (ed.). The English novelists. London: Chatto. Pp. xii+293.
Rev. by Hugh Fausset in LM, XXXIV, 174; by Raymond Mortimer in NS,
XI, 730; by Erik Warman in Adelphi, XII, 382.
"Victorian noon-time literature as social history." TLS (leading article), June
6, pp. 465-66.
Wellek, Rene*. "Poesie druhe* generace viktorianske ." Casopis pro moderni
filokgii, XXII (1935), 46-52.
Weygandt, Cornelius. The time of Tennyson: English Victorian poetry as it
affected America. New York, London: Appleton-Century. Pp. ix+349.
VKTOKIAX BIBLIOCJHAPHT FOU 19."M 165
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Anstey, F. (pseud, for Thomas Anstey Guthrie). See II, Anstey.
Arnold (see also I, Ehrsam). Beatty, Richmond C. Bayard Taylor: laureate
of the gilded age. Norman, Okla.: Univ. of Okla. pr. Pp. 364.
Rev. by S. Coblentz in NYTBR, Jan. 10, 1937, p. 5. Many Victorian references:
Arnold, Browning, Carlyle, Dickens, etc.
Hunt, Everett. "Matthew Arnold and his critics." SeR, XLIV, 449-67.
MacNeill, Jennie. "Matthew Arnold and Alexander Burnes." TLS (Corre
spondence), April 11, p. 316.
Middleton, R. D. Magdalen studies, London: S.P.C.K. Pp. xx+284.
Rev. in TLS, March 28, p. 256. Includes consideration of Oxford Movement,
Arnold, etc.
Sells, Iris. Matthew Arnold and France: the poet. See VB 1935, 421.
Eev. by E. A. Baker in RES, XII, 365; by 0. E. Hofloway in MLN, LI, 488-
89; by George Kitchin in MLR, XXXI, 220; by M. Sandmann in Beiblatt, XLVII,
85-88; by Morton Zabel in MP, XXXIV, 95; NYTBR, Feb. 2, p. 11.
Bagehot Young, G. M. "Victorian psychology/ TLS, Jan. 25, p. 75.
Beddoes. The Browning box: or the life and works of Thomas LoveU Beddoes.
Ed. H. W. Dormer. See VB 1935, 422.
Rev. by Lascelles Abercrombie in FR, CXXXIX, 115-16; by S. C. Chew in
HTB, April 19, p. 6; by Trevor James in Life and Letters today, XIV, 186-90;
by E. H. W. Meyerstein in Poetry rev., Jan.-Feb., pp. 71-73; More books, XI, 129.
Burchardt, Carl. "Thomas LoveU Beddoes." Edda, XXXVI, 117-27.
Dormer, H. W. Thomas LoveU Beddoes See VB 1935, 422.
Rev., by Trevor James in Life and letters today, XIV, 186-90.
Weber, Carl A. Bristols Bedeutungfur die englische Romantik und die deutsch-
englischen Beziehungen. Halle: Niemeyer, 1935. Pp. xv+304.
Rev. by A. B. in Archiv, CLXIX, 299. Chatterton, Cottle, and Beddoes bring
literary distinction to Bristol.
Brontes. Miscellaneous and unpublished writings of Charlotte and Patrick
Branwell Bronte. Ed. T. J. Wise and J. A. Symington. ("Shakespeare Head
Bronte.") London: BlackweU. 2 vols. See VB 1935, 422: 1934, 416.
Rev. by Irene Cooper Willis in LM, XXXV, 66; TLS, Oct. 3, p. 784. The
Shakespeare Head Bronte is to be completed soon by the publication of the
Bibliography.
Gary, Franklin. "Charlotte Bronte and George Henry Lewes." PMLA, LI,
518-42.
Hatfield, C. W. "Emily Bronte s Lost love. " TLS (Correspondence), Aug.
29, p. 697.
166 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Malham-Dembledy, J. "Charlotte Bronte s Bretton. " TLS (Correspond
ence), Sept. 19, p. 748.
Moore, Virginia. The life and eager death of Emily Bronte. London: Rich &
Cowan. Pp. 383.
Rev. by E. F. Benson in S, Aug. 28, p 350; by David Garaett in NS, XII, 321,
505; by D. Powell in LM, XXXIV, 459; TLS, Aug. 29, p. 677. Prints three new
poems.
Willis, Irene Cooper. The authorship of "Wuthering Heights" London: Ho
garth pr. Pp. 94.
Brownings (see also I, Ehrsam). From Robert and Elizabeth Browning: a fur
ther selection of the Barretts-Browning family correspondence. Introd. and
notes by William Rose Bene*t. London: Murray. Pp. 144.
Rev. in TLS, March 21, p. 239.
"Sordello": premiere traduction integrate. Introduction, sommaires et notes
de Paul de Reul. Bruxelles: Edition de la Revue de TUniv. de Bruxelles,
1935. Pp. vii+193.
Rev. by Alta Jack in Books abroad, X, 60.
Berlin-Liebermann, J. Robert Browning and Hebraism: a study of the sources
of Browning which are based on rabbinical writings and other sources in
Jewish literature. Zurich diss., 1934. Pp. 94.
BorgogelH, 0. P. L Angelo custode del Guercino in Fano e la poesia di Roberto
Browning con la traduzione di A. Mabellini. Fano: Sonciniana, 1935.
Pp. 17.
Bremond, A. "Les Sonnets de la Portugaise. De Marceline Desbordes-Val-
more a Elizabeth Browning." Etudes, April 20.
Carter, John. "Mrs, Browning s poems." TLS (Bibliographical notes), May
30, p. 464.
DeVane, William Clyde. A Browning handbook. See VB 1935, 423.
Rev. by K. L. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLIV, 241-43; by W. 0. Raymond in
MLN, pp. 558-59; TLS, April 18, p. 330.
Du Bois, Arthur. "Robert Browning, dramatist." SP, XXXIII, 626-55.
Friedland, L. S. "Ferrara and My last duchess." SP, XXXIII, 656-84.
Hovelaque, H. Browning s English in "Sordello." See VB 1933, 421.
Rev. by Hermann Heuer in Beiblatt, XLVII, 79-83.
Pettigrew, Helen. "The early vogue of The ring and the book. " Archiv,
CLXIX, 36-47.
A refutation of the accepted opinion that Browning s fame had its origin with
The ring and the book.F. E. F.
VICTOUIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 167
Rhys, Ernest. Letters from limbo. London: Dent. Pp.306.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 7, p. 898. A volume of letters to Rhys from great literary
figures of the last fifty years, including Browning and other Victorians.
Saludok, Emma. Stilkritische Untersuchung der Sonnette der Elizabeth Barrett-
Browning im Verhdltnis zu Rainer Maria Rilkes Ubertragung. Marburg
diss., 1933. Pp. viii+108.
Snitslaar, L. Sidelights on "The ring and the book." See VB 1934, 417;
1935, 424.
Rev. by Herman Heuer in Beiblatt, XLVII, 83-84.
Tracy, C. R. "Browning s heresies." SP, XXXIII, 610-25.
Bulwer-Lytton. Seifert, Hellmuth. Bulwers Verhdltnis zur Geschichte. Miin-
chendiss. Leipzig: Noske, 1935. Pp. 118.
Rev. by A. Schmidt in Die neueren Sprachen, XL, 192.
Butler. Arens, F. "Dem Jahrhundertgedenken Samuel Butlers." Europaische
revue, XII, 70-72.
Blackmur, R. P. Essays in craft and elucidation. New York: Arrow editions,
1935. Pp. 302.
Rev. by G. Stone in AR, VI, 357-62.
Delattre, F. "Samuel Butler et le Bergsonisme avec deux lettres in&lites
d Henri Bergson." RA, XIII, 385.
Fort, J. B. Samuel Butler (1835-1902). Tome I: Etude d un caractere et d une
intelligence. Tome II: L Ecrivain. Etude d un style. Bordeaux: Bi&re,
1935; Paris: Didier. 2 vols.
Rev. by E. M. Clark in Books abroad, X, 417-18; by R. Parrat in Les Langues
modernes, XXXIV, 350-52; TLS, Aug. 22, p. 676.
A monument of research and exposition but not improving on Henry Festing
Jones s Life; unfortunately published too soon to include the recently published
letters to Miss Savage (see VB 1935, 424) ; the first half is devoted to an analysis
of Butler s life and background, with admirable treatment of Victorian England;
the second half deals with Butler s style and literary method. A weighty and ex
haustive work, one of the most impressive on Butler thus far. C. F. HAKROLD.
Fort, J. B. "Les Ide"es de Samuel Butler." Revue philosophigue de la France,
LXI, 215-39.
Fort, J. B. "Samuel Butler 1935. Le Bilan d un anniversaire." Les Langues
modernes, XXXIV, 352-60.
Hill, Brian. "Samuel Butler in Canada." Dalhousie rev., XVI, 54-57.
Krog, Fritz. "Butlers Erewhon: eine Utopia?" A } LX, 423-33.
16S VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Muggeridge, Malcolm. The earnest atheist: a study of Samuel Butler. London:
Eyre & Spottiswoode. Pp. 288.
Rev. by Catherine Carswell in S, Sept. 11, pp. 424-25; by G. W. S. in NS,
XII, 298; SR, Sept. 12, p. 341; TLS, Sept. 5, p. 708.
An attack on Butler s reputation as a great man and as a great literary artist;
vituperative, at times inacccurate or unfaithful to the facts; seeks to show that the
world has accepted Butler at his own exaggerated evaluation and to deflate both
Butler s and his biographer Jones s legend of Butler s importance in the late-
Victorian advance toward emancipation. Shrewd and hard-hitting, but uncritical.
C. F. HARROLD.
Rattray, R. F. Samuel Butler: a chronicle and an introduction. London:
Duckworth, 1935. Pp. 216.
Useful as a guidebook, an anthology of quotations of Butler, and as a biographi
cal and critical summary of Butler. Contains some new material. Not a sub
stantial addition to the literature on Butler. C. F. H.
Carlyle. Blackstone, B. "Carlyle and little Gidding." TLS (Correspond
ence), March 28, p. 278.
Burke, Thomas. Murder at Elstree, or Mr. Thurtell and his gig. London: Long
mans. Pp. iv+178.
Rev. in TLS, March 7, p. 195. "Fictionized" account of the notorious Victorian
murder which supplied Carlyle with the term "gigmanity."
Dwyer, J. J. "A French Catholic among eminent Victorians: Francois Rio"
(friend of Carlyle, Disraeli, Gladstone). CWd, CXLII, 593-97.
Eckloff, L. Bild und Wirklichkeit bei Thomas Carlyle. Eine Untersuchung des
bildlichen Ausdrucks in Carlyles Sartor Resartus. Konigsberg: Ost-Europa
Verlag. Pp. viii+187.
Harrold, C. F. Carlyle and German thought See VB 1935, 425.
Rev. in Revue philosophique de la France, LXI, 98-99.
Harrold, C. F. "The nature of Carlyle s Calvinism." SP, XXXIII, 475-86.
Attempts to show that, as German idealism was the dominating influence in
Carlyle s thought up to about 1834, his underlying Calvinism became the chief
influence on his later, social thought.
Heinemann, G. "Von Fiihrertum, Helden und Heldenverehrung. Eine Wur-
digung Carlyles." Die deutsche hohere Schule, II (1935), 535-39.
Jost, Th. "Carlyle und das neue Deutschland." Die deutsche hohere Schule,
III, 809-12,
Mampel, A. Thomas Carlyle als KunstUr unter besonderer Berucksichtigung
u Friedrich des Grossen. )} See VB 1935, 425.
A closely wrought and valuable study. The first sixty-nine pages treat of Car
lyle as a writer up to Frederick. The author then carefully analyzes Carlyle s
method in that work, considering Carlyle s methods with sources, with historical
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 169
phenomena, with his own style, etc. There are excellent passages on phantasy;
on history as anecdote (a feature of Carlyle s work influenced by Novalis but hith
erto neglected by critics of Carlyle); the dramatic element in Carlyle s historiog
raphy (monologue, dialogue, lyrical characterization, etc.),* his irony; his pictorial
methods with Momentaufnahmen, with the Miniaturarbeit bei der Personenschilde-
rung, and with the Kleinmderei der Milieuschilderung; and Carlyle as a symbolist,
especially in relation to Macaulay and Schiller. C. F. HARROLD.
Meseke, W. A. Mensch, Geschichte und Stoat bei Thomas Carlyle. Heidelberg
diss. Mlinchen: Knorr & Hirth, 1935. Pp. 60.
Murphy, Ella. "Carlyle and the Saint-Simonians." SP, XXXIII, 93-118.
Scudder, Townsend. The lonely wayfaring man: Emerson and some English
men. New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xii+228.
Rev. by Alexander Cowie in SRL, Dec. 19, pp. 16-17; by Peter Jack in
NYTBR, Dec. 27, p. 2. Emerson s experiences and acquaintances in England.
Treats of Carlyle, Clough, George EHot, Gilfillan, Landor, Harriet Martineau,
etc.
Shine, Hill. "Articles in Eraser s magazine attributed to Carlyle." MLN, LI,
142-45.
Shine, Hill. "Carlyle s views ori the relation between poetry and history up to
early 1832." SP, XXXIII, 487-506.
Shine, Hill. "Carlyle s views on the relation between religion and poetry up
to 1832." SP, XXXIII, 57-92.
Towne, Jackson. "Carlyle and Oedipus." The psychoanalytic rev., XXII
(1935), 297-305.
Vance, W. S. "Carlyle in America before Sartor resartus." AL, VII, 363.
Comment by George Kummer, AL y VIII, 297.
Carroll. Ayres, Harry Morgan. Carroll s Alice. New York: Columbia univ.
pr. Pp. x+98.
Rev. by May Lamberton Becker in HTB, May 31, p. 5.
Heron, Flodden. "The 1866 Appleton Alice/ " Colophon, II, 422-27.
Clough. See I, Ehrsam.
Coleridge. Origo, Iris. "Hartley." Cornhitt mag., CLIV, 77-87.
Dallas. "The dream and the poem: a Victorian psycho-analyst" (Eneas
Sweetland Dallas). TLS, Jan. 18, pp. 41-42.
Davidson. Lock, D. R, "John Davidson and the poetry of the nineties. "
, CLXI, 338-52.
170 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Dickens (see also III, Baker; III, Cazamian, L.) Dickensian (quarterly),
Vol. XXXII. See VB 1932, 422.
Items as follows: "An unpublished letter [by Dickens] to Talfourd" (pp. 191-
92); "Another unpublished letter" (pp. 299-300); "The Calverley examination in
Pickwick at Cambridge, 1857" (pp. 51-54) ; "Dickens s instructions to Phiz for
the Pickwick illustrations" (pp. 266-68); "Dickensian peeps into Tunch " (pp.
37-42, 110-16, 181-84, 245-48; see also XXXI, 26^-66); "The English editions
of Pickwick" (pp. 126-28); "The earliest French translation of Pickwick" (pp.
133-35); "The motor tour of Dickens s London" (pp. 173-75); "One hundred
years ago Dickens leaves The chronicle " (pp. 275-80); "Peeps at Dickens, etc."
(pp. 55-56; see also XXXI, 287-88); "The Pickwick advertisements, etc." (pp.
86-90) j "The Pickwick dedications and prefaces" (pp. 61-64) ; "The reception of
Dickens s first book" (pp. 43-50); "The rise [of Dickens] to fame" (pp. 193-202);
"Some Dickens letters about Pickwick" (pp. 118-325); "Some early reviews of
Pickwick" (pp. 216-18, 281-85) ; H. O. Barnett, "Pickwickian plenty" (pp. 23-28) ;
"Buss s Pickwick pictures" (pp. 101-4) ; P. T. Garden, "Speculations on the source
of BardeU versus Pickwick" (pp. 105-9) ; W. F. D. Curtoys^ "Tobias Smollett s
influence on Dickens" (pp. 249-54); E. M. Davies, "History in a Pickwickian
sense " (pp. 291-94); F. S. Johnson, "Mrs. Bardell s house" (pp. 295-98); C. F.
Lehmann-Haupt, "Studies on Edwin Drood " (pp. 20-34, 135-37, 219-20, 301-6;
see also XXXI, 299-305); J. W. T. Ley, "What the soldier said, etc." (pp7 15-21.
This is a spirited reply to Wright s Life of Dickens; see VB 1935, 427); C. R.
Long, "The Launceston Pickwick reprint" (pp. 287-90); Sir John Martin-Harvey,
"On The immortal memory [of Dickens]" (pp. 185-90); Anna Pazzi, "The Pick
wick papers in Italy" (pp. 214-15); S. J. Rust, "Mr. Pickwick looks back over a .
hundred years" (pp. 255-60) ; S. J. Rust, "The Pickwickians again go to Rochester
by stage coach" (pp. 165-70); Lionel Stevenson, "Names in Pickwick" (pp. 241-
44); W. Uhrstrom, " Pickwick in Sweden" (pp. 117-18); A. Waugh, "The birth
of Pickwick" (pp. 7-14); P. C. Williams, "A defence of Dickens s detectives"
(pp. 144r47).
"Journalism immortalized: the endurance of Mr. Pickwick. " TLS (leading
article), March 28, pp. 249-50.
The love romance of Charles Dickens, told in his letters to Maria Beadnell (Mrs.
Winter). Ed. Walter Dexter. London: Argonaut pr. Pp. 126.
Rev. by J. W. T. Ley in Dickensian, XXXII, 227-28; in SR, April 18, p. 504.
Berry, J. G. "A hundred years of Mr. Pickwick." Dalhousie rev., XVI, 177.
Buck, Pearl S. "A debt to Dickens." SRL, April 4, pp. 11, 20, 25.
Buck, Pearl S. "My debt to Dickens." ER, LXII, 408.
Church, Howard. "Otto Babendiek and David Copperfield." Germanic rev.,
XI, 40-49.
Clendening, Logan. A handbook to Pickwick Papers. New York: Knopf. Pp.
x+156.
Rev. by May Lamberton Becker in HTB, May 17, p. 4; NYTBR, May 10,
p. 5; SRL, April 25, pp. 18-19.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 171
Clendening, Logan. "Mr. Pickwick s birthday: 1836-1936." Atlantic month
ly, CLVII, 463-72.
Darwin, Bernard. "Mr. Pickwick s birthday." English, I, 112-14.
Dexter, Walter. "How press and public received The Pickwick papers. "
ATC, CXIX, 318-29.
Dexter, Walter. "The old curiosity shop." TLS (Correspondence), Dec. 12,
p. 1035.
Dexter, Walter, and Ley, J. W. T. The origin of Pickwick: new facts now first
published in the year of the centenary. London: Chapman & Hall. Pp. 158.
Rev. by K John in NS, XI, 497; by A. de Suzannet in Dickensiah, XXXII,
170-71; by A. J. A. Symons in FR, CXXXIX, 625-26; TLS, March 28, pp. 249-
50. Treats the relations of Seymour and Buss in the production of the papers.
Erickson, Effie. "The influence of Charles Dickens on the novels of Benito
Pfrez Gald6s." Hispania, XIX, 421-30.
Lemonnier, Leon. "Actualite* de Dickens." MF, CCLXXII, 70-91.
Miller, W., and Strange, E. H. A centenary bibliography of the Pickwick papers.
London: Argonaut pr. Pp. 224.
Rev. in TLS, March 28, pp. 249-50.
Noyes, Alfred, et al. A Pickwick portrait gallery: from the pens of divers ad
mirers of the illustrious members of the Pickwick Club, their friends and
enemies. London: Chapman & Hall; New York: Seribner s. Pp. 243 and
16 illus. from orig. plates by Seymour and "Phiz."
A collection of essays on characters in Pickwick papers. Rev. by May Lamber-
ton Becker in HTB, May 17, p. 4; by K. John in NS, XI, 497; by L. A. G. Strong
in S, March 20, p. 532; by A. J. A. Symons in FR, CXXXIX, 625-26; NYTBR,
April 5, p. 2; SRL, April 25, pp. 18-19; TLS, March 28, pp. 249-50.
Parrish, M. L. " Loving ballad of Lord Bateman. " TLS (Correspondence),
Dec. 12, p. 1035.
Authorship is attributed to George Cruikshank; Dickens name was used be
cause it "was of great commercial value."
Pierce, Dorothy. "Special bibliography: the stage versions of Dickens nov
els." Bull, of bibliog. and dramatic index, XYI, 10 (to be cont.).
Sennewald, Ch. Die Namengebung bei Dickens: eine Studie uber Lautsymbolik.
Leipzig: Mayer & Miiller. Pp. 121.
Simpson, T. B. " In a Pickwickian sense. " QR, CCLXVI, 189-204.
Straus, Ralph. Dickens: the man and the book. ("Argosy books.") London:
Nelson. Pp. 256.
Rev. by Arthur Colton in SRL, Sept. 5, p. 15; TLS, April 4, p. 301. Combina
tion of anthology and biographical narrative.
172 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Wright, Thomas. The life of Charles Dickens. See VB 1935, 427.
Rev. by May L. Becker in HTB, May 17, p. 4; by J. S. Collis in LM, XXXIII,
354; by J. W. T. Ley in Dickensian, XXXII, 15-21; by J. W. T. Ley in HTB,
July 5, pp. 12-13 (very unfavorable).
Disraeli (see also II, Baumann, Riihl; III, Cazamian, L.). Beeley, Harold.
Disraeli. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth. Pp. 144.
Rev. in TLS, May 23, p. 427.
Cline, Clarence. "Disraeli s only venture in dramatic composition." ("Univ.
of Texas studies in English," No. 16.) Austin: Univ. of Texas. Pp. 93-105.
Gilbert, Felix. "The Germany of Contarini Fleming/ " CR, CXLIX, 74-80.
Seton-Watson ; Robert. Disraeli, Gladstone, and the Eastern question: a study
in diplomacy and party politics. ("Studies in modern history," ed. L. B.
Namier.) London, New York: Macmillan.
Rev. by Dwight Lee in JMH, VIII, 114-16.
Thane, Elswyth. Young Mr. Disraeli. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 337.
Rev. by Herman Simpson in New R, Nov. 4, p. 27; by Clara Stillman in HTB,
March 15, p. 7. "The book ends twenty-nine years before Disraeli became prime
minister in 1868." A three-act play, with the same title, by E. T. Beebe, was
published by Samuel French (New York and London) in 1935.
Doughty. Fairley, B. "Charles Doughty (1843-1926)." Europaische revue,
XII, 72-73.
Treneer, Anne. Charles M. Doughty; a study of his prose and verse. London:
Cape, 1935. Pp. 350.
Douglas. Douglas, Lord Alfred. Sonnets. And Lyrics. London: Rich &
Cowan. Pp. 110, 82.
Rev, by Laurence Whistler in MS, XI, 240.
Eliot (see also Carlyle: Scudder). Diekhoff, John S. "The happy ending of
Adam Bede." ELH, III, 221-27.
Mo llor, Alfred. George Eliots Beschaftigung mit dem Judentum und ihre Stellung
zur Judenfrage. Hamburg diss. Hamburg: P. Brandel, 1934. Pp. 62.
Williams, Blanche Colton. George Eliot: a biography. New York: Macmillan.
Pp. xix+341.
Rev. by Percy Hutchinson in NYTBR, April 5, p. 5; by Clara Stillman in
IfTB, April 12, p. 6; by Amabel Williams-Ellis in SRL, April 11, pp. 10-11;
by L. Powys in Am. mercury, XXXVIII, 118-20; TLS, Sept. 5, p. 709.
Fitzgerald (see also I, Ehrsam). Rempis, Christian. Omar Chajjam und seine
Vierzeiler. Tubingen: Yerlag der deutschen Chajjam Gesellschaft; New
York: Stechert, 1935. Pp. vii+200.
Rev. by Gustav Mueller in Books abroad, X, 77.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 173
Gaskell (see III, Cazamian, L.).
Gilbert. Complete plays of Gilbert and Sullivan. ("Modern libr.") New York:
Random House. Pp. ix-j-711.
Rev. by St. John Ervine in Am. mercury, XXXVIII, 493-97.
"Two Victorian humorists: Burnand and the mask of Gilbert." TLS (lead
ing article), Nov. 21, pp. 935-36.
Gilfillan (see also Carlyle: Scudder). Scudder, Townsend. "Emerson in Dun
dee." Am. scholar, IV (1935), 331-43.
Gissing (see also III, Neuschaffer). Gapp, Samuel V. George Gissing, classi
cist. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsylvania pr. Pp. 210.
Rev. in TLS, Aug. 29, p. 692 ("comprehensive and painstaking .... as near
the heart of Gissing as any book on the man yet published").
Hallam. See Tennyson: Tennyson, C.
Hardy (see also I, Ehrsam; I, Targ). Bates, H. E. "Hardy contrasted with
Conrad." Pp. 248-63 of The English novelists see III, Verschoyle.
Beach, Joseph W. "Hardy." Pp. 503-21 of The concept of nature in nineteenth-
century English poetry see III, Beach.
Beach, Joseph W. Rev. of three Hardy novels ed. by Carl J. Weber, MLN,
LI, 261-62.
Bliemel, Bernh. Verkettung von Dichter und Werk bei Thomas Hardy. Breslau
diss. Pp. 83.
Brickell, Herschel. "How Hardy was accused of plagiarism." New York post
and Philadelphia record, June 24.
Elliott, A. P. Fatalism in the works of Thomas Hardy. See VB 1935, .429.
Rev. by Carl J. Weber in MLN, LI, 481-82 (unfavorable).
Ford, Ford Madox. "Thomas Hardy." Am. mercury, XXXVIII, 438-48.
"Mr. Ford replies." Am. mercury, XXXIX, xx-xxii.
Haines, Helen. "Elective affinities." Library jour., LXI, 527-28.
Hansch, Marie-L. Die sprachkunstlerische Gestaltung bei Thomas Hardy: Stil-
studien zu l Tess of the D Urbervilles. ("Die neueren Sprachen," Beiheft
No. 31.) Marburg: G. Braun. Pp. 73.
Lawrence, D. H. "Study of Thomas Hardy." Pp. 398-516 of Phoenix. New
York: Viking pr. Pp. xxvii+852.
Lowes, John Livingston. Essays in appreciation. Boston: Hough ton Mifflin.
Pp. 189.
Rev. by Christian Gauss in SRL, Sept. 12, pp. 12-13; NYTBR, May 10, p. 8.
Includes discussion of Hardy and Meredith.
174 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Mackall, Leonard. "Notes for bibliophiles" (on Hardy s plagiarism). HTB,
June 28, p. 18.
Marrot, H. V. Life and letters of John Galsworthy. New York: Scribner s.
Pp. xv+819.
Has thirteen letters from Hardy, and ten other Hardy passages, indexed p. 813.
Phelps, William Lyon. "Mark Twain" (and Hardy). Yale rev., XXV, 291.
Powys, Llewelyn. Dorset essays. London: John Lane, 1935. Pp.224. For
Hardy see pp. 1, 72-74, 183-87.
Rideout, John G, "Hardy s last words on The dynasts. 1 Colby mercury, VI
(June 2), 85-87.
Schumacher, M. Biologische Probleme in Thomas Hardys Werk. Bonn diss.
Bonn: Richard Mayr. Pp. 146.
Van Doren, Carl. "Robinson s interest in Hardy." Harper s mag., CLXXIII,
154; repr. in the author s Three worlds (New York: Harper), pp. 159-60.
Weber, Carl J. "A Connecticut Yankee in King Alfred s country." Colophon,
N.S., I, 525-35.
Hardy s plagiarism in The trumpet-major "The militia company drill" by
Oliver Prince.
Weber, Carl J. "The cottage lights of Wessex." Colby mercury, VI, 64-67.
Weber, Carl J, "Fact vs. fiction." Am. mercury, XXXIX, xiv.
Weber, Carl J. Hardy at Colby. Waterville, Me.: Colby library. Pp. 152. A
bibliog.
Weber, Carl J. In Thomas Hardy s workshop. See VB 1934, 422.
Rev. by P. Aronstein in Beiblatt, XLVI (1935), 371-72.
Weber, Carl J. "Last notes on Hardy s first novel." Colby mercury, VI, 89-93.
Weber, Carl J. "Lowell s Dead rat in the wall. " NEQ, IX, 468-72. "More
about Lowell s dead rat," NEQ, IX, 686-88.
Wright, W. "Index to Hardy s poems." Colby mercury, VI, 94-100.
Hopkins (see also III, Daiches). The note-books of Gerard Manley Hopkins.
Ed. Humphrey House. New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 496.
Includes journals, sermons, essays, and reproductions of Hopkins drawings.
A valuable addition to our knowledge of Hopkins.
Fletcher, J. G. "Gerard Manley Hopkins poet or priest?" AR, VI, 331-46.
Gardner, W. H. "The wreck of the Deutschland." Pp. 124-52 of Essays and
studies by members of the English Association, Vol. XXI, collected by Her
bert Read. Oxford: Clarendon pr.
VlCTOHlAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 175
Kelly, Hugh. "Father Gerard Hopkins in his letters." Studies: an Irish quar
terly, XXV, 239.
Read, Herbert. In defence of Shelley, and other essays. London: Heinemann.
Pp. 282.
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 22, p. 157. Includes essays on Hopkins and Patmore.
Hughes (see Kingsley).
Huxley. T. H. Huxley s diary of the voyage of H.M.S. Rattlesnake. Ed., from
the unpublished MS, by Julian Huxley. London: Chatto; New York:
Doubleday, Doran. Pp. xiv+301. See VB 1935, 431.
Rev. by R. L. Duffus in NYTBR, May 10, p. 3; by H. M. Parshley in HTB }
May 24, p. 6; by William Plomer in LM, XXXIII, 346; by Homer Smith in SRL,
May 16, pp. 5-6; Am. mercury, XXXVIII, 509.
Jewsbuiy. Howe, Susanne. Geraldine Jewsbury: her life and errors. See VB
1935, 431.
Rev. by David Cooke in LQHR, CLXI, 128-29. Included are accounts of her
relationships with the Carlyles, Ruskin, Browning, Froude, and Kingsley.
Kingsley (see also III, Cazamian, L.). Parrish, M. L., and Maun, Barbara K.
Charles Kingsley and Thomas Hughes. First editions (with a few exceptions)
in the library at Dormy House, Pine Vattey, New Jersey. Described with
notes. London: Constable. Pp. 166. 150 copies.
Rev. in SRL, Jan. 9, 1937, p. 21.
Kipling (see also I, Ehrsam; III, Kieseritzky). Abraham, P. "Rudyard Kip
ling." Nrf t XXIV, 291-95.
Anon. Editorial, LM, XXXIII, 373.
Anon. "A flower of national art in verse and prose: Rudyard Kipling s place
in English literature." TLS, Jan. 25, pp. 65-66.
Anon. "Rudyard Kipling." Nosotros, I, 79-84.
Anon. "Rudyard Kipling." S, Jan. 24, pp. 118-19.
Bene"t, Stephen V. "Rudyard Kipling, teller of magic tales." HTB, Jan. 12,
pp. 1-2.
Beresford, George C. Schooldays with Kipling. Pref . by General Dunsterville
(Stalky). London: Gollancz; New York: Putnam. Pp.319.
Rev. by Peter Burra in LM, XXXIV, 466; by N. J. Michaels in HTB, Nov. 1,
p. 4; NYTBR, Nov. 8, p. 10; TLS, June 20, p. 513.
Bett, Henry. "Rudyard Kipling." LQHR, CLXI, 153-63.
Cazamiaa, Louis. "Hommage & Kipling." Les Langues modernes, XXXIV,
4-5.
Charpentier, John. "Esquisse de Kipling." RF, Feb. 1, p. 521.
176 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Chevrillon, Andre*. Rudy ard Kipling. Paris: Plon. Pp. 288.
Colvin, Ian. "Rudyard Kipling." National rev.-, CVI, 188-92.
Farr&e, Claude. "Le Grandeur de Kipling." RF, Feb. 15, p. 744.
Gfflet, Louis. "Rudyard Kipling." RdDM, XXXI, 701-8.
Grimm, H. "Vom politischen Dichter, geistige Begegnung mit Rudyard Kip
ling." Das innere Reich, II (1935-36), 1449-70.
Hill, Edmonia. "The young Kipling: personal recollections." Atlantic month
ly, CLVII, 406-1J.
Hood, Arthur. "The laureate of the people." Poetry rev., March-April, pp.
97-102.
Hughes, Randolph. "Kipling: une appreciation anglaise." MF, CCLXVI,
633-47.
KingsmiU, Hugh. "RUyard Kipling." ER,LXIl, 150-56. Criticized by .Lord
Charnwood, ibid., pp. 373-76. Reply by KingsmiU, ibid., pp. 507, 618.
Lalou, Rene*. "Rudyard Kipling: 1865-1936." MF, CCLXVI, 5-15.
McFee, W. "The Kipling who was more than the poet of empire. " NYTBR,
Feb. 9, pp. 2, 28.
Maurois, Andre*. "Rudyard Kipling et la France." 8, Feb. 7, pp. 206-7.
Mertner, Edgar. "Rudyard Kipling und die Tiergeschichte." Germanisch-ro-
manische Monatsschrift, XXIV, 195-216.
Monkshood, G. F. The kss familiar Kipling and Kiplingiana. 3d rev. ed.
London: Jarrolds. Pp. 256.
Brief rev. in Les Langues modernes, XXXIV, 395-96. First ed. pub, in 1917.
Postif, Louis. "Hommage a Rudyard Kipling par Jack London." MF,
CCLXVI, 431-37.
A French trans, of a eulogistic letter by Jack London, written in Oct., 1901,
and printed in an Oakland, Calif., newspaper.
Reisiger, Hans. "Kipling." Die neue Rundschau, XLVII, 281-93.
Rice, Howard C. "Rudyard Kipling in New England." NEQ, IX, 363-77.
Rosati, Salvatore. "Rudyard Kipling." Nuova antologia, CXXI, 331-36.
Van Gennep, A. "Kipling et le folklore." MF, CCLXVI, 189-93; CCLXIX,
179-82; CCLXXII, 386-89.
Veftier, R. "Une Conference sur Kipling" (at the Sorbonne). Les Langues
modernes, XXXIV, 226-28.
West, Rebecca. "Rudyard Kipling." NS, XI, 112-14.
Williams, Basil. "Rudyard Kipling." NC, CXIX, 291-302.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 177
Landor (see Carlyle: Scudder).
Lear. "The Ingoldsby legends. Mirth and marvels from St. Paul s." TLS
(leading article), Dec. 26, pp. 1057-58.
Lewes (see Brontes: Gary).
Macaulay (see also II, Abbot). Adams, C. M. "Macaulay on America, once
more/ Bull, of New York Public Libr., XL, 437-39.
Thompson, James Westfall. "Macaulay and Count d Avaux." TLS (Corre
spondence), Sept. 12, p. 729.
Marryat. Bader, Arno. "The gallant captain and Brother Jonathan." Colo
phon, II, 114-29.
Captain Frederick Marryat s reception in America, 1837 and 1838.
Martineau. Bloore, Stephen. "Miss Martineau speaks out." NEQ, IX,
403-16.
Boyle, Sir Edward. Biographical essays: 1790-1890. Oxford univ. pr.; Lon
don: Milford. Pp. viii+273.
Rev. by E. S. P. Haynes in S, April 24, pp. 762, 764; TLS, April 11, p. 312. In
cludes essays on Harriet Martineau and Christina Rossetti.
Maurice (see III, Sanders).
Meredith (see also II, Anstey; IV, Hardy: Lowes). Bierig, Erna. Frauen-
gestalten bei George Meredith. Koln diss. Pp. 99.
Lafourcade, G. Rev. of a French trans, of Meredith s One of our conquerors.
Nrf, XXIV, 440-42.
Wellek, Rene*. "George Meredith." Listy pro umenl a kritiku, III (1935),
178-84.
Mitford. "Mary Mitford s letters." Cornhitt mag., CLIII, 726-35.
Moore. Ferguson, W. D. The influence of Flaubert on George Moore. See VB
1934, 424.
Rev. by H. Huscher in Beiblatt, XLVII, 57-59.
Gogarty, Oliver. "Next door to George Moore." SRL (leading article), July
18, pp. 3-4, 15.
Hone, Joseph M. The life of George Moore; with an account of his last years by
his cook and housekeeper, Clara Warvilk. London: Gollancz; Toronto: Ry-
erson pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. viii+515.
Rev. by Horace Gregory in HTB, Nov. 22, pp. 1, 2; by Mary Hutchinson in
LM, XXXV, 73; by D. MacColl in S, Oct. 9, p. 590; by Edith Mirrielees in SRL,
Nov. 28, p. 7; CornhiUmag., CLIV, 635; TLS, Oct. 10, p. 809.
Hutchinson, Mary. "An impression of George Moore." NS, XII, 585.
178 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Morgan, Charles. Epitaph on George Moore. See VB 1935, 432.
Rev. by Edgar Johnson in NewR, LXXXVI, 81; by G. Price-Jones in Cr, XV,
550; Les Langues modernes, XXXIV, 184.
O Faol&in, Sedn. "Pater and Moore." LM, XXXJV, 330.
Yeats, W. B. "Dramatis personae: 1896-1902." NewR, LXXXVI, 64, 130,
189, 242, 308.
Morris (see also I, Ehrsam). Litzenberg, Karl. "Allusions to the Elder Edda
in the non-Norse poems of William Morris." Scan, XIV, 17-24.
Litzenberg, Karl. "William Morris and the burning of Nj&l." Scan, XTV,
40-41.
Litzenberg, Karl. "William Morris and the Heimskringla." Scan, XIV, 33-39.
Litzenberg, Karl. "William Morris and the reviews: a study in the fame of
the poet." RES, XII, 413-28.
Morris, May. William Morris: artist, writer, socialist. Vol. I: The art of Wil
liam Morris. William Morris as a writer. Vol. II: Morris as a socialist.
With an account of William M arris as I knew him, by Bernard Shaw. Oxford :
Blackwell. 2 vols.
Rev. by Havelock Ellis in Adelphi, XII, 356-61 (same rev. in NewR, Sept. 2,
p. 108); by L. W. Eshleman in NYTBR, Oct. 4, pp. 2, 19; by K. John in NS, XII,
93; by G. Rees in S, Oct. 9, pp. 596-98; by Carl Rollins in SRL, Nov. 14, p. 31;
TLS, Aug. 8, p. 645. Much unpublished material (letters, poems, etc.); Vol. II
includes "some of Morris s unpublished writing on Socialism, in the shape of lec
tures and notes and articles."
Shaw s preface adds little to our knowledge of Morris. The volumes give an
admirable picture of the socialist movement of the day and an excellent account
of Morris social doctrines; are less successful on Morris aesthetic theories, except
as they relate to social and economic problems. A valuable and permanent con
tribution. C. F. HARBOLD.
Shaw, Bernard. William Morris as I knew him. New York: Dodd, Mead. Pp.
52. See item just preceding.
Newman (see also II, Stephenson). Bouyer, L. "Newman et le platonisme
de F&me anglaise." RPh, XXXVI, 285-305.
Drees, L. "Newman und seine Idea of a university im Lichte der Stilfor-
schung." Hochland, XXXIII (1935-36), 461-65.
Kreischer, J. "Wanderung zu Newman." Die Schildgenobsen, XV, 561-64.
Listed in LZD, LXXXVII, 129.
Loosen [-Koln], M. "Henry Kardinal Newman in neuer Schau." Der ka-
tholische Gedanke, IX, 80-89.
Overmans, J. "Harnack und Newman." Stimmen der Zeit, LXVJI (1936-37),
20-31. Listed in LZD, LXXXVII, 1079.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 179
Oliphant Kent, Muriel. "An errant genius." Colophon, II, 565-77. (Lau
rence Oliphant.)
Pater (see also Moore: O Faoldin; Hopkins: Read). Cattan, Lucien. Essai
sur Walter Pater. Paris: Picart. Pp. 212.
Procter. Armour, Richard W. Barry Cornwall. See VB 1935, 433.
Rev. by H. M. Jones in MLN, III, 73-74; by Paul Landis in JEGP, XXXV,
153.
Armour, Richard W. (ed.). The literary recollections of Barry Comwatt. Bos
ton: Meador. Pp. vii+133.
Reade. MacLeod, R. "Charles Reade s brother." TLS (Correspondence),
Jan. 18, p. 55.
Rolfe, Frederick. Corvo, Baron (pseud.). Hubert s Arthur: being certain
curious documents found among the literary remains of Mr. N. C., here pro
duced by Prospero and Caliban. Introd. by A. J. A. Symons. London : Cas-
sell, 1935. Pp. 453. See also VB 1934, 427.
Rossetti (see also I, Ehrsam; IV, Martineau: Boyle). Curti, M. E. "A letter
of Christina Rossetti." MLN, LI, 439-40.
Klenk, Hans. Nachwirkungen Dante Gabriel Rossetti j s. See VB 1933, 430.
Rev. by Karl Arns in Literaturblatt fur germanische und romanische PhUologie,
LVII, 38-39.
Vincent, Eric R. Gabriek Rossetti in England. Oxford: Clarendon pr.; New
York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xii-f 199. Notes, appendixes, bibliog., and in
dex.
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 26, p. 763. A life of the father of Dante and Christina
Rossetti, with interesting Victorian background.
Ruskin. Beard, C. A. "Ruskin and the babble of tongues." NewR, Aug. 5,
pp. 370-72.
Crow, Gerald H. Ruskin. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth. Pp.140.
Rev. by K. John in NS, XI, 727; TLS, April 18, p. 337.
Inge, W. R. "Plato and Ruskin." In Essays by divers hands. ("Transactions
of the Royal Society of Literature," Vol. XIV.) London: Royal Soc. of
Lit./ 1935.
Seibt, Robert. "John Ruskin s einsamer Kampf und die neue Zeit." NeuP,
VII, 271-307.
Spencer. "Herbert Spencer." Dublin rev., LXII, 136-38.
Stephen. Engel, C. E. "Leslie Stephen s letters to some French friends." Al
pine jour., Nov., 1935.
180 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936
Stevenson (see also I, Ehrsam). MacLean, M. C. La France dans I ceuvre de
R. L. Stevenson. Diss. for doctoral de I Universite de Paris. Listed in RLC
XVI, 407.
Smith, Janet Adam. "Henry James and R. L. Stevenson." LM, XXXIV, 412.
Swinburne (see also I, Ehrsam). Jean-Aubry, G. "Victor Hugo et Swin
burne." (Letters, in French, between the two authors, 1862-84.) Revue
bleue, LXXIV, 150-57.
Kernahan, Coulson. "A poet s moods: Swinburne asks, Can you explain
it? " LQHR, CLXI, 186-92.
Swinburne discussing the poet Herbert E. Clarke.
Urmitzer, Klara. Rupert Brooke. Bonn diss. Wtirzburg: R. Mayr, 1935.
Pp. 48.
Chap, ii treats of the influence of Swinburne and the "decadent" literature of
the nineties.
Tennyson (see also I, Ehrsam). Carlson, C. Lennart. "A French review of
Tennyson s 1830 and 1832 volumes." ELH, III, 218-20.
Eliot, T. S. Essays ancient and modern. London: Faber & Faber, Pp. 190.
Rev. by H. M. Jones in SRL, Sept. 19, pp. 13-14; TLS, March 7, p. 192. In
cludes consideration of "In memoriam."
Howeli, A. C. "Tennyson s Talace of art an interpretation." SP, XXXIII, %
507-22.
A well-argued paper on Tennyson s poem as reflecting his experiences at Cam
bridge (the "palace" of the poem).
Jensen, H. "Tennysons Ulysses." Engl. Kulturin sprachwiss. Deutung (Leip
zig), pp. 130-43. Listed in LZD, LXXXVII, 1079.
Tennyson, Charles. "Tennyson papers: I. Alfred s father, II. J. M. Heath s
Commonplace book, III. Idylls of the King, IV. The making of The
Princess. " Cornhillmag., CLIII, 283-305, 426-50, 534-58, 672-81.
This series of articles is interesting for its light on Tennyson and his methods
and the background. I presents a portrait of Dr. Tennyson drawn from his papers
and notebooks. II gives new light on the "Apostles"; prints some unpublished
work of Hallam and of the Tennyson brothers Frederick, Charles, Edward,
Septimus, and Alfred. Ill has "some notes on the early MSS. of the Idylls." IV
treats of Tennyson s method of composition as shown in the extant MSS of The
princess. FREDERIC E. FAVERTY.
Thackeray (see also III, Baker; III, Rosa). Sotheby and Co. "Thackeray s
Four Georges. " TLS (Correspondence), March 21, p. 244,
Thompson (see also III, May). McNabb, Father Vincent. Francis Thompson
and other essays. Ditchling, Sussex: Pepler&Se well; Boston; Bruce Hum
phries.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1936 181
Owlett, F. C. Francis Thompson. London: Bumpus. Pp. 46.
Williamson, Claude. "Francis Thompson: a new study: II." Poetry rev.,
Sept.-Oct., pp. 375-85.
Thomson. Black, J. A. "James Thomson : his translations of Heine." MLR,
XXXI, 48.
Wallis, N. Hardy. "James Thomson and his City of dreadful night. " In
Essays by divers hands. ("Trans, of the Royal Society of Literature," Vol.
XIV.) London: Royal Soc. of Lit., 1935.
Trollope (see II, Baumanri).
Ward, Mrs. Humphrey. Amiel, Henri Frd6ric. The private journal. Trans,
from the French by Van Wyck Brooks and Charles Van Wyck Brooks.
New York: Macmillan, 1935. Pp. v+ xlvii+675.
Rev. by John Matthew in Romanic rev., XXVII, 65-66.
Beccard, Maria. Religiose Frage in den Romanen von Mrs. Humphrey Ward.
Munster diss., 1935. Pp. 97.
Ward, W. G. Ward, Maisie. The Wilfrid Wards and the transition. See VB
1934, 410, 430.
Rev. by Charles Frederick Harrold in SeR, XLIV, 235-37.
Watson. Bett, Henry. "The poetry of Sir William Watson." LQHR, CLXI,
14-23.
". . . . the last representative of what may be called the classical tradition in
modern English poetry."
Wilde (see also III, May; III, Lavrin). Lewis, Lloyd, and Smith, Henry J.
Oscar Wilde discovers America: 1888. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp.
xiv+462.
Rev. by May Lamberton Becker in HTB, May 24, pp. 1-2; by C. K. Hyder in
SRL, May 23, p. 6; by C. G. Poore in NYTBR, May 24, p. 1.
O Sullivan, Vincent. Aspects of Wilde. London: Constable. Pp. v+231.
Itev. by John Garrett in Cr, XVI, 155; by William Plomer in LM, XXXIV,
265; by Peter Quennell in NS, XII, 127; Cornhill mag., CLIV, 254; TLS, June 20,
p. 516.
Wellek, Rene*. "Dilo Oscara Wildea." Listy pro umeni a kritiku, III.
Wood. Sadleir, Michael. "Bindings of Mrs. Henry Wood s novels." TLS,
Feb. 8, p. 120.
Bibliographical data on East Lynne and other novels of Mrs. Wood.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
for 1937
JHIS bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the
Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa
tion of America} William D. Templeman, chairman, Univer
sity of Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal
College; Frederic E. Faverty, Northwestern University; Charles W.
Thomas, University of Wisconsin. It attempts to list the noteworthy
publications of 1937 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a
bearing on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless other
wise stated, the date of publication is 1937. Reference to a page in the
bibliography for 1936, in Modern philology, May, 1937, is made by the
following form: See VB 1936, 407. Some cross-references are given,
although not all that are possible.
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
A = Anglia HV
AHR American historical review
AL American literature HZ
AR = American review JEGP
Archiv = Archiv fur das Studium der
neueren Sprachen JMH
BBDI = Butt, of bibliog. and dramat- JP
ic index JPE
Beiblatt = Beiblatt zur Anglia LgrP
CR = Contemporary review
Cr = Criterion
CWd = Catholic world LL
DLtz Deutsche Literaturzeitung LM
DY = Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift
EHR - English historical review" LQHR =
ELH = Journal of English literary
history LZD
ER English review
ES = Englische Studien MF
ESt = English studies "(Amster- MLN =
dam) MLR -
EtA = Etudes anglaises MP =
FR = Fortnightly review N =
HTB *= New York Herald-Tribune NC
books Neo =
[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1938] ,
Historische Vierteljahrs-
schrift
Historische Zeitschrift
Journal of English and Ger
manic philology
Journal of modem history
Journal of philosophy
Journal of political economy
Literaturblatt fur german-
ische und romanische Philo-
kgie.
Life and letters
London mercury and book"
man
London quarterly and Hol~
born review
Literarisches Zentralblattfur
DeutscMand
Mercure de France
Modern language notes
Modem language review
Modern philology
Nation
Nineteenth century and after
Neophilologus
184
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
NEQ = New England quarterly RM
NeuP = Neuphilologische Monats-
schrift RLC
New R = New republic
Nrf = Nouvelle revue frangaise RPh
NS - New statesman and nation S
NYTBR = New York Times book re- SAQ
view Scan
N & Q = Notes & queries SeR
PMLA = Pubs. Mod. Lang. Ass n of SM
Am. SP
PQ = Philological quarterly SR
QQ = Queen s quarterly SRL
QR = Quarterly review St
RA = Revue anglo-americaine TLS
RdDM = Revue des deux mondes
RES = Review of English studies VQR
RF = Revue de France YR
RH = Revue historique
= Revue de metaphysique et de
morale
Revue de litterature com
pares
Revue de philosophie
= Spectator
South Atlantic quarterly
Scandinavian studies
= Sewanee review
= Scientific monthly
= Sudies in philology
= Saturday review
= Saturday review of literature
- Studies
= (London) Times literary
supplement
Virginia quarterly review
Yale review
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
"American bibliography for 1936." PMLA, LI, Suppl., 1244-53: "English,
Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh.
Annual bibliography of English language and literature, Vol. XVII (1936).
Ed. for the Modern Humanities Research Assoc. by Mary S. Serjeantson,
assisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge univ. pr., 1938. Pp. xii+279.
"Nineteenth century/ pp. 175-218.
The annual bibliography of the history of British art. Vol. II (1935). Cam
bridge univ. pr. Pp. 159.
The art index, October 1986 September 1937. A cumulative author and subject
index to a selected list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins. Also
Vol. IX, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Bibliographical notes and queries. Ed. by P. H. Muir and David Randall.
Vol. Ill, No. 8. London: Elkin Mathews; New York: Scribner s.
"A brief annotated bibliography of some of the important books of 1936."
By the Committee on Contemporary Literature, Erich A. Walter, chair
man. English jour., college ed., XXVI, 374-94.
Has brief reviews of various books about the Victorian period.
Brussell, I. R. (ed.). Anglo-American first editions; west to east, 1786-1930.
Intr. by Viscount Esher. New York: Bowker; London: Constable; To
ronto: Macmillan, 1936. Pp. 162. See VB 1935, 404.
This second vol. describes American authors books first published in England.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 185
A catalogue of rare books of six centuries. Philadelphia and New York: Rosen-
bach Co., 1935. Pp. 123.
Rev. by J. Wyer in Library jour., LXII, 162-63. Browning, Bulwer-Lytton,
Eliot, Kipling, Meredith, Swinburne, Tennyson, Thackeray, et al.
Coulter, Edith M., and Gerstenfeld, Melanie. Historical bibliographies; a sys
tematic and annotated guide Forew. by Herbert E. Bolton. Berkeley,
Calif.: Univ. of Calif, pr., 1935. Pp. xii+206.
Rev. by W. Kienast in HZ, CLVI, 38^-85.
The dictionary of national biography, 1922-1930. Ed. J. R. H. Weaver. Lon
don: Milford, Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xiv+962.
The biographies "cover a period of more than a hundred years." This supple
ment to the DNB is invaluable for students of the Victorian period.
Ehrsam, Deily, and Smith (comps.). Bibliographies of twelve Victorian au
thors. See VB 1936, 389.
Rev. by J. D. Cowley in MLR, XXXII, 332-33; by C. F. Harrold in MP,
XXXIV, 331-32; by K 0. Thompson in Library quar., VII, 161-62; by J. Wyer
in Library jour., LXI (1936), 835. See also the additions by J. Fucilla forthcoming
in Modern philology.
Ghosh and Withycombe. Annals of English literature, 1475-1925. See VB
1936, 389.
Rev. by G. Becker in DLtz, LVIII, 701; by A. Brandl in Archiv, CLXXI, 226.
Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities,
1936-37. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. 105.
Historical Association, London. Annual bulletin of historical literature. No.
XXVI: Publications of the year 1936. London: Bell, Pp. 71.
International bibliography of historical sciences .... Ninth year, 1934- Ed. for
the International Committee of Historical Sciences. New York: H. W.
Wilson, 1936. Pp. xliii+489.
Rev. by C. L. Grose in JMH, IX, 288 ("completes the arrears of the Commit
tee s monumental labor, and henceforth the volume of each year will appear within
twelve to eighteen months after its close").
International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science.
Twenty-fourth annual accumulation. July 1934 June 1937. Also Vol.
XXV, No. 3 (July-Nov.), No. 4 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Janecek, Blanche. "Bibliography of Czech literature in English translation."
BBDI, XVI, 47-49, 70-71.
Kunitz and Haycraft (eds.) . British authors of the nineteenth century. See VB
1936, 390.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SAQ, XXXVI, 234-36; in New R, Jan. 27, p. 394.
186 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Leonardo: rassegna bibliographica, Vol. VIII. "Bollettino bibliografico," each
month, a 5-6 p. bibliog. of books recently publ. in Europe and America.
MacNair, Mary W., and Karr, Margaret N. (comps.). A list of American doc
toral dissertations printed in 1935. Washington: Government printing
office. Pp.407.
Palfrey, Thomas R., and Coleman, Henry E. Guide to bibliographies of theses,
United States and Canada. Chicago: Am. Library Assoc., 1936. Pp. 48.
Rev. by Lulu Reed in Library quar., VII, 286-87.
La Rassegna, XLIV (1936), 315-20; XLV, 123-32, 220-33. "Repertorio."
Readers guide to books on religion. London: Library Assoc., County Libraries
Section. Pp. 48.
Rev. by M. Spinka in Library quar., VII, 603-4 ("a fairly comprehensive, al
though by no means exhaustive, selection of the more recent books dealing with
historical and comparative religion, the Bible, Jesus Christ, Christian theology,
church history, history of the various denominations, polity, liturgy").
Readers guide to periodical literature. An author and subject index. July 1935
June 19S7. Also Vol. XXXVII, No. 12 (July-Jan., 1938). New York:
H. W. Wilson.
Shaw, Marian (ed.). Essay and general literature index. 1937. An index to
2956 essays and articles in 150 volumes of collections of essays and miscel
laneous works. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. vi+176.
Union catalogue of the periodical publications in the university libraries of the
British Isles Compiled, on behalf of the Joint Standing Committee
on Library Co-operation, by Marion G. Roupell, London: National Cen
tral Library. Pp. xii+712.
Rev. by C. Ulrich in Library jour., LXII, 908-9.
University of North Carolina record, No. 311: Research in progress, October,
1935 October, 1936. Chapel Hill, N.C.: Univ. of N.C. pr., 1936. "Eng
lish," pp. 37-51.
"Victorian bibliography for 1936." MP, XXXIV, 387-423.
Vorstius, J., and Reincke, G. Internationale Bibliographic des Buch- und
Bibliothekswesens mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographic, Vol.
XI (1936). Leipzig: Harrassowitz.
Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part L (Jan.-Dec., 1936): A classified list
.... with an extended alphabetical index Also Part LIII (Jan.-Sept.).
London: J. Whitaker & Sons.
Writings on British history 1934. A bibliography of books and articles on the
history of Great Britain from about 450 A.D. to 1914, published during the
year 1984 Comp. by Alexander Taylor Milne. London: Cape. Pp.
427.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1937 187
The year s work in English studies, Vol. XVI (1935). Ed. for the English
Assoc. by F. S. Boas and M. S. Serjeantson. London: Milford, Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 380. "The nineteenth century and after" (H. V. Routh),
pp. 318-47; "Bibliographica" (Harry Sellers), pp. 348-62.
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
The Amberky papers: the ktters and diaries of Lord and Lady Amberky. Ed.
Bertrand and Patricia Russell: London: Hogarth pr.; New York: W. W.
Norton. 2 vols. Pp. iv-f 552; vi+581.
Rev. by E. Hudson in LL, XVI, 192-94; by W. Soskin in HTB, May 16, pp. 1,
2; in S, March 19, pp. 538-40; in TLS, March 13, p. 179. Many references to Vic
torians: Carlyle, Eliot, Grote, Huxley, Jowett, Lecky, Mill, Trollope, etc.
Andrews, Cyril B. The railway age; a social history. London: Country Life.
Pp. 145.
Rev. by T. James in LL, XVII, 158; in TLS, Nov. 6, p. 828.
Archer, Charles (ed.). "Ibseniana: letters from William Archer to Charles
Archer [1881-83]." LM, XXXVI, 527-37.
Asquith, Herbert. Moments of memory. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 384.
d Auvergne, Edmund. Envoys extraordinary; the romantic careers of some re-
markable British representatives abroad. London: Harrap. Pp. 318.
Rev. in SR, May 29, p. 258. Five men: James Harris, first Earl of Malmes-
bury, Hugh Elliot, Lord W. Bentinck, Stratford Canning, Sir Henry Lytton Bul-
wer.
Barton, Margaret. Turibridge Wells. London: Faber; Toronto: Ryerson.
Pp. 363.
Three centuries of social life and customs at a famous resort.
Beaty-Pownall, Fanny. "The crowning of the Queen: 1838." Cornhill mag.,
CLV, 577-89.
A contemporary account, ed. by Cora Marshall, daughter of the author.
Beckerath, H. von. "Economic thought and economic evolution during the
last 150 years." Philosophical rev., XLVI, 573-95.
Bell, Gertrude L. The earlier Utters (1869-83) of Gertrude Bell Ed. Elsa Rich
mond. London: Benn; New York: Liveright. Pp. ix+347.
Bell, Herbert C. F. Lord Palmerston. See VB 1936, 392.
Rev. by P. Knaplund in AHR, XLII, 322-25; by C. Payne in JMH, IX, 88-91
("most convincing and illuminating .... it is seldom that history is made so at
tractive"); by C. Webster in EHR, LII, 713-16.
Birrell, Augustine. Things past redress. London: Faber. Pp. xi+317.
Rev. by E. Kellett in S, April 9, p. 670; in CR, CLI, 749-51; in TLS, April 10,
p. 271. Many anecdotes and references concerning Victorians.
188 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Blanche, Jacques-Emile. Portraits of a life time. Tr. anded. Walter Clement.
Intro, by H. Granville-Barker. London: Dent. Pp. 336.
Rev. by D. Shawe-Taylor in NS, XIV, 690-92; in TLS, Oct. 23, p. 777. In
cludes accounts of Beardsley, Hardy, G. Moore, etc.
Bolitho, Hector. Royal progress, 1837-1937; one hundred years of British mon
archy. London: Batsford; New York: Scribner s. Pp. viii+120.
Rev. in SR, May 1, p. 294. Includes some material from the author s Albert the
good and Victoria, the widow, and her son.
Byrne, Lionel S. R., and Churchill, E. L. Changing Eton; a survey of conditions
based on the history of Eton since the Royal Commission of 1862-64- London :
Cape. Pp. 288.
Carter, John. "Bentleys three-deckers." S, May 7, pp. 856-57. See also
June 11, p. 1097, and June 18, p. 1149.
"A century of British monarchy: birth and growth of the new idea." TLS
(leading article), May 1, pp. 315-16.
Chancellor, E. Beresford. "London life a century ago (1837)." CR, CLI,
469-75.
Clark, George Kitson. Peel. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth, 1936.
Pp. 142.
Clynes, Rt. Hon. J. R. Memoirs, Vol. I: 1869-1924. London: Hutchinson. .
Pp. 351.
Rev. by G. D. H. Cole in NS, XIV, 418.
Compton-Rickett, Arthur. Portraits and personalities. London: Selwyn &
Blount. Pp.320.
Rev. in SR, April 24, p. 279; in TLS, April 3, p. 250. Includes essays on Brown
ing, Dickens, Hardy, Swinburne; appendix of Rossetti-Swinburne letters.
Conklin, R. J. Thomas Cooper, the Chartist (1805-1892}. See VB 1936, 393.
Rev. by A. Harrison, "Thomas Cooper and the Chartist movement," LQHR,
CLXII, 183-97.
Costin, W. C. Great Britain and China, 1883-1860. Oxford: Clarendon pr.
Pp. 370.
Crabit&s, Pierre. Victoria s guardian angel; a study of Baron Stockmar. Lon
don: Routledge. Pp. ix+289.
Rev. in SR, April 17, pp. 262-63.
Cruttwell, C. R. M. F. A history of peaceful change in the modern world. Ox
ford univ. pr. Pp. viii+222.
Rev. by A. Toynbee in S, April 23, p. 766; in TLS, May 22, p. 387. Legal and
historical aspects of all peaceful changes in the world during the last 125 years.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 189
Cunliffe, John W. England in picture, song and story. With notes on the illus
trations by Margaret Pickel. London and New York: Appleton-Century,
1936. Pp. xxxviii+410.
Rev. by L. Nicholl in HTB, Jan. 17, p. 12.
Cunnington, C. W. English women s clothing in the nineteenth century. Lon
don: Faber.
Rev. by E. Bowen in NS, XIV, 930-32; by R. Lehmann in S, Nov. 19, p. 4;
in TLS, Nov. 20, p. 883.
Curie, Richard. Caravansary and conversation; memories of places and persons.
New York: Stokes. Pp. x+309.
Rev. by K. Woods in NYTBR, March 7, p. 4. Includes "Queen Victoria at the
close," and passages on Meredith, Rossetti, Watts-Dunton.
de Kiewet, C. W. The imperial factor in South Africa. A study in politics and
economics. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. x+342
Desart, Hamilton J. A. Cuffe, 5th earl of, 1848-1934, and Lubbock, Lady Sy
bil Marjorie (Cuffe). A page from the past; memories of the Earl of Desart.
London: Cape; Toronto: Nelson, 1936. Pp. 254.
Dickinson, H. W. Matthew Boulton. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xiv+218.
Digeon, A. "John Constable (1837-1937)." EtA, I, 483-97.
Disher, Maurice. Greatest show on earth: Astky s. London: Bell. Pp. 302.
Rev. by H. Fisher in LL, XVII, 160-61. The 19th-cent. English circus.
Dobre*e, Bonamy. "Eccentric Englishwomen: I. Lady Hester Stanhope."
S, April 16, pp. 700-701.
Dollans, Edouard. Histoire du mouvement ouvrier: 1830-1871. Paris: A.
Colin, 1936. Pp. 400.
Rev. by G. Bourgin in RH, CLXXX, 136^38.
Dugdale, Blanche E. C. Arthur James Balfour. London: Hutchinson, 1936;
New York: Putnam. 2 vols. Pp. 448; 450.
Rev. by W. Langer in HTB, Feb. 28, p. 4 ("will not measure up" to Morley s
Gladstone, or Garvin s Chamberlain)] by P. Wilson in NYTBR, Feb. 28, p. 5;
by W. Windelband in Dublin rev., LXIII, 86-93; in New R, April 21, p. 330.
Edwards, H. "The corn laws." TLS, Nov. 20, p. 891.
Ensor, R. C. K. England, 1870-1914- See VB 1936, 393.
Rev. by C. Brinkmann in DLtz, LVIII, 333-34; by P. Knaplund in JMH, IX,
100-102; by D. Owen in SRL, Jan. 2, p. 10.
Falconer, Sir Robert. "In Edinburgh fifty years ago." QQ, XLIV, 441-54.
Falk, Bernard. "Old <?Y daughter; the history of a strange family. London:
Hutchinson. Pp. 369.
Brief rev. in JMH, IX, 275. Nineteenth-cent, social history.
190 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
"The Faraday-Whewell correspondence concerning electro-chemical terms."
Scientific monthly, Dec., pp. 535-46.
Ford, Ford Madox. Portraits from life. New York: Houghton Mifflin. Pp.
vi+227.
Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, April 3, p. 14; by I. Paterson in HTB, Mar. 28, p. 5;
by K. Woods in NYTBR, April 4, p. 3. Includes studies of Hardy and Swinburne.
John Freeman s letters. Ed. Gertrude Freeman and Sir John Squire. London :
Macmillan, 1936. Pp. 395.
Rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, I, 76-77.
GUI, Henry V. "Brave days at Cambridge." St, XXVI, 267-79.
Gleichen-Russwurm, A. von. Victoria. Ihr Leben und ihre Zeit. ("Frauen der
Geschichte.") Hamburg: Hoffmann & Campe, 1936. Pp. 165.
Goldsmith, Margaret. Florence -Nightingale: the woman and the legend. Lon
don: Hodder & Stoughton; Toronto: Musson. Pp. 320.
Rev. in NS, June 26, p. 1074; in SR, July 3, pp. 6, 7; in TLS, June 26, p. 472.
Guedalla, Philip. The hundred years: 1837-1937. See VB 1936, 394.
Rev. by G. Mattingly in SRL, Jan. 30, p. 7; by W. Millis in HTB, Jan. 31,
p. 1; by L. Titterton in NYTBR, Jan. 31, pp. 1, 15; by M. Urban in JMH, IX,
384-85; in CR, CLI, 242-44; in More books, XII, 162; in New R, Feb. 17, p. 53.
Guyon, B. "Les Origines du positivisme." RPh, XXXVII, 49-55.
Harling, Robert (comp.). The London miscellany: a nineteenth century scrap-
book. London: Heinemann. Illus.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 18, p. 959. A delightful volume on the daily life of the Vic
torians.
Heaton, Herbert. Economic history of Europe. New York: Harper, 1936. Pp.
xiv+775.
Rev. by J. Nef in AHR, XLII, 705-7.
Henderson, G. B. "The diplomatic revolution of 1854." AHR, XLIII, 22-
50.
Henderson, G. B. "The pacifists of the fifties." JMH, IX, 314-41.
Traces the influence of the early apostles of arbitration and disarmament upon,
the press of various nations, upon Louis Napoleon, and notably upon Gladstone.
Henrey, Robert. A century between; the story of the descendants of Nathan
Rothschild. London: Heinemann; Toronto: Ryerson; New York: Long
mans. Pp. 325.
Rev. by W. MacDonald in HTB, Nov. 21, p. 1.2; in SR, Oct. 2, p. 214; in TLS,
Sept. 11, p. 649.
Hindle, Wilfrid H. The morning post: 1772-1987; portrait of a newspaper.
London: Routledge. Pp. 260.
Rev. in SR, Dec. 11, pp. 374r-75; in TLS, Dec. 4, p. 919.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 191
Hobhouse, Christopher. "The Crystal Palace." Cornhill mag., CLV, 554-
60.
Hobhouse, Christopher. 1851 and the Crystal Palace; being an account of the
Great Exhibition and its contents .... contemporary drawings. London:
Murray; New York: Button. Pp. ix, xii+181.
Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, Dec. 12, p. 10; by R. Duffus in NYTBR, Aug. 15,
pp. 3, 20; by R. Waller in NS, March 27, p. 527; in SR, April 10, p. 247.
Holden, Angus. Four generations of our royal family; with 32 photographs from
1861 to 1896 London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 260.
Housman, Laurence. Palace scenes. London: Cape. Pp. 7+189.
Twelve scenes in which Queen Victoria takes part.
Hughes, M, Vivian. A London home in the nineties. Oxford univ. pr. Pp.
255.
Rev. by Bryher in LL, XVII, 158-59; in TLS, Oct. 23, p. 776. The 4th vol. of
Mrs. Hughes s memoirs.
Ilchester, the Earl of . Chonicks of Holland House, 1820-1900. London: Mur
ray. Pp. xvi+554.
Rev. by C. Hobhouse in S, Dec. 17, p. 1110; by P. QuenneU in NS, XIV, 887-
88; in TLS, Nov. 6, p. 817.
Jackson, J. Hampden. England since the industrial revolution, 1815-1935. A
simple history. London: Gollancz, 1936. Pp. 312.
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 6, p. 83.
Jeffries, Graham M. (Bruce Graeme, pseud.). A century of Buckingham Pal
ace, 1837-1937; an unconventional and anecdotal study London:
Hutchinson. Pp. 180.
An abridged and rev. ed. of the author s The story of Buckingham Palace (Lon
don, 1928).
Jeffries, Graham M. (Bruce Graeme, pseud.). The story of Windsor Castle.
London: Hutchinson; Toronto: Ryerson. Pp. 359.
Rev. in SR, May 15, p. 326.
Jesse, William. "Cambridge in the eighties." Cornhill mag., CLV, 340-56.
Kellett, E. E. "Mudie s." S, July 16, pp.- 100-101. See S, July 23, p. 149.
Kirby, Chester. The English country gentleman. London: Clarke. Pp. 255.
Rev. by J. Sparrow in S, Sept. 17, p. 472.
Knickerbocker, Frances. "Victoria invicta." SeR, XLV, 168-79.
Kuczynski, J. Labour conditions in western Europe, 1820-19S5. London:
Lawrence & Wishart. Pp. 112.
Rev. by M. Dobb in Economic jour., XLVII, 545-47.
192 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Lambert, Margaret, and Marx, Enid. When Victoria began to reign: a corona
tion year scrapbook. London: Faber. Pp. 319.
Rev. by E. Benson in S, May 7, pp. 868-69; by G. Stonier in NS, May 8, p. 774;
in TLS, May 1, p. 348.
Leslie, Shane. "The centenary of Mrs. Fitzherbert." Dublin rev., July, pp
61-75.
Leslie, Shane. "Letters from the Fitzherbert papers." Dublin rev., Oct., pp.
339-63.
Leslie, Shane. Men were different; five studies in late Victorian biography. Lon
don: Michael Joseph; Philadelphia: Saunders. Pp. 287.
Rev. in S, March 19, p. 544; in TLS, March 20, p. 201. On Wilfrid Blunt,
Randolph Churchill, Arthur Dunn, Augustus Hare, George Wyndham.
Littlewood, L. M. "A Victorian magazine." CR, CLI, 331-39.
An anniversary article on the founding of Benttey s miscellany in 1837, and its
success until it was absorbed into Temple bar in 1868.
Lockhart, John Gilbert. Viscount Halifax, Part II: 1885-1934. London:
Bles, 1936. Pp. 429. See VB 1935, 411.
Rev. by C. Bolton in Dublin rev., July, pp. 165-67.
Lowndes, G. A. N, The silent social revolution. An account of the expansion of
public education m England and Wales, 1895-1935. Oxford univ. pr. Pp
xii+274.
Lucas, E. V. All of apiece. New.essays. London: Methuen. Pp. 217.
Includes printing of selections from Du Maurier s diary, 1867-68.
McLachlan, H. Records of a family. Manchester univ. pr., 1936. Pp. xi+240.
Brief rev. in English, I (1936), 186-87 (includes records of religious develop
ments, education).
MacMunn, Sir George. "British in Spain a century ago." NC, CXXI, 786-
97.
McPharlin, Paul. "Victorian bookmarkers." Colophon, N.S., II, 355-66.
Marriott, J. A. R. "Our fathers that begat us." NC, CXXII, 179-88.
Marvin, F. S. Comte: the founder of sociology. London: Chapman & Hall
Pp. 216.
Rev. in TLS, Jan. 2, p. 4. A very useful attempt to summarize the permanent
elements of Comte s philosophy; makes no attempt to place Comte in the history
of thought. C. F. H.
Marwick, W, H. Economic developments in Victorian Scotland. London: Al
len & Unwin, 1936. Pp. 295.
Ma the w, David. Catholicism in England, 1536-1935. London: Longmans
Pp. xii-f 304.
Rev. by M. Trappes-Lomax in Cr, XVI, 371-74.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 193
Maurice, Sir Frederick. Haldane: 1856-1915. London: Faber. Pp.410.
Rev. by the Marquess of Crewe in S, Oct. 22, pp. 689-90; by R. Mortimer in
MS, XIV, 686; in TLS, Oct. 23, p. 767.
Maurois, Andre*. La Monarchic anglaise de Victoria d George VI. Paris: Flam-
marion. Pp. 48.
Mead, George H. Movements of thought in the nineteenth century. See VB 1936,
397.
Rev. by A. Castell in JMH, IX, 86-88; by J. Randall in AHR, XLII, 535-37;
by R. Tsanoff in Philosophical rev., XLVI, 433-36.
Meine, Kurt. England und Deutschland in der Zeit des Uberganges vom Man-
chestertum zum Imperialismus, 1871 bis 1876. Berlin: Ebering. Pp. xiii+
218.
Meysenbug, Malvida von. Rebel in bombazine. Memoirs Ed. Mildred
Adams from tr. of Elsa von M. Lyons. New York: Norton, 1936. Pp.
315.
Rev. by C. Stillman in HTB, Jan. 10, p. 6. Exile in London, friend of Mazzini,
Kossuth, and Wagner. Among pioneers in German liberal thought.
Millin, Sarah. General Smuts. Boston: Little, Brown, 1936. 2 vols.
Rev. by A. Fletcher in AHR, XLII, 549-51.
Mure, G. R. C. "Oxford and Philosophy." Philosophy, XII, 291-301.
Mostly 19th cent.
Newton, A. P., et al. The Cambridge history of the British Empire, Vol. VIII:
South Africa, Rhodesia, and the protectorates. Cambridge univ. pr.; New
York: Macmillan, 1936. Pp. xxv+1005.
Rev. by C. Loram in AHR, XLII, 546-49.
Postgate, Raymond, and Vallance, Aylmer. England goes to press; the English
people s opinion on foreign affairs as reflected in their newspapers since
Waterloo (1815-1937}. Indianapolis and New York: Bobbs-Merrill; Lon
don: Harrap. Pp. 337.
Rev. by C. Brinton in SRL, Sept. 18, p. 17; by L. Eshleman in NYTBR, Dec.
12, p. 35; by W. MacDonald in HTB, Oct. 10, p. 28; in TLS, July 3, p. 488. Eng
lish title: Those foreigners
"Production and typography: the comely and well-looking book (1837-
1937)." TLS, May 1, pp. 326-27.
Publishing houses: salute to the centenarians (1837-1937). " TLS, May 1,
p. 337.
Quennell, Peter. Victorian panorama; a survey of life and fashion from con
temporary photographs. London: Batsford; New York: Scribner s. Pp.
128.
Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, Dec. 12, p. 10; by Hayward in S, Dec. 3, pp. 1008,
1010; by A. Loveman in SRL, Jan. 8, 1938, p. 6; by C. St. John in MS, XIV, 1068;
in TLS, Nov. 27, p. 901.
194 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
A fascinating and valuable volume, both for its informative text and for its
splendid photographs. There are unfortunately too few photographs from the
1840 s and 50 s; and many of those depicting stage life and people are surely below
average in technique and representativeness. There are seldom-seen pictures of
Lord Brougham, Gladstone, Thackeray, Eliza Cooke, Tennyson, Spurgeon, Hux
ley, Lord Leighton, Leech, Lord Elgin, and Palmerston. The Victorian middle-
class family is caught to the life, opposite p. 44; and there is a remarkable "James-
ian" group opposite p. 97. The Victorian age is the first epoch to leave behind it
its photographed history. Perhaps the charm and interest of this book will induce
someone to bring out a larger and better one. C. F. H.
Ratcliffe, S. K. "Victorian centenary." FR, CXLVII, 683-92.
"The rights and wrongs of authors: publisher-despotism and its decline
(1837-1937)," TLS, May 1, pp. 338-39.
Roth, Georges. "L Angleterre, Lamartine, et Pautonomisme irlandais en
1848." France-Grande-Bretagne, June, pp. 164-73.
Ryan, Mrs. Rachel R. Biography of Manchester. ("Biographies of cities ser.")
London: Methuen; New York: Saunders. Pp. 146.
Sayer, G. R. Hong Kong. Birth, adolescence, and coming of age. Oxford univ.
pr. Pp. ix+232.
Scudder, Vida D. On journey. London and New York: Dent. Pp. 7+445.
Rev. in TLS, July 10, p. 504. Autobiography, with an interesting account of
the author s discipleship under Ruskin, whose lectures at Oxford she attended.
Seton- Watson, Robert. .Britain in Europe, 1789-1914, a survey of foreign pol
icy. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmiflan. Pp. ix-f 716.
Rev. by W. Langer in H TB, Nov. 28, p. 18 ("as a survey of Britain s European
policy it is certainly the best thing we have").
Shaw. London music in 1888-89 as heard by Corno di Bassetto (later known as
Bernard Shaw). With some further autobiographical particulars. London:
Constable. Pp.439.
Rev. in FR, CXLII, 628-29; in S, Nov. 12, pp. 860, 862.
"Sixty years ago." By the assistant editor. NC, CXXI, 424-32.
Smellie, K. P. A hundred years of English government. London: Duckworth.
Pp. 468.
Rev. by M. Maclagan in ER, LXIV, 376-77; in TLS, March 20, p. 204.
Soames, Jane. The English press. London: Stanley Nott. Pp. 178.
Somervell, D. C. Victorian age. London: Bell. Pp. 30.
Sommerfield, Vernon. English railways; their beginnings, development, and
personalities. London: Nelson. Pp. 362.
Stevenson, Lionel. "Prude s progress." VQR, XIII, 257-70.
On the rise of Victorian prudery.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 195
Temperley, Harold W. V. England and the Near East: the Crimea. London
and New York: Longmans, 1936. Pp. xxx+548.
Rev. by B. Schmidt in JMH, IX, 94-95; by M. Lheritier in Revue des etudes
historiques, CXL, 76-77; by P. Vaucher in RH, CLXXX, 132-33.
Thirkell, Angela. Coronation summer. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. viii+195.
Rev. in TLS, March 6, p. 166 (see also p. 348). Of Victoria s coronation, 1838.
History through "The Times." A collection of leading articles on important
events, 1800-1937. Selected by Sir James Marchant. Introd. by Geoffrey
Dawson, editor of the Times. London: Cassell. Pp. xi+619.
Rev. in SR, March 20, p. 198; in TLS, March 13, p. 183.
Van Alstyne, Richard. " Anglo- American relations, 1853-1857." AHR,
XLII, 491-500.
Vaughan, W. W. "John Bailey, 1864-1931; letters and diaries/ English, I
(1936), 124-28.
Queen Victoria. Ein Frauenkben unter der Krone. Eigenhdndige Briefe und
Tagebuchblatter 1834-1901. Ed. Dr. Kurt Jagow. BerKn: Siegismund,
1936. Pp. 538.
Contains many of the Queen s letters to members of the Prussian Royal family,
published from the Hohenzollern "Hausarchiv."
"Victoria Regina, 1837-1937." QR, CCLXIX, 258-67.
Waterfield, Gordon. Lucie Duff Gordon. In England, South Africa and Egypt.
London: Murray. Pp. xi-J-357.
Rev. in SR, Feb. 13, pp. 118-19; in TLS, Jan. 30, p. 69.
Watson, J. A. Scott, and Hobbs, May Elliott. Great farmers. London: Selwyn
& Blount. Pp. 287.
Rev. in SR, Jan. 30, p. 87. English farming, 1850-75.
Wearmouth, R. F. Methodism and the working-class movements of England,
1800-1850. London: Epworth pr. Pp. 289. See VB 1936, 400.
Rev. by H. Laski in NS, XIV, 383-84; in TLS, Aug. 14, p. 586.
White, Frederic. "Trades and professions in 1852." N & Q, Aug. 7, pp, 93-
94.
Whitelaw, W. M. "The financial plight of a queen s consort." AHR, XLII,
691-99.
Wicks, Margaret C. W. The Italian exiles in London, 1816-1848. Manchester
univ. pr. Pp. xvi+316.
Wilson, Mona. "Eccentric Englishwomen: II. Mrs. Grote." S, April 23,
pp. 753-54.
Wyndham, Horace. Mr. Sludge, the medium. The life of Daniel Dunglas Home.
London: Bles. Pp.319.
Rev. by R. Waller in NS, March 27, p. 527.
196 VTCTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Young, G. M. Daylight and champagne. London: Cape; Toronto: Nelson
(with title: Themes ancient and modern). Pp. 312.
Rev. by E. Woodward in S, Oct. 8, p. 590; in FR, CXLII, 751-52; in TLS,
Oct. 9, p. 731. Essays, many of them on Victorians and Victorian subjects: Peel,
Disraeli, Macaulay, Newman, etc.; brilliant and provocative, rather than critical
in aim. C. F. H.
Young, G. M. Victorian England. See VB 1936, 401.
Rev. by S. Chew in HTB, April 4, p. 22; by J. Curtiss in SRL, April 17, p. 17;
by R. Ensor in S, Dec. 25, 1936, p. 1130; by E. Hudson in LL, XVI, 167-68;
by F. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLV, 502-4; by P. Wilson in NYTBR, March 21,
p. 10.
Zukerman, William. "Queen Victoria is dead." Harper s mag., CLXXIV,
561-68.
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY
FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES
Artz, Frederick B. "Eupojpean civilization 1815-1850; some unfinished busi
ness." JMH, IX, 304-13
Indicates the crying need for general interpretative works on 19th-cent. Ger
man society, the Habsburg and Ottoman empires, and Spanish civilization. De
plores the lack of comprehensive works on movements in literature from 1750 to
1850 written from an international point of view. No such major work has ap
peared since the Main currents of George Brandes in the 1870 s. The indifference of
American historians to the valuable contributions to intellectual history by such
historians of comparative literature as Baldensperger is pointed out. Monographic
studies on a multitude of subjects are needed: studies on the press of individual
countries; movements of social and political ideas across national boundaries for
example, the influence of education, technical and otherw 3e, almost totally ig
nored by the professors of education. Such general works must come from the
"older practitioners of history/ but the monographic studies may well be at
tempted by candidates for the Ph.D. F. E. F.
Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel, Vol. VII : The age of Dickens and
Thackeray. See VB 1936, 401.
Rev. by J. Baker in JEGP, XXXVI, 134-36; by A. Digeon in EtA, I, 74-76;.
by R. Waller in MLR, XXXII, 301-3.
Baker, E. A. The history of the Enalish novel, Vol. VIII: From the Brontes to
Meredith. Romanticism in the English novel London: Witherby, Pp. 411.
Rev. in TLS, June 26, p. 477.
Barnes, Harry Elmer. A history of historical writing. Norman, Okla. : Univ of
Oklahoma. Pp. 434.
Beach, Joseph W. The concept of nature in nineteenth-century English poetry.
See VB 1936, 401.
Rev. by A. Ballman in MLN, LII, 609-11; by C. Harrold in VQR, XIII, 303-7;
by E. Legouis in EtA, I, 73-74; by J. Sp. in Archiv, CLXXI, 263-64 (underlying
concept of Beach s work "decidedly false")-
VICTORIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 197
Boas, Frederick S. From Richardson to Pinero. See VB 1936, 402.
Rev. by B. Dobr&j in Cr, XVI, 545-47; by J. Drinkwater in English, I, 341-42;
by W. D. Thomas in MLR, XXXII, 663.
Boas, Guy (ed.)- Prose of yesterday: Dickens to Galsworthy. London: Mac-
millan. Pp. 236.
Bush, Douglas. Mythology and the romantic tradition in English poetry.
("Harvard studies in English," Vol. XVIII.) Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard
univ. pr. Pp. xvi+647.
Rev. by W. De Vane in MP, XXXV, 211-13; by J. Stinchcomb in Classical
weekly, May 10, pp. 276-77; by E. Walton, in HTB, Sept. 19, p. 23. A survey cov
ering the years 1800-1935.
One of the major scholarly works of the year; a monumental study, rich in
learning, and admirable in style and method. The first five chapters deal with the
Romantic period (beginning with "The eighteenth century" and bringing the dis
cussion down to "Minor poets of the early nineteenth century," in chap, v); then
there follow excellent treatments of Tennyson, Arnold, Morris, Swinburne, Brown
ing, Meredith, and various minor poets; the last three chapters deal with poets
from the 1890 s to the present, English and American. The author s wide knowl
edge of the ancient classics imparts to his discussion of each poet such original and
illuminating views that even the specialist in the poet finds new and fresh aspects
of his subject. Unavoidably, in many cases the poets are seen somewhat out of
focus, as the author expands upon the mythical element in their works; but in a
study so laden with interesting findings, this fault if it be one is negligible. The
study is amply documented with footnotes and chapter bibliographies and pre
sents, in addition, an appendix listing all significant mythological poems in English
since 1680. For the scholar and student in the Victorian field, Professor Bush has
not only brilliantly delineated one of the major traditions of the Victorian era but
has also shown one of the threads in the vital continuity between that age and the
preceding one. C. F. H.
Cazamian, Madeleine. Le Roman et Us idees en Angleterre, Tome II: ....
1880-1900. See VB 1936, 403.
Rev. by B. Groom in English, I, 435-36 (favorable) ; by A. Farmer in EtA, I,
253-56; in TLS, Aug. 28, p. 620.
Cowie, Donald. "The literature of New Zealand." English, I, 512-23.
Cox, R. G. "The great reviews" (Parts I and II). Scrutiny, VI, issues for
June and Sept.
Treats of the literary criticism of the Edinburgh and the Quarterly review, and
Blackwood s.
Craig, Alec. The banned books of England. London: Allen & Unwin; New
York: Macmillan. Pp. vii+207.
Rev. by W. Carlton in HTB, Dec. 12, p. 28 ("instructive contribution to the
history of books suppressed in England under the obscene publications act of
1857"); in SR, April 24, p. 278.
198 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Davidson, Donald (ed.). British poetry of the eighteen-nineties. ("Series in
literature," ed. Robert Shafer.) New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp.
lxxii+420. Selected bibliog., pp, liii-lxxii.
Decker, Clarence. "Victorian comment on Russian realism. " PMLA, LII,
542-49.
Delafield, E. M. Ladies and gentlemen in Victorian fiction. London: Hogarth
pr. Pp. 294.
Rev. by O. Downes in NYTBR, Dec. 26, p. 6; by A. Loveman in SRL, Jan. 8,
1938, p. 6; by H. Miles in S, June 4, p. 1057; by R. Mortimer in NS, June 19,
p. 1006; by P. Y. in EtA, I, 447; in TLS, June 5, p. 424.
A collection of extracts from minor Victorian fiction designed to recall the
"domestic scene" of the age; tending to present Victorianism under its more ab
surd and repellent aspects, and thus to throw the picture of the age out of focus.
The introductory essay, originally published in the Home Supplement of the
Times of 1935, intelligently compares the Victorian age with our own day, and
makes numerous illuminating observations relative to the significance of the term
Victorian."~-C. F. H.
Ernst, Gertrude. Die Rolle des Geldes im englischen Roman des neunzehnten
Jahrhunderts. Heidelberg diss. Villingen, Schwarzwald: A. Wetzel, 1936.
Pp. 77.
Ertle, Max. Englische Liter aturgeschichtsschreibung, AesthetiJc und Psychologic
in ihren Beziehungen. Ein Beitrag zur Methodik der englischen Literatur-
wissenschajt. Berlin diss. Berlin: Triltsch & Huther, 1936. Pp. 116.
Includes discussion of histories of English literature by A. W. Ward, Stephen,
and Hallam; and by more recent writers who treat of 19th~cent. English litera
ture.
"Everybody s books: popular taste and clever enterprises (1837-1937)."
TLS, May 1, pp. 328-29.
"The expositors of science: growth of a new public (1837-1937)." TLS,
May 1, p. 336.
Eyre, Edward (ed.). European civilization, its origin and development. By
various contributors. Vol. VI: Political and cultural history of Europe since
the Reformation. London: Milford, Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 1624.
Essays on the transition in religion, politics, education, philosophy, etc. In
cludes Desmond MacCarthy, "The European tradition in literature from 1600
onwards."
Favreau, A. R. "British criticism of Daudet, 1872-97." PMLA, LII, 528-
41.
"The five-fold growth of theology: Catholicism and Liberalism (1837-
1937)." TLS, May 1, pp. 330-31.
Gottbrath, K. Der Einfluss von Goethes l{ Wilhelm Meister." See VB 1936,
403.
Rev. by C. Harrold in Beiblatt, XLVIII, 184r-85.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 199
Groom, Bernard. The formation and use of compound epithets in English
poetry from 1579. S.P.E. Tract No. XLIX. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 28.
Grover, Frederick. "Poetry and astronomy/ SM, XLIV, 519-29.
Hathaway, L. German literature of the mid^nineteenth century in England and
America as reflected in the journals, 1840-1914. See VB 1936, 404.
Rev. by H. Atkins in MLR, XXXII, 132-33; by B. Morgan in JEGP, XXXVI,
140-44.
Henderson, W. (ed.). Victorian street ballads; a collection of popular battads
sold in the street in the nineteenth century. London : Country Life. Pp. 159.
Rev. by J. Haywood in S, Jan. 7, 1938, p. 26; by H. Fisher in LL, XVII, 159-
60; by G. Stonier in NS, XIV, 848.
Hillhouse, J. The Waverky novel* and their critics. See VB 1936, 404.
Rev. by J. Baker in PQ, XVI, 415-16.
Hogan, J. J. "Swinburne, the moderns, and the tradition of English poetry."
St, XXVI, 310-16.
Holdsworth, F. Joseph de Maistre et rAngkterre. Paris: Champion, 1936.
Pp. xii+324.
A hundred years of drama: from romance to disillusion (1837-1937)."
TLS, May 1, pp. 339-40.
Johnson, Edgar. One mighty torrent: the drama of biography. New York:
Stackpole Sons. Pp. 595.
Rev. by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, April 18, p. 2.
Covers four centuries, includes several passages on Victorian figures; a preten
tious, over-written book. C. F. H.
Konig, Georg. Der viktorianische Schulroman mit bes. Berucksichtigung der
korperl. Erziehung. Giessen diss. Berlin: Weidmann. Pp. 102.
Lebbin, E. Alfred de Vignys Beziehungen zu England und zur englischen
Literatur. HaUe diss., 1936. Pp. 115.
Lucas, F. L. The decline and fall of the Romantic ideal. See VB 1936, 404.
Rev. by C. Harrold in VQR, XIII, 303-7.
May, J. Lewis. John Lane and the nineties. See VB 1936, 405.
Rev. by D. Moore in LL, XVI, 162; by F. Wood in ES, LXXII, 154-55.
Mowat, R. B. The romantic age; Europe in the early nineteenth century. Lon
don: Harrap. Pp. 280.
Brief rev. in GLL, I, 320 (mostly concerned with "the reactions of European
society to the new outlook on life and art" which the Romantic ihovement in
duced).
Muller, Herbert J. Modern fiction: a study of values. New York: Funk &
Wagnalls. Pp. 447.
Has chapters on Flaubert; Hardy; Zola; and naturalism in England: Gissing,
Moore.
200 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Nicoll, Allardyce. The English theatre. London and New York: Nelson. Pp.
xi+252.
Rev. by B. DobrSe in Cr, XVI, 545-47.
Petersen, Carl. Das soziale-Denken in England, 1830-1855. (Ein Beitrag zur
engl Liter aturwissenschaft.) Hamburg diss., 1936. Pp. xv+142.
"The poetry of a century: modernisms old and new (1837-1937)." TLS,
May 1, pp. 332-33.
Praz, Mario. Storia della letterature inglese. ("La civilt europea.") Florence:
G. Sansoni. Pp. 411.
"Procession of the novelists: from Dickens to Virginia Woolf." TLS, May 1,
pp. 322-23.
"The refashioning of history: a line of great craftsmen." TLS, May 1, pp.
319-20.
A centenary article (1837-1937) on the writing of history in England.
Reynolds, E. Early Victorian drama: 1830-1870. See VB 1936, 406.
Rev. by B. DobrSe in Cr, XVI, 545-47; by H. Fisher in LL, XVI, 168-69.
Routh, H. V. Towards the twentieth century; essays in the spiritual history of
the nineteenth century. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York and Toronto:
Macmillan. Pp. x+392.
Rev. by A. Coates in Philosophy, XIII, 115-16; by E. Kellett in S, Nov. 19,
pp. 12, 14; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Jan. 9, 1938, p. 2; by E. Sutton in NS,
XIV, 744r-46; in FR, CXLII, 630-31; in N & Q, Oct. 9, pp. 269-70; in SRL, Nov.
20, p. 12.
An interesting, penetrating, but disappointing book. Useful mainly for its acute
and comprehensive analysis of the chief Victorian problem: the reconciliation of
"culture" with (industrial) "civilization," and with science. Mill s essay On liberty
is taken as marking the turning-point in the century. Thereafter the effort became
feverish to vindicate human, and spiritual, values in the presence of scientific
reason and the overwhelming technological changes which were altering life on all
planes. The author turns a shrewdly appraising eye on all the great Victorian
writers and presents the essence of their individual struggle and the significance of
their failure. Now and then, unexpected light is thrown into obscure corners, and
some of the lesser figures take on fresh meaning (as in the case of Froude) . But as
the author comes down to the Edwardian era, his analysis becomes less complete
and convincing: J. S. Haldane, Jules Remains, and Thomas Mann are set up as
the new guides, and the false leads of the nineteenth century are to be seen as no
longer an incubus on modern man. The book succeeds better as an analysis of the
Victorian spiritual struggle than as a study of man s progress toward the twentieth
century. One may quarrel with the author s thesis, with his definitions, and with
his prescriptions; but few will deny that he has written an intensely provocative,
clarifying, and intelligent diagnosis of the Victorian age, especially as viewed in its
earlier decades. With the last four chapters omitted, with a title accurately indi
cating the Victorian compass of the book, and with a more adequate conclusion,
the work would stand out as a memorably trenchant criticism of the age of Dar
win. C. F. H.
Scalia, S. Eugene. Carducci, his critics and translators in England and America
1881-1932. New York: S. F. Vanni. Pp. 102.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 201
Schlosser, Anselm. Die englische Literatur in DeutsMand von 1895 bis 1934
mit einer vollstdndigen Bibliographic der deutschen Ubersetzungen und der im
deutschen Sprachgebiet erschienenen englischen Ausgaben. Jena: Bieder-
mann. Pp. ii+535.
Schmucker, W. G. Die moderne englische Jugend. (Eine Analyse nach Zeug-
nissen der neueren englischen Literatur?) Greifswald diss. Bottrop: W.
Postberg, 1936. Pp. viii+90.
Scott- James, R. A. " Proletarians in print; class-conscious novelists, from
Dickens to Halward." Christian science monitor, weekly mag. sec., Nov. 10,
p. 8.
"Shakespeare scholars at work: an age of discovery and advance (1837-
1937)." TLS, May 1, pp. 334-35.
Smith, Elva. The history of children s literature; a syllabus with selected bibliog
raphies. Chicago: Am. Library Assoc. Pp. xviii+244.
Rev. by M. Davis in Library jour., LXII, 288-89.
Steuert, H. "The Catholic tradition." CWd, CXLV, 229-31.
Thurmann, E. Der Niederschlag der evangelischen Bewegung in der englischen
Literatur. Minister, 1936. Pp. 128.
Rev. by M. Korn in Beiblatt, XLVIII, 303-4.
"Types of popular fiction: the fast, the sensational, and the simple (1837-
1937)." TLS, May 1, pp. 343^4.
van der Vat, D. G. The fabulous opera: a study of continuity in French and
English poetry of the nineteenth century. Groningen: Wolters, 1936. Pp.
211.
Rev. by R. Waller in MLR, XXXII, 625-27.
Walpole, Hugh (ed.). Essays by divers hands. Trans, of the Royal Soc. of
Lit., Vol. XV. Oxford univ. pr., 1936. Pp. viii+202.
Includes "Novels not by novelists," by the Marquis of Crewe. This essay ap
peared in FR, CXLV (1936), 574-83.
Weber, Carl A. Bristols Bedeutung fur die englische Romantik und die deutsch-
englischen Beziehungen, See VB 1936, 407.
Rev. by K. Brunner in LgrP, LVIII, 32, 33.
Weygandt, Cornelius. The time of Tennyson. See VB 1936, 406.
Rev. by C. Harrold in SAQ, XXXVI, 234-36; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR,
March 7, p. 9.
Weygandt, Cornelius. The time of Yeats. New York: Appleton-Century. Pp.
xiii+460,
Wyatt, A. J., and Clay, Henry. Modern English literature, 1798-1935. Lon
don: University tutorial pr. Pp. vii+324.
Rev. in Modern languages, IX, 89-90.
Wyld, Henry Cecil. A history of modern colloquial English. 3d rev. ed. Ox
ford: Blackwell, 1936. Pp. 433.
202 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Arnold (see also I, Ehrsam; III, Boas; and III, Bush). Arnold-Foster, F. D.
At war with the smugglers: career of Dr. Arnold s father. London and Mel
bourne: Ward, Lock, 1936. Pp. 256. (William Arnold, grandfather of
Matthew.)
Brown, E. K. Studies in Arnold s prose works. See VB 1935, 421.
Rev. by H. Lowry in MLN, LII, 536-37.
C., T. C. "Matthew Arnold: prose quotations." N & Q, Sept. 5, 1936, pp.
169-71.
Sells, Iris. Matthew Arnold and France: the poet. See VB 1936, 407.
Rev. by K. Gallas in ESt, XIX, 43-45; by C. Harrold in SeR, XLV, 499-501.
Austin. May, J. Lewis. "A neglected poet." Dublin rev., No. 402, pp. 76-86.
Bagehot. Young, G. M. "The greatest Victorian." S t June 18, pp. 1137-38.
Awards the title to Bagehot. For reply by S. K. Ratcliffe see S, June 25, p. 1190;
other replies in S, July 2, p. 18.
Young, G. M. "The case for Walter Bagehot." S, July 2, pp. 9-10.
Beddoes. The works of Thomas Lovell Beddoes. Ed. with introd. by H. W.
Donner. Oxford univ. pr., 1935. Pp. lxiv+834.
Rev. by E. Batho in MLR, XXXII, 303-5; by F. Brie in DLtz, LVIII, 1983-86;
by R. Kaiser in Archiv, CLXXII, 90-93. These reviewers treat also The Browning
box and Thomas Lovett Beddoes; the making of a poet (see VB 1935, 422).
Braddon. Sadleir, Michael. "Mary Elizabeth Braddon: born October 4,
1837." TLS, Oct. 2, p. 711.
An interesting analysis of the relations of the author of Lady Audley s secret with
her several publishers; of her methods as a novelist; and of her claim as a perma
nent, though now neglected, author. A valuable and suggestive centenary article,
and an important note to the history of Victorian prose fiction. C. F. H.
Brontes. Dry, Florence S. The sources of l( Wuthering Heights." ("Bronte
Sources," Vol. I.) Cambridge: Heffer. Pp. 48.
Harrison, G. E. Haworth parsonage: a study of Wesley and the Brontes. Lon
don: Epworth pr. Pp. 45.
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 4, p. 642.
Maurer, K. W. "The poetry of Emily Bronte." A, XLIX, 442-18,
Reilly, Joseph J. "Some Victorian reputations." CWd, CXLV, 16-23.
Considers the strengthening fame of Emily Bronte, Macaulay, Alexander
Smith, and Tennyson.
Schulte, Clara. Genie im Schatten. Das Leben der Charlotte Bronte. Dresden:
Jess, 1936. Pp. 251.
Rev. by P. Meissner in Archiv, CLXXI, 264r-65.
White, W. B. The miracle of Haworth. London: Univ. of London pr. Pp.
384.
Rev. by E. Benson in S t Nov. 19, pp. 10, 12 (qualified praise).
VICTORIAN* BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 203
Brownings (see also I, Ehrsam; II, Compton-Rickett; II, Wyndham; III,
Boas; III, Bush). Selected poems by Robert Browning. Ed. W. T. Hutchin-
son and J. R. Reed. London: Longmans. Pp. 258.
Robert Browning and Julia Wedgwood: a broken friendship as revealed by
their letters. Ed. Richard Curie. London: Cape; New York: Stokes. Pp.
xxiii+199.
Rev. by L. Bacon in SRL, Jan. 1, 1938, p. 12; by W. De Vane in YR t XXVII,
429-31; by D. Garnett in NS, XIV, 605; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Sept. 12,
pp. 1, 16; by A. Waugh in S 9 Sept. 24, p. 516; by G. WMcher in HTB, Sept. 12,
p. 7; in TLS, Sept. 25, p. 691.
Browning met Miss Wedgwood in 1863. His wife had died June 29, 1861. From
1863 to 1870 he wrote Miss W. 30 letters; she wrote him 42. Many are very long.
Many subjects are treated: Keats, the Sonnets from the Portuguese, Queen Vic
toria, Landor, The ring and the book, Browning s travels in the Pyrenees, etc.
Clemens, Cyril. "Father Prouty and the Brownings." Dalhousie rev., XVII,
163-67.
Dubois, Arthur. " Shelley, Browning, and Masters." Personalist, XVIII,
404-16. (Their poetic theories of beauty.)
Englische Kultur in sprachwissenschoftlicher Deutung. Festschrift fur Max
Deutschbein. Ed. W. Schmidt. Leipzig: Quelle u. Meyer, 1936. Pp. 237.
Rev. by M. Wilde in LgrP, LVIII, 389-93. Among the essays, H. Heur has
one on "A grammarian s funeral," and H. Jensen one on Tennyson s "Ulysses."
Holmes, Stewart. "The sources of Browning s Sordello. )} SP, XXXIV, 467-
96.
Koziol, H. "Zu Robert Browning s A grammarian s funeral " Archiv, CLXX
(1936), 227-29.
Meredith. Letters from Owen Meredith to Robert and Elizabeth Barrett Brown
ing. Ed. Aurelia B. Harlan and J. Lee Harlan, Jr. Waco, Texas: Baylor
univ. Pp. 269.
Slade, G. E. "The Browning complex." Poetry rev., XXVIII, 301-8.
Tracy, C. R. "Porphyria s lover." MLN, LII, 579-80.
Bulwer-Lytton. Seifert, H. Bulwers Verhaltnis zur Geschichte. See VB 1936,
409.
Rev. by G. Buck in Beiblatt, XLVIII, 279-80; by E. Vowinckel in LgrP,
LVIII, 105^-6.
Burton. Dearden, Seton. Burton of Arabia; the life story of Sir Richard Francis
Burton. London: Barker; New York: McBride. Pp. 334. (English title:
The Arabian knight.)
Rev. by C. Stillman in HTB, April 18, p. 4 ("vivid, scholarly, fascinating");
by E. Hudson in LL, XVI, 167-68; by M. Sprengling in JMH , IX, 423-24.
Wilson, Sir Arnold. Richard Burton. (Fifth Burton Memorial lecture.) Ox
ford univ. pr. Pp. 40.
204 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Butler. Bottger, H. Samuel Butlers satir. Romane und ihre literar. Bedeut-
ung. Marburg diss., 1936. Pp. 100.
Cowie, Donald. "Samuel Butler in New Zealand, with an early newspaper
article written by Butler." LM, March, pp. 480-88.
The article (1863) is "the starting-point of Erewhon."
Muggeridge, M. The earnest atheist. See VB 1936, 410.
Rev. by M. Colgate in AR, VIII, 622-26; by H. Jones in SRL, March 13, p. 16;
by C. StiUman in HTB, March 14, p. 6; in New R, May 5, pp. 393-94.
Muggeridge, M. "The legacy of Samuel Butler." SRL, Feb. 20, pp. 3-4,
14.
An expansion of the introd. to The earnest atheist.
Carlyle. Sartor resartus. Ed. Charles Frederick Harrold. ("Series in litera
ture," ed. Robert Shafer.) New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. lxxvi+
352.
Rev. by W. Fischer in Beiblatt, XLVIII, 346.
Aldag, P. "Thomas Carlyle und die Juden." Hochschule und Auslandj XV,
203-4.
Carlyle anti-Semitic on the basis of his little-known The Jew our lawgiver
(1853).
Deimel, Th. Carlyle und der Nationalsozialismus Bonn diss. Wiirzburg:
Triltsch. Pp. viii+144.
Drummond, A. L. Edward Irving and his circle. London: Clarke. Pp. 306.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 6, p. 824 ("very full and careful study" of one of Carlyle s
most intimate friends, and a great preacher) .
Eckloff, L. Bild und Wirklichkeit bei Thomas Carlyle. Se e VB 1936, 410.
Rev. by K. Arns in Die neueren Sprachen, XLV, 335-36; in German life and
letters, I, 315.
Eckloff, L. "Thomas Carlyle als Denker-Dichter und Seher," Forsch. und
Fortschritte, XIII, 378-79.
Grey, Wilh. Carlyle und das Puritanertum. Halle diss. Wiirzburg. R. Mayr.
Pp. xvi+107.
Harrold, Charles Frederick. "Remembering Carlyle: a visit with his nephew,
July 27, August 5 and 14, 1931." SAQ, XXXVI, 376-84.
Parsons, C. 0. "Carlyle s gropings about Montrose." ES, LXXI, 360-71.
Scudder, Townsend. The lonely wayfaring man: Emerson and some English
men. See VB 1936, 411.
Rev. by R. T. F. in Personalist, XVIII, 196-98; in TLS, May 15, p. 377.
Shine, Hill. "Carlyle and Fraser s Letter on the doctrine of St. Simon/ "
N & Q, Oct. 24, 1936, pp. 291-93.
Shine, Hill. "Carlyle s fusion of poetry, history, and religion by 1834." SP,
XXXIV, 43&-66.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 205
Smith, Logan Pearsall. Repermals and re-collections. New York: Harcourt.
Pp. vii+371. See VB 1936, 399.
Rev. by S. Chew in HTB, May 9, p. 30. Includes essays on Carlyle ("the Rem
brandt of English prose"), Michael Field, Pater, and Sainte-Beuve.
Vance, William S. Carlyle and the American transcendentalists. Harvard univ.,
unpubl. diss., 1936.
Volbrath, W. Carlyle und H. St. Chamberlain, zwei Freunde Deidschlands. See
VB 1935, 425.
Rev. by K. Arns in Die neueren Sprachen, XLV, 93; by K. Neumann in Beiblatt,
XLVII (1936), 340-42.
Wippennann, W, "Carlyle und das neue Deutschland." Neue Jhb. f. dt.
Wiss., XIII, 329-43.
Coleridge. Letters of Hartley Coleridge. Ed. Grace Evelyn Griggs and Earl
Leslie Griggs. Oxford univ. pr., 1936. Pp. xvi+328.
Rev. by A. Brandl in DLtz, LVIII, 1321-24; by G. Marsh in UP, XXXV, 213-
15; by A. Strout in MLR, XXXII, 621-22.
Crowe. Hughes, R. "Une 6tape de Testh&ique de Baudelaire: Catherine
Crowe/ RLC, XVII, 680-99.
Darwin. Hopkins, Louis J. "Darwin and his interpreters." Personalist,
XVIII, 134-51.
Darwin s theory in no way a mechanistic and materialistic explanation of life.
West, Geoffrey. Charles Darwin: the fragmentary man. London: Routledge.
Pp. 364.
Rev. by A. Ayer in S, Dec. 24, p. 1154; by A. West in NS, XIV, 1029-30; in
SR, Nov. 20, p. 327; in TLS, Oct. 23, p. 769.
West, Geoffrey. "The Darwins." TLS, Aug. 21, p. 608.
Dickens (see also II, Compton-Ricketts). Dickensian (quarterly), Vol.
XXXIII. See VB 1932, 422.
Items as follows: "The agreement to write Pickwick (pp. 5-9); "The agree
ments with Richard Bentley" (pp. 199-204); "An amusing letter to Georgina
Hogarth" (pp. 101-2); "The beginning of a great friendship [between Dickens and
Forster]" (pp. 187-90); "A contemporary American estimate of Oliver Twist" (pp.
87-90); "Dickensian peeps into Punch " (pp. 27-29, 103-9, 271-77); "Forster s
criticism of The village coqwttes" (pp. 170-72); "Macrone and the reissue of
Sketches by Boz" (pp. 173-76) ; " The Metropolitan magazine and Dickens s
early work" (pp. 93-96) ; "More Dickens towns" (pp. 137-38) ; "Peeps at Dickens"
(pp. 39-40, 135-36); "A stage aside: Dickens s early dramatic productions. 1.
The strange gentleman, September, 1836" (pp. 81-85; see also pp. 163-69, 254r-56);
"The tenancy agreements for 48 Doughty Street" (pp. 213-16); W. C. Barker,
"Letters of Sydney Smith to Charles Dickens" (pp. 91-92); W. C. Bennett,
"Dickens at Washington: reminiscences of a former United States Senator" (pp.
54-56) ; Rev. Chas. Burke, "An impression of A Christmas carol" (pp. 263-66) ;
W. A. Clark, "Edwin Drood again" (pp. 191-95); Samuel Davis, "Chesterton and
206 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Our mutual friend" (pp. 41-46); W. Dexter, " Bentley s miscellany " (pp. 232-
38) ; James Fisher, "Reform as a Dickens background" (pp. 181-86) ; W. L. Gadd,
"The house with the bow-window" (pp. 117-21); A. J. Goldin, "The lawyers of
Dickens" (pp. 15-18); C. F. Lehmann-Haupt, "Studies on Edwin Drood " (pp.
57-62); J. W. T. Ley, "The double tragedy of Mary Hogarth" (pp. 205-11);
J. W. T. Ley, "More of what the soldier said: further disclosures of Mr. Thomas
Wright" (pp. 47-51); Rev. W. P. D, MacMahon, "Honoured in his own country"
(pp. 229-31); R. J. O Connell, "Dickens and the sea" (pp. 113-16); E. F. Payne,
"Dickens in Boston in 1842" (pp. 252-53); Mary Pendered, "The firm of human
interest bros." (pp. 245-51); N. F. Read, "The American editions of Pickwick"
(pp. 21-26); P. F. Skottowe "Dickens and the weather" (pp. 257-59); H. Smeth-
am, "John Dan Brown: a boyhood friend of Dickens" (pp. 52-53); Lewis Spence,
"The secret of Charles Dickens" (pp. 279-87) ; E. H. Strange, "Notes on the bibli
ography of Nicholas Nickkby" (pp. 30-33); Florence Tylee, "A man of letters"
(pp. 155-61); P. C. Williams, "Dickens s comic detectives" (pp. 97-100).
Aitken, D. F. "Did Dickens exaggerate?" Listener, Aug. 11.
Brandl, A. " Dickens und sein Verleger bei Erhohung des Pickwick Honorars."
Archiv, CLXXI, 211-12.
"Christmas books: the submerged Dickens." TLS (leading article), Dec. 25,
pp. 969-70.
Darwin, Bernard. The speeches of Charles Dickens. London: Michael Joseph.
Pp. 332.
Rev. by D. Garnett in NS, XIV, 149.
Jackson, T. A. Charles Dickens: the progress of a radical. London: Lawrence
&Wishart. Pp.256.
Rev. by K. John in NS, May 15, p. 815.
"Little Nell." TLS, Sept. 4, p. 640.
Maurois, Andre*. "Dickens et nous; peut-on faire de la bonne literature avec
des bons sentiments." Nouvelles litteraires, April 17.
Osborne, E. A. The facts about "A Christmas carol." London: The author,
6 Pullman Court.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 11, p. 952. A bibliographical brochure containing valuable
material; hastily assembled and argumentative in presentation.
Pierce, Dorothy. "Special bibliography: the stage versions of Dickens nov
els." BBDI, XVI, 10, 30-32, 52-54.
R., V. "The wooden legs in Dickens." N & Q, Aug. 1, 1936, pp. 74-77.
Sennewald, Ch. Die Namengebung bei Dickens. See VB 1936, 413.
Rev. by W. Preusler in Beiblatt, XLVIII, 226-29.
Disraeli. Aldag, P. "Benjamin Disraeli tiber die Juden- und Rassenfrage."
Hochschule und Ausland, XV, 170-73.
Hudson, Ruth L. "Poe and Disraeli." AL, VIII, 402-16.
"The legacy of Disraeli: Toryism and democracy." TLS t Nov. 13, pp. 857-58
(leading article).
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 207
Du Maurier. Du Maurier, Daphne. The Du Mauriers. London: Gollancz;
New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. 312.
Rev. by C. Stillman in HTB, April 25, p. 4; in FR t CXLI, 372-73,
Feipel, Louis N. "The American issues of Trilby/ " Colophon, N.S., II,
537-49.
Lucas, E. V. "George du Maurier at thirty-three. 1 See II, Lucas.
Eliot. Williams, Blanche Colton/ George Eliot. See VB 1936, 414.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SeR, XLV, 499-501.
Field, (see Carlyle: Smith).
Fitzgerald (see also I, Ehrsam). Gaselee, Stephen, and others. "Fitzgerald s
Omar in Latin verse: H. W. Greene." N & Q, June 26, pp. 457-58; July
10, p. 30; July 24, p. 69.
Gilbert. Bulloch, J. M. "W. S. Gilbert s father." N & Q, Dec. 19 (1936),
pp. 435-39.
Bulloch, J. M., and others. "The Bab Ballads by titles." N & Q, May 22,
pp. 362-67.
Brings the list of W. S. Gilbert s ballads up to 143, of which "only eighty were
printed in any of the book editions."
Dunn, George E. A Gilbert and Sullivan dictionary, London : Allen & Unwin,
1936. Pp. 175.
Gissing. (see II, Muller).
Gladstone, .(see also II, Hammond). Garratt, Geoffrey T. *Th$ two Mr. Glad
stones. London and New York: Macmillan, 1936. Pp. xv+311.
Rev. by W. MacDonald in HTB y April 25, p. 21. Gladstone s dual personality.
Hardy (see also II, Asquith; II, Blanche; II, Compton-Ricketts; II, Ford; II,
Muller; III, Weygandt). Hardy, Thomas. Far from ike madding crowd.
Introd. and notes by Carl J. Weber. New York: Oxford univ. pr.
Abercrombie, Lascelles. "Thomas Hardy." Diet, of not. biog.j suppl. fw
1922-1930. London: Milford, Oxford univ. pr.
Adams, Randolph. "Still trumpeting." Colophon, N.S., II, 284.
Behr, Amelie von. Der Typen-Konflikt in Thomas Hardys Romanen. Mar
burg diss., 1936. Pp. vi+130.
Brooks, Philip. "A Hardy display at Colby College"; "Thomas Hardy
plagiarisms"; "Barrie s books from Hardy s library." NYTBR, July 11,
p. 20; Aug. 8, p. 17; Dec. 19, p. 19.
Burke, A. E. "Hardy and Hudson." TLS, July 3, p. 496.
Castelli, Alberto. Thomas Hardy poeta. Saggio d interpretazione. ("Publ. della
Universita Cattolica del Sacro Cuore," Ser, 4.) Milan: Soc. ed. "Vita e
pensiero." Pp. iii+71.
Chase, Mary Ellen. "An unpopular suggestion." The writer, L, 102-3.
Hardy s debt to Vergil, the Old Testament, and Greek tragedy.
208 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Ervine, St. John. "Mrs. Hardy and her circle." London Sunday Observer,
Oct. 24.
Flower, Newman. The wife of a genius: recollections of Mrs. Hardy." Lon
don Sunday Times, Oct. 24.
Hiinsch, M. Die sprachkunstlerische Gestaltung bei Hardy. See VB 1936, 415.
Rev. by W. Heraucourt in Die neueren Sprachen, XLV, 338-39; by H. Heuer in
Beiblatt, XLVIII, 232-33.
Harvey, F. B. "Coincidence and its use by Thomas Hardy." LQHR,
CLXII, 11-26.
Contends that "his selection and manipulation distort life."
Housman, A, E. "Hardy s favorite among my poems. " YR, XXVI, 296,
302-3.
Molson, Hugh. "The philosophies of Hardy and Housman." QR, CCLXVIII,
205-13.
Phillips, H. C. B. "Thomas Hardy." Publishers 1 circular (London), April 10,
pp. 556-89.
Roberts, Marguerite. "Hardy and the theatre." TLS, Dec. 11, p. 947.
Rutland, W. R. "The sources of The dynasts. " TLS, Nov. 13, p. 866.
Scontrini, Dionisia. Thomas Hardy: romanziere e poeta. Trapani: Ed.
"R&dio." Pp. 132.
Weber, Carl J. "Browning and Hardy." SRL, March 27, p. 9.
Weber, Carl J. "Plagiarism and Thomas Hardy." Colophon, N.S., II, 443-54.
The Hardy-Pinero controversy.
Henley. MacCarthy, Mrs. Mary. Handicaps; six studies. London and New
York: Longmans, 1936. Pp. ix+225.
Includes studies of Henley and Stevenson.
Home (see II, Wyndham).
Hopkins. Further letters of Gerard Mauley Hopkins. Ed. Claude Colleer Ab
bott. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 348.
All the letters to and from Hopkins correspondents other than Bridges and
Dixon. There are letters to Pusey, Lidden, and Cardinal Newman; and nearly
thirty letters from Patmore and over twenty from Hopkins. A substantial and in
dispensable addition to the growing volume of Hopkins literature. C. F. H.
The note-books of Gerard Manley Hopkins. See VB 1936, 416.
Rev. by R. Blackmur in VQR, XIII, 449-53; by B. Deutsch in HTB, May 16,
p. 21; by L. Forster in ESt t XIX, 236-39; by L. MacNeice in Cr, XVI, 698-700;
by E. Moss in Dublin rev., July, pp. 165-67; by G, Stonier in NS, Jan. 23, p. 124;
by M. Walker in NYTBR, June 27, p. 6; by A. Whitridge in SRL, July 10, p. 20;
in New R, March 31, p. 243; in S, March 12, pp. 479-80; in TLS, Jan. 23, p. 57.
Cock, A. A. "Robert Bridges and The testament of beauty, with some refer
ences to Gerard Manley Hopkins." France-Grande-Bretagne, April, pp.
92-96.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 209
Gardner, W. H. "The religious problem in G. M. Hopkins." Scrutiny, June.
Huxley. Chesterton, G. K. "The Huxley heritage." AR, VIII, 484-87.
Huxley, Aldous. The olive tree. London and New York; Harper. Pp. 307.
Rev. by L. Pruette in HTB, March 7, p. 7. Includes essays on T. H. Huxley and
the artist, B. R. Haydon.
Jefferies. Williamson, Henry. Richard Jefferies: selections of his work, with
details of his life and circumstance, his death and immortality. London:
Faber. Pp. 431.
Rev. by R. G. in EtA, I, 446-47; by R. Waller in NS, XIV, 288.
Looker, S. J. (ed.). Jefferies 1 England. Nature essays by Richard Jefferies.
London: Constable. Pp. 380.
Rev. by R. Waller in NS, XIV, 960.
Williamson, Henry. "A Wiltshire lad [Jefferies]." FR, CXLII, 178-86.
Kingsley. Hanawalt, Mary. "Charles Kingsley and science." SP, XXXIV,
589-611.
Nicol, Albert. Charles Kingsley und die Geschichte. Miinchen diss. Wiirzburg:
K. Triltsch. Pp. vi+52.
Parrish, M. L., and Maun, Barbara. Charles Kingsley and Thomas Hughes.
First editions See VB 1936, 417.
Rev. by M. Thorp in MLN, LII, 454-55.
Thorp, Margaret Farrand. Charles Kingsley: 1819-1875. Princeton univ. pr.;
London: Milford. Pp. ix+212.
Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, June 19, p. 10; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, June 6,
p. 9; by E. Kellett in S, July 2, p. 30; by R. Mortimer in NS, XIV, 340-41; in
TLS, Oct. 23, p. 777.
Based in part on hitherto unpublished material. Pages 191-204 contain a
bibliog. of Kingsley s works, "intended to indicate the extent of Kingsley s literary
output year by year and also to identify the reviews, articles, and poems which he
published anonymously in various periodicals. A great many of these which were
not republished in book form have not hitherto been attributed to him and the list
is probably not yet complete." A sound, restrained biography and delightfully
readable! W. D. T.
Kipling (see also I, Ehrsam). Sapling, Rudyard. Something of myself for my
friends known and unknown. London: Macmillan; New York: Doubleday,
Doran. Pp. 3+252.
Rev. by S. Bene*t in HTB, Feb. 28, pp. 1, 2; by H. Canby in SRL, Feb. 27, pp.
5-6; by M. Cazamian in EtA, I, 339-40; by P. Hutchinson in NYTBR, Feb. 28,
pp. 1, 16; by Lt.-Gen. MacMunn in ER, LXIV, 378-79; by H. Miles in NS, Feb.
20, p. 298; by 0. Williams in Cr, XVI, 683-85; in FR, CXLI, 367-68; More books,
XII, 213-14; in New R, March 24, pp. 214-15; in SR, Feb. 20, p. 135; in TLS, Feb.
20, p. 126.
Collins, J. P. "Rudyard Kipling at Lahore." NC, CXXI, 80-90.
210 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Gauger, H. "Kipling s Recessional/ 1897-1937." NeuP, VIII, 245-49.
MacMunn, Sir George. Rudyard Kipling: craftsman. London: Hale. Pp.
288.
Rev. in TLS, July 10, p. 508.
Maurois, Andre*. "Rudyard Kipling." S, Feb. 19, pp. 307-8.
Palmer, Herbert. "Rudyard Kipling." Cornhill mag., CLV, 24-31.
Rice, Howard C. Rudyard Kipling in New England. Brattleboro, Vt.:
Stephen Daye, 1936. Pp. 39.
Rev. by E. Balastier in SRL, Feb. 27, p. 6; by C. Cestre in EtA, I, 338-39; in
NYTBR, Feb. 7, p. 2.
Rowbotham, A. H. "Rudyard Kipling and France." French rev., March, pp.
365-72.
Van de Water, Frederic. "Rudyard Kipling s feud." Harper s mag., CLXXIV,
569-77.
Van de Water, Frederic. Rudyard Kipling 1 8 Vermont feud. Weston, Vt.:
Countryman pr. Pp. 15+119.
Rev. by C. Crane in SRL, Jan. 8, 1938, p. 12.
Voltan, C. The allegorical world of beast in Kipling. Teramana, Italy : Teramo
tip., 1936.
Landor (see also III, Bush). The poetical works of Walter Savage Landor. Ed.
Stephen Wheeler. Oxford univ. pr. 3 vols.
"This edition has already appeared as four of the sixteen volumes of the com
plete Landor published in a limited edition in England by Chapman and Hall."
Ashley-Montagu, M. F. "Three unknown portraits of Walter Savage Lan
dor." Colophon, N.S., II, 257-61.
Lang. Niven, Frederick. "Andrew Lang," Library rev., No. 44, pp. 170-74.
Webster, A. B. Andrew Lang s poetry. (Andrew Lang lecture, Univ. of St.
Andrews, Oct. 20, 1937.) Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 47.
Lear. Butler, G. L. "Lear s Book of nonsense" TLS, Sept. 5, 1936, p. 713.
Fry, Josephine. "The topography of Edward Lear." S, Dec. 31, p. 1184.
Leimert, Erika. "Die Nonsense Poesie von Edward Lear (Ein Beitrag zur
Psychologic des englischen Humors)." Die neueren Sprachen, XLV, 368-
73.
Lever. Rolfe, Franklin P. "Letters of Charles Lever to his wife and daugh
ter." Huntington libr. bull, No. 10 (Oct., 1936), pp. 149-84.
Macaulay (see also Brontes: Reilly). X. "Shelley and Macaulay." English,
I, 576-77.
Martineau. Ratcliffe, S. K. "Eccentric Englishwomen. VI. Harriet Mar-
tineau." S, May 21, pp. 941-42.
Meredith (see also III, Bush). Mackay, Mona E. MeredithetlaFrance.P&ns:
Boivin. Pp. 298.
Rev. in TLS, July 31, p. 557.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 211
Woods, Alice. George Meredith as champion of women and of progressive educa
tion. Oxford: Blackwell. Pp. 79.
Moore (see also II, Muller). Gilomen, W. "George Moore and his friendship
with W. B. Yeats." ESt, XIX, 116-20.
Hone, Joseph M. The life of George Moore. See VB 1936, 419.
Rev. by M. Cazamian in EtA, I, 256-57; by M. Curtis in Living age, CCCLI,
550; by T. Good in LL, XVI, 176-78; in More books, XII, 24r-25; in New R, Feb.
17, p. 52.
Morris (see also I, Ehrsam; III, Bush). Hoare, A. Dorothy M. The works
of Morris and of Yeats in relation to early saga literature. Cambridge univ.
pr.; Toronto: Macmillan. Pp. vii+179.
Rev. in CR, CLII, 508-9; in N & Q, July 24, p. 72; in TLS, May 29, p. 409.
Begins with an illuminating discussion of the Icelandic sagas, and proceeds to
discuss the works of Morris, the Irish literary movement (Synge, Lady Gregory,
the earlier work of Yeats, James Stephens, etc.). The most important section of
the book, so far as the title indicates, is the conclusion, in which it is shown that
both Morris and Yeats used the sagas to express their own personalities, and thus
completely transformed them into something original. C. F. H.
Lohmann, Otto. "Die Rahmenerzahlung von Morris Earthly paradise/ "
Archiv, CLXXII, 42-46.
Riddehough, G. B. "William Morris s translation of the Aeneid" JEGP,
XXXVI, 338-46.
Newman. Tardivel, F. La Personalite litter air e de Newman. Paris: G. Beau
ehesne. Pp. 444.
Ward, Wilfrid. The life of John Henry Cardinal Newman. Based on private
journals and correspondence. London: Longmans. Pp. 1187.
Wrighton, Basil. "The actuality of Newman." Arena, I, 11-18.
Ouida. Macaulay, Rose. "Eccentric Englishwomen. IV. Ouida." S, May 7,
pp. 855-56.
Pater (see also Carlyle: Smith). Fletcher, G. B. A. "A textual error in Pa
ter." TLS, Aug. 29, 1936, p. 697.
Patmore (see Hopkins).
Pinero (see III, Boas; and Hardy: Weber, "Plagiarism").
Procter. Armour, Richard W. "A lost name." Reading and colkcting, I, 7,
27.
Ritchie. Kent, Muriel. "Anne Thackeray Ritchie: 1837-1919." Cornhill
mag. y CLV, 766-82.
Robinson. Baker, John M. Henry Crabb Robinson of Bury, Jena, the "Times"
and Russell Square. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 256.
Rev. by A. AspinaU in History, XXII, 177-78; by E. Blunden in S, March 5,
ca. p. 415; by B. Ifor Evans in FR, CXLI, 378-79; by J. H. M. in LQHR, CLXII,
278-79; in TLS, March 20, p. 223 (see also E. Morley in TLS, March 27, p. 240,
and J. M. Baker, TLS, June 12, p. 500).
212 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Tronehon, Henri. "Herder et les souvenirs anglais de Weimar." Rev. des
corns et conferences, XXXVII (1936), 1st ser., pp. 606-13, 703-11; 2d ser.,
pp. 262-72.
Henry Crabb Robinson s relationship with the Weimar group.
Rossetti (see also I, Ehrsam; II, Compton-Rickett). Angeli, Helen Rossetti.
"Correspondence of D. G. Rossetti." Dublin rev., Oct., pp. 364-67.
Howarth, R. G. "On Rossetti s Jenny. " N & Q, July 10, pp. 20-21.
Moore, Dom Thomas. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti." Dublin rev., April, pp. 345-
60.
Troxell, Janet C. (ed.). Three Rossettis; unpublished letters to and from Dante
Gabriel, Christina, William. Harvard univ. pr. Pp. xi+216.
Rev. by A. Kazin in HTB, Dec. 12, p. 7.
Vincent, Eric. Gabriele Rossetti in England. See VB 1936, 421.
Rev. by A. Aspinall in History, XXII, 177-78; by A. B. in Archiv, CLXXI,
121-22; by B. Croce in La critica, XXXV, 382-83.
Ruskin (see also II, Scudder). Morlang, W. Die Beziehungen zwischen Kunst
und Religion in den Werken John Ruskins. Marburg diss., 1935. Pp. vi+
91.
Whitehouse, J. Howard. Ruskin and Brantwood: an account of the Exhibition
Rooms. London: Ruskin Society. Pp. 46.
Rev. in SR, Aug. 28, p. 135.
Senior. Bowley, Marian. Nassau Senior and classical economics. London:
Allen &Unwin. Pp.358.
Rev. by F. Knox in QQ, XLIV, 574-76; in TLS, July 17, p. 520.
A valuable reconsideration not only of Nassau Senior but also of Victorian
economists. Dr. Bowley has had access to Senior s unpublished papers and the
Oxford lectures of 1847-52, and has thus revealed the humanitarian side of Senior,
which had been expressed only in his anonymous or posthumous writings.
C. F. H.
Sharp. Fiechter, Sophia. Von William Sharp zu Fiona MacLeod. Ein Beitrag
zum anglo-keltischen Schrifttum. Tubingen diss., 1936. Pp. 82.
Sheehan. Tholen, W. "Patrick Augustin Sheehan, ein Freund deutschen Gei-
steslebens." Der Oral, XXXI, 243-50.
Smith, Alexander (see Brontes: Reilly).
Spencer. Hill, T. W. (secretary to the trustees). "The Herbert Spencer
trust." TLS, Feb. 6, p. 90.
Stephen. MacCarthy, Desmond. Leslie Stephen. (Leslie Stephen lecture for
1937.) Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. 48.
Trevelyan, G. M. (ed.). Leslie Stephen s sketches from Cambridge. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. xi+98.
Rev. by D. Garnett in NS, XIV, 221.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 213
Stevenson (see also Henley: MacCarthy). Dalglish, Doris N. Presbyterian
pirate: a portrait of Stevenson. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 210.
Rev. by P. Jack in NYTBR, Aug. 22, pp. 2, 14; by R. Lewin in NS, XIV, 456-
58; by Janet Smith in S t July 16, pp. 14-15; in TLS (leading article), July 10,
pp. 501-2 (see also pp. 759, 783).
Field, Isobel. This life I ve loved. London: Michael Joseph; New York: Long
mans. Pp. ix+353.
Rev. by C. Stillman in HTB, April 4, p. 5; in TLS, May 8, p. 361. Pictures of
Stevenson s life at Vailima, by Fanny Osbourne s daughter.
Field, Isobel. "R. L. Stevenson." TLS, Oct. 9, p. 735.
Smith, Janet Adam. R. L. Stevenson. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duck
worth. Pp. 144.
Rev. by G. Greene in S, April 2, p. 630; in NS, April 24, p. 692; in TLS (leading
article), July 10, pp. 501-2.
Swinburne (see also II, Compton-Rickett; II, Ford; III, Bush). Brown, E. K.
"Swinburne: a centenary estimate." Univ. of Toronto quar., VI, 215-35.
Child, Ruth C. "Swinburne s mature standards of criticism." PMLA, LII,
870-79.
Hesse, Gerh. Das politische Element in der Lyrik Swinburnes und Tennysons.
Greifswald diss., 1936. Pp. vi+127.
Hopkinson, Sir Alfred. "The centenary of Algernon Charles Swinburne." CR,
GUI, 447-52.
Hughes, Randolph. "Swinburne." NC, CXXI, 721-63.
Knaplund, Paul. "Swinburne and the poet-laureateship, 1892." Univ. of
Toronto quar., VI, 236-41.
Lafourcade, Georges. "Le Centenaire de Swinburne." EtA, II (1938), 36-
41.
Includes references to several centenary articles of 1937.
Lafourcade, Georges. "Le Triomphe du temps ou la reputation de Swin
burne." EtA, I, 129-35.
Peyre, Henry. "Le Centenaire de Swinburne." RLC, XVII, pp. 766-68.
"The voice of Swinburne: a singer s conquest and after." TLS (leading
article), April 10, pp. 261-62.
Taylor. Blunden, Edmund C. Keats & publisher:, a memoir of John Taylor
(1781-1864). London: Cape, 1936. Pp. 256.
Tennyson (see also III, Boas; III, Bush; III, Weygandt; Brontes: Reilly;
Brownings: Englische t etc.; Swinburne: Hesse). Greene, Graham. "Al
fred Tennyson intervenes." S t Dec. 10, p. 1058.
Grierson, H. J. C. "Croker and Tennyson." TLS, April 24, p. 308.
LeRoy, Gaylord C. "The idea of progress in Tennyson s poetry." Harvard
univ. summaries of theses (1936), pp. 275-78.
214 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Potter, George R. "Tennyson and the biological theory of mutability in
species." PQ, XVI, 321-43.
Roy, P. -N.. Italian influence on the poetry of Tennyson. Benares: Uttaro pr.,
1936. Pp. 76.
Rev. by F. Olivero in ES, LXXI, 415.
Visser, G. J. " "The passing of Arthur and Ymadawiad Arthur. " Neo,
XXIII, 46-52.
Comparison of poems by Tennyson and Professor T. Gwynn-Jones.
Thackeray (see also III, Boas). Senex. "Becky Sharp: her original." N & Q,
Aug. 29, 1936, p. 157; see also Sept. 12, p. 197.
Thompson. D Alessio, Emilia. Francis Thompson. Milan: Agraria. Pp. 78.
Olivero, F. Francis Thompson. See VB 1935, 435.
Rev. by E. Burgum in MLN, LII, 455-57; by F. Wood in ES, LXXI (1936),
131-34.
Thomson. Rebora, Piero. "James Thomson e la poesia di Leopardi in Inghil-
terra." Bolletino degli studi inglesi in Italia, July, pp. 39-45.
Wolff, William. "James Thomson, B.V.: a study in poetic melancholy."
Poetry rev., XXVIII, 275-81.
TroUope. J., W. H. "TroUope misquoting Virgil" N & Q, July 31, p. 79.
Sampson, Ashley. "Trollope in the twentieth century." LM, XXXV, 371-77.
"Trollope s House of Commons. The voice of an epoch/ " TLS (leading arti
cle, a rev. of Phineas Finn issued in the "World s classics ser."), March 20,
pp. 193-94.
Ward. Murray, A. H. The philosophy of James Ward. Cambridge univ. pr.
Pp. xii+196.
Watson. Watson, Sir William. Poems. London: Harrap. 1936. Pp. 302.
Rev. by T. James in LL, XVI, pp. 165-67.
Harper, George McLean. Literary appreciations. Indianapolis and New York:
Bobbs-MerriU. Pp. xiii+19; 240.
Rev. by E. Walton in HTB, June 20, p. 7. Contains an essay on Watson s
poetry.
Wedgwood (see Brownings).
Wilde. Saix, G. de. "Oscar Wilde et le th&tre." MF, 513-49.
Sherard, Robert H. Bernard Shaw, Frank Harris and Oscar Wilde. Pref. by
Lord Alfred Douglas, and additional chap, by Hugh Kingsmill. London:
W. Laurie; New York: Greystone pr. Pp. 310; xvi-j-299.
Rev. by F. Scully in SRL, June 19, pp. 14^15; by C. StiUman in HTB, Jan.
31, p. 12; in NS, Feb. 6, p. 220; in TLS, Jan. 23, p. 62. An attempt to discredit
Hams biography of Wilde.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 215
BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF TWELVE VICTORIAN AUTHORS:
A SUPPLEMENT
JOSEPH G. FUCILLA
The following items are intended as a supplement to tne review of Bibliog
raphies of twelve Victorian authors compiled by T. G. Ehrsam, R. H. Deily,
and R. M. Smith (New York, 1936), which appeared in Modern philology,
XXXTV (1937), 389. See also Modem philology, XXXV (1938), 417.
Arnold. Blackwell, R. G. "The letters of Matthew Arnold," Methodist rev.
(South), XLIII (1896), 189-97. 1
Cestre, C. " The Church of Brou de Matthew Arnold/ Revue germanigue, IV
(1908), 527-38.
Ferrando, G. "II primo centenario di Matthew Arnold," Marzocco, 24 die. 1922.
McFarland, J. J. "Nature and the tragedies of life: a study of Matthew Arnold s
poetry," Methodist rev., CXIII (1911), 62-75..
Reed, M. "Matthew Arnold s letters," New world, V (1896), 262-72.
Snyder, H. N. "Matthew Arnold as an intellectual type," Methodist rev. (South),
XLVI (1897), 400-418.
Vollmer, P. "Matthew Arnold," Reformed Church quarterly rev., XVII (1913),
58-83.
Winchester, C. T. "Matthew Arnold," Auburn Seminary rev., I (1897), 38-41.
Winslow, A. G. "Matthew Arnold," Freeman, VI (1922-23), 372-73.
E. B. Browning. Aynard, J. "Un Marriage de po&tes," Journal des debate,
5 avril 1913.
B., Ad. "Elisabeth Barrett Browning," Revue chr&ienne (N.S.), IX (1891),
787-807.
Cross, Mrs. A. "George Eliot and Mrs. Browning," Methodist rev. (South), X
(1891), 355-75.
Crow, C. F. "The varying fame of Mrs. Browning," Methodist rev., XCIH (1911),
82-100.
Dobr<e, B. "Mrs. Browning s letters," National rev., Jan.-Feb., 1930.
1 Articles on Arnold, Rossetti (D. 0.), Swinburne, and Tennyson were published by
Emilio Cecchi in Italian periodicals between 1922 and 1928. See Ms Scrittori inglcfi ,e
americani (Landano: Carabba, 1935).
216 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Galimberti, A. "I Lirici da Tommaso Moore ad Alfredo Tennyson: Dante nei
due Browning," Dante nel pensiero inglese. Firenze: LeMonnier, 1921. Pp.
205-12.
Horine, J. W. "The letters of Elizabeth Barrett Browning/ Lutheran Church rev.,
XVIII (1899), 678-82.
Melin, N. "Le Roman de Robert Browning et d Elisabeth Barrett d apr&s leur
correspondance," Correspondant, 25 avril 1912.
Minchwitz, M. J. "Traductions classiques de Elisabeth Barrett Browning," Revue
germanique, VII (1900), 400-420.
Monti, G. "II Dolore nelle opere dei grandi poeti della fede: Klopstock, Schiller,
LaMartine, Tennyson, Elizabeth Browning e Cora Fabbri." La Poesia del do-
lore. Modena: E. Sarasino, 1893.
Mudge, J. "Love and the Brownings," Methodist rev., LXXXII (1900), 694-714.
Nicholson, E. R. "Through Casa Guidi s windows today," Methodist rev., LXXIX
(1919), 889-98.
Stuart, C. M. "Elizabeth Barrett Browning." The vision of Christ. Rev. ed. Gin*
cinnati: Jennings & Graham; New York: Eaton & Mains, 1906. Pp. 81-122.
Clough. Anonymous. "The religious poetry of A. Clough," Wesley an Methodist
g., CXVI (1893), 513-20.
Gobrecht, W. R. "Is there a God?" The Gospel message in great poems. New York
and London: Funk & Wagnalls, 1928. Pp. 161-75.
Murray, J. A. "Clough and his poetry," Homiletic rev., XXIX (1895), 291-98.
Fitzgerald. Angeli, D. "Letterati contemporanei: Edward Fitzgerald e i Ru-
baiyat di Omar Khayyam," Emporium, Vol. XXX (1909).
Axon, W. E. A. "Omar," Good health (1911), pp. 107-13.
Damm, A. G. "Rubaiyat," Orch och Bild, Vol. VIII (1910).
Fireman, M. "Reflections on the RubayahV " (a poem), Metaphysical mag., XV
(1901), 30.
Hardy, Anonymous. "Tomas Hardy," Nosotros, LIX (1928), 133-34.
Chiaromonte, N. "Thomas Hardy: romanziere pessimista," Italia ktteraria, 22
nov. 1931.
de Catalogue, G. "Le Souvenir de Thomas Hardy," Revue du sieck, mai 1933.
D Exideuil, P. "Thomas Hardy," Nouvette revue, avril 1927.
Forzato Spezia, B. "Thomas Hardy," Stirpe, 1927.
Gigli, L. "Thomas Hardy," Nuova antokgia, CCCXXXV (1928), 187-94.
Gillet, L. "Thomas Hardy," Revue des deux mondes, 1 fevr. 1928, pp. 704-5.
McKay, R. "The philosophy of Thomas Hardy," Modern churchman, XV (1925),
109-18.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGHAPHY FOR 1937 217
Millet, P. "Les Romans de Thomas Hardy/ Temps, 9 juillet 1911.
Montenegro, E. "Estudios sobre la novela inglesa: George Meredith y Thomas
Hardy," Nosotros, XLVII (1924), 181-92.
Murry, J. M. "La Supr&natie de Thomas Hardy/ Revue hebdomadaire, 28 janv.
1928, pp. 413-23.
Olivero, F. "Un Introduzione a Thomas Hardy," Scuola e cidiura, Vol. IX (1933).
Palmer, C. H. "The religion of Thomas Hardy s Essex/ American church monthly,
XXI (1927), 425-30.
. "Thomas Hardy and the church/ ibid., XXII (1928), 159-65.
Salomon, M. "Figures de napoloniens de Thomas Hardy," Journal des abbots,
19 sept. 1909.
Schwarz, F. H. "Thomas Hardy," Neue Zuricher Zeitung, Aug. 20, 1912.
Shaw, C. G. "Thomas Hardy and the ancient anguish of the earth," Methodist
rev., XCVIII (1916), 235-47.
Williams, O. "Thomas Hardy," Ambrosiano, 5 agosto 1931.
Kipling. Aynard, J. "A propos des Poemes de guerre de Kipling," Journal des
debate, 2 avril 1920.
Borgese, G. A. " Kim di Kipling." Studi di ktteratura moderna. Milano: Treves,
1915. Pp. 184-91.
. "Rudyard Kipling," La Vita e & libro, I (Torino: Bocca, 1910), 70-78.
Brion, M. "L Art du conte chez Rudyard Kipling," Revue hebdomadairej 21 sept.
1929, pp. 357-64.
Brook, R, "Kipling; criticism of his poetry," Bookman (London), LXXXV (1933),
189.
Castellanos, J. "Rudyard Kipling." Los Optimistas: ensayos literarios. Madrid:
Editorial America, ca. 1918.
Chesterton, G. K. "He*re*tiques: Rudyard Kipling, Bernard Shaw," Revue univer-
sette, 15 nov. 1929.
Deschamps, G. "La Vie litte*raire: M. Rudyard Kipling," Temps, 4 mai 1903.
Ernest-Charles, J. "La Vie litte*raire: Rudyard Kipling," Revue Ueue, 23 janv.
1904, pp. 17-20.
Galletti, A. "Rudyard Kipling." Saggi e studi. Bologna: Zanichelli, 1915. Pp.
293-350.
Grappe, G. "Quelques vers de M. Rudyard Kipling/ Plume, XIV (1902), 129-31.
Hugins, R. "Palmam qui meruit feram," Freeman, III (1921), 89.
J. G. "Kipling et la chasse au diable," Temps, aotit 1918.
Mantovani, D. "II nuovo apologo: R. Kipling." Letteraiura contemporanea. To
rino: S.T.E.N., 1914. Pp. 309-16.
218 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Montenegro, R. "Horacio Quiroaga pariente literario de Kipling y Jack London,"
Nosotros, LIV (1926), 134-36.
Palma, G. "Due rappresentanti della moderna letteratura inglese: Wells, Rud-
yard Kipling," Rivista detta signorine (1904).
Ruxton, G. "Rudyard Kipling, poete," Revue hebdomadaire, 7 mars 1914, pp.
58-85.
Schneider, L. "Rudyard Kipling et la Duse jugs ingrats par les Allemands,"
Gaulois, 5, 12, 19, et 26 juiUet 1915.
Schonfeld, B. "Rudyard Kipling s Soldatenlieder," Neuefreie Presse, 2 Okt. 1911.
Servajean, H, "Kipling et la France," Escholier, de"c.-janv. 1926-27.
Stuntz, H. C. "An hour with Kipling," Methodist rev., XCIII (1911), 694--711.
Thompson, J, W. "The origin of Kipling s Rhyme of the three captains/ " Na
tion, XCIV (1912), 130-31.
Weidlich, C. "Kipling." Nel mondo degli scrittori. Palermo: Casa editrice Domi
no, 193L Pp. 197-98.
Z. M. "Rudyard Kipling," Journal des debate, 16 mars 1899.
Morris. Kaufmann, M. "William Morris," Churchman (N.S.), XI (1896-97),
125-31.
Kenyon, J. B. "William Morris: poet, socialist and master of many crafts," Meth
odist rev., LXXXI (1899), 386-400.
Vidalenc, G. "La derniSre ceuvre de William Morris: L Imprimerie de Kelm-
scott/ " Mercure de France, XCIX (1912), 768-75.
Christina Rossetti. Galimberti, A. "Gli esuli. II culto di Dante in Casa Rosset-
ti." Dante nel pensiero inglese. Firenze: LeMonnier, 1921. Pp. 179-95.
Gargano, F. "Christina Georgina Rossetti," Rassegna italiana, sett. 1929.
Kenyon, J. B. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti and his sister Christina," Methodist rev.,
LXXVIII (1896), 743-53.
Neal, T. (Cecconi, A.) "Cristina Rossetti." Studi di letteratura e d arte. Firenze:
Marzocco, 1898. Pp. 83-97.
Obertello, A. "Cristina Rossetti," Jtalio letteraria, 11 genn. 1931.
Praz, M. "La Famiglia Rossetti," Stampa, 9 die. 1932.
. "Cristina Rossetti," ibid., S genn. 1931.
Smellie, A. "Christina Rossetti and her message," Wesleyan Methodist mag.,
CXVIII (1895), 203-6.
D. G. Rossetti. Arrieta, R. A. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti." Dickens, Sarmiento:
otros estudios. Buenos Aires: El Ateneo, 1928.
Barbiera, R. "La strana vita di Dante Gabriele Rossetti," Immortali e dimenti-
cati. Milano: Cogliati, 1901. Pp. 351-86.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 219 -
Faggi, A. "Dante Gabriele Rossetti," Marzocco, No. 22, 1920.
Galimberti, A. "Dante nell ispirazione preraffaelista," Perseveranza, 17 aprile
1911.
. "Gli esuli. n culto di Dante in Casa Rossetti/ Dante nel pensiero in-
glese. Firenze: LeMonnier, 1921. Pp. 179-95.
Giartosio de Courten, M. L. "La Beatrice di Dante di Gabriele Rossetti: storia di
un manoscritto e di un plagio," Nuova antokgia, 15 ott. 1930, pp. 629-44.
Hinkson, K. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti: a strayed Catholic," Ave Maria (N.S.),
XXXVII (1893), 281-86.
Kenyon, J. B. "Dante Gabriel Rossetti and his sister Christina/ Methodist rev.,
LXXVIII (1896), 743-53.
Praz, M. "La Famiglia Rossetti," Stampa, 8 die. 1932.
Rigillo, M. "Dante Gabriele Rossetti e il preraffaellismo," Rassegna nazionale,
CXXXIII (1928), 3-7.
Tagliatela, E. Dante Gabriele Rossetti. Roma: Vallardi, 1914.
Toynbee, P. "A chronological list with notes of paintings and drawings from
Dante Gabriel Rossetti." Scritti van di erudizione e di critica in onore di Rodolfo
Renier. Torino: Bocca, 1912. Pp. 135-67.
Stevenson. Capasso, A. "La Ammoralita di un romanzo favoloso." Saper dis-
tinguere, Vol. II. Genova: Emiliano degli Orfini, 1934. Pp. 183-94.
. " L Isola del Tesoro, " Corriere Padano, 28 genn. 1933.
Ceriello, C. R. " Tusitala. " Saggi di critica di varia letteratura. Napoli: Guida,
1931. Pp. 202-11.
Chiaromonte, N. "La Fantasia di Stevenson," Italia letteraria, 14 giugno 1931.
Donde*-Bre*sy- "Robert Louis Stevenson dans la litte*rature fran9aise," Bi-biblio-
graphie, 6 juillet 1923.
Frank, G. "A portrait of Robert Louis Stevenson," Northwestern mag., Dec., 1910,
pp. 9-12.
. "Robert Louis Stevenson," ibid., April, 1912, pp. 305-12.
Kenyon, J. B. "The letters of Robert Louis Stevenson," Methodist rev., LXXXII
(1900), 533-48.
Mims, E. "Robert Louis Stevenson," Methodist rev., LXXXIV (1902), 417-26.
Necco, G. "Nuovo Stevenson," Italia letteraria, 29 agosto 1933.
Noble, J. H. "Mr. Stevenson s forerunner," Yellow book, IV (1895), 121-42.
Obertello, A. "Cronache letterarie: Ancora di Stevenson, Ripresa del romanzo
storico," Italia letteraria, 24 genn. 1932.
Whyte, W. F. "Sketch of Stevenson," Sunset, XXV (1910), 497-509.
Swinburne. Cervesato, A. "Shelley e Swinburne," Marzocco, 13 agosto 1922.
220 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Coupe, C. "Mr. Swinburne s studies in prose and poetry, Dublin rev., CXVI
(1895), 338-62.
Crespi, A. "Swinburne," Rassegna italo-britannica, aprile 1919.
Davray, H. D. "Algernon Charles Swinburne: poete et patriote," Plume, XIV
(1902), 1-4.
De Bariol, 0. "Swinburne et son oeuvre poe*tique," Revue hebdomadaire, 24 avril
1909, pp. 452-75.
Paggi, A. "fl Boccaccio e la Novella della Lisa inferma/ " Marzocco, No. 50,
13 die. 1931.
Galimberti, A. "Dante nei canti di Algernon Swinburne e nella critica di John
Ruskin." Dante nel pensiero ingkse. Firenze: LeMonnier, 1921. Pp. 217-32.
Jean-Aubry, J. "Poetes franc, ais d Angleterre," Her cure de France, CXXVII
(1919), 31-37.
Muret, M. "Mort du poete A. C. Swinburne," Journal des delate, 12 avril 1909.
Puaux, R. "Swinburne," Temps, 16 avril 1909.
Swindler, R. "The theology of Swinburne s poems," Gentleman s mag., CCLXXI
(1891), 459-71.
Tennyson. Angeli, D. "Centenario di Alfredo Tennyson," Fanfutta della domeni-
ca, 15 agosto 1909.
B., Ad. "Lord Tennyson," Revue chretienne (N.S.), XIII (1893), 269-84.
Baker, H. "Alfred Tennyson: his misquoted larger hope in In memoriam, "
Homiletic rev., LXVI (1913), 276-78.
Bannard, T. "Tennyson and Mendelssohn Bartholdy," Monthly musical record,
1913, p. 515.
Barnes, S. D. "The faith of Tennyson/ Methodist rev., LXXXII (1900), 582-91.
Baskerville, W. M. "Lord Tennyson," Methodist rev. (South), XLVI (1897),
323-37.
Bertoni, G. "Ulisse nella Divina Commedia e nei poeti moderni." Atti dell Aca-
demia degli Arcadi, Vols. V-VI, 1930.
Birney, L. J. "What Tennyson did for the minister," Methodist rev., XCIX (1917),
22-35.
Camerini, E. "Alfredo Tennyson." Nuovi profili letterari, Vol. I. Milano: Bat-
tezzati e Saldini, 1875. Pp. 1-35.
D Annunzio, G. "Tennyson," Mattino, Vol. I, No. 207 (9-10 ott. 1892).
Davray, H. D. "Tennyson," Mercure de France, LXXX (1908), 659-69.
. "Tennyson et ses sympathies franchises," Figaro, 13 aout 1909.
De Witt, A. "Alfred Tennyson," Presbyterian Reformed rev., IV (1893), 112.
Dixon, J. M, "Pragmatism in In memoriam, " Methodist rev., XCIII (1911),
101-11.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937 221
Dorchester, D. "Alfred Tennyson/ Methodist rev., LXXVII (1895), 409-22.
Dronsart, M. "Alfred Tennyson d apr&s les memoires publie*es par son fils," Cor-
respondant, 10 nov., 10 de"c. 1896.
Everett, C. C. "Tennyson and Browning as spiritual forces," New world, II (1893),
240-56.
Faggi, A. "La Poesia di Tennyson in un libro italiano," Marzocco, No. 2, 1929.
Gaglio-Morana, V. Alfredo Tennyson; poeia rappresentativo dett Inghitterra vitto-
riana. Palermo: Fratelli Vena, 1933.
Galimberti, A. "I lirici da Tommaso Moore ad Alfredo Tennyson. ... L Ulysses del
Tennyson." Dante nel pensiero inglese. Firenze: LeMonnier, 1921. Pp. 212-14.
Gibbs, L. K. "Tennyson s Idylls of the king, " Methodist rev., CXV (1913),
756-63.
Graham, J. W. "N!w facts on our survival of death/ Hibbertjour., VII (1908-9),
260-77.
Gregory, D. S. "A literary study of In memoriam/ " Homiletic rev., XXXVIII
(1899), 467-72.
Haddow, R. "Sense in war with souls: studies in Idylls of the king/ " Knox Col
lege monthly, XVIII (1894r-95), 40-45, 86-91, 131-35, 215-20.
Hardin, M. C. "Theology in Tennyson s poetry," Methodist rev. (South), XLIV
(1896-97), 315-19.
Hartsock, E. "Poor Tennyson/ Fersonalist, XI (1930), 28-31.
Henry, H. T. "Lord Alfred Tennyson," American Catholic guar., XXIII (1898),
1-27.
Hoyt, A. S. "Tennyson s poetry,-" Homiletic rev., 1893, pp. 402-7.
Jones, D. M. "The religious teaching of Tennyson," Wesleyan Methodist mag.,
CXV (1892), 876-80.
Keeling, A. E. "Tennyson," Wesleyan Methodist mag., CXV (1892), 925-32.
Knowles, F. L. " The idylls of the king/ " Methodist rev., LXXXVIII (1906),
623-26.
Lathrop, G. P. "Was Tennyson consistent?" American Catholic guar., XVIH
(1893), 101-21.
Lester, G. "Concerning Lord Tennyson s knowledge and use of the Bible," Meth
odist rev. (South), XLV (1897), 163-70.
. "Tennyson and Christmas," ibid., XLVI (1897), 338-50.
Lockhart, A. J. "Arthur Hallam and In memoriam/ " Methodist rev., XCV (1913),
46-65.
Lowber, J. W. "Tennyson s science of religion." World wide problems or macro-
cosmus. Cincinnati: Standard Publishing Co., 1923. Pp. 300-311.
222 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1937
Monti, G. "II Dolore nelle opere del grand! poeti della fede: Klopstock, Schiller,
LaMartine, Tennyson, Elizabeth Browning, Cora Fabbri." La Poesia del do-
lore. Modena: E. Sarasino, 1893.
Moore, J. K. "Sources of Tennyson s early poems," Modern language notes,
XXXI (1916), 307-10.
Moseley, W. M. "Tennyson and immortality," Wesleyan Methodist mag., CXX
(1897), 859-66.
Mudge, J. "Tennyson and his teachings," Methodist rev., LXXXI (1899), 874^-87.
Negri, G. "Alfred Tennyson." Ultimi saggi. Milano: Hoepli, 1904. Pp. 243-51.
. "Tennyson e Gladstone." Segni dei tempi. 2d ed. Milano: Hoepli, 1897.
Pp. 86-104.
Olivero, F. "La Leggenda di Ulisse in Tennyson e in alcuni poeti irlandesi," Gior-
nale dantesco, XXV (1922), 229-36.
Painter, F. V. N. "The homiletic value of Tennyson," Homiletic rev., XXV (1893),
202-8.
Parsons, E. " In memoriam as a representative poem," Homiletic rev., XXXVI
(1896), 213-19.
. "Tennyson s attitude towards skepticism," ibid., XXXII (1896), 205-13.
. "Tennyson s theology/ Methodist rev., LXXVI (1894), 917-27.
Quayle, W. A. "Tennyson s men," Methodist rev., XCIII (1911), 219-36.
Roberts, R. "The poet as seeker Tennyson." The Jesus of the poets and prophets.
London: Student Christian Movement, 1919. Pp. 119-34.
-. "The poet as seeker Tennyson." That one face. New York: Association
Press, 1919. Pp. 107-22.
Roz, F. "Une Vie de poete (Alfred Tennyson: a memoir by his son)," Bibliotheque
universelle et Revue Suisse, Vol. LX (1910).
Sarrazin, G. "Lord Tennyson," Nouvelle revue, 15 de*c. 1888, pp. 812-28.
Schell, E. A. "Tennyson s Ulysses, " Methodist rev., XCV (1913), 192-202.
Sinclair, W. "The religious poetry of Tennyson," Churchman (N.S.), XII (1897-
98), 435-43, 475-83.
Stuart, C. H. "Alfred Tennyson." The vision of Christ. Rev. ed. Cincinnati:
Jennings & Graham; New York: Eaton & Mains, 1906. Pp. 167-232.
Torretta, L. "Guerra e pace nell opera di Lord Tennyson," Nuova antologia, 16
sett. 1917, pp. 157-64.
Woods, M. A. " In memoriam, " Expository times, Vol. V(1893-94).
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
for 1938
bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the
Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa-
tion of America: William D. Templeman, chairman (and editor
of the bibliography), University of Illinois; Charles Frederick Har-
rold, Michigan State Normal College; Frederic E. Faverty, North
western University; and Charles W. Thomas, University of Wis
consin, assisted by Marjorie Hill, Rebecca Ruggles, and Viola Wendt.
The editor wishes to express thanks to Carl J. Weber, Colby College,
for his annual and voluntary aid with the Hardy items. This bibli
ography attempts to list the noteworthy publications of 1938 (in
cluding reviews of earlier items) which have a bearing on English
literature of the Victorian period. Unless otherwise stated, the date
of publication is 1938. Reference to a page in the bibliography for
1937, in Modern philology, May, 1938, is made by the following form:
See VB 1937, 437. Some cross-references are given, although not all
that are possible.
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
A
AHR
AL
AR
Archiv
BBDI
Beiblatt
BIHR
CR
Cr
CWd
DLtz
DV
EHR
EJ
= Anglia ELH
= American historical review
= American literature ER
= American review ES
= Archiv fur das Studium der ESt
neueren Sprachen
Bull of bibliog. and dramat- EtA
ic index FR
= Beiblatt zur Anglia GLL
-- Bull of the Institute of His- GRM
torical Research
Contemporary review HTB
Criterion
Catholic world HV
Deutsche Literaturzeitung
Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift HZ
English historical review JEGP
English journal, college ed.
= Journal of English literary
history
= English review
- Englische Studien
= English studies (Amster
dam)
Etudes anglaises
= Fortnightly review
= German life and letters
Germanisch-romanische
Monatsschrift
= New York Herald-Tribune
books
Historische Vierteljahrs
schrift
= Historische Zeitschrift
= Journal of English and
Germanic philology
[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1939]
223
224
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938
JMH
JP
JPE
LgrP
LL
LM
LQHR
LZD
MF
MLN
MLR
MP
N
NC
Neo
NEQ
NeuP
New R
Nrf
NS
NYTBR
A" <fc Q
Journal of modern history
s Journal of philosophy
Journal of political economy
Literaturblatt fur german-
ische und romanische Phil-
ologie
Life and letters today
London mercury and book-
man
London quarterly and Hoi-
born review
Literarisches Zentralblatt
fur Deutschland
Mercure de France
Modern language notes
Modern language review
Modem philology
Nation
Nineteenth century and after
Neophilologus
,2Vei0 England quarterly
Neuphilologische Monats-
schrift
New republic
Nouvelle revue frangaise
New statesman and nation
Notes <fc gi/ene*
PMLA
PQ as Philological quarterly
QQ = Queen s quarterly
QR as Quarterly review
RA Revue anglo-americaine
RdDM = Revue des deux mondes
RES Review of English studies
RF = Revue de France
RH as Revue historique
RM as Revue de metaphysique et de
morale
RLC as Revue de litterature com
pared
RPh = Revue de philosophic
S a= Spectator
SAQ as $ow/i Atlantic quarterly
Scan = Scandinavian studies
SeR = Sewanee review
SM as Scientific monthly
SP as Studies in philology
SR as Saturday review
SRL as Saturday review of literature
St - fefte
!TZ/^ = (London) Times literary
supplement
= Virginia quarterly review
aa FoZermety
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
"American bibliography for 1937." PMLA, LII, Suppl., 1264-73: "English,
Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh.
TAe annual bibliography of the history of British art. Vol. Ill (1936). Cam
bridge univ. pr. Pp. xxiv+186.
Arnim, Max (comp.). Internationale Personalbibliographie, 1850-1935. Leip
zig: Hiersemann, 1936. Pp.xii+572.
Rev. by G. Minde-Pouet in DLte, LIX, 1193-95.
Arns, Karl. /Tidex der anglo-judischen Literatur. Bochum-Langendreer: Pop-
pinghaus. Pp, 105.
Rev. by F. Wild in tfei&Zatt, XLIX, 346-47; by W. Stiskind in ZXe Literatur,
XLI, 55.
TAe art tndac, Ocio6er 19S5-September 1938. A cumulative author and subject
index to a selected list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins. Also Vol.
X, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 225
The bibliographic index. A cumulative bibliography of bibliographies. Vol. I,
Nos. 1-3. New York: H. W. Wilson.
Bibliographical notes and queries. Ed. by P. H. Muir and David Randall. Vol.
II, Nos. 9 (Jan.) and 10 (April). London: Elkin Mathews; New York:
Scribner s.
Queries about Arnold, Carroll, Dickens, Marryat, G. Meredith, etc.
Bond, Donald F. "Anglo-French and Franco- American studies: a current
bibliography." Romanic rev., XXIX, 343-72.
"Attempts to list the most significant books and articles of 1937 which deal
with Anglo-French and Franco-American literary history, from the sixteenth
century to the present." Intended as the first in a series of annual bibliographies,
this establishes itself in a field dealt with too cursorily in other surveys. By limit
ing itself in the main to a brief indication of the contents of book or article, it steers
a middle course between being on the one hand a mere list and on the other a series
of reviews by one critic, the Scylla and Charybdis that cause grief for many
bibliographies. F. E. F.
Davis, E. J., and Taylor, E. G. R. (comps.). Guide to periodicals and bibliogra
phies dealing with geography, archaeology, and history. Historical Assoc.
pamphlet, No. 110. London: The Historical Assoc. Pp.22.
Doubleday, H. A., and de Walden, Howard (comps.). The complete peerage.
A history of the House of Lords and all its members from the earliest times.
London: St. Catherine pr., 1936. Pp. 799+appendix, pp. 173.
Rev. by C. B&nont in RH, CLXXXII, 134r-35.
Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities,
1937-38. New York: H.W.Wilson. Pp.109.
Graham, Walter (ed). "The Romantic Movement: a selective and critical
bibliography for 1937." ELH, V, 1-48.
Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language. .... Vol.
XLI, Nos. 7, 10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.); Vol. XLII, No. 2 (Feb., 1939).
New York: H. W. Wilson.
Guide to depositories of manuscript collections in the United States. 100 sample
entries. Prepared by the Historical Records Survey Division of Women s
and Professional Projects, Works Progress Administration. Columbus,
Ohio: Historical Records Survey. Mimeographed. Pp. 134.
Hamlin, Arthur T. "The Howells collection." Harvard library notes, No. 28,
pp. 147-53.
Includes letters to William Dean Howells from Hardy, Kipling, Henry James,
Stevenson, etc.
Historical Association, London. Annual bulktin of historical literature, No.
XXVII: Publications of the year 1987. London: Bell.
226 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938
International bibliography of historical sciences ..... Tenth year, 1985. Ed. for
the International Committee of Historical Sciences. New York: H. W.
Wilson. Pp. xxxvi+473. French ed. Paris: Colin.
Rev. by C. L. Grose in JMH, X, 608; the vols. for 1931, 1933, and 1934 are
rev. by H. Sproemberg in DLtzg, LIX, 525-30.
Internationaler Jahresbericht der Bibliographic. Hrsg. von J. Vorstius. Vol.
VIII (1937). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. 43.
International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science.
Twenty-fifth annual accumulation. July 1937-June 1938. Also Vol. XXVI,
Nos. 3, 4 (Nov., Jan., 1939). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Janecek, Blanche. "Bibliography of Czech literature in English translation."
Jessop, T. E. A bibliography of David Hume and of Scottish philosophy from
Francis Hutcheson to Lord Balfour. London and Hull : A. Brown. Pp. xiv-f-
201.
Brief rev. by J. C. in Library assoc. record, XL, 492.
Kunitz and Haycraft (eds.). British authors of the nineteenth century. See
VB 1937, 417.
Rev. by R. Hoops in ES, LXXIII, 110-11.
Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica mensile, Vol. IX. "Bollettino bibliografico,"
each month (except March), a 5-6 p. bibliog. of books recently published in
Europe and America.
MacNair, Mary W., and Karr, Margaret N. (comps.). A list of American
doctoral dissertations printed in 1986 ..... Washington: Government print
ing office. Pp. vii 4-416.
Osborn, James M. (ed.). Work in progress, 1938 > in the modern humanities.
Bull.l6A (May), published by the Modern Humanities Research Assoc.
"Nineteenth century literature," pp. 34-43.
Pochmann, Henry A., et al. "Anglo-German bibliography for 1937." JEGP,
XXXVII, 267-84.
"Private libraries. II. Mr. Michael Sadleir." TLS (Antiquarian notes),
June 25, p. 440.
An account of a fine private library of Victorian items.
La rassegna, XLV (1937), 327-34; XLVI, 81-88, 162-83. "Repertorio."
Readers guide to periodical literature. An author and subject index. July 1937-
June 1938. Also Vol. XXXVIII, No. 12 (June 7, 1938-Jan. 3, 1939). New
York: H.W.Wilson,
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 227
Shaw, Marian (ed.). Essay and general literature index. 1938. An index to
%656 essays and articles in 151 volumes of collections of essays and miscel
laneous works. New York: H. W, Wilson. Pp. vi+184.
Subject index of the modern works added to the library of the British Museum
in the years 1931-35. London: British Museum, 1937. 2 vols. Pp. 989;
930.
Brief rev. by A. E. in Library Assoc. record, XL, 104.
"Victorian bibliography for 1937." MP, XXXV, 415-46.
Vorstius, J., and Reincke, G. Internationale Bibliographie des Buck- und
Bibliothekswesens, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographie. Vol.
XII (1937). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. xii+450 columns.
Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part LIV (Jan -Dec., 1987): The complete
list of all books published in the United Kingdom Also Part LVIII
(Jan.-Dec., 1938). London: J. Whitaker & Sons.
"World-list of historical reviews." Bull, of the International Committee of
Historical Sciences, No. 31 (Paris, 1936), pp. 195-359.
Rev. by H. Sproemberg in DLtz, LIX, 525-30.
Wright, LyleH. (comp.). Huntington Library lists. Number 2. Sporting books
in the Huntington Library. San Marino, Calif., 1937. Pp. vii+132.
The year s work in English studies, Vol. XVII (1936). Ed. for the English
Assoc. by F. S. Boas and M. S. Serjeantson. London: Milford, Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 311. "The nineteenth century and after" (B. Ifor Evans),
pp. 241-79; "Bibliographica" (Harry SeUers), pp. 280-94.
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
Adams, Margaret. "The British attitude to German colonization, 1880-5."
Summaries of theses, CLXI. BIHR, XV, 190-93.
Agate, James. "Irving as an artist." Listener, Feb. 9.
Alexander, Gilchrist G. The Tempk of the nineties. London: Hodge. Pp.
xii+284.
Rev. in TLS, April 23, p. 270 (memoirs of the Middle Temple in the 1890 s).
Alfassa, Paul. "La caricatura anglaise, 1750-1850." Revue de Paris, Feb. 15,
pp. 931-38.
The Amberley papers. See VB 1937, 419.
Rev. by W. Notestein in YR, XXVII, 643-44.
Andrews, Cyril B. The railway age. See VB 1937, 419. New York: Macmil-
lan. Pp.xi+145.
228 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938
Armstrong, Martin. Victorian peep-show. London: MichaelJoseph. Pp.160.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 17, p. 803.
Asquith, the Countess of Oxford and (ed.). Myself when young. London:
Muller. Pp.422.
Rev. by Edith Shackleton in LM, XXXVIII, 364r-65 (reminiscences by 15
women, of different sorts and classes).
Aydelotte, William 0. Bismarck and British colonial policy; the problem of
South West Africa, 1883-1885. Philadelphia: Univ. of Perm, pr.; London:
Milford, Oxford univ. pr., 1937. Pp. xii+179.
Rev. by M. von Hagen in HZ t CLVIII, 379-81.
Bader, Arao L. Frederick Saunders and the early history of the international
copyright movement in America." Library quar., VIII, 25-39.
Baily, Francis Evans. The love story of Lady Palmerston. London: Hutchin-
son. Pp.510.
Rev. by C. St. John in NS, March 12, p. 448.
Benson, E. F. "Daughters of Queen Victoria." Atlantic month., CLXII,
291-301, 500-9, 668-77, 805-14.
Benson, E. F. Queen Victoria s daughters. New York: D. Appleton-Century.
Pp.315.
Rev. by Clara Stillman in HTB, Nov. 20, p. 5.
Bolitho, Hector (ed.). Further letters of Queen Victoria. From the archives of
Hie House of Brandenburg-Prussia. Tr. by Mrs. J. Pudney and Lord Sudley.
London: Butterworth; New Haven: Yale univ. pr. Pp. 286; viii+283.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Feb. 5, p. 218; by A. L. Sachar in HTB, June 12,
p. 5; by D. Thomson in LM, XXXVII, 452; in SR, Feb. 5, p. 86; in TLS (leading
article), Jan. 29, pp. 65-6.
Bolitho, Hector. Victoria and Albert. London: Cobden-Sanderson. Pp. viii+
382.
Bowley, Arthur L. Wages and income in the United Kingdom since 1860.
New York: MacmiUan, 1937. Pp.xix+151.
Brinkmann, Karl. England seit 1815. Politik, Volk, Wirtschaft. Berlin:
Junker & Dunnkaupt. Pp.342.
Clapham, John Harold. An economic history of modern Britain. Vol. Ill:
Machines and national rivalries, 1887-1918j with epilogue, 1914-1929.
Cambridge univ, pr.; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvi+577. For Vols. I
and II, see VB 1932, 405, and VB 1933, 400.
Rev. by C. Brinkmann in Vierteljahrsschrift fur Social- und Wirtschaftege-
schichte, XXXI, 405-6; by A. Grant in FR, CXLIV, 113-15; by G. Henderson
in History, XXIII, 181-82; by H. Hinton in PSQ, LIII, 599; by W. Langer in
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 229
HTB, Sept. 11, p. 10 ("it will long stand as the basic reference work"); by R.
Sontag in SRL, Jan. 14, 1939, pp. 16-17; in TLS, Feb. 19, p. 119.
The third and final volume of this very valuable work, bringing the narrative
down from the Queen s first Jubilee to the outbreak of the World War, and cover
ing such reforms as old age pensions, health insurance, town planning, etc.; set
forth with the author s usual literary force and clarity, and handled so expertly
that his weighty factual account never becomes a mere catalogue, but remains an
absorbing narrative of late-Victorian economic evolution. C. F. H.
Clarke, Basil F. L. Church builders of the nineteenth century. London: S.P.
C.K Pp.296.
Clokie, Hugh McDowalL Royal commissions of inquiry; the significance of
investigations in British politics. Stanford univ.: Stanford univ. pr., 1937.
Pp. viii+242.
Rev. by A. White in JMH, X, 429-30. ("Three quarters of the book deal with
the heyday of such commissions in the nineteenth century and their decline in
the twentieth.")
Cole, G. D. H. Persons and periods. London and New York: Macimllan.
Pp. vii+333.
Rev. by D. Thomson in LM, XXXVIII, 176-77; by J. Vallette in EtA, II,
418-19 (includes essays on Robert Owen and W. Morris).
Crabites, Pierre. Victoria 7 s guardian angel; a study of Baron Stockmar. New
York: Button. Pp.289. SeeVB 1937,420.
Rev. by A. Sachar in HTB, Feb. 27, p. 3.
Craig, Gordon. "Henry Irving." LM, XXXVII, 400 if.
Crichton-Browne, Sir James. The doctor remembers. London: Duckworth.
Pp. 308.
Brief rev. in LM, XXXVIII, 388 ("one of the last of the real Victorians"
memories of Huxley, Browning, Lytton, Spencer, Thomas Stevenson, Gladstone,
etc.).
Curling, Jonathan. Janus Weathercock. .... London: Nelson. Pp. 415.
Brief rev. by R. Lewin in LM, XXXVIII, 186 (full biography of Thomas
Griffiths Wainewright; references to Bulwer-Lytton, Dickens, Wilde, etc.).
Douglas, Lord Alfred. Without apology. London: Martin Seeker; New York:
Ryerson. Pp. 316.
Rev. by H. Fausset in LM, XXXVIII, 376 (reminiscences).
Eckinger, Karl. Lord Palmerston und der schweizer Sonderbundskrieg. Berlin:
Ebering. Pp.158.
Rev. by W. Ganz in HZ, CLVIII, 659-60.
Ehrmann, Ruth. George Bernard Shaw und der viktorianische Sozialismus.
Basel diss. Antwerp, 1937. Pp.95.
230 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938
Falk, B. Turner the painter: his hidden life. London: Hutchinson. Pp.288.
Fearon, William R. Parnell of Avondale. Dublin: At the Sign of the Three
Candles. Pp.xiii+124.
A play, treating the last decade of Parnell s life.
Fellowes, Daisy. "Visites royales: la Reine Victoria rend visite a Louis-
Philippe." Revue de Paris, June 15, pp. 835-57.
Flett, Sir John S. The first hundred years of the Geological Survey of Great
Britain, 1835-1935. London: H. M. Stationery office, 1937. Pp. 280.
Foram, W. Robert. African odyssey: the life of Verney Lovett-Cameron. Lon
don: Hutchinson, 1937. Pp.384.
Explorer who crossed Africa from east to west at time of Livingstone s death.
Ford, Ford Madox. Mightier than the sword. Memories and criticisms. Lon
don: Allen &Unwin. Pp.292.
Brief rev. by G. Lafourcade in EtA, II, 317 (Hardy, Ruskin, etc.).
Garrett, Kathleen. "Lord Ellenborough s ideas on Indian policy." Sum
maries of theses, CLXIV. BIHR, XVI, 37-39.
Graf, Otto. Imperium Britannicum. Vom Inselstaat zum Weltreich. Leipzig:
W. Goldmann, 1937. Pp. 326.
Rev. by G. Schleypen in Die neueren Spraehen, XL VI, 217-18.
Greville. See II, Strachey.
Griggs, Earl Leslie. Thomas Clarkson, the friend of slaves. London: Allen &
Unwin, 1936; Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan pr. Pp. 210.
Rev. by M. Kennedy in JMH, X, 595.
Habberton, William. Anglo-Russian relations concerning Afghanistan 1887-
1907. ("Illinois studies in the social sciences," Vol. XXI, No. 4.) Urbana,
111.: Univ. of Illinois pr., 1937. Pp. 102.
Itev. by A. Hasenclever in HZ, CLVIII, 203; by M. B. in RH, CLXXXIII,
146.
Hall, Henry L. The Colonial Office; a history. London and New York: Pub.
for the Royal Empire soc. by Longmans, Green, 1937. Pp. xii+296.
Rev. by P. Knaplund in JMH, X, 272-73 ("students of the history of the
British Empire in the nineteenth century will find this book a veritable gold
mine").
Hallmann, Hans. Spanien und die franzosich-englische Mittelmeer-Rivalitat,
1898-1907, ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der entstehenden und sich festigenden
Entente cordiak. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer, 1937. Pp.viii+143.
Rev. by R. Stebbins in JMH, X, 141-42.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 231
Harling, Robert. Home: a Victorian vignette. London: Constable. Pp.168.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 17, p. 803. Has chapters on the Victorian house, garden,
furniture, food, entertaining, and "evenings at home"; rather one-eided picture,
emphasizing the uncomfortable.
Harling, Robert (comp.). The London miscellany. See VB 1937, 422. New
York: Ryerson, 1937. Pp. vii+256.
Rev. by T. James in LL, XVIII, 188-91; by R. LeGallienne in NYTBR, Nov.
27, p. 9; by G. Stonier in NS t Jan. 22, p. 134; in HTB, Dec. 18, p. 12 ("from
diarists, biographers, foreign correspondents, and guide-books of the time").
Harrison, Henry. Parnell vindicated; the lifting of the veil New York: R. R.
Smith, 1931; London: Constable, 1937. Pp. viii+447.
Rev. by J. Park in JMH, X, 121-22.
Hobhouse, C. 1851 and the Crystal Palace See VB 1937, 423.
Rev. by C. Smith in JM H, X, 308-9.
Holt, Raymond V. The Unitarian contribution to social progress in England.
London: Allen &Unwin. Pp. xi+364.
Ilchester, the Earl of. Chronicks of Holland House. See VB 1937, 423.
Rev. in CR, CLIII, 241-42; in HTB, Sept. 11, p. 15.
Jagow, Kurt (ed.). The letters of the Prince Consort, 1831-1861. Tr. by E. T.
S. Dugdale. London: Murray; New York: Dutton. Pp.398.
Rev. by A. Sachar in HTB, Dec. 4, p. 20; by E. Sackville-West in LM,
XXXVIII, 575-76. Original ed.: Prinzgemahl Albert. Ein Leben am Throne.
Eigenhdndige Brief e und Aufzeichnungen, 1881-1861. Berlin: Siegismund, 1937
Pp. 476.
Jagow, Kurt. Konigin Victorias Madchenjahre. Berlin: Kiepenheuer. Pp.
viii+324.
Rev. by R. Schneider in Die Literatur, XLI, 251-52.
Kellett, E. E. Religion and life in the early Victorian age. London: Epworth
pr. Pp. 174.
Rev. by W. Howard in LQHR, CLXIII, 557-59; in TLS, Aug. 20, p. 540.
Kent, Muriel. "OctaviaHill (1838-1912). " Cornhitt mag., CLVHI, 806-16.
Octavia Hill and the housing reforms of the nineteenth century.
Kilvert s diary. Selections from the diary of the Rev. Francis Kilvert. Ed. with
introd. by William Plomer. London: Cape; Toronto: Nelson. Pp. 396.
Rev. by H. House in LM, XXXVIII, 463-65 (from eight of twenty-two MS
vols. by a country parson; treats of Jan. 1, 1870 Aug. 19, 1871; highly praised).
Kincaid, D. British social life in India, 1608-1937. London: Routledge.
Pp. 320.
232 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938
Kirby, Chester. The English country gentleman; a study of nineteenth century
types. SeeVB 1937,423.
Rev. by D. Raymond in JMH, X, 152, Treats of four men: Grantley Berkeley,
Lord George Bentinck, the fifth Duke of Richmond, and Sir John Bennet Lawes.
Kutsch, Ruth. Queen Victoria und die deutsche Einigung. Berlin diss. Ber
lin: Ebering. Pp. 134.
Laver, James. Taste and fashion. From the French revolution until today.
London: Harrap; Toronto: Oxford univ. pr., 1937. Pp.272.
Rev. by T. James in LL, XVIII, 188-91.
Lemperly, Paul. Books and I. Cleveland: Rowfant Club. Pp. ix+58.
Lewinsohn, Richard. Barney Barnato; from Whitechapel down to diamond
king. Introd. by Emil Ludwig. Tr. from French by Geoffrey Sainsbury.
London: Routledge; New York: Button. Pp. xi 4-275.
Rev. by T. Sugrue in HTB, April 24, p. 5 (business partner of Cecil Rhodes).
Liveing, Susan. "Early Victorian memories." NC, CXXIV, 462-70.
Maccoby, Simon. English radicalism: 1858-1886. London: Allen & Unwin.
Pp.432.
Itev. by H. J. Laski in NS, Sept. 17, p. 428; in TLS, Dec. 14, p. 810. Mac-
coby s earlier vol. (see VB 1935, 411) is rev. by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXV,
344-45.
This is the sequel to Mr. Maccoby s English radicalism: 1882-1852, and shows
the same merits and defects : a brilliant use of primary sources hitherto neglected,
and a failure to make his multitudinous details synthesize in illuminating con
clusions. There is the same revealing emphasis on the role played by Radical
societies for agitation, contemporary documents, and obscure Radical periodicals.
The author is undoubtedly guilty of undue stress on the power of the Radical
forces in Parliament, and he fails to take account of the unpopularity of Joseph
Chamberlain not only with many Liberals but also with a great number of Radi
cals. On the whole, however, this volume, like its predecessor, is an invaluable
source, or collection of sources, on the great Radical movement of the Victorian
era. C. F. H.
Magoun, F. P., Jr. The history of football from the beginnings to 1871. Bochum-
Langendreer: Poppinghaus. Pp. ix+151.
Maitland, F. A. H. 100 years of headlines, 1887-1987. London: Wright &
Brown. Pp.251.
Harder, Arthur J. "Navalism in England, 1893-1898." Harvard univ. sum
maries of theses (1936) , pp. 203-6.
Maurice, Sir Frederick. Haldane: 1856-1915. See VB 1937, 425.
Rev. in CR, CLIII, 113-16.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 233
Maxwell, W. B. Time gathered. London: Hutchinson. Pp.352.
Rev. in TLS, Jan. 22, p. 54 (Victorian memoirs, by a son of the novelist Mary
E. Braddon).
Meine, K. England und Deutschland 1871 bis 1876. See VB 1937, 425.
Rev. by M. B. in RH> CLXXXIII, 144; by P. Kluke in HZ, CLVIII, 204-5.
Merim&e, Prosper: lettres a Fanny Lagden. Texte et traduction publics par-
Georges Connes et Pierre Trahard. Paris: Boivin. Pp. xxii+281.
Rev. by M. Nardon in Revue des cours et conferences, XXXIX, 573-76.
Middleton, R. D. Dr. Routh. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xvi+
278.
Rev. by A. Rowse in S, Sept. 30, p. 524; in TLS, Sept. 17, p. 601. Dr. Routh
was President of Magdalen College, Oxford, from 1791 to 1854.
Mitford, Nancy (ed.). Ladies of Alderley; being the letters between Maria
Josepha, Lady Stanley of Alderley and her daughter-in-law, Henrietta Maria
Stanley , during the years 1841-1850. Foreword by Lord Stanley of Alder
ley. London: Chapman & Hall. Pp. xxxii+315.
Rev. by C. Vulliamy in S, June 24, p. 1160; in SR, July 2, p. 6.
Morelli, Emilia. Mazzini in Inghilterra. Florence: Lemonnier. Pp. xii+190.
Rev. by A. 0. in La critica, XXXVI, 293-94.
Murray, J. Middleton. Heaven and earth. London: Cape. Pp.384.
Rev. by M. Plowman in Adelphi, XV, V 42 (history of spiritual England).
Nicolson, Hon. Harold G. Helen s tower. London: Constable, 1937; New
York: Harcourt Brace. Pp.x+293;x+297.
Rev. by Isabel Paterson in HTB, March 6, p. 6 ("neither formal history nor
strict biography"; the central figure is the Marquess of Dufferin and Alva).
Noble, Celia (Brunei), Lady. The Brunels, father and son. London: Cobden-
Sanderson. Pp.291.
Odell, Mary Theresa. The old theater, Worthing: 1807-1855. London: G. W.
Jones.
Rev. by H. Walbrook in FR, CXLIV, 631-32.
O Faolain, Sean. King of the beggars: a life of Daniel O Connell London:
Nelson. Pp.386.
Rev. by D. Fitzgerald in LM, XXXVIII, 273-74.
Papajewski, H. "Stellung und Entwicklung der Monarchic und des monar-
chischen Gedankens in England wahrend der letzten hundert Jahre."
NeuP t IX, 241-54.
Parkes, H. B. "The philosophy of Marxism." Scrutiny, VII, 130-44.
234 VirroKiAN BIBLIOGHAPHV FOR 1938
Partridge, R. C. B. The history of the legal deposit of books throughout the
British Empire. Pref. by Sir Frederic Kenyon. London: Library Assoc.
Pp. xvii+364.
Rev. by P. L. in Library Assoc. record, XL, 285-86; by T. Solberg in Library
quar., VIII, 528-36.
Petrie, Sir Charles. The Chamberlain tradition. London: Lovat Dickson;
Toronto: Macmillan. Pp.x+287.
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 12, pp. 97-98.
Pevsner, N. "English and German art, and their inter-relations." German life
andktters, II, 251-59.
Postgate and Vallance. England goes to press See VB 1937, 425.
Rev. by G. Graham in QQ, XLIV (1937), 553-55; by W. Wirthwein in JMH,
X, 306-7.
Powys, Llewelyn. Earth memories. New York: Norton. Pp. xi+284;
Pringle, John Christian. Social work of the London churches; being some account
of the Metropolitan Visiting and Relief Association, 1843-1937. Oxford
univ. pr., 1937. Pp. xv+291.
Puryear, Vernon. International economics and diplomacy in the Near East; a
study of British commercial policy in the Levant, 1834-1853. London: Mil-
ford, Oxford univ. pr.; Stanford univ.: Stanford univ. pr., 1935. Pp. xiii
+264.
Rev. by A. Hasenclever in HZ, CLIX, 202.
Quennell, Peter. Victorian panorama See VB 1937, 425.
Rev. by Ch. B. in RH, CLXXXII, 386; by T. James in LL, XVIII, 188-91;
by N. Orsini in Leonardo, IX, 305; by 0. Williams in Nat. rev., CX, 118.
Ragg, Laura. "Madame de Lamartine et sa famille anglaise." RLC y XVIII,
630-65.
Ramm, Agatha. "European alliances and ententes, 1879-85. A study of
contemporary British information." Summaries of theses, CLX VI. BIHR,
XVI, 41-43.
Robertson, Dora. Sarum Close. A history of the life and education of the Cathe
dral Choristers for 700 years. London: Cape. Pp. 380.
Robinson, Maude, A soidh down farm in the sixties. London: Dent. Pp. x+
78.
Rev. in SR, April 2, p. 217 (sheep farm in Sussex).
Schumann, C. G. W. Structural changes and business cycles in South Africa,
1806-1936. London: P. S. King. Pp. xix-f 397.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOE 1938 235
Sekon, G. A. Locomotion in Victorian London. London and New York: Ox
ford univ, pr. Pp. xi+210.
Rev. by T. James in LL, XVIII, 188-91 ; by G. Stonier in NS, Jan. 23, p. 134;
in HTB, April 3, p. 18; in TLS, Jan. 22, p. 53. Information for the statistician
and pleasure for the student of period and manners.
Seton-Watson, R. Britain in Europe, 1789-1914 See VB 1937, 426.
Rev. by H. Bell in JMH, X, 561-63 ("a pronounced success"); by P. Kluke
in HZ, CLVIII, 374-77; in More Books, XIII, 195-96.
Simon, Shena D., Lady. A century of city government: Manchester 1888-1938.
London: Allen &Un win. Pp.450.
Sitwell, Sacheverell. Narrative pictures: a survey of English genre and its
painters. Notes on the illustrations by Michael Sevier. London: Batsford;
New York: Scribner s. Pp.128.
Rev. by R. Cortissoz in HTB, Sept. 4, p. 8.
Smith, James. "Baudelaire." Scrutiny, VII, 145-66.
Smith, Logan PearsalL Unforgotten years. Boston: Little, Brown, 1939;
London: Constable. Pp. 296; 266.
Rev. by K. Woods in NYTBR, Jan. 1, 1939, pp. 1, 13. Many references to
Victorians; memories of M. Arnold, etc.
Squire, Sir John. The honeysuckle and the bee. London: Heinemann, 1937;
New York: Button. Pp.282.
Autobiography. Mentions G. Meredith, Swinburne, etc. Brief rev. in Edu
cational forum, II, 341-42.
Strachey, Lytton, and Fulford, Roger (eds.). The Grevi lie memoirs, 1814-1860.
London: Macmillan. 8vols.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Dec. 3, p. 924.
Straus, Ralph. Lloyd s: the gentlemen at the coffee-house. New York: Car-
rick; London: Hutchinson, 1937. Pp. 327; 292.
Rev. by R. Doughton in HTB, Jan. 30, p. 2. English title: Lloyd s: a historical
sketch.
TafTs, Winifred, Ambassador to Bismarck: Lord Odo Russell, first Baron
Ampthill. London: Muller; Toronto: Saunders. Pp. 424.
Rev. in German life and letters, II, 314; in SR, May 21, p. 326.
Temperley, Harold, and Penson, Lillian M. (eds.) Foundations of British
foreign policy from Pitt to Salisbury, 1792-1902; or documents, old and new,
selected and edited. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xxrv+574.
Rev. by R. Ensor in LM , XXXVIII, 572-73.
236 VICTORIAN" BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938
Thomag. The childhood of Edward Thomas. A fragment of autobiography.
Pref. by Julian Thomas. London: Faber. Pp.152.
Rev. by E. Blunden in LM, XXXVIII, 72-74 ("a late-Victorian boyhood").
Thomas, Ivor. Top Sawyer: a biography of David Davies of Llandinam. Lon
don: Longmans. Pp.372.
Rev. by D. Hartley in LL, XIX, 114-15; in SR, July 9, p. 22. Nineteenth-
century Welsh industrialist.
Thomson, Sir J. J. RecoUections and reflections. New York: Macmillan, 1937;
London: Bell, 1936. Pp.viii+451.
TisdaH, E. E. P. Queen Victoria s John Brown; the life story of the most re-
markabk royal servant in British history. London: Paul. Pp. 256. Am.
ed.: Queen Victoria s Mr. Brown; the life story New York: Stokes.
Pp. xii+323.
Trevelyan, G. M. British history in the nineteenth century and after (1 782-1919) .
New ed. New York and London: Longmans. Pp. xvi+512.
Rev. by G. McNeil in JMH, X, 594; in SR, Jan. 22, p. 56.
Tyler, John E. The struggle for imperial unity , 1868-1895. London and New
York: Longmans. Pp.viii+219.
Vanbrugh, Violet. "The Irving I remember." Listener, Feb. 9.
Victoria, Queen. See II, Bolitho, Jagow, Tisdall, Wilson.
Villiers, George, A vanished Victorian: the life of George Villiers, 4th Earl of
Clarendon, 1800-1870. London: Eyre & Spottiswoode. Pp.377.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Dec. 24, p. 1098.
Vulliamy, C. Edward. OutLanders. A study of imperial expansion in South
Africa, 1877-1902. London: Cape. Pp.380.
Wakehurst, Lord. "Australia 1788-1938." Listener, Feb. 2.
Walbrook, H. M. "Henry Irving." FR, CXLIX, 203-11.
Wicks, Margaret. The Italian exiks in London, 1816-1848. See VB 1937, 427.
Rev. by P. Rebora in Leonardo, IX, 274-77 (favorable) ; by E. Vincent in EHR,
LIE, 317.
Wiechterich, Richard. Giuseppe Mazzini. Der Prophet des neuen Itdien.
Berlin: Keil Verlag, 1937. Pp. 273.
Wilson, A. "Walks and talks." NO, CXXIV, 496-512.
Wilson, Sir Arnold, and Levy, Hermann. Industrial assurance; a historical
and critical study. London, New York, Toronto: Oxford univ. pr., 1937.
Pp. xxxiii+519.
Pt, I includes a summary of British legislation, 1774-1933.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 237
Wilson, Barbara (Lister), Lady. Dear youth, London and New York: Mac-
millan, 1937. Pp. viii+301.
Story of a German governess in an English family of the 1870 \
Wilson, Mona. Queen Victoria. ("Short biographies," No. 8.) Reissue. Lon
don; Nelson. Pp.168.
Windelband, W. "Arthur James Balfour." Deutsche Rundschau, CCXLIX
(1936), 205-11. See also CCLII (1937), 86-93.
Woodward, E. L. The age of reform, 1815-1870. ("The Oxford history of
England," Vol. XIII.) London and New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp.
xviii+656.
Rev. by R. Fulford in NS t Nov. 26, p. 888; by C. Webster in S, Nov. 4, pp.
776-77; in CR, CLIV, 749-51.
WooUey,S.F. "The personnel of the Parliament of 1833." EHR f LIII, 240 ff .
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY FORMS;
ANTHOLOGIES
Addison, Agnes. Romanticism and the Gothic revival. New York: R. R. Smith.
Pp.viii+187.
Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel Vol. VII. See VB 1936, 401.
Vol. VIII. See VB 1937, 428.
Rev. by R. Hoops in ES, LXXII, 292-94; in TLS, Aug. 20, p. 544.
Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel Vol. EX: The day before yester
day. London: Witherby. Pp. 364.
Balder, Arno L. "Those mesmeric Victorians." Colophon, N.S. Ill, 335-53.
Traces the vogue of mesmerism in Victorian fashionable and literary circles.
Baron, Salo W. "The Jewish question in the nineteenth century." JMH, X,
51-65.
Batho, Edith. The poet and the past. (Warton lecture to the British Acade
my.) London: Milford, 1937. Pp.24.
Brief rev. by 0. Elton in MLR, XXXIII, 461.
Booth, Allen B. (ed.) . A cabinet of gems. Short stories from the English an
nuals. With introd. and notes. Berkeley: Univ. of Qalif. pr. Pp.ix+406.
Pp. 1-19 present an account of the rise to popularity of the annual gift books.
Among the authors who have a story reprinted in this collection are Bulwer-
Lytton, Wilkie Collins, W. S. Gilbert, Capt. Marryat, A. Trollope. An interesting
and valuable book. W. D. T.
Borgerhoff, E. B. 0. "Realisme and kindred words: their use as terms of
literary criticism in the first half of the nineteenth century." PMLA, LIII,
837-43.
23S Vu TOiUAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938
Bowyer, John Wilson, and Brooks, John Lee (eds.). The Victorian age: prose,
poetry, and drama. With introductions, bibliographies, and notes. New
York: Crofts. Pp.xx+1188.
"In order to provide a complete view of the literature, we have represented all
the major writers and the more significant minor figures. The various types of
non-fictional prose, of poetry, and of drama are included; and a critical bibli
ography serves as a guide to the fiction." Preface, p.v. Rev. in EJ, XXVII, 541.
Braaksma, M. H. Travel and literature. An attempt at a literary appreciation
of English travel-books about Persia, from the Middle Ages to the present day.
Groningen-Batavia: J. Wolters. Pp. iii-f 128.
Bush, D. Mythology and the romantic tradition. See VB 1937, 429.
Rev, by F. Mosse in Les langues modernes, XXXI, 212-13; by G. Norwood in
Univ. of Toronto quar., VI (1937), 593-97; by L. Wolff in EtA, II, 53-54.
Butler, E. M. "Alkestis in modern dress." Jour, of the Warburg Institute, I
(1937), 46-60.
Cazamian, Madeleine. "Les Victoriens." Les nouvelks litteraires, June 25.
Chapman, J. A, "Poetry of yesterday and today." Poetry rev., XXIX, 429-
33.
Clapham, J. H. "Were the Victorians optimists?" Listener, Jan. 12.
Combe, Thomas G. S. Sainte-Beuve et Us po&tes anglais. Bordeaux: Delmas,
1937. Pp.224.
Rev. by J. Pommier in RLC, XVIII, 751-53 (treats the influence of English
poets upon him).
Cruse, Amy. After the Victorians. London : Allen & Unwin. Pp. 264.
Rev. by T. James in LL, XIX, 106-8; by R. Lewin in LM, XXXVIII, 477-78;
by R. Mortimer in NS, Aug. 13, p. 253. What Englishmen were reading, 1887-
1914.
Daiches, D. Literature and society, London: Gollancz. Pp.287.
". . . . trying to trace the relation between literature and society in England
from the early Middle Ages to the present day This is not in any sense a
history of English literature "
Decker, Clarence R. "The aesthetic revolt against naturalism in Victorian
criticism." PMLA,UII, 844-56."
Dobree, Bonamy, and Batho, Edith. The Victorians and after. 1880-1914.
With a chapter on economics by Guy Chapman. (Introductions to English
literature, Vol. IV.) London: Cresset pr,; New York: R. M. McBride.
Pp.384.
Rev. by J.-B. Fort in EtA, II, 391-92; by H. House in NS, Aug. 13, p. 256; by
S. Potter in LM, XXXVIII, 276-77. The introd., about one-third of the book,
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 239
"deals with the literature of the period in all its forms, connecting it with the other
arts and corresponding philosophic and religious movements. The social and
political background is indicated as fully as possible .... the economic background
is dealt with in a separate chapter. The remaining two-thirds of the book ....
is made up of lists of books, written in the period, which are recommended for
reading, accompanied by short critical notes on the most important "
Faber, Geoffrey. Oxford apostles. London: Faber, 1936. Pp. xxiii+467.
Rev. by E. Pr&lin in EH, CLXXXII, 148.
Frehn, Paul. Der Einfluss der englischen Literatur auf Deutschlands Musiker
und Musik im 19. Jahrhundert. Koln diss. Dusseldorf : Nolte, 1937.
Pp. 196.
Funke, 0. Die Schweiz und die englische Liieratur. Bern: Francke, 1937.
Pp. 57.
Gawsworter, J. (ed.). Fifty years of modern verse: an anthology. London:
Seeker. Pp.283.
Gray, Nicolette. XlXth century ornamented types and titlepages. London:
Faber; Toronto: Ryerson pr. Pp. 213.
Rev. by D. Sturge Moore in LL, XIX, 125-26.
Greeves, Frederic. "Omar Khayya m, modern pessimism, and Christian
thought." Cornhittmo$.,CLVm, 63-72.
Grubb, H. T. H. "The ancient Celtic muse and its effect upon English
poetry." Poetry rev., XXIX, 219-31.
Gurian, Waldemar. The rise and decline of Marxism. Tr. by E. F. Peeler.
London: Burns Gates. Pp.xi+184.
Harrold, Charles Frederick, and Templeman, William D. (eds.). English
prose of the Victorian era. New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp.lxxx+1743.
An admirable anthology. In range of content, judgment in selection of repre
sentative materials, bibliographical apparatus, and biographical, critical, and ex
planatory notes, it challenges comparison with any other text in its field. Its foot
note annotations are remarkably complete. Arnold, Carlyle, Froude, Huxley,
Macaulay, Mill, Morris, Newman, Pater, Ruskin, Alexander Smith, Stevenson,
and Thackeray are the authors represented. Particular mention should be made
of the introduction, which gives a full, clear, and stimulating account of the
"major aspects of the Victorian period." As an added attraction the volume in
cludes a selected bibliography of the Victorian era, and a new and commendable
departure in such texts an appendix "illustrative of nineteenth-century con
ceptions of growth, development, evolution." This last is made up of passages
from Lyell, Robert Chambers, Newman, Marx and Engels, Darwin, Spencer, and
Bagehot. With an attractive and durable binding, good paper, large pages, wide
margins, and very readable type, the Oxford Press has done justice to this excellent
work. F. E. F.
240 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR- 1938
Hayward, John (comp. and ed.). Siker tongues; famous speeches from Burke
to Baldwin. London: Joseph; Toronto: Saunders, 1937. Pp.384.
Rev. by W. Schmidt in Die neueren Sprachen, XLVI, 327-29.
Heywood, Terence. "Unrhymed poems of yesterday." Poetry rev. t XXIX,
25-31.
Hooker, Kenneth Ward. The fortunes of Victor Hugo in England. New York:
Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xiii+333.
Housman, Lawrence. The golden sovereign: a book of plays. London: Cape;
New York: Scribner s, 1937. Pp.ix+439.
Includes 19 plays based upon characters and historical events of the Victorian
age.
Hultsch, Paul. "Das Denken Nietzsches in seiner Bedeutung fur England."
GRM, XXVI, 359-73.
KUngberg, F. J. "Harriet Beecher Stowe and social reform in England."
AHR,XUII, 542-52.
Lea, F. A. "The pessimism of Sigmund Freud." Adelphi t XIV, 146-49.
Leacock, Stephen. "Emigration in English literature." QR, CCLXX, 204 ff.
Lieder, Paul Robert. Eminent British poets of the nineteenth century. 2 vols.
New York: Harper. Pp. xxviii+655; 759.
Lippincott, B. E. Victorian critics of democracy: Carlyle, Ruskin, Arnold,
Stephen, Maine, Lecky. London: Milford, Oxford univ. pr,; Minneapolis:
Univ. of Minnesota pr. Pp. viii+276.
Rev. by L. Eshleman in NYTBR, May 1, p. 2; by C. Friedrich in JPE, XLVI,
446; by G. Homans in SRL, Jan. 29, p. 18; by J. Schapiro in PoliL sci. quar., LIII,
619; by G. Young in S, March 25, pp. 526, 528; in JP, XXXV, 388.
An able and illuminating study of six critics; attempts "to present, to explain,
and to evaluate the intellectual protest made against democracy in England in
the nineteenth century" (p. vii) ; considers not only the writers criticism of de
mocracy but also their characteristics as writers, the influences which helped shape
their thought, their basic assumptions, etc. ; excels in analysis of their criticism and
in forthright and thoughtful evaluation of it both in Victorian and post-Victorian
terms; is weak and sketchy on much of the background, frequently through am
biguous or superficial phrasing (e.g., Carlyle s "championing of the spiritual view
of Life as against materialism .... met with little success," "the anti-democratic
and authoritarian ideas of the intellectuals failed to make any impression on their
age" [italics added]) ; in spite of occasional ingenuousness of ground, a very useful
survey of material helpful to scholars and students in Victorian literature pre
sented by a professor of political science. C. F. H.
Lucas, F. L. The decline and fall of the Romantic ideal. See VB 1937, 431.
Rev. by F. Bateson in RES, XIV, 233-35.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 241
Mackail, J. W. Studies in humanism. London: Longmans. Pp. ix 4- 271.
Rev. by G. Cookson in English, II, 112-14; by J. Cournos in NYTBR, July
10, p. 9; by C. Williams in LM, XXXVIII, 187; in TLS, April 30, p. 291. Includes
essay on Ruskin.
MacMinn, Ney Lannes. Creative thinkers. A panoramic study of twenty Eng
lish and American writers from 1800 to the present. Contributors: Dr.
Walter B. Scott, Jr.; Dr. Margaret Farrand Thorp. (Orientation for mod
ern times; a course .... prepared under the direction of the Delphian
society for the use of its chapter members . . . .) Chicago: Delphian Soe.,
1937. 3 vols. Pp. 1099.
MacMunn, Lt.-Gen. Sir George. Slavery through the ages. London: Nicholson
and Watson; Toronto: Saunders. Pp.295.
Maddison, John, and Garwood, Kenneth. The English novel. An anthology
of English prose fiction. London: Harrap. Pp.317.
Brief rev. (qualified praise) in English, II, 196.
Madle, H. Die Maschine und der technische Fortschritt in der englischen Litera-
tur des 19. und W. Jahrhunderts. Breslau diss. Breslau: Priebatsch. Pp.
73.
Mailahn, Wolfgang. Napoleon in der englischen Geschichtsschreibung von den
Zeitgenossen bis zur Gegenwart. Berlin: Junker & Dunnhaupt, 1937. Pp.
156.
Mathews, Mitford M. "Notes and comments made- by British travelers and
observers upon American English, 1770-1850." Harvard univ. summaries
of theses (1936), pp. 341-44.
Matthews, William. Cockney past and present: a short history of the dialect of
London. London: Routledge. Pp. 245.
Rev. by H. Fisher in LL, XVIII, 152, 154; in AT & Q, April 16, pp. 286, 287.
Metz, Rudolph. A hundred years of British philosophy. Tr. by J. W. Harvey,
T. E. Jessop, and Henry Sturt. Ed. by J. H. Muirhead. London: Allen &
Unwin; New York: Macmillan. Pp. 828.
For the original German work, see VB 1935, 418, and VB 1936, 405. Another
rev. of the German, by H. Glockner, appeared in LgrP, LIX, 249-51. For pur
poses of this translation the author revised, added new material to his text, and
enlarged his bibliography. The translation is "in reality a corrected and enlarged
edition of the German work." This is a fascinating and valuable volume greatly
serviceable for students of nineteenth-century England in all fields. W. D. T.
Michelagnoli, Alfredo. II sonetto nella letteratura inglese. Con cento sonetti
dal Wyatt olio Swinburne. Padua, Cedam: Milanesi. Pp. viii+131.
242 VICTORIAN BIBUOUUAPHY FOR 1938
Moser, M. Richard Wagner in der englischen Literatur des 19. Jahrhunderts.
Bern: Francke. Pp. 117.
Rev. by A. B. in Arehw, CLXXIV, 264.
Nelson, Rowland W. "The reputation of Lord Chesterfield in Great Britain
and America, 1730-1936." Northwestern univ. summaries of doctoral dis
sertations (1958), pp. 9-13.
Oxford Movement. See III, Faber.
Palmer, Herbert. Post-Victorian poetry. London: Dent. Pp. xiv+378.
Rev. by Austin dark in LM, XXXVIII, 182 (a survey of poetry during the
last fifty years; "Whether he likes them or not, in go the names of scores of poets
.... his survey should prove invaluable even as a mere book of reference").
Ponteil, Mix. 1848. Paris: Colin, 1937. Pp. 22.
Rev. by C. N. Sisson in JMH, X, 583 ("will appeal not only to the specialist
but also to those who are interested in the great liberal principles and movements
of the nineteenth century").
Pre-Raphaelite Movement. See IV, Carlyle: Jervis.
Priestley, J. B. The English comic characters. London: Lane, 1937. Pp. 276.
Rees, Garnet. "The Chat noir and the literary cafes of Paris in the eighteen-
nineties," M odern languages* XX 5-24.
Rice, Cale Young. "Poetry s genii." Poet lore, XLIII (1937), 193-228.
Rosa, Matthew. The silver-fork school. See VB 1936, 406
Rev. by W. S. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLVI, 264r-67.
Routh, H.V. Towards the twentieth century. See VB 1937, 432.
Rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, II, 420-21 (qualified praise); by E. K Brown in
MP, XXXVI, 93-95; by R. Gordon in Univ. of Toronto quar.> VIII, 122-24; by
H. M. Jones in AL, X, 355-60; by J. J. H. in St, XXVII, 693; by E. Knowlton in
SAQ, XXXVII, 435-37; by R. Lewin in LM, XXXVIL 79; by L. Trilling in
NewR, My 20, p. 315; in CR, CLIII, 379-81.
Sanderlin, George. "The influence of Milton and Wordsworth on the early
Victorian sonnet." ELH, V, 225-51.
Schilling, Bernard. "Nineteenth-century England and the history of ideas."
EJ, XXVII, 669-78.
Schulze, S. "Der landliche Mensch im englischen Romanen." Die neueren
Sprachen, XLVI, 452-62.
Shepperson, A. B. The novel in motley. See VB 1936, 406.
Rev. by J. W. Beach in JEGP, XXXVI (1937), 438-42. Appendix has exten
sive list of parody-burlesque novels between 1830 and 1900.
VU TOHIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY KOIt 193S 243
Short, Ernest, and Compton-Rickett, A. Ring up the curtain: being a pageant
of English entertainment covering half a century. London : Jenkins. Pp. 319.
Rev. in TLS, March 26, p. 203.
Somervell, D. C. The Victorian age. (Historical Assoc. pamphlet No. 107.)
London: G. Bell, 1937. Pp. 30.
Stiven, Agnes Bain. Englands Einfluss auf den deutschen Wortschatz. Zeulen-
roda: B. Spora, 1936. Pp. 151.
Rev. by W. Collinson in MLR, XXXIII, 324-25.
Swinnerton, Frank. "Variations of form in the novel." Essays and studies by
members of the English Assoc., Vol. XXXIII. Collected by S. C. Roberts.
Oxford: Clarendon pr. See pp. 79-92.
Thurmann, E. Der NiederscMag der evangelische Bewegung in der englische
Literatur. Emsdetten: H. & J. Lechte. See VB 1937, 433.
Rev. by H. E. in GRM, XXVI, 323-24; by M. Rosier in ES, LXXIII, 141-42;
by E. Vowinckel in LgrP, LIX, 96-97.
Tronchon, Henri. Le jeune Edgar Quinet. ("Publications de la Faculte* des
Lettres de Strasbourg," 2d ser., Vol. XV.) Paris: Les Belles Lettres, 1937.
Pp.viii+410.
Rev. by H. Peyre in Romanic rev., XXIX, 405-6; by M. Moore in MLR,
XXXIII, 98-99 ("estimates the penetration of Herder into England, penetration
mainly of a moral order, to about 1880 The studies of Coleridge and Carlyle
are among the best").
Vallese, T. Politics and poetry. Political influence on English poetry. Rome:
Albrighi, Segati, 1937. Pp. 111.
Wangelin, Anne-Marie. Die Liebe in den Tristandichtungen der ViUorian-
ischen Zeit. Tubingen diss. Bolzle, 1937. Pp. 99.
The story in the hands of Arnold, Tennyson, Swinburne, and D. G. Rossetti.
Weill, Georges. L Europe du XIX* sieck et l j idee de nationality. Paris: Albin
Michel. Pp.480.
Rev. by L. L. in Revue de I 1 Uniwrsitt de Bruxettes, XLIV, 6-8.
Weineck, K. Deutschland und der Deutsche im Spiegel der englischen erz&h-
lenden Literatur seit 1830. Jena diss. Halle: Akad. Verlag-Junge Forsch.,
Heft 4. Pp.264.
Young, G. M. "The social debate in the Victorian age." France-Grande-
Bretagne, March.
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Arnold (see also II, Smith, L.; and III, Lippincott). Arnold, M. Essays in
criticism. Second series. Ed. by S. R. littlewood. London: Macmillan.
Pp. 261.
244 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938
G., T. C. "Matthew Arnold and Sophocles." N & Q, Jan. 22, pp. 57-58.
Churchill, R. C. "Gray and Matthew Arnold." Cr, XVII, 426-31.
Corbett, J. A. "A Victorian critic in Germany." GLL, III, 62-69.
Leavis, F. R. Revaluations (XI): Arnold as critic." Scrutiny, VII, 319-32.
McIlvenna,Estelle. "The Philistine in Sturm und Drang, 7 " MLR, XXXII,
31-39.
MacNeill, J. E. "Arnold and Burnes." TLS, Jan. 15, p. 44. See VB 1936,
407.
Powys,J.C. Enjoyment of literature. New York: Simon & Schuster; Toronto:
Musson. Pp. xxvii+522.
Has discussions of Arnold, Hardy, etc.
"The prince of French critics? Sainte-Beuve reconsidered." TLS, July 31,
1937, pp. 549-50.
"Prophet of European unity: Matthew Arnold after fifty years." TLS Qead-
ing article), April 16, pp. 257-58.
Stanley, Carleton. Matthew Arnold. Toronto: Univ. of Toronto pr.; Oxford
univ.pr. Pp.163.
Contains the Alexander Lectures, delivered at the Univ. of Toronto.
Whitridge, Arnold. "Matthew Arnold and Sainte-Beuve." PMLA, LIII,
303-13.
Wickelgren, Florence. "Matthew Arnold s literary relations with France."
MLS, XXXm, 200-14.
Beddoes. Matthews, Janet. "A sonnet by Beddoes?" TLS, Dec. 18, p. 964.
Blunt Finch, Edith. Wilfrid Scawen Blunt, 1840-1922. London: Cape. Pp.
416.
Rev. by M. Roberta in LM, XXXVIII, 580-81; in TLS f Sept. 24, pp. 612, b!4.
Cockerell, S. "W. S. Blunt." TLS (Corresp.), Oct. 1, p. 628.
Braddon (see II, Maxwell).
Bradley. Loomba, Ram Murti. Bradley and Bergson: a comparative study.
Lucknow: Upper India Publishing House, 1937. Pp. xi+187.
Rev. by D. Emmet in Internal, jour, of ethics, XLVIII (1937), 130-31.
Brontes. The miscellaneous and unpublished writings of Charlotte and Patrick
Branwell Bronte. Vol. II, ("Shakespeare Head Bronte," Vol. XVIII.)
Oxford: BlackweU. See also VB 1936, 407.
Rev. by E. F. Benson in S, July 22, pp. 153-54; by O. Williams in LM,
XXXVIII, 363-64; in TLS, July 16, p. 480.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 245
Bronte, Emily, Gondal poems, now first published from the autograph rnamt-
script in the British Museum. Ed. by Helen Brown and Joan Mott. Oxford :
BlackweU. Pp.47.
Rev. by L. B. in EtA, II, 308; by M. Crosbie in LM, XXXVII, 661.
Bronte, Emily. Haute-Plainte [Wuthering Heights]. Tr. by Jacques and
Yolande de Lacretelle. Pref. by the former. Paris: N. R. F. 1937. Pp.
336.
Arbeiten aus dem Seminar fur englische Sprache und Kidtur an der Hansischen
Universitat. Hamburg: De Gruyter. Pp. 318.
Rev. by A. Koszul in EtA, II, 458. Includes an essay on nature in Withering
Heights.
Brown, Helen, and Mott, Joan. "The Gondal saga: unpublished verses by
Emily Bronte/ TLS, Feb. 19, p. 121. See also TLS, March 19, p. 183.
DeTraz, R. "L enfance des Brontes." Revue de Paris, XLV, 579-605.
Johnston, Myrtle. "The Brontes in Ireland." Cornhill mag., CLVIII, 76-87.
MacFarlane, Kathryn. Divide the desolation, London: Harrap, 1937. Pp.410.
Rev. by L. Villard in EtA, II, 86-87. A novel based on the life of Emily Bronte.
Messiaen, P. "Les Hauts-de-Hurle-Vent." Revue des corns et conferences,
XL, 189-92.
Meyerstein, E. H. W. "A Bronte metre." TLS, Nov. 12, pp. 725-26; see
also Nov. 26, p. 755 (by A. Harbottle).
Vanderic, M. Les mauvais anges.
Rev. by J. S. in EtA, II, 215. Play based on Wuthering Heights, produced in
Paris.
Wells, Augustin. Les soeurs Bronte et I ttranger. Paris: Rodstein, 1937. Pp.
264.
White, W. The miracle of Haworth., New York: Button. See VB 1937, 434.
Rev. by M. Crosbie in LM, XXXVII, 465; by K. Woods in NYTBR, Jan. 22,
1939, p. 9.
Brownings (see also II, Nicholson; III, Butler). Charlton, H. B. "Browning:
the poet s aim." Bull of ihe John Rylands libr., XXII, 98-121.
Gargaro, F. Keats e Browning. Milano: La Prora. Pp. 224.
Griffin, W. Hall. Life of Robert Browning. Completed and ed. by H. C.
Minchin. New and rev. ed. London: Methuen. Pp. x+344.
Gwynn, S. "The appeal of Browning." PR, CXLVIII (1937), 618-20.
Heuer, H. "Browning und Donne: Hintergriinde einer Wortenlehnung."
J0S,LXXII, 227-44.
2IU VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938
Kessel, E. "Das Schicksal der Elizabeth Barrett-Browning." Berliner Tage-
blatt, Nr. 293.
McCormick, James P. " Robert Browning s reputation in the nineteenth cen
tury in England and America." Northwestern univ. summaries of doctoral
dissertations (1937), pp. 10-14.
McElderry, B. R. "Browning and the Victorian public in 186&-69." Research
studies of the State College of Washington, V (1937), 193-203.
Marks, Jeannette. The family of the Barrett: a colonial romance. New York:
Macmillan. Pp.xix+709.
Rev. by W. C. DeVane in SRL, Dec. 17, p. 5; by C. Stillman in HTB, Dec. 4,
p. 5.
Records of Jamaica are used illuminatingly to explain much of the behavior of
Edward Moulton Barrett, father of E. B. B., and that of the poetess herself.
Much of R. B. s own family background is discussed. In spite of certain weak
nesses, here is a book that must be read and that will be enjoyed by all students
and lovers of the Brownings. W. D. T.
Olivero, Federico. Browning liriche. Messina: G. Principato, 1937. Pp.85.
Rev. by H. M. in GRM, XXVI, 325. An annotated selection, for Italian
readers.
Phelps, W. L. "Browning, Joachim, Salvini." S, Sept. 23, p. 477.
Raymond, W. 0. "Browning and the Old Yellow Book." TLS, Jan. 15, p. 44.
Tracy, C. R. "Caliban upon Setebos." SP, XXXV, 487-99.
Butler (see also III, Thunnann), "Notes on sales: nineteenth-century first
editions" (Butler, Carlyle, Hardy). TLS, April 23, p. 284.
Wilson, Edmund. The triple thinkers. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp. 289.
Rev. by H. McC. in More Books, XIII, 196; by N. McCarty in North Am. rev.,
CCXLVI, 192; by E. Rickword in S, Nov. 11, pp. 819-20; by H. Strauss in YR,
XXVIII, 816-19; in TLS, Nov. 12, p. 729. Includes essays on Butler and A. E.
Housman.
Carleton. McHugh, Roger. "William Carleton: a portrait of the artist as
propagandist." St, XXVII, 47-62.
Carlyle (see also III, Lippincott, Tronchon; and Butler). Bachmann, Karl.
Die Geschichtsauffassung Thomas Carlyles und sein Gemeinschaftsgedanke
im Lichte der geistigen und polit. Entwicklung Englands. Gottingen diss.
Pp.vii+59.
Basch, Victor. Carlyle, I homme et Voeuvre. Paris: Gallimard. Pp.281.
Cook, E. Thornton. "Carlylean courtship." Cornhill mag., CLVII, 1-41,
145-74, 289-322, 433-72.
The first 15 chaps, of Speaking dust, the story of Carlyle and Jane Welsh,
fictionized, published by John Murray (a book of 398 pages).
VU TOKIAN BlBLIOGKAl HY KOlt 193S 247
Deimel, T. Carlyk und der Nationalsozialismus See VB 1937, 436.
Rev. by K. Arns in Beittatt, XLIX, 270-73.
Eckloff , L. Bild und Wirklichkeit bei Thomas Carlyk. See VB 1937, 436.
Rev. by M. A. in GRM, XXVI, 324-25; by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXIII, 85-
86; by H. Michel in Beiblatt, XLIX, 245-47.
Gauger, H. Die Psychologic des Schweigens in England. (" Angl. Forschungen,"
Heft 84.) Heidelberg: C. Winter, 1937. Pp.72.
Hirst, W. A. "The manuscript of Carlyle s " French Revolution/" NC,
CXXIII, 93-98.
Jervis, H. "Carlyle and The germ/ " TLS, Aug. 20, p. 544.
Klenze, Camillo von. "Carlyle and German letters." In Charks Timothy
Brooks, translator from the German (Publ.by MLA. Boston: Heath;
London: Oxford univ. pr., 1937), pp. 19-21.
Plagens, H. Carlyks Weg zu Goethe. Berlin diss. Bottrop: W. Postberg. Pp.
98.
Puhlmann, C. Thomas Carlyk. Eine Studie uber seine WeU- und Gesellschafts-
anschauung. Gottingen diss. Pp. 47.
Richter, K. "CarlyleNietzsche Chamberlain." Deutschlands Erneuerung,
XXI (1937), 660-64.
Rubin, J. J. "Whitman and Carlyle: 1846." MLN, Mil, 370-71.
Shine, Hill. Carlyle s fusion of -poetry, history, and religion by 1884- Chapel
Hill: Univ. of North Carolina pr. Pp. viii+85.
Rev. by W. Dunn in MLN, LIV, 73-74; by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXVI,
106-7.
Taylor, Alan Carey. Carlyk et la pensee latine. ("Etudes de littfrature
Strangle et compart," Vol. VIII.) Paris: Boivin, 1937. Pp. viii-f 442.
Rev. by A. Gudrard in JMH, X, 431-32; by F. Laurian in RLC, XVIII, 753-
56; by M. Praz in ESt, XX, 230-34; by H. Shine in MLN, LIV, 154r-55.
This is a continuation and conclusion of Dr. Taylor s earlier study of Carlyk: &a
premiere fortune litteraire en France (Paris: Champion, 1929), which brought the
account down to 1865, including the work of Taine. It presents anew, however,
five of the earlier chapters, and is thus a remarkably comprehensive study. The
influence of no other Victorian has been so exhaustively traced. The author tracks
down what seem to be all the significant evidences of Carlyle s influence in France,
Italy, Spain, Portugal, and Rumania, from 1825 to 1934. Translation of Carlyle
especially of The French Revolution in France -and of the Heroes in Italyhis re
ception in the periodicals, the editing and criticizing of his works, the Latin in
terest in the Froude-Carlyle controversy, and the exploitation of Carlyle s hero-
doctrine by Italian Fascism all make up an impressive and informative study.
In addition there are several curious instances of Carlyle s influence in unlikely
2 is VKTOIUAN BIBLIOCJUAPHY vou 193S
ps, in L<5on Bloy, Verhaeren, Remy de Gourmont, Barr&s, and in such Spanish
writers as Unamuno, Baroja, and Ortega y Gasset. Perhaps the most memorable
of all is the influence of The French Revolution on Carducci, to be seen in his sonnet
sequence Qa ira. Curiously absent is any treatment of the Saint-Simonians,
worthy surely to be introduced along with the other earlier material. Only oc
casionally does the author over-work his instinct for sources and influences, as,
for example, in his discussion of the far-fetched possibility of an influence of
Marhiavelli on Carlyle (p. 14), The chapter on the era of dictators shows to what
extent Carlyle s teachings about the "hero" have been appropriated for the exalta
tion of Mussolini. C. F. H.
Wittig, Hans. "Das innere Gefuge der Gedankenwelt Thomas Carlyles."
HZ, CLIX, 54-74.
Carroll. Alice au pays des merveilks. Tr. and ill. by Ren Bour, Paris:
Desclee De Brouwer, 1937. Pp. 197.
Clarke. Bios, Hanna. Die Auffassung der FrauengestaUen Shakespeare s in
dem Werke der Mrs. Cowden Clarke "The girlho.od I of Shakespeare s heroines."
Erlangen diss. Wlirzburg: R. Mayr, 1936. Pp. 131.
Clough. Levy, Goldie. Arthur Hugh Clough: 1819-1861. London: Sidg-
wick and Jackson. Pp. 236.
Rev. in TLS, Oct. 8, p. 638.
Coleridge. Hartman, H. "A letter of Hartley Coleridge" (to James Sped-
ding). Colophm, N. S., Ill, 113-19.
Collins. See III, Booth.
Darwin. Prenant, Marcel. Darwin. Paris: Editions Social es Internationales.
Pp. 322.
Rev, in RM, XLV, Suppl. to Oct. no., pp. 9-10.
Smith, Homer W. "Destroyer of a legend." SRL (feature article), May 28,
pp. 12-13.
West, Geoffrey. Charles Darwin: a pwtrait. New Haven: Yale univ. pr. Pp.
359. See VB 1937, 437.
Rev. by B. L. C. in CWd t CXLVII, 501-2; by J. Cleugh in LM, XXXVII, 83;
by G. Gray in YR, XXVII, 811-13; by W. Harrison in Cr, XVII, 784-87; by
H. Parshley in HTB, May 29, p. 3; by D. Ramsey in New R, May 11, p. 24; by
P. Wilson in NYTBR, May 8, pp. 1, 23; in More Books, XIII, 256-57.
Dickens (see also II, Curling; III, Priestley, and Thurmann). Dickensian
(quarterly), Vol. XXXIV; and XXXV, No. 249. See VB 1932, 422.
Items as follows: "Dickens to George Eliot: unpublished letters" (pp. 268-69);
Dickens s speech "The Manchester School" (pp. 133-34); "Another new Dickens
speech: At the Manchester Athenaeum, August 1852" (pp. 169-70); "The Albert
A. Hopkins Collection at Yale" nearly 1,500 items of Dickensiana (p. 32) ; "The
contemporary Manchester press on Dickens s visits" (pp. 140-43); "Dickensiana
VICTORIAN* HIBLIOUKAI IIY KOU 193s 240
of the half year" (p. 72); "Dickensiana of the quarter" (pp. 148-49, 213, 284-85;
XXXV, 66); "The Dickensian s panorama" (p. 13f>i; "Dickensian peeps into
Punch " (pp. 25-28, 185-92; XXXV, 49-54 i; "The extraordinary gazette" (pp.
45-47); "Fang and Laing again" (p. 84); "Forster s review of Oliver Twist, re
printed for the first time" (pp. 29-32); "French reception of The Pickuick papers
in 1838" (XXXV, 31); "The London Dickens knew" (pp. 253-56} ; "Peeps at
Dickens: pen pictures from contemporary sources. XXXIII A private visit to
Dickens at Manchester" (pp. 137-39); "A princely donation [by Count de Suzan-
net, of Dickens MSS to the Dickens House)" (pp. 221-24); "A review of We are
observed: a mirror of English character, by W. J. BIyton" (p. 95); "A stage aside:
Dickens e early dramatic productions. IV. The lamplighter" (p. 36) ; "The sup
pressed letter respecting Grimaldi " (pp. 65-66) ; "Unpublished letters of Dickens
to John Leech" (pp. 3-13, 101-9, 175-83, 225-31; XXXV, 37-14); Jane Bacon,
"George Eliot, who walked with intellectual kings and lost the common touch"
(pp. 264-67); W. C. Bennett, "America s classic 1 murder" (pp. 240-42); id.,
"America s early recognition of Dickens s genius" (XXXV, 47-48 [an important
note]); -James Bernard, "Glorious magic" (pp. 249-51); Norman Berrow, "Some
candid opinions on A Christmas Carol" (pp. 20-24) ; P. T. Garden, "Secrets of the
Dickens House," an account of the gift to the House of the Howard Duffield Col
lection of Drood literature (pp. 232-34); V. H. Carr, "Dickens as a neighbour"
(XXXV, 45-47) ; A. E. B. Cross, "The influence of Dickens on the contemporary
stage" (pp. 55-62); id., "Albert Smith, Charles Dickens and Christopher Tad
pole " (pp. 157-63); id., "Some by-ways in Nicholas Nickleby" (XXXV, 5-9);
E. M. Davies, "In Christmas story-book land" (pp. 37-40); id., "The Cock Lane
ghost" (XXXV, 10-13); F. R. D., "Dickens in Manchester" (pp. 13f-35); F. R.
Dean, "Dickens and Manchester" (pp. lli-18); W. D., "Author and artist. The
claims of George Cruikshank definitely refuted and the discovery of a new
work by -Dickens" (pp. 97-100; correction on p. 214); M. Evans, "The tragedy of
GaffeV Hexara" (pp. 171-74); Frank Foster, "Transatlantic astigmatism in the
sixties 1 (XXXV, 13-14); L. B. Frewev"From recent books" (pp. 52-54; 144-
46, 209-11, 270-72; XXXV, 61-^64); W. Gadd, "Paddock Wood" [of Dombey and
son] (pp. 123-28); id., "A dream of chalk and mastless ships in a muddy river"
[Damd Copperfield] (pp. 203-6); id., -"A pilgrim in Canterbury" (XXXV, 15-18);
T. W. H., "A Dickens operetta" (p. 21^-see also p. 216 for "A composite Dickens
play in Russian," and p. 242) ; W. Kent, "Concerning A child s history of England"
(pp. 275-78); A. S. Leek, "Some weaknesses of Oliver Twist" (pp. 194-98) ; J. W.
T. Ley, "The Holland House circle" (pp. 129-30); id. t "Of first-class importance:
the Nonesuch edition of Dickens s letters" (pp. 207-8); id., "Dickens s letters"
(XXXV, 29-31); L. Mason, "Aunt Sophy and John Macrone" (p. 14); J. Mc-
Nulty, "Our Carol" (pp. 15-19); id., "Dickens in town tonight" (pp. 235-39);
id., "A Christmas carol of tomorrow" (XXXV, 18-21); E. J. Mitchell, "Jarndyce
v. Jarndyce .... Bardell v. Pickwick: a comparison" (pp. 85-95); H. Nielsen,
"Some observations on Sketches by Boz" (pp. 243-45) ; W. Partington, "The black
ing laureate: the identity of Mr. Slum, a pioneer in publicity" (pp. 199-202);
A. Paterson, "Two of a kind" [Burns and Dickens] (XXXV, 54-57) ; M. Pendered,
"Stipendiary girls and spinsters" (XXXV, 23-28); S. Rust, "At the Dickens
House: legal documents relating to the piracy of A Christmas carol" (pp. 41-44);
id., "Treasures at the Dickens House: the first number of the Daily news " (pp.
250 VHTOKIAN BIBLHM;UAI > H\ FOR 193S
1 19-22} , and "Education at Shaw s Academy, Bowes" (XXXV, 32-36) ; L. Spence,
"In the Highlands 1841" (pp. 63-65); A. de Suzannet, "Concerning two Blanch-
ardsand two Douglas Jerrolds" (pp. 131-32} ; F. Tylee, The family in the days
of Dickens" (pp. 257-63); W. Watson, "David Copperfield s solace" (pp. 192-93);
P. Webling, "The truth about Mrs. Harris" (pp. 251-52); P. Williams, "On in
troducing oneself to Dickens" (pp. 167-68; see also p. 284, and XXXV, 65-66);
W. Woolliams, "Social reform: a rejoinder * (pp. 33-35; see also pp. 70-71); G. F.
Young, "Round and about Little Dorrit s church" (XXXV, 58-60).
Dickens. David Copperfield. Tr. into French by L. Chaffurin. Paris: La-
rousse, 1937. Pp. 218.
Dickens. Dossier de la maison Dombey et fils. Tr. with in trod, by Georges
Connes. Paris: Nouvelle revue critique, 1937. Pp. 764.
The ktters of Charks Dickens. Ed. by Walter Dexter. 3 vols. (In "The None
such Dickens," 23 vols.) London: Nonesuch pr.
Rev. by D. Garnett in NS, June 4, p. 954; by S. Leacock in SRL (feature
article), Dec. 24, pp. 3-4, 16; by J. W. T. Ley in Dickensian, q.v.; in TLS, Aug. 27,
p. 551.
Dickens. Les papier & posthumes du Pickwick Club. Tr. by Paul Dottin.
Paris: Nouvelle revue critique, 1937. Pp. 714.
Dickens. Souvenirs iniimes de David Copperfield. Tr. by M. Rossel, A. Par-
reaux, L. Guitard. Introd. by A. Paixeaux. Paris: Nouvelle revue critique,
1938. Pp. 762.
Rev. by A. Digeon in EtA, II, 437. For his rev. of two translations listed above,
see toi, II, 198-99, 346-47.
"Dickens s unpublished letter to Mrs. Wilson, March 25, 1847, on temper
ance." Listener, Dec. 15, 1937.
Bay, J. C. The Pickwick papers. Some bibliographical remarks .... Chicago:
Caxton Club. Pp. 29. (250 copies only.)
Connell, J. M. "The religion of Charles Dickens." Hibbert jour., XXXVI,
225-35.
Gummer, E. N. "Dickens and Germany." M LR, XXXIII, 240-47.
Jackson, T. A. Charks Dickens: the progress of a radical. New York: Van
guard pr. Pp. x+303. See VB 1937, 438.
Rev. by M. Cowley in New R, Aug. 24, p. 81; in HTB, July 17, p. 10; in SRL,
June 25, p. 18.
Lemonier, Le*on. "G&ue de Dickens." Pref. to CEuvres computes de Dickens
presented by Nouvelle revue critique. French rev., XI, 442 ff.
Pomeranz, Herman, M.D. Medicine in the Shakespearean plays, and Dickens
doctors. New York: Powell publications, 1936.
"Dickens doctors," in 12 chapters, covers pp. 295-410. An index follows.
Vll TOHiAX BlBUOGKAI tn t UK 1D3S 231
Roife, Franklin-P. "The Dickens letters In the Huntington Library/* Hvnt-
ington Library quar., I, 335-63.
Shell, Anne. "Charles Dickens orders dinner." CWd, CXLVIII, 283-87.
Squire, T. "Charles Dickens, actor." Theatre arts monthly, XXII, 910-13.
Straus, Ralph. A portrait of Dickens. London: Dent. Pp.319.
Disraeli. Letters from Benjamin Disraeli to Frances Anne, Marchioness of
Londonderry, 1837-1861. Ed. with introd. by the Marchioness of London-
deny. New York and London: Macmillan. Pp. xxv+196.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in A T S, Oct. 15, p. 582; by C. Stillman in HTB, Nov. 6,
p. 22; in TLS, Sept. 10, p. 578.
The radical Tory: Disraeli s political development illustrated from his original
writings and speeches. Selected, ed., and introd. by H. W. J. Edwards;
pref. by G. M. Young. London: Cape, 1937. Pp. 320.
Hentschel, C. "Disraeli and Lassalle." GLL, II, 93-106.
Egan. Kolb, Eugene. "Pierce Egan." TLS, Aug. 27, p. 556.
Eliot (see also III, Thurmann; and IV, Dickens: Dickensian, two items).
Bethell, S. L. "The novels of George Eliot." Cr, XVIII, 39-57.
Davis, Jessie. "George Eliot and education." Educational forum, I (1937),
201-6.
Williams, Blanche C. "George Eliot." SeR, XLVI, 235-41.
Fitzgerald (see also III, Greeves). Lucas, E. V. " The delightful fellow/
Edward Fitzgerald and Frederick Spalding." Cornhill mag., CLVIII,
1-22.
Extracts from Spalding s unpublished diary, 1863-83.
Freeman. Krieger, H. "Die Bedeutung des Organischen in englischen Volks-
und Staatsbegriff (Burke, Freeman, Seeley, Froude)." Die neueren
Sprachen, XLVI, 1-16.
Froude (see Freeman).
GaskelL Hopkins, Annette. "Mrs. Gaskell in France, 1849-1890." PMLA,
LIII, 545-74.
Gilbert (see also III, Booth). Bulloch, J. M. "The Bab Ballads by titles."
N & Q, Nov. 27, 1937, p. 387. Addition to VB 1937, 439.
Vandiver, E, P., Jr. "W. S. Gilbert and Shakspere." Shakespeare Assoc.
butt., XIII, 139-45.
Gissing. Stones and sketches. Publ. for the first time in book form. Pref. by
his son, A. C. Gissing. London: Michael Joseph. Pp. 288.
Rev. by R. Church in NS, March 12, p. 454; by Leavis, as part of article
listed below.
252 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGHAPHY FOR 1938
Gapp, S. V. George Gissing, classicist. See VB 1936, 415.
Rev. by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXXIII, 123 (unfavorable); by A. Rotter in
Btiblait, XLVIII (1937), 376-78.
Haasler, G. Die Darstettung der Frau bei George Gissing. Greifswald diss.
Greifswald: H. Adler. Pp. 103.
Leavis, Q. D. "Gissing and the English novel." Scrutiny, VII, 73-81.
Sieper, H. Psychologische Studien zu den Romanen George Gissings. Basel diss.
Munich: R. Oldenbourg, 1937. Pp. vii+85.
Gladstone (see also II, Asquith, H.). Eyck, Erich. Gladstone. Erlenbach-
Ziirieh: E. Rentsch. Pp. 587.
Rev. by R. Schneider in Die Literatur, XLI, 187-88.
Eyck, Erich. Gladstone. Tr. by Bernard Miall. London: Allen &Unwin. Pp.
505.
Rev. by R. Fulford in NS, June 4, p. 966; by the Marquess of Lothian in LM,
XXXVIII, 267-68; by E. Woodward in S, May 20, p. 9}8; in SR, May 28, p. 342;
in TLS, May 21, p. 346.
Hammond, J. L. Gladstone and the Irish nation. London: Longmans. Pp.
768.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Nov. 5, p. 728.
Lyttelton, E. "Mr. Gladstone." QR, CCLXXI, 316.
Mallet, Sir Charles. "Mr. Gladstone." CR, CXLX (1936), 291-302.
Gray. "David Gray: born 1838." TLS, Jan. 29, p. 73.
Gosse. Aas, L. "Sir Edmund Gosse." Edda nordisk tidsskrift for literatur-
forskning, XXXVIII, 475-93.
Graham. Tschiffely, A. F. Don Roberto. Being the account of the life and
works ofR. B. Cunningham Graham t 1852-1936. London, Toronto: Heine-
mann, 1937. Pp. xx+458.
Brief rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, II, 305-6.
Hardy (see also I, Hamlin; II, H. Asquith, Ford, Lemperly, L. Powys, Roy;
III, Routh; Arnold: Powys, Butler, and Housman). Hardy, Under the
greenwood tree. Ed. with introd. and notes by E. J. Pratt. Toronto : Mac-
millan, 1937. Pp. xxvii+279.
Adams, F. B. "Cheap American reprints" (of Hardy), Colophon, N. S. Ill,
313-16,
Brooks, Philip. "Hardy s birthday gift to Browning." NYTBR, June 19
("Notes on rare books") ; see also Nov. 13.
Castelli, A. Thomas Hardy poeta See VB 1937, 439.
Rev. by K. Arns in ES, LXXII, 295-96; by F. Viglione in Beiblatt, XLIX, 21-
22; by R. Waller in MLR, XXXII, 292-93.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 253
Chakravarty, A. "The dynasts" and the post-war age in poetry. New York:
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 174.
-Cockerell, Sydney. "Hardy s library." TLS, Sept. 17, p. 598.
Colling, Alfred. Le romancier fa la fatalitt: Thomas Hardy, Paris: Emile-
Paul. Pp. 224.
Duffin, H. C. Thomas Hardy: a study of the Wessex novek, the poems and the
Dynasts. 3d. ed., rev. and enl. London: Longmans, 1937. Manchester:
Univ. pr. Pp. xiv+356.
Rev. by W. Gibson in English, II, 52-53. First ed. in 1916; now so revised as
to be "almost a new book."
Hicks, Granville. "Was Thomas Hardy a pessimist?" Educational Jorum, II
(1937), 58-67.
Lang, V. "Crabbe and Tess of the D UrbemUes." MLN, LIII, 369-70.
Library of Hardy at Max Gate: see the catalogues of these London book
sellers: First Edition Bookshop, Hodgson & Co., Frank Hollings, Cecil
Hopkinson, Maggs Bros.
Liebert, Vera. "Far from the madding crowd on the American stage. "
Colophon, N.S., III, 377-82.
Meusel, M. Thomas Hardy und die Bibel. Ein Beitrag zur englischen Literatur-
und Kulturgeschichte. Kiel diss. Schmidt & Klaunig, 1937. Pp. 70.
Moore, John. "Thomas Hardy s moors." Dalhousie rev., XVIII, 185 ff .
Pirkhofer, A. "Zur Einheit des dichterischen Impulses in Thomas Hardys
Kunsttheorie und Dichtung." GEM, XXVI, 232-46.
Reed, Henry. "Max Gate: memories of Hardy s home." Birmingham post,
June 15.
Rutland, W. R. Thomas Hardy. ("Order of Merit ser.") London: Blackie.
Pp. 165.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 5, p. 704.
Rutland, W. R. Thomas Hardy:, a study of his writings and ih&ir background.
Oxford: Blackwell. Pp. ix+365.
Rev. by F. Chapman in Cr, XVIII, 139-41; by S. Norman in LM, XXXVIII,
275-76; by E. Woodward in S, July 15, pp. 113-14; in NS, July 9, p. 86; in TLS,
June 11, p. 397. Has list of Hardy s writings, pp. 356-60; of Hardyana, pp. 360-62.
Sanders, E. N. "Pinero vs: Hardy." Colophon, N. S., Ill, 307.
Vandiver, E. "Hardy and Shakspere again." Shakespeare Assoc. bull, XIII,
87-95.
Weber, Carl J. "Chronology in Hardy s novels." PMLA, LIII, 314-20.
2T>4 V^rnwiAX BIULKXIHAPHY FOR 1938
Weber, Carl J. "Setting a time-piece." "Hardy vs. Pinero." "Thomas
Hardy in America." Colophon, N.S., III, 139-41, 307, 383-405.
Weber, Carl J. "Three-score years of Egdon Heath." "Proust s Authentic
proof of Hardy s genius/ " " A Jekyll and Hyde exhibition." "The sound
of Cornish waves cold upon Cornish rocks." Colby mercury, VI, 149-55,
181, 182-88, 215-16.
Wentworth, H. "Manuscripts of Thomas Hardy." Daily Athenaeum, West
Va. univ., Morgantown, April 29.
Hopkins. Further letters of Gerard Manky Hopkins, See VB 1937, 4401
Rev. by R. Cox in Scrutiny, VII, 217-18; by B. Deutsch in HTB, Aug. 21, p. 12;
by B. Dobr6e in S, May 13, p. SSO; by H. Gregory in YR, XXVIII, 415-18; by
M.C.M. in CWd, CXLVII, 258-59; by G. Stonier in NS, May 14, p. 240; by M.
Walker in XYTBR, July 10, p. 9; by M. Zabel in New R, Nov. 30, p. 106; in Kenyan
rev., I, 96-99; see also Beiblatt, XLIX, 78-82.
Heywood, T. "Hopkins and Bridges on trees." Poetry rev., XXIX, 213-18.
MacColl, D. S. "Patmore and Hopkins. Sense and nonsense in English
prosody." LM, XXXVIII, 217-24.
Read, Herbert. Collected essays in literary criticism. London: Faber. Pp. 366.
Has essays on Hopkins, Patmore.
Hon smart (see also Butler: Wilson). Ashton, Theresa. "A. E. Housman, a crit
ical study." Poetry rev., XXIX, 191-200.
Carter, John. "On collecting A. E. Housman." Colophon^ N.S., III, 54-62.
Fletcher, G. B. A. "A. E. Housman and the N.E.D." N & Q, Oct. 29, p. 312.
Gow, A. S.F. A. E. Housman: a sketch, together with a list of his writings and
indexes to his classical papers. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmil-
lan, 1936. Pp. xiii+137.
Rev. by A. Gudeman in DLtz, LIX, 593-95.
Housman, Lawrence. My brother, A. E. Housman: personal recollections, to
gether with thirty hitherto unpublished poems. New York: Scribner s; Lon
don: Cape (A. E. H. Some poems, some letters and a personal memoir). Pp.
vii+286.
Rev. by B. Deutsch in HTB, April 7, p. 5; by H. Fausset in LM, XXXVII,
348; by J. J. R. in CWd, CXLVII, 632-33; by E. Wilson in New R, June 1, p. 107.
Complete list of dated poems, pp. 273-75.
Symons, Katherine E., et al. Alfred Edward Housman; recollections. New York:
Holt, 1937. Pp. 82.
Irving. Drummond, Andrew L. Edward Irving and his circle, including some
consideration of the Tongues movement in the light of modern psychology.
London: J. Clark, 1937. Pp. xi+305.
Rev. by P. J. B. in LQHR, CLXIII, 126-27.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 193$ 255
Jefferies. Jefferies, R. Hodge and his masters. Revised by H. Williamson.
London: Methuen, 1937. Pp. 369.
Looker, S. J. "Richard Jefferies." TLS, Nov. 27, 1937, p. 916.
Thomas, E. Richard Jefferies. London: Dent. Pp.320.
Williamson, H. "Richard Jefferies." Atlantic month., CLIX (1937), 681-88.
Kemble. Armstrong, Margaret. Fanny Kembk, a passionate Victorian. New
York: Macmillan. Pp. vi+388.
Rev. by B. Atkinson in YR, XXVIII, 185-87; by Walter Pritchard Eaton in
Key reporter, Vol. IV, No. 1, p. 6 ("little in this latest biography to correct the
perspective"); by W. Hoole in Southw. rev., XXIII, 486; by G. Johnson in NewR,
July 6, p. 256; by W. Lawrence in S, Sept. 30, p. 530; by E. Shackleton in LM,
XXXVIII, 585-86; by C. Stillman in HTB, June 26, p. 1; by E. Vr. W. in CWd,
CXLVII, 623-24; by F. Winwar in NYTBR, June 26, pp, 1, 12; in SRL, July 2,
p. 5 Jin TLS, Oct. 1, p. 626.
An absorbing and brilliant re-creation not only of Fanny Kemble but also of
her background a microcosm of the Victorian age. Well written and remarkably
accurate. Though not a scholarly work in the technical sense, the book should
rank high among studies of life in the Victorian theater, especially as viewed
through the eyes and the colorful adventures of one of its most vivid figures.
C. F. H.
Kingsley. Conacher, W. M. "Charles Kingsley." QQ, XLV, 503-11.
Marmq, Macario. The social novel of Charks Kingsky. Salerno: DiGiacomo,
1937. Pp. 121.
Thorp, Margaret F. Charks Kingsky: 1819-1875. See VB 1937, 441.
Rev. by J. Atkins in MLR, XXXIII, 86-87; by E. Bernbaum in JEGP,
XXXVII, 439-40; by L. Cazamian in EtA, II, 54-55; by R. T. F. in the Per-
sonalist, XIX, 421-22; by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXV, 346-47; by H. F. Lowry
in MLN, LIII, 454-55; by J. Pellow in Cr, XVII, 352-55; by F. Wild in ES,
LXXIII, 112.
Kipling (see also I, Hamlin). Colvin, Ian. " Some fragments of Keats.* A
footnote to Kipling." Nat. rev., CIX (1937), 623-33.
Eaton, W. P. "The professor reads Kipling." Atlantic month., CLIX (1937),
723-27.
Livingston, Flora V. Supplement to bibliography of the works of Rudyard Kip
ling (1927}. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard univ. pr.; London: Oxford univ.
pr. Pp. xv+333.
Mertner, Edgar. Das Prosawerk Rudyard Kiplings. Ein Beitrag zur Ge-
schichte der englischen NoveUe. Halle diss. Halle: Phil. Habil.-Schr., 1937.
Pp. 11+288.
256 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938
Rice, Howard C. "Le sejour de Kipling aux Etats-Unis." MF, CCLXXXIII,
570-98.
Serra, Renato. "Rudyard Kipling." In Scritti di Renato Serra, a cura di G.
De Robertis e A. Grilli, Vol. II. Florence: Le Monnier. Pp. 163-226.
Landor. Becker, G. J. "Lander s political purpose." SP, XXXV, 446-55.
Super, R. H. "An unknown child of Landor s." MLN, LIU, 415-17.
Lang. Reid, Forrest. "Andrew Lang and Longmans/" LM, XXXVII,
502-8.
Lear. Davidson, Angus. Edward Lear: landscape painter and nonsense poet,
181&-1888. London: Murray; Toronto: Musson. Pp. 294.
Rev. by G. Craig in LM, XXXVIII, 271-72; by D. Garnett in NS, May 14,
p. 835; by T. James in LL, XIX, I04r-6; by E. Waugh in S, May 6, pp. 813-14;
in FR, CXLIV, 119; in TLS, May 7, p. 309.
Megroz, R. L. (ed.). The Lear omnibus. With introd. London: Nelson. Pp.
237.
Me*groz, R. L. "The master of nonsense." Cornhill mag., CLVII, 175-90.
Lecky (see also III, Lippincott). Hirst, W. A. "The centenary of Lecky, the
historian." NC, CXXIII, 494-98.
Lever. McHugh, Rpger. "Charles Lever." St, XXVII, 247-60.
Lockhart Parker, W. M. "Lockhart and Scott." TLS, Oct. 1, p. 627.
Strout, A. L. "John Gibson Lockhart." N & Q, Oct. 15, pp. 275-79; also
Oct. 29, and Dec. 3 (pp. 290-94, 308-10, 399-404), printing twenty MS
letters by Lockhart.
Macaulay. Firth, Sir Charles. A commentary on M acaulay s " History of Eng
land" Introd. by Godfrey Davies. London: Macmillan. Pp. ix+375.
Rev. by W. Beet in LQHR, CLXIII, 510-12; by K. Bell in NS, May 7, p.
787; by G. Clark in EHR, LIII, 715; by H. Fisher in LM, XXXVIII, 261-63;
by E. Kellet in LQHR, CLXIII, 289-301; by Sir John Marriott in FR, CXLIV,
237-38; by C. Smyth in Cr, XVIII, 104r-7; in QR, CCLXXI, 182; in TLS, April
9, p. 249.
A volume made up by Mr. Godfrey Davies, of the Huntington Library, of
notes taken, on Firth s lectures at Oxford before the war; carefully analytical of
Macaulay s strength and weakness as a historian, examining the famous Third
Chapter, and containing a chapter on "Macaulay s errors. " An invaluable aid
to the proper approach to Macaulay, either as essayist or as historian. C. F. H.
Beatty, Richmond Croom. Lord Macaulay: Victorian liberal. Norman, Okla. :
Univ. of Oklahoma pr. Pp. xvi+387.
Includes hitherto unpublished material drawn from Macaulay s 11-volume
Journal, by permission of G. M. Trevelyan. Rev. by L. Eshleman in NYTBR,
Jan. 1, 1939, p. 2; by W. Notestein in SRL, Jan. 21, 1939, p. 7.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938 257
L.,G. G. "Macaulay versus Montgomery." N & Q, CLXXIV, 434-36.
Mallet, Sir Charles. "Macaulay." CR, CLIII, 299-307.
Maine (see III, Ldppincott).
Marryat (see also III, Booth). Bader, A. L. "Captain Marryat the man."
N & Q, Jan. 29, p. 84.
Walcutt, C. C. "Captain Marryat and BoswelTs Life of Johnson" N <fc Q,
Jan. 8, pp. 27-28.
Maurice. Sanders, Charles R. "Maurice as a commentator on Coleridge."
PMLA, LIII, 230-43.
Meredith. Mackay, Mona. Meredith et la France. See VB 1937, 442.
Rev. by E. A. Baker in MLR, XXXIII, 291-92; by W. Frohock in Romanic
rev,, XXIX, 192-94 (see also comment by Bond, ibid., p. 356); by H. Tronchon
in Revue universeUe, XL VII, 323-24.
Robinson, E. A. "Meredith s literary theory and science: realism versus the
comic spirit." PMLA, LIII, 857-68.
Zipf , G. K. "New facts in the early lif e of George Meredith." Harvard studies
and notes in philology and literature, XX, 131-45.
Mill. Abel, H. G. "John Stuart Mill and socialism." FR, QXLIV, 343-48.
Grude-Oettli, F. N. John Stuart Mill zwischen Liberalismus und Socialismus.
Zurich diss. Bleicherode am Harz: C. Nieft, 1936. Pp. 181.
McCrimmon, James. "Studies toward a biography of John Stuart Mill."
Northwestern univ. summaries of doctoral dissertations (1937), pp. 15-19.
Vfran, Jules. "Le souvenir de Stuart Mill & Avignon." RdDM , CVII (1937),
211-22.
Moiiey. Spender, J. A. "John Morley." FR, CXLIV, 667-71.
Morris (see also II, Cole, Pevsner, Yeats; III, MacMinn). Hare, Dorothy.
The works of Morris and Yeats in relation to early saga literature. See VB
1937, 443.
Rev. by E. Batho in MLR, XXXIII, 289-90; by M. Cazamian in EtA, II, 58;
by M. Schlauch in AfP, XXXV, 469-70.
Litzenberg, Karl. "The diction of William Morris." ArkivforNordiskfilologi,
LII (1937), 327-63.
Litzenberg, Karl. "Tyrfing into Excalibur? A note on William Morris s un
finished poem In Arthur s house? " Scan., XV, 81-83.
Murry, J. Middleton. Heroes of thought. New York: Messner. Pp.xiii+368.
Has a study of Morris. Publ. in London, by, Cape, the book has the title
Heaven and earth (pp. 384).
2.*S VU TOIUAS BlRLHKJHAPHY FOR 1938
Wall, Bernard. " William Moms and Karl Marx/* DMin ret?., 1938, pp. 39-
47.
Newman* Delattre, Moris. "J. H. Newman Sducateur." EtA, II, 144-50.
Lavery, Emmet. Second spring. A play. New York: Longmans. Pp. xiv+
178.
Ray. by K. B. in CWd, CXLVII, 624-25 ("dramatized biography of Cardinal
Newman").
Marietta, O.S.B., Sister. "Newman s Anglican sermons." CWd, CXLVIII,
431-37.
Tardivel, Fernande. J. H, Newman: Sducateur. Paris: Beauchesne, 1937.
Pp.236.
Tardivel, P: La personnalitt litt&raire de Newman. See VB 1937, 443.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in EiA, II, 66-67; in Revue de Paris, LXIII, 353-54.
This is the first scholarly study of any considerable dimensions devoted to
Newman as a man of letters. It includes not only a penetrating and informed
treatment of Newman s literary method but also a discussion of Newman s
character and rnind, his native gifts, and the sources and background of his in
tellectual and artistic activities, in the English eighteenth century and in the
Alexandrian Fathers. There are excellent chapters on Newman s style, his con
ception of history, his sensitivity, his literary criticism, his poetry. But there is a
surprising omission of any extended consideration of the Apologia or of the Gram-
mar of assent or of the essay on The development of Christian doctrine, all of which
rank high in literary art, in spite of the comparative neglect of the last two works.
The author is not wholly happy in her treatment of Newman s eloquence and of
his style: the various types of eloquence he displayed in his development as a
preacher are not fully indicated; and some of the more elusive qualities of New
man s style have escaped her, as is to be noted, for example, when she attempts
to cite passages illustrating Newman s gift for gnomic and epigrammatic utter
ance. Nevertheless this thoroughgoing and careful work, amounting to four
hundred and forty-four pages, is a splendid contribution to a subject which has
had all too little attention from scholars: the literary artist behind the theologian
in John Henry Newman. C. F. H.
Ouida. ffrench, Yvonne. Ouida: a study in ostentation. London: Cobden-
Sanderson.^Pp. xiv+191.
Rev. by T. James in LL, XIX, 106-8; by E. Shackleton in LM, XXXVIII, 285.
Macaulay, Rose. "Ouida." S, June 17, p. 1104.
Pater. Child, Ruth C. "Is Walter Pater an impressionistic critic?" PMLA,
LIII, 1172-85.
Patmore (see also Hopkins: MacColl, and Read). Du Bos, Charles. Ap
proximations. Septieme s&rie. Paris: Editions R.-A. Corre a, 1937. Pp.
420.
Rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, II, 428. Includes "L amour selon Coventry
Patmore."
VlCTOlUAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1938 -259
Pinero (see also Hardy: Sanders). Kiither, H. Arthur Wing Pinero und sein
Verhdltnis zu Henrik Ibsen. Miinster diss., 1937. Pp. viii+66.
Reade, Turaer, Albert Morton. The making of "The cloister and the hearth"
Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. Pp. ix+230.
Rev. in EJ, XXIII, 877.
Robinson. Baker, J. M. Henry Crabb Robinson See VB 1937, 443.
Rev. by R. King in RES, XIV, 232-33.
Gilbert, Mary. "Two little-known references to Henry Crabb Robinson."
MLR, XXXIII, 268-71.
Morley, Edith J. (ed.). Henry Crabb Robinson on books and their writers.
3 vols. London: Dent.
Rev. by E. Blunden in S, Oct. 14, pp. 622, 624; by Janet Smith in LM, XXXIX,
85;in:TLS,Oct. l,p.626.
This handsome and monumental work prints all of the important or interesting
passages from Robinson s diary and journal which relate to his reading and his
literary friendships and encounters, from the last years of the eighteenth century
to the 1860 J s. Of great value is the magnificent index in the third volume, a boon
to all scholars in the Romantics and the Victorians. Perhaps more footnote helps
might have been supplied, but on this there is room for much difference of opinion :
all obscure references are adequately taken care of. For comprehensiveness, use
fulness, and accuracy, this work ranks high in the year s publications. C. F. H.
Rossetti. Rossetti, D. G. The blessed damozel: the unpublished manuscript,
texts and collation. Introd. by Paull Franklin Baum. Chapel Hill: Univ.
of North Carolina pr., 1937; London: Milford. Pp. lvi+30.
Rev. by C. Sisson in MLR, XXXIV (1939), 130; in N & Q, March 12, p. 197.
Sanford, J. A. "The Morgan Library manuscript of Rossetti s The blessed
damozel/ " SP, XXXV, 471-86.
Troxell, Janet C. (ed.). Three Rossettis See VB 1937, 444.
Rev. by P. Baum in MLN, LIII, 547-48; by J. Sanford in MP, XXXVI,
221-22; by L. Wolf in EtA, II, 408-10; in TLS, July 9, p. 466.
Troxell, Janet C. "The Trial books of Dante Gabriel Rossetti." Colophon,
N.S., III, 243-58.
Vincent, E. Gabriele Rossetti in England. See VB 1937, 444.
Rev. by Oswald Doughty in MLR, XXXIII, 287-89.
Ruskin (see also II, Ford; III, Lippincott, and Mackail). Dalhoff, R. Studien
uber die Religiositat John Ruskihs, insbesondere ihre Entstehung, Entwcklung
und Bedeutung fur sein Leben und Schaffen. Marburg diss. Wiirzburg:
Triltsch, 1935. Pp. 77.
Ericson, E. E. "A Ruskin allusion." ES, LXXII, 318-19.
260 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR
Seibt, R, "Zugang zu Ruskins Fors clavigera. " 6RM, XXVI, 141-56.
Seeley (see also Freeman). Brettschneider, G. Der Humanismus John
Robert SeeUys. Sine Beitr. zur Geschichte d. Ideologic d. britischen Imperial-
ismus. K5nlgsberg diss, Borna-Leipzig: Noske, 1937. Pp. x+150.
Shortbotise (see III, Thurmann).
Smith. Murphy, James. "Some plagiarisms of Sydney Smith." RES, XIV,
199-205.
Spedding (see Coleridge).
Spencer. Diaconide, E. Etude critique sur la sociologie de Herbert Spencer.
Paris: Pichon et Durand Auzias. Pp. 375.
Hearnshaw, F. J. C. Some great political idealists of the Christian era. London :
Harrap, 1937. Pp. 273.
Has chapter on Spencer.
Stanley (see also II, Foran). Hoffman, William. With Stanley in Africa.
London: Cassell. Pp.284.
Stephen, Sir James Fitzjames (see III, Lippincott).
Stevenson (see also I, Hamlin). Canby, H. S. "From Stevenson to Pegler."
SRL (feature article), Feb. 5, pp. 3-4, 16.
Carter, John. "The hanging judge acquitted." Colophon, N.S., III, 238-42.
Dalglish, Doris. Presbyterian pirate. See VB 1937, 445.
Rev. by H. Wernitz in Beiblatt, XLIX, 208-10.
"Stevenson after fifty years: recovery of a reputation." TLS (Scottish Lit
erature Today Suppl.), April 30, p. viL
Surtees. "Sporting heroes: Jorrocks and madcap My tton." TLS, March 26,
pp. 193-94.
Swinburne. Swinburne, A. C. "Two scenes from a tragedy." LM, XXXVII,
406-14. A new MS, with note by E. H. W. Meyerstein.
Hyder, C. K., and Chase, Lewis (eds.). The best of Swinburne. (Centenary
ed.) New York: Nelson, 1937. Pp. xxviii 4-438.
Lafourcade, G. "Swinburne vindicated." LM, XXXVII, 424-29.
Tennyson. In memoriam Enoch Arden Le ruisseau Ulysse Les mangeurs
de lotus. Tr. with introd. by Madeleine L. Cazamian. ("Collections
bilingue des classiques Strangers.") Aubier: Editions Montaigne, 1937.
Pp. xlvi+316.
Rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, II, 196-98 (great praise, especially for the introd.).
Green, Jane. "A sorrow s crown of sorrow." N & Q, CLXXIV, 436-38.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1938 261
Pisanti, G. Ulisse nella poesia di Tennyson e in queila di Pascdi. Giuseppe
Vesuviano: L. Amendola, 1937. Pp. 55.
Starke, F.-J. "Tennyson und Vergil. Eine Interpretation von Tennysons
Gedicht To Vergil/ " NeuP, IX, 62-73.
Steward, S.M. "Pope and Tennyson: a possible parallel." N & Q, CLXXIV,
133-34.
Btrout, Alan. " Christopher North on Tennyson." RES, XIV, 428-39.
Thackeray (see also III, Shepperson, and Thurmann). Biddulph, Violet.
"Thackeray and Madame de Praslin/ TLS 9 Feb. 19, p. 124.
Hurst, H. Iixmischer und sentimentakr Realismus bei Thackeray. Hamburg:
Friederichsen, De Gruyter. Pp. 118.
Vulpius, W. "Thackerays Lehrlingszeif in Weimar." NeuP, IX, 111-14.
Wethered, H. N. "On the art of Thackeray/ TLS, Nov. 12, p. 721.
Wethered, H. N. On the art of Thackeray. London: Longmans. Pp.200.
Thompson. The poems of Francis Thompson. (Oxford ed. of standard au
thors.) Oxford univ. pr., 1937. Pp. 367.
Ketrick, Paul. "Francis Thompson: poet of x wo worlds." CWd, CXLVII,
422-27.
Olivero, Federico. Francis Thompson. Tr. from the Italian by Dante Milani.
Torino: S. Lattes. Pp. v+290. See also VB 1935, 435.
Trollope (see also III, Booth, and Thurmann). Trollope, Anthony. Four lec
tures. Ed. by M. L. Parrish. London: Constable. Pp. 148.
Rev. in SRL, Jan. 7, 1939, p. 20.
Tupper. Goodchild, R. "Martin Tupper." TLS, March 5, p. 156.
Reeves, J. S. "Martin Tupper." TLS, April 9, p. 252.
Salomon, LfB. "He gave the Victorians what they wanted." EJ, XXVII,
648-61.
Wainewright (see II, Curling).
Ward, Mrs. Humphry (see III, Thurmann).
Ward, Wilfrid. Ward, Maisie. Insurrection versus resurrection. London:
S&eed & Ward, 1937. Pp. xi+558.
Rev. by A. G. in Dublin rev., Oil, 385-86; in TLS, Jan. 1, p. 4 (2d vol. of Mrs.
Sheed s biography of her father). See VB 1936, 423.
Whewell. Seward, Georges C. Die theoretische Philosophie William Whe-
wetts und der kantische Einfluss. Tubingen diss. Pp. 69.
262 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1938
Wilde (see also II, Douglas, and Yeats). Wilde, Oscar. "La femme couverte
de joyaux" ["The woman covered with jewels"; version frangaise in&lite
4tabii6 par G. de Saix]. Uage nowew, June, pp. 265-79.
Wilde, Oscar. Intenzioni. Tr. by R. Kccoli. Milan: Bocca. Pp.218.
Angermayer, F. A. "Das Ende. Betrachtungen zu Oscar Wildes Tod." Ber
liner TagMott, Nr. 103.
Brasol, Boris L. Oscar Wilde, the man, the artist, the martyr. New York:
Scribner s; London: Williams & Norgate. Pp, xviii+403.
Eev. by B. If or Evans in FR, CXLIV, 630-31; by B. Redman in HTB, July
17, p. 4; in TLS, Oct. 1, p. 628.
Franzero, C. M. Vita di Oscar Wilde. Florence: Sansoni. Pp. 274.
Rev. by S. Rosati in Nuova antdogia, LXXIII, 238-39.
Harris, Frank, Oscar Wilde. Pref. by Bernard Shaw. London: Constable.
Pp. 432.
Rev. by A. Palmer in LM, XXXVIII, 368-69.
Kingsmill, Hugh. "The intelligent man s guide to Oscar Wilde." PR, CXLIV,
296-303.
Lemonnier, L&&gt;n. Oscar Wilde. ("Collections ecrivains Grangers.") Paris:
Didier. Pp. 272.
Saix, Guillot de. "Oscar Wilde et le th^tre: J6zabel, drame incite en un
acte." MF, CCLXXIX (1937), 513-49.
Saix, Guillot de. " Une tragedie de femme par Oscar Wilde." MF,
CCLXXXVI, 597-603.
Stokes, Leslie, and Stokes, Sewell. Oscar Wilde. Pref. by Alfred Douglas.
London : Seeker & Warburg; New York: Random House, 1937. Pp. x+99.
Rev. by Walter Pritchard Eaton in HTB, Dec. 18, p. 11. A play.
Ullmann, Stefan von. "Synasthesien in den dichterischen Werken von Oscar
Wilde." ES, LXXII, 245-56.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
for 1939
bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the
Victorian Literature Group of the Modern Language Associa
tion of America: William D. Templeman, chairman (and editor
of the bibliography), University of Illinois; Charles Frederick Har-
rold, Michigan State Normal College; Frederic E. Faverty, North
western University; and Samuel P. Chew, University of Wisconsin,
assisted by Leslie Rutledge. The editor wishes to express thanks to
Carl J. Weber, Colby College, for his annual and voluntary aid with
the Hardy items. This bibliography attempts to list the noteworthy
publications of 1939 (including reviews of earlier items) which have a
bearing on English literature of the Victorian period. Unless other
wise stated, the date of publication is 1939. Reference to a page in the
bibliography for 1938, in Modern philology, May, 1939, is made by
the following form: See VB 1938, 423. Some cross-references are
given, although not all that are possible.
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
A
AHR
AL
Archiv
BBDI =
Beiblatt =
BIHR =
CE
CR
CWd
DLtz
DV
EHR
ELH
ES
ESt
Anglia EtA
American historical review FR
American literature GLL
Archiv fur das Studium der GRM
neueren Sprachen
Butt, of bibliog. and dra- HTB
matic index
Beiblatt zur Anglia HV
Bull, of the Institute of his
torical research HZ
College English JEGP
Contemporary review
Catholic world JMH
Deutsche Literaturzeitung JP
Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift JPE
English historical review LgrP
Journal of English literary
history
Englische Studien LL
English studies (Amster- LM
dam)
= Etudes anglaises
=5 Fortnightly review
= German life and letters
Germanisch-romanische
Monatsschrift
= New York Herald-Tribune
books
Historische Vierteljahrs
schrift
= Historische Zeitschrift
= Journal of English and
Germanic philology
Journal of modem history
= Journal of philosophy
= Journal of political economy
= LiteraturUatt fur germa-
nische und romanische Phi-
lologie
= Life and letters today
= London mercury and book-
[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1940]
263
264
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
LQHR
LZD
MF
MLN
MLR
N
]V(7
Neo
NEQ
NeuP
New R
Nrf
NS
NYTBR
N & Q
PMLA
PQ
QQ
QR
RdDM
London quarterly and Hoi-
born review
Ltierarisches Zenfralblatt
fur Deutschland
Mercure de France
Modem language notes
Modem language review
Modern philology
Nation
Nineteenth century and after
Neophilologus
Afoc England quarterly
Neuphflologische Monats-
schrifl
#et0 republic
NouveUe revue frangaise
JV0 statesman and nation
ATew Forfc Times fcoofc re-
queries
Pw&*. Mod. Lar^. A^soc.
of Am.
Philological quarterly
Qween s quarterly
Quarterly review
Revue des deux mondes
RES = Review of English studies
ResP = Research and progress
RF = Revue de France
RH = Revue historique
RM = Revue de mefaphysique et de
morale
RLC Revue de litterature com-
paree
RP = Revue de Paris
RPh = Revue de philosophic
RoR *= Romanic review
S = Spectator
SAQ = South Atlantic quarterly
SeR = Sewanee review
SM = Scientific monthly
SP = Studies in philology
SR = Saturday review
SRL = Saturday review of literature
TLS = (London) Times literary
supplement
TQ Univ. of Toronto quarterly
VQR = Virginia quarterly review
YR = Yale review
ZNU == Zeitschrififur neusprach-
lichen Unterricht
I. BIBLIOGEAPHICAL MATERIAL
"American bibliography for 1938." PMLA, LIII, SuppL, 1257-64: "English,
Nineteenth century," ed. Albert C. Baugh.
Annual bibliography of English language and literature. Vol. XVIII (1937) . Ed.
for the Modern Humanities Research Assoc. by Mary S. Serjeantson, as
sisted by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xii+311. "Nine
teenth century," pp. 196-247.
The annual bibliography of the history of British art. Vol. IV (1937). Cam
bridge univ. pr. Pp. xxiv+164.
The art index: a cumulative author and subject index to a selected list of five arts
periodicals and museum bulletins. October 1938 September 1989. Also Vol.
XI, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Besterman, Theodore. A world bibliography of bibliographies. Vol. I, A-L.
Oxford and London: the author; New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. xxiv+
587.
An indispensable work. It is a subject bibliography of printed bibliographies
books that give a "list of books arranged according to some permanent principle."
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 265
It includes "bibliographies of books, pamphlets, broadsides, periodicals, and, in
deed, of every kind of type-set matter, together, by an extension, with systematic
lists of music, maps, plans, and the like"; also bibliographies of every sort of
written matter, including letters, documents, deeds, and papers of that order, as
well as the more substantial type of manuscript material 7 ; "collections of ab
stracts"; and indexes of patents for inventions. It attempts to represent all sub
jects, including scientific and technological ones, with equal completeness. Within
certain specified limits, this work "aims at completeness and internationality, ex
cluding only lists in, though not those on, Oriental languages. * A peculiarly
valuable characteristic is the appearance in square brackets, at the end of each
entry, of the approximate number of items in that bibliography. This work, evi
denced by Vol. I, is the most comprehensive work of its sort ever undertaken.
W. D. T.
The bibliographic index. A cumulative bibliography of bibliographies. 19SS.
New York; H. W. Wilson. Pp. xii+344. Also Vol. II, Nos. 1-3.
Bibliographical notes and queries. Ed. by P. H. Muir and David Randall.
Vol. II, Nos. 11 (Nov., 1938) and 12 (May). London: Elkin Mathews;
New York: Scribner s.
Bickley, Francis (ed.). Guide to the reports of the Royal Commission on histori
cal manuscripts, 1870-1911. Part II: Index of persons. Second section:
Lever-Z. London: H.M. Stationery office, 1938.
Rev. by J. Neale in EHR, LIV, 742-43; see also ibid., LIII (1938), 723-24.
Block, Andrew. The English novel, 1740-1850: a catalogue including prose
romances, short stories, and translations of foreign fiction. Introd. by Ernest
A. Baker. London: Graf ton. Pp. xi+367.
Rev. with great praise by C. Grabo in Library quar. } IX, 373; by J. G. O L. in
Library Assoc. record, XLI, 243-44.
Bond, Donald F., McDermott, John F., and Tucker, Joseph E. "Anglo-
French and Franco-American studies: a current bibliography" (for 1938).
RoR, XXX, 151-86.
Cox, Edward Godfrey, A reference guide to the literature of travel, including
voyages, geographical descriptions, adventures, shipwrecks and expeditions.
Vol. II: The new world. ("Univ. of Washington publns. in lang. and lit.,"
X.) Seattle; Univ. of Washington, 1938. Pp. viii+591.
Vol. I (The old world) appeared in 1935. Rev. of both vols. by J. Oyer in
Library quar., IX, 355-57. The work is intended "to list in chronological order
.... down to and including the year 1800, all the books on foreign travels,
voyages, and descriptions printed in Great Britain The Addenda take care
of first printings of earlier works done in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries."
Vol. Ill has been projected to present "items dealing with travel in Great Britain
and Eire."
260 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language .... Jan-
Dec., 1938. Forty-first annual cumulation. Also Vol. XLII, Xos. 7, 10, 11
(July, Nov., Dec.). Xew York: H. W. Wilson.
The dictionary of national biography The concise dictionary from the be
ginnings to 1930. Being an epitome Oxford univ. pr. Pp. viii+1456-f
184.
Fucilla, Joseph G. " Bibliographies of twelve Victorian authors: a supple
ment. 1 MP, XXXVII, 89-96. See VB 1937, 417.
Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities^
193S-1939. Xew York: H. W, Wilson. Pp. xvii+113.
Graham, Walter (ed.). "The Romantic Movement: a selective and critical
bibliography for 1938." ELH, VI, 1-38.
Hill, R. L. A bibliography of the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan from the earliest times
to 1937. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xii-f-214.
Hopkinson, Cecil. Collecting golf -books. 1743-1938. ("Aspects of book-collect
ing ser.") London: Constable, 1938. Pp. vii-j-56.
Rev. by H. M. N. in The library, XX, 500-2.
International bibliography of historical sciences Eleventh year, 1936. Ed.
for the Internal. Comm. of Hist. Sciences. Xew York: H. W. Wilson,
1938; Paris: Colin. Pp. xxxix+452.
Rev. by W. Allison in AHR, XLV, 186; by L. Gottschalk in Library quar.,
IX, 94-95; by C. Grose in JMH, XI, 288.
International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science.
Twenty-sixth annual cumulation. July 1938 June 1939. Also Vol. XXVII,
No. 3 (Sept.), and Xo. 5 (Jan., 1940). Xew York: H. W. Wilson.
Internationaler Jahresbericht der Bibliographic. Hrsg. von J. Vorstius. Vol.
IX (1938). Leipzig: Harrassowitz, Pp. 46.
Reviews of Vol. VIII by V. Grundtvig in DLtz, LX, 41-43; by J. Wyer in
Library quar. , IX, 95-96.
Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica mensile, Vol. X. "Bollettino bibliografico" :
see pp. 36, 72, 108, 144, 211, 280, 304, 331.
MacXair, Mary W., and Karr, Margaret X. (comps.). A list of American doc-
toral dissertations printed in 1937 .... with supplement to earlier lists.
Washington: Government printing office. Pp. vii+422.
Milne, Alexander Taylor (comp.). Writings on British history 1935: .... See
VB 1937, 418. London: Cape. Pp. 427.
Rev. by T. S. B. in Library Assoc. record, XLI, 290.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGKATHY FOR 1939 267
Morgan, Bayard Quincy. A critical bibliography of German literature in Eng
lish translation, 1481-1927. With supplement embracing the years 1928-
1935. 2d ed., rev. and enl. Stanford univ. pr.; London: Milford, 1938.
Pp. xi+773.
Rev. by H. Atkins in MLR, XXXIV, 629-31; by H. Pochmann in AL, XI,
228-29; by W. Siiskind in Die Litoratur, XLI, 376-77.
O Neill, Edward Hayes. Biography by Americans, 1658-1936; a subject bibliog
raphy. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsylvania pr. Pp. x+465.
Osborn, James, and Sawyer, Robert G. (eomps.). Work in progress, 1939, in
the modern humanities. Bull. 17A, publ. by the Modern Humanities Re
search Assoc. "Nineteenth century literature," pp. 74-98.
Partington, Wilfred. Forging ahead. The true story of the upward progress of
Thomas James Wise, prince of book collectors, bibliographer extraordinary and
otherwise. New York: Putnam. Pp. xv+315.
Fascinating biography of "the secret emperor of book forgers/ written by a
professional author and editor who had dealings with him in person and corre
sponded with him from 1919 to his death in 1938. Many letters and conversations
of various people are quoted. Much of this book depends on the sensational find
ings of Carter and Pollard (see VB 1934, 398) ; but this goes further than they.
It gives "fresh information and .... new and unpublished evidence of Wise s
responsibility for the forgeries," and undertakes "to trace the curious and little-
known ramifications of his career, to show the inner character of the man in
relation to his work and ambitions, and generally to indicate the extent and value
of his achievements" (p. 6). He was a successful racketeer, who at the same time
was a great bibliographer and the collector of the books and MSS in his great
Ashley Library, recently purchased by the British Museum. The book is crammed
with details of books and literary men (the Brownings, Shelley, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Ruskin, Morris, Swinburne, Arnold, Byron, Keats, Conrad, Hardy,
Borrow, Tennyson, Eliot, Shorter, Forman, etc.). A bibliography of Wise s pub
lications, including his forgeries and piracies, appears on pp. 285-304; the index
covers pp. 305-15. Clear, interesting, and at times racy, this is the "success"
story of an unprincipled genius and also a carefully written book, valuable for
the student and scholar of literature. W. D. T.
Peddie, R. A. A subject index of books published up to and including 1880.
Third ser., A-Z. London: Grafton. Pp. xvi-f-1946. See VB 1933, 397.
Pochmann, Henry A., et al "Anglo-German bibliography for 1938." JEGP,
XXXVIII, 258-77.
La rassegna, XVLI (1938), 284-301; XLVII, 53-61. "Repertorio."
Readers guide to periodical literature. An author and subject index. July 1987
June 1939. Also XXXIX, No. 12 (cumulated), issued Jan. 10, 1940. New
York: H. W. Wilson.
20K VUTOKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Rosenfeld, Rose (comp.). "Rumania. The country and its people. An anno
tated bibliography." BBDI, XVI (1938), 94-95, 116-17, 138-39.
Lists works published in English, appearing after 1881.
Roth, Cecil (ed.). Magna bibliotheca Anglo- Judaica: a bibliographical guide
to Anglo-Jewish history. New ed., rev. and enl. London: Jewish Hist. Soc.
of England, University College, 1937. Pp. xii +464.
Rev. by J. L. in The library, XIX (1938), 383-85; by J. Reider in Library
quar., IX, 96-98.
Shaw, Marian, and Cowing, Agnes (comps.). Essay and general literature in-
dex. July 1939: An index to 1533 essays and articles in 87 volumes
New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. 102.
Smith, A. H., and Hatto, A. T. (comps.). A list of English, Scandinavian and
German theses in the University of London. ("London mediaeval studies/ 7
No. 2.) London: University College. Pp. viii+40.
Numerous theses are listed that treat of Victorian authors and literary history.
South Atlantic bulletin, IV, No. Is (Apr., 1938), 2-15: "List of theses, 1917-
1937."
Master s and doctor s theses in English and the modern foreign languages, ac
cepted by the colleges and universities of the South Atlantic states during 1917-
37 "Theses for the year" appears in ibid., IV, No. 2 (Oct., 1938), 4-5, and is
to appear annually thereafter in the Oct. number.
Spargo, John Webster. A bibliographical manual for students of the language
and literature of England and the United States: a short-title list. Chicago:
Packard. Pp. xii+191.
Useful manual for advanced students in all fields, including the Victorian.
More exhaustive than any other handbook of its type and more logical in arrange
ment of material, it provides a list of more than a thousand references to "aid
the student during the initial stages of investigation." F. E. F.
"Victorian bibliography for 1938." ATP, XXXVI, 391-430.
Vorstius, J., and Reincke, G. Internationale Bibliographie des Buck- und Bib~
liothekswesens, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographie. Vol.
XIII (1938). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. xii-H38 cols.
Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part LVIII (Jan.-Dec., 1938) : The complete
list of all books published in the United Kingdom Also Part LXI (Jan.-
Sept., 1939). London: J. Whitaker & Sons.
The year s work in English studies, Vol. XVIII (1937). Ed. for the English
Assoc. by F. S. Boas and Mary S. Serjeantson. London: Milford, Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 290. "The nineteenth century and after" (H. V. Routh and
F. S. Boas), pp. 253-63; "Bibliographica" (Harry Sellers), pp. 264-76.
VKTOUIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOU 1939 269
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
Adoratsky, V., and Dutt, C. P. (eds.). Karl Marx: selected works. New York:
International publishers. 2 vols. Pp. xxiv+479; xxiii+694.
Amelotti, G. Filosofia del Leopardi. Genova: artigraf. Fabris, 1937. Pp. x+
338.
Rev. by A. Faggi in Giornale storica delta kUeratura italiana, CXIV, 93-95.
Anderson, Pauline R. The background of anti-English feeling in Germany, 1890-
1902. Washington, B.C.: American univ, pr. Pp. xxii+382.
Rev. by E. Carroll in JMH, XI, 554-55.
Angas, Commander W. Mack. Rivalry on the Atlantic, 1839-1939. New York:
Lee Furman. Pp. xv+ 17-234.
Rev. by L. Colcord in HTB, May 7, p. 21.
Arthur, Sir George. Not worth reading. Foreword by Lord Birdwood. Lon
don: Longmans. Pp. 310.
Memories of the Victorian era.
Auchmuty, James. Sir Thomas Wyse, 1791-1862: the life and career of an
educator and diplomat. London: King. Pp. 320.
Bailey, Frank Edgar, Jr. "British policy and the Turkish reform movement:
a study in Anglo-Turkish relations, 1826-1853." Harvard univ. summaries
of theses, 1937. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr., 1938. Pp. 124-26.
Barnes, Harry Elmer. An economic history of the western world. New York:
Harcourt, Brace. Pp. xviii+790.
Bell, Edward. These meddlesome attorneys. London: Seeker. Pp.330.
Rev. by E. Haynes in NS, Nov. 4, p. 656.
Belloc, H. "Whiggery." FR, CXLVI, 646-54.
Benet, Laura. Enchanting Jenny Lind. New York: Dodd, Mead. Pp. ix+
452.
Benson, E. F. Queen Victoria s daughters. See VB 1938, 396.
Rev. by R. M. in NS, April 29, p. 658; by D. Raymond in JMH, XI, 233-34.
Blair, Sir David Hunter. In Victorian days t and other papers. London: Long
mans. Pp. 249.
Rev. in TLS, Apr. 1, p. 194. Excellent social background; pages on Jowett,
Pusey, Wilde, etc.
Bohner, Theodor. General Gordon, Kampfer und Christ ("Menschen, die den
Ruf vernommen," No. 26.) Giessen: Brunnen-Verlag, 1938. Pp. 88.
270 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Bolitho, Hector (ed.). Further letters of Queen Victoria See VB 1938,
396.
Rev. by L. Eshleman in JMH, XI, 90-92; by W. Whitelaw in AHR, XLIV,
43(5.
Bowley, Arthur L. Wages and income in the United Kingdom, since 1860. See
VB 1938, 396.
Rev. by W. Bowden in AHR, XLIV, 620-21.
Briffault, Robert. The decline and fall of the British empire. New York : Simon
& Schuster, 1938. "Pp. viii+264.
Rev. by M. M. in More books, XIV, 24r-25.
Brinkmann, Karl. England seit 1815 See VB 1938, 396.
Rev. by O. Haussleiter in Vierteljahrsschr, Sozial- und Wirtschafts-Geschichte,
XXXII, 91-92.
Busheil, T. A. "Royal Mail"; a centenary history of the Royal Mail Line, 1839-
1989. London: Trade & Travel Publns. Pp. 270.
Butler, Nicholas Murray. Across the busy years: recollections and reflections.
New York: Scribner s. Pp. 451.
Rev. by M. M. in More books, XIV, 418.
Catlin, George. The story of the political philosophers. New York : Whittlesey
House. Pp. xvii+802.
Rev. by H. Hazlitt in NYTBR, Jan. 7, 1940, p. 3.
Cecil, Lord David. The Young Melbourne London: Constable. Pp.
xiii+277.
Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, Sept. 2, p. 14 (see SRL, July 22, pp. 11-12 for ex
tract of the book) ; by W. DeVane in YR, XXIX, 390-92; by P. Jack in NYTBR,
Aug. 27, pp. 3, 21; by W. Wells in FR, CXLV, 600-1; by C. Wright in New R } Oct.
25, pp. 346-47; in S, Feb. 3, p. 184; in TLS, Feb. 4, p. 67.
Chalmers, Patrick R. Racing England. New York: Scribner s. Pp. 158.
Rev. in HTB, Dec. 31, p. 8. History of English horse racing.
Child, Harold. A poor player; the story of a failure. Cambridge univ. pr.; New
York: Macmillan. Pp. 110.
Rev. in TLS, May 6, p. 261 (see also p. 265). Memories of an actor of the
nineties in London.
Chubb, Sir Lawrence. "Octavia Hill, 1838-1938." Listener, Dec. 8, 1938.
Clapham, J. H. An economic history of modern Britain. Vol. III. See VB
1938, 396.
Rev. by F. Dietz in AHR, XLIV, 902-4; by R. Sontag in SRL, Jan. 14, pp.
16-17; by J. Williams in JMH, XI, 96-97.
VlCTOHlAN" BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1930 271
Clarke, Basil. Church builders of the nineteenth centwry. See VB 1938, 397.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Feb. 4, p. 184. A study of the Gothic revival in
England.
A history of the Cobden Club. By members of the Club, London: Cobden-
Sanderson. Pp. 88,
Cockburn, Jacqueline. "Oetavia Hill." QR, CCLXXII, 324-41.
Cole, George D. H., and Postgate, Raymond W. The British common people,
1746-1938. London: Methuen, 1938; New York: Knopf. Pp. viii+558+
xxxiii.
Rev. by L. Huberman in New R, Aug. 16, pp. 5^-55; by W. Langer in HTB,
Nov. 12, p. 42; by L. Marshall in JMH, XI, 536-37.
Collingwood, R. G. An autobiography. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 167.
Rev. by J. Maxwell in Scrutiny, VIII, 319-24; "Philosophy at Oxford." A
professor s recollections.
Corrigan, Raymond. The Church and the nineteenth century. Milwaukee,
Wis.: Bruce, 1938. Pp. xviii+326.
For Oxford Movement see esp. pp. 154-63. Appendix C, pp. 301-10, has "Glos
sary of nineteenth-century isms."
Coupland, R. The exploitation of East Africa, 1856-1890: the slave trade and
the scramble. London: Faber. Pp. ix+507.
Rev. in MS, Sept. 16, pp. 408-10.
Crabites, P. Victoria s guardian angel See VB 1938, 397.
Rev. by A. Cross in ARH, XLIV, 376-77; by L. Eshleman in JMH, XI, 90-92.
Davies, J. D. Griffith. Revolt and reaction. A study of European history from
1789 to 1878. London: Lindsay Drummond. Pp.283.
Dent. The house of Dent, 1888-1988. Being the memoirs of J. M. Dent, with
additional chapters covering the last 16 years by Hugh R. Dent. London:
Dent, 1938. Pp. xvii+334.
Rev. briefly by L. Bonnerot in EtA, III, 218.
Dickinson, Henry W. A short history of the steam engine. Cambridge univ. pr.;
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvi+255.
Dolle*ans, Edouard. Histoire du mouvement ouvrier, 1871-1936. Paris: Colin.
Pp. 404. See VB 1937, 421.
Drummond, J. C., and Wilbraham, Anne. The Englishman $ food: a history of
five centuries of English diet. London: Cape. Pp.574.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS> June 3, pp. 868-70.
Edwards, George W. The evolution of finance capitalism. New York: Long
mans, 1938. Pp. xvi+429.
Rev. by N. Gras in AHR, XLV, 146-47.
272 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1939
My life: She autobiography of Havelock Ellis. Boston: Hough ton MifHin. Pp.
xii+647.
Ellwood, Charles A. A history of social philosophy. New York: Prentice-Hall,
1938. Pp. xiv+581.
Rev. by P. R. H. in Personalut, XX, 323-24. Includes chapter on Spencer.
Emden, Paul H. Money powers of Europe in the nineteenth and twentieth cen
turies. London: Low, 1937; New York: Appleton-Century, 1938. Pp.
xii+428.
Rev. by M. Beard in JMH, XI, 86-87; by R. Hidy in AHR, XLIV, 370-71.
Ernie. Whippingham to Westminster: the reminiscences of Lord Ernie (Row
land Prothero). London: John Murray, 1938. Pp.347.
Rev. by C. Oman in EHR, LIV, 351-55.
Evans, J. T. "Liverpool public libraries an historical survey." Library
world, XLI, 227-29, 251-54.
Featherstone, H. Latimer. A century of nationalism. ("Discussion books/ 7
No. 35.) London and New York: Nelson. Pp. v+200.
Fernand-Demeure. "Les arts et la m6decine au XIX e sicle." La nouvelle re
vue, CLXII, 273-77; CLXIII, 13-22, 129-37.
Finberg, A. J. The life ofJ. M. W. Turner, R.A. Oxford: Clarendon pr.; New
York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 554.
Rev. by R. Cortissoz in HTB, Dec. 17, p. 13 ("definitive"); in TLS, May 13,
p. 275.
Fingall, Elizabeth Plunkett, Countess of. Seventy years young: memories told
to Pamela Hinkson. New York: Dutton. Pp. 7-441.
Of "great and near-great in Anglo-Irish literature, politics, and society."
Flack, Isaac H. (Harvey Graham, pseud.) Surgeons all Foreword by 0." St.
John Gogarty. London: Rich; New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. xv+
17-426.
Rev. by L. Clendenning in HTB, Oct. 29, p. 2.
Fontane, Theodor. Bilderbuch aus England. Berlin: Grote, 1938. Pp. xx+
250. Tr. by Dorothy Harrison: Journeys to England in Victoria s early
days, 1844-1869. London: Massie. Pp. 236.
Rev. by G. Brandl in Archiv, CLXXV, 221.
Foss, K. The doubk life of J. M. Turner. London: Seeker, 1938. Pp. 239.
Rev. by J. Vallette in EtA, III, 275.
Garratt, G. T. Gibraltar and the Mediterranean. New York: Coward-Mc-
Cann. Pp. 351.
Garvie, Alfred E. "The theology of Dr. Andrew Martin Fairbairn." LQHR,
CLXIV, 28-39.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 273
An Eton boy: letters of James Milnes Gaskellfrom Eton and Oxford, 1820-1830,
Ed. Charles Milnes Gaskell. London: Constable. Pp. 242.
Rev. in TLS, June 17, p. 354 (friend of Gladstone, A. H. HaUam t etc.).
Grosser, Otto. "Contemporary views on the operation of the nineteenth cen
tury theories of evolution." ResP, V, 39-50.
Harris, David. Britain and the Bulgarian horrors of 1876. Chicago: Univ.
of Chicago pr. Pp. vii+437.
Harrison, Henry. Parnell, Joseph Chamberlain and Mr. Garmn. London:
Robert Hale, 1938. Pp. ix+255.
Rev. by W. Hall in AHR, XLIV, 969; by J. Park in JMH, XI, 234r-36.
Hart, Dr. Heber L. Reminiscences and reflections. London: Bodley Head.
Pp. 368.
Hawtrey, R. G. A century of bank rate. London and New York: Longmans,
1938. Pp. x+328.
Rev. by A. Usher in JM H, XI, 435-36.
Hayward, A. "Jockey to prime minister. The story of Baron Ward." Lis
tener, May 4, pp. -946-48.
Helms, Lloyd A. The contributions of Lord Over stone to the theory of money and
banking. ("Illinois studies in the social sciences," Vol. XXIV, No. 4.)
Urbana, 111. : Univ. of Illinois pr. Pp. 142.
Hendrick, Burton J. Statesmen of the lost cause: Jefferson Davis and his cabi
net. Boston: Little, Brown. Pp. rvii+542.
Rev. by H. Commager in HTB, Nov. 26, p. 7. Includes details of diplomatic
experiences in Europe.
Hewlett, Dorothy. Victorian house. London: Hurst. Pp. 11-522.
Rev. in TLS, Aug. 5, p. 465.
Hill, W. Thomson. "Octavia Hill: two phases." FR, CXLV, 96-105.
Hoffmann, Edith. "English and French caricature." Listener, March 23.
Horton, J. T. James Kent. A study in conservatism, 1763-1847. London:
Appleton. Pp. xi+354.
Hughes, Edward. "The development of Cobden s economic doctrines and his
methods of propaganda: some unpublished correspondence." Bull, of the
John Rylands libr., VII (1938), 405-18.
Imlah, Albert H. Lord Ellenborough: a biography of Edward Law, earl of Ellen-
borough, governor-general of India. ("Harvard historical studies," Vol.
XLIII.) Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr.,Pp. xvi+295.
274 VU TOKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FUU 1939
Jackson, Holbrook. The printing of books. New York: Seribner s. Pp. xiii+
285.
Rev. in HTB^ July 16, p. 13. Includes discussion of various Victorians and their
influence on book design (Fitzgerald, Ruskin, Whistler, Bridges, Moore, Shaw,
etc.).
Jackson, Joseph. Literary landmarks of Philadelphia. Philadelphia: D. Me-
Ray. Pp. 344+66 iflus.
Rev. in HTB, Dec. 24, p. 13. Has records of visits by English writers.
Jagow, K. (ed.). The letters of the Prince Consort. See VB 1938, 399.
Rev. by P. Knaplund in JMH t XI, 232-33; by E. L. W. in EHR, LIV, 371-72.
Jagow, K. Konigin Victorias Madchenjahre. See VB 1938, 399.
Rev. by R. Schneider in Die Literatur, XLI, 251-52.
Jenks, Leland K. The migration of British capital to 1875. New ed. London :
Cape; New York: Knopf, 1938. Pp. 442.
Rev, in TLS, Jan. 28, p. 51.
Johnston, Myrtle. The rising. London: Murray; New York: Appleton. Pp.
341.
Rev. in Cornhill mag., CLIX, 716. Irish rebellion of 1867 treated in form of a
novel.
Jones, Thomas A. "In gaol for debt." QR, CCLXXII, 94-106.
Keith, Arthur B. The British cabinet system, 1830-1938. London: Stevens.
Pp. xi+648.
Rev. in National rev., CXII, 535-36.
Kilvert s diary, Vol. II. See VB 1938, 399. London: Cape. Pp. 448.
Rev. by T. James in LL, XX, 116; by R. Mortimer in NS, Aug. 26, pp. 316-
18; in TLS, July 22, p. 438.
Korsch, Karl. Karl Marx. ("Modern sociologists ser.") New York: John
Wiley, 1938. Pp. 248.
Itev. by S. Hook in HTB, Feb. 26, p. 21.
Kutsch, R. Queen Victoria und die deutsche Einigung. See VB 1938, 400.
ReV. by P. Kluke in LQHR, CLXIV, 203-4.
Lambert, Richard S. The universal provider: a study of William Whiteley and
the rise of the London department store. London: Harrap, 1938. Pp. 277.
Lehning, A. M. The International Association (1855-1859): a contribution
to the preliminary history of the First International. Repr. from The inter
national rev. for social hist., III. Leyden: Brill, 1938. Pp. 102.
Lubbock, Lady Sybil. The child in the crystal. London: Cape. Pp. 318.
Account of the author s early years, 1880-1900.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1939 275
Lucke, Theodor. Wellington, der eiseme Herzog, Berlin: Rowohlt, 1938. Pp.
661.
Rev. by H. Howard in Books abroad, XIII, 474; by R. Schneider in Die Ltiera-
tur, XLI, 443-44.
Lyon, E. Wilson. "Dictatorship and democracy in the 19th century." Am.
scholar, VIII, 445-55,
Maccoby, S. English radicalism: 1853-1886. See VB 1938, 400.
Rev. by G. H. in EHR, LIV, 372; see also A. Basye in Poli. sci. quar., LIV,
146-47.
Macdonald, H. M. "Karl Marx, Friedrich Engels, and the South Slavic
problem in 1848-9." TQ, VIII, 452-60.
Mack, Edward C. Public schools and British opinion, 1780 to 1860
New York: Columbia univ. pr.; London: Methuen, 1938. Pp. xvi+432.
Rev. by E. Turner in Bull, of Am. Assoc. of univ. professors, XXV, 606-9
("Utilizing a copious body of pamphlet literature, reminiscence, history, prose
fiction, and poetry, the author parallels the discussion of ideas with the history of a
select number of Public Schools Charterhouse, Eton, Harrow, Rugby, Shrews
bury, Westminster, and Winchester")-
MacManus, M. J. (comp.). Irish cavalcade, 1550-1850. New York: Mac-
millan. Pp. xix+320.
Rev. by S. O Sheel in HTB, Aug. 13, p. 11 (selections from first-hand accounts).
Maran, R&ie. Livingstone et I exploration de I Afrique. Paris: Gallimard,
1938. Pp. 276.
Rev. by H. Lauresne in Books abroad, XIII, 203.
Marriott, Sir John A. R. The evolution of the British empifre and commonwealth*
London: Nicolson & Watson. Pp. xv+387.
Rev. by E. Graper in Am. poll. sci. ret>., XXXIV (1940), 148^=9.
Marsh, Sir Edward H. A number of people: a book of reminiscences. New
York: Harper. Pp. xii+420.
Mathieson, W. L. The sugar colonies and Governor Eyre, 1849-1866. 2d ed.
London and New York: Longmans, 1938. Pp. xiv+243.
Rev. by E. PrSclin in RH, CLXXXVI, 163-64.
Mauclair, Camille. Turner. Tr. from French by Eveline B. Shaw, ed. A.
Gloeckner. London: Heinemann; Paris: Hyperion pr.; New York: Art
Book Publns. Pp. vi+168.
Rev. by R. Cortissoz in HTB, Dec. 17, p. 13.
Mayer, J. P., et al. Political thought: the European tradition. Introd. by R. H.
Tawney. New York: Viking pr. Pp. xrviii+485.
Rev. by A. Gu<rard in HTB, Nov. 5, p. 21.
276 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Medlicott, W. N. The Congress of Berlin and after: a diplomatic history of
the Near East settlement, 1878-1880. London: Methuen, 1938. Pp. 454.
Rev. by R. Seton-Watson in Slavonic rev., XVIII, 241-42; in TLS, Jan. 14,
p. 18.
Merimee, Prosper. Lettres a Fanny Lagden. Texte anglais et traduction, pub-
life d apres le manuscrit original par .... See VB 1938, 401.
Rev. by A. Schinz in RoR, XXX, 209-11; by G. Watts in Books abroad, XIII,
69 (letters 1837-69).
Merriam, Harold G. Edward Moxon: publisher of poets. New York: Colum
bia univ. pr. Pp. vii+223.
Rev. by C. Gohdes in SAQ, XXXVIII, 465; by F. Winwar in NYTBR, April
16, p. 19; in TLS, April 15, p. 218.
A good example ofjiow the study of Victorian publishers may throw light on
the books and authors of their time; concerned with Moxon s publishing ventures,
mainly in poetry, between 1830 and 1858; rests on many hitherto unpublished
letters, agreements, and other MSS; gives many valuable glimpses into Tenny
son s methods with MSS and proofs; and presents much on such Victorians as
Talfourd, Henry Taylor, Sheridan Knowles, the Brownings. C. F. H.
Middleton, William St. John F. Brodrick, Earl of. Records and reactions,
1856-1930. London: Murray; New York: Dutton. Pp. x+318.
Rev. by S. O Sheel in HTB, July 23, p. 16; in CornhiU mag., CLIX, 718.
Mitford, Nancy (ed.). The Stanleys of Alderley; their letters betwen the years
1851-1865. London: Chapman & Hall. Pp. 407.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, June 10, pp. 904-6; in TLS, June 3, p. 329. For
earlier letters, see VB 1938, 401.
Mottram, R. H. Trader^ dream; the romance of the East India Company.
New York: Appleton-Century. Pp.xii+322.
Mumford, Elizabeth (pseud.). Whistler s mother; the life of Anna McNeill
Whistler. Boston: Little, Brown. Pp. vii+326.
Murry, John Middleton. Heroes of thought. New York: Messner, 1938. Pp.
xiii+368.
Rev. in More books, XIV, 67. Includes studies of Marx and William Morris.
Myers, Jesse. Baron Ward and the DuJces of Parma. London: Longmans,
1938. Pp. 267.
Rev. by J. W. G. in EHR, LIV, 543-44; in Bodleian library rec., I, 43-44.
Newman, Sir George. The building of a nation s health. London: Macmillan.
Pp. xiv+479.
Nock, Albert Jay. Henry George. An essay. New York: W. Morrow. Pp.
224.
Rev. by E. Bates in HTB, Aug. 27, p. 5; in More books, XIV, 369.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 277
Nomad, Max. Apostles of revolution. Boston: little, Brown,. Pp. x+467.
Rev. by A. Yarmolinsky in AHR, XLV, 192-93 ("the biographical method
to present the story of the radical movements of the past hundred years" [Harx
included]).
Notestein, Wallace. English folk: a book of characters. New York: Harcourt.
Brace, 1938. Pp. 328.
Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Jan. 1, p. 4; by A. S. T. in EHR, LIV, 551; noted
in English jour., XXVIII, 162.
Oudard, Georges. "Cecil Rhodes." BP, XLVI, 117-45, 377-409, 590-625.
Oudard, Georges. Cecil Rhodes. ("Les contemporains vus de prs.") Paris:
N.R. francaise. Pp. 254.
Paget, Elma K. Henry Luke Paget. London: Longmans. Pp. ix+278.
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 4, p. 68. Life of a friend of Newman, Pusey, Keble; bishop
of Stepney and Chester.
Parry, Albert. Whistler s father. Indianapolis: Bobbs-MerrilL Pp. xx+23-
368.
Parry, E. Jones (ed.). The correspondence of Lord Aberdeen and Princess
Lieven, 1832-1854. Vol. I, 1832-1848. Ed. for the Royal Historical Soc.
London: The Society, 1938. Pp.xxi+291.
Rev. by A. May in AHR, XLV, 141-42.
Percival, Alicia C. The English miss to-day and yesterday; ideals, methods,
and personalities in the education and upbringing of girls during the last
hundred years. London: Harrap. Pp, 335.
Rev. by D. Stuart in English, II, 316-17.
Petrie, Sir Charles. The Chamberlain tradition. See VB 1938, 402.
Rev. by E. GuUey in AHR, XLIV, 969-70; the German trans, by Anton Mayer
(Leipzig: P. Reclam, Jr., 1938. Pp. 305) rev. by W. Wirths in Die Literatur,
XLI, 382-83.
Phelps, William Lyon. Autobiography with letters. Oxford univ. pr. Pp.
xxiii+986.
Plant, Marjorie. English book trade: an economic history of the making and
sale of books. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 500+19 plates.
Platz, Hermann. "Nietzsche, der Viedererstandene Pascal. " NeuP, X, 149-
61.
Polenz, Elfriede. Preussen und England in den 60er Jahren des 19. Jh. Koln
diss. Pp. 96.
Ramsay, A. A. W. The crisis in the cabinet, 1845." Cornhill mag., CLX,
188-201.
The scandal used by Meredith in Diana of the Crossways.
27S VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Rayner, Robert M., and Airey, W. T. G. Britain and world affairs, 1783-
1938. London: Longmans, 1938. Pp. xvi+477-787.
Reitlinger, Henry. From Hogarth to Keene; with 87 reproductions of black and
white drawings by English story-telling artists and illustrators. London:
Methuen, 1938. Pp. xi+115.
Rev. in Listener, March 16, p. 596. Includes Maclise, the Pre-Raphaelites,
DuMaurier, etc.
Richardson, Cyril C. The church through the centuries. New York: Scrib-
ner s, 1938. Pp. xii+255.
Roberts, W. "London in the fifties " N & Q, Sept. 23, p. 225.
Robinson, Forbes. Letters to his friends. London: S.C.M. pr., 1938. Pp. 220.
Rev. by W. Brash in LQHR, CLXIV, 272-73. Robinson (1867-1904), fellow
of Christ s College, Cambridge.
Rosenberg, Arthur. Democracy and socialism: a contribution to the political
history of the past 150 years. Tr. from the German by George Rosen. Lon
don: Bell; New York: Knopf. Pp. xi+369+vii.
Rev. by R. Crossman in NS t June 17, pp. 945-46; noted in AHR, XLV, 193.
Roth, Cecil. The magnificent Rothschilds. London: Hale. Pp. 291.
Rousseaux, Paul. Les mouvements de fond de V economic qnglaise, 1800-1918.
Paris: Descle*e; Louvain: Institute de recherches ^conomiques, 1938. Pp.
299.
Rusk, Ralph L. (ed.). The letters of Ralph Waldo Emerson (1818-1881).
New York: Columbia univ. pr. 6 vols. Pp. xvi+458; 471; 462; 541; 546;
633.
Rev. by Van Wyck Brooks in New R, Aug. 23, pp. 78-80; by R. Flewelling in
Personalist, XX, 343-52; by G. Whicher in HTB, May 28, pp. 1, 2.
Russell, Alexander. Lord Kelvin; his life and work. London: Blackie, 1938.
Pp. 163.
Sekon, G. A. Locomotion in Victorian London. See VB 1938, 403.
Rev. by C. Kirby in AHR, XLIV, 375-76.
Seton-Watson, R. W. Britain in Europe, 1789-1914 See VB 1938, 403.
Rev. by C. Brinkmann in DLtz, LX, 25-27; by G. LaFuze in Poli. sci. quar.,
LIV, 118-20; by H. Temperley in EHR, LIV, 339-41.
Shepherd, T. B. "Liberal education: the views of the Rev. John Scott com
pared with those of other educationalists in the mid-nineteenth century."
LQHR, CLXIV, 459-70.
Slochower, Harry. "Friedrich Nietzsche cosmic exile." Educational forum,
III, 395-411.
VICTORIAN BIULIOGUAPHY FOR 1939 279
Smithers, Jack. The early life and vicissitudes of Jack Smithers. London:
Martin Seeker. Pp. 250.
Concerning Oscar Wilde s publisher.
Smith, R. C. M. Colvin. The life and works of Colvin Smith, 17 96-187 5.
Aberdeen: Univ. pr. Pp. 134.
Sontag, Raymond J. Germany and England; background of conflict, 1848-
1894* London and New York: Appleton-Century, 1938. Pp. xvii+362.
Rev. by W. Hallgarten in New R, July 26, p. 343; by O. Hale in JMH, XI,
405-7; by P. Knaplund in Poli. sci. quar., LIV, 452-53; by W. Langer in HTB,
Jan. 15, p. 2.
Sprigge, C. J. S. Karl Marx. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duckworth,
1938. Pp. 144.
Steegmuller, Francis. Flaubert and Madame Bovary. New York: Viking pr.
Pp. 412+app., bibliog., and index.
Rev. by Maxwell Smith in French rev., XIII, 52-53.
Summers, Montague, and others. "Queen Victoria and the novel." N <& Q,
Jan. 14, p. 30; Jan. 28, p. 69.
Syers, Edgar, and others. "Victorian book illustrators." N & Q, July 22, p.
66; Aug. 5, p. 105.
Szenczi, N. J. "Great Britain and the war of Hungarian independence."
Slavonic rev., XVII, 556-70.
Taffs, W. Ambassador to Bismarck: Lord Odo Russell See VB 1938,
403.
Rev. by D. B. H. in EHR, LIV, 192; by A. Sarkissian in JMH, XI, 92-93.
Temperley, H., and Penson, L. (eds.). Foundations of British foreign policy
1792-1902 See VB 1938, 403.
Rev. by E. Erickson in JMH, XI, 390-92; by F. Harvey in LQHR, CLXIV,
367-72; by P. Eluke in HZ, CLX, 606-8; by L. Robinson in Pditica, IV, 292-93.
Temperley, H., and Penson, Lillian M. (eds.). A century of British blue books,
1814-1914* Lists edited, with historical introductions. Cambridge univ. pr.;
New York: Macmillan, 1938. Pp. xvi+600.
Rev. by S. Bemis in AHR, XLV, 144r-45; by E. Erickson in JMH, XI, 390-
92; by R. Mowat in EHR, LIV, 142-44, and QR, CCLXXII, 45-63.
Phomas, J. A. The House of Commons, 1832-1901: a study of its economic and
functional character. Cardiff: Univ. of Wales; London: Oxford univ. pr.
Pp. 176.
Thompson, Flora. Lark Rise. NewYbrk: Oxford univ. pr. Pp.288.
Rev. by W. Carlton in HTB, July 16, p. 6. Life among humble agricultural
laborers in one English countryside in the eighties.
2SO VllTOIUAN* BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Thompson, Jean. "Octavia Hill, 1838-1912." Listener, Dec. 8, 1938.
Townclrow, Kenneth R. Alfred Stevens, architectural sculptor London:
Constable. Pp. 320.
Rev. by Clive Bell in A r , June 3, p. 870.
Tuke, Margaret J. A history of Bedford college for women, 1849-1937. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 376.
Rev. by R. Fulford in NS, Aug. 5, pp. 226-28.
Tyler, David B. Steam conquers the Atlantic. New York: Appleton-Century.
Pp. xv+425.
Rev. by W. McFee in HTB, April 16, p. 13.
Tyler, J. E. The struggle for imperial unity, 1868-1895. See VB 1938, 404.
Rev. by A. Folsom in ANR, XLV, 149-50; by W. Hall in JMH, XI, 94-96;
by A. B. K. in EHR, LIV, 191.
Valentin, Veit. Bismarcks Reichsgrundung im Urteil englischer Diplomaten.
Amsterdam: Uitgevers-Maatschappij "Elsevier"; New York: Norde-
mann, 1938. Pp.xvi+559.
Rev. by H. Holborn in JMH, XI, 404-5.
Victoria, Queen. See II, Benson, Bolitho, Jagow, Kutsch, Summers.
"The Victorian black-out." TLS, Nov. 18, p. riii of Christmas suppl.
Vulliamy, C. E. Crimea: the campaign of 1854-56, with an outline of politics
and a study of the royal quartet. London: Cape. Pp. 368.
Walker, George. Haste, post, haste! Postmen and post-roads through the ages.
New York: Dodd, Mead. Pp. 275.
Rev. by S. Holbrook in HTB, March 12, p. 6.
Waterfield, Reginald. A hundred years of astronomy. New York: Macmillan,
1938. Pp. 526.
Rev. by M. M. in More books, XIV, 153.
Webster, C. K. "Palmerston and the liberal movement, 1830-1841." Politico,,
Dec., 1938.
Noted in A HR, XLIV, 700.
Wellesley, Muriel. Wellington in civil life through the eyes of those who knew
him. By his great-grandniece. London: Constable. Pp. xxvi-f 411.
Rev. in Cornhill mag., CLIX, 862-63.
Wellman, Rita. Victoria Royal: the flowering of a style. New York: Scrib-
ner s. Pp. 334.
Rev. by I. Paterson in HTB, Dec. 10, p. 7; by R. Roberts in SRL, Nov. 18,
p. 10: by K. Woods in NYTBR, Nov. 26, p. 6.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1930 2M
White, Leslie W, Industrial and social revolution, 1750-1937. New York:
Longmans, 1938. Pp. 308.
Williams, David. John Frost: a study in chartism. Cardiff: Univ. of Wales;
Oxford univ. pr. Pp.355.
Williams-Ellis, Amabel. Courageous lives: the stories of nine good citizens.
New York: Coward-McCann. Pp.235.
Includes accounts of Robert Owen, Dickens, Florence Nightingale.
Wood, Elmer. English theories of central b(tnking control, 1819-18,58, with
some account of contemporary procedure. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr.
Pp. xiii+250.
Rev. by J. Butler in EHR, LIV, 517-19; by L. Eshleman in NYTBR, Feb.
5, p. 23; by W. Hall in Poli. sci. quar., LIV, 619-20; by S. Pargellis in JMH, XI,
547-48; in TLS, Jan. 7, p. 3.
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY
FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES
Altenheim, Margarete. Jean Paul s reception in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries. (An abridgment.) New York: Auspices of Grad. Sch. of New
York Univ., 1938. Pp. 26.
Anderson, Charles. "Melville s English debut." AL, XI, 23-28.
Anson, Harold. "The church in 19th century fiction, II J. H. Shorthouse."
Also "III Anthony Trollope" and "IV George Eliot." Listener, May 4,
11, 25; pp. 945-46, 998-99, 1118-19.
Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel. Vol. IX. See VB 1938, 405.
Rev. by A. Digeon in EtA, III, 154-55; by H. Williams in RES, XV, 113-15.
Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel. Vol. X: Yesterday. London:
Witherby. Pp. 420.
Ball, Robert H. The amazing career of Sir Giles Overreach Princeton,
N.J.: Princeton Univ. pr. Pp. 484+14 plates.
A history from early performances through to 1922 of Massinger s A new way
to pay old debts, "Sir Giles biography is really a history of the stage and all its
great men and periods since Elizabethan times. " Rev. in HTB, June 11, p. 13.
Bargatzky, W. (comp.). Der Sinn der englischen Festlandspolitik. Reden und
Schriften britischer Staatsmdnner aus zwei Jahrhunderten. Munich : Beck.
Pp. 238.
Rev. by P. Kluke in HZ, CLX, 606-8.
Barnes, Walter. "Children s literature past and present." Educational
forum, III, 385-94.
282 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGHAPHV FOR 1939
Beach, Joseph Warren. The concept of nature in nineteenth-century English
poetry. See VB 1937, 428.
Rev. by P. Meissner in DLtz, LX, 413-17.
Bertoeci, Peter A. The empirical argument for God in late British thought.
Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr., 1938. Pp. xv+311.
Rev. by P. R. H. in Perstmalist, XXI, 97-99. Includes consideration of James
Martineau, James Ward, A. Pringle-Pattison, W. R. Sorley, Frederick Tennant.
Block, Anita. The changing world in plays and theatre. Boston : Little, Brown.
Pp. xiii+449.
Rev. by E. S, in More books, XIV, 202 ("the last fifty years").
Boas, Frederick S. "Literature in Victoria s accession and coronation years."
<>Q,XLVI,1-13.
Boas, George (ed.). Courbet and the naturalistic movement. Essays read at the
Baltimore Museum of Art, May 16, 17, 18, 1938. Baltimore: Johns Hop
kins pr., 1938. Pp.xi+149.
Rev. by W. L. in Personalist, XX, 213. Emphasis upon painting, but treats
also of "naturalism in nineteenth-century literature, music, and the graphic arts,
together with its historical, political, and social background."
Bronowski, J. The poet s defence. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Mac-
millan. Pp. viii+258.
Rev. by D. Jackson in Adelphi, XV, 347-50 (unfavorable) ; by R. Winkler in
Scrutiny, VIII, 114-17. Considers eight poets, including Housman and Swinburne.
Brown, Ivor J. C., and Fearon, George. Amazing monument: a short history
of the Shakespeare industry. London: Heinemann; New York: Harper,
Pp. xii+332.
Rev. by E. Dunn in HTB, Dec. 24, p. 4.
Bush, Douglas. Mythology and the romantic tradition See VB 1938,
406.
Rev. by E.- D Arms in Classical jour., XXXIV, 547-48; by A. Ehrentreich
in Archiv, CLXXV, 112-15; by R. Jones in Classical jour., XXXV, 113-14.
Btitow, H. Der englische Geist, Meister des Essays von Bacon bis zur Gegen-
wart. Leipzig: Rauch. Pp. 287. Anthology.
Catlin, George. Anglo-Saxony and its tradition. New York: Macmillan.
Pp. xiv+344.
Rev. by G. Shuster in NYTBR, Sept. 10, p. 5.
Cecil, Lord David. "The early Victorian novelists, as they look to the reader."
English literary and educational rev. for continental readers.
Noted in EtA, III, 214.
Chambers, R. W. Man s unconquerable mind: studies of English authors from
Bede to A. E. Housman and W. P. Ker. London: Cape. Pp. 416.
YHTOUIAN HIBLIO*,UAI*H\ nu 1UHU 2SH
Chandler, A. R. Larks, nightingales, and poets: an exaay and an anthology.
Columbus, Ohio: The Author, Ohio State univ., 1938. Pp. viii+190.
Colum, Mary M. From these roots. The ideas that have made modern literature.
London: Cape, 1938. Pp. 352.
Brief rev. by J. Loiseau in EtA, III, 69-70.
Cruse, Amy. After the Victorians. See VB 1938, 406.
Rev. by M. Downing in QR, CCLXXII, 14-28; by J. Whiteley in LQffR,
CLXIV, 131-32.
Deetjen, Werner. "The German Shakespeare Society, 1864-1939." Res P,
V, 327-30.
Dietz, Heinrich. "Nordischer Mythus in der englischen Literatur." NeiiP,
X, 306-19.
Dobree, B., and Batho, E. The Victorians and after See VB 1938, 406.
Rev. by W. Schirmer in Briblatt, L, 81-84; in S, Aug. 4, pp. 192-93,
Elwin, Malcolm. Old gods falling. London: Collins; New York: MaemiDan.
Pp. viii+412.
Rev. by E. Boyd in SRL, July 1, p. 13; by N. Dennis in New R, Nov. 8, p. 26;
by P. Jack in NYTBR, July 23, p. 2; by E. Kellett in NS, July 1, pp. 24-26; by
F. Marsh in HTB, July 16, p. 6; in TLS, June 3, p. 323; in College English, I,
101-2.
A survey of popular literature, 1887-1914, seeking to show the struggle of
literature with current Respectability; deals with Stevenson, G. Moore, Henley,
Lang, Whibley, LeGallienne; is uneven in merit and distorts the decades it treats
yet suggests by its very defects the general lines that might be taken by a study
that would ap ply a sane and scholarly method to an important aspect of late-
Victorian letters C. F. H.
Everett, Edwin Mallard. The party of humanity: the "Fortnightly review" and
its contributors, 1865-1874. Chapel Hill: Univ. of North Carolina pr; Pp.
ix+370.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in SRL, June 3, p. 7; by F. Knickerbocker in SeR,
XLVII, 428-30. SeealsoIV,Morley.
Careful, well-documented account of one phase of mid-Victorian journalism;
especially strong on John Morley, on positivism, and on science, as reflected by
the liberal journalists and their opponents; better written than the general run
of doctoral dissertations. C. F. H.
Faust, Bertha. Hawthorne s contemporaneous reputation: a stady of literary
opinion in America and England, 1828-1864. Univ. of Pennsylvania diss.
Privately printed. Pp. 163.
Ford, Ford Madox. The march of literature. New York: Dial pr., 1938; Lon
don: Allen &Unwin. Pp. vii+878; 892.
Rev. and exposed by E. Sackville-West in NS, Nov. 4, p. 654.
2S4 VICTORIAN BIBLUHJKAIMIY FOR 1939
Francis, John Harvey (ed.). From Caxton to Carlyle: a study of the development
of language, composition and style in English prose. Cambridge imiv, pr. ;
New York: Macmillan, 1937. Pp. ix-f-240.
This is ". ... a selection of passages representative of English prose "
Pref.
Frenz, Horst. Die Entwicklung des sozialen Dramas in England vor Gals
worthy. Gottingen diss., 1938. Pp. 70.
Gilsoul, Robert. La theorie de Vart pour l j art chez les e er wains beiges de 1830 a
nos jours. Bruxelles: Palais des acad&nies; Li6ge: H. Vaillant-Carmanne,
1936. Pp. xxiv+418.
Rev. by B. Woodbridge in RoR, XXX, 211-14. Includes discussion of English
Pre-Raphaelites.
Gouhier, Henri G. La jeunesse d Auguste Comte et la, formation du posi-
tivisme. Paris: Vrin, 1936. Pp.388.
Haldane, J. B. S. The Marxist philosophy and the sciences. London: Allen &
Unwin, 1938. Pp. 183.
Rev. by A. Wolf in Politica, IV, 168-70.
Hamilton, Clayton. The theory of the theatre and other principles of dramatic
criticism. New York: Holt. Pp. xviii+481.
Rev. by M. M. in More books, XIV, 153-54. Treats of Stevenson and other
Victorians.
Haraszti, Z. "New science from old books." More books, XIV, 227-52.
Description (pp. 249-51) of letters and MSS of Victorian writers, with some
quotations.
Hare, Cyril E. The language of sport. London: Country life pr. Pp. xvi-f-
192.
Glossary of sporting terms and language for every sport from 1300 to the
present, with complete list of authorities.
Harrison, Thomas Perrin, Jr. (ed.). The pastoral elegy. An anthology. With
introd., commentary, and notes. Austin, Tex.: Univ. of Texas. Pp. xi-f-
312.
Includes Arnold s "Thyrsis."
Heydet, X. "La fortune de Herder dans les pays de langue anglaise." Rev.
de renseignement des langues vivantes, May, 1938, pp. 193-206.
Hicks, Granville. Figures of transition: a study of British literature at the end
of the nineteenth century. New York: Macmillan. Pp. xv+326.
Rev. by P. Jack in NYTBR, Feb. 11, 1940, p. 18; by R. Roberts in SRL, Dec.
9, pp. 6-7.
A Marxist analysis of Morris, Hardy, Butler, Gissing, Wilde, Kipling; rapid,
journalistic, frankly eclectic, ignoring those elements in late-Victorian literature
VICTORIAN* BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1930 2-So
that do not further the main thesis; begins with a 68-page survey of the "Vic
torian flood and ebb/ which puts together rapidly materials accessible in literary
manuals and textbooks, often marred by loose or dubious phrasing (e.g., "Arnold
.... came to hope that even a brutalized working class might do what a vulgarized
middle class would not do [p. 55]); presents point of view throughout that self-
destroying middle-class capitalism accounts for the qualities in late- Victorian
literature. C. F. H.
Hitchcock, Ronald. "Statistical bibliography in relation to modern civiliza
tion." Year book of education, 1939, pp. 758-76.
Noted in Library Assoc. record, XLI, 177: presents and discusses "tables and
diagrams of the statistics of the output of English printing, with a view to de
termining the main trends of cultural development in the past 450 years."
Hooker, K W Victor Hugo in England. See VB 1938, 408.
Rev. by P. Horgan in Books abroad. XIII. 507-8: by M. Moraud in RoR, XXX,
426-28.
Htilsmann, Paul. Der wirtschaftsstandische Gedanke in der englischen Literaiur.
Eine ideengeschichtliche Untersuchung, Jena diss. Borna-Leipzig: R.,
Noske, 1938. Pp. 59.
Treats Carlyle, Mill, Robert Owen.
Jackson, Holbrook. The eighteen nineties. Harmondsworth: Penguin Bks.
Pp. 288.
Johnson, David D. "Fear of death in Victorian fiction." W. Virginia unit),
bull, philol. studies, III, 3-11.
Kieft, P. Heinrich Heine in westeuropaischer Beurteilung. Seine Kritiker in
Frankreich, England und Holland. Amsterdam diss. Zutphen: Thieme,
1938. Pp. 129.
Lindsay, Jack, and Rickwood, Edgell (eds.). A handbook of freedom; a record
of English democracy through twelve centuries. London: Lawrence. Pp.440.
Rev. in HTB, Sept. 17, p. 21. Anthology, contemporary accounts, etc.
Lippincott, B. E. Victorian critics of democracy. See VB 1938, 408.
Rev. by J. Brebner in AHR, XLIV, 377-78; by C. Harrold in MP, XXXVI,
328-30; by 0. Maurer, Jr., in Philosophical rev., XLVIII, 649-50; by K. Smellie
in Politico,, IV, 72-74.
Lossack, Gerhard. George Lillo und seine Bedeutung fur die Geschichte des
englischen Dramas. Gottingen diss. Pp.86.
Macdonagh, T. Literature in Ireland: studies Irish and Anglo-Irish. Dublin:
Talbotpr. Pp. 248.
Meissner, Paul. Englische Literaturgeschichte. HI. Romantik und Viktoria-
nismus. ("Sammlung Goschen," 1124Q Berlin: De Gruyter, 1938. Pp.150.
Rev. by W. Keller in ZNU, XXXVIII, 58-59; by W. Stiskind in Die Literaiur,
XLI, 376-77.
286 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Metz, R. A hundred years of British philosophy. See VB 1938, 409.
Rev. by A. Castell in JMH, XI, 399-401.
Modder, Montagu, F. The Jew in the literature of England to the end of the
nineteenth century. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Soc. of Am. Pp. xvi
+435.
Moser, Max. Richard Wagner in der englischen Liter atur des XIX. Jahr-
hunderts. See VB 1938, 410.
Rev. by E. B. in Music and letters, XX, 336-37.
Mowat, R. B. The Victorian age. London: Harrap. Pp.252.
Rev. by H. Mallalieu in LL, XXIII, 401; by H. Minchin in FR, CXLVI,
110-11; in TLS, Oct. 28, p. 621. See also VB 1937, 431.
Confused, erratic, and incomplete; deals only with the years between 1840
and 1880; abounds in errors and opinionated conclusions; extends its scope too
wide for satisfactory treatment within its limits devoting three chapters to
French and Italian writers, and five to social history in America. C. F. H.
Muchnic, Helen. Dostoevski s English reputation (1881-1936}. ("Smith col
lege studies in modern languages," Vol. XX, Nos. 3-4.) Northampton,
Mass.: Smith college. Pp. vi+219.
Rev. by E. Baker in MLR, XXXIV, 442-43; by E. Bernbaum in JEGP,
XXXIX (1940), 155-56. See also III, Neuschaffer, Troyat.
Murdoch, Walter. The Victorian era; its strength and weakness. ("John Mur-
tagh Macrossan lectures," 1937.) London: Angus & Robertson, 1938.
Pp. vi-f-66.
Neuschaffer, W. Dostojewskijs Einfluss auf den englischen Roman. See VB
1936, 405.
Rev. by G. Buck in LgrP, LX, 115-16. See also III, Muchnic, Troyat.
Oman, Sir Charles. On the writing of history. New York: Button. Pp. xi+
307.
Rev. by Allan Nevins in HTB, Dec. 31, p. 4.
Oxford Movement. See II, Corrigan, Paget; IV, Fairbairn.
Palfrey, Thomas R. "Balzac: influence in England." N & Q, April 1, p. 232.
Palmer, Herbert. "Major poets and minor." LM, XXXIX, 623-27.
Puts a number of Victorians into proper categories.
Palmer, Herbert. Post-Victorian poetry. See VB 1938, 410.
Rev. by L. C. B. in EtA, III, 161-62.
Perry, Henry Ten Eyck. Masters of dramatic comedy and their social themes.
Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. xxii+428.
Pre-Raphaelite Movement. See II, Retlinger; III, GilsouL
VirnwiAN BiHLKMJu.u in FOU l\YM -JsT
Reid, Margaret J. C. The Arthurian legend; comparison of treatment in modern
and medieval literature; a study in the literary value of myth and kgend.
Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd, 1938. Pp. viii+277.
Rice, Winthrop H. "The meaning of Taine s moment/ RoR, XXX, 273-79.
Taine s explanation and subsequent interpretations by others of le moment
used in the introd. to Histoire de la literature anglaise as one of the three forces
la race, le milieu, le moment which determine literary productions.
Rose, Felix (comp. and trans.). Les grands lyriques anglais. Introd. by Prof.
Gustave Rudler. Paris: H. Didier. Pp. 412.
Brief rev. in Poetry rev., XXX, 117. The first bilingual anthology of English
lyric poetry from Shakespeare to Masefield; has 150 original poems, and 150
translations, of course; bibliographical and critical note on each author.
Ross, Harry. Utopias old and new. London: Nicholson & Watson, 1938
Pp. 252.
Rev. by J. B. Fort in EtA, III, 171. Praises highly News from nowhere.
Roth, Cecil (ed.). Anglo-Jewish letters, 1158-1917. London: Soncino pr. Pp
351.
Routh, H. V. Towards the nineteenth century. See VB 1938, 410.
Rev. by A. Castell in JMH, XI, 418-19; by R. Gordon in TQ, VIII (1938),
122-24; by P. Meissner in DLtz, LX, 86-88.
Sanderlin, George. "The repute of Shakespeare 7 s sonnets in the early nine
teenth century." MLN, LIV, 462-66.
Schapiro, J. S. "Utilitarianism and the foundation of English liberalism."
Jour. Soc. Philos.j Jan.
Noted in AHR, XLIV, 700.
Schultz, Fritz. Der Deutsche in der englischen Literatur von Beginn der
Romantik bis zum Ausbruch des Weltkrieges. Gottingen diss. Halle: Nie-
meyer. Pp. ii+188.
Shattuck, Charles Harlen. The dramatic collaborations of William Charles
Macready. (Abstract of Univ. of Illinois diss.) Urbana, HI., 1938. Pp. 17,
Sitwell, Osbert, Edith, and Sacheverell. Trio. Dissertations on some aspects of
national genius. London: Macmillan, 1938. Pp.248.
Rev. by P. Chauvet in EtA, II, 173-74. Includes treatment of Dickens.
Smith, James Harry, and Parks, Edd W. (comps.). The great critics. An an
thology of literary criticism. Rev. and enl. ed. New York: Norton. Pp.
xx+766.
Southern, Richard. "Trick-work in the English nineteenth-century theatre."
LL, XX, 94-101.
288 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Stolle, Erich. Die Zeitgenossen und unmittelbaren Nachfolger Shakespeares in
der englischen Kritik des neunzehnten Jahrhunderts. Hamburg diss. Ham
burg: A. Preilipper, 1938. Pp. 57.
The history of "The Times. 71 3 vols. Vol. II: The tradition established: 1841-
1884. London: The Times; New York: Macmillan. Pp. xv+622.
Rev. by R. Aldington in SRL, April 8, p. 7; by L. H. in The library, XX, 112-
14; by W. Hill in FR, CXLV, 353-54; by A. Imlah in JMH, XI, 541-43; by M.
Joachimi-Dege in Die neue Literatur, XL, 277-84; by E. Kellett in NS, Feb. 25,
pp. 292-94; by H. Sidebotham in I/AT, XXXIX, 544^45; by C. Webster in Politico,
IV, 281-83; by P. Wilson in NYTBR, April 9, p. 18; in CR, CLV, 371-74; in
National rev., CXII, 53^-35; 5, Feb. 17, p. 269; TLS, Feb. 18, pp. 97-98. For
Vol. I see VB 1935, 420.
Traub, W. Auffassung und Gestaltung der Cleopatra in der englischen Liter atur.
Wiirzburg: K Triltsch, 1938. Pp. 108.
Troyat, H. Dostoievsky. Paris: Fayard. Pp. 660.
Weill, Georges. V Europe du XIXe siecle et I idee de nationalite. See VB 1938,
411.
Rev. by R. Binkley in JMH, XI, 546-47; by H. Kohn in AHR, XLV, 145.
Weineck, K. Deutschland und der Deutsche im Spiegel der englischen erzahlen-
den Literatur seit 1830. See VB 1938, 411.
Rev. by H. Galinsky in DLtz, LX, 846-49.
Weitenkampf, Frank. The illustrated book. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr.,
1938. Pp. xiii+314.
Rev. by P. J. in Library Assoc. record, XLI, 289-90; by E. Willoughby in
Library quar., IX, 357-58; in More books, XIV, 70.
Winterich, John T. Twenty-three books and the stories behind them. Berkeley,
Calif.: Book Arts Club, 1938. Pp.236.
Rev. in HTB, Oct. 29, p. 29. English and Am. books, chiefly nineteenth
century.
Young, G. M. The age of Tennyson. ("Warton lectures on English poetry.")
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 20.
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Ainsworth (see Dickens: Dickensian, Mason).
Albery. The dramatic works of James Albery. Ed. Wyndham Albery. 2 vols.
London: P. Da vies.
Rev. in TLS, Feb. 11, p. 83. Resurrection of a Victorian writer of comedies.
Arnold (see also I, Fucilla; III, Harrison). AngeU, Joseph W. Matthew
Arnold s indebtedness to Renan j s "Essais de morale et de critique." ("Ore
gon univ. thesis ser.," No. 9.) Pp. 19. Mimeographed.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGUAPHY FOH 1939 2S9
Bliss, William. "Matthew Arnold s elm." TLS, March 18, p. 163. See also
March 25, p. 175; April 1, pp. 189-90; April 8, p. 203; April 15, pp. 217-18.
Gill, W. W. "A line in The scholar-gypsy/ " N & Q, Dec. 9, p. 423.
Groom, Bernard. On the diction of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold. ("So
ciety for pure English," Tract No. 53.) Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 93-149,
Hendrickson, George L. "A supplement to Matthew Arnold the classicist, 7 "
Classicaljour.,XXXV, 105-6.
Knickerbocker, William S. "Thunder in the index." SeR, XLVII, 431-44.
Montgomery, Henry C. "Matthew Arnold, classicist," Classical jour.,
XXXIV, 532-37.
Moore, T. Sturge, "Matthew Arnold." Essays and studies by members of the
English Assoc., Vol. XXIV. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 7-27.
Poulton, E. B. "Matthew Arnold s elm." TLS, April 22, pp. 233-34.
Ruff, W. "The exhibition of poetical manuscripts." Yak univ. libr. gazette,
XIV, 26.
Comments on MSS of Arnold, Browning, Clough, Landor, Rossetti, Tennyson.
Ruff, W. "An exhibition of the writings of Matthew Arnold." Yale univ.
libr. gazette, XIV, 95-98.
Stanley, Carleton. Matthew Arnold. See VB 1938, 412.
Rev. by P. Edgar in Dalhousie rev., XIX, 125-26; by C. F. Harrold in MP,
XXXVII, 220-22; by W. S. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLVII, 431-35; by H. F.
Lowry in TQ, VIII, 467-69 ("No book on Arnold is a good book unless it is also
noble. And this is a noble one"); in TLS, Jan. 21, p. 37.
Trilling, Lionel. Matthew Arnold. New York: Norton; London: Allen &Un-
win. Pp. xiv+465.
Rev. by W. Blackburn in SAQ, XXXVIII, 462-64; by H. Fausset in LM,
XXXIX, 650-51; by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXVII, 220-22; by W. Knicker
bocker in SeR, XLVII, 431-35; by F. Leavis in Scrutiny, VIII, 92-49; by H. F.
Lowry in NYTBR, Jan. 29, p. 2; by T. Sturge Moore in English, H, 386-87; by
J. Orrick in SRL, Jan. 28, pp. 5-6; by A. Pryce-Jones in NS, March 11, p. 638;
by E. Sackville-West in S, April 28, p. 716; by G. Whicher in HTB, Feb. 5, p.
2; by E. Wilson in New R, March 22, 199-200; in Listener, April 13, pp. 802-3;
in TLS, March 11, pp. 148, 150.
Not a biography, but a critical narrative of the development of Arnold s
mind; admirable in setting forth Arnold s emotional and intellectual tensions;
brilliant in its placing of Arnold not only in his own time but in the complex
pattern of modern thought since Descartes; contains fresh and penetrating criti
cisms of Arnold s works, relating them pertinently to the past and the present;
limits itself to Arnold s ideas especially their complex unity and thus tends to
distort our picture of him by leaving out of account the indefinable quality of
his thought and feeling which made him a poet as well as a critic. C. F. H.
290 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Wilson, J. Dover. Leslie Stephen and Matthew Arnold as critics of Words
worth. ("Leslie Stephen lecture.") Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Mac-
millan. Pp. 59.
Rev. by V. de S. Pinto in English, II, 317-18; by L. Trilling in SRL, Aug.
26, p. 16.
Professor Wilson seems curiously unaware of recent scholarship on Wordsworth
and of the absence of any need to champion Stephen against Arnold s rejection
of Wordsworth the "thinker." His little book is pleasant reading but not very
original to those who have followed Wordsworth s reputation among the critics
and scholars of the last forty years. O. F. H.
Yvon, Paul. Matthew Arnold et la critique de la vie contemporaine dans sa
potsie (1849-1872}. Caen: Imprimerie le Tendre, 1938. Pp.26.
Rev. by P. Chauvet in EtA, III, 105.
Bagehot. Irvine, William. Walter Bagehot. New York: Longmans. Pp.303.
Rev. by R. Coventry in NS, Sept. 30, pp. 462-64; by H. Hazlitt in SRL, Dec.
16, p. 7; by C. Hobhouse in S, Sept. 15, p. 381; by P. Eutchinson in NYTBR,
Jan. 28, 1940, p. 17.
An admirably written critical biography, supplying new material from the
late Mrs. Russell Harrington, Bagehot s sister-in-law and biographer; inadequate
on Bagehot s early life and on his career as banker, journalist, and talker; strong
on Bagehot s literary and intellectual nature; contains six chapters devoted to
his theory and practice as a writer; brief but illuminating accounts of Bagehot s
religious, political, and economic convictions; all from the point of view of Neo-
Humanism, according to which Bagehot is no doubt credited with more Aris-
totelianism than he would have acknowledged and because of which the author
has written a few pages on Wordsworth (pp. 160-63) which many readers will
regard as highly uncritical; on the whole, a work notable not only for its scholar
ship but also for its courageous and skilful passages of criticism. C. F. H.
Barnes. Forster, E. M. "Homage to William Barnes." NS, Dec. 9, pp. 819-20.
Borrow. Dearden, Seton. The gipsy gentleman: a study of George Borrow.
London: A. Barker. Pp. viii-f-327.
Rev. by K. John in NS, May 6, pp. 698-99.
Bridges (see II, Jackson, H.).
Brontes. Bronte, Anne. La dame du chdteau de Wildfell Hall. Traduit de
Tanglais par Maurice Ranees. Paris: N.R. fran$aise, 1938. Pp. 493.
Rev. briefly by L. V. in EtA, III, 333-34.
Brown, Helen. "The influence of Byron on Emily Bronte." MLR, XXXIV,
374-81.
DeTraz, Robert. La familk Bronte. Paris: A. Michel, 1938. Pp. 314.
Rev. by E. Jaloux in NouoeUes litteraires, Jan. 28; by M. Richard in RF, XIX,
Pt. 2, 112-15; by M. Thiebaut in RP, XLVI, Pt. 2, 699-700; in TLS, June 3,
p. iii of Foreign Books section.
VKTOUIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 2111
Ford, Boris. "Wuthering Heights." Scrutiny, VII, 375-89.
Kinsley, Edith. Pattern for genius: a story of Branmll Bronte and his three
sisters, Charlotte, Emily, and Anne, largely told in their mm words. New
York: Button. Pp. 384.
Rev. by W. C. DeVane in SRL, July 1, p. 7; by O. Ferguson in New R, Aug. 9,
pp. 27-28; by G. Whicher in HTB, June 25, p. 13; by F. Winwar in NYTBR,
July 16, p. 15.
Moore, Virginia. Emily Bronte. Tr. from the English (see VB 1936, 408) by
M. Hollard. Paris: N.R. franchise. Pp.251.
White, W. The miracle ofHaworth. See VB 1938, 413.
Rev. by W. DeVane in SRL, Feb. 4, p. 11 ; by C. Stillman in HTB, Jan. 22, p.
3; by L. Villard in EtA, III, 57; by K. Woods in NYTBR, Jan. 22, p. 9.
Brownings (see also I, Fucilla; II, Merriam, Needier; III, Shattuck; Arnold:
Groom). Letters from Elizabeth Barrett to B. R. Haydon (1842-1845}. Ed.
Martha Hale Shackford. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. lxxu-f-78.
Rev. by Jeannette Marks in SRL, July 29, p. 7; noted in CE, I, 195 (first pub
lication of 18 autographed letters and 3 fragments of letters).
Browning, E. B. "Sonnets portugais." Revue blew, LXXVII, 104-6.
Trans, by Claude Dravaine of 14 of the sonnets.
Browning, R. Hommes et femmes. Poemes choisis. ("Collection bilingue des
classiques Grangers.") Paris: Aubier, 1938. Pp. bodv+340.
Rev. by W. DeVane in MLN, LIV, 394; by G. d Hangest in EtA, 111,193-95.
Bacon, Leonard. "After fifty years." SRL, Dec. 9, pp. 3-4, 16.
Feature article on Browning.
Birkenhead, The Earl of. Straff ord. London: Hutchinson, 1938. Pp. 351.
Rev. by G. Gray in AHR, XLIV, 693-94.
Charlton, H. B. "Browning as dramatist." Bull, of John Rylands libr.,
XXIII, 33-67.
Faverty, Frederic E. "The absconded abbot in The ring and the book." SP,
XXXVI, 88-104.
". . . . four letters in the Abate s own hand and five by other men who are
engaged in securing him a pension."
Forster, Meta, and Zappe, Winfried M. Robert Browning Bibliogrqphie.
Halle: Niemeyer. Pp. 35.
Useful but untrustworthy and unsatisfactory because of its inaccuracies and
omissions. It is far from what it is intended to be a complete bibliography of the
literature about Robert Browning that has appeared from 1895 to Feb., 1939.
W. D. T.
292 VICTORIAN BIBLHXIKAPHY FOK 19^
Gamier, Oh.-M. "Lea poetes anglais et la Mditerrane." France-Grande-
Bretagne, Nov., 1938, pp. 245-57.
Kenmare, Dallas. Browning and modern thought. London: Williams & Nor-
gate. Pp. vii-f 229.
Rev. in TLS, May 6, p. 260.
Kessel, Elisabeth. Elizabeth Barrett Browning. Die Geschichte einer grossen
Hebe. Berlin; Keil-Verlag. Pp. 244.
Rev. by C. Behl in Die Literatur, XLI, 704; by O, Muller in Die neueren Spra-
chen t XLVII, 303.
Knickerbocker, K. L. "Browning s letters to Isabella Blagden." PMLA,
LIV, 565-78.
McElderry, B. R. "Victorian evaluation of The ring and the book." Research
studies of the State College of Washington, VII, 75-89.
Mabbott, T. 0. "Mrs. Browning s possible reminiscence of Dennody."
N & Q, Oct. 21, pp. 293-94.
Marks, Jeannette. The family of the Barrett ..... See VB 1938, 414.
Rev. by Mary Beard in YR, XXVIII, 645-47; by W. Hamilton in SAQ,
XXXVIII, 475-76; by K. Knickerbocker in MLN, LIV, 609-10; by A. Rolfs in
Key reporter, IV, No. 2, pp. 6-8.
Phelps, W. L. "Browning to Macready." TLS, Jan. 28, p. 60. Unpubl.
letters.
Purcell, J. M. "The dramatic failure of Pippa passes." SP, XXXVI, 77-87.
Rudman, Harry. "An unpublished letter of Elizabeth Barrett Browning."
N & Q, Oct. 28, pp. 310-11.
S., E. "Browning on love." A Browning letter, March 10, 1885. More books,
XIV, 258-59.
Smith, Fred Manning. "Mrs. Browning s rhymes." PMLA, LIV, 829-34.
Strachan, L. R. M. "Queries from Browning." N & Q, Jan. 14, p. 29. On
"Paracelsus" and "The patriot."
Tracy, C. R. "Bishop Blougram." MLR, XXXIV, 422-25.
Bulwer-Lytton (see III, Shattuck).
Bulwer-Lytton, Lady. Philip, L G. "Winwood Reade and Lady Bulwer
Lytton." Bodleian libr. record, I, 102-5.
Butler (see also III, Hicks). Wilson, Edmund. The triple thinkers. See VB
1938, 414.
Rev. by 0. Cestre in EtA, III, 80-81.
VICTORIAN* BIBLIOIJUAIMH FOK 1039 293
Carlyle (see also III, Francis, Hiilsmann). Beatty, Richard C. "Macaulay
and Carlyle/ 7 PQ, XVIII, 25-34,
Cazamian, Louis. Essais en deux langues. Paris: Didier, 1938. Pp. 340.
Rev. by H. Peyre in EtA, III, 155-58. Has essays on Carlyle and on Andrew
Lang; also complete bibliog. of Cazamian.
Cook, E. Thornton. Thomas and Jane Carlyk. Romna einer Eke. Tr. from
English by H. Bohmer. Munich: Bruckmann. Pp. 309.
Rev. by C. von Crailsheim in Die Literatur, LXI, 444r45, For the English, see
VB 1938, 414.
Deimel, T. Carlyk und der Nationalsozialismus See VB 1938, 415.
Rev. by E. Sehrt in LgrP, LX, 182-83; by W. Schmidt in Die wueren Smachen,
XLVII, 36.
Dietz, H. "Thomas Carlyle und die politische Fuhrerauslese des Engenders "
ZNU, XXXVII (1938), 355-66.
Eckloff, L, "Thomas Carlyle, the philosopher-poet and seer." ResP, IV
(1938), 261-64.
Fermi, L. Thomas Carlyle. Messina: Principato. Pp. vi+177.
Grey, Wilhelm. Carlyle und das Puritanertum. See VB 1937, 436,
Rev. by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXIV, 266-68.
Paine, Gregory. "The literary relations of Whitman and Carlyle, with es
pecial reference to their contrasting views on democracy," SP, XXXVI,
550-63.
Scudder, Townsend. Jane Welsh Carlyle. New York: Macmillan. Pp vii+
406.
Rev. by R. T. F. in Personalist, XX, 444-45; by C. F. Harrold in SRL t May
13, p. 6; by C. Stfflman in HTB, May 14, p. 4; by F. Winwar in NYTBR, May 14,
p. 3.
Skilful "fictionizing" of the materials of Jane Carlyle s biography; sound in
facts and creative in coloring and emphasis; curiously neglects the Carlyles court
ship and on the whole presents a pretty rather than a strong and vital picture of
their relationship; interesting and successful maintenance of Jane Carlyle s point
of \iew throughout. C. F. H.
Shine, H. Carlyle } s fusion of poetry, history, andreligion by 1834. See VB 1938,
415.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in Beiblatt, L, 55-^57; by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXIV,
266-68; by P. Landis in JEGP, XXXVIII, 322-23.
Taylor, Alan C. Carlyk et la penste latine. See VB 1938, 415.
Rev. by E. K. Brown in RoR, XX, 30^9; by C. F. Harrold in M P t XXXVI,
447-49; by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXIV, 266-68; by R. Michaud in French rev.,
XII, 506-8; by Emery Neff in AHR, XLIV, 378-80; by H. Peyre in EtA, III, 56;
by Hill Shine in MLN, LIV, 154r-55.
294 VKTOUIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Tuell, Anne K, "Carlyle s marginalia in Sterling s Essays and tales." PMLA>
LIV, 815-24.
Young, Louise Merwin. Thomas Carlyle and the art of history. Philadelphia:
Univ. of Penn. pr. Pp. x+219.
Rev. in SRL, Oct. 21, pp. 8, 16; by L. J. Davidson in MP, XXXVII (1940),
332-34.
An able analysis of Carlyie s theory and practice as historian; based chiefly, it
would seem, on The French Revolution and thus arriving at conclusions which
might have been different had the Cromwell and the Frederick been thoroughly
examined; excellent on some of Carlyle s sources, especially Herder, Burke, and
Schiller, less successful in the treatment of Coleridge and Scott; highly illuminating
on Carlyle s conceptions of revolution, "social organism," history as "social
biography," and on Carlyle s methods of composition; final chapter a too super
ficial statement of Carlyle s relationship to other historians, past and present, at
least if we are to take seriously the author s avowed twofold aim, both the analysis
of Carlyle s methods and his place among the great historians. C. F. H.
Carroll. The complete works of Lewis Carroll. Introd. by Alexander Wooll-
cott. London: Nonesuch pr. Pp.1312.
Rev. by V. Woolf in NS, Dec. 9, p. 829.
Waugh, Evelyn. "Carroll and Dodgson." S, Oct. 3, p. 511.
Clough (see also I, Fucilla). Levy, Goldie. Arthur Hugh Clough
See VB 1938, 416.
Rev. by L. B. in EtA, III, 275-76.
Cobden, Richard (see II, Hughes).
Collins. Hyder, Clyde K. "Wilkie Collins and The woman in white." PMLA,
LIV, 297-303.
Milley, Henry J. W. "The Eustace diamonds and The moonstone." SP,
XXXVI, 651-63.
Milley, Henry J.W. " Wilkie Collins and A tale of two cities." MLR,XXXIV,
525-34.
Dallas, E. S. Roellinger, F. X. "A note on Kettner s book of the table"
MLN, LIV, 363-64.
Darwin. Bradley, John H. Patterns of survival: an anatomy of life. New
York: Macmillan, 1938. Pp.223.
Rev. by L. Hopkins in Personalist, XX, 427-28. Includes section on Darwin.
Eastman, Fred. Men of power. Vol. III. Nashville, Tenn.: Cokesbury pr.,
1938. Pp. 13-200.
Rev. by R. T. F. in Personalist, XXI, 91-92. Has chapter on Darwin.
Gesell, Arnold. "Charles Darwin and child development." SM, XLIX,
548-53.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 295
Hicks, Phyllis. "Robert Darwin. 71 A & Q, Nov. 4, pp. 328-29,
Robert Darwin (1765-1848), father of Charles.
Huxley, Julian, and Fisher, James. The living thoughts of Darwin, ("Living
thoughts library.") London: Cassell; New York: Longmans. Pp. 148.
Rev. by A. Gue"rard in HTB, Oct. 1, p. 19; by A. Sandow in SM, XLIX, 376-77,
Dickens (see also II, Williams-Ellis; III, SitwelJ; IV, Collins: Milley).
Dickensian (quarterly), Vol. XXXV, Nos. 250-52; also XXXVI, No. 253.
See VB 1932, 422.
Items as follows: Dickens "Uncolleeted speeches . . . ." (pp. 104-6, 149-51,
227-30; XXXVI, 55-57); Dickens "Unpublished letters to Lady Holland 1
(XXXVI, 33-41) ; "An unpublished pamphlet [by Dickens). The proposed benefit
for Leigh Hunt" (XXXVI, 31-32); "Descendants of the Dickens circle honour
Dickens at the 127th anniversary dinner 7 (pp. 126-34) ; "Dickensiana of the quar
ter" (pp. 137, 210; XXXVI, 57); "Dickensian peeps into Punch " (pp. 117-22,
175-79); "Peeps at Dickens: pen pictures from contemporary sources" (pp. 164-
65); W. C. Bennett, "Clothes as an index to character" (pp. 184-86); id., "Finish
ing touches to characterization" (pp. 101-3); id., "The marchioness and Little
Nell" (XXXVI, 7-8); id., "Unhappy endings" (pp. 223-25); M. Bradby, "An
explanation of George Silver-man s explanation " (XXXVI, 13-18); L. Chol-
mondeley, "The offending razor" (pp. 269-71); A. Coppock, "Smike" (pp. 162-
63); W. D., "The long and the short of it" (pp. 265-68) ; F. Dance, "Near akin-
Lamb and Dickens" (pp. 259-62); R. Dearsley, "The education of the poor"
(XXXVI, 47-54); W. Dexter, "For one night only: Dickens s appearances as an
amateur actor" (pp. 231-42, XXXVI, 20-30); W. Drury, " Eyes left! for Dick
ens" (pp. 147-48); J. McNulty, "In spite of Euclid" (pp. 165^66); M. Malvern,
"When Dickens put the question" (pp. 92-94); L. Mason, "William Harrison
Ainsworth" (pp. 155-61); D. Monro, "By candle light" (pp. 172-74); id., "The
Dickens orchestra" (pp. 263-64); W. Moore, "A visit to some landladies"
(pp. 96-100; Alfred Noyes, "The value of Dickens, here and now" (pp.
189-93); M. Tendered, "Soul drama" (pp. 243-49); W. Pine, "The return of the
native: Dickens s readings at Portsmouth" (pp. 205-7); W. Power, "Universal
Dickens" (pp. 167-71); J3. Rust, "Glorious Bath" (pp. 217-22); C. Sarolea,
"Dickens and the slogans of democracy " (pp. 113-16); C. Williams, "The per
sonal relations of Dickens and Thackeray" (pp. 75-91) ; P. Williams, "Dickens s
literary caricatures" (XXXVI, 9-11); G. Younger, "Thames-side taverns" (pp.
123-25).
The letters of Charks Dickens. Ed. by Walter Dexter. See VB 1938, 418.
Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, Jan. 1, pp. 1-2; by H. Gorman in NYTBR, Jan. 29,
p. 3; by Edmund Wilson (along with the other 20 vols. of the Nonesuch Dickens)
in New R, Oct. 4, pp. 247-48.
A., E. L. "First editions of Dickens." More books, XIV, 457.
Boas, Guy. "Charles Dickens today." Blackwood s, CCXLV, 314-26.
Christie, 0. F. Dickens and his age. An essay. London: H. Cranton. Pp.240.
296 VICTOUIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Dodds, M. H., and S. S. H. "Dickens in twentieth-century fiction." N & Q,
April 22, p. 279; Sept. 30, pp. 249-50.
Forse, E. J. G. "Dickens as a plagiarist." N & Q, Aug. 12, p. 118.
Hadfield, John. "A Dickens sensation." SRL, Sept. 16, p. 18.
Haight, Anne. "Charles Dickens tries to remain anonymous." Colophon,
("New graphic ser.," No. 1), pp. 39-67.
Dickens authorship established for the preface and notes to "The loving ballad
of Lord Bateman."
Jackson, T. A. Charles Dickens: the progress of a radical. See VB 1938, 418.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in EtA, III, 55-56.
"Last of the Dickensians: William DeMorgan (1839-1917)." TLS, Nov.18,
p. 673.
Leacock, Stephen. "Charles Dickens and Canada." QQ, XLVI, 28-37.
Neely, Robert D. Doctors, nurses, and Dickens. Boston: Christopher. Pp.
153.
Roe, F. Gordon. "The Edwin Drood mystery. An American gift to London."
Connoisseur, CIV, 227-31.
Squires, P. C. "Charles Dickens as criminologist," Jour. crim. law and crimi
nology, XXIX (1938), 170-201.
Storey, Gladys. Dickens and daughter. London: Muller; Toronto: Saunders.
Pp. 236.
Rev. by W. Ley in Dickensian, XXXV, 250-53; in TLS, July 22, p. 440 (see
also July 29, p. 453).
Strachan, L. R. M., and V. R. "At Christmas: Ibsen and Dickens." N & Q,
Dec. 20, pp. 474-75, 482.
Zweig, Stefan. Master builders; a typology of the spirit. Tr. from the German
by Eden and Cedar Paul. New York: Viking pr. Pp. xiii+905.
Rev. by P. Rosenfeld in SRL, Nov. 25, p. 11. Has article on Dickens.
Disraeli. Letters from Benjamin Disraeli to Frances Anne, Marchioness of
Londonderry, 1837-1861. See VB 1938, 419.
Rev. by F. Herrick in AHR, XLIV, 968-69.
Cline, C. L. "Disraeli and Peel s 1841 cabinet." JMH, XI, 509-12.
Cline, C. L. "Monuments of the Disraeli family." N & Q, Oct. 28, pp. 313-
14.
Doughty. Taylor, Walt. Doughttfs English. ("Society for pure English,"
Tract No. 51.) Oxford: Clarendon pr.; New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp.
46.
VICTORIAN BIHUO<;HAPHY FOU 1939 297
Dowson. Gawsworth, John. "The Dowson legend." In Esmys by divers
hands, X.S. Vol. XVII. London: Milford, Oxford univ. pr.. 1938. Pp.
93-123.
Du Maurier (see II, Rcitlinger).
Eliot (see also III, Anson). Dewes, Simon. Marian: ike life of George Eliot.
London : Rich & Cowan. Pp. 299.
Rev. in TL&, Dec. 23, p. 746 ("an entertaining narrative" characterized by
"exaggeration of the comic aspect" of " poor Marian always at odds with cir
cumstances"; ". . . . a spurious view of the subject, always latent in the best
biographic romance"" ; in a style not only highly intimate and informal but also the
result of a "deliberately bright vulgarity").
Fairbairn. Garvie, Alfred E. "The theology of Dr. Andrew Martin Fair*
bairn." LQHR, CLXIV, 28-39.
Fitzgerald (see also I, Fucilla; II, Jackson, H.). Heron-Allen, E. "Fitz
gerald s Salaman and Absal/ Ipswich, 1871." N &Q y July 8, pp. 31-32.
K, H. G. L. "Edward and John Fitzgerald: fading memories." N <fe Q,
June 24, pp. 434-35.
Froude. Harrison-, A. W. "Mark Rutherford and J. A. Froude." LQHR,
CLXIV, 40-44.
Gilbert DeVoto, Bernard. "G. & S. preferred." Harper s, CXXVII, 669-72.
Gissing (see III, Hicks).
Gladstone (see also II, Gaskell). Brush, Elizabeth P. "Seven letters from
Gladstone to Guizot." JMH, XI, 184-98.
Eyck, Erich. Gladstone. See VB 1938, 420.
Rev. by P. Knaplund in AHR, XLIV, 698.
Hammond, J. L. Gladstone and the Irish nation. See VB 1938, 420.
Rev. by H. Brailsford in New R, July 19, pp. 314r-15; by P. Knaplurd in AHR,
XLV, 147-49; by E. Lyttleton in Politica, IV, 75-77; by G. M. Trevelyan in
EHR, LIV, 345-48.
Knaplund, Paul. "Extracts from Gladstone s private political diary touching
Canadian questions in 1840." Canadian hist, rev., XX, 195-98.
Knaplund, Paul. "Gladstone on a proposal to buy Dutch New Guinea/
JMH, XI, 357-61. (Letter, Jan., 1885.)
Gordon. Waterfield, Gordon. Lutie Duff Gordon in England, Soidh Africa and
Egypt. See VB 1937, 427.
Rev. by A. J. Farmer in EtA, III, 170.
Hardy (see also I, Fucilla, Partington; II, Ellis, Phelps; III, Hicks). Ander
son, M. L. "Hardy s debt to Webster in The return of the native." MLN,
LIV, 497-501.
298 VlCTOItlAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1939
Blyton, W. J. We are observed. London: Murray, 1938. Chap. 15: "Hardy
chiefly * (pp. 207-35).
Brooks, Philip. "Hardy books in Paul Lemperly s library." NYTBR, Dec.
31, p. 11.
Chakravarty, A. "The dynasts" and the post-war age in poetry. See VB 1938,
421.
Rev. by E. Baker in RES, XV, 242-43; by R. Gazes in EtA, III, 279; by B.
Sears in Adelphi, May, pp. 409-11.
Colling, A. Le romancier de la fatalite: Thomas Hardy. See VB 1938, 421.
Rev. by R. Cazes in EtA, III, 59-60.
Emery, John P., and Weber, Carl J. "Chronology in Hardy s Return of tke
native." PMLA, LIV, 618-20.
Forster, E. M. "Woodlanders on Devi." NS, May 6, pp. 679-80.
Gruffydd, W. J. "Thomas Hardy." Y tro Olaf ac Ysgrifau Eraill (Welsh
Book Club ed.) Y Clwb Llyfrau Cymreig. See pp. 195-99.
"Hardy at Dorchester." London Times, May 11 (editorial. See also ibid.,
May 10, "Thomas Hardy s study").
"Hardy and his influence." TLS, Dec. 31, 1938, p. 828. See also p. 827; and
May 13, 1939, p. 278.
Horwill, H. W. "A Thomas Hardy memorial room." "Hardy s Dynasts
.... and the war." NYTBR, June 4, p. 8; Nov. 5, p. 8.
Lawrence, T. E. The letters of T. E. Lawrence. Ed. by David Garnett. Lon
don: Cape, 1938; New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. 896.
Has letters to and about Hardy; these appeared in Atlantic month., CLXIII,
331-32.
Littman, Hildegard. Das dichterische Bild in der Lyrik George Merediths und
Thomas Hardys im Zusammenhang mit ihrer Weltanschauung. Bern diss.
Bern (printed by Fiirst, Berlin). Pp. 487.
Littman, H. Die Metapher in Merediths und Hardys Lyrik. Bonn diss. Bern .
Francke, 1938. Pp. 485.
Masefield, John. "Hardy: a vital personality." London Times, May 11, in
article "The inspiration of Hardy."
Muchnic, Helen. "Thomas Hardy and Thomas Mann." Smith College studies
in modern languages, Vol. XXI, Nos. 1-4, pp. 130-42.
Murphree, A. A., and Strauch, C. F., "The chronology of The return of the
native." MLN, LIV, 491-97.
Pirkhofer, A. "Vom Hardy-Bild der Gegenwart." ZNU, XXXVIII, 145-50.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1939 299
Powys, Llewelyn. "Recollections of Thomas Hardy." VQR, XV, 425-34.
Rutland, W. R. Thomas Hardy: a study See VB 1938, 421.
Rev. by E. Baker in RES, XV, 115-17, and in MLR, XXXIV, 269-70; by R.
Gazes in EtA, III, 60-61; by D. Daiches in 3/P, XXXVI, 449-52.
Sandison, Helen. "An Elizabethan basis for a Hardy tale?" PMLA, LIV,
610-12.
Smith, Joseph C. "New Hardy items presented to Colby." New York Time*,
Jan. 8, sec. 2, p. 8 D.
Tindall, William Y. D. H. Lawrence and Susan his cow. New York: Cohim-
bia univ. pr. Pp. xiv+23L
Indexed, Treats of Lawrence s imitation of Hardy, etc.
Weber, Carl J. "An early American Oxonian (and her Hardy studies)."
American Oxonian, XXVI, 215-22.
Weber, Carl J. "Hardy and The woodlanders." RES, XV, 330-33.
Weber, Carl J. "Hardy in America." Colophon ("New graphic ser.," No. I),
pp. 95-96.
Weber, Carl J. Rebekah Owen and Thomas Hardy. With a bibliog. by N.
Orwin Rush. ("Colby College monographs," No. 8). Waterville, Me.:
Colby College Library. Pp. 95.
Weber, Carl J. "Virtue from Wessex: Thomas Hardy." Am. scholar, VIII,
211-22.
"Yale library receives rare Hardy manuscript." New York Herald-Tribune,
May 15.
Hopkins. Further letters of Gerard Manley Hopkins. See VB 1938, 422.
Rev. by H. Gregory in YR, XXVIII, 415-18; by J. Leishman in RES, XV,
243-46.
Binyon, Laurence. "Gerard Hopkins and his influence." TQ, VIII, 264-70.
Finlay, Ida. "Gerard Manley Hopkins poet and priest." Cornhill mag.,
CLIX, 467-78.
Brief survey of the life of Hopkins, based upon the three volumes of his letters.
Jones, Glyn. "Hopkins and Welsh prosody." LL, XXI, 50-54.
Heywood, Terence. "On approaching Hopkins." Poetry rev., -XXX, 185-88.
Williams, Charles, and Heywood, T, "Gerard Hopkins and Milton." Poetry
rev., XXX, 307-8.
Housman (see also III, Bronowski, Chambers). Salinger, Herman. "Hous-
man s Last poems, XXX, and Heine s Lyrische Intermezzo, 62." MLN,
LTV, 288-90.
300 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Hunt (see also Dickens: Dickensiari). Fischer, Erika. Leigh Hunt und die
italienische Literatur. Freiburg diss., 1936. Pp. 112.
Rev. by Helene Richter in LgrP, LX, 116-18.
Htrdey. "Letters by James Russell Lowell." More books, XIV, 309. One
letter (Dec. 31, 1884) about Huxley.
Jameson. Letters of Anna Jameson to Ottilie von Goethe. Ed. by G. H. Needier.
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 247.
Jefferies. Jefferies, R. Hodge and his masters. See VB 1938, 423.
Rev. by M.-L. Cazamian in EtA, III, 58-59.
Thomas, E. Richard Jefferies. See VB 1938, 423.
Rev. by M.-L. Cazamian in EtA, III, 57-58.
Jowett (see II, Blair).
Keble (see II, Paget).
Kfngsley. Christie, John. "Westward ho!" TLS, Dec. 23, p. 743.
Kipling (see also I, Fucilla; III, Hicks). Collingwood, R. G. "Kipling and
Flores Strait." TLS, March 11, p. 149.
Essays and studies. By members of the United Provinces branch of the
English Assoc. Allahabad: Indian pr., 1938. Pp. v+179.
Rev. by G. Cookson in English, II, 318-20. Contains two essays on Kipling,
both praising him, by Indians; A. Jha and K. Mehrota.
Ha ward, Edwin. "Kipling myths and traditions in India." NC, CXXV,
194-202.
Raven-Hart, R. "Kipling s one mistake." TLS, April 1, p. 190. See also
April 8, p. 204.
Weygandt, Ann M. Kipling s reading and its influence on his poetry. Phila
delphia: Univ. of Penn. pr. Pp. xiii+200.
Knowles, J. Sheridan (see II, Merriam).
Lander. Ashley-Montagu. "An unpublished poem by Walter Savage
Landor." NC, CXXV, 93-96.
Lang (see Carlyle: Cazamian).
Lear. Davidson, Angus. Edward Lear: landscape painter and nonsense poet,
1812-1888. See VB 1938, 424. New York: Button. Pp. xv+280.
Rev. by Iris Barry in HTB, June 25, p. 5; by P. Jack in NYTBR, June 18, pp.
2, 18; by L. Untermeyer in SRL, June 17, p. 5.
Lever. Stevenson, Lionel. Dr. Quicksilver: the life of Charles Lever. London:
Chapman & Hall. Pp. vii+308.
Rev. by E. Bowen in NS, Feb. 25, pp. 298-300; in TLS, Feb. 4, p. 69.
VICTORIAN BIBUOGKAPHY FOU 1939 :i()i
Eichmond C - Lord Macauloy: Victorian liberal. See VB
Rev. by C. Brand in JMH, XI, 275; by G. Brunn in OTB, Jan. 15, p. 3; by L
Eshleman in #Kme, Jan. 1, p. 2; by A. Kazin in Xtw R, April 12, p. 286; by
W. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLVII, 242-52 ("Suet with no plums: restoring
Thomas Babington Macaulay"); by W. Notestein in SRL, Jan. 21, p. 7 by R
Schuyler in YR, XXVIII, 631-33.
A highly readable and authentic one-volume biography; makes use of Macau-
lay s eleven-volume MS Journal in the library of Trinity College, Cambridge;
yet, aside from a half-dozen amusing anecdotes, does not add materially to our
knowledge of Macaulay; limited mainly to biographical narrative; superficial in
critical comment on the Essays, somewhat more penetrating in dealing with the
History, though unfortunately completed before Firth s Commentary on Macaulay**
History of England (1938); adequately though carelessly documented in footnotes
without bibliography, a "Bibliographical Note" stating that the author saw "little
reason ---- for troubling the student with a suggestion of my general reading"-
a biography designed, therefore, for the general reader and, as such, an attractive
and dependable work, but one that still leaves unbridged the gap between Tre-
velyan s Life and our need of a full, critical life and times" of Macaulay. C. P. H.
Davies, Godfrey. "The treatment of constitutional history in Macaulay s
History of England." Huntington Library quar., II, 179-204.
Firth, Sir Charles. -A commentary on Macaulay 1 s "History of England." See
VB 1938, 424.
Rev. by R. George in AHR, XLIV, 604-5; by W. Morgan in, JMH, 213-15.
Munroe, David. "Macaulay, the study of an Historian." QQ, XLVI,
R., M. U. H., and others. "Macaulay as a poet." N & 0, Aug. 5, p 99-
Aug. 19, pp. 138-39.
Manning. Garnier-Azais, M. L. Prelat des ouvriers. Le cardinal Manning
1808-1892. Paris: LethieUeux. Pp. vi+115.
Marryat. Lloyd, Christopher. Captain Marryat and the old navy. London
and New York: Longmans. Pp. xu+286.
Rev. by R. Church in NS, May 6, pp. 701-12; by J. Kemble in AHR, XLV, 213
("literary and maritime history"); in S, Feb. 10, p. 232; TLS, Feb. 11, p. 88.
Martineau, James (see III, Bertocci).
Maurice. Jenkins, Claude. Frederick Denison Maurice and the new reforma
tion. (Maurice lectures, 1938.) London: S.P.C.K.; New York: Mac-
millan. Pp. 86.
Meredith (see also II, Ramsay; Hardy: Littmann). Goodell, Margaret M.
Three satirists of snobbery: Thackeray, Meredith, Proust; with an introduc
tory chapter on the history of the word snob in England, France and Germany.
("Britannica," 17.). Hamburg diss. Hamburg: Friedericksen, De Gruy-
ter. p. 218.
302 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Hicks, Arthur C. The structure of Meredith s novels and the comic spirit
("Univ. of Oregon thesis ser.," No. 7.) Pp. 38. Mimeographed.
Fetter, Guy B. George Meredith and his German critics. Pref. by E. A.
Baker. London: Witherby. Pp. xvi+319.
Rev. in National rev., CXIII, 390-92; in QR, CCLXXIII, 183; in TLS 3 Aug. 19,
p. 492.
Mill (see also III, Htilsmann). Hainds, John R. "John Stuart Mill s views
on art." Northwestern univ. summaries of doctoral dissertations (1939),
pp. 9-13.
Htibner, Walter. "Wendepunkte des Freiheitsbegriffs. Eine kritische Inter
pretation von J. St. Mills Abhandlung On liberty. " NeuP, 1-24.
Moore, George (see II, H. Jackson; III, Elwin).
Morley (see also III, Everett). Knickerbocker, Francis W. "The legacy of
John Morley." SeR, XLVII, 145-51.
Morris (see also I, Fucilla; II, Murry; III, Ross). "Bequest from Miss May
Morris." Bodleian libr. record, I, 57.
Lewis, Clive S. Rehabilitations, and other essays. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 208.
Rev. by G. Whicher in HTB, July 23, p. 8; in N & Q, April 29, pp. 305-6; in
TLSj April 1, p. 190. Includes an essay on Morris.
Ormerod, James. Poetry of William Morris. Derby, England: The Author,
c.o. Public libraries, museum and art gallery, 1938. Pp. 31.
Newman (see also II, Paget). Kitchin, Kenneth S. Dr. Newman revisits
Oxford. (Newdigate prize poem, 1939.) Oxford: BlackweU. Pp.14.
Leslie, Shane. "Cardinal Newman." In Great Catholics. Ed. by C. C. H.
Williamson. London: Nicholson, 1938; New York: Macmillan. Pp. 571;
viii+456.
Newcomb, Covelle. "Newman and nature." CWd, CXLIX, 338-42.
Tardivel, F. La personnaliti litt&raire de Newman. See VB 1938, 426.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in MP, XXXVI, 330-33; in RM, LVI, 354-55.
O Shaughnessy. Anderson, George K. "Marie de France and Arthur
O Shaughnessy: a study in Victorian adaptation." SP, XXXVI, 529-49.
Ouida. ffrench, Yvonne. Ouida: a study in ostentation. See VB 1938,. 426.
Rev. by K. Gerould in SRL, Feb. 4, p. 10; by I. Paterson in H TB, Jan. 29, p. 4;
by F. Winwar in NYTBR, Jan. 29, p. 4.
Pater. Minchin, H. C. "Walter Horatio Pater." FR, CXLVI, 158-64.
Olivero, F. II pensiero religioso ed estetico di Walter Pater. Torino: S.E.I.
Pp. 390.
Rev. by A. Brandl in Archiv, CLXXV, 251-52.
YKTOKIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 3(W
"Walter Pater: born August 4, 1839." TLS, Aug. 5, p. 466. (Centenary
article.) See also p. 467.
Peel, J. H. B. "Pater and perfection." Poetry rev., XXX, 181-83.
Wainwright, Benjamin B. "A centenary query: Is Pater outmoded?" Eng
lish jour., college ed., XXVII, 441-49.
Praed. Hudson, Derek. A poet in parliament: the life of W. M. Praed, 180-
1839. London: Murray. Pp. 269.
Rev. by R. Lewin in S, Aug. 11, pp. 227-28; in TLS, June 24, p. 369.
Prothero (see II, Ernie).
Pusey (see II, Blair, Paget),
Reade. Turner, Albert Morton. The making of "The cloister and the hearth"
See VB 1938, 427.
Rev. by A. McKillop in JEGP, XXXVIII, 321-22; by W. Tindall in MLN,
LIV, 312-13.
Reade, William Winwood (see Bulwer-I/ytton, Lady).
Robinson. Morley, Edith J. (ed.). Henry Crabb Robinson on books and their
writers. See VB 1938, 427.
Rev. by R. W. King in R&S, XV, 237-42.
Rossetti (see also I, Fucilla). Rossetti, D. G. The blessed damozel: the un
published manuscript See VB 1938, 427.
Rev. by O. Bornand in EtA, III, 273-75.
Rossetti, D. G. Sister Helen. Ed. by Janet C. Troxell. New Haven: Yale
univ. pr. Pp.viii+95.
Rev. by J. Sandford in MP t XXXVII, 107-8.
Troxell, Janet C, (ed.). Three Rossettis See VB 1938, 427.
Rev. by O. Doughty in MLR, XXXIV, 268-69.
Ruskin (see also II, Chubb, Cockburn, Finberg, Foss, H. Jackson, Mau-
clair, Thompson; Browning: Gamier). Ruskin, John. Letters to Bernard
Quaritch, 1867-1888. Ed. by Charlotte Quaritch Wrentmore. London:
Quaritch. Pp. 125.
Davis, C. Rexford. "A Ruskin letter." Jour, of the Rutgers univ. library, II,
53-55.
Klauss, Friedrich. John Ruskins Auffassung des Menschen als Grundlage
seiner sozialen Bestrebung. Berlin diss., 1938. Pp. 77.
M., M. "Twenty-two Ruskin letters." More books, XIV, 423.
Whitehhouse, J. Howard. Ruskin the painter and his uxyrks at Bembridge.
Oxford univ. pr., 1938. Pp. 142 and 68 plates.
Rev. in NS, Feb. 25, p. 302.
304 VICTORIAN- BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
Rutherford (see Froude).
Sala. Straus, Ralph. "George Augusta Sala." TLS, Aug. 26, p. 503.
Salomons. Hyamson, Albert M. David Salomons. London: Methuen; To
ronto: Saunders. Pp. xi+140.
Seeley. Rosenberg, Hertha. "J. R. Seeleys The expansion of England im
Rahmen des nationalpolitischen Unterrichts," NeuP, X, 63-75.
Shorthouse (see III, Anson).
Spencer (se^also II, Ellwood). Tillett, Alfred W. Herbert Spencer betrayed.
London: King. Pp. 67.
Spurgeon. Crocker, Lionel. Charles Haddon Spurgeon s theory of preach
ing." Quar. jour, of speech, XXV, 214-24.
Stanhope, Fifth Earl of. Notes of conversations with the Duke of Wellington,
1831-1851. Introd. by Philip Guedalla. ("World s classics.") Oxford
univ, pr., 1938. Pp. xxii+340.
Stephen (see also Arnold: Wilson). Leavis, Q. D. Leslie Stephen." Scrur
tiny, VII, 404-15.
Stevenson (see also I, Fucilla; III, Hamilton). Hermann, Richard A. {Arnold
Hollriegel, pseud.). Home from the sea: Robert Louis Stevenson in Samoa.
Tr. from the German by Elizabeth R. Hapgood. Indianapolis: Bobbs-
Merrill. Pp. 280.
Rev. by F. Marsh in HTB, Oct. 8, p. 7; by K Woods in NYTBR, Oct. 8, p. 4.
Gwynn, Stephen L. Robert Louis Stevenson. ("English men of letters ser.")
London and New York: Macmillan. Pp. x+268.
Rev. in TLS, June 24, p. 377.
Issler, Mrs. Anne R. Stevenson at Silverado. Caldwell, Idaho: Caxton
printers. Pp. 247.
Rev. in NYTBR, Feb. 12, p. 9; in TLS, June 24, p. 378.
MacLean, Cecil. La France dans I &uvre de Robert Louis Stevenson. Paris:
Jouve, 1936. Pp. 224. See VB 1936, 422.
Rev. by Ruth Z. Temple in RoR, XXX, 222-24 (lacks originality and inclu-
siveness, but is "a reasonable and useful book").
Vandiver, E. P., Jr. "Stevenson and Shakespere." Shakespeare Assoc. bulL }
XIV, 232-38.
Swinburne (see also I, Fucilla; II, Hart; III, Bronowski, Stolle). Hussey,
Richard, and others. "Parodies of Swinburne." N & Q, June 17, p. 429;
July 1, pp. 13-14.
Muller, Anne-Marie. Die Auffassung von Liebe und Tod in Swinburnes Tris
tram of Lyonesse. Zurich diss. Wtirzburg: Triltsch, 1938. Pp. 90.
VUTOKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939 30,5
Noyes, Alfred. Orchard s bay. New York: Sheed & Ward. Pp. 322.
Rev. by M. Wade in HTB 1 Nov. 19, p- 2 (some of the essays are on literary
subjects, among them Swinburne and Tennyson).
"Swinburne on Middleton." TLS, June 17, p. 357. See also July 8, p. 406.
Talfourd (see also II, Merriam). Newdick, Robert S. "A Victorian Demos
thenes (a study of Thomas Noon Talfourd as an orator)." Quar. jowr. qf
speech, XXV, 580-96.
Taylor, Henry (see II, Merriam).
Tennyson (see also I, Fucilla; II, Moxon; III, Young; Arnold: Groom,
Swinburne: Noyes). A., R. H., and L., G. G. Crossing the Bar." N &Q,
Feb. 4, pp. 80-81.
Boddington, O.-E. "Deux po&mes de Tennyson." Les lanvues modernes,
Dec., 1938, pp. 549-52.
Translations in verse of "0 swallow, swallow" and "Tears, idle tears; 1
C., T. C. Tennyson: KapiolaruV " N & Q, April 8, p, 242.
Hunton, William A. Tennyson and the Victorian political milieu. Abridg
ment of thesis. New York: Grad. Sch. of New York univ., 1938. Pp. 18.
L., G. G. " The poet : some notes on Tennyson s early poem." N & Q, July
22, pp. 62-64.
"Lord Tennyson at Aldworth," including a tribute by Alfred Noyes. Poetry
rev., XXX, 421-31.
Pitollet, C. "Les fleurs de Francis Jammes et celles d 1 Alfred Tennyson."
Revue de I enseignement des langues vivantes, March, pp. 113-19.
Rose, Felix, "Tennyson and Victor Hugo: two poets, two nations, one
epoch." Poetry rev., XXX, 105-17.
Thackeray (see also Dickens: Dickensian C. Williams, Haight; Meredith:
Goodell). Hurst, Hilda. Ironischer wnd sentimentaler Realismus bei Thack
eray. See VB 1938, 429.
Rev. by E. Bernbaum in JEGP, XXXIX (1940), 156-57.
Thompson. Olivero, F. Francis Thompson. Tr. by Milani. See VB 1938,
429.
Rev. by K Neill in MLN t LIV, 630-31.
Olivero, F. Francis Thompson. Deutsche Uebersetzung aus dem italienischen
von G. Zaccaria. Torino: Soc. editrice internazionale. Pp. 345.
For the original Italian, see VB 1935, 435.
Trollope (see also III, Anson; Collins: Milley), Booth, Bradford A. "Trol-
lope in California." Huntington library quar*, III, 117-24.
306 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1939
LaFarge, Christopher. "I know he was right." SRL, Jan. 27, 1940, pp. 12-
14 (feature article).
Ward, Mrs. Humphry. Marvin, F. S. " Robert Elsi$ere : fifty years after."
CR, CLVI, 196-202.
Ward, James (see III, Bertocci).
Watts-Dunton (see II, Hart).
Wilde (see also II, Blair, Smithers; III, Hicks). Brasol, B. Oscar Wilde,
the man, the artist, the martyr. See VB 1938, 430.
Rev. hy M. Downing in QR, CCLXXII, 14-28.
Harris, Frank. Oscar Wilde. See VB 1938, 430.
Rev. by L. Lemonnier in EtA, III, 61-62.
Lemonnier, L&&gt;n. Oscar Wilde. See VB 1938, 430.
Rev. by L. Bocquet in Revue bleue, LXXVII, 276-77.
MacCarthy, Desmond. "Artificial comedy." NS, Aug. 26, pp. 305-7. See
also correspondence by G. Stevenson-Reece, NS, Sept. 2, p. 345.
Wise (see I, Partington).
Wordsworth. The letters of William and Dorothy Wordsworth; the later years.
Ed. by Ernest de Selincourt. 3 vols. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. xxxviii
+544; xiv+ 545-1060; xii+ 1061-1408.
Rev. by R. Lovett in New R } Sept. 27, p. 222.
Beatty, Frederika. Willilam Wordsworth of Rydal Mount. New York: Dut-
ton. Pp. 307.
Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, Aug. 12, p. 16; in TLS, June 24, p. 377.
Attempts to show, at least in its avowed aim, that Wordsworth in old age was
less conservative than is generally believed; fails to prove this thesis or even to
dwell upon it; concentrates on the day-by-day life at Rydal Mount when the poet
had become a Victorian; in no sense competes with Miss Batho s The later Words
worth. C. F. H.
Yeats. Brash, W. B. "W. B. Yeats." LQHR, CLXIV, 320-33.
A critical study.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
for 1940
"^HIS bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the Vic
torian Literature Group of the Modern Language Association
. of America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University of
Illinois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal College;
Frederic E. Faverty, Northwestern University; and Samuel P. Chew,
University of Oklahoma. It attempts to list the noteworthy publica
tions of 1940 (including reviews of earlier items) that have a bearing
on English literature of the Victorian period and similar publications
of earlier date that have been inadvertently omitted from the pre
ceding Victorian bibliography. Unless otherwise stated, the date of
publication is 1940. Reference to a page in the bibliography for 1939,
in Modern philology, May, 1940, is made by the following form: See
VB 1939, 412. Some cross-references are given, although not all that
are possible.
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
A = Anglia FR
AHR = American historical review GRM
AL = American literature
Archiv = Archiv fur das Studium der HTB
neueren Sprachen
BBDI = Butt, of bibliog. and dramat- HV
ic index
Beiblatt = Beiblatt zur Anglia HZ
BM = British Museum quarterly JEGP
CE = Cffttege English
CR - Contemporary review JMH
CWd = Catholic world JP
DUz = Deutsche LAteraturzeitung JPE
DV = Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift LAR
EHR = English historical review LgrP
ELH = Journal of English literary
history
ES = Englische Studien LL
ESt = English studies LM
EtA - Etudes anglaises
= Fortnightly review
= Gemanisch-romanische
Monatsschrift
= New York Herald-Tribune
books
= Historische Vierteljahrs
schrift
- Historische Zeit&chrift
= Journal of English and Ger
manic philology
= Journal of modem history
= Journal of philosophy
= Journal of political economy
= Library Association record
= Literaturblatt fur german-
ische und romanische Phflo-
logie
= Life and letters today
* London mercury and book
man
[MODERN PHILOLOGT, May, 1941]
307
308
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
LQ
LQHR
LZD =
Manch =
MF =
MLN =
MLR =
MP =
M & L -
N =
NC =
Neo
NEQ
New R
NR
NYTBR
Q
Library quarterly
London quarterly and Hoi-
born review
Literarisches ZentralblaU
fur Deutschland
= Papers of the Manchester
Literary Club
= Mercure de France
= Modem language notes
= Modern language review
= Modern philology
- Music and letters
= Nation
= Nineteenth century and after
Neophilologus
Afofl England quarterly
= Neuphiklogische Monats-
schrift
= Afafl republic
~ National review
= Nouvette revue frangaise
= jVet0 statesman and nation
Time* 6oofc re-
PQ
QQ
RES
RO
RH
RM
RLC
RP
RPh
RoR
S
SAQ
SeR
SM
SouR
SP
SRL
TLS
Philological quarterly
Qtt0n $ quarterly
Quarterly review
Review of English studies
Revue de France
jfovue germanique
Revue historique
Revue de m&aphysique et de
morale
Revue de litterature com-
paree
Revue de Paris
Revue de philosophic
Romanic review
Spectator
ot4A Atlantic quarterly
Sewanee review
Scientific monthly
Southern review
Studies in philology-
Saturday review of literature
Times literary supplement
t/mt>. of Toronto quarterly
Virginia quarterly review
Mod. Lang. Assoc. ZNU
of Am.
Zeitschrift fur neusprach-
lichen Unterricht
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
"American bibliography for 1939." PMLA, LIV, Suppl., 1251-64: "English,
Nineteenth century," and "Contemporary," ed. Albert C. Baugh.
Annual bibliography of English language and literature, Vol. XIX (1938). Ed.
for the Modern Humanities Research Assoc. by Angus Macdonald, assisted
by Leslie N. Broughton. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xii+284. "Nineteenth
century," pp. 175-220.
The art index: a cumulative author and subject index to a selected list of fine arts
periodicals and museum bulletins. October 1939 September 1940, Also Vol.
XII, No. 1 (Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Besterman, Theodore. A world bibliography of bibliographies. Vol. II, M-Z;
index. Oxford and London: the author; New York: H. W. Wilson.
Pp. 641.
Rev. of Vol. I (see VB 1939, 376) and Vol. II by J. Barrow in College and re
search libraries , II, 63-64 (points out weaknesses).
The bibliographic index. A cumulative bibliography of bibliographies. 1989.
New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. x+307. Also Vol. Ill, Nos. 1-3.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1940 3()9
Bibliotheca celtica. A register of publications relating to Woks and the CeUic
.peoples and languages. Newser., Vol. I (1929-33). Aberystwyth: National
Library, 1939.
Bond, Donald F.; McDermott, John F.; and Tucker, Joseph E. "Anglo-
French and Franco-American studies: a current bibliography" (for 1939).
RoR, XXXI, 114-46.
TheCambridgebibliographyofEngli&hliterature. Ed. by F. W. Bateson. 4 vote.
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xl+912; xx+1003; xxii+1098; 287.
The third volume, dealing with the nineteenth century, is naturally of greatest
value for scholars of the Victorian period; but all volumes are of value the fourth,
the index volume, included. Vol. Ill is arranged in seven parts, as follows: (1) In
troduction, (2) The poetry, (3) Prose fiction, (4) The drama, (5) Critical and mis
cellaneous prose, (6) Philosophy, history, science, and other forms of learning,
(7) The literature of the Dominions. These seven parts are divided for instance,
the introduction has these divisions: (I) Bibliographies, literary histories and spe
cial studies, prose selections, and literary memoirs and reminiscences; (II) Literary
relations with the Continent; (III) The intellectual background; (IV) Book pro
duction and distribution; (V) Education; and (VI) The political and social back
ground. Then there are subdivisions and further subdivisions.
Little more can be given here than a word of high praise, and of general ex
planation. Mr. Bateson has labored long, conscientiously, with tremendous energy
and pains, and with most valuable effectiveness. For many, many years to come
the scholars in the great field of English literature will inevitably be indebted to
him and, of course, to the Cambridge University Press. This CBEL is a descendant
of The Cambridge history of English literature (1907-16) and the bibliographies ap
pended tojts chapters. But the CBEL has "its own arrangement, scope, and style,
and its own army of contributors." It is not a modern edition of the CHEL bibli
ographies, but is a modern equivalent of them, and more. Using a chronological
order as far as possible, it purports to record the authors, titles, and editions, and
the relevant criticism, of all the books (in English or Latin) that can be said still
to have literary interest and that were published by writers native to what is now
the British Empire and who were "established" by 1900. Because of the chrono
logical order, there is basis for Mr. Bateson s contention that it is "something more
than a catalogue"; that "it is, in addition, a short-hand history of English litera
ture"; and that, "used with discretion, some of the sections will tell the diligent
enquirer more about their subject-matter than does the ordinary textbook." As
pointed out in the preface, the different forms and subjects have been treated in
varying degrees of detail. The chief objections to the CBEL will be that some rela
tively minor authors have not been included at all and, especially, that some minor
authors, though provided with partial lists of their works, have not been provided
with lists of biographical and critical works about them. The lists of secondary
publications ("Biography and criticism" and "Modern studies") that have been
given are necessarily selective, but the editor has tried to include every important
work of criticism or exposition, at least to the end of 1935 or 1936 for Vol. 1, 1937
for Vol. II, and 1938 for Vol. III. W. D. T.
310 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Cubbon, William (comp. and ed.). A bibliographical account of works relating
to the Isle of Man, with biographical memoranda and copious literary refer
ences. Vol. II. Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. 796.
Vol. I appeared in 1933. This work includes sections on poetry, drama, prose
fiction; has complete bibliographies of T. E. Brown, Hall Caine; has three full
indexes covering both volumes.
Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language .... Janu
ary, 1988 December, 1939. Forty-second annual emulation. Also Vol.
XLIII, Nos. 7, 10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Ebisch, Walther, and Schiicking, L. L. "Bibliographic zur Geschichte des
Kterarischen Geschmacks in England." A, LXIII (1939), 1-64.
Gable, J. Harris. Bibliography of Robin Hood. ("Univ. of Nebraska studies
in lang., lit., and criticism," No. 17.) Lincoln, 1939. Pp. 163.
Rev. by J. Ashton in PQ, XIX, 416; by W. Schmidt in Beiblatt, LI, 38-39.
Gee, Ernest R. The sportsman s library; being a descriptive list of the most im
portant books on sport. New York: Bowker. Pp. xix+158.
Gilchrist, D. B. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American universities,
1939-1940. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. xviii+126.
Graham, Walter (ed.). "The Romantic Movement: a selective and critical
bibliography for the year 1939." ELH, VII, 1-38.
Harrold, Charles Frederick. "Recent trends in Victorian studies : 1932-1939."
SP, XXXVII, 667-97.
Hiler, Hilaire and Meyer (comps.). Bibliography of costume; a dictionary cata
log of about eight thousand books and periodicals Ed. by Helen Grant-
Cushing, assisted by Adah V. Morris. New York: H. W. Wilson, 1939.
Pp. xl+911.
Rev. by H. A. S. in LAR, XLII, 34; in LQ, IX, 152-53.
Historical Association, London. Annual bulletin of historical literature, No.
XXVIII: Publications of the year 1988. London: BeU, 1939. Pp. 65.
International bibliography of historical sciences .... Twelfth year^ 1937. Ed.
for the Internal. Comm. of Hist. Sciences. New York: H. W. Wilson, 1939.
Pp. 499.
Rev. by C. Grose in JMH, XII, 304.
International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science.
Vol. VIII: July, 1987 March, 1940. Also Vol. XXVII, No. 3 (Sept.), and
No. 5 (Jan., 1941). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Internationaler Jahresbericht der Bibliographic. Hrsg. von J. Vorstius. Vol. X
(1939). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. 36.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 311
LeFanu,W.R. British periodicals of medicine: a chronological list. Baltimore:
Johns Hopkins pr., 1938. Pp. 93.
Rev. by C. C. B. in LAR, XLI (1039), 54.
Leonardo: rassegna bibliografica mensile, X (1939), 381 ff.; XI, 33-36, 97-101
"Bollettino bibliografieo."
London Library. Subject-index of the London Library, Si. James s Square, Lon
don. Compiled by Sir Charles H. Wright and C. J. Purnell. Vol. Ill (addi
tions, 1923-38). London, 1938. Pp. xvi+1045.
Macmillan, Dugald (comp.). Catalogs ofiheLarpent plays in the Hvntington
Library. ("Huntington Library lists," No. 4.) San Marino, Calif 1939
Pp. xvi+442.
Rev. by R. C. Bald in RES, XVI, 231-33. Catalogue of plays deposited for
licensing, 1737-1824; over 2,500 items; includes items by Plaache* and otter nine
teenth-century dramatists.
MacNair, Mary W., and Karr, Margaret (compe.). A list of American doctoral
dissertations printed in 19S8 ..... Washington: Government printing
office. Pp. vii+420.
Milne, Alexander Taylor (comp.). Writings on British Mstory, 1&86 ..... See
VB 1939, 378. London: Cape. Pp. 389.
Rev. by F. Marcham in JMH, XII, 420, 421.
Osborn, James M., and Kerr, David R. (eds.). Work in progress, 1940, in the
modern humanities. Bull. 18A, publ. by the Modern Humanities Research
Assoc. "Nineteenth century" and "Twentieth century," pp. 39-49.
Palfrey, T. R.; Fucilla, J. G.; and Holbrook, W. C. A bibliographical guide to
the Romance languages and literatures. 2d ed. Evanston, 111.: Chandler s,
Inc. Pp. ix+82.
Rev. by R. Levy in French rev., XIV (1941), 233-36; by H. Norman in LQ, X,
135-37; in Hispania, XXIII, 297-98. 1st ed., 1939.
Pochmann, Henry A. (ed.). "Anglo-German bibliography for 1939." JEGP
XXXIX, 546-67.
Readers guide to periodical literature ____ July, 1939 June, 1940. Also Vol.
XL, No. 12 (Jan. 10, 1941). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Review index: a quarterly guide to professional reviews for college and reference
libraries. Vol. I, No. 1 (Dec.). Ed. by Louis Kaplan and Clarence S. Paine.
Chicago: Follett.
This is a key to professional book reviews in leading scholarly journals; will
index more than 6,000 reviews a year; not more than one-sixth of these reviews
will be duplicated in any other American indexing service; will list all the reviews
that have appeared in the preceding quarter in any of the periodicals indexed, of
;312 YKTOUIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1940
foreign and American books, regardless of the year in which a book may have been
published.
Revue de littfrature compare, XIX (1939), 323-31; 491-97; 676-86; XX, 114-
21. "Bibliographic, livres et p&iodiques."
Shaw, Marian, and Cowing, Agnes (comps.). Essay and general literature in
dex, 1939. .... Also issue for July, 1940. New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp.
199; 130.
Templeman, William D. (ed.). "Victorian bibliography for 1939." MP,
XXXVII, 375-418.
Vorstius, J., and Reincke, G. Internationale Bibliographic des Buck- und Bibli-
olhekswesens, mil besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bibliographie. Vol. XIV
(1939). Leipzig: Harrassowitz. Pp. xii+384.
Vol. XIII (1938) rev. by C. Cannon in LQ, X, 270-72.
Whitaker s cumulative book list. Part LXII (Jan.-Dec., 1939): The complete
list ofallbooks published in the United Kingdom. .... Also Part LXV (Jan.-
Sept., 1940). London: J. Whitaker & Sons.
The year s work in English studies, Vol. XIX (1938). Ed. for the English
Assoc. by F. S. Boas. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 275. "The
nineteenth century and after" (H. V. Routh and F. S. Boas), pp. 236-50;
"Bibliographica" (John Southgate), pp. 251-62.
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
Abercrombie, L.; Cecil, Lord David; Chesterton, G. K; Cole, G. D. H.; and
others. Revaluations. Studies in biography. Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp.258.
Ten papers, including studies of Elizabeth Garrett Anderson, Gladstone,
Morris, Pater, Tennyson, George Frederick Watts.
Abrarns, Irwin M. "A history of European peace societies, 1867-1899." Har
vard univ. summaries of theses (1988). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp.
120-23.
"The Ackland family: Letters, 1829-1901." Bodleian Library rec., I, 174.
Acquisition of letters to Gladstone, by Sir T. D. Ackland; of letters by Mrs.
Gladstone, E. B. Pusey, J. H. Newman, Dean Hook, T. H. Green, Lord Goschen,
John Morley, Lord Roseberry, R. L. Nettleship, J. A. Spender.
Adams, Henry Packwood. Karl Marx in his earlier writings. London: Allen &
Unwin; New York: Macmillan. Pp. 221.
Adams, James Truslow. Empire on the seven seas. The British empire, 1784-
1939. New York and London: Scribner s. Pp. xi+391.
Rev. by P. W. Wilson in NYTBR, April 28, pp. 1, 14.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 313
Armour, Richard W., and Howes, R. F. (eds.). Coleridge the talker; a aerie* of
contemporary descriptions and comments. Ithaca: Cornell univ. pr.; Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. xvi+480.
Rev. by E. Griggs in YR, XXIX, 835-37; by H. Read in &, June 2 1, p. 841.
Bailey, Frank E. "The economics of British foreign policy, 1825-50." JMH,
XII, 449-84.
Bain, James S. A bookseller looks back: the story of the Bains. London: Mac-
millan. Pp. xvi+304.
Beall, Erica. Royal cavalcade. London: Paul; Toronto: Ryerson, 1939.
Pp. 540.
Queen Victoria and the royal family.
Benson, E. F. Final edition. New York: D. Appleton-Century. Pp. 304.
Rev. by I. Paterson in HTB, Sept. 20, p. 5. Late Victorian reminiscences.
Berkeley, G. F.-H., and J. Italy in the making. Vol. III. Cambridge univ. pr.
Pp. xxv+490.
Deals in full narrative detail with the year of revolution, Jan .-Nov., 1848.
Berlin, Isaiah. Karl Marx; his life and environment. ("Home univ. library"
ser.) London: Butterworth, 1939. Pp. 256.
Bird, T. H. Admiral Ross and the English turf, 1795-1877. London: Putnam,
1939. Pp. x+331.
Brogan, Denis W. France under the Republic: the development of modern France
(1870-1939). New York: Harper; London: Hamilton. Pp. x+744.
Rev. by A. Gu^rard in HTB, Dec. 5, p. 3. English title: Development of modem
France, 1870-1939.
Browne, Douglas G. Private Thomas Atkins. A history of the British soldier
from 1840-1940. London: Hutchinson; Toronto: Ryerson. Pp. 334.
Brownlow. The eve of Victorianism. The reminiscences of Emma Sophia, Coun
tess Brownlow, 1802-1834. London: Murray. Pp. 218.
John Brunton s hook; being the memoirs of John Brunton, engineer, from a manu
script in his own hand mitten for his grandchildren and now first printed.
Introd. by J. H. Clapham. Cambridge univ. pr., 1939. Pp. viii+163.
John Brunton lived from 1812 to 1899.
Bryant, Arthur. English saga: 1840-1940. London: Collins. Pp. 340.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 7, p. 621. Traces the evils of today s social order (culminat
ing in war) to the triumph of utilitarian laissez faire in mid-Victorian England;
analyzes the social, cultural, and moral results of the Peelite split in the Tory
party in 1846; and attempts to show that a hopeful outlook is still to be found in
the "organic Toryism" preached by Disraeli, plus a moral socialism such as is im-
314 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
plicit in the teachings of Morris. A stimulating book, with much of which many
readers will not agree, but which vitalizes a good deal of mid- Victorian political
economy by showing how relevant it is to the present-day dilemma. C. F. H.
Burn, Duncan L, The economic history of steelmakingj 1867-1989. A study in
competition. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xii+548.
Clare, Albert. The City Tempk, 1640-1940. The tercentenary commemoration
volume. London: Independent pr. Pp. xxiv-j-288.
Clare, Rev. Wallace. The historic dress of the English schoolboy. Ulus. by G.
Bickers. London: Soc. for the Preservation of Ancient Customs.
Rev. in N & Q, Jan. 27, p. 72.
Clough, Shepard B. France: a history of national economics, 1789-1939. New
York: Scribner s, 1939. Pp. ix+498.
Rev. by J. Wolf in JMH, XII, 101-2.
Cohen, Lucy. Some recollections of Claude Goldsmid Montefiore, 1858-1938.
Forew. by H. A. L. Fisher. London: Faber & Faber. Pp. 277.
Cole, G. D. H., and Postgate, R. W. The British common people, 1746-1988.
See VB 1939, 383.
Rev. by S. Pargellis in Polit. sci. quar., LV, 290-92.
Cowper, Col. L. I. The King s Own: the story of a royal regiment. 2 vols. Lon
don: Honorary secretary, Regimental Assoc.
Account from 1680 to 1914.
Crewe, The Marquess of. "The eclipse of liberalism." FR, CXLVII, 474-84.
Curwen, E. Cecil (ed.). The journal of Gideon Mantell, surgeon and geologist;
covering the years 1818-1852. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 315.
Darby, Henry C. The draining of the Fens. A history from 1500 to 1900.
("Cambridge studies In economic hist.") New York: Macmillan; Cam
bridge univ. pr. Pp. xix+312.
Devereux, Roy. John London McAdam: chapters in the history of highways.
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 195.
Dittmar, Heinrich. Die deutsch-englischen Beziehungen in den Jahren 1898/
1899; die Vorbesprechungen zu den Bundnisverhandlungen von 1900/1901.
Stuttgart: Kohlhammer, 1938. Pp. 143.
Rev. by R. Dietrich in HZ, CLXII, 385-87.
Eberhard, Heinrich. Der englische Hochschulsport; seine Entwicklung, seine
Gliederung und seine Stellung in der englischen Universitatserziehung der
Gegenwart. Berlin: Weidmann, 1938. Pp. iv+200.
Rev. by H. Marcus in Archiv, CLXXVII, 56-57. A history from the beginning
to the present.
VICTORIA^ BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 ^15
Eckles, Robert B. "The character and management of the parties in the
House of Commons, 1847-1859." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1B3S).
Cambridge: Harvard univ, pr. Pp. 136-38.
Fellowes, Edmund H. The Knights of the Garter, 1348-1939. ("Historical mono
graphs relating to St. George s Chapel, Windsor/ 1 ) London: S.P.C.K. Pp.
xvi+113.
Fiske. The letters of John Fiske. Ed. by his daughter Ethel F. Fisfc. New
York: Macmillan. Pp. 706.
Rev. by H. Gorman in NYTBR, Dec. 22, pp. 1, 16; by A. Nevins in SRL, Jan. 4,
1941, p. 6. Contains many interesting and valuable glimpses of Carlyle, George
Eliot, Froude, Huxley, Mill, Tennyson, and other Victorians.
Flexner, Marion W. Drina: England 1 s young Victoria. New York: Coward-
McCann; London: Michael Joseph, 1939. Pp. ix+277. English title: The
young Victoria.
Fulford, Roger. "A good German." NS, Feb. 10, pp. 170-71.
On Prince Albert and his "pre-eminently German qualities."
Gibbon, Sir Gwilym, and Bell, R. W. History of the London County Council,
1889-1939. New York: Macmillan, 1939. Pp. xxi+696.
Rev. by C. Kirby in JMH, XII, 261-62.
Gibson, S. "1840: an exhibition." Bodleian Library rec., I, 167-70.
Gleason, John H. "The growth of Russophobia in England, 1815-1841." Har
vard univ. summaries of theses (1938). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp.
138-41.
Gleichen, Lady Helena. Contacts and contrasts; reminiscences. London: Mur
ray. Pp. 356.
Graham, Eleanor. The making of a queen. Victoria at Kensington Palace. Lon
don: Cape. Pp. 333.
Grant, A. J., and Temperley, Harold. Europe in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries (1789-1938). 5th ed. New York: Longmans, 1939. Pp. 700.
Rev. in JMH, XII, 279.
Graveson, Samuel (ed.). Penny postage centenary. London: Postal History
Society. Pp. 144.
Hale, Oron J. Publicity and diplomacy, with special reference to England and
Germany, 1890-1914. Publ. for the Virginia Institute for Research in the
Soc. Sciences. New York: D. Appleton-Century. Pp. xi+486.
Hansen, Marcus Lee. The Atlantic migration. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr.
Pp. 391.
316 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Hawgood, John. Modern constitutions since 1787. London: Macmillan; New
York: Van Nostrand, 1939. Pp. xii+539.
Rev. by F. Ogg in JM H, XII, 402.
Ingram, Arthur F. W. Fifty years 1 work in London, 1889-1939. London:
Longmans. Pp. 249.
Johnson, Charles. "The Camden Society, 1838-1938." In Transactions of the
Royal Hist. Soc., 4th ser., Vol. XXII. London: Royal Hist. Soc. Pp. 3151
Jones, G. P., and Pool, A. G. A hundred years of economic development in
Great Britain. ("Hundred years ser.") London: Duckworth; New York:
Macmillan. Pp. 420.
Rev. by E. Morgan in Economic jour., L, 308-10; in NS, Feb. 17, p. 220.
Kair, D. L. The constitutional history of modern Britain, 1485-1987. New
York: Van Nostrand, 1938. Pp. 568.
Rev. by R. Schuyler in AHR, XLVI, 113-17.
Kiernan, E. V. G. British diplomacy in China, 1880 to 1885. Cambridge univ.
pr.; New York: Macmillan, 1939. Pp. xi+327.
Keith, A. B. The constitution of England from Victoria to George VL 2 vols.
London: Macmillan. Pp. lvi+486; x+516.
Rev. in NR, CXIV, 380-81.
Lehmann-Haupt, H. "English illustrators in the collection of George Arents."
Colophon ("New graphic ser."), I, No. 4, 23-47.
Illustrators from Rowlandson to Caldecott.
Leslie, J. H. "Vanity Fair, a weekly newspaper." N & Q, May 4, p. 315;
July 13, p. 35.
First number, Nov. 7, 1868.
Leveson-Gower, Sir George. Years of content: 1858-1886. London: Murray.
Pp. 270.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 22, p. 592.
Marchard, Leslie. "The Athenaeum": a mirror of Victorian culture. Chapel
Hill: Univ. of North Carolina pr. Pp. 400.
Marder, Arthur. "British naval policy in 1878." JMH, XII, 367-73.
Marriott, Sir John A. R. The evolution of the British empire and commonwealth
See VB 1939, 387.
Rev. by H. Robinson as "an irritating volume," in AHR, XLVI, 129-30.
Martin, Paul. Victorian snapshots. Introd. by Charles Harvard. London:
Country life; New York: Scribner s, 1939. Pp. xv+72.
VICTORIAN RIBLHKJRAPHY FOR 104(1 317
Marx. Living thoughts of Karl Marx; based on "Capitol"; a critique of political
economy. Presented by Leon Trotsky. ( Living thoughts library," Vol.
XL) Toronto: Longmans, Pp. 184.
Rev. by A. Gu6rard in HTB, Jan. 21, p. 10.
Medlicott, W. N. "The Gladstone government and the Cyprus convention,
1880-85." JMH, XII, 186-208.
Merriam, H. G. Edward Moxon: publisher of poets. See VB 1939, 388.
Rev. by G. Doane in LQ, X, 300-301; by B. McElderry, Jr., in MLN, LV,
307-8.
Meynell, Viola (ed.). Friends of a lifetime: letters to Sydney Carlyk CockereU.
London: Cape. Pp. 384.
Rev. by B. Howard in NS, Oct. 26, pp. 420-22.
-Middleton, W. St. J. F. B., Earl of. Records and reactions, 1856-1939. See
VB 1939, 388.
Rev. by C. Smith in JMH, XII, 411-12.
Moffett, T. H. "Truth underlined; or, From Hogarth to Low." Manch, LXIV
(1939), 81-95.
Morice, G., and others. "Minor Victorian playhouses." N & Q, Aug. 17,
pp. 119-20; Sept. 14, p. 195.
Mundy, P. D. "The Victorian home of taste." N & Q, April 7, pp. 298-99.
Newton, A. P. A hundred years of the British empire. London: Duckworth.
Pp. 416.
Rev. in S, Sept. 13, p. 272.
Palfrey, Thomas R. "Sur une biographic de Byron ayant appartenu & Stend
hal." RoR, XXI, 280-84.
Palmer, Norman. "Irish absenteeism in the eighteen-seventies." JMH, XII,
357-66.
Parry, E. Jones (ed.). The correspondence of Lord Aberdeen and Princess Lie-
ven, 1832-1854. Vol. II, 1848-1854. London: Royal Historical Soc., 1939.
Pp. vii+293-669.
Rev. by A. A. in EHR, LV, 508-9; by V. Puryear in JMH, XII, 546-47. For
Vol. I see VB 1939, 389.
Petrie, Sir Charles. Joseph Chamberlain. ("Great lives ser.") London: Duck
worth. Pp. 142.
Plant, Marjorie. The English book trade See VB 1939, 389.
Rev. by J. H. E. B. in LAR, XLII, 131-32; by A. Robinson in Economic jour.,
L, 310-11.
318 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Platz, Hermann. "Houston Stewart Chamberlain, Bayreuth und Shake
speare/ NeuP, XI, 210-24.
Playfair, G. Kean. London: Bles, 1939. Pp. viii+346.
Pledge, Humphry T. Science since 1500; a short history of mathematics, physics,
chemistry, and biology. London: H.M. Stationery off., 1939. Pp. 357.
Powicke, F. M.; Johnson, Charles; and Harte, W. J. Handbook of British
chronology. London: Royal Historical Soc., 1939. Pp. 424.
Rev. by J. Edwards in EHR, LV, 296-97; in AHR, XLVI, 182.
Redford, Arthur, assisted by Russell, Ina S. The history of local government in
Manchester. Vols. I and II. London: Longmans, 1939, 1940. Pp. xi+392;
viii+467.
Starts with the year 1839.
Reed, William Henry. Elgar, ("Master musicians ser.") New York: Dutton,
1939. Pp. viii+215.
Rev. by P. Bowdoin in HTB, Jan. 21, p. 11.
Rothenstein, Sir William. Since fifty: men and memories, 1922-1938. London:
Faber & Faber, 1939. Pp. 346.
Rev. by R. Cortissoz in HTB, May 5, p. 2. Includes recollections of Kipling,
Beerbohm, etc.
Saintsbury, H. A., and Palmer, Cecil (eds.). We saw him act. A symposium on
the art of Sir Henry Irving. A series of essays } articles, and anecdotes t per
sonal reminiscences and dramatic criticisms written by his contemporaries.
London: Hurst & Blackett, 1939. Pp. 423.
Seheunemann, W. Character und Krise der britischen Weltpolitik. Das Zeital-
ter Grossbritanniens, 1789-1933. Leipzig: Bibliographisches Institut, 1939.
Pp. 92.
Sedgwick, Henry D. Madame Recamier: thebiographyofaflirt. Indianapolis:
Bobbs Merrill, 1939. Pp. 313.
Rev. by M. Smith in French rev., XIV, 51-52.
Senex and others. "Frazier s magazine, Regina. " N & Q, June 15, p. 425;
Aug. 31, p. 159.
Shryock, Richard H. The development of modern medicine. An interpretation of
the social and scientific factors involved. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsyl
vania pr., 1936. Pp. xiv+442.
Rev. by G. Dick in JMH, XII, 254-55.
Sitwell, Osbert (ed.). "The changes of fifty years (being extracts from the
diary of Georgiana Sitwell, 1826-1900)." LL, XXIV, 140-47; XXV, 26-
34, 148-57.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOCJKAPHY FOR 1940 ;U9
Sitwell, Osbert. Two generations. London: MacmiUan. Pp. xxxiii+308,
Rev. in TLS, Sept. 28, p. 498 (early and mid-Victorian diaries of the Sitwelis).
Smyth, Charles. Simeon and church order: the Birkbeck lectures for 1937-88.
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. 336.
Rev. by J. Mozley in S, Nov. 22, p. 542; in jPL, Sept. 28, p. 492, Studies in
the Cambridge background of the early Victorian evangelicalism.
Sontag, R. J. Germany and England; background of conflict, 1848-1894. See
VB 1939, 391.
Rev. by E. Koch in German queer., XIII, 167-68.
Thompson, Lillian Gilchrist. Sidney Gikhrist Thomas. London: Faber&Fa-
ber. Pp. 328.
Rev. by R. Coventry in NS, June 22, pp. 774-76.
Viallate, Achille. L activite teonomique en France de la fin du XV IIP si^cle a
nos jours. Paris: Marcel Riviere, 1937. Pp. 489.
Rev. by J. Wolf in JMH t XII, 101-2.
Victoria, Queen. See II, Beall, Flexner, Graham, Wilkins.
Warner, John, and Gunn, W. A. John Frost and the Chartist movement in Mon
mouthshire; catalogue of Chartist literature, prints, relics r etc. Newport, Mon
mouthshire: Chartist centenary committee, Central Library, 1939. Pp.
xii4-55.
Rev. by C. Fay in Economic jour. , L, 305-6.
Watteville, H. de. Lord Kitchener. London: Blackie, 1939. Pp. 201.
Wilkins, Vaughan. ... e Vittoria regnd. Milan: Mondadori, 1939. Pp. 756.
Rev. in Rassegna italiana, XXIII, 228-29.
Williams, David. John Frost: a study in chartism. See VB 1939, 393.
Rev. by C. Fay in Economic jour., L, 305-6; by T. Jones in , Jan. 12, p. 51.
Wilson, Sir Arnold T. The Suez Canal; its past, present, and future. 2d ed.
Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. 242. 1st ed., Dec., 1938.
Windelband, W. Bismarck und die europdischen Grossm&chte 1879-1885. Auf
Grand unveroffentlicher Akten. Essen: Essener Verlag-Anst. Pp. 699.
Noted in Die neue Literatur, XLI, iiL
Windelband, W. "Bismarcks Kolonialkonflikt mit England/ Deutsche Rund
schau, LXVI (Dec., 1939), 81-84.
Windelband, W. "Erich Marcks J nachgelassenes Bismarckbueh." Deutsche
Rundschau, LXVI (Feb.), 82-33.
320 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Winstanley, Denys A. Early Victorian Cambridge. Cambridge univ. pr. ; To
ronto: Macmillan. Pp. xii+460.
Rev. by S. Gaselee in S, Aug. 23, p. 196; by J. Marriott in FR, CXLVIII,
425-26; in CR, CLVIII, 711-13; in N & Q, Sept. 7, pp. 179-80; in TLS, Aug. 31,
p. 422.
Woodward, E. L. The age of reform, 1815-1870. See VB 1938, 405.
Rev. by H. Bell in AHR, XLV, 384-86.
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LITERARY
FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES
Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel. Vols. IX and X. See VB 1939,
393.
Rev. of Vol. IX by G. Tillotson in MLR, XXXV, 269-70; rev. of Vol. X by C.
Sisson in MLR, XXXV, 401-2; by H. Williams in RES, XVI, 244-46.
Ball, Robert H. The amazing career of Sir Giles Overreach See VB 1939,
393.
Rev. by D. Walmsley in RES, XVI, 216-19.
Barnett, John E. "The posthumous reputation of Dean Swift." Harvard univ.
summaries of theses (1988). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 286-89.
Includes nineteenth-century biographers and critics.
Bauermann, W. Die Times und die Abwendung Englands von Deutschland um
1900. Cologne: Orthen, 1939. Pp. 78.
Binyon, Laurence. " Terza rima in English." English, III, 113-17.
Braaksma, H. M. Travel and literature See VB 1938, 406.
Rev. by R. W. Frantz in MP, XXXVIII, 101-3.
Bronowski, J. The poet s defence. See VB 1939, 394.
Rev. by J. B. Leishman in RES, 369-72.
Brooks, Cleanth. Modern poetry and the tradition. Chapel Hill: Univ. of
North Carolina pr., 1939. Pp. 267.
Rev. by W. Auden in New R, Feb. 5, p. 187; by J. Bennett in MLR, XXXV,
270. Includes chapters on "Yeats: the poet as myth-maker/ and "Notes for a
revised history of English poetry."
Carter, Boyd. "Alphonse Daudet: in memoriam: 1840-1940." French rev. t
XIV, 21-25.
Cazamian, Louis. La poesie romantique anglaise. ("Etudes d aujourd hui,"
Vol. I.) Paris: H. Didier, 1939. Pp. 88.
Rev. by Edmund Blunden in EtA, III (1939), 367-68. Includes "tracing the
romantic sensibility through the days of men like Beddoes, Darley, and Hood into
the full Victorian Age and onwards. 7
VlCTOHlAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOU 1940 321
Cecil, Lord David (comp. and ed.). The Oxford book of Christian r^rae. With
an introd. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 594.
Chartist movement. See II, Warner, Williams.
Church, Richard. "The poet and the novel. 1 In Essays by divers hands (N.S.),
Vol. XVIII. Ed. by St. John Ervine. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr.
Pp. 2-18.
Craig, Hardin, and Dodds, John W. (eds.). Types of English fiction. New
York: Macmillan. Pp. ix+745.
Daiches, David. The novel and the modern world. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago
pr. Pp.238.
Rev. by W. Auden in New R, Jan. 15, pp. 90-91.
Davis, Herbert; DeVane, W. C.; and Bald, R. C. (eds.). Nineteenth-century
studies. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell univ. pr. Pp. 303.
Includes the following studies: C. Moore, "Thomas Carlyle and fiction: 1822-
1834" (pp. 131-78); W. DeVane, "Browning and the spirit of Greece" (pp. 179-
98); F. Curtin, "Aesthetics in English social reform: Ruskin and his followers"
(pp. 199-246); O. Maurer, Jr., "William Morris and the poetry of escape" (pp.
247-76); C. Bissell, "A study of The way of att flesh" (pp. 277-303).
Dietz, Heinrich. "Demagogic im Spiegel der englischen Literatur des ver-
gangenen Jahrhunderts." NeuP, XI, 81-93.
Ehrentreich, Alfred. "Klassiker des englischen Kinderbuches im poHtischen
Gewande." NeuP, XI, 175-83.
On the great influence of Lewis Carroll upon the form, diction, and spirit of
political satire hi England, especially during the present war; informative and sug
gestive. W. D. T.
Ellis-Fermor, Una. The Irish dramatic movement. London: Methuen, 1939.
Pp. 232.
Rev. by F. Boas in English, III, 86-87.
Evans, B. If or. "England s treasury of literature: missionaries of the free
mind." TLS, Sept. 7, pp. 446, 461.
Evans, B. Ifor. Tradition and romanticism. Studies in English poetry from
Chaucer to W. B. Yeats. London: Methuen. Pp. 213.
Rev. by R. Cox in Scrutiny, VIII, 441-43; by V. Pinto in English, III, 36-37;
in FR, CXLVIII, 336-37; in TLS, Feb. 3, pp. 58, 64.
Dedicated to the thesis that the classic versus romantic conflict is fundamentally
an unsound English controversy; that the genius of English poetry has never truly
ceased to be "romantic," a term which applies to all that is basic in the great Eng
lish poetic tradition. Contains good discussion of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold
as the principal Victorian poets. Will arouse much disagreement among all types
of readers, who will compare it, unfavorably, with Lucas Decline andfaU of the
romantic ideal. A provocative and stimulating study. C. F. H.
322 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Everett, Edwin Mallard. The party of humanity: the "Fortnightly review 1 and
its contributors, 1865-1874. See VB 1939, 395.
Rev. by W. Graham in MLN, LV, 302-4.
Fan-ell, Ralph. Stefan Georges Beziehungen zur englischen DichtkunsL ("Ger-
manische Studien," Heft 192.) Berlin: Ebering, 1937. Pp. 239.
Rev. by Henri Tronchon in RG, XXX (1939), 297-99 (the most useful part, on
pp. 179-220, considers the translations George made from Browning, Ruskin,
Felicia Hemans, Rossetti, Swinburne, Dowson, etc.).
Fischer, Walther. Des Darmstddter Schriftstelkrs Johann Heinrich Kunzel
(1810-1878) Beziehungen zu England. Mit ungedruckten (oder wenig bekann-
ten) Briefen von Carlyle, Dickens, Macaulay, Chr. von Bunsen, F. Freili-
grathy u. a. ("Giessener Beitrage zur deutschen Philologie," No. 67.) Gies-
sen: von Miinchowsche Universitats-Druckerei Otto Kindt, 1939. Pp. 80.
Rev. by F. Krog in HZ, CLXII, 655-56; in ZNU, XXXI, 89-90.
Gantz, Kenneth F. "The beginnings of Darwinian ethics." Univ. of Texas
Publication No. 3926. July 8, 1939. Studies in English, 1939. Austin:
Univ. of Texas, 1939. Pp. 180-209.
A well-documented article, with treatment especially of Darwin, but also of
Huxley, Spencer, Morley, Lyell, E. B. Tyler, McLennan, Alfred R. Wallace,
James Hunt, Bagehot, John Lubbock, Francis Galton, W. R. Greg, and others.
The article concludes that Darwin s discussion of the moral faculty of man is a
summing-up, from the point of view of the evolution of man, of the ideas presented
by others din-ing the 1860 s; that Darwin contributed two important details, in
addition to gathering and shaping the ideas of others into a coherent theory of the
origin, nature, and development of man s moral being; that The descent of man
(1871) inaugurated the controversial stage in the development of evolutionary
ethics the second rather than the first stage. A useful and stimulating article.
W. D. T.
Gohdes, Clarence. "A check-list of volumes by Longfellow published in the
British Isles during the nineteenth century." BBDI, XVII, 46.
Gohdes, Clarence. "Longfellow and his authorized British publishers."
PMLA, LV, 1165-79.
Hauser, Sylva. Die Entvncklung der Landschaftsschau in der englischen Rei-
seliteratur vom Anfange des 18. bis ungefdhr zur Mitte des 19. Jahrhunderts.
Zurich diss., 1937. Pp. 125.
Hawley, Joseph. "A hundred years of shorthand." Manch, LXIV (1939),
56-78.
HenMn, Leo J. Darwinism in the English novel, 1860-1910. The impact of evo
lution on Victorian fiction. New York: Corporate pr., 163 Front St. Pp.
303.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 323
Hentschel, Cedric. T. he Byronic Teuton: aspects of German pessimism, 1800-
1983. London: Methuen. Pp. viii+234.
Rev. in Modern languages, XXII, 33.
Hicks, Granville. Figures of transition See VB 1939, 396.
Rev. by D. Daiches in New R, Jan. 1, p. 29; by A. Kazin in HTB, Jan. 7, p. 2;
in Educational forum, IV, 359-60.
Hooker, K. W Victor Hugo in England. See VB 1939, 397.
Rev, by F. C. Green in MLR, XXXV, 106-8.
Hiibner, Walter. "Wesensziige der politischen Rede in England." NeuP, XI,
41-59.
Jones, Kathleen. La revue Britannique. Son histoire et son action littlmire
(1825-1840}. Sorbonne diss. Paris: Droz, 1939. Pp.207.
Noted in RLC t XX, 119.
Knowles, Edwin B., Jr. "Don Quixote through English eyes." Hispania,
XXIII, 103-15.
A historical account, "a rapid summary of three major changes in English
literary taste as it focussed itself on this one Spanish work . . . . : the jestbook
Don Quixote of the first half of the seventeenth century; the humorous satirical
classic of the first half of the eighteenth century; and the sad comment on hu
manity s idealism of the nineteenth century. Like every statement of majority
reactions, this one recognizes that in every period there were minority views of a
contrary sort " One wishes for more evidence before accepting the author s
conclusion as to the majority reaction of the nineteenth century. W. D. T.
Lowry, Howard F. "The literature of the nineteenth century and the modem
scholar." In English Institute annual, 1939. New York: Columbia univ.
pr. Pp. 90-115.
Lucas, F. L. Ten Victorian poets. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York: Macmil-
lan. Pp. xx+202.
Rev. by L. Aaronson in NC, CXXVIII, 79-82 (severely); by G. Cookson in
English, III, 93-94; by J. J. H. in Studies, XXIX, 334-35; by S. Norman in S,
May 24, p. 726; in N & Q } April 27, p. 306. Treats of Arnold, Browning, Clough,
Hardy, W. Morris, C. Patmore, C. Rossetti, D. G. Rossetti, Swinburne, Tennyson.
Is a new edition of Lucas 7 Eight Victorian poets (1930) with two new chapters, on
Coventry Patmore and Chris tina Rossetti.
Marriott, Sir John. English history in English fiction. London: Blackie. Pp.
xii+308.
Matthews, W. Cockney past and present See VB 1938, 409.
Rev. by P. Reaney in RES, XVI, 491-94.
Metz, Rudolf. A hundred years of British philosophy. See VB 1939, 398.
Rev. by W. Long in The personalist, XXI, 79-82.
324 VICTOUIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Muchnic, Helen. Dostoevsky s English reputation See VB 1939, 398.
Rev. by H. Papajewski in BeiUatt, LI, 42-43.
Neff, Emery. A revolution in European poetry, 1600-1900. New York: Co
lumbia univ. pr. Pp. x+279.
This is an admirable, relatively brief, historical study in comparative literature,
tracing the main themes of European literature the literature of France, Eng
land, Germany, and Italy from the culmination of mid-seventeenth-century
French "classicism" through the phenomena of "romanticism" (though these Pro
tean terms are never used) down to the last emancipations from the era of Louis
XIV in the works of Jules Laforgue and Mallanne\ A surprising amount of
literary history is compressed within the 279 pages of Professor Neff s volume; yet
all is handled with clarity and with distinction of style. It will be of great help to
students in bringing Continental movements of thought and literature into re
vealing relationship with those in England, in showing the underlying unity of
Western culture and change during a period when a great revolution, too broad and
complicated to be snared in a simple definition, shifted the intellectual center of
gravity from the world of Racine, Newton, and Gottsched to that of Goethe,
Wordsworth, and Hugo. In a work which attempts not only to synthesize so many
great literary forces but also to deal with them in a spirit of criticism, readers will
sometimes find themselves in conflict with the author s judgments, emphases, de
tails, or principle of selection. Yet, in these days of quantitative and uncritical
accumulation of fact, it is refreshing to come upon a book which has the courage to
assemble and evaluate. For Victorianists, the book presents a brief and vivid back
ground in Continental literature and a number of arresting passages on such Vic
torians as Tennyson, Arnold, Browning, Swinburne. C. F. H.
^ Rev. by Paul Hazard in RoR, XXXII (1941), 93-94 ("il nous donne une Stude
d un genre nouveau, il nous fait penser, il nous pr&ente un choix heureux et nuance*
de tremors admirables; son livre me"rite de figurer en excellente place dans la biblio-
theque de ceux qui veulent re"fl<Schir sur Involution du lyrisme europSen, et rver
BUT de beaux vers").
Noyes, Alfred. Pageant of letters. New York and London: Sheed & Ward
Pp. 356,
Rev. in SRL, Dec. 21, p. 22.
The Oxford book of English verse, 1250-1918. Newed. Ed. by Sir Arthur Quil-
ler-Couck Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. xxviii+l, 172.
Rev. by J. Leishman in RES, XVI, 360-69; by R. Marvell in NS, Feb. 3, p 140
by M. Plowman in Adelphi, XVI, 365-67.
Oxford Movement. See IV, Forbes, Newman.
Perry, Ten Eyck. Masters of dramatic comedy See VB 1939, 398.
Rev. by A. Nicoll in JEGP, XXXIX, 399. Includes treatment of Wilde.
Pope, Hugh. "A brief history of the English version of the New Testament
first published at Rheims in 1582, continued down to the present day "
Library, XX, 351-76; XXI, 44r-77.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 325
Randall, John H. The making of the modern mind; a survey of the irdelkctual
background of the present age. Rev. ed. Boston: Hough ton Miffin. Pp.
xiii+696.
Part IV, dealing with the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, has been revised.
Reid, Margaret J. C. The Arthurian legend See VB 1939, 399.
Rev. as "a beginner s thesis" by E. V. in RES, XVI, 331-32.
Reynolds, Paul E. "The English sonnet sequence, 1783-1845." Harvard univ.
summaries of theses (1928). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 328-30.
Robinson, Lennox (ed.). The Irish theatre London: Macmillan. Pp.
xiv+230.
Rose, Felix (comp. andtrans.). Les grands lyriques anglais. Paris: H. Didier.
Pp. 441. See also VB 1939, 399.
Rev. with praise in Modem languages, XXI, 185-86; in NS, June 15, p. 756.
Rudman, Harry W. Italian nationalism and English letters. Figwes of the
Risorgimento and Victorian men of letters. ("Columbia univ. studies in Eng
lish and comp. lit.," No. 146.) New York: Columbia univ. pr.; London:
Allen & Unwin. Pp. 444.
Rev. by W. Gibson in English, III, 142 (a hundred pages of the book are devoted
to Notes, Bibliography, and Index; its main purpose, to study "the political in
fluence exerted by the exiles of the Risorgimento on the work of Victorian men of
letters"; the fruits of this influence were "meagre" and "slight"); in S, July 12,
pp. 39-40; in TLS, June 29, p. 316.
Part II is valuable, dealing, from the point of view of literature, with such
figures as Ugo Foscolo, Gabriele Rossetti, Panizzi, Orstni, Cavour, Garibaldi. Half
the book is devoted to Mazzini; involves such Victorians as Gladstone and
Carlyle. Excellent contribution to background materials in comparative literature.
--a F. H.
Russell, Leonard (ed.). English wits. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 363.
Rev. by C. Connolly in NS, Nov. 16, p. 496, The wits include Theodore Hook,
Miss Mitford, Sydney Smith, Oscar Wilde,
Sandoe, James. " Private theatricals and private theatres/ " Colorado-
Wyoming jour, of letters (1939), pp. 77-88.
Treats of Jane Austen, Dickens, Meredith, etc.
Schaepdryver, K. de. Hippolyte Taine: essaisursapense e. Paris: Droz, 1938.
Pp. 187;
Rev. by Horatio Smith in RoR, XXXI, 301-3.
Schlosser, A. Die englische Literatur in Deutschland von 1895 bis 1984
See VB 1937, 433.
Rev. by Ernst Sehrt in LgrP, LXI, 31-32.
326 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Schultz, F. Der Deutsche in der englischen Literatur See VB 1939, 399.
Rev. by L. Forster in MLR, XXXV, 249-50; by H, Marcus in Archiv,
CLXXVII, 56; in ZNU, XXXIX, 88-89.
Schulz, F. D. H. "Von Byron bis Shaw: iiber das Moralische, das sich im
Puritanismus nicht immer von selbst versteht." Die Literatur, XLII,
194-96.
Simmons, Ernest J. Dostoevski; the making of a novelist. Oxford urdv. pr. Pp.
x+416.
Speirs, J. The Scots literary tradition. London: Chatto & Windus. Pp. 200.
Stewart, W. McC. "Racine vu par les anglais de 1800 a nos jours." RLC,
XIX (1939), 563-80.
Stoll, Elmer E. Shakespeare and other masters. Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr.
Pp. xv+430.
Storr, Vernon F. Freedom and tradition. A study of liberal evangelicalism. Lon
don: Nisbet. Pp. 193.
Rev. in TLS, March 16, p. 132.
An admirable brief account; first three chapters cover the origins of the Evan
gelical movement, and its development in nineteenth-century liberalism in the
Oxford Noetics, in Coleridge, in Arnold, in Essays and reviews; the second half of
the book is less historical than analytical and hortatory, dealing with the religious
problems of the recent past and of the present. A thoughtful and useful little book
by the author of one of the standard Evangelical histories of nineteenth-century
English religious thought, The development of English theology. . . . 1800-1860
(1913). C. F. H.
Summers, M., The Gothic quest: a history of the Gothic noveL London: Fortune
pr. 1938. Pp. 443.
Gothic romances of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries.
Temple, William. The genius of English poetry. (Presidential address, English
Assoc.) Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. 16.
Considers Browning the most distinctively English of poets.
Tolles, Winton. Tom Taylor and the Victorian drama. ("Columbia univ.
studies in English and comp. lit.," No. 148.) New York: Columbia univ.
pr. Pp. ix+299.
Toynbee, Arnold, A study of history. Vols. IV, V, and VI. Issued under the
auspices of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. Oxford univ. pr.,
1939. Pp. xvi+656; vi+712; vi+633.
Rev. by P. Sorokin in JM H, XII, 374-87.
Trilling, Lionel. The Victorians and democracy." Southern rev., V, 642-47.
Tronchon, Henri. Lejeune Edgar Quinet. See VB 1938, 411.
Rev. by F. Baldensperger in RLC, XIX (1939), 195-97.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 327
Walpole, Sir Hugh. "English domestic fiction: its influence abroad." TLS,
Sept. 7, p. 445.
Wells, Henry W. New poets from old. A study in literary genetics. New York:
Columbia univ. pr. Pp. x+356.
Worcester, David. The art of satire. Harvard univ. pr.; London: Milford.
Pp. vii+184.
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Arnold (see also III, Lucas). Matthew Arnold: poetry and prose; with Sir Wil
liam Watson s poem and essays by Lionel Johnson and H. W. Garrod. Introd.
and notes by Sir E. K. Chambers. ("Clarendon series of English lit.")
Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. 222.
Rev. by E. A. Baker in RES, XVI, 357-58 (with praise for the introductory
material and the poetry); by R. Mortimer in NS, March 16, p. 368; in N & Q,
Feb: 3, p. 90.
Brown, E. K "Matthew Arnold and the eighteenth century." TQ, IX,
202-13.
Hippoclides. "The Church of Brou: monuments." N & Q, June 15, p. 423.
Knickerbocker, W. S. "Arnold, Shelley, and Joubert." MLN, LV, 201.
On Arnold s phrase: "beautiful and ineffectual angel."
Morrison, Theodore. "Dover Beach revisited: a new fable for critics." Har
per s, CLXXX, 235^4.
Five hypothetical English professors are asked to explain and evaluate "Dover
Beach." Their replies present amusing and instructive variations.
Muller, Herbert J. "Matthew Arnold: a parable for partisans." Southern rev.,
V, 551-58.
Inspired by Trilling s Matthew Arnold (see VB 1939, 401).
Page, Frederick, and others. "A line in "The scholar-gypsy. " N & Q, Jan. 20,
p. 51; Jan. 27, p. 68. See VB 1939, 401: Gill, W. W.
Tinker, C. B., and Lowry, H. F. The poetry of Matthew Arnold: a commentary.
New York: Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xv+404.
Rev. by Douglas Bush in YR, XXX, 195-97; by Samuel C. Chew in HTB,
July 31, p. 12; by D. Fitts in SRL, Sept. 14, p. 7; by P. Hutchison in NYTBR,
July 28, p. 2.
This commentary treats every poem in respect to sources, influences, dates, and
significance in Arnold s development, in so far as all known materials are avail
able; it levies upon the "Yale Manuscript," a volume of some seventy pages of
notes and rough drafts of poems, and upon Arnold s letters, journals, and other
sources, in an attempt to solve the problems arising from Arnold s habit of "in
cessantly classifying and rearranging his verses, cancelling and restoring poems,
excerpting passages that might stand alone, revising the diction, and altering the
328 VICTORIAN BIBLIOCSKAPHY FOR 1940
punctuation." Much valuable light is thrown on the meaning of a number of poems
and passages, though the editors admit that "disappointingly little has been dis
covered as to the exact date of composition JJ of many of them. Much is revealed
as to Arnold s methods of writing, his debt to rather unlikely sources, such as
periodical reviews and other journalistic and "literary" sources, and the causes of
his occasional blunders and inconsistencies. Many of the major poems "Dover
Beach," "Obermann once more/ and "Tristram and Iseult" are thus given a
new and illuminating approach, though many readers will feel that, in view of the
new materials drawn upon, more interpretation might have been expected. Many
will regret, too, that the editors denied themselves the opportunity to present a
cogent discussion of Arnold s poetry and poetic development in the Introduction.
They will, however, appreciate Sir Francis Wylie s appendix-chapter on "The
scholar-gipsy country." A companion volume, containing the poems themselves,
has been planned for publication in 1941, the two volumes to constitute a new edi
tion of the complete Poetical works. No thoughtful reader of Arnold can afford to
neglect the thorough, accurate, and well-organized product of Professors Tinker
and Lowry. C. F. H.
Bagehot. Irvine, William. Walter Bagehot. See VB 1939, 402.
Rev. by E. A. Baker in RES, XVI, 359-60; by E. Burgum in MLN, LV, 636-37;
by F. Herrick in AHR, XLVI, 137-38; by R. Hunt in NC, CXXVII, 110-12.
Beddoes. Meyerstein, E. H. W. "Thomas Lovell Beddoes." English, III,
8-15.
Beerbohm (see II, Rothenstein).
Braddon. Sadleir, Michael. "Notes on Lady Audley s secret." TLS, May 11,
p. 236. See also TLS, June 1, p. 272.
Bradley. Correspondence of Robert Bridges and Henry Bradley , 1900-1923.
Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp. vi+191.
Rev. by Nowell Smith" in English, III, 138.
Bridges (see also Bradley). Eaker, J. Gordon. "Robert Bridges concept of
nature." PMLA, LIV (1939), 1181-97.
Guerard, Albert, Jr. "The dates of some of Robert Bridges lyrics." MLN,
LV, 199-200.
Brimley. Phelan, Lewis J. "The life and letters of George Brimley." Harvard
univ. summaries of theses (1988). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp.
317-19.
Brontes. Cook, Davidson. "Charlotte Bronte and Mary Stuart/ " TLS,
April 20, p. 200.
Cornish, Dorothy Helen. These were the Brontes. New York: Macmillan. Pp.
491.
Brief rev. in CE t I, 559. This is fictional biography.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 329
Eve. " Villette and a French critic." N & Q, July 13, pp. 21-23.
Comments on Ernest Dimnet s Les saurs Bronte (1910).
Moore, Virginia. Emily Bronte. See VB 1939, 403.
Rev. by L. Villard in EtA, III (1939), 384-85.
Romieu, Emilie and Georges . Les sosurs Brontes. Paris, 1929; 2nd ed., 1931.
A German translation (Die Schwestem Bronte) by R. Stransky appeared in
Zurich and Leipzig, published by Rascher, 1939. Pp. iv+310.
Wells, Augustin. Les sceurs Bronte et I etranger. See VB 1938, 413.
Rev. by L. Villard in EtA, III (1939), 385-86.
Broughton. "Rhoda Broughton s secret: melodrama of the breaking heart; a
girlhood of bitter disillusion." TLS, Nov. 30, p. 604.
Brown, T. E. (see I, Cubbon).
Brownings (see also III, Davis, Lucas, Temple). The ring and the book. In-
trod. by E. Dowden. Notes by A. K. Cook. New impression, with notes.
Oxford univ. pr. Pp; 556.
Rev. and re-evaluated by V, Pritchett in NS, July 20, p. 66. This new ed. in
cludes an appendix of notes taken from A. K. Cook s Commentary on the poem.
Ariail, J. M. "Is Tippa passes a dramatic failure?" SP, XXXVII, 120-29.
Armstrong, A. J. "Browning s The ring and the book. " N & Q, Feb. 10,
p. 100, March 30, p. 232.
Cramer, Maurice Browning. "Browning s friendships and fame before mar
riage- (1833-1 846)." PMLA, LV, 207-30.
Davidson, Gustav. "The first edition of the Sonnets from the Portuguese. "
Publishers weekly, CXXXVI (1939), 1976-77. .
Forster, M., and Zappe, W. Robert Browning Bibliographic. See VB 1939, 403.
Rev. by W. Templeman in JEGP, XXXIX, 436.
Fox, Berenice. "Revision in Browning s Paracelsus." MLN, LV, 195-97.
McCormick,- James P. As aflame springs: the romance of Robert and Elizabeth
Barrett Browning. New York: Scribner s. Pp.356.
Rev. by M. Lehman in HTB, Sept. 22, p. 16.
Page, Frederick. "Browning vindicated." TLS, May 25, p. 255.
Raymond, William 0. "Browning s casuists." SP, XXXVII, 641-66.
Raymond, William 0. "Browning s letters to Isabella Blagden: an adden
dum." PMLA, LV, 614-15.
Raymond, William 0. "Browning s poetry: fifty years after." TQ, IX,
138-51.
330 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Rebora, P. "Robert Browning nel cinquantenario della morte." Studi inglesi:
bolkttino dell Institute britannico di Firenze, Oct., 1939, pp. 85-100.
Noted in RLC, XX, 119, and in EtA, III (1939), 423. Treats especially of
Browning s connection with Italy.
Senex, Humphreys, F., and others. "Browning queries." N &&gt; Q, July 27, pp.
64-65; Aug. 24, pp. 140-41; Aug. 31, pp. 151-53; Sept. 21, p. 214.
Difficult passages in Browning explained.
Smalley, Donald. "A parleying with Aristophanes." PMLA, LV, 823-38.
Smiles, Sam, and others. "The dictator orders his tomb." NS t March 16,
p. 380.
A page of parodies, in a certain competition.
Titman, Lily. "Thomas Hardy and Robert Browning and music." The choir
(London), XXX (Dec., 1939), 263-64.
Tracy, C. R. "The source and meaning of Browning s Tray" PMLA, LV,
615-17.
Yarrill, E. H. (trans.). Browning s "Roman murder story" as recorded in a
hitherto unknown Italian contemporary manuscript. Introd. by William 0.
Raymond. ("Baylor University s Browning interests," Ser. XL) Baylor
bulletin, Vol. XLII, No. 4. Waco, Tex.: Baylor univ., 1939. Pp. 47.
Rev. by H. Minchin in FR, CXLVIII, 336-37.
Zappe, W. M. Robert Brownings Verhdltnis zur bildenden Kunst. Berlin diss.
Pp. 91.
Butler (see also III, Davis). Cosi muore la carne. Trans, into Italian by Enzo
Giachino. Torino: G. Einaudi, 1939.
Rev. by B. Dal Fabbro in Letteratura, IV, 155-56.
Eyrignoux, Louis. "La dette de Shaw envers Samuel Butler: deux docu
ments." EtA, III (1939), 361-64.
Caine (see I, Cubbon).
Carlyle (see also III, Davis, Fischer, Rudman). Thomas Carlyle: journey to
Germany, autumn 1858. Ed., with introd., notes, and commentaries by
Richard A. E. Brooks. New Haven: Yale univ. pr. Pp. xxxviii+222.
Rev. by T. Scudder in JMH, XII, 569-70; by H. Shine in MLN, LV, 638; by
S. Southern in NYTBR, Dec. 29, p. 5; in HTB, Sept. 15, p. 18.
A very careful edition of the MS acquired by the Yale University Library in
1932; fully documented; and containing an illuminating appendix that discusses
twelve of Frederick s battles in the light of Carlyle s sources, methods, and degree
of fidelity to the original materials. C. F. H.
Davis, Harold (ed.). "Dickens, Carlyle, and Tennyson, by James S. Pike."
Atlantic monthly, CLXIV (1939), 810-19.
Visits to these authors in 1863.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 ;W1
Fervacque, P. "L actualite de Carlyle." Le Temps, July 7, 1939. Noted in
RLC.XK, 119.
Grierson, Sir Herbert. Essay sand addresses, London: Chatto & Windus. Pp.
285.
Rev. by E. Meyerstein in English, III, 140-41; by G. M. Young in S, Aug. 9,
pp. 148, 150; in TLS, July 6, p. 323. Includes treatment of Fronde and J. S. Mill.
Reprints a number of short pieces already published, including Carlyle and
Hitler" (1931). Charming and delightful, but very uneven in merit ; suffers to some
extent from "dating/ 5 as many of the author s pronouncements, on Scott, Byron,
and Carlyle, especially, were made while he was still in the process of determining
his conclusions. C. F. H.
Griggs, Edward H. Moral leaders. New York: Abingdon pr. Pp, 240.
Popular essays, including one on Carlyle.
Hartwig, George H. "An immortal friendship (Carlyle and Emerson)." H ib-
bertjour., XXXVIII, 102-14.
Scudder, Townsend. Jane Welsh Carlyk. See VB 1939, 405.
Rev. in TLS, April 6, p. 167.
Selliere, Ernest. L actualitg de Carlyk: un preurseur du ncdimal-socialisme*
Paris: Nouvelle revue critique, 1939. Pp. 254.
Rev. by R. Hunt in NC, CXXVI, 474-75; by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXV, 246-
47; by F. Piquet in RG, XXX (1939), 287-88.
Smith, Fred Manning. "Whitman s poet-prophet and Carlyle s hero."
PMLA, LV, 1146-64.
Wagner, Albert. "Goethe, Carlyle, Nietzsche and the German middle class."
Monatshefte fur deutschen Unterricht, XXXI (1939), 161-74, 235-42.
Young, Louise. Thomas Carlyle and the art of history. See VB 1939, 406.
Rev. by W. Abbott in MLN, LV, 550-51; by L. Davidson in MP, XXXVII,
332-34; by H. Grierson in EHR, LV, 318-21; by C. Harrold in JEGP, XXXIX,
428-31; by S. P. L. in JP, XXXVII, 80-81; by T. Scudder in JMH, XII, 271-72.
Carroll (see also III, Ehrentreich). "Les merveilles de la photographie." Tr.
from English by H. Fontenoy. Nrf, XXVIII, 238-42.
Archibald, R. C. "Bibliography of Lewis Carroll: additions." N & Q, Aug.
24, pp. 134-35.
McPike, E. F., and others. "Dobson, Dodson or Dodgson family. 7 N <fc Q,
June 22, p. 442; July 27, p. 69.
Clough (see III, Lucas).
Coleridge. Griggs, Earl Leslie. Coleridge fille: a biography of Sara Coleridge.
Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 280.
Rev. by V. Woolf in NS, Oct. 26, pp. 418-20.
332 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Collins. Parrish, M. C. Wilkie Collins and Charles Reade. First editions (with
a few exceptions) in the library at Dormy House, Pine Valley, Neio Jersey,
described with notes by M. L. Parrish, with the assistance of Elizabeth V. Mil
ler. London: Constable. Pp. x-f 356. 150 copies only.
Rev. in TLS, June 1, p. 272.
Conrad. Clemens, Florence. "Joseph Conrad as a geographer." SM, LI,
460-65.
Gee, John A., and Sturm, Paul J. (eds.). Letters of Joseph Conrad to Marguerite
Poradowski: 1890-1920. Tr. from French, and ed with an introd. New
Haven: Yale univ. pr. Pp. 147.
Rev. by M. Zabel in New R, Dec. 23, pp. 873-74.
Grordan, John D, Joseph Conrad: the making of a novelist. Cambridge: Har
vard univ, pr. Pp. xiv+430.
Rev. by M. Zabel in New R, Dec. 23, pp. 873-74.
Croker. Brightfield, Myron F. John Wilson Croker. Berkeley: Univ. of Cali
fornia pr. Pp. xiiiH-464.
Cust. "Diaries of Robert Needham Cust, 1842-1909." BM, XIV, 7-8.
Dallas, E. S. Roellinger, F. X. "E. S. Dallas in Trollope s Autobiography."
MLN, LV, 422-24.
Darwin (see also III, Gantz). Pleadwell, F. L. "Charles Darwin and Mrs.
Whitby." N & Q, May 18, p. 354.
Dickens (see also III, Fischer; Carlyle: Davis). Dickensian (quarterly), Vol.
XXXVI, Nos. 254, 255. See VB 1932, 422.
Items as follows: "Dickens s earliest known letter" (pp. 103-4); "A new Dick
ens letter: about his amateur theatricals" (pp. 75-77); "The birthday in the
black-out" (pp. 137-38); "A Dickens diary" (pp. 151-62); "Peeps at Dickens:
pen pictures from contemporary sources. XXXV Home theatricals" (pp. 173-
74) ; "Ein Fuhrer, im Dickens" (pp. 43-44) ; Ernest Boll, "The sketches by Boz "
(pp. 69-73); W. Dexter, "For one night only: Dickens s appearances as an ama
teur actor" (pp. 91-102, 131-35); W. L. Gadd, "Coketown" (pp. 85-87); W. L.
Gadd, "The Dickens touch" (pp. 181-85); T. W. Hill, "Let s talk of epitaphs"
(pp. 79-84); T. W. Hill, "The oyster; a close-up" (pp. 139-46); J. McNulty,
" A Christmas carol in other lands" (pp. 5-7) ; J. McNulty, "An omitted chapter"
(pp. 147-49); L. Mason, "Poe and the Messenger " (pp. 163-68); L. Mason, "A
tale of three authors" (pp. 109-19); C. Woollen, "Some thoughts on Dickens s
women" (pp. 178-80).
Alain. "L imagination dans le roman." RP, March 1, pp. 47-52.
Primarily a study of the imagination of Dickens.
Becker, May Lamberton. Introducing Charles Dickens. New York: Dodd.
Mead. Pp. ix+250.
Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, Nov. 16, p. 24.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1940
Christie, 0. F. Dickens and his age See VB 1939, 407.
Rev. in XR, CXIV, 124.
Davis, Earle R. "Dickens and the evolution of caricature/ PMLA, LV,
231-40.
"Dickens in Russia: a moral educator." By a Russian correspondent, TLS t
Sept. 7, p. 459.
G., W. W. " In a Pickwickian sense/ " N & Q, July 27, p. 63.
Gives 1851 as earliest date for the phrase.
Gaselee, S., and others. "At Christmas: Ibsen and Dickens." A r < <?, Jan.
20, p. 51; Jan. 27, p. 68.
Gummer, Ellis N. Dickens works in Germany, 1887-1B37. Oxford: Claren
don pr. Pp. 200.
Rev. in N & Q, May 4, p. 323.
Ignoto, and others. " Pickwick : two queries." N & Q, Aug. 24, p. 137;
Sept. 14, p. 197; October 26, pp. 302-3; Nov. 16, pp. 358-59.
Krappe, Edith S. "A possible source for Poe s The tell-tale heart and The black
cat." AL, XII, 84-88.
The possible source is Dickens 7 The clock-case.
Lucas, Audrey. "Some Dickens women." YR, XXIX, 706-28.
Lucas, John P., Jr. "To John Landseer, Esquire: a note from Charles Dick
ens." SAQ, XXXIX, 448-53.
" The old curiosity shop : Dickens and Disney." TLS, April 6, p. 167.
Orwell, George. Inside the whale London: Gollancz. Pp. 188.
Rev. by H. House in S, March 15, p. 382; by M. Plowman in Adelphi, XVI,
316-17; by V. Pritchett in NS, March 16, pp. 369-70; in Dicken&ian, XXXVI,
174-77. Includes an essay on Dickens social ideology a consideration of Dick
ens in relation to revolutionism.
Wilson, Edmund. "Dickens and the Marshalsea prison." Atlantic monthly,
CLXV, 473-83, 681-91.
Wilson, Edmund. "Dickens: the two Scrooges." New R, March 4, pp. 297-
300; March 11, pp. 339-42.
Wilson, Edmund. "The mystery of Edwin Drood." New R, April 8, pp.
463-67.
This and the article on "Dickens: the two Scrooges" present a study of Dickens
double personality with special reference to the Ellen Ternan affair, to the satire
on the middle class in Our mutual friend, and to the dual personality of John Jasper
in Edwin Drood.
Wilson, R. A. "Translations of the works of Charles Dickens." BM, XIV,
59-60.
334 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Disraeli, Benjamin. Cline, C. L. "Benjamin Disraeli on the grotesque in lit
erature." RES, XVI, 68-71.
Dudgeon, Patrick 0. "Las novelas de Mr. Disraeli." Nosotros, V, 81-91.
Hibernicus. "Disraeli and Spanish." N & Q, July 6, p. 11.
D Israeli, Isaac, Kopstein, Sarah. Isaac D Israeli (1766-1848). Basel diss.
Jerusalem: Azriel pr., 1939. Pp. 110.
Dobson. "Austin Dobson: 1840-1921: a poet of two worlds." TLS, Jan, 13,
p. 22 (a centenary article).
Hasenclever, E. Dos 18. Jahrhundert in Austin Dobsons Dichtung. Gottingen
diss. Wurzburg-Aumuhle: Triltsch, 1939. Pp. 98.
Brief rev. in LZD } XCI, 588.
Doughty. Brie, Friedrich. "Charles Doughty und sein Epos The dawn in
Britain: 3 A, LXIV, 256-95.
Cartwright, J. "Charles M. Doughty and Travels in Arabia Deserta/ "
Manch, LXIV, 141-60.
Taylor, Walt. Doughty s English. See VB 1939, 408.
Rev. by S. Potter in MLR, XXXV, 130-31.
Doyle. Starrett, Vincent (ed.). 2&1B: studies in Sherlock Holmes, by various
hands. New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvi+247.
Rev. in Educational forum, IV, 497.
DuMaurier. Lanoire, Maurice. "Un anglo-franc.ais, Georges du Maurier."
SP, March 15, pp. 263-81.
Eliot. Haight, Gordon S. George Eliot and John Chapman; with Chapman s
diaries. New Haven: Yale univ. pr. Pp. xi+261.
Rev. in NYTBR, Dec. 15, p. 12; in TLS, Dec. 28, p. 657.
This work, together with George Eliot s letters (now in the Yale University
Library) at present being edited by Mr. Haight, will revolutionize much in our con
ception of Marian Evans; it supplies much that was omitted by John W. Cross,
and publishes Chapman s hitherto unpublished diaries, also in the possession of
Yale University; it portrays George Eliot as more dependent on others than is
generally supposed, and reveals Chapman as a puzzlingly contradictory character;
the Westminster review group, including Herbert Spencer, receives new and illu
minating treatment. C. F. H.
Sackville-West, Edward. Books in general." NS, Nov. 23, pp. 518-20.
An essay on Middlemarch.
Forbes. Perry, William. Alexander Penrose Forbes, bishop of Brechin; the Scot
tish Pusey. London: S.P.C.K., 1939. Pp. 224.
Early leader of the Oxford Movement.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 335
Froude (see Carlyle: Grierson).
Garrett, afterward Anderson, Elizabeth (see II, Abercrombie).
Gladstone (see also II, Abercrombie, Ackland, Medlicott, Rudman). Hiley,
P. C. W. "Gladstone and Gordon." N & Q t Aug. 10, p. 100.
Hardy (see also II, Bain; III, Craig, Daiches, Lucas, Stoll, Wells; Browning:
Titman). Revenge is sweet; two short stories. With an introd. on "Hardy s
uncollected tales/ by Carl J. Weber. Waterville, Me.: Colby College li
brary. Pp. 61.
Selected poems of Thomas Hardy. Ed. with introd. by G. M. Young. London:
Macmillan. Pp. xxxix+204.
Rev. by L. Aaronson in NC, CXXVIII, 492-99; by W. Empson in N8, Sept. 14,
pp. 263-64.
Auden, W. H. "A literary transference." SouR, VI, 7&-8d.
Baker, E. A. "Hardy s Dynasts: the moment for a performance." London
Times, June 4, p. 4.
Baker, Howard. "Hardy s poetic certitude." SouR, VI, 49-63.
Baldwin, Earl, of Bewdley. "Thomas Hardy." English, III, 57-62.
Barber, E. "Hardy and Hardy s Wessex." Country life, LXXXVII, 562-65.
Barzun, Jacques. "Truth and poetry in Thomas Hardy." SouR t VI, 179-92.
Bentley, Phyllis. "Thomas Hardy as a regional novelist." FR, CXLVII,
647-52.
Blackmur, R. P. The expense of greatness. New York: Arrow Editions.
Pp. 305.
Includes essays on "The shorter poems of Hardy" and "The later poems of
Yeats."
Blackmur, R. P. "The shorter poems of Thomas Hardy." SouR, VI, 20-48.
Blyton, W. J. "Hardy after a century." NR, CXIV, 611-15; CWd, CLII,
292-95.
Brewin, A. H. "Thomas Hardy and the unknown soldiers." London Times,
June 1, p. 7.
Brooks, B. G. "Thomas Hardy." NC, CXXVIII, 377-89.
Brooks, Philip. "Remarkable Hardy exhibition at the Grolier Club."
NYTBR, June 2, p. 17.
Chadwick, Gertrude. "Thomas Hardy: some Wessex recollections." Guard
ian, June 7, pp. 275-76.
336 VICTORIAN* BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Chakravarty, A. u The dynasts" and the post-war age in poetry. See VB 1939,
410.
Rev. by B. Brooks in NC, CXXVI, 616-18; by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXV,
248-49.
Davidson, Donald. "The traditional basis of Thomas Hardy s fiction." SouR,
VI, 162-78.
Dobree, Bonamy. "The dynasts." SouR, VI, 109-24.
Downs, R. B. "Colby s Hardy collection." LQ, X, 162.
Edgar, Pelham. "The Hardy centenary." QQ, XLVII, 277-87.
Flower, Sir Newman. "Some memories of Thomas Hardy." Dorset county
chronicle, May 30, p. 5,
Gannett, Lewis. "Rothenstein s memories of Hardy." N. Y. Herald-Tribune,
April 23.
Gilchrist, Anne. "Tunes in the Hardy music books." M & L, XXI, 301-2.
Grew, Eva. "Thomas Hardy as musician." M & L, XXI, 120-42.
Grew, Eva. "Thomas Hardy and music." The choir, XXXI, 82-83.
Grigson, G. "Architecture and Thomas Hardy." Arch. rev. (Cheam, Surrey),
LXXXVIII, 1-2.
"Thomas Hardy: born June 2, 1840. The dynasts/ the book of the mo
ment. Poetical history with the force of a prophecy." TLS, June 1, pp.
266, 270. Feature centenary article.
Hilton, X R. "Thomas Hardy." Architects jour., XCI, 614-16.
Holland, Clive. "The Thomas Hardy I knew." Christian sci. mon., May 18,
mag. sec., pp. 5, 14.
Holland, Clive. "Cycle rides with Hardy." Dorset county chronicle, June 6,
pp. 1, 3.
Holland, Clive. "My walks and talks with Hardy." John o j London s weekly,
XLIII, 274 (June 7).
Holland, Clive. "Hardy the man." Jour, of Roy. Soc. of Arts, LXXXVIII,
779-92.
Hopkins, F. M. "The Lemperly sale" (of a Hardy letter). Publisher s weekly,
Jan. 20, 257-59.
HorwiU, H. W. "The centenary of Hardy s birth." NYTBR, July 7, p. 8.
Kaplan, Estelle. Philosophy in the poetry of Edwin Arlington Robinson. New
York: Columbia univ. pr. See pp. 6, 12, 31-33, 52.
Leavis, F. R. "Hardy the poet," SouR, VI, 87-98.
VICTORIAN RIBLIOGHAPHY FOR 19 H) H37
Leisner, August R. "Sonnets on Hardy." Dalhousie rev., XX, 316-18.
Leishman, J. B. "Hardy s burning veracity/ RES, XVI, 367.
Lovett, Neville. Hardy s religion." London Times, June 3, p. 3.
MacCarthy, Desmond. "Thomas Hardy: the writer." Listener, June 6 f pp.
1086-87.
McCourt, E. A. "Thomas Hardy and war." Dalhousie rev., XX, 227-34.
McWilliam,W. "In Thomas Hardy s Wessex." Geographical mag., XI, 36-49.
"Thomas Hardy" (editorial). Manchester guardian, June 1, p. 6.
"Masefield on Thomas Hardy." Bull of the John Rylands library, XXIII
(1939), 362.
Milner, G. "The religion of Thomas Hardy." Modern churchman, XXX,
157-64.
Mizener, A. "Jude the obscure as a tragedy." SouR, VI, 193-213.
Morley, Christopher. "Soliloquy on Thomas Hardy." Columbia univ. quar.,
XXXII, 206-9.
Muller, Herbert J. "The novels of Hardy today." SouR, VI, 214-24.
Pirkhofer, A. W. "Der Unsterblichkeitsgedanke in Thomas Hardys Gedich-
ten." ZNU, XXXIX, 175-85.
Porter, Katherine A. "Notes on a criticism of Thomas Hardy." SouR, VI,
150-61.
Quiller-Couch, Sir Arthur. "The dynasts." John o London s weekly, June 7,
pp. 275-76.
Ransom, John C. "Honey and gall." SouR, VI, 2-19.
Selected letters of Edwin Arlington Robinson. Ed. R. Torrence. New York:
Macmillan. See pp. 45, 129-30, 159, 177.
Roe, Ivan. "Thomas Hardy: poet of fate and circumstance." Chambers s
jour., No. 531, pp. 411-15.
Rowse, A. L. "Thomas Hardy and North Cornwall." Country life,
LXXXVIII, 70-72.
Samuel, Viscount. "The philosophy of Thomas Hardy." John <? London s
weekly, June 7, pp. 277-78.
Sassoon, Siegfried. "Hardy as I knew him." John o London^ weekly, June 7,
pp. 269-70.
Schwartz, Delmore. "Poetry and belief in Thomas Hardy." SouR, VI, 64-77.
Sherman, Elna. "Thomas Hardy: lyricist, symphonist." M & L, XXI,
143-71.
;J3S VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Sherman, Elna. "Music in Thomas Hardy s life and work/ Musical quar.,
XXVI, 419-45.
Sime, A. H. M. "Thomas Hardy the poet/ LQHR, CLXV, 330-38.
Smith, Joseph Coburn. "Hardy s first short story traced." New York Times,
Feb. 25.
The southern review: Thomas Hardy centennial issue (Vol. VI, No. 1).
Its articles are listed in the present Hardy bibliog. according to authors names;
this issue of the Southern review is a good-sized book.
In this brilliant and provocative volume Hardy faces a barrage of critical artil
lery, and he emerges from the ordeal rather well. Many of his poems, it is true, are
summarily discarded; he is repeatedly belabored for his "ill-digested philosophy"
(Tate); and his novels undergo searching analysis which is not always favorable.
But though much is taken, much abides. Although he is not a major poet, he
wrote "major poems" (Leavis), is "a great minor poet" (Ransom), and his works
are distinguished by "the best sort of humanity" (Baker), and by a fine "sense of
the dignity of man" (Dobr6e). These essays go beyond their assignment. They
contain also much illuminating comment on nineteenth-century thought and on
Victorian and modern poets and poetry. S. P. C.
Tate, Allen. "Hardy s philosophic metaphors." SouR, VI, 99-108.
Tilley, T. H. "Memories of an intimate friendship." Dorset county chronicle,
June 6, p. 1.
Titman, Lily. "Thomas Hardy as musician." The Chesterian, XX, 157-62.
Titman, Lily. "A master s method." Writer (London) (N.S.), II, 90-94.
Titman, Lily. "Thomas Hardy s Sussex contacts." Sussex county mag., XIV,
215-19.
Tomlinson, H. M. "The Wessex novels." John o London s weekly, June 7,
p. 272.
Walpole, Sir. Hugh. "Two memories of Thomas Hardy." Jour, of the Roy. Soc.
of Arts, LXXXVIII, 792-93;
Weber, Carl J. "The centenary of Emma Lavinia Gifford." Colby mercury,
VII (Nov." 24), 1-12.
Weber, Carl J. Hardy of Wessex: his life and literary career. New York: Co
lumbia univ. pr. Pp. xii+302.
Rev. by S. C. Chew in Christian sci. mon., May 4, mag. sec., p. 10, in HTB,
April 14, p. 16; by P. Edgar in Ottawa jour., June 1 ; by M. Geismar in AT, April 27,
p. 548; by A. Hill in VQR, XVI, 452-54; by P. Hutchison in NYTBR, March 17,
p. 17; by R. Roberts in SRL, June 1, pp. 14r-16; by R. Thompson in New York
Times, March 18; by E. Wagenknecht in Seattle Post-Intettigencer, April 21; in CE>
II, 87.
This biography is primarily and avowedly written to show Hardy as a man of
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 339
letters "to tell why Thomas Hardy wrote, why he wrote on the subjects he chose,
and how his books grew from ideas and emotions and experiences to printed
volumes." Mr. Weber has succeeded remarkably well, as was expected of him.
He has for years made himself internationally acknowledged, because of Ms numer
ous articles and monographs, as a vigorous, intelligent, meticulous, and apprecia
tive Hardy scholar. His book is a centennial tribute to Hardy and is such & work
as we think Hardy himself would approve of. He has achieved a mastery of an
immense amount of fact, including much drawn from hundreds of unpublished
letters ; and he has made fact interesting, as he uses it shrewdly, straightforwardly,
and economically to show us Hardy the writer and to give us a new and better
understanding and, consequently, a more appreciative enjoyment of Hardy s prose
and poetry. Inevitably there must emerge (and does emerge) from such a presen
tation a better understanding of and a new admiration for Hardy the man.
Because of the interest that wartime England and America today are showing
in The dynasts, many people would welcome from Mr. Weber a larger treatment
of that poem than he has seen fit to give of it in a brief chapter of this book. He has,
however, intentionally restricted himself in this book and has striven toward ob
jectivity of treatment. Those who wish that he had included more interpretation
should not criticize this book adversely for lacking it.
The style of the book is simple, clear, unaffected, meaty, and sympathetic. Mr.
Weber writes as only one can write who has written much and who has gained
control of a vastly greater amount of detail about his subject than he sees fit to use
for his set purpose. Previous reviewers have properly praised him especially for
his tactful yet effective dealing with all that pertains to the first Mrs. Hardy.
Chapter iv ("The poor man and the critic") is also particularly well done. The
literary biography of Hardy covers pp. 3-231. Appendixes cover pp. 235-78 and
present much helpful and much new information, including, with others, sections
on Hardy s quotations from English literature, his debt to Shakespeare, notes on
the Wessex novels, Hardy s short stories, his debt to Browning, his Napoleonic
library, the Hardy plays, and Hardy s manuscripts. The fact that the index covers
twenty-two pages of double-columned small type indicates that Mr. Weber has
skilfully compressed a very large amount of objective detail into a smoothly co
herent and richly rewarding book. W. D. T.
Weber, Carl J. "A Hardy thought." SRL, May 25, p. 11.
Weber, Carl J. Rebekah Owen and Thomas Hardy. See VB 1939, 411.
Rev. by Joseph Warren Beach in MLN, LV,* 316-17.
Weber, Carl J. "The restoration of Hardy s starved goldfinch." PMLA, LV,
617-19.
Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy in America." Colophon (N.S.), I, 100.
Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy music: with a bibliography." "Further
Thomas Hardy music." M & L, XXI, 172-78, 302, 400.
Willis, Irene C. Thomas Hardy." NS, June 1, pp. 698-99.
Wilson, Carroll A. A descriptive catalogue of the Grolier Club Hardy exhibition.
("Colby College monograph," No. 9.) Portland, Me.: Southworth pr.
340 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Zabel, Morton. "Hardy in defense of his art: the aesthetic of incongruity."
SouR, VI, 125-49.
Hopkins. Abbott, C. C. "Gerard Manley Hopkins: a letter and drafts of
early poems." Durham univ. jour., XXXII, 65-73.
Applejoy, P. "Hopkins sets a poetic signpost." CWd, CLI, 184-90.
Heywood, T. "Gerard Manley Hopkins; his literary ancestry." English, III,
16-24.
See also ibid., p. 149 (note by R. G. Howarth).
Lahey, G. F. Gerard Hanky Hopkins. Oxford univ. pr., 1938. Pp. 172.
A companion to the poems of Hopkins, published in the "Oxford bookshelf" ; it
is labeled "the only biography" of Hopkins.
Housman (see also III, Bronowski). The collected poems of A. E. Housman.
New York: Henry Holt, Pp. 264.
Rev. by B. Brooks in NC, CXXVIII, 71-76; by C. Brooks, Jr., in Kenyon rev.,
Ill (1941), 105-9; by L. MacNeice in New R, April 29, p. 583; by R. Ward in
Adelphi, XVI, 318-20.
Housman, A. E. "The defeated." Hitherto unpublished poem. VQR, XV
(1939), 541.
Caclamanos, D. "The source of a poem by A. E. Housman." "The source of
another poem by A. E. Housman." N&Q, Feb. 24, p. 133; April 6, p. 244.
Carter, John, and Sparrow, John. "A. E. Housman: an annotated check-list."
Library, XXI, 160-91.
Garrod, H. W. "Housman: 1939." In Essays and studies by members of the
English Assoc., XXV (1939), 7-21.
Maurer, K-W. "A. E. Housman." A, LXIII (1939), 197-208.
Peters, E. C. "A cynical classicist." Poetry rev., XXXI, 155-56.
Richards, Grant. Housman, 1897-1937. Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. 350.
Withers, Percy. A buried life. London: Cape. Pp. 136.
Rev. by T. Worsley in NS, Sept. 14, pp. 266-67.
Hudson. Hamilton, Robert. "The spirit of W, H. Hudson: an evaluation."
QR, CCLXXV, 239-48.
Ingelow. Singers-Biggers, G. "Jean Ingelow, 1820-1897." English, III,
78-84.
Jameson. Letters of Anna Jameson See VB 1939, 412.
Rev. by H. Atkins in MLR, XXV, 262-63; by V. Lange in Germanic rev., XV
304; by C. Mercer in Dalhousie rev., XX, 388-90.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 341
Johnson (see also Arnold). Patrick, Arthur W. Lionel Johnson (1867-190$),
poete et critique. Sorbonne diss. Paris: L. Rodstein, 1939. Pp. 254.
Rev. by E. K. Brown in TQ t IX (1939), 120-21.
Jones. Weber, Hans, Richard Jones. Ein fruher englischer Abtrunni&er der
klassischen Schule der Nationaldkonomie. Zurich diss. Zurich: H. Girsber-
ger Verlag, 1939. Pp. x+116.
Kingsley, "Charles Kingsley: Sermons, 1850-1862." Bodleian Library rec., I,
174.
Six holograph sermons acquired.
Kipling. More selected stones. London: Macmillan. Pp. vi+212.
Rev. by V. Pritchett in NS, April 6, p. 464.
Kipling, R. Les tambours du Fore and aft. Traduction de L. Fabulet, R. d Hu-
mires et Austin Jackson. Paris: Delagrave, 1938.
Rev. briefly by V. L. in EtA, III (1939), 411.
Brown, Hilton. "Rudyard Kipling: a reassessment." NC t CXXVIII, 39-50.
Chelius, Ida. "Unsere SteUung zu Kipling." Die deutsche hohere Schule, VII,
202-3.
Feilhauer, L. Das Gentlemanideal bei Rudyard Kipling und sein Zusammen-
hang mil der Eigenart englischen Wesens in Beziehung zu der aUgemeinen
Frage nach der "Fundierung" menschlicher Werte in Vitalenergien. Mar
burg diss., 1939. Pp. 78.
Hanson, Laurence. "The Kipling bequest." BM , XIV, 93-95.
Kugler, H. "Kiplings Deutschenhass." Die deutsche hohere Schule, VII, 282.
"The lasting Kipling." TLS, Dec. 7, p. 617. (Editorial.)
Lemonnier, Leon. Kipling. Paris: Tallandier, 1939. Pp. 347.
Mabbott, T. 0. "Kipling at Gloucester, Massachusetts. - N & Q t April 6,
p. 244.
Munch, R. "Noch immer Kipling?" ZNU, XXXIX, 72-81.
Milner, V. "Mrs. Rudyard Kipling." NR, CXIV, 229-32.
An obituary.
Renwick, W. L. "Re-reading Kipling." Durham univ. jour., XXXII, 3-16.
Rice, Howard C. "En marge de quelques traductions de Kipling." EtA, III
(1939), 343-48.
Shanks, Edward. Rudyard Kipling: a study in literature and political ideas.
London: Macmillan; New York: Doubleday, Doran. Pp. xi+267.
Rev. by P. Jack in NYTBR, Oct. 27, p. 5; by H. McC. in More book*, XV,
333-34; by V. Pritchett in NS, April 6, p. 464; in TLS, March 30, p. 160.
342 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Weygandt, Ann. Kipling s reading and . , . . his poetry. See VB 1939, 412.
Rev. by Hill Shine in MLN, LV, 560-61.
Landor. The poetical works of Landor. See VB 1937, 442.
Rev. by H. Wright in RES, XVI, 105-8.
Ashley-Montagu, M. F. "Imaginary conversations." TLS, Jan. 27, p. 45.
Lever. Stevenson, L. Dr. Quicksilver: the life of Charles Lever. See VB 1939,
412.
Rev. by J. B. Fort in EtA, III (1939), 389-90.
Linton. Neiman, Fraser. "William James Linton, 1812-1897." Harvard univ.
summaries of theses (1938). Cambridge: Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 314-16.
Livingstone. Some letters from Livingstone, 1840-1872. Ed. by David Cham-
berlin. Introd. by R. Coupland. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 308.
About seventy letters, the greater number not previously published.
"The Waller and Kirk papers." Bodkian Library rec., I, 145-47.
MSS of correspondence, notes, and diaries of Englishmen in Africa, including
Livingstone and Gordon.
Macaulay (see also III, Fischer). Beatty, R. C. Lord Macaulay See
VB 1939, 413.
Rev. by G. Davies in AHR, XLV, 386.
Monroe, D. "Macaulay the last of the Whigs." Dalhousie rev., XIX,
429-37.
Marryat. Shand, John. "Marryat on cutting out. " NC, CXXVII, 480-81.
Maurice (see Stephen).
Meredith. Richard Feverel Traduit de 1 anglais par Weill-Raphael. 2 yols.
Paris: -Gallimard, 1938.
Rev. by V. Taffe in EtA, III (1939), 410-11.
Carter, John. "Meredith s One of our conquerors" TLS, July 27, p. 368.
Forman, M. B. "George Meredith s last letter. " TLS, July 20, p. 351.
Goodell, Margaret. Three satirists of snobbery See VB 1939, 413.
Rev. by G. Kitchin in MLR, XXXV, 271; by W. Schmidt in ZNU, XXXI,
85-87.
Milner, V. "A talk about George Meredith." NR, CXV, 608-12.
Petter, G. B. George Meredith and his German critics. See VB 1939, 414.
Rev. by Burges Johnson in MLN, LV, 553-54.
Mill (see Carlyle: Grierson). "Emerson to John Stuart Mill." More books,
XV, 436-37. A letter, May 6, 1865.
VIQJORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1D40 343
Montgomery. Keeton, Morris T. "The philosophy of Edmund Montgom
ery." Harvard univ. summaries of theses (1938). Cambridge: Harvard univ.
pr. Pp. 372-74.
Moore. Auriant. "Un disciple anglais d fimile Zola: George Moore. Docu
ments in&lits." MF, QCXCVII, 312-23.
Letters from Moore to Zola, in French, 1882-87.
Edgar, Pelham. "George Moore and George Russell." Canadian poetry mag.,
July, 1939, pp. 5-10.
Morris (see also II, Abercrombie; III, Davis, Lucas). Eshleman, Lloyd W.
A Victorian rebel: the life of William Morris. New York: Scribner s. Pp.
xiv+386.
Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, Dee. 21, p. 22; by EL McC. in More books, XV, 431;
by F. Steegmuller in HTB, Oct. 20, p. 17; by P. Wilson in NYTBR, Nov. 3, pp.
1,14,
A work of very uneven merit; attempting to cover the numerous activities of
Morris, it is best when dealing with his work as a socialist and with his effort to
bring art into everyday life; inadequate and often misleading on Morris ideas;
aims to be readable and fails to be substantial; does not support its commercializ
ing title; leaves a much-needed one-volume "life and work" still to be written.
C. F. H.
Flower, R. "The William Morris manuscripts." BM, XIV, 8-12.
Gregory, Leonora. "Forecasts of fascism." NS, June 15, p. 749.
News from nowhere contains such a forecast.
Lewis, Clive. Rehabilitations See VB 1939, 414.
Rev. by J. Leishman in RES, XVI, 109-13.
Robertson, J. C. Mixed company. London: Dent. Pp. ix+200.
Rev. by C. Stanley in Dalhousie rev., XIX, 526-28; in TLS, Feb. 3, p. 63. Con
tains pages on "Plato and William Morris."
Newbolt Betjeman, John (ed.). Selected poems: Henry Newbolt. London:
Nelson. Pp. 160.
Rev. by T. Worsley in NS, Nov. 16, p. 500.
Newman (see also II, Ackland). Harrold, Charles Frederick. "Newman and
the Alexandrian Platoniste." MP, XXXVII, 279-91.
Healy, Martinus. The logical cogency of faith in the writings of John Henry
Newman. Outline of diss. at the Catholic Univ. of Louvain. Lovanii:
Typis ad Sancti Alphonsi, 1939. Pp. 8.
Soulairol, J. "L actualit< de Newman." Nouvelles litteraires, Oct. 8, 1938.
Noted in RLC, XIX (1939), 329.
Opie. Bond, W. L. "Amelia Opie, novelist and Quaker." English, III, 62-66.
344 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Haselden, R. B. "A note on James Northcote and John Opie." Huntington
Ubr. quar. t III, 471-76.
Has an unpublished letter by Mrs. Opie.
Ouida. ffrench, Yvonne. Ouida See VB 1939, 414.
Rev. by L. Rocher in Lea langues modernes, XXXVIII, 73-74.
Pater (see also II, Abercrombie). Child, Ruth C. The aesthetic of Walter Pater.
(Wellesley college publ.) New York: Macmillan. Pp. 157.
Olivero, F. II pensiero religiose ed estetico di . . . . Pater. See VB 1939, 414.
Rev. by E. K. Brown in MP, XXXVII, 437-38; by D. Stauffer in MLN, LV,
232^33.
Patmore (see III, Lucas).
Planche (see I, Maemillan).
Poole. Clark, G. N. "Reginald Lane Pooled EHR, LV, 1-7.
Obituary of the editor of EHR from 1885 to 1920.
Praed. Hudson, D. A poet in parliament: the life of . . . . Praed. See VB 1939,
415.
Rev. by J. R. M. B. in EHR, LV, 346-47.
Pusey (see II, Ackland).
Reade (see also Collins). Orwell, George. "Books in general." NS, Aug. 17,
p. 162.
A re-evaluation and appreciation of Charles Reade.
Rossetti (see also III, Lucas). Dante Gabriel Rossetti s letters to Fanny Corn-
worth. Ed. Paull Franklin Baum. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins pr.; Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 142.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 23, p. 595.
Rossetti, D. G. Sister Helen. Ed. Janet Troxell. See VB 1939, 415.
Rev. by R. McKerrow in RES, XVI, 108-9.
Koziol, H. "D. G. Rossetti s Reime." Archiv, CLXXVII, 98-99.
Ruskin (see also III, Davis). Albers, Helma. Studien zu Rwkins Sozialismus.
Hamburg diss., 1938. Pp. 76.
Curran, C. P. "Benjamin Woodward, Ruskin, and the O Sheas." Studies,
XXIX, 255-68.
Gilbert, Katherine. "Ruskin s relation to Aristotle." Philosophical rev.,
XLIX, 52-62.
ReiUy, Joseph. "Ruskin and war." CWd, CLII, 267-75.
Russell (see Moore: Edgar; Yeats: O Connor).
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 345
Stephen. Sanders, Charles R. "Sir Leslie Stephen, Coleridge, and two Cnlc-
ridgeans." PMLA, LV, 795-801.
The two Coleridgeans are F. D. Maurice and J. D. Campbell.
Stevenson. Aitkin, J. "The duel scene in St. Ives" TLS t Feb. 3, p. 59; for
replies, see Feb. 10, p. 73; Feb. 17, p. 87.
Issler, Anne. Stevenson at Silverado. See VB 1939, 416.
Rev. by C. Stroven in AL, XII, 395.
Snyder, Edward D. "A note on R. L. S." MLN, LV, 197-98.
Strickland. Pope-Hennessy, Una. Agnes Strickland: biographer of the queens
of England, 1796-1874- London: Chatto & Windus. Pp. xvi-f 328.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, April 20, p. 534; by M. Wilson in English, III,
89-90; in TLS, April 27, p. 210.
Surtees. Bell, Quentin. "Surtees." NS, March 9, p. 335.
Gladstone, Hugh S., and others. "Surtees." N & Q, Oct. 5, pp. 249-50; Oct.
19, p. 282.
Swinburne (see also III, Bronowski, Lucas). Poems and prose. Ed. Richard
Church. ("Everyman s library," No. 961.) New York: Dutton. Pp. xx-f
377.
Swinburne, A. C. Selected poems. Introd. by Laurence Binyon. ("World s
classics," No. 481.) Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. xviii+339.
Brown, Calvin S., Jr. "More Swinburne-D Annunzio parallels." PMLA, LV,
559-67.
Hughes, Randolph. "A Swinburne MS." TLS, Feb. 24, p. 99.
Symonds. "J. A. Symonds (1840-1893) : the historian of the Renaissance. A
garland of Victorian friendships." TLS, Oct. 5, pp. 506, 510. See also pp.
507, 519.
Taylor, Tom (see III, Tolles).
Tennyson (see also II, Abercrombie; III, Lucas; Carlyle: Davis). Selections
from Tennyson. Ed. with introd. by William Clyde DeVane and Mabel
Phillips DeVane. New York: Crofts. Pp. xxv+481.
Attempts to put "all the best of Tennyson s poetry into the compass of one
readable volume, sufficiently annotated and edited to be useful to the students."
The poems are arranged according to time of first publication. An appendix gives
the form of the first published versions of "The lady of Shalott," "Oenone," and
"The lotus-eaters." A selected bibliography is added (pp. 478-81). The notes are
unusually numerous and are carefully concise in expression, even though some few
are appropriately long; they will undoubtedly aid the student. The introduction
(pp. xi-xxiii) presents a well-considered evaluation and appreciation of Tennyson s
work and reputation. Although some readers may think the appreciation too con-
346 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
servative, others will not; and the characterization of the man and of his work is
refreshing and appealing as it portrays the contradictions in his nature, his ambi
tions, and his poetry. In spite of small type the book is easy to read and is well
made. W. D. T.
De La Mare, Walter. Pleasures and speculations. London: Faber & Faber.
Pp. 368.
Rev. by T. Bosanquet in English, III, 138-39. Has an essay on Tennyson that
first appeared in TLS.
Loane, G. "Illustrations of Tennyson." N & Q, Oct. 12, pp. 258-60; Oct. 19,
pp. 274-76.
Presents similarities of thought and expression in Tennyson and various great
writers.
Lumiansky, R. M. "Tennyson and Gu]?runarkviJ?a I." N & Q, July 13, pp.
23-24.
Possible indebtedness to the Poetic Edda for "Home they brought her warrior
dead."
McKean, G. R. "Faith in Locksley HaUY " Dalhousie rev., XIX, 472-78.
S., W. W. "The Miller s daughter with apologies to Tennyson!" N & Q,
Feb. 3, p. 79.
On the influence of Greek lyric poetry.
Thackeray (see also Meredith: Goodell). Ardagh, J., and others. "Thacke
ray s drawings." N & Q, Feb. 3, p. 82; March 9, p. 179; March 30, pp.
231-32.
Dodds, John W. "Thackeray in the Victorian frame." SeR, XLVIII, 466-78.
Milford, H. S. "Thackeray letters." TLS, April 27, p. 207.
Appeals for letters for the proposed edition of Thackeray correspondence by
Gordon N. Ray. A similar appeal is in NS t May 18, p. 645.
Thompson. Tolles, F.B. "The Praetorian cohorts: a study of the language of
Francis Thompson s poetry." ESt, XXII, 49-64.
Trelawny. Armstrong, Margaret. Trelawny; a man s life. New York: Mac-
millan. Pp. 379.
Fascinatingly written. Uses some new source material.
Trollope (see also Dallas: Roellinger). Ralph the heir. ("World s classics,"
Nos. 475, 476.) 2 vols. Oxford univ. pr., 1939. Pp. 356; 362.
Fester, Lotte. Anthony Trollope als Beurteikr der politischen und gesellschaft-
lichen Zustande seiner Zeit. Giessen diss. Wurzburg-Aumuhle: Triltsch,
1939. Pp. 80.
Brief rev. in LZD, XCI, 588.
Piper, Myfanwy. "Trollope." NS, Feb. 17, p. 209.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940 347
Sadleir, Michael. "A conundrum for Trollopians." TLS, Oct. 19, p. 536; see
also Oct. 26, pp. 548, 560.
Wildman, John H. Anthony Trollope s England. Providence, R.I.: Brown
univ. Pp. 135. Rev. in TLS, Dec. 28, p. 659.
Waterton. Gosse, Philip. The squire of Walton Hall London: Cassell. Pp.
333.
Rev. by V. Pritchett in NS, Sept. 21, p. 286. A biography of Charles Waterton,
the naturalist.
Wilde (see also III, Perry, Russell). Buhner, K. "Noch immer Oscar Wilde/
Berl. Bors.-Ztg., 360. Listed in Die Literatur, XLII (Oct., 1939), 19.
De Saix, Guillot. "Le cinquime 6vangile selon Saint Oscar Wilde: dix-neuf
contes in6dits." MF, CCXCVI, 257-73.
Douglas, Lord Alfred. Oscar Wilde: a summing-up. London: Duckworth.
Pp. 143. Rev. in TLS, Feb. 3, p. 60.
Snider, Rose. "Oscar Wilde s progress Down East." NEQ, XIII, 7-23.
Winwar, Frances. Oscar Wilde and the yellow nineties. New York: Harper.
Pp. vii+381.
Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, March 24, p. 2; by E. Boyd in SRL, March 23, p. 5;
by H. Gorman in NYTBR, March 24, p. 5.
Winwar, Frances. "Some postscripts to Oscar Wilde." SRL, Aug. 17, pp.
13, 16.
Wyndham, Horace, and others. "Lady Wilde." N & Q, Feb. 10, p. 98; Feb.
24, p. 142.
Wordsworth. The letters of William and Dorothy Wordsworth; the later years.
See VB 1939, 418.
Rev. by A. Beatty in MLR, XXXV, 240-43; by C. Cestre in EtA, III (1939),
381-83.
Yeats (see also III, Brooks; Hardy: Blackmur). Last poems and plays. Lon
don: Macmillan. Pp. vi+126.
Rev. by F. Leavis in Scrutiny, VIII, 437-40; by J. Ransom in Kenyan rev., II,
345-47.
Yeats, W. B. Letters on poetry from W. B. Yeats to Dorothy WelUsley. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 216.
Rev. by W. Mellers in Scrutiny, IX, 197-99; by E. Meyerstein in English, III,
136-38; by A. Tate in New R, Nov. 25, pp. 730-32.
Yeats, W. B. Poesie. Tr. into Italian by Leone Traverse. Milano: Ed.Schei-
willer, 1939.
Rev. by G. Altichieri in Letteratura, IV, 154-55.
348 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1940
Yeats, W. B. "Some passages from the letters of W. B. Yeats to A. E."
Dublin mag., July-Sept., 1939, pp. 9-21.
Unpublished letters, 1889-192L
Clemens, C. "The passing of W. B. Yeats." Canadian bookman, June- July,
1939, pp. 21-25.
De Lipski, W. "Note sur le symbolisme de W. B. Yeats." EtA, IV, 31-42.
Edgar, Pelham. "The enigma of Yeats." QQ, XLVI (1939), 411-22.
Gwynn, Stephen (ed.). Scattering branches: tributes to the memory of W. B.
Yeats. London: Macmillan. Pp. viii+230.
Rev. by S. Spender in NS, Aug. 31, pp. 214-15. A "concerted biographical
study" contributed by Maud Gonne, Sir W. Rothenstein, Lennox Robinson, W. G.
Fay, Edmund Dulac, F. R. Higgins, C. Day Lewis, L. A. G. Strong, and Stephen
Gwynn.
Hinkson, Pamela. "Letters from W. B. Yeats." YR, XXIX (1939), 307-20.
O Connor, Frank. "Two friends, Yeats and A. E." YR, XXIX (1939), 60-88.
Recollections.
O Hegarty, P. S. "Notes on the bibliography of W. B. Yeats." Dublin mag.,
Oct.-Dec., 1939, pp. 61-65.
O Hegarty, P. S. "W. B. Yeafa and revolutionary Ireland of his time." Dub
lin mag., July-Sept., 1939, pp. 22-24.
Pauly, M.-H. "W. B. Yeats et les symbolistes frangais." RLC, XX, 13-33.
Smith, A. J. M. "Poet young and old: W. B. Yeats." TQ, VIII (1939),
255-63.
Whitridge, Arnold. "William Butler Yeats, 1865-1939." Dalhousie rev., XIX,
1-8.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
for 1941
"^HIS bibliography has been prepared by a committee of the Vic
torian Literature Group of the Modern Language Association of
. America: William D. Templeman, chairman, University of Illi
nois; Charles Frederick Harrold, Michigan State Normal College;
Samuel P. Chew, University of Oklahoma; and Austin Wright, Carne
gie Institute of Technology. It attempts to list the noteworthy pub
lications of 1941 (including reviews of earlier items) that have a bear
ing on English literature of the Victorian period and similar publica
tions of earlier date that have been inadvertently omitted from the
preceding Victorian bibliography. Unless otherwise stated, the date
of publication is 1941. Reference to a page in the bibliography for
1940, in Modern philology. May, 1941, is made by the following form:
See VB 1940, 443. Some cross-references are given , although not all
that are possible.
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
HTB
A = Anglia
AHR = American historical review
AL = American literature
Archiv = Archiv fur das Studium der
neueren Sprachen
BBDI = Bull, of bibliog. and dramat
ic index
Beiblatt = Beiblatt vur Anglia
CE = College English
CR = Contemporary review
CWd = Catholic world
DLtz Deutsche Literaturzeitung
EHR = English historical review
ELH = Journal of English literary
history
ES = Englische Studien
ESt = English studies
EtA - Etudes anglaises
FR = Fortnightly review
HLQ = Huntington Library quar
terly
[MODBBN PHILOLOGY, May, 1942]-
JAA
JEOP
JMH
JP
JPE
JR
LAR
LgrP
LJ
LL
LQ
LQHR
LR
= New York Herald-Tribune
books
= Journal of aesthetics and art
criticism
= Journal of English and Ger
manic philology
= Journal of modern history
= Journal of philosophy
= Journal of political economy
= Journal of religion
* Library Association record
= Ldteraturblatt fur german-
ische und romanische Philo-
logie
= Library journal
= Life and letters today
= Library quarterly
= London quarterly and Hoi-
bom review
== Library review
349
350
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
LZD = Literarisches Zentralblatt QQ
fur Deutschland QR
MLN = Modern language notes RES
MLR = Modern language review RLC
MP = Modern philology
M &L = Music and letters RoR
N = Nation S
NC = Nineteenth century and after SAQ
NEQ = New England quarterly SeR
New R = New republic SouR
NR National review SP
NS = New statesman and nation SRL
NYTBR = New York Times book re
view TLS
N & Q = Notes and queries TQ
PMLA = Pubs. Mod. Lang. Assoc. of VQR
Amer. YR
PQ = Philological quarterly ZNU
PSQ Political science quarterly
QJS = Quarterly journal of speech
= Queen s quarterly
= Quarterly review
Review of English studies
= Revue de litterature com-
paree
= Romanic review
= Spectator
= South Atlantic quarterly
= Sewanee review
= Southern review
Studies in philology
Saturday review of litera
ture
Times literary supplement
= Univ. of Toronto quarterly
= Virginia quarterly review
= Yale review
Zeitschrift fur neusprach-
lichen Unterricht
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
" American bibliography for 1940." PMLA, LV, Suppl., 1264-77: English,
Nineteenth, century/ 3 and " Contemporary/ 7 ed. Albert C. Baugh.
Annual magazine subject-index, 1940; including as Part II, The dramatic index,
1940. Ed. by Mary E. Bates. Boston: R W. Faxon.
Arns, Karl. Index der anglo-judischen Literatur. Band I: England. Band II:
Amerika und Nachtrag zu England. Bochum-Langendreer : Poppinghaus,
1938, 1939. Pp. 105; 221.
Rev. by Engelhardt in Die neueren Sprachen, XLVIII, No. 9 (noted in LgrP,
LXII, 70); by Marcus in Beiblatt, LI, Nos. 8-9 (noted in LgrP, LXII, 70); by
P. Meissner in LgrP, LXII, 100-101; by Wunder in Die Bucherei, VII, Nos. 1-2
(noted in LgrP, LXII, 117).
The art index . ... to a selected list of fine arts periodicals and museum bulletins.
October, 1938 September, 1941. Also Vol. XIII, No. 1 (Dec.). New York:
H. W. Wilson.
The bibliographic index. A cumulative bibliography of bibliographies. 1940.
New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. x+340. Also Vol. IV, Nos. 1-3.
Bond, Donald F., and Tucker, Joseph E. "Anglo-French and Franco-Ameri
can studies: a current bibliography" (for 1940). RoR f XXXII, 176-98.
The Cambridge bibliography of English literature. See VB 1940, 423.
Rev. by A. Friedman in LQ, XI, 521-24; by H. Hobson in Christian sci. mon.,
Feb. 15, p. 11; by H. Hodson in S, Dec. 27, 1940, p. 695; by H. S. V. Jones in
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 351
JEGP, XL, 564r-66; by E. Kellett in NS, March 8, p. 254; by W. Macmillan in A*S,
March 22, p. 308; by S. Pargellis in YR, XXX, 860; by M. S&dleir in AT, CXXX,
51-60; by C. Sisson in ML#, XXXVI, 247-49; by J. Sutherland in RES, XVII,
490-94; by L. Wroth in HTB, Oct. 5, p. 32; in CE, III, 210; in N d Q, Feb. 1,
pp. 89-90.
Caron, P., and Jaryc, M. (eds.). World list of historical periodicals and bibliog
raphies. New York: H. W. Wilson, 1939; Oxford univ. pr., 1940. Pp. xiv-f
391.
Rev. by W. Allison in AHR, XLVI, 360-61; by B. H. S. in EHR, LVI, 176.
Cumulative book index: a world list of books in the English language .... Jan
uary, 1939 December, 1940. Forty-third annual cumulation. Also Vol.
XLIV, Nos. 7, 10, 11 (July, Nov., Dec.). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Graham, Walter (ed.). "The Romantic Movement: a selective and critical
bibliography for the year 1940." ELH, VIII, 1-40.
Guide to Catholic literature, 1888-1940 5 vols. Detroit: Walter Romig
ft Co., 1940.
Rev. in Subscription books butt. t XII, 22.
Henry, Edward A. (ed.). Doctoral dissertations accepted by American univer
sities, 1940-1941 Compiled for the Assoc. of Research Libraries. New
York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. xviii+142.
Internationalbibliography of historical sciences Thirteenth year, 1938. Ed.
for the Internat. Comm. of Hist. Sciences. Berlin: De Gniyter, etc. Pp.
xxix+424.
Noted in LZD, XCII, 443.
International index to periodicals: devoted chiefly to the humanities and science.
Twenty-eighth annual cumulation. Also Vol. XXIX, No, 3 (Sept.), and
No. 5 (Jan., 1942). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Kennedy, Arthur G. A concise bibliography for students of English, systemati
cally arranged. Stanford: Stanford univ. pr. Pp. viii+144.
Brief rev. in CE, III, 107.
Miller, E. Morris. Australian literature from its beginnings to 1935. A descrip
tive and bibliographical survey of books by Australian authors in poetry, drama,
fiction, criticism and anthology, with subsidiary entries to 1938. 2 vols. Mel
bourne univ. pr., in assoc. with Oxford univ. pr., 1940. Pp. ix+484; 485+
1074.
Includes many items dealing with the Victorian literature of England: consult
the "Index of subjects, including non-Australian" (II, 997-1009), as well as the
"General index of Australian authors" (II, 1011-74). Valuable and useful.
352 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Osborn, James M., and Kerr, David R. (eds.). Work in progress, 1941, in the
modern humanities. Bull. 19A, publ. by the Modern Humanities Research
Assoc. "General studies," "Nineteenth century," and "Twentieth cen
tury," pp. 3-8, 50-64.
Palfrey, Thomas R., and Coleman, Henry E., Jr. (comps.). Guide to bibliog
raphies of theses, United States and Canada. 2d ed. Chicago: Amer. Library
Assoc., 1940. Pp. 54.
Pochmann, Henry A. (ed.). "Anglo-German bibliography for 1940." JEGP,
XL, 263-76.
Readers guide to periodical literature .... July, 1939 June, 1941. Also Vol.
XLI, No. 12 (Jan. 10, 1942). New York: H. W. Wilson.
Review index: a quarterly guide to professional reviews Ed. by Louis
Kaplan, Clarence S. Paine, and Louise Smith. Vol. I, No. 4 (annual cumu
lative issue). Also Vol. II, No. 1 (Dec.). Chicago: Follett.
Revue de litterature comparee, XX (1940), 234-41. "Bibliographic, livres et
p&iodiques."
Shaw, Marian (ed.). Essay and general literature index, 1934-1940. Also Essay
and general literature index, 194L New York: H. W. Wilson. Pp. 1362;
viii+250.
Shores, Louis. Basic reference books 2ded. Chicago: Amer. Library As
soc., 1939. Pp. xiv-r-472.
Spargo, John Webster. A bibliographical manual See VB 1939, 380.
2d ed., rev., enlarged, and with an index. Chicago: Packard. Pp. x+260.
Rev. by T. Ehrsam in LQ, XI, 229-31; briefly in CE, lII, 323.
Subject index to periodicals, 1939. Issued by the Library Assoc. London: Li
brary Assoc., 1940.
Templeman, William D. (ed.). "Victorian bibliography for 1940." MP,
XXXVIII, 421-62.
Whitaker s cumulative book list Part LXVI (Jan -Dec., 1940) : The complete
list of all books published in the United Kingdom Also Part LXIX
(Jan.-Sept.). London: J. Whitaker & Sons.
Winchell, Constance M. Reference books of 1938-1940. Second informal sup
plement to "Guide to reference books," sixth edition, by Isadore Gilbert Mudge.
Chicago: Amer. Library Assoc. Pp. 106.
The year s work in English studies, Vol. XX (1939). Ed. for the English Assoc.
by F. S. Boas. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 214. "The nine
teenth century and after," pp. 153-92; "Bibliographica," pp. 193-204.
Rev. in N & Q, Dec. 27, p. 364.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 353
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELIGIOUS, AND
SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
Adams, James Tmslow. Empire on the seven seas See ,VB 1940, 426.
Rev. by R. Trotter in AHR, XLVI, 708-9.
Armour, R. W., and Howes, R. F. (eds.) Coleridge the talker. .... See VB
1940, 427.
Rev. by H. S. V. Jones, briefly, in JEGP, XL, 310-11; by R. W. King in RES,
XVII, 112-16.
Aspinwall, A. "The Irish proclamation fund, 1800-1846." EHR, LVI, 265-
80.
Bevington, Merle Mowbray. The Saturday review, 1855-1868: representative
educated option in Victorian England. ("Columbia university studies in
English and comparative literature," No. 154.) New York: Columbia univ.
pr. Pp. x+415.
Uses a famous and important weekly newspaper as a source and a subject for
literary and intellectual history. The book deals chiefly with the years 1855-68,
the period of its first editor, John Douglas Cook. The author s reasons are that
selection and adequate consideration within a single volume could not be given
for a longer period and, especially, that "by 1868 the Saturday review had attained
its distinctive form and its maximum influence" from then on its course is one of
continuation and decline. The last chapter rapidly traces the magazine through
the years until it ceased publication, in 1938. Mr. Bevington considers in this
book the writers in the Saturday renew as commentators on and critics of English
civilization. His chapters "deal with (1) the circumstances of periodical publica
tions, especially the daily and weekly papers, (2) politics, (3) religion, (4) morals
and society, (5) the prophets, (6) novels and light literature, (7) poetry, (8) gen
eral literature, (9) foreign literature, (10) science, (11) the arts. An appendix
on pp. 331-91 presents an account of writers for the Saturday^ review and their
contributions; an account is also given of writers for the Review to whom Mr.
Bevington can make no definite ascriptions. The names appear, in the appendix,
of James Fitzjames Stephen, Bagehot, Brodrick, George Butler, R. W. Church,
George Eliot, E. A. Freeman, Froude, Galton, Garnett, Grant Duff, J. R. Green,
Huxley, Kingsley, Lewes, Linton, Morley, Palgrave, Patmore, Sandars, Leslie
Stephen, Venables, etc. A great number of notable Victorians are treated in the
book. The bibliography and the index cover pp.* 393-415.
An important presentation of mid-Victorian life, well documented, and
written with a cool breadth of view, yet with a lively and sincere interest. Litera
ture receives the fullest consideration, and students of the Victorian period in
European letters, especially English, will find this book valuable. The Saturday
review is representative of the intellects, activities, and standards of those who
were mostly well-to-do; representative of a minority, but nevertheless representa
tive of an extremely important city class-that class in the English population
that as the Saturday review itself states, "fairly represents the wealth, the
education, and the governing power concentrated in th* metropolis." Mr.
354 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR. 1941
Bevington has done excellently well in writing a history of 1855-68, as that
fascinating period is indicated through the pages of a great and powerful weekly
review. W. D. T.
Blomfield, Sir Reginald. Richard Norman Shaw: 1831-1912 London:
Batsford, 1940. Pp. 128.
Rev. by J. Betjeman in S, March 21, pp. 320, 322.
An interesting and valuable account of a late- Victorian architect who built
Albert Hall Mansions, New Scotland Yard, the Gaiety Theatre block, and the
Piccadilly Hotel; contains interesting glimpses into mid-Victorian Gothic, "Queen
Anne" revivalism, commercial Renaissance, etc., and other information relating
to Victorian social backgrounds. C. F. H.
Blyton, W. J. "The response to crisis; some contrasts." QR, CCLXXVII,
105-14.
A history of the activity or inactivity of England s literary men in times of
national crisis.
Brown, Taylor. "Samuel Brown and his libraries." LR, No. 60 (winter), pp.
125-29.
Brownlow. The eve of Victorianism See VB 1940, 427.
Rev. by A. A. in EHR, LVI, 348-49.
Bryant, Arthur. English saga See VB 1940, 427. Published in New
York, by Harper (338 pp.), as Pageant of England: 1840-1940.
Rev. by C. Brinton in SRL, March 29, p. 15; by L. Gershoy in HTB, April 6,
p. 16; by H. Hobson in Christian sd. mon., Feb. 15, p. 11; by D. McDougall in
Canadian hist, rev., XXII, 198; by S. Ratcliffe in YR, XXXI, 186-90; by G.
Schiitz in LJ, Feb. 15, p. 177; by D. Somervell in S, Jan. 3, p. 16; by F. -Underbill
in Canadian forum, XXI, 92; by C. Wilson in NS, Jan. 4, p. 15; by P. Wilson
in NYTBR, April 13, pp. 9, 29; in CWd, CLIII, 379.
Bullock, F. W. B. The History of Ridley Hall, Cambridge. Vol. I, To the end
A.D. 1907. Cambridge: Ridley Hall. Pp. xvi+478.
Rev. in TLS, March 15, p. 124. Valuable for origins and backgrounds of Vic
torian Evangelicalism.
Burke, Thomas. Living in Bloomsbury. London: Allen & Unwin, 1939; New
York: Norton. Pp. 286; 361.
Rev. by C. ConnoUy in NS, Nov. 11, 1939, p. 688; by R. Roberts in SRL, May
17, p. 15; in TLS, Oct. 14, 1939, p. 589.
Burke, Thomas. The streets of London througn the centuries. London: Bats-
ford; New York: Scribner. Pp. 160.
Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, Jan. 13, p. 8; by H. Hobson in Christian sci. mon.,
Feb. 21, p. 11; by N. Pevsner in S, Jan. 24, p. 93; by J. Shand in NC, CXXX,
130-31; by G. Stonier in NS, Feb. 15, pp. 168-69; in NYTBR, May 11, p. 9;
in TLS, Jan. 4, p. 4.
VICTQKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOU 1041 355
Burn, Duncan. The economic history of stedmaJting See VB 1940, 428.
Rev. by G. Allen in Economic jour., LI, 291-93; by A. Bimie in EHR, LVI,
330-32; by S. Stratton in Amer. econ. ret?., XXXI, 148; by A. Uaher in AHR,
XLVI, 912; in TLS, Nov. 16, 1940, p. 576.
Buscot, the Very Rev. Canon W. The history of Cottm Colkge. London:
Burns Gates & Washbourne, 1940. Pp. xi+308.
Rev. by S. J. G. in Dublin rev., CIV (1940), 25MO.
Cole, G. D. H. British waking-class politics: 18S2-1914. London: Routledge.
Pp. 320.
Rev. by T. Brennan in Economic jour., LI, 31 1-12; by C. Burns in S, March 21,
pp. 312, 314; by L. Woolf in NS, March 22, pp. 304-5.
Cole, G. D. H. Chartist portraits. New York: Macmillan. Pp. 388.
Rev. by H. Laski in NS, Nov. 22, pp. 445-46.
Dangerfield, -George. Victoria s heir: the education of a prince. New York;
Harcourt, Brace. Pp. xi-f-345.
Rev. by L. Curtis in SRL, Sept. 13, p. 5; by H. J. S. in Christian sci. mon.,
Sept. 4, p. 22; by W. Sears, Jr., in Churchman, Sept. 1, p. 21; by G. Whicher in
HTB, Sept. 7, p. 5; by P. Wilson in NYTBR, Aug. 31, p. 3; by E. Wyatt in
Commonweal, Sept. 19,.p. 521; briefly in CE, III, 99.
Davis, Forrest. The Atlantic system: the story of Anglo-American control of the
seas. New York: Reynal. Pp. xvi-f-363.
Rev, by A. Berle; Jr.,. in HTB, Nov. 23, p. 3; by E. Earle in SRL, Nov. 29,
p. 16; in Social studies, XXXIII, 47.
Eberhard, H. Der englische Hochschulsport See VB 1940, 428.
Rev. by H. Biber in LgrP, LX.Il, 36-38.
Edgett, Edwin F. / speak for myself; an editor in his world. New York: Mac-
millan, 1940. Pp. xi+385.
Fay, C. R. English economic history, mainly since 1700. London: Heffer,
1940; Toronto: Ryerson pr. Pp. vii+253.
Rev. by B. Keirstead in Dalhousie rev., XX, 517-18.
Fisher, Herbert Albert Laurens. An unfinished autobiography. Oxford univ.
pr. Pp. 176.
Rev. by F. Marvin in Nature, May 3, p. 523; by G. Murray in S, Dec. 13, 1940,
p. 642; in NYTBR, April 20, p. 8; in TLS, Dec. 7, 1940, p. 620. Tells "of his boy
hood in Sussex and in the New Forest, and of the poets and painters who were his
parents friends"; includes "vignettes of Oxford characters like Pater, Jowett,
Lewis Carroll . . . .*and of foreign scholars like Taine and Renan."
Fiske. The letters of John Fiske. See VB 1940, 429.
Rev. by W. Hutchinson in JMH, XIII, 448.
356 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Fortescue, Lady Winifred. There s rosemary .... there s rue. Boston: Hough-
ton Mifflin J.London: Blackwood, 1939. Pp. 428.
Autobiography.
Graves, Philip R. Briton and Turk. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 260.
Rev. in NR, CXVI, 741-42.
Grigson, Geoffrey (ed.). The journals of George Sturt, 1890-1902. London:
Cresset pr. Pp. 235.
Rev. by V. Pritchett in NS, Sept. 13, pp. 259-60.
Hall, Walter Phelps, and Davis, William Stearns. The course of Europe since
Waterloo. New York: D. Appleton-Century. Pp. xviii+901.
Rev. in AHR, XLVII, 177; in New R, July 7, p. 29.
Hansen, Marcus Lee. The Atlantic migration. See VB 1940, 429.
Rev. by R. Billington in NEQ, XIV, 181-85; by H. Cowan in AHR, XLVI,
671-72; by W. Morrell in EHR, LVI, 315-17; by G. O Brien in Studies, XXX,
17-31.
Hayes, Carlton J. H. A generation of materialism: 1871-1900. ("The rise of
Europe" ser., ed. W. L. Langer, Vol. XVII.) New York: Harper. Pp xii+
390.
Rev. by C. Brinton in SRL, Dec. 13, p. 12; by J. Chamberlain in NYTBR,
Jan. 18, 1942, p. 3; by F. Hirsch in LJ, Oct. 15, p. 902; by J. McSorley in CWd,
CLIV, 362; in Social studies, XXXIII, 48.
Heintzelman, A. W. "The Albert H. Wiggin collection of prints, drawings,
and books." More books, XVI, 229-34.
Hellman, George S. "Three unpublished letters of Bayard Taylor." SRL
Sept. 20, pp. 12f-15.
Relating to many Victorian men of letters whom Taylor met.
Hendel, Richard Heathcote, The American impact on Great Britain, 1898-
1914. Philadelphia: Univ. of Pennsylvania pr., 1940. Pp. ix+439.
Rev. by H. Angus in Amer. jour, of sociology, XLVII, 214-15.
Hobhouse, Christopher. Oxford as it was London- Batsford 1939 Pp
ix+120.
Rev. by A, Bodin in EtA, IV (1940), 81-82.
Housman, Lawrence. Gracious majesty. London: Cape. Pp. 222.
Rev. by K. Martin in NS, Sept. 27, p. 311.
Jeffery, Gordon (ed.). "Diary of a dockyard workman. Extracts from the
yearbook of Thomas Murphy, 1829-79." LL, XXX, 7-18.
Jones, G. P., and Pool, A. G. A hundred years of economic development in Great
Britain. See VB 1940, 430.
Rev. by W. Bowden in AHR, XLVI, 638-39; by S. Clark in Amer. jour, of
sociology, XLVII, 265.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1941 ;$57
Jones, Kathleen. La Revue brifannique. Son histoire ei son action litilraire
(1825-1840}. Paris: Droz, 1939. Pp. 207.
Rev. by H. Peyre in EtA, IV (1940), 67.
Keefe, H. J. A century in print. The story of Hazell s, 1839-1989. Forew. by
Ralph C. Hazell. London: Hazell, Watson, & Viney, Ltd., 1939. Pp.xvi+
224.
Many details of Victorian living conditions industrial, political, and domestic
are indicated in this history of a great printing firm. Many reprints of old illus
trations are given. There are references to various magazines that this firm printed
and to Victorian newspapers. The accounts of magazine production (the British
workman, the Animal world, the Family mirror, the Illustrated photographer, etc.)
are particularly interesting. Mention is made of various authors: Dickens, Glad
stone, Edwin P. Hood, Besant, Ruskin, Sir W. R. Nicoll, J. M. Barrie, John
Watson ("Ian Maclaren"), Martin Tupper, Miss Burdett-Coutts, Sala, Oliver
Wendell Holmes, Bulwer-Lytton, etc. One chapter is devoted to "What our
grandparents used to read." Letters from Ruskin to Henry Jowett, manager of
Hazell s, are printed and discussed on pp. 98-105. HazelTs have a collection of
"seventy-two out of the hundreds of letters that Ruskin wrote to Henry Jowett in
the Seventies and Eighties." This printing-history will please and inform the
student of the Victorian era. An index would have been an improvement. W. D. T.
Keith, A. B. The constitution of England from Victoria to George VI. See VB
1940, 430.
Rev. by C. Burns in Ethics, L (1940), 472; by J. Fairlie in Amer, pol. sci. rev.,
XXXV, 362; by H. Laski in NS, Feb. 10, 1940, p. 180; in TLS, Feb. 17, 1940,
p. 90.
Leacock, Stephen. Our British empire. London: John Lane. Pp. 280.
Rev. by G. Schwartz in NS, March 15, p. 280; in NR, CXVI, 247-48.
Leveson-Gower, Sir George. Years of content: 1858-1886. See VB 1940, 430.
Rev. by A. Waugh in S, Jan. 3, p. 17.
Mansergh, Nicholas. Ireland in the age of reform and revolution. London:
Alien & Unwin, 1940. Pp. 272.
Rev. by W. K. H. in EHR, LVI, 677-78.
Marchand, Leslie A. "The Athenaeum": a mirror of Victorian culture. SeeVB
1940, 430.
Rev. by J. Cournos in NYTBR, May 4, p. 12; by G. Hellman in HTB, May 11,
p. 27; by R. Mortimer in NS, May 17, 505-6; by R. Roberts in SRL, May 24,
p. 12; by C. Sanders in SAQ, XL, 302-3; briefly in CE, III, 211; in N & Q, Sept.
13, p. 154.
Marder, Arthur J. The anatomy of British sea power: a history of British naval
policy in the pre-dreadnaught era, 1880-1906. New York: Knopf, 1940.
Pp. xix+580.
Rev. by H. Sprout in PSQ, LVI, 294-97; by A. Vagts in New R, March 31, pp.
443-44.
358 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Massingham, H. J. (ed.). England and the farmer. London: Batsford. Pp.
vi+154.
Rev. by H. Bates in LL t XXX, 146-49.
Meynell, Esther. A woman talking. London: Chapman. Pp. 218.
Reminiscences of the late- Victorian literary and artistic world.
Meynell, Viola (ed.). Friends of a lifetime: letters to Sydney Carlyle Cockerel!.
See VB 1940, 431.
Rev. by Mona Wilson in English, III, 227-28. Includes letters from or refer
ences to W. S. Blunt, Cunninghame-Graham, Hardy, Charlotte Mew, William
Morris, Ouida, Ruskin, Philip Webb, etc.
Mowat, M. The Victorian age: the age of comfort and culture. London: Har-
rap, 1939. Pp. 251.
Rev. by P. Yvon in EtA, IV (1940), 66.
Newton, A. P. A hundred years of the British empire. See VB 1940, 431.
Rev. by W. Hall in AHR, XLVII, 122-23; by W. P. M. in EHR, LVI, 676-77.
Oman, Sir Charles. Memories of Victorian Oxford. London: Methuen. Pp.
288.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Oct. 25, pp. 379-80; by E. Woodward in S,
Oct. 31, pp. 429-30; in TLS, Oct. 25, p. 530.
Palmer, Norman D. The Irish land league crisis. New Haven: Yale univ. pr.,
1940. Pp. viii+340.
Rev. by P. Knaplund in AHR, XL VI, 906-7.
Quinlan, Maurice J. Victorian prelude. A history of English manners , 1700-
1830. ("Columbia univ. studies in English," No. 155.) New York: Co
lumbia univ. pr. Pp. 301.
Tries to account for the rise of Victoriahism by a study of the history -of man
ners in the eighteenth century; includes chapters on "The model female/ Chang
ing taste and temperament," "Censors and reformers," "Censors and expurga-
tors."
Rhys, Ernest. Wales England wed. London: Dent, 1940; New York: Dut-
ton. Pp. ix+295.
Rev. by R. Roberts in SRL, March 1, p. 6. Autobiography; contains inter
esting pictures of the eighties and nineties; of Arthur Symons, Beardsley, John
Davidson, etc.
Richmond, Mary. "A century back." S, Jan. 3, pp. 8-9.
Compares and contrasts 1841 with 1941.
Roe, F. Gordon. "The lighter side of collecting: some comics of yesteryear."
Connoisseur, CVIII, 22-26, 35, 184-86.
Treats of artists who worked for Fun and Hood s comic annual in the Victorian
period.
VHTOKIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 359
Rose, J. Holland; Newton, A. P.; and Benians, E. A. feds.). The Cambridge
history of the British empire. Vol. II: The growth oj th$ new empire, 1783-
1870. Cambridge univ. pr., 1940. Pp. xii-f 1068.
Rev. by S. Bloom in New R, Sept. 22, p. 379; by C. Fay in Economic jnur., LI f
80-91; by W. Macmillan in NS, March 22, p. 308; by R.^Schuyler in PSQ, LVI,
449-52; by E. Woodward in JVC, CCXXIX, 588-90; in A #, CXVI, 244-45.
Rothenstein, John. The life and death of Gander. London: Dent, 1938; New
York: Button. Pp. xx-f 300.
Rev. by F. Winwar in NYTBR, Jan. 19, p. 4. Many glimpses of late- Victorian
literary figures through the art and bohemianism of the time.
Sitwell, Osbert (ed.). "The English scene during the Crimean War. Being
selections from the journal of Louisa Lucy Hely Hutchinson, afterwards
Lady Sitwell, edited by her grandson." LL, XXIX, 208-24.
Southworth, James Granville. Vauxhall Gardens. A chapter in the social his
tory of England. New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xii-f-192.
Taylor, F. Sherwood, The century of science, 1840-1 940. London: Heinemann.
Pp. 292.
Rev. by O. Stapledon in NS, Feb. 1, pp. 112-13.
Thompson, Flora. Over to Candleford. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 216.
Autobiographical; of the Oxfordshire hamlet of the eighties presented in Lark
rise (see VB 1939, 391).
Ullathorne. From cabin-boy to archbishop: the autobiography of Archbishop
Ullathorne. Introd. by Shane Leslie. London: Burns Oates & Wash-
bourne. Pp. xxvi+310.
Rev. by D. Mathew in , March 28, p. 352. Useful for students of Newman.
Venn, J. A. (ed.). Alumni Cantabrigienses. Part 2: 1752-1900. Vol. I: Abbey-
Challis. Cambridge univ. pr., 1940.
Rev. by A. Emden in EHR, LVI, 507-8.
Victoria, Queen. See II, Dangerfield, Housman.
Wallis, J. P, R. Thomas Baines, artist and explorer, 1820-1875. London:
Cape. Pp. 352.
Rev. by W. Gaunt in MS, March 8, pp. 257-58.
Williams, David. John Frost: a study in chartism. See VB 1940, 433.
Rev. by F. Gillespie in AHR y XL VI, 904-5; by H. Jordan in JMH, XIII,
249-50.
Winstanley, D. A. .Early Victorian Cambridge. See VB 1940, 434.
Rev. by M. G. Jones in History, XXVI, 82-83; by D. Mackegg in Christian sci.
mon., Oct. 26, 1940, p. 11.
360 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Wood, Elmer. English theories of central banking control, 1819-1858 See
VB 1939, 393.
Rev. by J. Horsefield in Economica, VIII, 218-20.
Woods, Margaret L. "Oxford in the seventies." FR, CL, 276-82.
Young, G. M. "Mid-Victorian." TLS, May 3, p. 216.
HI. MOVEMENTS OF IDfiAS. AND LITERARY
FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES
Allen, Gay Wilson, and Clark, Harry Hayden (eds.). Literary criticism: from
Pope to Croce. New York: American Book Co. Pp. x+659.
Aufseeser, Gretel. Judische Gestalten im modernen englischen Roman. Zurich
diss. Zurich: Miiller, Werder & Co., 1940. Pp. 79.
Baker, E. A. The history of the English novel. Vol.X: Yesterday See VB 1939,
393.
Rev. by A. Digeon in EtA, IV (1940), 71-72,
Baker, Joseph E. "A scheme for nineteenth-century studies," SeR, XLIX,
82-88.
Balch, Marston (ed). Modern short biographies and autobiographies. New
York: Harcourt, Brace, 1940. Pp. xii+589.
Rev. by D. McCaslin in CM, III, 95-96.
Barzun, Jacques. Darwin, Marx, Wagner: critique of a heritage:. Boston:
Little, Brown. Pp. xii+420.
Rev. by W. Auden in New R, June 23, pp. 861-62; by H. Forman in NYTBR,
May 18, pp. 1, 12; by R. Gotesky in SRL, May 24, p. 5; by A. Gerard in HTB,
June 8, p. 5.
Bax> Clifford. "On style in some of the older writers." YR, XXX, 734r~48.
Includes many allusions to Victorians.
Bekker, Konrad. Marx philosophische Entwicklung, sein Verhdltnis zu Hegel
Basel diss. Basel: Volksdriickerei, 1940. Pp. 134.
Bentley, Phyllis. "England in her fiction." LJ, LXVI, 695-99.
Brief review of the diverse topographical background of English fiction.
Bevington. See II, Bevington.
A book of short plays, XV-XX centuries. Published for the English Assoc.
London: Oxford univ. pr., 1940. Pp. 308.
Rev. by T. Walton in LL, XXIX, 88-90. Includes Tennyson s Thefakon.
Braaksma, H. M. Travel and literature See VB 1940, 434.
Rev. by K. Brunner in LgrP, LXII, 30.
VICTORIAN* BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1941 361
Bradner, Leicester. M ifeae Anglicanae. A history of Anglo-Latin poetry 1500-
1925. ("Modern Language Assoc. of Amer., general series," Vol. X.) New
York: Mod. Lang. Assoc.; London: Oxford univ. pr., 1940. Pp. xii-f 383,
Rev. by D. Allen in MLN, LVI, 628-30; by B. Clough in Classical weekly,
Dec. 1, pp. 79-80.
Brinton, Crane. Nietzsche. Harvard univ. pr. Pp. 266.
Rev. by M. M. in More books, XVI, 158-59.
Brockway, Wallace, and Winer, Bart K. (eds.). Second treasury of the world s
great letters. New York: Simon & Schuster. Pp. xxxix+636.
Rev. by G. Barker in New R, Dec. 29, p. 901; by J. Planner in HTB, Dec. 21,
p. 6.
Bronowski, J. The poet s defence. See VB 1940, 434.
Rev. by L. Bonnerot in EtA, IV (1940), 72-73.
Bruner, David K. Family life in early Victorian prose fiction. Abstract of
diss., Univ. of Illinois. Urbana, 111. Pp. 10.
Cecil, Lord David (comp. and ed.). The Oxford book of Christian verse. See
VB 1940, 435.
Rev. by C. Lewis in RES, XVII, 95-102 ("an encouraging book; the harvest of
the nineteenth and twentieth centuries is, in my opinion, more vivid, more varied,
and more excellent than that of any preceding age") ; by F. Prince in Dublin rev.,
CV, 131-32.
"Century of book service: learning s debt to the London Library: Thomas
Carlyle and Hagberg Wright." TLS, May 3, p. 214.
Chambers, R. W. Man s unconquerabk mind. . . : > See VB 1939, 394.
Rev. by J. Delcourt in EtA, IV (1940), 54-56; by W. Lawrence in MLR,
XXXVI, 116-17.
Clubb. See III, Kennedy.
Croce, Benedetto. History as the story of liberty. London: Allen & Unwin;
New York: Norton. Pp. 324.
Rev. in TLS, March 15, pp. 123, 130.
Daiches, David. Poetry and the modern world: a study of poetry in England be
tween 1900 and 1939. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr., 1940. Pp. x+247.
Rev. by J. Bishop in Poetry, LVIII, 210; by M. Castleman in LQ, XI, 234;
by M. Mack in YR, XXX, 610; by J. Moffatt in JR, XXI, 311; by K. Raine in S,
May 2, p. 482; by A. Tate in New R, Jan. 6, pp. 25-26, followed by corresp.,
Feb. 10, p. 183, and March 3, p. 309; in TLS, April 12, p. 182.
Davis, Herbert; DeVane, W. C.; and Bald, R. C. (eds.). Nineteenth-century
studies. See VB 1940, 435.
Rev. by E. Bernbaum in JEGP, XL, 442-44; by J. J. R. in CWd, CLIII, 754;
by E. Walton in HTB, April 20, p. 13; briefly in CE, III, 621.
362 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Dyson, C. M. (ed.). Victorian narrative poems. London: Methuen. Pp. 118.
Noticed in Modern languages, XXII, 138. The poems are "Morte d Arthur,"
"Sohrab and Rustum," "Saul," and "Goblin market."
Evans, B. Ifor. Tradition and romanticism See VB 1940, 435.
Rev. by B. Davis in RES, XVII, 210-11; briefly in CE, II, 723.
Falconer, J. W. "A hundred years of Punch." Dalhousie rev., XXI, 170-76.
Fifteen poets. Oxford: Clarendon pr. Pp.503.
Rev. by J. Leishman in RES, XVII, 206-9; briefly in CE, III, 213; in NS,
Feb. 22, p. 196. Victorians are Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold; Humber Wolfe,
H. B. Charlton, and H. W. Garrod, respectively, made the selections and pro
vided brief introductory essays.
Freedley, George, and Reeves, John A. A history of the theatre. New York:
Crown pubs., 1940. Pp. xvi+688.
Rev. by W. Eaton in HTB, Dec. 29, 1940, p. 13; by J. Gassner in NYTBR,
March 2, p. 16; by R. Gilder in Theatre arts, XXV, 169; by G. Kernodle in QJS,
XXVII, 450.
Frenz, Horst. Die Entwicklung des sozialen Dramas in England vor Gals
worthy. See VB 1939, 396. Bleicherode am Harz: Carl Nieft.
Rev. by K. Arns in LgrP, LXII, 31-32; by He"rancourt in Beiblatt, Vol. LI,
No. 10 (noted in LgrP, LXII, 121); by H. Hillebrand in MLN, LVI, 620-23.
Fricker, Robert. Dos historische Drama in England von der Romantik bis zur
Gegenwart. Bern diss. ("Schweizer anglist. Arbeiten," No. 8.) Bern: A.
Francke, 1940. Pp. vi+363.
Rev. by H. Hillebrand in MLN, LVI, 620-23; by A. Nicoll in JEGP, XL,
445-46.
Fuller, Edmund. Pageant of the theatre. New York: Crowell; Pp. xii+270.
Rev. in Theatre arts, XXV, 553-54.
<
Gates, E. J. "A nineteenth century English translator of Gongora." Hispanic
rev., July, 1939.
Gettmann, Royal A. Turgenev in England and America. Urbana: Univ. of
Illinois pr. Pp. 196.
Rev. by A. Kaun in JEGP, XLI (Jan., 1942), 112-15.
Gilbert, Katherine Everett, and Kuhn, Helmut. A history of aesthetics. New
York: MacmiUan, 1939. Pp. xx+582.
Rev. by C. Thorpe in AL, XIII, 82-84; by A. Warren in PQ, XX, 188-91.
Hull, Myra E. "The merman lover in ballad and song." In Studies in English
in honor of Raphael Dorman O Leary and Selden Lincoln Whitcomb, by mem-
VlCTOHIAN BlBLIOGHAPHY FOR 1941 363
bers of the English Department of the University of Kansas. ("Univ. of
Kansas Publns., humanistic studies," Vol. VI, No. 4.) Lawrence: Univ.
of Kansas, 1940.
This article appears oft pp. 65-80. Other articles include: W. D. Paden,
"Tennyson and the reviews ( 1829-1835) ," on pp. 15-39; W. S. Johnson, "Musty,
fusty Christopher/ on pp, 40-43; John Virtue, "Carlyle s Mr. Symmons, " on
pp. 44-49; Clyde K. Hyder, "Wilkie Collins in America," on pp. 50-58.
Jackman, Mabel E. "The relation between maturity of content and simplic
ity of style in selected books of fiction." LQ, XI, 302-27.
Many Victorian novels are among the works considered.
Johnson, Edgar Augustus Jerome. A treasury of biography. New York: How-
ell, Soskin. Pp. xv+504.
Includes extracts from Trelawney, Lockhart s Scoit, Trevelyan s Macaulay,
Forster s Dickens, J. S. Mill, Froude s Carlyle, Ruskin, Gosse s Father and son,
Stracliey s "Cardinal Manning." Rev. by M. Rugof? in HTB, Oct. 26, p. 27.
Jones, Kathleen. See II, Jones, Kathleen.
Kennedy, Arthur G. "Odium philologicum, or, a century of progress in English
philology." In Craig, Karelin (ed.), Stanford studies in language and litera
ture, 1941. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford univ. pr. Pp. vi-f 387.
This volume includes, among others, these studies: Clubb, Merel D., "The
criticism of Gulliver s Voyage to the Houyhnhnms, 1726-1914"; Matthews,
Ruth E., "Three articles from the pen of Charles Kingsley"; Zech, Adolph,
"Wilhelm Dilthey s analysis of Charles Dickens."
Larrabee, Stephen A. "II poco piu and the school of taste." ELH, VIII, 47-
50.
Latourette, Kenneth Scott. The great century: A.D. 1800 A.D. 1914. New
York: Harper. Pp. vii+516.
Rev. by M. Spinka in JR, XXI, 316-17. This is the fourth volume of the au
thor s series on the History of the expansion of Christianity.
Lieder, Paul Robert, and Withington, Robert (eds.). The art of literary criti
cism. D. Appleton-Century. Pp. xii-f 689.
Brief rev. in C#, III, 105.
Looker, Samuel J. "Supplements to classic works." N & Q, Aug. 16, pp. 97-
98.
Refers to Swinburne s completion of Hyperion, Reynolds 1 sequel to Don Juan
and imitation of Dickens m Pickwick abroad, Johnston s continuations of Dickens,
and Graves s re-writing of Copperfield.
Lucas, F. L. Ten Victorian poets. See VB 1940, 437.
Rev. by H. Muller, briefly, in SouR, VI, 815-16; by C. Sisson in MLR,
XXXVI, 538-39.
364 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
McDiannid, Hugh (ed.). A golden treasury of Scottish poetry. London and
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xli+415.
Rev. by H. Hobson in Christian set. mon., Jan. 18, p. 11; by L, MacNeice in
NS, Jan. 18, p. 66; by J. A. Smith in S, Jan. 31, p. 122; in TLS, Feb. 15, p. 78.
Mack, Edward Clarence. Public schools and British opinion since 1860: the
relationship between contemporary ideas and the evolution of an English insti
tution. New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xn-f-511.
Madle, Herbert. Die Maschine und der technische Fortschritt in der englischen
Ltteraiur des 19. and 20. Jahrhunderts. See VB 1938, 409.
Rev. by A. Eichler in L$rP, LXII, 32.
Marcuse, Herbert. Hegel and the rise of modern social theory. New York: Ox
ford univ. pr. Pp. 464.
Marriott, Sir John. English history in English fiction. See VB 1940, 437.
Rev. by C. Kirby in AHR, XLVII, 176-77; by D. Mackegg in Christian sci.
mon., Nov. 30, 1940, p. 10; briefly in CE, III, 103; in Educational forum, V, 352-53;
in TLS, Aug. 3, 1940, p. 376.
"Master of melodrama: the centenary of Thomas Dibdin: from Gothic to the
crime play." TLS, Sept. 20, p. 470.
On the "father of the Victorian school of playwrights in prose."
Neff, Emery. A revolution in European poetry, 1600-1900. See VB 1940, 438.
Rev. by A. Barker in Canadian forum, XXI, 29; by L. Bogan in N, April 12,
p. 441; by I. Edman in SRL, May 3, pp. 5, 16-17; by C. F. Harrold in JEOP, XL,
432-33; by P. Hazard in RoR, XXXII, 93-94; by E. Hudson in LL, XXX,
65-66; by H. M. Jones in SeR, XLIX, 120-25; by E. Knowlton in SAQ, XL, 191-
92; by M. Mack in YR, XXX, 608-9; by H. Midler in SouR, VI, 827-28; by E.
Walton in HTB, Jan. 26, p. 14; in TLS, April 5, suppl., p. viii.
Nitze, William Albert. A^/iwr{a?iro7rianceandmo<iempo<rya7irfmu5^. Univ.
of Chicago pr. 1940. Pp. xi+97.
Rev. by A. Remy in RoR, XXXII, 300-302.
Noyes, Alfred. Pageant of letters. See VB 1940, 438.
Rev. by Sister M. Madeleva in Commonweal, Dec. 20, 1940, p. 234; by F.
SteegmuUer in HTB, Nov. 3,. 1940, p. 20; in CE, II, 410; in CWd, CLIII, 364.
Ortega y Gasset, Jose*. Toward a philosophy of history. New York: Norton.
Pp. x+13-273.
Rev. by L. Eshleman in NYTBR, May 4, p. 12. Contains many valuable in
sights into nineteenth-century intellectual currents.
Oxford dictionary of quotations. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xiii+879.
Rev. by J. Krutch in N, Nov. 22, p. 514; by R. Mortimer in NS, Sept. 27, p.
310; by B. Watson in 8, Oct. 17, p. 388; in N < Q, Oct. 18, pp. 223-24.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1941 3f>r>
Oxford Movement. Ramsay, A. M. "Hugh James Rose/* Dwham unw
jour., XXXIV, 50-58.
Palmer, Herbert. "A brief history of the poetry of despair." English III
166^72.
Pinto, V. De Sola. "Realism in English poetry." On pp. 81-100 of Ewxya and
studies by members of the English Association, Vol. XXV. Ed. by Percy
Simpson. Oxford: Clarendon pr., 1940.
Poepping, Hilde. James Stephens. Eine Untersuchvng fiber die irische Ernev-
erungsbewegung in der Zeit von 1900 bis 1930. ("Schrif tenreihe der Deutsch-
enGes.ftirkelt. Studien, " Heft 4.) Halle: Niemeyer, 1940. Pp.iii+101.
Rev. by LaT. StockweU in JEGP, XL, 449-51. Includes a bibliography of
Stephens works and "a valuable, but by no means complete, bibliography of
Irish literature from 1890 to 1938."
Pre-Raphaelite Movement. See Browning: Cramer.
Rose, Felix (comp. and trans.). Les grands lyriques anglais. See VB 1940, 439.
Rev. by L. Tancock in MLR, XXXVI, 149-51.
Rudman, H. W. Italian nationalism and English letters See VB 1940,
439.
Rev. by S. C. Chew in JEGP, XL, 580-82.
Sampson, George. The concise Cambridge history of English literature. New
York: Macmillan; Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xiv+1094.
Rev. by B. Brooks in NC, CXXX, 300-301; by H. Hobson in Christian sci.
mon., Sept. 6, p. 10; by T. James in LL, XXX, 236; by R. Roberts in SRL, Oct. 11,
p. 6; in N cfe Q, Aug. 9, pp. 83-84; in S, Sept. 19, p. 292; in TLS, Aug. 16, p. 398.
"The ninety pages on late-Victorian and post-Victorian literature are all his own;
and none the worse for that."
Sanderlin, George. "A bibliography of English sonnets 1800-1850." ELH,
VIII, 226-40.
Schmidt, Karlernst. Moliere in der angelsdchsischen Kritik. ("Britannica,"
Heft 19.) Hamburg: Friederichsen, De Gruyter, 1940. Pp. 169.
Noted in LgrP, LXII, 77.
Scouller, Edward. "A bookish causerie." LR, No. 60 (winter), pp. 114r-20.
Suggests that the year 1880, when Mundella s bill made education compulsory
in Britain, "ushered in an entirely new era in literary history, a new era in human
history."
Schuster, M. Lincoln (ed.). A treasury of the world s great letters. New York:
Simon & Schuster; London: Heinemann. Pp. xlviii+563.
Rev. by F. Morton in Theatre arts, XXV, 401-4; by V. Pritchett in NS, May
17, pp. 510-12.
366 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Sells, A. L., and Learoyd, W. H. A. " Thompson of Sunderland : a footnote
to Flaubert." Durham univ. jour., XXXII (1940), 98-101.
Refers also to a passage in Thackeray.
Shine, Hill. Carlyle and the Saint-Simonians. The concept of historical periodic
ity. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins pr. Pp. xiii+191.
Attempts to show the entry of a French influence into British nineteenth-cen
tury thought.
Stoll, Elmer Edgar. "Poetry and the passions: an aftermath." PMLA, LV
(1940), 979-92.
Largely treating W. B. Yeats.
Stoll, Elmer Edgar. "Poetry and the passions again." JEGP, XL, 509-25.
Includes consideration again" of Masefield ; s Nan, Hardy s Tess, and Brown
ing s Pompilia,
Summers, Montague. A Gothic bibliography. London: Fortune pr.; New
York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xx-|-621.
Tolles, W. Tom Taylor and the Victorian drama. See VB 1940, 440.
Rev. by R. Gilder in Theatre arts, XXV, 75-76; by B. H. in QJS, XXVII, 326.
Includes a chapter on Taylor s collaboration with Charles Reade.
Traub, W. Auffassung und Gestaltung der Cleopatra in der englischen Literatur.
See VB 1939, 400.
Rev. by A. Eichler in LgrP, LXII, 97-98.
Venturi, Lionello. "The aesthetic idea of impressionism." JAA, I, 34-45.
Walbank, F. A. (ed.). The English scene in the works of prose writers since
1700. Forew. by Sir John Squires. London: Batsford. Pp. xiv-f 225.
Wilson, Edmund. To the Finland station: a study in the writing and acting of
history. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1940. Pp. 509.
Rev. by E. K Brown in "The method of Edmund Wilson," TQ, XI, 105-11.
Has chapters on Michelet, Renan, Taine, Anatole France, the origins of socialism,
Marx, Engels, etc.
Wilson, Edmund. The wound and the bow: seven studies in literature. Boston :
Houghton Mifflin. Pp. 295.
Rev. by E. K Brown in "The method of Edmund Wilson," TQ, XI, 105-11;
by M. Colum in "Critics and history," Amer. mercury, LIII, 627-32; by D.
Daiches in New R, Aug. 25, pp. 257-58; by E. Garnett in LJ, June 1, p. 520;
by P. M. Jack in NYTBR, Aug. 24, pp. 5, 26; by H. M. Jones in SRL, Sept. 6,
pp. 3-4; by A. Kazin in HTB, Aug. 31, p. 2; by C. Wright in Commonweal, Sept. 5,
p. 475. Includes "Dickens: the two Scrooges 7 (pp. 1-104) and "The Kipling
that nobody read" (pp. 105-81).
Worcester, David. The art of satire. See VB 1940, 441.
Rev. unfavorably by M. Randolph in PQ, XX, 93-95.
VICTORIAN" BIBLIOGRAPHY Ftm 1941 ;iH7
Wright, William Kelley. A history of modern philosophy. New York: Mac-
millan. Pp. xvi+634.
Rev. by E. Holmes in Philosophical rev. t L, 540-42.
Young, G. M. The age of Tennyson. Warton Lecture on English Poetry, Brit
ish Academy, 1939. From the Proceedings of the British Academy, Vol.
XXV. London: Milford, 1939. Pp. 20.
Rev. by Horace Eaton in MLN, LVI, 378-81.
Yvon, PauL L Influence de Flaubert en Angkterre. Caen: Caron.
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Arnold (see also III, Hull). Matthew Arnold: poetry and prose See VB
1940, 441.
Rev. by Horace A. Eaton in MLN, LVI, 378-81.
Beauchamp, William T. "Plato on the prairies (Matthew Arnold at Gales-
burg)." Educational forum, V, 285-95.
An account of the reception given to Arnold and his lecture on "Literature and
science," at the Opera House, Galesburg, Illinois, Jan. 28, 1884. "An unintelligible
message to an uncomprehending audience." The account is based on^he files of a
contemporary newspaper and of the Knox College weekly and on the memories
of witnesses.
Cairns, Huntington; Tate, Allen; and Van Doren, Mark. Invitation to learn
ing. New York: Random House. Pp. xix+431.
Rev. by B. Davenport in SRL, June 7, p. 10; by A. GuSrard in HTB, July 20,
p. 5; in NYTBR, July 6, p. 6. Includes discussion of Arnold s Essays in criticism
and Mill s Autobiography.
Garrod, H, W. "Matthew Arnold s 1853 preface." RES, XVII, 310-21.
Gordon, Ian A. "Three new letters of Matthew Arnold." MLN, LVI, 552-
54.
Groom, Bernard. On the diction of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold. See VB
1939, 401.
Rev. by Horace A. Eaton in MLN, LVI, 378-81.
Hamilton, Harlan W. "Matthew Arnold s Study of poetry sixty years after."
CE, II, 521-30.
Praises the sanity and timeliness of Arnold s commentary and advises the
serious application of his principles in the present-day teaching of literature.
Lowry, Howard F. Matthew Arnold and the modern spirit. Inaugural lecture,
Princeton univ. Princeton, N.J. Pp. 29.
Motter, T. H, Vail. "Culture and the new anarchy." Bull, of the Amer. Assoc.
of university professors, XXVII, 295-304.
368 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Rowse, A. L. "Matthew Arnold as Cornishman." NS, Aug. 9, p. 133.
S.; and Pollard, A. L. "Matthew Arnold and Leopardi." N & Q, May 31,
p. 387; June 14, p. 430.
Tate, Allen. "Literature and knowledge: comment and comparison." SouRj
VI, 629-57.
Contains among other things a re-evaluation of Arnold s aesthetic theory.
Tinker, C. B., and Lowry, H. F. The poetry of Matthew Arnold: a commen
tary. See VB 1940, 441.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in MLN, LVI, 633-35; by P. Magnus in S, July 4, pp.
18-19; by R. Mortimer in NS, June 14, pp. 612-14; in TLS, June 28, pp. 310, 314
(see also editorial, p. 311).
Yvon, Paul. Etude sur la pensee intime d un poete victorien. Matthew Arnold
et la critique de la vie contemporaine dans sa poesie (1849-1872). Caen: Im-
primerie Le Tendre, 1938. Pp. 28.
Listed in Biblio, VII, No. 5 (May, 1939), 108.
Barnes. Blunden, Edmund. "Thomas Barnes (1785-1841): literary diver
sions of an editor [of the Times]. 99 TLS, May 10, p. 226; see also May 31,
p. 263.
Barrie. Mackail, Denis George. Same: the story of J. M. B. New York:
Scribner; London: Peter Davies. Pp. 736.
Rev. by E. Bowen in S, April 4, p. 374; by W. P. Eaton in HTB, Nov. 16, p. 20;
by G. Freedley in LJ, Sept. 1, p. 730; by H. Hobson in Christian sti. mon., June 7,
p. 10; by M. M. in More books, XVI, 382; by S. Stokes in Theatre arts, XXV,
845-48; by 0. Williams in NR, CXVI, 729-35; in TLS, April 5, pp. 161, 166 (see
also April 26, p. 203, and June 21, p. 299).
Black. "Scene and sentiment: novelist and landscape: William Black reaches
his centenary." TLS } Nov. 8, p. 557.
Boucicault. Nicoll, AUardyce, and Cloak, F. T. (eds.). "Forbidden fruit" and
other plays. Princeton univ. pr., 1940. Pp. viii+313.
Rev. by 0. Coad in AL, XII, 521.
Bowles. Rietmann, Oskar. William Lisle Bowles (176^1850}. Eine Begleit-
studie zur Entstehung der englischen Romantik und zur Kulturgeschichte.
Basel diss. Basel: Otto Fritz Knoebel, Dornach, 1940. Pp. ii+153.
Bridges. Green, Andrew J. "Bridges odes for music." SeR, XLIX, 30-38.
Smith, Nowell Charles. Nates on "The testament of beauty." 3d ed., rev. Ox
ford univ. pr., 1940. Pp. 138.
Brontes. The complete poems of Emily Jane Bronte. Ed. from the manuscripts
by C. W. Hatfield. New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xxi+262.
Rev. by M. Colum in NYTBR, Jan. 25, 1942, p. 9; brief comment under
"Reprints, new editions/ in HTB, Nov. 9, p. 29.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 369
Cornish, Dorothy Helen. These were the Brontes. See VB 1940, 442.
Rev. briefly by D. Stanford in SouR, VI, 625.
DeTraz, Robert. Die Familie Bronte (his La famille Bronte &e YB 1939,
402 trans, into German by M. Arnold). Zurich and Leipzig: Rascher.
Pp. 265.
Noted in LZD, XCII, 437, and ZNU, XLJ 48.
Dry, Florence. Sources of "Jane Eyre." ("Bronte sources," No. 2.) London:
Heffer, 1940. Pp. x+92.
Ratchford, Fannie Elizabeth. The Brontes web of childhood. New York: Co
lumbia univ. pr. Pp. xui-f-293.
Rev. by P. Bentley in SRL, June 7, pp. 6, 18; by L. Bogan in New R, Sept. 1,
pp. 285-86; by E. Bowen in S, Sept. 19, p. 286; by S. C. C. in Christian *ci. won.,
June 14, p. 11; by F. Stovall in Southwest rev., XXVI, 497-502; by L. Trilling in
TV, July 5, p. 16; by E. Wagenknecht in NYTBR, June 15, p. 6; by G. Whicher
in HTB, June 8, p. 4, and in Key reporter, autumn, p. 6; in N & Q, Sept. 27, p. 182;
in FR, CL, 303-4.
An indispensable, highly illuminating book for Bronte students and scholars;
also valuable and fascinating for the general reader who may have no particular
Bronte interest. Miss Ratchford has done a remarkably good job of summarizing
and discussing and correlating a vast amount of widely scattered and difficult-to-
read manuscript material and of showing in a clear and interesting manner the
psychological and literary importance of it all. W. D. T.
RandaU, David A., and Winterich, Jo"hn T". "Jane Eyre," in "One hundred
good novels," Publishers weekly, Jan. 18, pp. 268-69. Collation and notes.
Sugden, K. A. R. A short history of the Brontes. ("Oxford bookshelf" ser.)
Oxford univ. pr., 1940. Pp.. 121.
Brownings (see also III, Davis) . The poetical works of Robert Browning. Com
plete from 1833 to 1868, with the shorter poems thereafter. ("Oxford standard
authors.") Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xiv-f 698.
Robert Browning: Poetry and prose. With appreciations by Landor, Bagehot,
Swinburne, Henry James, Saintsbury, and F. L. Lucas. Ed, by Sir Humphry
Milford. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xxi-f-203.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in Aft>, June 7, p. 581 (the review is a defense of Brown
ing) ; briefly in CE, III, 323; in N & Q, May 31, p. 395.
Barbour, A. R. "Browning vindicated." TLS, Dec. 13, p. 632.
Baylor s old yellow manuscripts containing the conversation of Marquis Francesco
Azzolini with Gio Lodovico Francia. Trans, from the original Italian by
Professor J. E. Shaw; and The ill-fated good fortune of Francesco Canonid,
called Mascambruni. Trans, from the original Italian by Dr. Beatrice Cor-
rigan, together with An introductory essay by William O. Raymond. ("Bay
lor University s Browning interests," Ser. XII.) Baylor bulletin, Vol. XLTV,
No. 3. Waco, Tex.: Baylor univ. Pp. 99.
370 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Buck, Gerhard. "Drei Miszellen zu Brownings "The ring and the book. "
Archiv, CLXXIX, 30-32.
Cramer, Maurice Browning. "What Browning s reputation owed to the Pre-
Raphaelites, 1847-1856." ELH, VIII, 305-21.
Cundiff, Paul A. "The dating of Browning s conception of the plan of The
ring and the book/ " SP, XXXVIII, 543-51.
Faverty, Frederic E. "The source of the Jules-Phene episode in Pippa passes."
SP, XXXVIII, 97-105.
Browning s use of Bulwer s play The lady of Lyons and its source.
Holmes, Stewart Walker. "Browning s Sordello and Jung: Browning s Sor-
dello in the light of Jung s theory of types." PMLA, LVI, 758-96.
M. M. "Browning s copy of La Lgende des siecles. " More books, XVI,
335-36.
McCormick, James Patton. As a flame springs: the romance of Robert and
Elizabeth Barrett Browning. New York: Scribner, 1940. Pp. 356.
Rev. by A. Cowie in SRL, Jan. 18, p. 12.
Ray, S. N. "Browning correspondence: corrections for editions 1933 and
1936." N & Q, Dec. 6, p. 315.
Raymond, William 0. "Three recently discovered Italian manuscripts."
Trans, of the Royal Society of Canada, 3d ser., Sec. II, Vol. XXXV, pp.
119-30.
The third MS is a contemporary account of the source-story in The ring and
the book. A translation by E. H. Yarrill, with introduction by W. O. Raymond,
has appeared in the Baylor University bulletin (see VB 1940, 444). This article is
"to some extent a summary" of that introduction.
"Renan and Browning s A death in the desert. " N & Q, Nov. 22, p. 289.
Smith, C. Willard. Browning 1 s star-imagery. .... ("Princeton studies in Eng
lish," No. 21.) Princeton univ. pr. Pp. 251.
Smith, Cornelia M. "Proverb lore in The ring and the book." PMLA, LVI,
219-29.
Wenger, C. N. "Browning s dramatic monologues." CE, III, 225-39.
A plea for the use of the psychoanalytic method in interpreting and appraising
the monologues.
Y.; S. E.; and Jaggard, William. "Browning s Flight of the Duchess. "
N&Q, June 28, p. 462; July 12, p. 28.
Yocom, Henry W. "Some additional sources of Browning s Saul." N & Q,
July 26, 44-46.
Suggests Flavius Josephus, The antiquities of the Jews; a musical drama,
Faustus, set to music by Henry R. Bishop (pub. 1829) ; Henry H. Milman, History
of the Jews (1830).
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 #71
Bulwer-Lytton (see Browning: Faverty).
Buraey. Morley, Edith J. "Sarah Harriet Burney, 1770-1844 " J/P
XXXIX, 123-58. "
Prints sixteen of her letters to Crabb Robinson, from their meeting in 1829 to
1843.
Burton. Burton, Jean. Sir Richard Burton s wife. New York Knopf Fp
vi+378+xiii.
Rev. by M. Messier in LJ, June 1, p. 519; by I. Paterson in HTR, June 22, p. 3;
by R. Roberts in SRL, June 28, p. 6; by E. Wyatt in Commonweal, July 4, p. 260:
in JV, June 28, p. 761.
Butler. Dilworth, Nevin. "The second passing of Samuel Butler." SAQ, XL,
37-45.
Holt, Lee Elbert. "Samuel Butler and his Victorian critics." ELH, VIII,
146-59.
Carlyle. (See also III, Hull, Shine; Sterling) Thomas Carlyle: journey to Ger
many, autumn 1858. Ed. R. A. E. Brooks. See VB 1940 7 444.
Rev. by C. F. Harrold in JEGP, XL, 444-45, and in MP, XXXVIII, 470-72;
by H. Ladewig in Books abroad, XV, 353; by L. Young in AHR, XLVI, 905-6.
Ballmer, Adolf. Carlyks Stellung zu Theorie und Praxis des modernen Kapi-
talismus. Basel diss. Basel: Gasser & Cie, 1940. Pp. 80.
Eckloff, L. Bild und Wirklichkeit bei Thomas Carlyle. See VB 1938, 415.
Rev. by E. Sehrt in LgrP, LXII, 99-100.
Goldberg, Maxwell H. "Jeffrey: mutilator of Carlyle s Burns?" PMLA,
LVI, 466-71.
Lea, F. A. "Carlyle and the French Revolution (I)." Adelphi, XVIII, 20-24.
Nevinson, Henry W. "Carlyle and the London library." NS, May 31, p. 556.
See also TLS, May 3, p. 214.
Taylor, Alan C. Carlyle et la pensee latine. See VB 1939, 405.
Rev. by J. J. H. in Studies, XXX, 471-74.
Carroll. Ayres, Harry Morgan. "Lewis Carroll and The garden of Rachel"
HLQ, V, 141-45.
Burpee, Lawrence J. "Alice joins the immortals." Dalh&usie rev., XXI, 194r-
204.
On the continued popularity of the Alice books.
Clough. Anon. "Cain in literature." N & Q, Sept. 27, p. 181.
Mentions dough s "The song of Lamech."
Anon. "Scribner presents manuscript to Churchill." Publishers weekly, July
19, p. 190.
MS of ClougWs "Say not the struggle nought availeth."
372 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Carter, John. "Clough to Churchill: a memorable experience." Publishers
weekly, Aug. 2, pp. 309-11.
Circumstances of presentation of Clough MS.
Note on the purchase of the MS of "Say not the struggle nought availeth,"
at Sotheby s. N & Q, July 12, p. 15.
Coleridge. Griggs, Earl Leslie. Coleridge fille See VB 1940, 445.
Rev. by S. C. C. in Christian sd. mon., Feb. 15, p. 10; by A. Cowie in SRL,
June 14, p. 19; by E. Morley in RES, XVII, 240-42; by D. Stuart in English, III,
187-88; by F. Winwar in NYTBR, Feb. 9, p. 4; in NR, CXVI, 373; in TLS, Sept.
21, 1940, p. 484.
Collins (see also III, Hull). Parrish, M. C. Wilkie Collins and Charles Reade.
See VB 1940, 446.
Rev. by D. Randall in Papers of the Bibliographical Society of America, XXXV,
168-70.
Cooke. Barnard, E. A. B., and others. " Charon of the Cam." N & Q,
Aug. 30, pp. 118-19; Sept. 27, p. 181; Oct. 11, p. 207.
Concerning "The diary of Samuel Pepys, Esq. 1 , while an undergraduate at
Cambridge/ by C. R. W. Cooke, published 1864 or 1865.
Conrad. Bradbrook, Muriel C. Joseph Conrad, J6sef Teodor Konrad Nalecz
KorseniowsM; Poland s English genius. Cambridge univ. pr.; New York:
Macmillan. Pp. 80.
Rev. by H. Hobson in Christian sd. mon., Sept. 20, p. 10; by J. Reilly in CWd,
CLIV, 242; in N & Q, Aug. 16, p. 98; in New R, Oct. 6, p. 446; in TLS, Aug. 2,
p. 372.
Clemens, Florence. "Conrad s Malaysia." CE, II, 338-46.
Conrad a trustworthy authority on politics in Malaysia but does not handle
the subject of native psychology with the same mastery.
Gee, J. A., and Storm, P. J. (eds.). Letters of Joseph Conrad to Marguerite
Poradowski: 1890-1920. See VB 1940, 446.
Rev. by F. Steegmuller in HTB, Feb. 2, p. 12; brief rev. in CE, II, 411.
Gordan, J. D. Joseph Conrad: the making of a novelist. See VB 1940, 446.
Rev. by J. Beach in JEGP, XL, 446-48; by J. McGovren in Commonweal,
April 4, p. 604; by E. F. M. in Christian sci. mon., March 8, p. 11; by F. Steeg
muller in HTB, Dec. 15, 1940, p. 15.
Retinger, J. H. Conr ad and his contemporaries. London: Faber. Pp. 150.
Rev. by B. Brooks in NC, CXXX, 345.
Zabel, Morton. "Conrad: the secret sharer." New R, April 21, Part II, pp.
567-74.
This article, "part of a long study of Conrad s life, novels and ideas," shows
how, through discipline of his art, Conrad mastered the "obsessional tendencies"
VlCTOHlAX BlBLlOGItAPHY Foil 1941 373
of his own character; how in his novels (particularly in ruder u*em y) be
created characters with conflicts similar to his own; and how the structure of his
plots and his innovations in narrative technique result inevitably from his pre
occupation with these conflicts.
Corelli, Marie, Bullock, George. Mane Corelli: the life and death of a besi-
selkr. New York: Transatlantic arts; London: Constable, 1940, PD
xvii+279.
Rev. by V. Woolf in Listener, Feb. 22, 1939.
Croker (see also Tennyson). Brightfield, Myron F. John Wilson Croker See
VB 1940, 446.
Rev. by H. Bell in AHR, XLVI, 398-99; by C. Fryer, in JMH, XIII, 464.
Dallas, E. S. Roellinger, F. X. "E. S. Dallas: a mid-Victorian critic of indi
vidualism." PQ, XX, 611-21.
Barley. Abbott, Claude C. "Further letters of George Darley (1795-1846)."
Durham univ. jour., XXXIII (1940), 25-45.
Letters to John Taylor, author and publisher;
Darwin (see also III, Barzun). Loewenberg, Bert J. "Darwinism comes to
America." Mississippi vcdky hist, rev., XXVIII, 339-68.
Impact of Darwin s theories upon America.
Dickens (see also III, Looker, Wilson). Dickensian (quarterly), Vols
XXXVI-XXXVIIL See VB 1932, 422.
Items as follows: "A contemporary view of the [Dickens] readings" (XXXVII,
223-24; "A Dickens diary" (XXXVII, 19-33, 221-31) ; "A Dickens diary for 1837;
compiled from contemporary sources" (XXXVII,^211-21); "A Dickens diary:
one hundred years ago" (XXXVII, 71-84) ; "America, 1842: & Dickens diary one
hundred years ago n (XXXVIII, 53-60); "Dickens as an amateur actor: complete
list of performances" (XXXVJI, 10-11); "The first reading tour" (XXXVH,
138-39); "Tl^e glorious year of 1836" (XXXVII, 155-63); "The Hatton garden
philanthropist" (XXXVII, 167-68); "Pickwick in America" (XXXVIII, 33-34);
"Provincial towns visited by Dickens and his amateur company" (XXXVII,
104-5); "Uncollected speeches: V: Dulwich College" (XXXVII, 13-16); "Un-
collected speeches: IX: In America" (XXXVIII, 39-41); A. Ainger, "Peeps at
Dickens: pen pictures from contemporary sources: XXXVI. Canon Ainger s ac
count of Mr. Nightingale s diary " (XXXVI, 203-4); A, Ainger, "At the Presi
dent s levee in Washington" (XXXVIII, 47-48); W. Bennett, "The mystery of
the Marchioness" (XXXVI, 205-8); T. Brumleigh, "On the road with the
Trents" (XXXVII, 231-35; XXXVIII, 14-15); G. Burton, "More secrets"
(XXXVI, 235-38) ; H. D., "Dickens s popularity in Germany" (XXXVI, 218-19) ;
W. D., "The leaven of Dickens" (XXXVII, 1-3); W. D., "It s the seasomV aa
does it" (XXXVII, 59-60); W. Dexter, "For one night only: Dickens s appear
ances as an amateur actor" (XXXVI, 195-201; XXXVII, 7-8, 106-9); W. Dex
ter, " Mr. Charles Dickens willread " (XXXVII, 133, 136-37, 20 1-3; XXXVIII,
41-43); W.,Gadd, "Fact and fiction of America" (XXXVIII, 49-52); G. Grubb,
374 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
"Dickens s first experience as a parliamentary reporter" (XXXVI, 211-18); R.
Hamilton, "Dickens and Boz" (XXXVI, 242-44); R. Hamlyn-Harris, "Dickens
stands for England" (XXXVII, 173-76); T. Hill, "A catalogue of the Miller col
lection of Dickens music at the Dickens House" (XXXVII, 48-54); T. Hill,
"The Dickens dietary" (XXXVII, 145-51, 191-99; XXXVIII, 22-31); T. Hill,
"Immortal memory" (XXXVII, 205-9); T. Hill, "A unique collection of music"
(XXXVII, 43-47); L. Kennethe, "Memorials of friendship" (XXXVII, 89-98);
J. McNulty, "Christmas eve in a library" (XXXVIII, 44-47); J. McNulty,
"Dickens all the year round" (XXXVII, 99-103); J. McNulty, "The haunted
man" (XXXVII, 61-64); J. McNulty, "The overture" (XXXVII, 141-44);
J. McNulty, "Wizards of the north and south" (XXXVII, 225-26); G. Major,
" Angelica! 7 " (XXXVII, 125-26); L. Mason, "The Dickens world and its mes
sage" (XXXVII, 181-84); A. Paterson, "Dickensian mysteries from Montreal"
(XXXVIII, 17-22); E. Payne, "Boston s birthday broadcast to Britain"
(XXXVII, 121-23); E. Payne, "Dickens s first look at America" (XXXVIII,
7-13); L. C. S., "Collins s farm, Hampstead" (XXXVII, 165-66); L. C. S., "The
Dickens Fellowship conference" (XXXVI, 209-10); L. Savage, "Cheer up, old
mawther!" (XXXVII, 37-38); O. Savage, "The first Dickens sale: compiled
with comments" (XXXVII, 227-29); 0. Savage, "Lady James s folly" (XXXVI,
241-42); L. Staples, "A Kendal Green circle" (.XXXVII, 129-32); L. Staples,
"Tom Hill" (XXXVII, 185-90); G. Stuaft-Bunning, "New American notes"
(XXXVIII, 34-38); D. Udy, "The balloon club: some unpublished documents"
(XXXVII, 85-88).
Alain. "Le Fantastique et le re*el d apres les Contes de NoeT de Dickens."
La nouvelle revue frangaise, Dec., 1939, pp. 817-23.
Noted in EtA, IV (1940), 88.
Becker, May Lamberton. Introducing Charles Dickens. London: Harrap.
See VB 1940, 446.
Rev. in TLS; Nov. 15, p. 563.
Grubb, Gerald G. "On the serial publication of Oliver Twist." MLN, LVT,
290-94.
Gummer, Ellis N. Dickens 1 works in Germany See VB 1940, 447.
Rev. by H. Davies in MLR, XXXVI, 146-47.
House, Humphry. The Dickens world. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 240.
Rev. by V. Pritchett in MS, Oct. 11, p. 347; by R. Scott-James in S, Dec. 26,
p. 602; by G. M. Young in Dickensian, XXXVIII, 61-62; in N & Q, Nov. 22,
p. 294; in TLS, Oct. 11, p. 509. "The author fears that though Dickens is his sub
ject, John Stuart Mill may appear to be his hero, Malthus and Harriet Martineau
his villains."
Houtchens, Lawrence H. "Charles Dickens and international copyright."
AL, XIII, 18-28.
Quennell, Peter. "Books in general/ 7 NS, Sept. 13, p. 257.
An appreciation of Dickens.
VlCTOlUAX BlBLIQGUAPHY FOR 1941 #73
Roe, F. Gordon. " Pickwick in America. 1 " Conwimw*, CVII, 111-14,
Concerns plagiarisms of Dickens written by Thomas Peckett Prest under the
pseudpnym of "Bos" and published in London by Edward Lloyd.
Rolfe, Franklin P. "Additions to the Nonesuch edition of Dickens letters."
HLQ, V, 115-40.
Thomas, R. E. "Dickens s characters." N & Q, Nov. 29, p. 303.
Zech, Adolph. See III, Kennedy.
D Israel, Isaac. Cline, C. L. "The correspondence of Robert Southey and
Isaac D Israeli." RES, XVII, 65-79.
Doyle. Steele, Frederic Dorr. "Veteran illustrator goes reminiscent." Colo
phon ("New graphic" ser. [1939]), Vol. I, No. 3.
Eliot. Haight, Gordon S. George Eliot and John Chapman See VB 1940,
448.
Rev. by M. Chase in YR, XXX, 611-12; by A. Kitchell in MLN, LVI, 559-60;
by J. Macdonald in Canadian forum, XX, 326; R. Roberts in SRL, Jan. 18, pp.
10-11 ; by F. SteegmuUer in HTB> Jan. 26, p. 10; in CE, II, 515; in JV, Jan. 4, p. 28-
Race, Sydney. "John Chapman." N & Q, April 26, pp. 293-95; May 17,
pp. 346-49.
Supplementary to Haight s George Eliot and John Chapman^ cites some facts
about Chapman and his family.
Wright, Walter Francis. "George Eliot as industrial reformer." PMjL4,LVI,
1107-15.
Ewing. "Juliana Ewing s world: morality with fun: interpreter of Victorian
childhood." TLS, Aug. 9, p. 380 (see also Aug. 23, p. 409).
Fitzgerald. Ardagh, J., and Anon. "Jewelled copy of Omar Khayyam."
N & Q, Jan. 25, p. 62; Feb. 15, pp. 122-23; April 26, p. 304.
Frazer. Downie, Robert Angus. James George Frazer, the portrait of a scholar.
New York: Macmillan. Pp. ix+141.
Rev. by W. Sears, Jr., in Churchman, March 15, p. 19; in NYTBR, Feb. 16, p. 2.
Kellett, E. E. "James George Fraser." LQHR, July, pp. 293-98.
Gaskell. Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general" N8, June 21, p. 630; see also
June 28, p. 652.
An appreciation of Mrs. Gaskell.
GHbert. A treasury of Gilbert and Sullivan: the words and music of one hundred
and two songs from ekven operettas. Ed. Deems Taylor. New York: Simon
& Schuster. Pp. 405.
Rev by F P. Adams in HTB, Oct. 26, p. 3; by M. Marshall in N, Nov. 8, p. 457;
by W. Sears, Jr., in Churchman, Nov. 15, p. 18; by F. Weitenkampf in NYTBR,
Nov. 9, p. 3.
376 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1941
Troubridge, St. Vincent. "Gilbert and PlancheV N & Q, March 22, pp. 200-
205; July 12, pp. 17-18.
Cites numerous parallel passages and apparent borrowings by Gilbert.
Troubridge, St. Vincent. "Gilbert s sources." N & Q, March 29, p. 224.
Cites a speech by Charles James Mathews as a possible source.
Granby. Farjeon, Eleanor. Miss Granby s secret; or, The bastard of Pinsk.
New York: Simon & Schuster. Pp. vi+369.
Biography of Adelaide Granby, Victorian writer of sentimental fiction; and
the unpublished novel, The bastard of Pinsk.
Hardy, (see also II, Meynell; III, Bax, Bentley). Under the greenwood tree;
or, The Mellstock quire. With wood engravings by Claire Leighton. New
York: Macmillan, 1940. Pp. x+237.
Rev. by I. Athey in SRL, May 24, p. 18; by H. Hobson in Christian sci. mon.,
March 1; by H. Horwill in NYTBR, May 18, p. 8; in Baltimore Sun, Feb. 23; in
CE, II, 815.
"Adventures of a novel: Tess after fifty years : Thomas Hardy and the pub
lic outcry." TLS, July 5, pp. 322, 325.
Blunden, Edmund. Thomas Hardy. ("English men of letters" ser.) London:
Macmillan.
Rev. in TLS, Nov. 22, p. 576.
Brooks, Philip. "On A pair of blue eyes"; "On the jubilee of Tess"; "A singu
larly interesting letter of Thomas Hardy." NYTBR, Feb. 23, p. 25; June
15, p. 19; July 20, p. 16; Oct. 5, p. 26.
Ghent, Percy. "A letter from Hardy to John Moule." Toronto evening tele
gram, Sept. 8.
Hall, Harold E. "Reminiscences of a confirmed Hardyan." Colby mercury,
VII, 15-17.
"Hardy s magazine editors." TLS, July 12, p. 335.
Horwill, Herbert W. "Aaronson s discussion of Hardy s poetry." NYTBR,
Jan. 12, p. 8.
"The jubilee exhibition of Tess at Colby College." TLS, Aug. 23, p. 401.
Nevinson, Henry W. Thomas Hardy. ("P.E.N. books.") London: Allen &
Unwin. Pp. 64.
"A note on the Hardys." TLS, Dec. 28, 1940, p. 655.
Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." NS, May 31, p. 557.
An essay on Hardy s realism and on the kinship between Under the greenwood
tree and Jude.
Rush, N. Orwin. "Robinson s Hardy sonnet." Colly mercury, VII, 14-15.
VICTOHIAX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1041 ^77
Tate, Allen. ^Hardy s philosophic metaphors." See VB 1040, 452. Reprinted
in Reason in madness; critical essays. New York: Putnam. Pp. xiii-f 230.
Rev. by J. Barzun in SRL, May 31, p. 7; by A. GuArard in HTB, June 1, p. 4.
Tinker, Edward L. "The jubilee of pain-enduring Tess." XYTBR, Aug. 17,
p. 17.
Weber, Carl J. "Ainsworth and Thomas Hardy." RES, XVII, 193-200.
Weber, Carl J. "An Elizabethan basis for a Hardy tale? an addendum "
PMLA, LVI, 598-600.
Weber, Carl J. "Hardy music." M & L, XXII, 298; see also XXII, 197.
Weber, Carl J. Hardy of Wessex See VB 1940, 452.
Rev. by J. Beach in MLN, LVI, 308-9; by J. Bennett in Amer. Oxonian,
XXVIII, 118-19; by E. Blunden in RES, XVII, 368-71 ("his great merit is to
have written a good biography with plenty of detail and still with clear progress") ;
by G. Clarke in QQ, XL VII, 474-75; by F. Knickerbocker in SeR, XLIX, 130-31:
in TLS, May 31, p. 267.
Wilson, Carroll A. A descriptive catalogue of the Grolier Club centenary exhibi
tion of the works of Thomas Hardy. See VB 1940, 453.
Rev. by P. Brooks in NYTBR, Feb. 23, p. 25; by C. Weber in Colby mercury,
VII, 17-19; in TLS, June 21, p. 304.
Wilson, Carroll A. "Some Hardy corrections and notes." Colby mercury. VII.
73-76.
Hare (see Sterling).
Hook. "Hoaxer and wit: Theodore Hook, 1788-1841." TLS, Aug. 23, p. 408.
Hopkins. South worth, James G. Sowing the spring: studies in British poets
from Hopkins to McNeice. London: Blackwell, 1940. Pp. 178.
Rev. by T. James in LL, XXIX, 179-80.
Stanford, W. B. "Gerard Manley Hopkins and Aeschylus." Studies, XXX,
359-68.
Housman. Ehrsam, Theodore G. A bibliography of Alfred Edward Housman.
Boston: Faxon. Pp. 44.
Rev. by G. Doane in LQ, XI, 525-26; by C. StonehiU and discussion by T. Ehr
sam, K. Gregory, and W. White in Publishers 1 weekly, March 15, p. 1236; May 24,
p. 2057; May 31, p. 21&7; June 14, p. 2361.
Garrod, H. W. "Housman: 1939." See VB 1940, 454.
Rev. by W. Husbands in MLR, XXXVI, 427; by E. Kellett in NS, Jan. 25,
p. 96; by D. Low in RES, XVII, 375-76; in CE, II, 624.
Gladding, Everett B. "Housman s More poems, VII and DehmePs Trost"
MLN, LVI, 215-17.
378 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Hyder, Clyde K. (ed.). Concordance to ike poems of A. E. Housman. Law
rence: Univ. of Kansas, 1940. Pp. viii+133.
Runyan, Harry J. "An emendation to A. E. Housman s translation from
Euripides Alcestis (962-1005)." MLN, LVI, 458.
White, WiUiam. "A. E. Housman on Blunt and Kipling." N & Q, Nov. 29,
p. 301.
Whitridge, Arnold. "Vigny and Housman: a study in pessimism." Ameri
can scholar , X, 156-69.
Vigny and Housman the only nineteenth-century poets "whose pessimism was
the result of a definite philosophy." Great quality attracting us in both poets is
style. They taught us to endure life even at its worst and revealed the dignity of
human nature and the radiant loveliness of the universe.
Withers, Percy. A buried life. See VB 1940, 454.
Rev. by B. Brooks in NC, CXXIX, 204-6; by M. Wilson in English, III, 186-
87.
Htitton. LeRoy, Gaylord C. "Richard Holt Hutton." PMLA, LVI, 809-40.
A survey of the literary and controversial writings of the "Invisible David of
the Spectator."
Huxley. Grusendorf, A. A. "Huxley on higher education. " School and soci
ety, LIII, 326-29.
Jeff eries. Looker, Samuel J. The nature diaries and notebooks of Richard Jef-
feries. Billericay, Essex: Grey Walls pr. Pp. 82.
Rev. in N & Q, Nov. 29, p. 308.
Jeffrey (see also Carlyle: Goldberg). Charvat, William. "Francis Jeffrey in
America." NEQ, XIV, 309-34.
Kemble. Dilkey, Marvin C?, and Schneider, Heinrich. "John Mitchell Kem-
ble and the brothers Grimm." JEGP, XL, 461-73.
Kingsley (see III, Kennedy).
Kipling (see also Housman: White). Brazilian sketches. New York: Double-
day, Doran. Pp. 115.
Rev. by E. Wilson in New R, March 24, p. 413.
Rudyard Kipling s verse, 1885-1936. New York: Doubleday, Doran, 1940.
Pp. xv+852.
Rev. by E. Wilson in New R, March 24, pp. 413-14; in CE, II, 516.
Clemens, Cyril. "A chat with Rudyard Kipling." Dalhousie rev., XXI, 325-
30.
Kipling on America and Americans, including Mark Twain.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941 379
Dening. "Kipling im englisehen Unterricht." Die wwren Sprochin, Vol
XLVIII, Nos. 10-11.
Noted in LgrP, LXII, 119.
Hughes, T. Cann, and DeCastro, J. P. "Kipling dedication " N d Sent
13, p. 146; Oct. 4, p. 192. "
"The wittiest woman in India," to whom Plain tales from the hiU* was dedicate
was Kipling s mother.
Mertner, E. Das Prosawerk Rudyard Kiplings. ("Anglistische Studien "
Heft 4.) Berlin: Ebering, 1940. Pp. 257.
Noted in LZD, XCII, 437.
Wilson, Edmund. "The Kipling that nobody read." Atlantic monthly
CLXVII, 201-14, 340-54.
Landor. Elwjn, Malcolm. Savage Landor. New York: Macmillan Pp-xxi-f
498.
Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Oct. 5, p. 16; by A. Cowie, in SRL, Oct. 11, p. 16;
by H. Gorman in NYTBR, Oct. 19, p. 9; by E. Olcott in LJ, Sept. 1, p. 730; by
L. Trilling, unfavorably, in New R, Oct. 27, pp. 562-63; by H. McC. in More
books, XVI, 437; by E. Wyatt in Commonweal, Oct. 24, p. 24.
Metzdorf, Robert F. "Addendum: a new Landorian manuscript." PMLA,
LVI, 755-77.
Super, R. H. "Extraordinary action for libel Yescombe v. Landor." PM LA t
LVI, 736-55.
Lang. Green, Roger L. "Andrew Lang bibliography." TLS, May 31, p. 263.
An inquiry.
Lear. James, Lionel. "Edward Lear in Albania." NR, CXVI, 576-85.
Nock, S. A. "Lacrimae nugarum: Edward Lear of the nonsense verses."
SeR, XLIX, 68-81.
Comments, in part, about Davidson s Edward Lear (see VB 1939, 412).
Lockhart (see also Tennyson: "Croker on Tennyson"). Cline, C. L. "Dis
raeli and John Gibson Lockhart." MLN, LVI, 134-37.
F., L., and K, H. G. L. "Lockhart s novels." N & Q, March 15, p. 188;
April 5, p. 250.
Strout, Alan Lang. "Blackwood s magazine, Lockhart, and John Scott: a
Whig satirical broadside." N & Q, Jan. 11, pp. 22-24.
Strout, Alan Lang. "Lockhart and Croker." TLS, Aug. 30, p. 424; Sept. 13,
p. 464.
Unpublished letters.
380 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Longmore. Seary, E. R. "A sequel to Don Juan." MLR, XXXV (1940), 526-
29.
On George Longmore s imitation of Don Juan, published in Cape Town, 1850.
Lyte. White, Frederic C. "A link with Lyte." N & Q, Dec. 13, p. 331.
Henry Francis Lyte, composer of "Abide with me."
Macaulay. "Macaulay writes home." Bodleian library rec., I, 247-52.
A manuscript letter, from Calcutta, Feb. 8, 1836.
Shand, John. "A Protestant wind." NC, CXXX, 207-10.
Macaulay s History and its lesson for British freedom.
Marryat. Meyerstein, E. H. W. "A note on Masterman ready." English, III,
180-82.
Pritehett,^. S. "Books in general." NS, Sept. 20, p. 282.
Appreciation of Marryat.
Maurice. Sanders, Charles R. "Coleridge, Maurice, and the Church Univer
sal." JR, XXI, 31-45.
Meredith. Petter, Guy. George Meredith and his German critics. See VB 1940,
456.
Rev. by L. Cazamian in EtA, IV (1940), 68-69.
Sackville-West, Edward. "Books in general." NS, Aug. 9, p. 139.
Reappraisal of the novels of Meredith.
MeynelL Meynell, Alice. Poems (complete ed., in "Oxford poets" ser.) Ox
ford univ. pr. Pp. xiv+222.
Rev. by R. Church ("The poet s pantheon") in NS, Dec. 21, 1940, pp. 662-63;
by J. Hopkins in Commonweal, July 4, p. 258; by E. Tinker in NYTBR, May 4,
p. 22; in CWd, CLIII, 369; in TLS, Nov. 23, 1940, p. 594.
Mill (see also Dickens: House; Sterling). Mill, John Stuart. On social free
dom. Reprinted from the Oxford and Cambridge review, June, 1907, with
an introd. by Dorothy Fosdick. New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. x+72.
This essay, written probably shortly before Mill s death in 1873, has been al
most completely neglected; it represents "a marked advance" in Mill s thinking
on the problem of liberty.
Morris. Davis, Arthur Kyle. "William Morris and the Eastern question.
With a fugitive political poem by Morris." In Humanistic studies in honor
of John Calvin Metcalf. ("Univ. of Virginia studies," Vol. I.) Charlottes-
ville, Va. Pp. 28-47.
Eshleman, Lloyd W. A Victorian rebel: the life of William Morris. See VB
1940, 457
Rev. by P. Baum in SAQ,XL, 90-91; by E. Holding in New R, March 31, p.
442; by H. Lehman-Haupt, and discussion by Eshleman in Publishers weekly t
Jan. 4, p. 66; Feb. 1, pp. 620-21.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOU 1941 381
Riddehough, G. B. "William Morris s translation of the Odj/$ae|r. f> JEGP,
XL, 558-61.
Newman, Francis (see Sterling).
Newman (see also II, Ullathorne). Newcomb, Covelle. Red Hal: a study of
John Henry, Cardinal Newman. New York: Longmans, Green. Pp. vii+
278.
Biography of Newman for younger readers. Rev. by M. Adams in LJ, Dee. 15,
p. 10%; by M. Becker in HTB, Jan. 4, 1942, p. 6; by H. Binsse in Commonweal,
Nov. 21, p. 110; by E. Wyatt in CWd, CLIV, 380.
Pater. Child, Ruth C. The aesthetic of Walter Pater. See VB 1940, 458.
Rev. by E. Barnhart in JAAC, I, 131-32; by C. Harrold in MP, XXXVIII,
472 ; in CE, 11,412.
Pinero. Dunkel, Wilbur Dwight. Sir Arthur Pinero: a critical biography with
letters. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. Pp. v+142.
Rev. by W. Eaton in HTB, Oct. 19, p. 24; by G. Freedley in LJ, LXVI, 667;
by J. Krutch in N, Oct. 11, p. 346.
Planche" (see Gilbert: Troubridge).
Praed. Note on Etoniana. N & Q, Dec. 20, p. 337.
Says that Etoniana for November 29 "continues the letters of Winthrop
Praed The Praed letters are of 1816, ending up with one on 21 July. . . . ."
Procter. Two letters in the Boston Public library. M ore books, XVI, 462-66.
Reade (see also III, Tolles). It s never too late to mend. An edition of Readers
unpublished drama, with an introduction and notes by Leone Rives.
Toulouse: Imprimerie toulousaine, 1940. Pp. 111.
Rev. by A. Turner in MLN, LVI, 313-14.
Rives, L&me. Charles Reade: sa vie, ses romans. Toulouse: Imprimerie tou
lousaine, 1940, Pp. 528.
Rev. by J. Tompkins in RES, XVII, 363-66 ("the most comprehensive and
systematic work" on Reade: includes use of unpublished letters and private
papers; "the authority" on his life and activities. Has a useful bibliography of
Reade s work and of criticisms of it) ; by A. Turner in MLN, LVI, 313-14.
Sutcliffe. Emerson G. "Psychological presentation in Reade s novels." SP,
XXXVIII, 521-42.
Rossetti. Dante Gabriel Rossetti s letters to Fanny Cornworth. Ed. Paull Frank
lin Baum. See VB 1940, 458.
Rev. by J. Troxell in MLN, LVI, 399-400.
Baum, Paull F. "The Bancroft manuscripts of Dante Gabriel Rossetti." M P,
XXXIX, 47-68.
382 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Ruskin (see also II, Keefe). Angus, Douglas R. "The relationship of Words
worth s Ode on the intimations of immortality to Ruskin s theory of the
infinite in art." MLR, XXXVI, 506-8.
Clippinger, Frank W. Ruskiris ideas on education in relation to twentieth cen
tury educational reform. Abstract of diss., Univ. of Illinois. Urbana 111
Pp. 18.
Walzel, Oskar. "Jacob Burckhardt and John Ruskin." (Ext. from Easier
Zschr.f. Gesch. u. Alter tumskunde, Vol. XXXVIII.)
Noted in Helicon, III, 180.
Russell. Byrne, J. Patrick. "A. E., poet and man." Poet lore, XLVII 240-
49.
Shaw. Smith, Winifred. "Bernard Shaw and his critics (1892-1938)." Poet
lore, XLVII, 76-83.
Smith, Alexander (see Arnold: Garrod).
Stephen, James Fitzjames (see II, Bevington).
Sterling. Tuell, Anne KimbalL John Sterling: a representative Victorian.
("Wellesley college publications.") New York: Macmillan. Pp. xiv+405.
Rev. by G. Hellman in HTB, July 13, p. 12; by J. J. R. in CWd, CLIII, 756;
by R. Roberts in SRL, May 31, p. 16; by C. Sanders in SAQ, XL, 306-8; in CE,
III, 322. Includes between two and three hundred unpublished letters from
Sterling to J. S. Mill, Carlyle, Francis Newman, J. A. Symonds, and others.
Stevenson. Hughes, T. Cann. "R. L. Stevensonprize medal." N & Q Sept
13, p. 146.
Query about medal given Stevenson in 1871 for paper read before the Royal
Scottish Society of Arts.
Moorman, Lewis J. Tuberculosis and genius. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr
1940. Pp. xxxv+272.
Curious alliance between fever and art illuminated by the dramatic stories of
Stevenson, Thompson, and others; told by a physician.
Surtees. Pope-Hennessy, Una. Durham company. London: Chatto & Win-
dus. Pp. 223.
Rev. by Clive Bell in NS, April 5, pp. 370-71. Contains essays on "Robert
Surtees of Mainsforth" and "Hamsterley and Jorrocks."
Taylor, John (see Barley).
Taylor, Meadows. Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general. 7 NS, Nov. 8, p. 411.
Praises The confessions of a thug.
Tennyson (see also III, A book of short plays; III, Hull). Tennyson: representa
tive poems. Selected and ed. by Samuel C. Chew. ("Odyssey series in lit
erature.") New York: Odyssey pr. Pp. lvi+520.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
The introduction (pp. xf-xlii) presents chronologically arranged statements of
fact, interpretation, and criticism of Tennyson s poetry; is biographical "only so
far as a record of Tennyson s life serves to explain his growth as a poet." Mr. Chew
has provided an excellent selected bibliography on pp. xlvi-lvi, with useful critical
comments. The poems that constitute the main part of this book are put into
eight groups: I. "The poet and his land"; II. "Songs"; III. "The poet and his
art"; IV. "Poems on classical subjects"; V. "Poems on medieval subjects";
VI. " Maud and miscellaneous poems" ; VII. " In memoriam and other elegies";
VIII. "Personal and meditative poems." This grouping is highly arbitrary. It
tends, moreover, to convey an impression of periodicity of separate interests. Such
an impression is unfortunate; the continuity and overlapping of Tennyson s inter
ests ought not to be put into a shadow. The editor s footnote annotations are good.
But in selection and arrangement and annotation of poems this book does not
supersede the DeVanes Selections from Tennyson. There is valuable inclusion, in
the three appendixes of this book, of juvenilia, poems of literary squabbles, and
poems by Alfred s brothers, Frederick and Charles. W. D. T.
"Croker on Tennyson." Colophon ("New graphic" ser. [1940]), I, No. 4,
95-96.
Croker the author of the anonymous review of Tennyson s Poem* in the Quar
terly review, Art. IV, 1833.
Kishi, Shigetsugu (comp.). Lafcadio Beam s lectures on Tennyson. Tokyo:
Hokuseido pr.; South Pasadena, Calif.: P. D. and lone Perkins, 1620 Mis
sion Street. Pp. 181.
Mooney, E. A., Jr. "Alfred Tennyson s earliest Shakespeare parallels."
Shakespeare Assoc. bull, XV (1940), 117-24.
Ratchford, Fannie E. "Idylls of the hearth: Wise s forgery of Enoch Ardent
Southwest rev., XXVI, 317-25.
Rutland, William R. "Tennyson and the theory of evolution." In Essays and
studies by members of the English Association. Vol. XXVI. Ed. Arundell
Esdaile. Oxford univ. pr.
Rev. in N & Q, Dec. 13, p. 336.
Thackeray (see also III, Sells). Albaugh, Kathryn L. "The influence of Wil
liam Makepeace Thackeray on Wilhelm Raabe." In Abstracts of dus.,
Stanford univ., XVI, 98-101.
Dodds, John Wendell. Thackeray: a critical portrait. New York: Oxford univ.
pr. Pp. vii+257.
Critical study of Thackeray s writings, arranged chrono!6gically; attempts "to
trace the growth of a mind and at the same tame to identify the quality of an art
^ Rtfb^KWy, *., in HTB, Dec. 7, p. 26; by R. Roberts in BEL, Dec.
27, p. 16; by E. Wagenknecht in NYTBR, Dec. 21, p. 14.
Hurst, H. Ironischer und sentimentaler Realismus bei Thackeray. See VB 1939,
417.
Rev. by E. Vowinckel in LgrP, LXII, 101-2.
384 VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1941
Pacey, W. C. D. "Balzac and Thackeray." MLR, XXXVI, 213-24.
Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." NS, March 22, p. 302.
Re-evaluation of Thackeray, with emphasis on Vanity Fair and its Balzac-like
picture of a materialistic society.
Troubridge, St. Vincent. "Thackeray s drawings." N & Q, April 12, p. 269.
See Ardagh, J., in VB 1940, 460.
Thompson. Poems of Francis Thompson, 1859-1907. Revised ed. Ed. with
biographical and textual notes by Terence L. Connolly. New York: D.
Appleton-Century. Pp. xxiv-h 5-587.
Trelawny. Armstrong, Margaret. Trelawny. See VB 1940, 460.
Rev. by O. Williams in NR, CXVII, 457-63.
Athoe, G. B. J. "Trelawny s cottage." TLS, Aug. 2, p. 371.
Supplementary to Armstrong s book. See also the information from C. Rodney
on Aug. 16, p. 397.
Trollope. The way we live now ("World s classics," Nos. 484 and 485). Oxford
univ. pr.
Trollope, Anthony. Tireless traveller; twenty letters to the "Liverpool mercury,"
1875. Ed., with introd., by Bradford Allen Booth, Univ. of California;
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xi-|-221.
Bone, Gavin. "The text of Trollope s Phineas redux: a rejoinder." RES,
XVII, 452-58.
Chapman, R. W. "The text of Trollope." TLS, Jan. 25, p. 48; March 22,
p. 144; see also Feb. 8, p. 72, and March 1, p. 108.
Chapman, R. W. "The text of Trollope s Autobiography." RES, XVII, 90-94.
Chapman, R. W. "The text of Trollope s Phineas redux." RES, XVII, 184-92.
Chapman, R. W. "The text of Trollope s novels." RES, XVII, 322-31,
Chapman, R. W., "Trollope s American senator." TLS, June 21 p 304- see
also July 12, p. ^335.
Chapman, R. W. "Trollope s Autobiography (1883)." N & Q, Nov. 1, p. 245.
Emendations resulting from comparison with MS in the British Museum.
Chapman, R. W. "Trollopian criticism." TLS, July 5, p. 323; July 26, p. 359.
Dick, H. G., and Jaggard, W. "Queries from Anthony Trollope s notes on
English drama." N & Q, May 24, pp. 372-73; June 14, p. 431.
Ignoramus and Russell Claud. "Nineteenth century calumnies." N & Q,
March 1, p. 154; March 29, p. 229.
Concerning a passage in Trollope s The way we live now.
Parker, W. M. " The telegraph girl/ " TLS, Oct. 26, 1940, p. 548.
A letter from Trollope.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOB 1941 385
Wildman, John H. Anthony Trollope s England. See VB 1940, 461.
Rev. by I. Westcott in MLR, XXXVI, 539-40.
Wilde. Kernahan, Coulson. "Wilde and Heine." Dublin mag-, Jan.-March,
1940, pp. 19-26.
Wordsworth. Havens, Raymond Dexter, The mind of a poet: a Mudy of Word&*
worth s thought wtih particular reference to "The prelude," Baltimore: Johns
Hopkins pr. Pp. xviii+670.
"In the fifteen manuscripts of The Prelude, which embody changes made in
the course of forty-two years, we have more material than exists for the study of
any other great poem."
Yeats (see also III, Stoll). Auden, W. H., and Schwartz, Delmore. "William
Butler Yeats: two essays." Partisan rev,, VI (1939), 46-59,
Auden writes "The public v. the late Mr. William Butler Yeats" (pp. 46-51);
Schwartz, "The poet as poet" (pp. 52-59).
Church, Richard. Eight for immortality. London: Dent,
Yeats is among the eight.
Gilkes, Martin. " Countess Cathleen by the Avon/ English, III, 159-64.
Gwynn, Stephen (ed.). Scattering branches See VB 1940, 462.
Rev. by J. Burnham in Commonweal, May 16, p. 88; by B. Deutseh in HTB,
May 11, p. 2; by E. Forbes-Boyd in Christian sci. mon., Aug. 31, 1940, p. 11; by
J. Stephens in 8, July 12, 1940, p. 40; in NYTBR, May 18, p. 2; in TLS, Aug. 3,
1940, p. 376.
Healy, J. V. "Scientific and intuitable language." SouR, VII, 214-16.
Yeats s language not abstract or scientific; it is intuitable.
Hogan, J. J. "W. B. Yeats." Studies, XXVIII (1939), 35-48.
Kingsmill, Hugh. "Meetings with Yeats." NS, Jan. 4, pp. 10-1L
Macken, Mary M. "W. B. Yeats, John O Leary and the Contemporary
Club." Studies, XXVIII (1939), 136-42.
MacNeice, Louis. The poetry of W. B. Yeats. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xi+242.
Rev. by J. Burnham in Commonweal, May 16, p. 88; by S. C. C. in Christian sci.
man., May 3, p. 10; by M. Craig in LL, XXIX, 83-86; by B. Deutseh in HTB,
June 1, p. 10; by E. Drew in Atlantic monthly t May; by D. Fitts in SRL, May 3,
p. 6; by W. H. M. in Scrutiny , IX, 381-83 ("in the last resort, not a bad, but a su
perficial book"); by E. Meyerstein in English, III, 223-25; by E. Muir in NS,
April 26, p. 440; by M. Roberts in S, Feb. 28, p. 234; by W. Soutar in Addphi,
XVII, 425-27; in N & Q, March 1, pp. 161-62; in TLS, March 29, p. 150.
Masefield, John. Some memories of W. B. Yeats. London: Cuala pr.; New
York: MacmiUan, 1940. Pp. 35.
Rev., by W. Soutar in Adelphi, XVII, 425-27.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
for 1942
^HIS bibliography has been prepared
11 by a committee of the Victorian
-1L Literature Group of the Modern
Language Association of America: Wil
liam D. Templeman, chairman, Univer
sity of Illinois; Charles Frederick Har-
rold, Michigan State Normal College;
Samuel P. Chew, University of Okla
homa; and Austin Wright, Carnegie In
stitute of Technology. It attempts to list
the noteworthy publications of 1942 (in
cluding reviews of earlier items) that have
a bearing on English literature of the Vic
torian period and similar publications of
earlier date that have been inadvertently
omitted from the preceding Victorian bib
liography. Unless otherwise stated, the
date of publication is 1942. Reference to a
page in the bibliography for 1941 , in Mod
ern philology, May, 1942, is made by the
following form: See VB 1941, 411. Some
cross-references are given, although not
all that are possible. For certain continu
ing bibliographical works, and for most of
the abbreviations used, see the preceding
Victorian bibliographies.
KEY TO NEW ABBREVIATIONS
AGR American-German review
APSR = American political science review
BLR = Bodleian Library record
BSP - Papers of the Bibliographical Society of
America
DUJ = Durham Univ. journal
HJ = Hibbert journal
JHI = Journal of the history of ideas
JRLB = Bull of the John Rylands Library
MDU = Monatshefte fur deutschen Unterricht
MLJ = Modern language journal
PLC = Princeton University Library chronicle
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
"American bibliography for 1941." PMLA,
LVI,Suppl, 1255-67: English, "Nineteenth
century," and "Contemporary," ed, Albert
C. Baugh and others.
"Anglo-German bibliography for 1941." AGR,
VIII (April), 41-48.
Biella, Arnold. "Additions and corrections to
the bibliography of 19th century British
drama." PQ, XXI, 299-322.
Bond, Donald F., and Tucker, Joseph E.
"Anglo-French and Franco-American stud
ies: a current bibliography" (for 1941).
RoR, XXXIII, 132-56.
The Cambridge bibliography of English litera
ture. See VB 1941, 384.
Rev. by D. Bond in MF, XXXIX, 303-12; by
H. Craig in CE, III, 422-24; by F. Francis in
Library?new ser., XXII, 250-55; by G. L. M. in
BSP, XXXV (1941), 163-65; by R. Welkk in
PQ, XXI, 251-56.
Carty, James. Bibliography of Irish history,
1870-191 L Dublin Stationery Office, 1940.
Pp. 319.
Rev. by J. Kenney in AHR, XLVII, 935.
Graham, Walter (ed.). "The Romantic move
ment: a selective and critical bibliography
for the year 1941." ELH, IX, 1-35.
MacPike, E. F. "English, Scottish and Irish
diaries, journals, common-place books, etc.,
1550-1900: a bibliographical guide to se
lected material." BBDI, XVII, 183-85.
(To be continued.)
O Connell, J. Harlhit "A collector looks at the
nineties." PLC } II (1941), 121-52.
Osborn, James M., and Withner, Patricia
(eds.). Work in progress, 19$, in the m>d-
ern humanities. Bull. 20A, pub. by the
Modern Humanities Research Assoc. "Gen
eral studies," "Nineteenth century," and
"Twentieth century," pp. 3-14, 91-115.
Parrish, M. L. "Adventures in reading and
collecting Victorian authors." PLC, III,
33-44.
[MODERN PHILOLOGY, May, 1943]
387
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
Roberts, W. Wright. "English autograph let
ters in the John Rylands library." JRLB,
XXV (1941), 110-36.
Mentions many unprinted nineteenth-century
English letters by Carlyle, Mrs. Gaskell, Landor,
Maoaulay, Rnskin, etc.
Templeman, William D. (ed.). "Victorian bib
liography for 1941." MP, XXXIX, 383-
419.
Wales. Handlist of manuscripts in the National
Library of Wales. Parts I and II. (The
National Library of Wales jour., Supple
ments. Series II, Nos. 1 and 2.) Aberyst-
wyth: National Library of Wales pr.,
1940; [1941]. Pp. xxiii+28; 29-92.
These two supplements are not indexed, and I
have not combed them carefully for Victorian
items, of which there are more than a few. MSS
are ordinarily in English or Welsh. As samples of
the contents: one entry announces the possession
of the original MS of Arnold s "On the study of
Celtic literature"; another, that of the original
MS of "In the bay," by Swinburne, "a poem of
forty stanzas, with notes in the autograph of J.
Churton Collins, 1879, and Dr. Owen Pritchard,
1909." W. D. T.
"Sir Hugh Walpole s Nineties collection."
BLR, II, 40-41.
Acquisition by the Bodleian of works of the
1890 s, including autograph letters of "very
many! of the authors; especially there are MSS
and letters of William Watson, Stephen Phillips,
and Frederick Rolfe ("Baron Corvo").
Woodin, William Hartman. First editions,
original drawings, paintings, caricatures; the
work of the great English illustrators and au
thors of the XVII-XIX centuries collected by
the late William H. Woodin .... sold by
. . . . public auction sale. 3vols. New York:
Parke-Bernet galleries, 1941-42.
The year s work in English studies, Vol. XXI
(1940). Ed. -for the English Assoc. by F. S.
Boas. Oxford univ. pr. "The nineteenth
century and after," pp. 206-48; "Biblio-
graphica," pp. 249-57.
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELI
GIOUS, AND SOCIAL
ENVIRONMENT
Arbuthnot. The correspondence of Charks Ar-
buthnot [1767-1850]. Ed. for the Royal His
torical Society by A. Aspinall. London:
Royal Historical Society, 1941.
Arnold, Julian B. Giants in dressing gowns.
Chicago: Argus. Pp. viii+240.
Written by son of Sir Edwin Arnold. Rem
iniscences of Browning, Darwin, Disraeli, Glad
stone, Henry Irving, Tennyson, Queen Victoria,
and others. Rev. by T. Opie in Churchman, Sept.
1, p. 17; by R. Roberts in SRL, June 13, p. 17.
Bannard, H. E. "The real Victorians." S,
March 6, pp. 228-29. See also March 20,
p. 281; March 27, p. 306.
An attempt at a definition.
Bell, E. Moberly. Octavia Hill: a biography.
Foreword by Sir Reginald Rowe. London:
Constable. Pp. 304.
Rev. by I. Barclay in NS, Sept. 12, pp. 176-
77; by S. CockereU in 8, Sept. 11, p. 243; in NR,
CXIX, 527-29; in TLS, Oct. 10, p. 495. See also
VB 1939, 382, 385, and 392. .
Bevington, Merle Mowbray. The Saturday re
view, 1855-1868: representative educated
opinion in Victorian England. See VB 1941,
387.
Rev. by M. A. C. in Canadian forum, XXII,
28; by C. Grabo in LQ, XII, 323-25; by V.
Pritchett in NS, June 13, p. 391; by M. Thrall in
MLN, LVII, 677-79; by C. Vulliamy in S, May
29, p. 512.
Bloom, Ursula. Time, tide, and I. London:
Chapman & Hall. Pp. 256.
Bogart, Ernest Ludlow. Economic history of
Europe, 1760-19S9. ("Longmans economic
ser.") New York: Longmans. Pp. xiii-J-
734.
Rev. by S. Fay in Annals of the Amer. acad. of
pol. and soc. sci., CCXXIII, 228; by N. Gras in
JMH, XIV, 561-62; by A. Usher in AHR,
XLVIII, 104-6; in Current history, II, 378.
Bonner, Arthur and C. B. Hypatia Bradlaugh
Bonner: the story of her life. London:
Watts. Pp. 133.
Bowen, Elizabeth. Bowen s court. London:
Longmans; New York: Knopf. Pp. 340;
458,
A detailed history of an Anglo-Irish family
during three centuries in Ireland. Rev. by H
Binsse in Commonweal, Aug. 21, p. 424; by L.
Bogan in N, Aug. 22, p. 156; by Bryher in LL,
VU TOHIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY Foil 1042
3X9
XXXIV, 141-42; by M. Colum in SRL, Sept. 5,
p. 3; by A. Eaton in LJ, June 15, p. 581; by
H. Gorman in NYTBR, Aug. 2, p. 4; by I. Pat
terson in HTB, Aug. 2, p. 5; by E. West in NS,
July 25, pp. 62-63; in TLS, June 27, p. 322.
Bowman, A. K. The life and teaching of Sir
William MacEwen. A chapter in ihe history
of surgery. London: Hodge. Pp.425.
Brockway, Wallace, and Weinstock, Herbert.
The opera; a history of its creation and per
formance: 1600-1 94L New York: Simon &
Schuster, 1941. Pp. viii+603.
Rev. by E. N. B. in JAA, No. 6, pp. 70-71
("little if any, attempt to relate the opera and its
changing styles and modes to development in
other arts or to its cultural milieu"); in HTB,
Feb. 1, p. 18; in Theatre arts, XXXVI, 348.
Browne, Lewis. Something went wrong: a
summation of modern history. New York:
Macmillan. Pp. x+360.
Shows the ill effects of the coming of the ma
chine. Rev. by W. Chamberlin in NYTBR, Feb.
15, p. 14; by W. Hall in Annals of the Am&r. acad
of pol and soc. sci., CCXXI, 198; by G. Johnson
in HTB, March 1, p. 6; by C. Matterson in
JMH, XIV, 400; by M. Messier in LJ, Jan. 1,
p. 39; in Am&r. mercury, LIV, 500; in CE, III,
692;inS#L, Feb. 21, p. 6.
Carberry, Mary Evans-Freke, Lady. Happy
world: the story of a Victorian childhood.
New York and London: Longmans. Pp.
viii-f-273.
Rev. by C. St. John in NS, Feb. 7, pp. 97-98;
in HTB, June 7, p. 10; in TLS, Feb. 14, p. 82.
Cole, G. D. H. Chartist portraits. See VB 1941,
389.
Rev. by J. Armitage in FR, CLI, 166-68; by
G. C. in Adelphi, XVIII, 78; by C. Fay in Eco
nomic jour., LII, 66-69; by H. Laski in NS, Nov.
22, 1941, pp. 445-46; in TLS, Jan. 3, p. 9.
Cutts, Elmer Henry. "British educational pol
icy in India under the East India Com
pany." Harvard univ. summaries of theses,
1940 (pub. 1942), pp. 173-76.
De Beer, E. S. "English literary society in
1839: the diary of A.-F. Rio." N & Q,
Dec. 19, p. 365.
Rio records meetings with the Carlyles, Henry
and Sara Coleridge, Disraeli, Gladstone, Hallam,
Maeaulay, Milnps, Cr&bb Robinaem, Rogers,
Tennyson. Rio met Wordsworth m IH41,
Duff, David S. The life $fanj of H. R. H. Prin
cess Louise, duchess of Argyll, London : Stan
ley Paul, 1940. Pp. 352.
Includes on pp. 345-46 a list of writing* by
Queen Victoria and material about her.
Dykes, Eva Beatrice. The Xeyro in English ro-
mantic thought: or, a tiid$j of m/mpathy /or
the oppressed. Washington: Associated
publishers. Pp. 197.
Summary of the antisiavery movement in ihe
eighteenth and first half of the nineteenth cen
turies. Rev. by F. Klingberg in JMH, XIV,
576-77.
Fellowes, Edmund H. English cathedral music
from Edward VI to Edward VIL London:
Methuen, 1941. Pp. 268.
Fitzpatrick, Brian. The British empire in Aus
tralia: an economic history, 1884-WS9.
New York: Stechert. Pp. 529.
Rev. by J. Condliffe in JPE, L, 472; by H.
Daniel in Pacific affairs, XIV, 497; by M. Laugh-
lin in PSQ, LVII r 308; by R. Woolbert in Foreign
affairs, XX, 784; in TLS, Oct. 25, 1941, p. 527.
Fletcher, Edward Garland. "Electricity at the
Savoy." Studies in English 1941. (The
Univ. of Texas Pub. No. 4126.) Austin:
Univ. of Texas, 1941, Pp. 154-61.
Gillespie, James Edward. Europe in perspec
tive, 1815 to the present. New York: Har-
court, Brace. Pp. 945.
Gordon, A. A. Culkdfrom a diary, 1867-1939.
Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd. Pp. x-f 214.
Hawthorne, Nathaniel. English notebooks.
Based upon the original MSS in the Pier-
pont Morgan library. Ed. by Randall
Stewart. Published with the co-operation
of Brown university. New York: Mod.
language assoc. of America, 1941. Pp.
xliv+667.
The notebooks as Hawthorne wrote them, not
as they were "edited" by Mrs. Hawthorne in
1870.
Rev. by H. Gorman in NYTBR, March 22,
p 16; by V. Pritchett in NS, Oct. 24, p. 275; by
T. Scudder in N & Q, XV, 166-67 ; by L. Wroth in
HTB, July 19, p. 10; briefly in CE, III, 430-31
390
AX BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
("the Notebooks, Mr. Stewart believes, are per
haps the fullest and richest book ever written by
an American about England").
Hayes, J. H. A generation of materialism:
1871-1900. See VB 1941, 390.
Rev. by A. Adey in Current history, II, 61; by
F. Downing in Commonweal, March 13, p. 515;
by A. Gue"rard in HTB, Jan. 18, p. 3; by H.
Kohn in Annals of the Amer. acad. ofpol. and soc.
sci., CCXX, 236; by H. Rothfels in JMH, XIV,
385-87; by E. Nagel in Partisan rev., IX, 256-59;
by H. Selsam in Science and society, VI, 169-73.
Henson, Herbert Hensley. Retrospect of an un
important life, Vol. I: 1868-1920. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. viii-f-341.
Rev. by J. Halet in FR, CLII, 215-16; by
J. Mozley in S, July 24, pp. 88, 90; by R. Murray
in CR, CLXII, 251-52; in BUJ, XXXIV, 33; in
TLS, July 25, p. 366. Valuable for glimpses of
late- Victorian Anglicanism.
Holmes-Pollock letters: the correspondence of
Mr. Justice Holmes and Sir Frederick Pol
lock, 1874-1932. Ed. by Mark De Wolfe
Howe; introd. by John Gorham Palfrey.
2 vols. Harvard univ. pr., 1941. Pp. xxn-i-
275; 359.
Rev. by P. Palmer in Kenyan rev., IV, 247-50.
Hornik, M. P. "The Anglo-Belgian agree
ment of 12 May 1894." EHR, LVII, 227-
43.
Housman, Lawrence. Gracious majesty. New
York: Scribner. Pp. 7+222. See VB 1941,
390.
Rev. by W. Eaton in HTB, June 21, p. 15; in
LJ, June 1, p. 533; in TLS, Sept. 6, 1941, p. 432.
Twelve.dramatic episodes based upon the life of
Queen Victoria.
Hudson, Cyril E., and Reckitt, Maurice B.
The church and the world. Vol. III. London:
Allen & Unwin, 1940. Pp. xiv-f-266.
Rev. briefly by C. Moehlman in Church his
tory, X (1941), 294-95. Concerned with church
and society in England from 1800 to 1939.
Ireland, Tom. Ireland, past and present. New
York: Putnam s. Pp. 1010.
Rev. by D. McDougall in AHR, XLVIII.
110-11.
Jacks, L. P. The confession of an octogenarian.
London: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 280.
Jones, Kathleen. La revue britannique
See VB 1941, 391.
Rev. by T. Palfrey in RoR, XXXII (1941),
315-16.
Jones, Louis C. The clubs of the Georgian rakes.
("Columbia university studies in English
and comparative literature," No. 157.)
New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xi-f-
259.
Kenyon, F. G. Arthur Hamilton Smith, 1860-
1941. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 14.
Knaplund, Paul. The British empire, 1815-
1989. New York: Harper, 1941. Pp. xx-f
850.
Rev. by W. Hall in PSQ, LVII, 306-7; by
C. Mowat in AHR, XLVII, 598-99.
Laski, H. J, "King s secretary." FR, CLII,
389-93.
Lever, Tresham. The life and times of Sir Rob
ert Peel. London: Allen & Unwin. Pp.
xii+320.
Rev. by F. Hearnshaw in CR, CLXI, 378-79;
by E. Woodward in S, May 15, p. 470; in TLS,
p. 226 (also see p. 261).
This treats of the life and times of the first half
of the nineteenth century far more vividly and
fully than is customary in biographical works. It
gives a useful and valuable political and social
account. The book is well documented; and it
presents on pp. 312-15 a bibliography in several
divisions, including "General histories of the pe
riod," "Economic and social histories," and
others, especially an excellent "Biographies,
memoirs, etc." W, D. T.
Leveson-Gower, Sir George. Years of endeav
our: 1886-1907. London: Murray. Pp.
285.
Rev. by E. Woodward in S, Feb. 27, p. 212; in
CR, CLXI, 380; in NR, CXVIII, 395-96; in
TLS, March 14, p. 123. For the author s volume
on the years 1858-86, see VB 1941, 391.
Levien, John M. Impressions of W. T. Best.
London: Novello & Co. Pp. 62.
Lomer, Gerhard Richard. "Sir Henry Ellis in
France : a chapter in the history of the Brit
ish Museum." In William Warner Bishop,
1941. Ed. by H. M. Lydenberg and A.
Keogh. Yale univ. pr., 1941. Pp. 116M4.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
Lowndes, Mrs. Belloc. "I, too, have lived in
Arcadia, : a record of love and childhood.
New York: Dodd, Mead. Pp. 318.
Mackenzie, Agnes Mure. Scotland in modern
times, 1720-1939. Vol. VI of her History of
Scotland. Edinburgh: Chambers; New
York: MacmiUan. Pp. xx+412.
Mackenzie, Compton. U 1900." LL, XXXIII,
74-85; XXXIV, 13-25, 92-98.
Marchand, Leslie A. "The Athenaeum": ....
See VB 1941, 391.
Rev. by B. Barber in LQHR, CLVII, 219-21;
by B. M. in Dalhousie rev., XXI, 515; by W. Gra
ham in JEGP, XLI, 108-10; by M. Thrall in
MLN, LVII, 677-79.
Marston, Thomas Ewart. "British interests
and influences in the Red Sea, 1820-1860."
Harvard univ. summaries of theses, 1939
(pub. 1942), pp. 119-21.
Molony, J. Chartres. "A soldier of old India."
Blackwood s, CCLII, 290-99.
An account of General Frederick Young, d.
1874.
Newbolt, Margaret (ed.). The later life and
letters of Sir Henry Newbolt. London: Faber
& Faber. Pp. 426.
Some of his friends treated in this are Bridges,
Buchan, Hardy, Hewlett, Kipling, and Yeats.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 26, p. 625.
Odell, George C. D. Annals of the New York
stage, Vol. XIII: 1885-1888. Columbia
univ. pr. Pp. xviii+723.
Orioli, G. Adventures of a bookseller. London:
Chatto & Windus. Pp. 329.
Parkes, H. B. "Nietzsche." Scrutiny, X
(1941), 51-60.
Parrott, Ian. "Arthur Sullivan (1842-1900)."
M & L, XXIII, 202-10.
Ponsonby, Arthur. Henry Ponsonby: Queen
Victoria s private secretary; his life from his
letters. London: Macmillan. Pp. 441.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Oct. 17, p. 259;
in TLS, Oct. 17, pp. 510/513.
Presland, J. DeedesBey: a stvdy of Sir W ynd-
ham Deedes, 1883-1928. London: Macmil
lan. Pp. xii-f-359.
Quennell, Marjorie and C. H. B. A huiory o/
everyday things in England, 1851-1942. Vol.
IV. Rev. ed. London: Batsford. Pp. x-f
214. With 175 illustrations.
For the first ed., see VB 1934, 408.
Quinlan, Maurice J. Victorian prelude
See VB 1941, 392.
Rev. by H. Bell in Commonweal, June 26, p.
233; by C. Brinton in SRL, Jan. 31, p. 18; by
N. Dennis in New R, April 27, pp. 580-82; by
R. Ecklea in JMH, XIV, 377-78; by L. Fowler fn
S, July 24, p. 88; by H. Laski in \"S, June 20,
p. 410; by C. Bobbins in AHR> XLVIII, 9&-100;
briefly in CE, III, 775.
Robb, Janet Henderson. The Primrose League,
1883-1906. ("Columbia univ. studies in
history, economics, and public law," No.
492.) Columbia univ. pr. Pp. 5+258.
Study of a significant political organization in
late Victorian England. Rev. by \V. Aydelotte in
JMH, XIV, 578; by G. Smith in S<*ial studies,
XXXIII, 333; by J. Starr in APSR, XXXVI,
788.
Roper, D. C. Fifty years of public life. Duke
univ. pr.; Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. x+422.
Rose, J. H.; Newton, A. P.; and Benians, E. A.
The Cambridge history of the British empire.
Vol. II. See VB 1941, 393.
Rev. by H. Innis in EHR, LVII, 512-15; by
H. Manning in AHR, XLVII, 593-96.
Rose, Walter. Good neighbours: some recottec-
tions of an English village and its people.
Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. viii-f- 140.
General reminiscences of the minute social life
of an English village as the author remembers it
and as his father and grandfather described it to
him.
Roth, Cecil. A history of the Jews in England.
Oxford univ. pr., 1941. Pp. xii+306.
Rev. by L. Namier in NC, CXXXII, 279-80;
by N. Sykes in HJ, XL, 398; in Commonweal,
June 19, p. 212; in TLS, March 14, p. 128.
Rowse, A. L. A Cornish childhood: autobiogra-
phy of a Cornishman. London: Cape. Pp.
282.
RusseU, Elbert. The history of Quakerism.
New York: MacmiUan. Pp. 586.
392
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
Sanderson, Charles R. "Some notes on Lord
Sydenham." JRLB, XXV (1941), 165-88.
Shirras, G. F. James Bonar, 1852-1941. Ox
ford univ. pr. Pp. 20.
Shudofsky, M. M. "Sarah Bernhardt on
Hamlet." CE, III (1941), 293-95.
Somervell, D. C. Modern Britain, 1870-1939.
London: Methuen. Pp. 220.
Strauss, William L. Joseph Chamberlain and
the theory of imperialism. Introd. by Rupert
Emerson. Washington, D.C.: Amer. coun
cil on public affairs. Pp. xi-fl33.
This is a well-developed, well-documented,
vivid account of a key figure in the progress of
British imperialism. It has much of interest to
the student of Victorian literature and literary
background. W. D. T.
Stuart, D. M. The mother of Victoria. New
York and London: Macmillan. Pp. xi-f-
313.
Tovey, Donald F., and Parratt, Geoffrey.
Walter Parratt: master of music. Oxford
univ. pr., 1941. Pp. 184.
Trevelyan, George Macaulay. English social
history. A survey of six -centuries, from Chau
cer to Queen Victoria. New York: Long
mans, Green. Pp. 628.
To the death of Queen Victoria. Includes two
chapters on Cobbett s England; one on the time
between the two Reform bills (1832-67); and
another on the second half of the Victorian era
(1865-1901). Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Dec.
27, p. 3.
Turner, W. J. "Arthur Sullivan (1842-1900)."
S, May 15, p. 461.
Tyler, J. E. Anglo- American.relations. ("His
torical Assoc. pamphlet," No. 122.) Lon
don: Wyman & Sons. Pp. 20.
Treats of the period 1783-1941. Rev. in JMH,
XIV, 428.
Letters of Herbert Cardinal Vaughan to Lady
Herbert of Lea. Ed. by Shane Leslie. Lon
don: Burns Oates.
Rev. in S, Dec. 11, p. 562; in TLS, Dec. 26,
p. 634. Letters (an average of several letters a
month) written between 1867 and 1903.
Verneuil, Louis. The fabulous life of Sarah
Bernhardt. Trans, from French by Ernest
Boyd. New York: Harper. Pp. 312.
Victoria, Queen. See II, Arnold, Duff, Hous-
man, Laski, Ponsonby, Stuart.
Webster, Caroline. Mr. W. and I: being the
authentic diary of [the author] during a fa
mous journey with Daniel Webster to Great
Britain and the Continent in the year 1889.
Introd. by Claude M. Fuess. New York:
Washburn. Pp. xxu+264.
Rev. by S. BenSt in HTB, Dec. 13, p. 2; by E.
Calkins in SRL, Dec. 26, p. 16; by H. Gorman in
NYTBR, Dec. 13, p. 38.
West, E. J. "From a player s to a playwright s
theatre: the London stage, 1870-1890."
QJS, XXVIII, 430-36.
Williamson, J. A. The ocean in English history.
Oxford univ. pr., 1941. Pp. 208.
Wilson, Forrest. Crusader in crinoline: the
life of Harriet Beecher Stow. Philadelphia:
Lippincott, 1941; London: Hutchinson.
Pp. 7-706; 376.
Wilson, T. G. Victorian doctor; being the life of
Sir William Wilde. London: Methuen. Pp.
338.
A biography of Oscar Wilde s father. Rev. by
R. Aickman in FR, CLII, 139-40; by H. Bash-
ford in S, July 17, pp. 64, 66; by J. Hone in N8,
July 18, p. 49; in TLS, July 4, p. 332 (see also
correspondence, p. 343).
Wellman, Rita. Eugenie. New York: Scrib-
ner. Pp. 326.
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND LIT
ERARY FORMS; ANTHOLOGIES
Amiel, J. Henri. "R&disme et positivisme.
Divergences entre l esthe"tique positiviste et
I esth^tique realiste." RoR, XXXIII, 105-
12.
Barzun, Jacques. Darwin, Marx, Wagner
See VB 1941, 394.
Rev. by C. Brinton in AHR, XLVII, 599-601;
in TLS, May 23, p. 256 (see also editorial on
p. 259).
Bates, E. Stuart. Inside out. An introduction
to autobiography. New York: Sheridan
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FO
House, 1937. Pp.713. London: Blackwell,
1936, 1937. 2 vols. Pp. 288; 378.
Bentley, Phyllis. The English regional novel
("P. E. N. books.") London: Allen & Un-
win, 1941. Pp. 48.
Rev. in FR, CLI, 476; in TLS, March 28, p.
155. Includes treatment of nineteenth- and twen
tieth-century novelists, notably Charlotte Bronte
(Shirley is "the first great English regional nov
el"), Mrs. Gaskell, Trollope, George Eliot,
Hardy, and Arnold Bennett; makes mention also
of S. Baring-Gould, K. Snowden, J. S. Fletcher,
H. Sutcliffe, Hall Caine, Eden Philpotts.
Bowen, Elizabeth. English novelists. ("Brit
ain in pictures. 37 ) London: Collins. Pp.48.
Illus. 27.
Rev. in TLS, May 16, p. 250. Includes discus
sions of Dickens, Trollope, Meredith, etc.
Briggs, Elsie. "Australian literature." SRL,
Sept. 5, pp. 15-17.
Brown, E. K. (ed.). Victorian poetry. ("Nel
son s English series.") New York: Nelson.
Pp. xlv+912.
Cantor, Jacob. "The literary reputation of
Baudelaire in England and America, 1857-
1934." Harvard univ. summaries of theses,
1940 (pub. 1942), pp. 394-99.
Cargill, Oscar. Intellectual America See
Gissing: Cargill.
Clinton-Baddeley, V. C. Words for music.
New York: Macmillan; Cambridge univ.
pr., 1941. Pp. xii+164.
Discusses the questions whether making a
song is a poet s job or a musician s; whether poor
words can hurt good music; whether poetry can
be too good to be set to music; etc. Quotes Yeats,
Gilbert, and many others.
Cobban, Alfred. "The triumph of pessimism."
HJ, XL, 132-39.
Has many allusions to the Victorian contribu
tion to the pessimism of the nineteenth and twen
tieth centuries.
D., A. E., and Dodds, M. H. "Who s who in
English literature, 1848 to 1862?" N & Q,
Oct. 10, pp. 227-28; Nov. 21, p. 324.
Lists liberals, illiberals, and editors of that pe
riod.
Enright, D. J. "A note on Irish literature and
the Irish tradition." Scrutiny, X, 247-56.
Fairchild, Hoxie X. "Romanticism and the re
ligious revival in England. * JHI, II (1941),
330-38.
Frierson, William C. The English novel in
transition: 1885-1940. Norman: Univ. of
Oklahoma pr. Pp. vii-i-333,
Treats the methods of the late Victorians, and
such authors as Flaubert and "his French contem
poraries, and the Russians. Rev, by J. Coumos
in NYTBR, Aug. 16, p. 2; by A. Margoehes in
Current history, II, 380; by R. E. Roberts in SRL,
July 11, pp. 5, 18 (see also Aug. 29, p. 9, and
Sept. 5, p. 11); in CE, HI, 773, and IV, 210; in
HTB, Nov. 15, p. 40; briefly in Amer. mercury,
LV, S7&-77.
Gerould, Gordon Hall. The patterns of English
and American fiction; a history. Boston:
Little, Brown. Pp. x-h526.
A large portion of the book is devoted to the
Victorian period.
Gettman, Royal A. Turgenev in England and
America. See VB 1941, 396.
Rev. by H. Muchnic in MLN, LVII, 404-5;
by L. Richardson in AL t XIII, 435-36.
Gloyn, Cyril K. The church in the social order:
a study of Anglican social theory from Cole
ridge to Maurice. Forest Grove, Oregon:
Pacific univ. Pp. 201.
Gohdes, Clarence. "British interest in Ameri
can literature during the latter part of the
nineteenth century as reflected by Mudie s
Select Library." AL, XIII, 350-62.
Gordon, George Stuart. Anglo-American titer-
ary relations. Ed. R. W. Chapman. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 180.
Rev. in Listener, Nov. 19, p. 664; in TLS, Oct.
24, p. 526. Touches on Arnold, Dickens, Thack
eray, etc.
Grigson, Geoffrey (comp.). The Romantics: an
anthology. London: Routledge. Pp. 35f>.
Rev. with high praise by J. A. Smith in S, Dec.
11, p. 556. Draws on the letters, journals, reports
of scientific observations, and commonplace
books, as well as on the more familiar poems and
prose works, of writers between the 1720 s and
the 1870 a. "He has given us the intellectual and
394
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
emotional climate in which the English Roman
tics worked; their interests, reading, and topics of
conversation" as well as some of their own
work.
Haines, Helen E. What s in a novel? ("Colum
bia univ, studies in library service," No.
6.) New York: Columbia univ. pr. Pp.
xi+283.
Includes a chapter, "From mid-Victorian
roots" (pp. 34-56) and one called "History in fic
tion" (pp. 105-32). Rev. by E. Baldwin in LJ,
June 15, p. 581; by Howard M. Jones in SRL,
July 25, p. 14; in School and society) July 4, p. 28.
Haycroft, H. Murder for pleasure: the life and
times of the detective story. London: Davies.
Pp. 376.
Hayes, James M. In praise of nuns: an an
thology of verse. New York: Button. Pp.
5+224.
Included are Alice Meynell, Owen Meredith,
Cardinal Newman, Dawson, Christina Rossetti,
C. Patmore. Rev. by J. Duffy in Commonweal,
Nov. 13, p. 100.
Henkin, Leo J. Darwinism in the English nov
el, 1860-1910 See VB 1040, 436.
Rev. by G. Potter in MLN, LVII, 323-24.
Hutcherson, Dudley R. "Poe s reputation in
England and America, 1850-1909." AL,
XIV, 211-33.
Hutton, Edward. Catholicism and English lit
erature, London: Muhler.
Rev. by C. Williams in S, Nov. 20, p. 486. ,
Latourette, Kenneth. The great century: A.D.
1800 A.D. 1914. See VB 1941, 397.
Rev. by D. Muzzey in AHR, XLVIII, 66-68.
Law, Helen Hull. Bibliography of Greek myth
in English poetry. Supplement. New York:
Amer. Classical League service bureau,
1941. Pp. 19.
Maly-Schatter, Florence. The Puritan element
in Victorian fiction, with especial reference to
the works ofG. Eliot, Dickens and Thackeray.
Zurich diss. Zurich: A. G. Gebr. Leemann
& Co., 1940. Pp. 112.
Martineau, Helen. "Robert Braithwaite Mar-
tineau: a follower of the Pre-Raphaelites."
Connoisseur, CX, 97-101.
Neff, Emery. A revolution in European poetry,
1600-1900. See VB 1941, 398.
Rev. by E. Barnhart in JAA, No. 2-3 (1941),
pp. 136-37; by P. Buck, Jr., in MDU, XXXIV,
342; by C. Lyons in MLN, LVII, 322-23; by H.
Routh in RES, XVIII, 363-66; by F. Walter in
TQ, X (1941), 497-98; by J. Wurtzbaugh in
Books abroad, XV (1941), 478-79.
Northend, Marjorie. "Henry Arthur Jones
and the development of the modern English
drama." RES, XVIII, 448-63."
O Connor, John J. The Catholic revival in Eng
land. ("The Christendom series," Vol. III.)
New York: Macmillan. Pp. ix-f-102.
Covers the period 1770-1892. Rev. by J. Mc-
Sorley in CWd, CLV, 763; by L. Riley in Church
man, March 15, p. 17.
Oxford movement. See III, Hutton, O Con
nor.
" Pantheon of English writers : Chambers
cyclopaedia (1842)." TLS, Dec. 12, pp. 612,
624.
Pollard, Graham. "Novels in newspapers:
some unpublished letters of Captain Mayne
Reid." RES, XVIII, 72-85.
These letters to the editor of the Newcastle
weekly chronicle throw light on the publishing of
novels by syndication.
Pre-Raphaelite movement (see also III, Mar
tineau; Brownings: Cramer). Gaunt, Wil
liam. The Pre-Raphaelite tragedy. New
York: Harcourt. Pp. 5+256.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, April 11, pp. 243-
44 (see also correspondence from Harry Ballam,
April 25, p. 274, and from Sydney Cockerell, May
9, p. 306) ; by H. G. F. in Connoisseur, CX, 81; by
G. Whicher in HTB, Nov. 8, p. 4; by F. Winwar
in NYTBR, Sept. 13, pp. 4, 14; in Amer. mercury,
LV, 634; in TLS, April 25, pp. 210, 214 (see also
editorial on p. 211, and correspondence on pp.
247, 259, 271, 283, 295) ; in VQR, XVIII, Ixix-lxx.
Pritchett, V. S. ["Zola and the English nov
el."] NS, Feb. 22, 1941, pp. 188-89.
Ramage, Ethel. "Chartism in English litera
ture, 1839-1876." Summaries of doctoral
dissertations, University of Wisconsin, IV
(1941), 236-38.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOE 1942
395
Richards, Paul Lambert. "The Italian histori
cal novel as influenced by English Gothic
fiction, 1820-1840." Harvard univ. sum
maries of theses, 1939 (pub. 1942), pp. 277-
80.
Roberts, S. C. "At the heart of the nineties."
In Essays and studies by members of the Eng
lish Association, Vol. XXVII (1941). Col
lected by Nowell Charles Smith. Oxford:
Clarendon pr. Pp. 66-75.
Rorabacher, Louise E. Victorian women in life
and fiction. (Abstract of thesis, Univ. of Il
linois.) Urbana, Illinois. Pp. 17.
Rudman, Harry. Italian nationalism and Eng
lish letters See VB 1941, 399.
Rev. by K Greenfield in MLN, LVII, 235-36.
Sanders, Charles Richard. Coleridge and the
Broad Church movement. Duke univ. pr.
Pp. 307.
Studies in S. T. Coleridge, Dr. Arnold of
Rugby, J. C. Hare, Carlyle, and Maurice.
Scarfe, Francis Harold. "The French back
ground in English poetry, 1850-1900." Ab-
stracts of dissertations approved for .... de
grees in the University of Cambridge ....
1939-1940. Cambridge: Univ. pr., 1941.
Pp. 55-56.
Shine, Hill. Carlyle and the SaintrSimoni-
ans See VB 1941, 400.
Rev. by H. Grierson in EHR, LVII, 520-23;
by C. F. Harrold in JEGP, XLI, 389-90; by T.
Scudder in JMH, XIV, 115-16.
Singh, Bhupal. A survey of Anglo-Indian fic
tion. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr.,
1934. Pp. xi+344.
Contains much of interest to students of the
Victorian period. Includes chapters on "Mead
ows Taylor and other predecessors of Kipling";
"Rudyard Kipling"; "Rudyard Kipling and his
school"; "Indian history in Anglo-Indian fic
tion"; etc. A bibliography of Anglo-Indian nov
els covers pp. 311-34; bibliographies of criticism
and biography and of articles and reviews appear
on pp. 334-36. This work was inadvertently over
looked previously.
Smith, A. J. M. " Our poets 1 : a sketch of
Canadian poetry in the nineteenth cen
tury." TQ, XII, 75-94.
Summers, Montague. .4 Gothic
See VB 1941, 400.
Rev., together with The Goihic quest face be
low), by E. Bembaum in MLQ, III, 4&f>-8$ * al
though the Quest terminates about 1830, it h&a
some information of later concernfor iixst&nee,
the treatment of John Frederick Smith, "un
deservedly forgotten," who nourished in the
fifties. The Bibliography docs not terminate
about 1830, but includes treatment of many Vic
torians) ; by F. Roe in Connouscur, CDC, 168-70;
in TLS, March 8, 1941, p, 120 (see ako commeot
by Summers on April 5 and May 24, pp. 165, 251 ;
by A. Craig on April 19, p. 191). A selected list of
Gothic fiction from 1728 to 1916, including trans
lations from the French.
Summers, Montague. The Gothic quest. New
York: Columbia univ. pr., 1941. Pp. 443.
See VB 1940, 440, for publication in Eng
land, 1938.
Rev. by E. Bernbaum (see above item) ; by
J. E. T. in RoR, XXXIII, 141.
Taylor, John Tinnon. Early opposition to the
English novel. The popular reaction from
1760 to 1880. New York: King s Crown
pr. Pp. 156.
Thompson, James Westfall, and Holm, Ber
nard J, A history of historical writing. 2
vols. New York: Macmillan. Pp. xvi-f-
676; ix+674.
Rev. by J. Barzun in New R t Dec. 7, pp. 768-
69; by D, Knowlton in NYTBR, Jan. 24, 1943,
p. 33. A monumental work on historical writing
from the earliest times to the present. Includes
chapters on Macaulay, Carlyle, and Froude.
Williams, Edwin E. Racine depuis 1885. Bi-
blioffraphie raisonnee des livres, articles,
comptes-fendw critiques relatifs <i la vie et
Venture de Jean Racine, 1885-WS9, ("Johns
Hopkins studies in romance literatures and
languages," Extra Volume XVI.) Balti
more: Johns Hopkins pr., 1940. Pp. 279.
"Racine en Angleterre.," on PP- 139-40.
Wilson, Edmund. The wound and the bow
See VB 1941, 400.
Rev. by W. DeVane in YR, XXXI (1941),
384-87; by E. Downing in CWd, CLIV, 500-501;
by F. Leavis in Scrutiny, XI, 72-73; by G.
Stonier in N8 t April 18, pp. 259-60; by W.
396
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
Turner in S t April 17, pp. 380, 382; in TLS, May
23, p. 260.
Wolle, Francis. "Fitz- James O Brien in Ire
land and England, 1828-1851." AL, XIV,
234-49.
Zylstra, Henry. "E. T. A. Hoffman in Eng
land and America." Harvard univ. sum
maries of theses, 1940 (pub. 1942), pp. 378-
90.
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Arnold, Sir Edwin (see II, Arnold).
Arnold, Matthew (see also I, Wales; III, Gor
don). C., T. C. "Matthew Arnold: uneol-
lected lines." N & Q, Aug. 29, p. 132.
Chambers, E. K. A sheaf of studies. Oxford
univ. pr. Pp. 176.
Rev. by G. Cookson in English, IV, 91; by
E. Kellett in NS, Aug. 29, p. 146; by P. Pool in S,
July 10, p. 42; in TLS, July 18, p. 351. Includes
"Matthew Arnold s tree," "The poetry of Mat
thew Arnold," "Meredith s Modern love," "Mere
dith s nature poetry," and "Alice Meynell s
Rhythm ofMfe"; the first and third of these are
here printed for the first time.
Dudley, Fred A. "Matthew Arnold and sci
ence." PMLA, LVII, 275-94.
Fyfe, Hamilton. "Matthew Arnold and the
fall of France." HJ, XL, 125-31.
Hussey, R.; Jaggard, W.; J., W. H.; D., A. E.;
Pettit, H. ; Morris, J. E. "Arnold on Shake
speare." N & Q, April 18, p. 221; May 16,
p. 276; June 20, p. 348; July 18, p. 52; Oct.
24, p. 264.
Interpretation of a passage in the famous son
net.
M., A. "Arnold and the Cambridge Plato-
nists." N & Q, Nov. 21, p. 315.
M., A. "Arnold and President Grant." N &
Q, Sept. 26, pp. 194-95.
"Memorabilia." N & Q, July 18, pp. 31-32.
Discussion of Arnold s comments on Grant s
Memoirs.
P., 0.; and C., G. A. F. M. "Matthew Arnold
And the Rugby magazine, 1837." N & Q,
March 7, p. 137; March 28, p. 178.
Pollock, Sir John. "France: a reply to Mr.
Hamilton Fyfe and Matthew Arnold."
HJ, XL, 355-60.
Price, Fanny. "Bunyan and Matthew Ar
nold." N &Q, Sept. 26, p. 195.
Price, Fanny, and Green, Jane. "The first line
of Thyrsis. " N & Q, Oct. 24, p. 255; Nov.
21, p. 323.
Savage, Henry L. "The cuckoo s parting
cry/ " MLQ, I (1940), 551-52.
Tinker, C. B., and Lowry, H. F. The poetry of
Matthew Arnold: a commentary. See VB
1941, 402.
Rev. by R. Church in FR, CLI, 331-32; by R.
Cox in Scrutiny, X, 395-97; by G. Tillotson in
R8S, XVIII, 245-48.
Arnold, Thomas (see also III, Sanders). "Ar
nold and 1942." S, June 12, pp. 552-53.
See also p. 580, etc.
"Arnold of Rugby." S, June 12, p. 552.
Paton, J, L. "The Thomas Arnold centenary."
OR, CLXII, 106-8..
Shipton, I. "Arnold of Rugby, 1842-1942."
NR, CXVIII, 553-58.
"Thomas Arnold of Rugby: prophet of educa
tion: 1795-1842." TLS, June 13, p. 291.
See also pp. 295, 307, 319.
Barnes. "Memorabilia." N & Q, June 6, p.
309.
This comments on an essay on Barnes by H. J.
Massingham in Time and tide, May 16.
Jacobs, Willis D. "William Barnes and Eng
lish." N & Q, June 13, p. 330.
Barrie. Letters of J. M. Barrie. Ed. by Viola
Meynell. London: Davies.
Beddoes. Abbott, C. Colleer. "The parents of
Thomas Lovell Beddoes." DUJ, XXXIV,
159-75.
Blessington, Lady. Pittman, Diana. "Key
to the mystery of Edgar Allan Poe "
Southern literary messenger, IV, 19-24.
Blunt. Reinehr, Sister Mary Joan. The writ
ings of Wilfred Scawen Blunt: an introduc
tion and study. Milwaukee: Marquette
univ. pr., 1941. Pp. 223.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOK 1942
Borrow. Parks, Edd Winfield. Segments of
southern thought. Athens: Univ. of Georgia
pr. Pp. ix+392.
Includes chapter on Borrow.
Quennell, Peter. "Books in general." NS,
Nov. 15, 1941, p. 426.
An appreciation of Lavengro.
Boucicault. Folland, Harold Freeze. "The
plays of Dion Boucicault." Harvard univ.
summaries of theses, 1940 (pub. 1942), pp.
347-50.
Braddon. Summers, Montague. "Miss Brad-
don." TLS, Aug. 29, p. 432 (see also p.
480).
Bridges. Gue*rard, Albert Joseph. Robert
Bridges: a study of traditionalism in poetry.
Harvard univ. pr. Pp. xvi+332.
Rev. by G. Barker in N, April 4, p. 400; by
H. Baker in HTB, March 15, p. 9; by A. Green
in NYTBR, May 24, p. 16; by T. Maynard in
CWd, CLV, 375.
Fox, Adam. "English landscape in Robert
Bridges." English, IV, 74-79.
Tindall, William Y. "The Robert Bridges col
lection." Columbia univ. quar. f XXXIII,
154-58.
Brontes. The complete poems of Emily Jane
Bronte. See VB 1941, 402.
Rev. by L. Bradner in MLN, LVII, 304-5; by
J. J. K. in Canadian forum, XXI, 283; by T.
Miller in Southwest rev., XXVII, 271-74; by F.
Ratchford in JEGP, XLI, 565-66; by E. West in
NS, Oct. 24, p. 278.
Brash, W. B. "The Brontes of Haworth-
through trials to triumph." LQHR, CLVII,
57-66.
Brooks, Philip. "Notes on rare books."
NYTBR, March 22, p. 18.
On the Brontes, Trollope, George Eliot. See
the same writer on other Victorians, in NYTBR,
March 1, pp. 18, 20 (Gissing) ; June 14, p. 17, and
Jan. 17, 1943, p. 16 (Hardy).
Ratchford, Fannie E. The Brontes web of
childhood. See VB 1941, 403.
Rev. by L. Bradner in MLN, LVII, 304-5; by
J, Hillhouse in JEGP, XLI, 252-55; by E. West
in NS, Dec. 6, 1941, pp. 479-80.
Brownings (see also II, Arnold). The to* of
Browning. Ed. with notes by William Hud
son Rogers. Xew York: Nelson. Pp. rii-f-
605.
Acres, W, M. "Altham, Cook, and Barrett
families." N <3r Q, April i 1, p. 205; June 27,
p. 361.
"The authorship of Aeschylus soliloquy/ "
TLS, March 21, p. 144.
Barbour, A. R. "Browning vindicated. 1 TLS,
Dec. 13, 1941, p. 632.
Cramer, Maurice Browning. "Browning s lit
erary reputation at Oxford, 1855-1859."
PMLA, LVII, 232-40.
The Browning fever at Oxford, particularly
among the Pre-Raphaelites.
Cundiff, Paul A. "A new interpretation of
Book I of The ring and the book" Cornell
university abstracts of theses . . . . , 1940, pp.
26-29.
Dodds, M. H.; Armstrong, T. P.; D., A. E.;
H., R. M. "Browning: holy-cross day."
N & Q, Feb. 21, p. 108; March 28, pp. 178-
79; April 11, p. 208.
The historical foundations of Browning s
poem.
"E. B. Browning s Sonnets from the Portu
guese" Explicator, Vol. I, item 24.
Furst, Norbert. "Rilke s translations of Eng
lish, French, and Italian sonnets." SP,
XXXIX, 130-42.
Harlan, Aurelia Brooks. "Not by Elizabeth
Barrett Browning." PMLA, LVII, 582-85.
"To Robert Lytton: from Elizabeth Barrett
Browning" is a youthful effusion of Bulwer-
Lytton, addressed to Robert Browning.
Hobson, G. D. "Aeschylus soliloquy." TLS,
April 11, p. 189.
Lindsay, Jean Stirling. "The central episode
of Browning s By the fireside/" SP,
XXXIX, 571-79.
M., A., and Hibernicus. "The memorable
lady." N & Q, May 9, p. 261; May 30,
p. 307.
Phrase in a sonnet by George Meredith ex
plained as a reference to Mrs. Browning.
398
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
Pittman, Diana. "Key to the mystery of Ed
gar Allan Poe " Southern literary mes
senger, IV, 143-65.
Ransom, Harry. "The Brownings in Paris,
1858." Studies in English 1941. (The Uni
versity of Texas Pub. No. 4126.) Austin:
Univ. of Texas, 1941. Pp. 147-53.
S., H., and Sayar. "Botany." N & Q, March
7, p. 137; April 25, p. 237.
About a point in Browning s "Englishman in
Italy."
Smalley, Donald Arthur. "Bordello: its sig
nificance for Browning s career as a poet."
Harvard univ. summaries of theses, 1989
(pub. 1942), pp. 247-50.
Smith, Fred Manning. "Elizabeth Barrett and
Browning s The flight of the duchess. SP,
XXXIX, 102-17.
Smith, Fred Manning. "More light on Eliza
beth Barrett and Browning s The flight of
the duchess. " SP, XXXIX, 693-95.
Bulwer-Lytton (see also Brownings: Harlan).
H., A. R., and Bayley, A. R. "The last of
the barons." N & Q, Jan. 10, p. 22; Feb. 7,
p. 83.
Butler. Bissell, Claude T. "The moral criti
cism of Samuel Butler." Cornell univ. ab
stracts of theses . . . . , 1940, pp. 19-21.
Holt, Lee. "Critical opinion concerning the
work of Samuel Butler (1835-1902)." Sum
maries of doctoral dissertations, Univ. of Wis
consin, V (1940), 260-61.
Holt, Lee. "Samuel Butler s rise to fame."
PMLA, LVII, 867-78.
Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." NS, Dec.
12, p. 392.
On certain of the anomalies of Butler and his
writings, particularly The way of all flesh.
Carlyle (see also I, Roberts; III, Sanders,
Thompson). Correspondence echangee entre
Goethe et Carlyle. Paris: Librairie du regio-
nalisme, 1940.
Listed in AGR, VIII, 42.
Grierson, Herbert J. C. Thomas Carlyle.
("Annual lecture on a master mind." Hen
rietta Hertz Trust of the British Academy,
1940.) Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 27.
Lea, F. A. "Carlyle and the French Revolu
tion (2)." Adelpki, XVIII (Dec., 1941)
36-38.
Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." NS, Dec.
6, 1941, p. 476.
Treats both the "national mystifier" and the
"man behind the character."
Reilly, Joseph J. Of books and men. New York :
Messner. Pp. viii-j-273.
Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, Dec. 27, p. 14;
J. Cournos in NYTBR, Jan. 24, 1943, p. 35; by
J. Sohon in LJ, LXVII, 844. Essays passages
on Mrs. Carlyle, Conrad, Hardy, Housman.
Rubin, Joseph Jay. "Carlyle on contemporary
style." MLN, LVII, 362-63.
Carroll. Empson, William. "Alice in Wonder
land. The child as swain." Chap, vii of his
English pastoral poetry (English title: Some
versions of pastoral). New York: W. W.
Norton, 1938.
Clough (see also Arnold: Price). Morley,
Christopher. "Clough and the United
States." Publishers weekly, Aug. 16, 1941,
p. 449.
Price, Fanny. "Clough and Patmore." N &Q,
Dec. 19, p. 376.
Coleridge, Hartley. New poems: including a
selection from his published poetry. Ed. by
Earl Leslie Griggs. Oxford univ. pr. Pp.
xxii-hl35.
Rev. by P. Carver in RES, XVIII, 360-63; by
E. Kellett in NS, Oct. 17, p. 261; by E. Meyer-
stein in English, IV, 96; by G. Whicher in HTB,
Nov. 1, p. 16; briefly in CE, IV, 150.
Coleridge, Sara. Woolf, Virginia. " The death
of the moth" and other essays. New York:
Harcourt, Brace.
Has essays on "Sara Coleridge" (pp. 111-18)
and "George Moore" (pp. 156-61).
Conrad (see also Carlyle: Reilly). A Conrad
argosy. Introd. by William McFee. New
York: Doubleday, Pp. x+713.
Rev. by M. Zabel in New R, Nov. 16, pp. 644-
45 (see also Dec. 14, p. 796); in NYTBR, Dec.
27, p. 10.
\ICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOH 1942
Gee, J. A. "The final typescript of Book III of
Conrad s Nostromo." Yale univ. libr. ga
zette, XVI, 80.
Gordan, John Dozier, Jr. "Joseph Conrad:
his development as a novelist from amateur
to professional." Harvard univ. summaries
of theses, 1939 (pub, 1942), pp. 237-39. See
VB 1941, 406.
Hall, James Norman. "My Conrad." Atlantic
monthly, CLXIX, 583-87.
Leavis, F. R. "Revaluations (XIV): Joseph
Conrad." Scrutiny, X (1941), 22-50; 157-
81.
Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." N8, Jan.
31, p. 78.
On the Malayan books, preferring the "day-
lit" rather than the "dubious" and dreamlike in
Conrad.
Wagenknecht, Edward. "Pessimism in Hardy
and Conrad." CE, III, 546-54.
Dallas, E. S. Roellinger, Francis X. "E. S.
Dallas on imagination." SP, XXXVIII,
652-64.
Darwin (see II, Arnold; III, Barzun).
Davidson. Applejoy, Petronius. "A view of
John Davidson against a nineties back
ground." CWd, CLIV, 552-61.
Dickens (see also III, Bowen, Gordon, Maly-
Schatter). Dickensian (quarterly), Vols.
XXXVIII-XXXIX. See VB 1932, 422.
. Items as follows: "The amateur theatricals in
Montreal: contemporary criticisms of Dickens s
first public appearances as an actor" (XXXVIII,
72-74) ; "America 1842: a Dickens diary one hun
dred years ago" (XXXVIII, 87-94; XXXIX,
29-30); "Uncollected speeches: X: In America
1842: (3) At the Tremont theatre, Boston, Satur
day, January 29th, 1842" (XXXVIII, 102);
M. K. Bradby, "Social wrongs in Bkak House
and today" (XXXVIII, 228-30); K. BromhiU,
"Phiz s illustrations to Dombey and son"
(XXXVIII, 219-21; XXXIX, 48-51); T. K.
Brumleigh, "Notes on Dombey and son"
(XXXVIII, 211-17; XXXIX, 31-39); T. K.
Brumleigh, "Relicts and relics" (XXXVIII, 103-
12); W. Dexter, "Mr. Charles Dickens will read:
IV" (XXXVIII, 231-34) ; E. E. Hampson, "Care
and training of children then and now"
(XXXVIII, 222-26); T. W. Hill, The Dick-
ensian dietary: Ill-Special occwJow
(XXXVIII, 95-101, 197-205; XXJCIX, 5-15)
T. W. Hill, "Mm. Pickwick" (XXXVIII, 75-
79); Tom Hood, "Bca in America" (XXXVIH,
83-84) ; E. A. Lewis, "A defense of Mm. BtridQ"
(XXXVIII, 208) ; J. W. T. Ley, "A second Joey
Ladle" (XXXVIII, 124-25); J. H. McNuUy,
"The Dickens renaissance" (XXXVIII, 206-8);
L. Mason, "More about Poe and Dickens"
(XXXIX; 21-28); A. Patereon, "Diekenmm
mysteries from Montreal" (XXXVIII, 85-86);
F. P. Rolfe, "More letters to the Watsons"
(XXXVIII, 113-23, 189-95); George F. Young,
"Old Highgate re-visited" (XXXVIII, 80-83).
Bay, J. Christian. "The Pickwick papers.
Some bibliographical remarks." In his The
fortune of books: essays of a librarian,
Chicago: Walter M. Hill, 1941. Pp. 223-
37.
A reprint of the book published in a limited
edition in 1938 (see VB 1938, 418).
Boll, Ernest. "Charles Dickens in Oliver
Twist. 1 Psychoanalytical ret?., XXVII
(1940), 133-43.
With this compare Wilson s treatment of
Dickens in The wound and the bow (see VB 1941,
400).
Churchill, R. C. "Dickens, drama and tradi
tion." Scrutiny, X, 358-75.
"Dickens on the stage." TLS, Oct. 10, p. 499.
"Dickens s circus: Astley and English litera
ture." TLS, Jan. 10, p. 20.
Grubb, Gerald Giles. "Dickens pattern of
weekly serialization." ELH, IX, 141-56.
Dickens developed a special serial technique
or pattern, and throughout his editorial career
applied it to the work of his contributors.
Gummer, Ellis N. Dickens 1 works in Ger
many See VB 1941, 408.
Rev. by S. Nobbe in Germanic rev., XVII, 145-
46.
House, Humphry. The Dickens world. See VB
1941, 408.
Rev. by R. Churchill, "Dickens as journalist,"
in Scrutiny, X, 304-7; by D. Daiches in New R,
May 25, p. 740; by M. Zabel in N t April 11, p.
434; in HTB, Feb. 8,p. 17.
400
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
McKenzie, Gordon. "Dickens and Daumier."
In Bronson, B. H., and others. Studies in
the comic. ("Univ. of California publ. in
English/ VIII, No. 2, 155-298.) Pp. 273-
98.
Marks, A. W., and Dexter, Walter. "Cuttris
coffee house." N & Q, Aug. 15, p. 110; Sept.
26, p. 204.
Roe, F. Gordon. " Talking of Dombey. 1 "
Connoisseur, CIX, 177-78.
Stoll, Elmer E. "Heroes and villains: Shake
speare, Middleton, Byron, Dickens." RES,
XVIII, 257-69.
Van Doren, Carl, and Dickens, Charles. "Had
Charles Dickens an American great-grand
mother?" N&Q, May 30, p. 304; Aug. 15,
p. 117.
Disraeli (see also II, Arnold). Cline, C. L.
"The failure of Disraeli s Contarini Flem
ing, 1 N&Q, Aug. 1, p. 69.
H., R. "Three queries from Coningsby." N &
Q, Dec. 5, p. 345.
H., R. "Tree voices." N&Q, Dec. 5, p. 345.
Ignoto; Troubridge, St. Vincent; Gwatkin,
E. M.; Ed.; H., K. H. "Disraeli s novels:
key to characters." N&Q, Aug. 15, p. 110;
Sept. 12, p. 173; Oct. 24, pp. 263-64.
James, Stanley B. "The tragedy of Disraeli."
CWd, GUI (1941), 414-19.
Micklewright, F. H. A. "Disraeli and Gold-
win Smith." N & Q, Dec. 19, p. 376.
Identification of "the Oxford professor" in
Lothair with Goldwin Smith caused acute an
noyance to the victim.
Price, Fanny. "Disraeli and Baum." N&Q,
Nov. 21, p. 312.
Q., D. "Disraeli s quotations." N&Q, Nov.
7, pp. 284-85.
D Israeli, Isaac. Cline, Clarence L. "Unpub
lished notes on Romantic poets by Isaac
D Israeli." Studies in English 1941. (The
University of Texas Pub. No. 4126.) Aus
tin: Univ. of Texas, 1941. Pp. 138-46.
Dobson. Dobson, Dorothy deB. "Austin
Dobson: a note by his daughter." Poetry
rev., XXXIII (March-April), viii-ix.
Dowson. Tillotson, Geoffrey. Essays in criti
cism and research. Cambridge univ, pr.;
New York: Macmillan. Pp. xxx+215.
Includes chapters: "Ernest Dowson"; "The
publication of Housman s comic poems"; "Wil
liam Morris and machines"; "William Morris,
word-spinner." Rev. by J. Bennett in MLR,
XXXVII, 384-85; by R. Cox in Scrutiny, X, 395-
97; by E. Kellett in NS, March 28, p. 212; by
L. Kronenberger in N, Aug. 22, p. 157; by M.
Meagher in CWd, CLV, 503; by V. Pinto in Eng
lish, IV, 59-60; in Amer. mercury, LV, 123; in
N & Q, March 14, p. 154; in QR, CCLXXIX,
119-20; in TLS> April 4, p. 174.
Doyle (see III, Haycroft; Carroll: Van Doren).
DuMaurier. A., H.; and Ed. "Trilby."
N&Q, Aug. 15, p. 111.
Slate, J. T. L. "Nodier, Scott, and Trilby. "
N&Q, Sept. 26, p. 197.
Eliot (see also III, Maly-Schatter). Pritchett,
V. S. "Books in general." NS, Oct. 31, pp.
291-92.
On the moral world of George Eliot, particu
larly in Middlemarch.
Ellis, Sir Henry (see II, Lomer).
Engel, Carl. Engel, Carl. "Some letters to a
namesake." Musical quar., XXVIII, 337-
79.
Fitzgerald. Ignoto. "Edward Fitzgerald:
grave and rose." N&Q, Nov. 7, p. 287.
Frazer. "Sir James Fraser, O.M." JRLB,
XXVI (1941), 16-18.
Marrett, R. R. James George Frazer. ("British
Academy lecture" series.) Oxford univ. pr.
Pp. 17.
Freeman. "E. A. Freeman (1823-1892): a
reputation after fifty years." TLS, March
21, p. 136.
Froude (see III, Thompson).
Gaskell (see I, Roberts).
Gilbert (see II, Parrott; III, Clinton-Bad-
deley).
Gissing (see also Brontes: Brooks). Cargill,
Oscar. Intellectual America: ideas on the
march. New York: Macmillan, 1941. Pp.
xxiH-777.
VICTORIAN* BiBuor.Kvi in FOK 1942
Rev. by P. Bentley in FR, CLI, 478-80; by
G. Hellman in NYTBR, Feb. 15, pp. 9, 22. In
cludes discussion of Gissing, Hardy, Moore.
Niebling, Richard F. "The Adams-Gissing col
lection." Yale unit), libr. gazette, XVI, 47-
50.
Gladstone (see II, Arnold).
Hallam. Hotter, T. H. Vail. "Hallam s Po
ems of 1830: a census of copies." BSP,
XXXV (1941), 277-80.
Hotter, T. H. Vail. "Hallam s suppressed al
lusion to Tennyson." PMLA, LVII, 587-
Hotter, T. H. Vail. "When did Tennyson
meet Hallam?" MLN, LVII, 209-10.
Hardy (see also I, Parrish; III, Gerould; Bar
rier Meynell; Brontes: Brooks; Carlyle:
Reilly; Conrad: Wagenknecht; Disraeli:
R.H.; Gissing: Cargill; Housman: Rich
ards.) Maumbury Ring: a historical sketch
of the Roman amphitheatre at Dorchester,
With notes by Carl J. Weber. Waterville,
Haine: Colby college library. Ltd. ed.
The return of the native. With introd. by John
T. Winterich. New York: Heritage Club.
Pp. xiii+ 416.
The thieves who couldn t help sneezing. With in
trod. on Hardy s first Christmas story by
Carl J. Weber. Waterville, Haine: Colby
college library.
Aliesch, Peter. Studien-zu Thomas Hardy s
Prosastil Diss.Bern. Druck: A.-G.Buch-
druckerei Schiers, 1941. Pp. 115.
Blunden, Edmund. Thomas Hardy. See VB
1941, 410. Actually published in 1942. Pp.
ix+286.
Rev. by P. Bentley in FR, CLI, 248-49; by
J. Cournos in NYTBR, Jan. 24, 1943, pp. 9, 24;
by B. de Selincourt in London Observer, March 8;
by H. Hobson in Christian sci. monitor, April 14,
p. 11; by S. Spender under "Cobwebs on Hardy"
in NS, May 16, pp. 325-26; by J. Stephens in S,
March 13, p. 260; by 0. Williams in NR,
CXVIII, 389-93; by M. Willy in English, IV, 94r-
95; in DUJ, XXXIV, 184-85; in AT & Q, April 25,
p. 238; in TLS, Feb. 21, pp. 90, 94.
Child, Harold. "Hardkna";
Victorians" (anonymous editorial on A pair
of blue eyes). TLS, Aug. 15, p. 408; Feb. 21,
p. 91.
Horwili, Herbert W. "Dr. Adam Fox in favor
of Hardy." NYTBR, Sept. 27 5 p. 39.
Jonsson, Snaebjorn. Introd. and notes, with a
trans, of Temnto Icelandic: Temaf&Ur-
berville-AeUinni. 2 vols. Reykjavik, Ice
land: Isafoldar.
Kenmare, Dallas. "Thomas Hardy and the
human drama." Poetry rev., XXXIII, 345-
50.
Kernahan, J. Coulson. "The pessimism of
Thomas Hardy." LQHR, CLVJI, 276-83.
MacCarthy, Desmond. "A critic on Hardy."
Sunday times (London), Feb. 15.
Nevinson, Henry W. Thomas Hardy. See VB
1941, 410.
Rev. by R. Grylla in 5, Jan. 16, p. 66; by S.
Spender in NS, Oct. 3, p. 225; in CR, CLXII, 64.
Nichols, Robert. "The grandest Victorian."
Time and tide, March 21, pp. 242-45.
Purdy, Richard L. "Hardy and Jowett."
TLS, Oct. 3, p. 487.
Sassoon, Siegfried. "The dynasts in war-time."
S, Feb. 6, pp. 127-28.
Tinker, Edward Larocque. "Hardy s first
short story." NYTBR, Oct. 18, p. 31.
Tomlinson, Philip. "Hardy as the spirit of
pity" (anon, editorial), TLS, Feb. 21, p. 86.
Weber, Carl J. "A. J. Cronin and Thomas
Hardy." CE, III, 590.
Weber, Carl J. The first hundred years of
Thomas Hardy, 1840-1940: a centenary bib-
liography of Hardiana. Waterville, Maine:
Colby college library. Pp. 276.
Rev. by J. Blanck in Publishers weekly,
April 25, p. 1610; by P. Brooks in NYTBR,
April 12, p. 18; by J. Winterich in SRL, June 6,
p. 17.
In the preface to Mr. Weber s Hardy of Wes~
sex: his life and literary career, published in 1940,
the author called Hardy "the most voluminously
discussed writer of modern times." This book is
a supplement to Hardy of Wessex. It presents a
402,
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
list of works consulted by Mr. Weber for his writ
ing of the biography. Such a list was too long to
be given as an appendix, printed and bound with
the biography. But the book presents also the
titles of works written in foreign languages about
Hardy including Swedish, Russian, Italian,
Polish, Chinese, Japanese. Finally, it attempts to
incorporate in its listings a record of "everything
that had ever been written about Hardy any
where during his first hundred years." In order
that the many writings called forth by the cen
tenary of Hardy s birth could be listed in this
centenary volume, it was not sent to press until
the end of 1941 j numerous memorial articles did
not appear until during 1941.
This bibliography has omitted mention, I be
lieve, of no important items about Hardy. I be
lieve, further, that an exceedingly small number
of Hardiana of even slight value have been left
out of its lists. Every person, scholar or not, who
has enjoyed reading Hardy s work and who looks
at this book will be pleased to see it, for a lover of
work by a certain author likes to leam that many
other readers share his enthusiasm. He will be
grateful to Mr. Weber for thus indicating the re
markable popularity of Hardy remarkable in its
variety, its pervasiveness, and its persistence.
W. D. T.
Weber, Carl J. "Hardy s grim note in The
return of the native." BSP, XXXVI, 37-45.
Weber, Carl J. "Housman and Hardy and
Maine." Bull, of the Maine library assoc.,
May, pp. 7-9.
Weber, Carl J. The jubike of "Tess" 1841-
1941* Catalogue of an exhibition in commem
oration of the fiftieth anniversary of the publi
cation of "Tess of the D Urbervilles."
Waterville, Maine: Colby college library,
1941. Ltd. ed. Pp. 64. Illus. 35.
Rev. in NYTBR, July 20, 1941, p. 16.
Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy and his New
England editors." NEQ, XV, 681-99.
Weber, Carl J. Thomas Hardy in Maine. Port
land, Maine: Southworth-Anthoensen pr.
Weber, Carl J. "Thomas Hardy music." M &
L, XXIII, 98-99.
Check list of Hardy music not mentioned in
previous issues (see VB 1941, 411).
Weber, Carl J. "About The woodlanders."
Christian sci. monitor, May 16, p. 15,
Hare (see III, Sanders).
Harrison. "Letters to Eugen Oswald." BLR,
II (1941), 24.
Acquisition of letters written by prominent
liberals and socialists, 1854-1910. Long and nu
merous letters from Frederic Harrison are in
cluded.
Hood. Marchand, Leslie A., and D., A. E.
"Thomas Hood, the poet." N & Q, July 18,
p. 49; Aug. 29, p. 143.
Hopkins. Pick, John. Gerard Manley Hop
kins: priest and poet. Oxford univ. pr. Pp.
x+169.
Emphasizes the importance of Hopkins re
ligion to his poetry. Rev. by G. Stonier in NS,
Sept. 26, p. 207 (takes issue with Pick on the
question of faith or doubt in Hopkins later po
ems; adds some points of comparison between
Hopkins and George Herbert) ; by W. Turner in
8, Oct. 2, p. 318; in DUJ, XXXIV, 34r-35; in
TLS, Sept. 26, p. 474.
SieveMng, Lancelot. ["Remarks about Hop
kins."] Poetry rev., XXXIII, 323-25.
Taylor, Frajam. "The rebellious will of Ger
ard Manley Hopkins." Poetry, LIX, 270-78.
Housman (see also Carlyle: Reilly; Dowson:
Tillotson). The parallelogram. The amphis-
baena, The crocodile. With introd. by Wil
liam White. Los Angeles: Privately printed
by Grant Dahlstrom for Jake Zeitlin, 1941.
Pp. vi+10.
Contains three comic verses first printed in
this country; the only other printing is in a pam
phlet, Three poems, issued by University College,
London, in 1935.
Beall, C. B. "Housman, Dehmel, and Dante."
MLN, LVH, 211.
Clemens, Cyril. "A. E. Housman at Cam
bridge." Dalhousie rev., XXII, 321-25.
Haber, Tom B. "The spirit of the perverse in
A. E. H." 8AQ, XL (1941), 368-78.
Marcellino, Ralph E. "Vergil and A. E. Hous
man." Classical jour., XXXVII (1941), 34.
Murphy, Paul R. "Two paraphrases by A. E.
Housman." Classical jour., XXXVII
(1941), 96-97.
VICTORIAN BIBUO<;HAI*H\ FUU 1042
IfW
Norman, Charles. "Johnson and A Shrop
shire lad. " Poetry, LX, 264-69.
Richards, Grant. Housman, 1897-1936. With
introd. by Mrs. E. W. Symons and appen
dixes by G. B. A. Fletcher and others. Ox
ford univ. pr. Pp. xxii+493.
Account of a friendship of forty years dura
tion, written by Housman s publisher. Contains
hitherto unpublished letters.
Rev. by J. Carter in S, Dec. 19, 1941, p. 581;
by J. Hopkins in Commonweal, June 5, p. 161 ; by
R. Humphries in N, May 9, p. 550; by P. Jack in
NYTBR, May 3, p. 4; by J. Sparrow in NS, April
4, pp. 225-26; by C. Tinker in YR, XXXI, 832-
34; by G. Whicher in HTB, Nov. 8, p. 24; by M.
Zabel in New R, April 13, p. 510; in CE, IV, 90;
in TLS, Dec. 13, 1941, p. 630.
White, William. "A. E. Housman s riddle: A
Shropshire lad, LXIII." Mark Twain
quar., IV (summer-fall, 1941), 3-4, 21-23.
White, William. Bibliographical note on
Housman. BSP, XXXIV (1940), 274.
White, William. Bibliographical note on
Housman s Odes from the Greek dramatists.
BSP, XXXV (1941), 297-98.
White, William. "Concerning A. E. Hous
man." Amer. N & Q, I (1941), 131-32.
Prints letters from A. C. Benson and Gran-
ville-Barker to Housman about his poetry.
White, William. Reviews of Ehrsam s Bibliog
raphy and Hyder s Concordance to the poems
of Housman (see VB 1941, 411, 412).
MLN, LVII, 293-94.
White, William. " A Shropshire lad in Amer
ica." Amer. N & Q t II, 38-40.
White, William; Carter, John; Bald, R. C.
"A. E. Housman: an annotated check-list.
Additions and corrections." Library,
XXIII, 31-34. See article by Carter, and
Sparrow in VB 1940, 454.
Hunt, Thornton. Blunden, Edmund, "Leigh
Hunt s eldest son." In Essays by divers
hands Royal Society of Literature ,
newser., Vol. XIX. Ed. byR. W. Chap-,
man. London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr.
Pp. 53-75.
Huxley. Foley, Louis. "The Huxley tradition
of language study." MLJ, XXVI, 14r-20.
Jones, Henry Arthur (see III, Northend).
Kipling. The gods of the copybook head
ings." XR, CXVIII, 283-84.
A pessimistic post-war poem by Kipling,
Braddy, Nella. Rudyard Kipling, wi of em
pire. New York: Messner. Pp. viii-f-278.
Rev. by J. Strond&hl in LJ, Feb. L% p. 183.
A biography for readers of twelve and over.
Eliot, T. S. (ed.). A choice of Kipling s mrse.
London: Faber & Faber, 1941. Pp. 306.
Rev. by Mulk Raj Anand, "Mr. Eliot s Kip
ling," in LL, XXXII, 167-70; by J. Braddock in
PR, CLI, 142-45; by B. Brooks in .VC, CXXXII,
139-43; by G. Cookson in Engli*h, IV, 4-7 (laud
atory of Kipling as well as of Eliot) ; by B. Ford,
"A case for Kipling?" in Scrutiny, XI t 23-33
("certainly Mr. Eliot should never have lowered
himself to advocating a revival of interest in such
a writer") ; by G. Stonier in MS, Jan. 3, pp. 10-11,
and March 28, p. 219; by 0. Williams in NR,
CXVIII, 190-95; in TLS, Jan. 24, p. 46 (see abo
Feb. 7, p. 67).
Eliot, T. S. "In praise of Kipling s verse."
Harper s, CLXXXIV, 149-57.
A condensation of the introd. to A choice of
Kipling s verse.
"A Kipling collection." TLS, Aug. 29, pp. 432,
444.
Bibliographical note,
"Notable accessions." BLR, II, 69.
Acquisition of MSS of three poems (two un
published), written about 1883; and letters about
Kipling.
Whitbread, L., and B., E. G. "Rudyard Kip
ling s father." N & Q, Oct. 24, pp. 24^44;
Dec. 19, pp. 381-82.
Whitbread, L.; Whitmore, J.; Mabbott, T. 0.
"Kipling and runes." N & Q, Aug. 1, pp.
74-75; Aug. 29, p. 141; Oct. 24, pp. 260-61.
Landor (see also I, Roberts). Elwin, Malcolm.
Savage Landor. See VB 1941, 413.
Rev. by B. Dobrce in S, May 29, pp. 515-16;
by R. Mortimer, with an appreciation of Landor,
in NS, May 16, p. 323; in TLS, May 16, pp. 246,
252.
LeFanu. Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general."
NS, Nov. 29, 1941, p. 457.
Praises In a glass darkly; cold toward Unck
Silas.
404
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
Lever. Genn, Francis. "Books in general."
N8 t Sept. 5, p. 159.
On Thackeray s Irish sketch book and Charles
Lever in general.
Lewes. Doremus, Robert Barnard. "George
Henry Lewes: a descriptive biography."
Harvard univ. summaries of theses, 1940
(pub. 1942), pp. 337-40.
Macaulay (see I, Roberts; III, Thompson).
MacDonald, George. "Menander s mirror:
princess and goblins." TLS, Dec. 26, p. 627.
Maginn. "Tragedy of a writer: William Ma-
ginn 1794-1842." TLS } Aug. 22, p. 418.
See also p. 427.
Wardle, Ralph Martin. "William Maginn and
Blackwood s magazine." Harvard univ, sum
maries of theses, 1940 (pub. 1942), pp. 379-
82.
Martineau. Retrospect of western travel. 2vols.
New York: Harper. Pp. 13+276; 5+239.
Facsimile ed. of the 1838 issue. Rev. by E.
Calkins in SRL, Dec. 5, p. 11; by H. Reynolds in
Atlantic monthly, CLXX, 162; in HTB, Nov. 8,
p. 34; in Publishers weekly, Nov. 21, pp. 2137-38.
Maurice (see III, Gloyn, Sanders).
Meredith (see also III, Bowen; Arnold: Cham
bers; Brownings: M., A.). "Mr. Buxton
Fonnan." TLS, May 23, p. 264. See also
pj). 372, 396.
Forman s Meredith library.
Mayo, Robert D. "The egoist and the Willow
Pattern." ELH, IX, 71-78.
Mayo, Robert D. "Sir Willoughby s pattern."
N & Q, Dec. 19, pp. 362-63.
Pollock, Sir John, "George Meredith." CR,
CLXI, 285^88.
Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general" NS, June
6, p. 371.
More about the "innumerable spots" on
Meredith s sun; but vices become virtues in The
Meynell (see also Arnold: Chambers; Tenny
son: Meehan). Page, Frederick. "Alice
Meynell: an uncollected poem." N & Q,
Dec. 19, pp. 375-76.
Mill. On social freedom. See VB 1941, 414.
Rev. by A. Levi in JMH, XIV, 277.
Mill, John Stuart. The spirit of the age. Ed.
with introd. by Frederick A. von Hayek.
Chicago: Univ. of Chicago pr. Pp. xxxiii-h
94.
Presents for the first time in book form a series
of five papers that appeared in The examiner in
instalments from Jan. 9, 1831, to May 29, 1831.
Jackson, Reginald. An examination of the de
ductive logic of John Stuart Mill Oxford
univ. pr., 1941. Pp. ix+193.
Moore (see Coleridge, Sara: Woolf ; Gissing:
Cargill).
Morris (see also Dowson: Tillotson). Wroth,
L. C. "Printing in the Mauve Decade."
HTB, Feb. 8, p. 18.
Discussion of Morris and the Kelmscott press
and comment upon "a leaf from the Kelmscott
Chaucer together with a monograph by Carl Pur-
ington Rollins," brought out by Philip C.
Duchenes, 507 Fifth Ave., New York.
Newbolt (see II, Newbolt).
Newman. Duffy, Charles. "Cardinal New
man s relatives." N & Q, May 9, p. 261.
May, J. Lewis. "Newman once more: Theidea
of a university." CWd, CLII (1941), 718-
24.
Norton. Dent, Alan. Preludes and studies.
London: Macmillan. Pp. xiii+251.
Includes an essay on Caroline Norton. Rev.
by G. Stonier in NS, July 25, p. 64.
Owen, Robert. Williams, Wm. "Robert
Owen, social reformer." National Library of
Waksjour., II (1941), 3&-40.
Brief; chiefly bibliographical of Owen writings
in the National Library.
Owen, Robert Dale. Leopold, R. W. Robert
Dak Owen. Harvard univ. pr. ; Oxford univ.
pr. Pp. 484.
Pater. Child, Ruth C. The aesthetic of Walter
Pater. See VB 1941, 415.
Rev. by L. Rosenblatt in JEGP, XLI, 118-21.
Schoen, Max. "Walter Pater and the place of
music among the arts." JAA, No. 6, pp.
12-23.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY KOK 1942
405
Patmore (see also Clough: Price). Price,
Fanny. "Patmore and the oxymoron." N
& Q, Aug. 29, pp. 124-25.
Phillips (see I, Walpole).
Piaed. Hudson, Derek. "Winthrop Mack-
worth Praed." N & Q, Jan. 3, p. 7.
Addenda to Hudson s biography of Praed: A
poet in Parliament See VB 1940, 458.
Note on Etoniana. N & Q, May 9, p. 253. See
VB 1941, 415.
Says that Etoniana for April contains more
letters of Praed.
Reid (see III, Pollard).
Robinson. Brodribb, C. W. "Crabb Robinson
and his circle." N & Q, June 27, pp. 357-58.
Rolfe (see I, Walpole).
Rossetti. Baum, Paull F. "Rossetti s The
kaf." MLQ, II (1941), 187-89.
A translation of "La feuille" by A. V. Arnault
(1815).
Belloc, Elizabeth. "Christina Rossetti."
CWd, CLV, 674r-78.
Gaunt, William. "Two portrait drawings by
Dante Gabriel Rosetti." Connoisseur, CX,
140-41, 158.
Ruskin (see also I, Roberts; II, Bell). Cham
bers, R. W. Man s unconquerable mind:
studies of English writers, from Bede toA.E.
Housman and W. P. Ker. London: Cape,
1939. Pp. 414.
Includes a short paper on Raskin. Rev. by
W. Bryan in MLN, LVII, 381-83.
Dolk, Lester. "The reception of Modern paint
ers." MLN, LVII, 621-26.
Hagstotz, Hilda B. The educational theories of
John Ruskin. Lincoln: Univ. of Nebraska
pr. Pp. xi+294.
Hogan, Charles Beecher. "The Yale collection
of the manuscripts of John Ruskin." Yale
univ. libr. gazette, XVI, 61-69.
Strout, Alan Lang. "Miscellaneous letters to
and about James Hogg: V." N & Q, April
11, p. 198.
Reference to a letter from young Ruskin (Feb.
13, 1834) and a postscript omitted in the printed
Thorp, Will&rd, "The Ruakin m&miscripts."
PLC, I, No. 2 (1940), 1-10.
Sala. Stevens, E. H. "A Sda quatrain?"
TLS, Nov. 14, p. 564. Sec also p. 583.
Strauss, Ralph. Sola: the portrait of an eminent
Victorian. London: Constable. Pp. 308,
Rev. by A. C. in Canneiweur, CX, 168 ("tbe
Victorian atmosphere envelops and exudes from
the picture . . . ."); by S. H&reourt-Smith in S,
Sept. 11, p. 244; by P. Quennell in .VS, Oct. 10,
p. 242; in TLS, Sept. 5, pp. 438, 440 (see also pp.
451, 463).
Shaw. Bax, Clifford (ed.). Florence Farr, Ber
nard Shaw and W. B. Yeats Utiers. London:
Cuala pr. Pp. 85.
Dunkel, Wilbur D. "George Bernard Shaw."
SeR, L, 255-62.
Esdaile, E. Bernard Shaw s postscript to fame.
London: Quality pr. Pp. 20.
Isaacs, Edith J. R. "The playwright as critic:
G. B. S." Theatre arts, XXVI, 755-62.
Pearson, Hesketh. G, B. S.: a futt-length por
trait. New York: Harper. Pp. xi-f390.
Rev. by H. Bolman in LJ, Oct. 1, p. 844; by
J. Brown in SRL, Oct. 24, p. 6; by W. Eaton in
HTB, Jan. 3, 1943, p. 4; by J. Krutch in N t Oct.
17, p. 385; by P. Jack in NYTBR, Oct. 11, p. 1;
by F. Morton in Theatre arts, XXVI, 794-95; by
W. Scott in Amer. mercury, LV, 750-55; briefly in
CE, IV, 209.
Strauss, E. Bernard Shaw: art and socialism.
London: Gollancz. Pp. 128.
Smith, Goldwin (see Disraeli: Micklewright).
Smith, John Frederick (see III, Summers).
Stephen. "Master of light verse: in memory
of J. K. S. [J. K. Stephen]." TLS, Jan. 31,
p. 58.
Sterling. Tuell, Anne KimbalL John
Sterling. . . . . See VB 1941, 416.
Rev. by W. Dunn in MLN, LVII, 386-88; by
C. Harrold in JEGP, XLI, 390-92 ("among the
most distinguished volumes on the minor Vic
torians to appear in many years") ; by G. Kitchin
in MLR, XXXVII, 382-83.
Stevenson. Ashe, Matthew J. "Stevenson s
Catholic learning." CW d, CLVI, 20&-12.
406
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
Auriant. "Une belle histoiredeplagiat." Mer-
wre de France, Dec. 1, 1939, pp. 463-68.
Suggests that The Suicide Club may have been
a source for Maupassant s L Endormeuse and
Morice s Suicide-House. Otis Fellows, however
(see RoR, XXXIII, 59, n. 9), feels that "Maupas
sant s debt to the Scotsman is negligible."
Moore, John Robert, and G., W. W. "Steven
son s Catriona. " N & Q, July 18, pp. 36-
38; Sept. 12, p. 174.
R., V.jandD., E. "Stevenson: The wrong box:
notes and comments: I, II, III." N & Q,
April 4, pp. 187-89; Aug. 15, pp. 101-3;
Nov. 21, pp. 302-5.
Senex, and Dodds, M. H. "Stevenson and Os-
bourne: The wrecker. " N & Q, Feb. 28,
p. 121; May 2, p. 249.
Swinburne (see also I, Wales), Shahani, Ran-
jee G. "The Asiatic element in Swin
burne." Poetry rev., XXXIII, 225-30.
Taylor, Meadows (see III, Singh).
Tennyson (see also II, Arnold; Hallam). Bay,
J. Christian. "A Tennyson-Browning asso
ciation copy." In his The fortune of
books Chicago: W. M. Hill, 1941.
Pp. 285-90.
A reprint; privately printed in 1940 for the
Friends of the Torch Press.
Caelamanos, D. "Tennyson s ideal man."
TLS, Oct. 17, pp. 511, 513.
Dodds, M. H. "Literary inaccuracies." N &
Q, Aug. 29, p. 144.
Quarrel between Tennyson and Irving over
the production of Becket.
Fausset, Hugh. "The hidden Tennyson." Po
etry rev., XXXIII, 272-75.
"A great national poet: England at war: Ten
nyson s mystic imperialism." TLS, Oct. 10,
pp, 498, 501.
Harrison, Thomas P., Jr. "Tennyson s Maud
and Shakspere." Shakespeare Assoc. butt.,
XVII, 80-85.
Meehan, Francis. Living upstairs New
York: Button. Pp. 5-256.
Rev. by R. Roberts in SRL, July 18, p. 16.
Includes discussions of Tennyson, Alice Meynell,
Francis Thompson.
"Memorabilia." N & Q, Nov. 21, p. 301.
Brief defense of Tennyson against a statement
by Ensor.
Mortimer, Ray. "Books in general." NS, Oct.
10, p. 241; and Oct. 17, p. 258.
On Tennyson s poetry fifty years after.
Nicholson, Harold. "Tennyson: fifty years
after." Poetry rev., XXXIII, 333-36.
Paden, W. D. Tennyson in Egypt: a study of
the imagery of his earlier work. ("Univ. of
Kansas pub., Humanistic studies," No.
27.) Lawrence: Univ. of Kansas. Pp. 178.
Quiller-Couch, Sir A. "Tennyson after fifty
years." Poetry rev., XXXIII, 269-7L
Sparke, Archibald. "Literary inaccuracies."
N&Q, April 25, p. 233.
Corrects a statement about Tennyson in Dame
Madge Kendal, by Herself.
"A Tennyson emendation." TLS, Oct. 10, p.
499.
"[Tennyson] fifty years after." TLS, Oct. 10,
p. 499.
Woods, Margaret L. "My recollections of
Tennyson." Poetry rev., XXXIII, 276-77.
Yohannon, J. D. "Tennyson and Persian po
etry." MLN, LVII, 83-92.
Thackeray (see also III, Gordon, Maly-Schat-
ter). Boll, Ernest. "The author of Eliza
beth Broumrigge: a review of Thackeray s
techniques." SP, XXXIX, 79-101.
Cline, C. L. "Thackeray and the Morning
chronicle. " TLS, Dec. 19, p. 619.
Dodds, John W. "Thackeray as a satirist pre
vious to Vanity Fair. }) MLQ, II (1941),
163-78.
Dodds, John W. Thackeray SeeVB 1941,
417.
Rev. by M. Rosa in SeR, L, 270-73; by M.
Williams in English, IV, 95-96; briefly in CE, III,
430; in TLS, Aug. 29, p. 426 (see also pp. 427,
475, 571).
Pritchett, V. S. In my good books. London:
Chatto & Windus. Pp. 192.
Includes his NS essays on Thackeray (see VB
1941, 418), Synge, and others.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
407
Ray, Gordon Norton. "Thackeray and
France." Harvard univ. summaries of theses,
1940 (pub. 1942), pp. 353-56.
Scudder, Harold H. "Thackeray and N. P.
Willis." PMLA, LVII, 589-92.
Thompson (see Tennyson: Meehan).
Trelawny. Becker, M. L. "Trelawny." HTB,
March 22, p. 20.
Note (in "The reader s guide") on Trelawny
and works about him.
Trollope (see also III, Bowen). Chapman,
R. W. "A correction in Trollope." TLS,
March 7, p. 116.
Chapman, R. W. "Thextext of Trollope s
Ayala s angel" MP, XXXIX, 287-94.
Sadleir, Michael. "Caldigate novels." TLS,
Dec. 20, 1941, p. 643. See also Jan. 3, p. 7.
Sadleir, Michael. "A new Trollope item."
TLS, July 25, p. 372.
Third report of the Postmaster General (1857).
Reply from Charles Clay, Aug. 8, p. 396; from
Sadleir, Aug. 29, p. 432.
"The text of Trollope." TLS, Jan. 10, p. 24.
Tinker, C.B., and Chapman, R.W. "The text
ofTTottope aPhineasredux" RES, XVIII,
86-92. See also corr. by H. Summers on
XVIII, 228.
A reply by Chapman to Gavin Bone s defense
of the received text, and evidence from the MS
(Tinker s) that about half of Chapman s emenda
tions are justified.
Y., Y. "Delightful." N&, April 18, pp. 255-
56.
Ttipper. Buchmann, Ralf. Martin F. Tupper
and the Victorian middle class mind.
("Schweizer anglistische Arbeiten," No.
10.) Bern: A. Francke AG., 1941. Pp. 165.
Rev. by M. Thrall in MLN, LVII, 677-79.
Mr. Buchmann investigates the following
sorts of Victorian middle-class ideas and ideals:
those dealing with faith in the Bible, the Anglican
Revival, science, morality, the Christian gentle
man, home life, education, money, success, util
ity, progress, optimism, social sentimentalism,
the political compromise, and patriotism. He
centers his study of these in statements by Tup
per. Although he points out some things of inter
est and value, I quote one sentence as a warning
of what the reader must be on guard against:
"He [Tupper] outbrownings Browning s God s
in His Heaven, all s right with the world/ in his
Ballad of Optimism. "
At one place Buchmann states that his pur
pose has been to illustrate a .class by specifying aa
individual (Tupper) and by comparing his ideas
and ideals with those of other middle-class indi
viduals. He is making, says he, "a purely histori
cal survey of Victorian middle class literature,
life, and thought." Elsewhere, however, he gives
a different indication of his purpose, stating his
belief that a close study of the Victorian bour
geoisie will make their defects odious to the pres
ent, will help us to free ourselves from these fet
ters of a narrow-minded bourgeois Weltanschau
ung." But to be successful, says he, his work
must be "strictly critical," must "relentlessly
satirize," must be "purely critical and destruc
tive." He insists that we "must destroy the con
ventional, the smug, the commonplace, that
which found its outlet in Tupper s works as the
opinion of a wide public" must destroy them
because we have inherited them from the Vic
torians, and them "we have to destroy and kill
even in ourselves." But in the next paragraph he
declares that we have inherited good as well as
bad. Then, in the second paragraph farther
along, he concludes as follows: "The Victorian
middle class mind deserves severe criticism to
destroy the barriers of self-assurance and conceit
built up around its weak core." This reviewer
finds a confusion of intentions, and a loose, feazy,
and badly labored apologia.
A considerable weakness in this study is thai
it does not give Tupper credit, as Thomas Sec-
combe did, for certain good ideas and actions;
and that it also fails to give the Victorian middle-
class mind similar credit credit that it deserved
probably to a greater degree than did Tapper.
W. D. T.
Watson (see I, Walpole).
Wilde (see II, Wilson).
Wilson, John. Kttman, Diana. "Key to ifte
mystery of Edgar Allan Poe, . . . ." South
ern literary messenger, IV, 143-68.
Shows great influence of Wifeon upon Poe, es
pecially in "The raven."
Strout, Alan Lang. "The recreations 4Chri$t&-
pher North, 1842." N&Q, June 6, pp. 814-
15; Aug. 1, pp. 60-7L
Passages in the book identified in tfee original
numbers of Blackwod &.
408
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1942
Yeats (see also III, Clinton-Baddeley, En-
right; Shaw: Bax). Hone, Joseph. W. B.
Yeats, 1865-1989. New York and London:
Macmillan. Pp. viii+535.
Authorized biography. Includes treatment of
Arthur Symons, Stevenson, Bridges, Henley,
Morris, and many others.
Southern review: the William Butler Yeats
memorial issue, Vol. VII, No. 3. Pp. 260.
Rev. in CE, III, 601-2. Contains 15 articles:
Howard Baker, "Domes of Byzantium"; R. P.
Blackmur, "Between myth and philosophy:
fragments of W. B. Yeats" ; Kenneth Burke, "On
motivation in Yeats"; Donald Davidson, "Yeats
and the centaur"; T. S. Eliot, "The poetry of
W. B. Yeats"; Horace Gregory, "W. B. Yeats
and the mask of Jonathan Swift"; Randall Jar-
rell, "The development of Yeats s sense of real
ity"; L. C. Knights, "W. B. Yeats: the assertion
of values"; F. O. Matthiessen, "The crooked
road"; Arthur Mizener, "The romanticism of
W. B. Yeats"; John Crowe Ransom, "The Irish,
the Gaelic, the Byzantine"; Delmore Schwartz,
"An unwritten book"; Allen Tate, "Yeats s ro
manticism: notes and suggestions" ; Austin War
ren, "Religio poetae"; Morton D. Zabel, "The
thinking of the body: Yeats in the autobiogra
phies."
This Yeats memorial issue is even better than
the Hardy volume (see VB 1940, 452), possibly
because Yeats s poetry offers more of a challenge
than does Hardy s. The fifteen distinguished au
thors of this symposium have written with the
scholarship and fine critical insight which has al
ways characterized the Southern review, and the
result is the. most impressive volume of criticism
which has yet appeared about a poet of this
century.
We have here brilliant studies of various as
pects of Yeats s work, but some of the more
baffling problems are left unsolved. There is no
agreement upon the matter of the romanticism of
the later Yeats, and even on the question of eval
uation there is wide difference of opinion. To
Eliot, Yeats is the greatest of modern poets; to
Blackmur he is the greatest English poet since the
seventeenth century; but by others he is weighed
and found wanting.
The student of Victorian literature may per
haps find fault with the volume in that the criti
cal bias of certain of the authors results in a con
temptuous treatment of the early "romantic"
Yeats. He is studied as a rare example of a ro
mantic poet who grew up, gained wisdom. Now
the peculiar significance of the later poetry will be
admitted by all, but it is at least doubtful that
posterity will dismiss the earlier Yeats, along
with the other Pre-Raphaelite poets, as un
worthy of serious notice. The task of the critic is
to educate the taste to the poetry of the past, not
to break the poetry of the past on the Procrustean
bed of the taste of the present. S. P. C.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
for 1943
i bibliography has been prepared
jf by a committee of the Victorian
Literature Group of the Modern
Language Association of America: Wil
liam D. Templeman, chairman, Univer
sity of Illinois; Charles Frederick Har-
rold, Ohio State University; Samuel P.
Chew, University of Oklahoma; and Aus
tin Wright, Carnegie Institute of Tech
nology. It attempts to list the noteworthy
publications of 1943 (including reviews of
earlier items) that have a bearing on Eng
lish literature of the Victorian period and
similar publications of earlier date that
have been inadvertently omitted from the
preceding Victorian bibliography. Unless
otherwise stated, the date of publication
is 1943. Reference to a page in the bibliog
raphy for 1942, in Modern philology, May,
1943, is made by the following form: See
VB 1942, 337. Some cross-references are
given, although not all that are possible.
For certain continuing bibliographical
works, and for most of the abbreviations
used, see the preceding Victorian bibliog
raphies.
KEY TO NEW ABBREVIATIONS
APSS = Annals of the Amer. Acad. of Political
and Social Science
ASR - Amer. sociological review
CLS Comparative literature studies
JEH = Journal of economic history
MLQ - Modern language quarterly
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
"American bibliography for 1942." PMLA t
LVII, SuppL, 1261-74: Engfeh, "Nine-
teenth century," and "Contemporary," ed.
Albert C. Baugh and others*
The Association of Research Libraries
(comps.). A catalog of books represented by
Library of Congress prwted* cards isswed to
July 81, fft&Tofe. KXyi (A-HBRED).
Aim Arbor, Mich. : Edwards Bros., 1042-48w
MoDaror PHILOLOGY, May, 1944)
Photographic reproduction of cards, reduced in
size; not a carefully revised and edited catalogue
of the printed books in the Library of Congress,
comparable to the new Catalogue of the British
Museum. The preface states that the books repre
sented "are not all in the Library of Congress,
and conversely, that the library contains some
thousands of books for which cards have not yet
been printed." Scholars wiH still use union card
catalogs that include Library of Congress cards;
but they will find this series of volumes ex
ceedingly useful.
Bond, Donald F. "Anglo-French and Franco-
American studies: a current bMograptiy"
(for 1942). RoR, XXXIV, 164-72.
Fiction catalog: 1941 edition: a subject, m$wr
and title list of 5050 works of $d&m mike
English language with omnota&om. Compiled
by Dorothy E. Cook and Isabel S. Munro;
assisted by Elizabeth S. DrcvalL ("Standard
catalog ser. n ) New York: Wilson, 1942,
Pp. xi+789.
Rev. by H. Haines in LQ, XIII, 162.
Fiction catalog: 191$ supplement to ike 1941 &&-
tim ..... New York: Wilson. Pp. 50.
Francis, F. C. "Recent bibliographical wo*"
Library, 4th ser. r XXIH (1942), 10S-2&
Includes account of Michael Sadelr s foirfel*-
coming Bibliographical catalogue of nineteenth
cenfary fiction.
Graham, Walter (ed). Tbe Roraamfe Ease
ment: a selective and critical bMograpfey
for ike year 1942." ELH, X, 1-25.
H., A. ML "Theammlm$i8teT:& bMograpli-
ealnote/ iV <fcftlei>. 13, ppu9&-im
Lists the puMstem since ifee begioi^g {17S8}.
Haskel, Daniel C. A dbdfe &s* <#s*aMs
indexes to indmdwt fenoixxi&m He New
York PnbKc Mf*wy. Hew Yoffc; H U-
Ireland Nonaa O;
toa:
Rev. % W.
409
410
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
MacPike, E. F. "English, Scottish and Irish
diaries, journals, common-place books, etc.,
1550-1900: a bibliographical guide to select
ed material," Part II. BBDI, XVII, 213-
15. See VB 1942, 330.
Queen, EUery (ed,). The detective short story: a
bibliography. Boston: Little, Brown. Pp.
146.
Ratchford, Fannie Elizabeth. "Thomas J.
Wise to John Henry Wrenn on nineteenth-
century bibliography." BSP, XXXVI
(1942), 215-28.
Stallman, Robert. "A selective bibliography on
the criticism of poetry, 1920-1942." Uni
versity rev., X, 65-71.
Templeman, William D. (ed.). "Victorian bib
liography for 1942." MP, XL, 330-51.
Ulrich, Carolyn F., and Kiip, Karl. Books, and
printing: a selected list of periodicals, 1800-
1942. Woodstock, Vt.: Rudge; New York:
New York pub. lib. Pp. xiv+244.
Lists periodicals dealing with the book arts;
includes the most .outstanding ones published
since 1800, foreign and American. The field of the
graphic arts is divided so as to follow the develop
ment of "book" and of "printing" periodicals
treating of: the background of the book; the his
tory of printing and of bookbinding; the physical
elements iii book-making (including illustrations) ;
the world of the book with aspects such as the au
thor and the market, the publisher and advertiser,
the bookseller, the librarian, the collector. Almost
every item is annotated, to indicate its usefulness,
and the annotations will be found of great value.
Rev. by H. Lehmann-Haupt in Publishers
weekly, Aug. 7, p. 424; by G. McKay in LJ,
LXVIII, 950.
Wales. Handlist of manuscripts in the National
Library of Wales. Parts III, IV, V. Aberyst-
wyth: National Lifcrary of Wales pr. [1941-
42]. Pp. 93-156; 157-220; 221-84. See VB
1942, 331.
Zucker, A. E. (ed.). "Bibliography, Americana
Germanica, 1942." AGR, IX, No, 4, 36-44.
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELI
GIOUS, AND SOCIAL
ENVIRONMENT
Aldington, Richard. The Duke: being an ac
count of the life and achievements of Arthur
Wellesky, first Duke of Wellington. New
York: Viking pr. Pp. vi-f-405.
Rev. by J. Barzun in HTB, Oct. 10, p. 3; by
S. North in* Book week, Oct. 17, p. 2; by C. Rob
erts in NYTBR, Oct. 10, p. 3; by K. Willis in LJ,
Sept. 15, p. 723; by L. Zarain SRL, Oct. 16, p. 53;
in CE, V, 168.
Alston, R. W. "William Etty, R.A." NC,
CXXXIV, 70-76.
Arbuthnot. The correspondence of Charles Ar-
buthnot. See VB 1942, 331.
Rev. by M. George in History, XXVII (1942),
88-90 ("extends (with gaps) from 1809 to 1850.
Arbuthnot was an indispensable member of the
Tory party").
Arnold, Julian B. Giants in dressing gowns. See
VB 1942, 331.
Rev. in TLS, July 3, p. 320.
Austen, Frederick William. Rectors of two Es
sex parishes and their times (from the 13th
century], Colchester: Benham. Pp. x-f-475.
Publisher s note: ". . . . sidelights on circum
stances and people and manners and customs and
incidents of village life." Rev. in TLS, Apr. 10,
.p. 179.
Beecharh, Sir Thomas. A mingkd chime: an
auto-biography. New York: Putnam. Pp.
viii+330.
Traces the life of this composer-conductor
from childhood in the 1880 s to 1924. Rev. by
J, Erskine in HTB, May 9, p. 3; by E. Goossens
in "NYTBR, May 2, p. 5; by P. Lang in SRL,
June 26, p. 24; by M. Owen in LJ, Apr. 15, p. 326.
Bell, E. Moberly. Octavia Hill See VB
1942, 331.
Rev. by F. Maurice in Economic jour., LIII,
98-100; in NR, CXIX (1942), 527-29.
Berger, Max. The British traveller in America,
1836-1860. ("Columbia univ. studies in his
tory, economics, and public law," No. 502.)
Columbia univ. pr. Pp. 5+239.
Includes an extensive critical bibliography of
British travel in America from 1836 to 1860.
Rev. in HTB, Nov. 28, p. 20.
Bevington, Merle. The Saturday review, 1855-
1868 See VB 1942, 331.
Rev. by W. Graham in JEGP, XLII, 141-43;
in N & Q, June 5, p. 356.
Bolitho, Hector (ed.). A Batsford century: me
record of a hundred years of publishing and
bookselling, 1843-1943. London: Batsford.
Pp. viii+148.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
411
Rev. by H. G. F. in Connoisseur, CXII, 129;
by R. Mortimer in NS, Nov. 20, p. 341; in FR,
CMXXIV, 414; in N & Q, Dec. 4, p. 359.
Brebner, J. B. , and Nevins, Allan. The making
of modern Britain: a short history. London:
Allen & Unwin; New York: Norton. Pp.
9+243.
Rev. by J. Barzun in HTB, July 25, p. 14; by
J. Williamson in S, Nov. 19, pp. 484-86; by G.
Wakefield in LJ, June 15, p. 528.
Brown, Benjamin H. The tariff reform move
ment in Great Britain, 1881-1895. Columbia
univ. pr. Pp. xi+170.
Burke, Thomas. Travel in England Lon
don: Batsford. Pp. vi+154.
A history of travel in England. Rev. by C. Rid
ley in NS, Oct. 16, p. 255.
Connolly, Cyril. " 1843. " Horizon, VIII,
75-89.
De Schweinitz, Karl. England s road to social
security: from the statute of laborers in 1349
to the Beveridge report of 194%. Univ. of
Pennsylvania pr. Pp. x+281.
Rev. by J. Brebner in P&Q, LVII (1942),
629-30.
Dickinson, A. E. F. "The drama behind El-
gar s music." M & L, XXIII (1942),
116-25.
Dietz, Frederick Charles. An economic history
of England. New York: Holt, 1942. Pp.
jrii+616.
Preface: ". . . . intended to give .... a pic
ture of how Englishmen have made their living
over the centuries, how changes in the ways of
doing things came about, and how political and
social life influenced and have been influenced by
economic problems as time went on." Rev. by
S. Reznek in AHR, XLVIII, 100; by F. Woolbert
in Foreign affairs, XXI, 373.
Edwards, Maldwyn Lloyd. Methodism and
England: a study of Methodism in its social
and political aspects during the years 1850-
1932. London: Epworth pr. Pp. 252.
Rev. by R. Wearmouth in LQHR, July, pp.
275-76; in TLS, June 12, p. 286.
Fyfe, J. G. (ed.). Scottish diaries and memoirs,
1746-1843. Stirling: Eneas Mackay, 1942.
Pp. 603.
Rev. by M. P. in History, XXVIII, 225-26.
Gerould, Gordon Hall. "Cruikshank s literary
background." PLC, IV, 62-64.
Gillespie, James Edward. Europe in perspec
tive, 1815 to the present. See VB 1942, 332.
Rev. by F. Melvin in AHR, XLVIII, 388: in
Social studies, XXXIII, 239.
Glover, T. R. Cambridge retrospect. Cambridge
univ. pr.; Toronto: Macmillan. Pp. xii+
146.
Treats of Cambridge University, 1889-1943.
Includes accounts of more than twenty dons, in
cluding William Heitland. Rev. by D. D. C. in
QQ, L, 330-31; in N & Q, July 31, pp. 89-90.
Goldring, Douglas. South Lodge: reminiscences
of Violet Hunt, Ford Madox Ford, and the
English Review circle. London: Constable.
Pp. 260.
Rev. by R. Grylls in S, Nov. 12, pp. 463-64;
in TLS, Oct. 9, p. 486.
Harrison, Eric. "The Englishry of Tom
Brown." QQ, L, 37-52.
Valuable analysis of virtues of the mid- Victori
an public school, as illustrated through Thomas
Hughes.
Harrison, J. W. D. "Marlborough in the six
ties." FR, No. 919, pp. 54-61.
Hawthorne, Nathaniel. English notebooks. Ed.
by Randall Stewart. See VB 1942, 332.
Rev. by E. Batho in RES, XIX, 103-4; by
C. Sisson in MLR, XXXVIII, 57-59; by S. Wil
liams in MLN, LVIII, 153-54.
Ireland, Tom. Ireland, past and present, .See
VB 1942, 333.
Rev. by J. Driscoll in HTB, Feb. 22,- 1942, p.
16; by A. Shaw in SRL, Feb. 28, 1942, p. 13; in
CWd, CLVI (1942), 250.
John, Augustus. "Fragment of an autobiog
raphy X." Horizon, VIII, 136^43:
Jones, Louis C. The clubs of the Georgian rakes.
See VB 1942, 333.
Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Nov. 1, 1942, p.
14; by W. Garrison in Christian century, July 15,
1942, p. 885; by T, Lask in NYTBR, Oct. 25,
1942, p. 32.
Joyce. A homestead history: the reminiscences
and Utters of Alfred Joycej of Plaistow and
Norwood, Port Phillip, 1848-1864* Introd.
by G. F, James. Melbourne univ. pr.j Lon
don: Milford, 1942. Pp. 200.
412
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
Joyce, a middle-class Cockney, who
through the evening classes of the London Me
chanics Institution, then went to Australia.
Rev. by W. P. M. in History, XXVIII, 228.
Knaplund, Paul. The British empire, 1815-
1939. See VB 1942, 333.
Rev. by K. BeU in NS, Apr. 24, 277-78; by
A. Sachar in HTB, June 14, 1942, p. 20; by G.
Woodbridge in Survey graphic, XXXI (1942),
432; by R. Woolbert in Foreign affairs, XX
(1942), 580; by A. Viton in APSS, CCXX (1942),
235; in TLS, Dc. 12, 1942, p. 604.
Kuczynski, Jtirgen, A short history of labor
conditions under industrial capitalism. Vol.
I: Great Britain and the Empire, 1750 to the
present day. London: F. Muller, 1942. Pp.
272.
Rev. by H. Hohman in JPE, LI, 281-82.
Lever, Sir Tresham. The life and times of Sir
Robert Peel. See VB 1942, 333.
Rev. by A. Fremantle in History, XXVII
(1942), 90-91; in NR, CXIX (1942), 185-86.
Lieven. The Lieven-Palmerston correspondence,
1828-1856. Trans, and ed. by Lord Sudley.
London: Murray. Pp. 316.
Rev. by A. F. F. in History, XXVIII, 227-28;
by R. Partridge in NS, Apr. 24, p. 277; in NR,
CXX, 422-24.
Loewenberg. Annals of opera, 1597-^1940.
Compiled from the original sources by Al
fred Loewenberg. Introd. by Edward J.
Dent. Cambridge: Heffer. Pp. xxiv-h879.
Includes, under librettists, works which gave
rise to operas. Rev. by E. B. in M & L, XXIV,
116-17.
Looker, Samuel J., and Strachan, R. M. "Tree
voices." N & Q, Jan. 2, p. 26; Jan. 16, p. 52.
Reference to passages from Ruskin, Jefferies,
Meredith, Hardy.
Lowndes, Mrs. Belloc. "I, too, have lived in
Arcadia." See VB 1942, 334.
Rev. by M. Becker in HTB, March 1, 1942,
p. 5; by E. Crowell in LJ, Feb. 1, 1942, p. 130;
by E. Drew in Ail. month., Apr., 1942; by R,
Roberts in SRL, March 14, 1942, p. 8; by E.
West in NS, Nov. 8, 1941, p. 412; by K. Woods in
NYTBR, March 1, 1942, p. 8; in CWd, CLV
(1942), 248; in TLS, Oct. 11, 1941, p. 509.
Mallet, Sir Charles. "Theology and religion."
CR, CLXIV, 218-24.
Several references to Newman, Oxford move
ment, etc.
Mather, Frank Jewett, Jr. "George Cruik-
shank, artist." PLC, IV, 53-61.
"Menander s mirror: Old Kaspar s work un
done ." TLS, May 22, p. 243.
Reflections on the nature of the Victorians.
"Menander s mirror: on picking sides." TLS,
Oct. 9, p. 483.
Includes discussion of some Victorian novel
ists.
Milner, Violet. "A protest against the legend
about Victorian oppression of youth. "
NR, CXVIII (1942), 59-63.
Montague, Clifford M. "Grub Street fights (a
history of literary feuds)." Poet lore,
XLIX, 25-40, 147-64, 248-65.
Includes feuds involving many Victorian au
thors.
Morelli, Emilia. Mazzini in Inghilterra. Fi-
renze: Le Monnier.
Noted with brief comment in Italica, XX,
212-13, where reference is made to a rev. of this
book by Mario Missiroli in L lllustrazione iiali-
ana, May 16.
Morgan, Charles. The house of Macmillan
(1843-1943). London: Macmillan. Pp. 264.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Nov. 20, pp. 340-
41; in TLS, Nov. 20, p. 560 (see also Nov. 27,
p. 571) ; see also fourth item below.
Morice, G.; Gardner, M,; and Williams, C. B.
"A record of some XlX-century London
theatres." N & Q, Oct. 9, pp. 223-24; Nov.
20, p. 326; Dec. 4, p. 354.
"John Murray, 1778-1843: The Anax of pub
lishers. 5 " TLS, June 26, p. 308.
Anniversary article.
Odell, George C. D. Annals of the New York
stage 1885-1888. See VB 1942, 334.
Rev. by W. Eaton in HTB, July 26, 1942, p,
18; by J. Krutch in N, Oct. 3, 1942, p. 304; ir
Theatre arts, XXVI (1942), 796.
"One hundred years of Macmillan history.
Publishers weekly, Oct. 9, pp. 1430-38.
A survey. Many Victorian authors mentioned
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
413
Parsons, Julia Stoddard. Royalty in the nine
teenth century. Boston: Humphries. Pp. 7-f
232.
Rev. by R. Alvarez in LJ, Feb. 15, p. 171; by
C. Higby in JMH, XV, 329-30; in HTB, July 4,
p. 12.
Peddie, R. A. "Publishers bindings, 1762-
1850." Library world, XLV1, 20-21.
Ponsonby, Arthur. Henry Ponsonby: Queen
Victoria s private secretary See VB
1942, 334.
Rev. by L. Fowler in S, Oct. 23, 1942, p. 388;
by M. Maxse in NR, CXX, 80-84; by P. Wilson
in NYTBR, Nov. 14, p. 14.
Quinlan, Maurice J. Victorian prelude
See VB 1942, 334.
Rev. by M. George in RES, XIX, 220-22; by
C. Harrold in MLQ, IV, 386-88; by W. Temple-
man in JEGP, XLII, 137-41.
Raven, C. E. Science, religion, and the future: a
course of eight lectures. Cambridge univ. pr.
Pp. x+126.
Rev. by J. Murry in FR, No. 920, pp. 137-38;
by H. Wood in S, June 4, p. 530; in TLS, May 22,
p. 246.
Contains a brilliant chapter on the Darwinian
controversy and its consequences, though the au
thor no doubt exaggerates the historic importance
of the controversy, overlooking, for instance, the
fact that the conflict between religion and science
had emerged on the Continent long before 1859.
C. F. H.
Rayleigh, Robert John Strutt, 4th Baron. Life
of Sir J. J. Thomson, O.M., sometime Master
of Trinity College, Cambridge. New York:
Macmillan. Pp. x+299.
Rev. by J. Crowther in S, Jan. 8, p. 36; by
W. Kaempffert in NYTBR, Oct. 31, p. 41; in
TLS, Jan. 16, p, 30
Roe, F. Gordon. "Tinsel terror: a study in
skeltery." Connoisseur, CXI, 102-8.
On the vogue for "tinsel prints" in Victorian
England.
Rose, Walter. Good neighbours See VB
1942, 334.
Rev. by D. Hawkins in NS, Dec. 19, 1942, p.
413; by T. Hennell in S t Sept. 25, 1942, p, 292;
by H. J. in History, XXVIII, 124-25; by J.
Southron in NYTBR, Jan. 10, p. 7; in HTB,
Jan. 17, p. 14; in TLS, Aug. 22, 1942, p. 417; in
VQR, XIX (summer), Ixxi.
Roth, Cecil. A history of the Jews in England.
See VB 1942, 334.
Rev. by E. BeUer in APSS, CCXXIII (1942),
200; by E. Fischoff in ASR, VII (1942), 577.
Russell, Elbert. The history of Quakerism. See
VB 1942, 334.
Rev. by W. Chamberlin in AH. month., CLXX
(1942), 108; by J. Cross in LJ, Apr. 1, 1942, p.
318; by A. Eister in ASR, VII (1942), 735; by
W. Garrison in Christian century, LIX (1942),
757; by A. Mekeel in AHR, XLVIII, 293; by
0. Shepard in N, Aug. 22, 1942, p. 158; by F.
Tolles in APSS, CCXXIII (1942), 259.
Sharp, Evelyn. "Village Harnpdens in the
eighties: a reminiscence." CR, CLXIV,
109-13.
Sitwell, Edith. English women. ("Britain in
pictures.") London: Collins. Pp. 48.
Rev. by M. Wilson in English, IV (1942),
92-93.
Strasser, Alex. Victorian photography. London :
Focal pr.
Rev. by C. Beaton in NS, Jan. 23, p. 61; in
QR, CCLXXX, 245; in TLS, March 6, p. 118.
Temperley, Harold, and Henderson, Gavin B.
"Disraeli and Palmerston in 1857, or, the
dangers of explanations in Parliament."
Cambridge historical jour., VII (1942),
115-&6.
Trevelyan, George Macaulay. English social
history See VB 1942, 335.
Rev, by K. Hutchison in N, March 13, p. 387 ;
by W. Jordan in JMH, XV, 167; by D. McDou-
gall in Canadian hist, rev., XXIV, 298-300; by
E. Mclnnis in Canadian forum, XXIII, 22 ; by
T. Mendenhall in AHR, XLVIII, 776-77; by
C. Morley in SRL, Feb. 20, p. 9; by W. Notestein
in YR, N.S., XXXII, 792; by C. Sanders in
SAQ, XLII, 103-4; by E. Sedgwick in Atl
month., CLXXI, 147.
Trevelyan, George Macaulay. Trinity college:
an historical sketch. Cambridge univ. pr,;
New York: Macmillan. Pp. vi+122.
Rev. by A. Rowse in NS, Nov. 13, pp. 320-21 ;
by T. Spencer in NYTBR, Nov. 28, p. 38; in S,
Oct. 29, p. 416; in TLS, Oct. 16, p. 493.
Verneuil, Louis. The fabulous life of Sarah
Bernhardt. See VB 1942, 335.
41-4
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
Rev. by W. Eaton in HTB, Nov. 8, 1942, p. 5;
by G. Freedley in LJ, Oct. 1, 1942, p. 844; by
G. Hellman in NYTBR, Nov. 22, 1942, p. 37;
by R. Lockridge in SRL, Dec. 12, 1942, p. 22;
in Theatre arts, XXVII, 130.
Victoria, Queen. See II, Parsons, Ponsonby.
Vulliaray, C. E. The Polderoy papers. London:
Michael Joseph. Pp. 288.
Fictional diary of an English cquntry gentle
man, 1868-86. Rev. by R. M. in NS, Apr. 17,
p. 262.
Walker, Eric A. The British Empire: its struc
ture and spirit. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 240.
Rev. by H. Taylor in Empire rev., LXXVII,
105.
Watt, Margaret H. The history of the parson s
wife. London: Faber. Pp. 200.
Rev. by M. Maxse in NR, CXXI, 77-81; by
C. Ridley in NS, May 29, pp.- 356-57.
West, E. J. "The London stage, 1870-1890: a
study in the conflict of the old and new
schools of acting." Univ. of Colorado studies,
ser. B, Studies in the humanities, II, 31-84.
In summary form, this study appeared in
QJS. See VB 1942, 335.
Westrup, J. A. "Elgar and programme music."
DUJ, XXXV, 90-97.
Williamson, J. A. The ocean in English history.
See VB 1942, 335.
Rev. by G. Grigson in S, Jan. 9, 1942, p. 42;
by A. Rowse in NS, March 21, 1942, p. 197; in
HTB, Nov. 15, 1942, p. 36; in TLS, Jan. 10,
1942, p. 22,
Wilson, Forrest. Crusader in crinoline
See VB 1942, 335.
Rev. by E. Barker in S, May 22, 1942, p. 489;
by F. Klingberg in AHR, XLVII (1942), 636; by
P. Quennell in NS, May 2, 1942, p. 291; by L
Wechsler in NEQ, XV (1942), 161; in TLS, May
2, 1942, p. 222.
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND
LITERARY FORMS; AN
THOLOGIES
Barzun, Jacques. Darwin, Marx, Wagner
See VB 1942, 335.
Rev. by G. S. in M & L, XXIV, 51-53; in
Economica, IX (1942), 310.
Barzun, Jacques. Romanticism and the modern
ego. Boston: Little, Brown, Pp. viii+359.
Rev. by M. Curti in NYTBR, Dec. 19, p. 9;
by C. Gauss in SRL, Dec. 4, p. 24; by H. Levin
in New R, Oct. 25, p. 584; by M. Owen in LJ,
Oct. 15, p. 843; by P. Quinn in Book week, Nov.
28, p. 8; by J. Randall, Jr., in JP, XL, 635; by
G. Whicher in HTB, Oct. 31, p. 5.
A brilliant but rather brief, and sometimes
superficial, attempt at a definition, covering the
field of comparative literature, Mr. Barzun s
book distinguishes between intrinsic romanticism
(a perennial element in human nature) and ex
trinsic or historic romanticism, which rises only
under propitious circumstances when the in
herently romantic in human nature is given un
usual opportunity to express itself. Thus it may
be an error to single out an individual or a move
ment as romantic in itself. Historically consid
ered, the romantic spirit has always appeared
when men- have faced a "dissolving epoch" with
the challenge for constructive and creative work
but also with the crippling sense of "man s great
ness and man s wretchedness," with the "double
problem of making a new world and making it in
the knowledge, that man is both creative and
limited, a doer and a sufferer, infinite in spirit and
finite in action" (pp. 25-26). Mr. Barzun s little
book is significant for its skilful defense of Rous
seau and the German Romantics, its demonstra
tion that it is uncritical to attribute the brutali
ties of naziism and fascism to a degenerate or a
fanatically excessive romanticism, its penetrating
analysis of "Romantic art" and "Romantic life,"
its suggestive tracing of the romantic spirit
through realism, naturalism, and symbolism, and
its provocative analysis of the "modern ego,"
with its self-consciousness, creative impotence,
fear of committing itself, and obsession with sex.
On the other hand, as a series of lectures, Mr.
Barzun s discussion frequently is weakened by
vulnerable generalizations; and his rather high
handed definition of classicism in chapter iii,
"The classic objection," lays him open to easy
attack from scholars in neoclassicism.
On the whole, the work is an "essay," and one
should not carp at the author for not doing what
he did not set out to do. Yet many of us will re
gret that he did not use the last one hundred and
twenty pages of his book for a more detailed and
solid treatment of his main themes rather than
for a section of miscellaneous definitions of "Ro
mantic" and for "Notes and References," which,
however readable, do comparatively little to give
VICTOKIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
415
the work the substantial character it deserves.
C. F. H.
Bishop, Morris (ed.) , A treasury of British hu
mor. New York: Coward-McCann, 1942.
Pp. xxxiv-f 820.
Booth, J. B. (ed.). Seventy years of song. Lon
don: Hutchinson. Pp. 80.
Anthology of popular songs. Rev. by 0. Wil
liams in NR, CXXI, 233-37.
Bowra, C. M. The heritage of symbolism. Lon
don and Toronto: Macmillan. Pp. x-f-232.
Treats of Yeats, Vale"ry, Blok, Rilke, Georg.
Rev. by H. Heuel in QQ, L, 291-95; by H. Levin
in New R, Aug. 23, pp. 260-61; by M. Macken
in Studies, XXXII, 280-82; by V. Pinto in Eng
lish, IV, 159-61; by E. Sackville West in NS,
March 13, pp. 176-77; in DUJ, XXXV, 104-5; in
Poetry rev., XXXIV, 126-28.
Churchill, R. C. "The rural novel." S, Oct. 22,
p. 381.
Many references to Victorian novelists.
Craig, Horace S., Jr. "Sainte-Beuve et sa con-
naissance de 1 anglais: quelques precisions."
CLS, VIII (1942), 24-27.
Dowdell, Victor Lyle, Aristotle and Anglican
religious thought. ("Bohlen lectures," 1941.)
Cornell univ. pr.; Oxford univ. pr. Pp. xi+
103.
Rev. by P, 0. K. in JP, XL, 3G2; by A. Za-
briskie in JR, XXIII, 73.
Emmons, Alma R. "The Highlander in Scot
tish prose fiction." Cornell unit), abstracts of
theses 1941, pp. 35-38.
Fisch, M. H. "The Coleridges, Dr. Prati, and
Vico." MP, XLI, 111-22.
Undertakes to present "at least half of the
story of English interest in Vic6 down to . , . .
1884."
Frierson, W, C. The English novel in transition.
See VB 1942, 336.
Rev. by L. Richardson in AL, XIV, 460; by
E. Wagenknecht in MLQ, IV, 128-29.
Gloyn, Cyril K. The church in the social order.
.... See VB 1942, 336.
Rev. by A. Castell in JP, Aug. 27, 1942, p.
500; by C. Sanders in JR, XXII (1942), 451; in
Christian century, June 3, 1942, p. 732.
Gordon, George Stuart. Anglo-American liter
ary relations. See VB 1942, 336.
Rev. by C. Duffy in MLQ, IV, 256-57; by
U. Ellis-Fermor in English, IV, 128-29; by D.
Gordon in RES, XIX, 318-20; by S. Ratcliffe in
NS, Dec. 5, 1942, p. 377; by C. Sisson in MLR,
XXXVIII, 155-56; by W. Thorp in AL, XV,
323-24; in AHR, XLVIII, 643; in CE, IV, 450; in
N, May 8, p. 677; in NR, CXX, 84.
Gwynn, Denis. The second spring: 1818-1852.
London: Burns Oates. Pp. ix-f-246.
Rev. in TLS, May S, p. 227 ("a brief but fully
documented account of the growth of Roman
Catholicism in En&land after the Catholic Eman
cipation Act").
Jaryc, Mark. "Studies of 1935-1942 on the
history of the periodical press." JMH, XV,
127-41.
A bibliographical article; includes Victorian
England.
Hallo well, John. The decline of liberalism as an
ideology. Univ. of California pr. Pp. 146.
Rev. by A. Boerner in APSR, XXXVII,
1140-41.
Haycraft, Howard. Murder for pleasure
See VB 1942, 337.
Rev. by G. Stevens in SRL, Oct. 18, 1942; in
LR, autumn, 1942, p. xvi; in TLS, Aug. 1, 1942,
p, 381.
Hook, Sidney. The hero in history. New York:
John Day. Pp. 273.
Rev. by J. Freeman in NYTBR, June 27, p.
23. Includes treatment of Carlyle, Engels, Spen
cer.
Kain, Richard Morgan. "The literary reputa
tion of Turgenev in England and America,
1867-1906." Madison, quar., II (1942), 14-
23.
Larrabee, Stephen A. English bards and Gre
cian marbles: the relationship between sculp
ture and poetry, especially in the Romantic
period. Columbia univ. pr. Pp. xiii-j-312.
Rev. by D. Bush in JEGP, XLII, 595-97.
Includes treatment of, Landor.
Liptzin, Sol. "Heinrich Heine and the early
Victorians." MDU, XXXV, 353-64.
416
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
Liptzin, Sol. "Heinrich Heine, blackguard
and apostate : a study of the earliest Eng
lish attitude towards him." PMLA, LVIII,
Liptzin, Sol. "Heinrich Heine, Hellenist and
cultural pessimist: a late-Victorian legend."
PQ, XXII, 267-77.
Magyar, Francis. "English Faust plays on the
New York stage." German quar., XVI, 153-
56.
From 1823 to 1871 a lively interest in plays on
the Faust theme in England and America.
Mayo, Robert D. "How long was Gothic fic
tion in vogue?" MLN, LVIII, 58-64.
Mayo, Robert D. "The Gothic short story in
the magazines." MLR, XXXVII (1942),
448-54.
Miles, Josephine. Pathetic fallacy in the nine
teenth century: a study of a changing relation
between object and emotion. ("Univ. of Cali
fornia pub. in English," Vol. XII, No. 2.
Pp. vi-f-183-304.) Berkeley and Los An
geles: Univ. of Calif, pr., 1942.
Includes treatment of poetry and of prose
writings by poets and critics; emphasizes the
1840 s as time of change; treats of Ruskin,
Browning, Tennyson, Morris, Swinburne, Hop
kins, Meredith, Housman, etc.
Miles, Josephine. "Some major poetic words."
On pp. 233-39 of Essays and studies by mem
bers of the Department of English, University
of California ("Univ. of California pub. in
English," Vol. XIV.) Berkeley and Los
Angeles : Univ. of California pr.
Morgan, G. A. What Nietzsche means. Harvard
univ. pr.; London: Milford, 1942. Pp. 408.
Rev. by W. Moore in MLR, XXXVIII, 371.
Morgan, P. E. "Reward books." N & Q, July
31, pp. 70-74.
Vast numbers of books specially adapted for
"rewards" in "Sunday and other schools" and at
home were issued during the nineteenth century.
Neff, Emery. A revolution in European poetry.
See VB 1942, 337.
Rev. by J. Baker in PQ, XXII, 89-92.
Neumann, J. H. "A nineteenth-century poetic
prefix [a-]." MLN, LVIII, 278-83.
Nitchie, Elizabeth. "The stage history of
Frankenstein." SAQ, XLI (1942), 384-98.
Osborne, Edgar. "Fairy tales and fantasy."
LAR, XLV, 211-12.
On popular authors and artists, 1870-1900.
Oxford movement. See II, Mallet.
Philipson, V. Political slang, 1750-1850.
("Lund studies in English," Vol., IX.)
Lund: Gleerup, 1941.
Listed in MLR, XXXVIII, 175.
Pope-Hennessy, James. West Indian summer.
London: Batsford. Pp. viii+117.
How travelers from Britain, including Trol-
lope, Froude, Charles Kingsley, have viewed the
West Indies. Rev. by V. Pritchett in NS, Oct. 23,
p. 273.
Pre-Raphaelite, movement. Sanford, John A.
"Dante: Rossetti: Pre-Raphaelitism : a
study in the early poetry of Dante Gabriel
Rossetti," Cornell univ. abstracts of theses
1937, pp. 37-39.
Sanders, C. R. Coleridge and the Broad Church
movement. See VB 1942, 338.
Rev. by J. Baker in PQ, XXII, 285-86; by
J. Batten in JR, XXIII, 151; by R. Brooks in
MLN, LVIII, ,646-47; in Christian century,
March 24, p. 362; in Rev. of religion, VII, 296; in
TLS, Jan. 23, p. 42.
Shine, Hill. Carlyle and the Saint-Simonians.
See VB 1942, 338.
Rev. by A. Cobban in RES, XIX, 224; by
J. Dodds in MLQ, IV, 366-68; by E. Neff in
MLN, LVIII, 241.
Smith, A. J. M. (ed.). The book of Canadian
poetry. Univ. of Chicago pr. Pp. xvii+452.
Smith, Byron Porter. Islam in English litera
ture. Beirut, Lebanon, 1939.
Cited in MLN, LVIII, 656.
Smith, Horatio. "Ernest Renan vs. an Anglo-
Saxon publisher." Modern language forum,
XXVII (1942), 1-5.
Stanford, W. B. "Synaesthetic metaphor."
CIS, VI-VII (1942), 26-30.
Stark, W. "Saint-Simon as a realist." JEH,
III, 42-55.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
417
Stearns, Monroe M. "The good die young."
Jour, of Rutgers univ. libr., V (1942), 71-77.
On the pious lives of children in the early
nineteenth century.
Strong, L. A. Q. (comp.). English domestic life
during the last 200 years: an anthology select
ed from the novelists. London: G. Allen; New
York: Norton, 1942. Pp. xii+13-250.
Rev. by R. Mortimer in NS, Apr. 4, 1942,
p. 227; by R. Macaulay in S, Apr. 17, 1942, p.
372; in TLS, May 9, 1942, p. 237.
Taube, Edward. "German influence on English
vocabulary of the nineteenth century."
JEGP, XXXIX (1940), 486-93.
Thompson, J. W., and Holm, B. J. A history of
historical writing. See VB 1942, 338.
Rev. by H. Barnes in LQ, XIII, 152-54; by
H. Kohn in APSS, CCXXV, 262; by A. Rogers
in SAQ, XLII, 204-6; by J. Swain in AHR,
XLVIII, 291.
"Three Christmases. L The Dickens feast."
TLS, Nov. 13, p. 541. "II About town
with Thackeray." Nov. 20, pp. 553-54.
"Ill Fin-de-siecle." Nov. 27, pp. 565-66.
W., A. C,., and Sherman, Louise. "Forgotten
novels." N & Q, Nov. 20, pp. 315-16; Dec.
4, p. 358.
Novels by William Gilbert (father of W. S.),
Anne Thackeray Ritchie, Emily Eden, L. B.
Walford.
Wagenknecht, Edward Charles. Cavalcade of
the English novel: from Elizabeth to George
VI. New York: Holt. Pp. xx+646.
Rev. by J. Frederick in Book week, June 6,
p. 2; by R. Heilman (unfavorably) in Kenyon rev.,
V, 624-28; by J. Matthews (unfavorably) in
JAAC, II, No. 8, 94-95; by R. Roberts in SRL,
July 31, p. 9 ("much the best history yet written
of the English novel and novelists"); in Amer.
mercury, LVI, 119; in LJ, May 15, p. 430.
Woodward, E* L. British historians. London:
Collins. Pp. 48.
A valuable contribution to the admirable
"Britain in pictures" series; clear and objective
in treatment; includes such Victorians as Macau-
lay, Green, CarJyle. C. F. H.
Wormley, Stanton Lawrence. Heine in Eng
land. Introd. by William Clyde DeVane.
Univ. of North Carolina pr. Pp. xix-j-310.
Rev. by H. Kesten in SRL } June 5, p. 35; by
K. Mann in Book week, May 30, p. 6; in CE; V, 52.
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Arnold. Eds. "Arnold s Dover Beach. " Ex-
plicator, Vol. I, item 42.
Gordon, Ian A. "Matthew Arnold and an Aus
tralian admirer." Turnbull libr. rec. } No. 2,
July, 1940, pp. 11-12.
Noted in RES, XIX, 112.
Hicks, John. "The stoicism of Matthew Ar
nold." On pp. 7-62 of Critical studies in
Arnold, Emerson, and Newman, by John
Hicks, Ernest E. Sandeen, ancl Alvan S.
Ryan; with introd. by Joseph E. Baker.
("Humanistic studies," Vol. VI, No. 1.)
Univ. of Iowa pr., 1942. Pp. 175.
M., A. "Arnold on Disraeli." N & Q, Feb. 13,
p. 106.
M., A, "Arnold s verse." N & Q, Sept. 11, p.
165.
M., A. "Hamlet once more." N & Q, Apr. 24,
p. 255.
M., A. "Matthew Arnold: an old playgoer.
N & Q, May 8, pp. 282-83; June 5, pp.
338-41.
M., A., and Looker, S. J. "Matthew Arnold:
an uncollected poem." N & Q, March 27,
pp. 195-96; Apr. 24, p. 266.
"Memorabilia." N & Q, May 22, pp. 297-98;
June 19, p. 357; July 3, pp. 1-2.
Memorabilist. "Arnold on Ruskin; Henry
James." "Henry James on the poetry of
Arnold." N & Q, July 3, p. 17; Aug. 14,
p. 106.
Page, Frederick. "Balder dead (1855)." On pp.
60-68- of Essays and studies .... English
Assoc. Vol. XXVIII. 1942. Collected by
R. W. Chapman. Oxford: Clarendon pr.
Sells, Iris E. " Marguerite. " MLR,
XXXVIII, 289-97.
Shepherd, T. B. "Matthew Arnold today."
LQHR, Oct. 1942, pp. 369-75.
418
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
Tinker, C. B., and Lowry, H. F. The poetry of
Matthew Arnold See VB 1942, 339.
Rev. by E. Batho in MLR, XXXVIII, 357-58.
V., A. W., and Psychologist. "Voice and
verse." N & Q, July 3, pp. 20-21; 28.
Brief comment on the prosody of Arnold and
Yeats.
Barnes. Hudson, Derek. Thomas Barnes of
"The Times." Cambridge univ. pr. Pp.
xii+196.
Rev. by W. Harris in S, Dec. 3, pp. 533-34; in
TLS, Nov. 20, p. 558.
Blagden, Jane Isabella. " Our Lady of Bellos-
guardo : a pastel portrait." TQ, XII, 446-
63.
Braddon. Summers, Montague. "Miss Brad-
don s black band/ " TLS, Apr. 24, p. 204.
Bridges. Bevan, Bryan. "The poetry of Rob
ert Bridges." Poetry rev., XXXIV, 235-38.
Cloughi H. C. "The unpopularity of Robert
Bridges." Poetry rev., XXXIV, 318-19.
Gurard, A. J. Robert Bridges See VB
1942, 340.
Rev. by R. Church in NS, March 27, pp. 213-
14; by D. Hoare in RES, XIX, 309-11.
R., B. "Andrew Lang on Robert Bridges."
N & Q, Dec. 18, pp. 376-77.
Brontes. The complete poems of Emily Jane
Bronte. See VB 1942, 340.
Rev. by E. Batno in RES, XIX, 437; by M.
Dodds in MLR, XXXVIII, 154-55.
Carr, D. R. W. "The sphinx of English po
etry." Poetry rev., XXXIV, 85-90.
Fleming, Edward V. "Emily Bronte and Louis
Parensell. " Poetry rev., XXXIV, 190.
Grabo, Carl. "The Brontes." University rev.,
VI (1940), 208-10.
Brownings (see also Blagden). Beichner,
Paul E. "Fra Celestino s affidavit and The
ring and the book." MLN, LVIII, 335-40.
C., D. "Mrs. Browning on marriage." N & Q,
July 17, p, 45.-
Her comments on Dickens domestic troubles.
Charlton, H. B. "Browning as poet of reli
gion." JRL t XXVII, 271-307.
Charlton, H. B. "Browning s ethical poetry."
JRL, XXVII (1942), 36-69.
D., A. E. "Rawdon Lubbock Brown." N & Q,
Jan. 2, p. 28.
Quotes an uncollected poem by Browning.
D., A. E., and Looker, S. J.-"Browning: uncol
lected sonnets." N &Q, Jan. 16, p. 41; Jan.
30, p. 76; Feb. 13, pp. 106, 117; Apr. 24,
pp. 264-65.
Friedland, Louis S.; Boas, Louise S.; and
Whidden, R. W. "Browning s The glove. "
Explicator, Vol. I, item 54; Vol. II, items
13, 23.
G., L. F. "Browning s botany." N & Q, Dec.
18, p. 379.
On a passage in "The Englishman in Italy."
Kilby, Clyde S. "Browning s Cristina. " Ex
plicator, Vol. II, item 16.
McElderry, B. R., Jr. "The narrative struc
ture of Browning s The ring and the book."
Research studies, State College of Washing
ton, XI, 193-233.
"Memorabilia." N & Q, July 17, p. 31.
Comments on Hardy and Browning.
Memorabilist. "Browning as Carlyle s Bos-
well." N & Q, Dec. 18, pp. 374-75.
Organ, Troy. "Browning s message for dark
days." CE, V, 13-18.
Ratchford, Fannie. "Browning s Pauline
comes to Texas." Southwest rev., XXVIII,
280-89.
Rogers, William H. (ed.). The best of Browning .
New York: Ronald pr., 1942. Pp. xii-f-605.
* Rostenberg, Leona. "Margaret Fuller and
Elizabeth Barrett Browning." N & Q, Apr.
24, pp. 252-53.
Taken from Amer. N & Q, February. Includes
letter from Mrs. B. to Margaret Fuller.
Shackford, Martha H. "The authorship of
Aeschylus soliloquy. " TLS", March 21,
1942, p. 144.
Shackford, Martha H. The Brownings and
Leighton. Wellesley : Wellesley college, Dept.
of English, 1942. Pp. 32.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
419
Smith, C. W. Browning s star imagery. See VB
1941, 404.
Rev. by W. Raymond in MLN, LVIII, 237-
38.
Stoll, Elmer E. "Browning s In a balcony."
MLQ, III (1942) , 407-15.
T., C. R. H. "Marginalia by E. B. B. : Milton s
prose works." Turnbull libr. rec., No. 2,
July, 1940, pp. 5-7.
Notes in the Turnbull volumes of Miller s
1809 ed. Noted in RES, XIX, 112.
Woodbury, Benjamin Collins. A dramatic ar
rangement of "Paracelsus" Baylor univ.
pr., 1942. Pp. xvii+108.
Rev. briefly in CE, IV, 392.
Bulwer-Lytton (see also Campbell). Alford,
Henry, and Latham, E. "Pen mightier than
the sword." N & Q, Jan. 16, p. 53; Feb. 13,
p. 117.
Butler. R., V.; and K, H. "Erewhon." N & Q,
Feb. 13, p. 107; March 13, p. 177.
New Zealand town named after Butler s book.
Campbell. Duffy, Charles. " Telham s widow/
a novel by Thomas Campbell." N & Q, Jan.
30, p. 75.
Manuscript novel, apparently parody on or
sequel to Buhver-Lytton s Pelham.
Carlyle (see also Arnold: Page; Brownings:
Memorabilist; III, Shine; III, Stark).
Elander, P. H. ["On Carlyle s religious
crisis. 7 "] In Part II, pp. 49 ff. of A philologi
cal miscellany presented to Eilert Ekwall. Ed.
by S. J. Liljegren and J. Melander. Uppsala :
Lundquistska Bokhandeln, 1942.
Noted in rev. by W. Collinson in MLR,
XXXVIII, 352.
Fiedler, H. G. "The friendship of Thomas
Carlyle and Varnhagen von Ense, with a
letter hitherto unknown." MLR, XXXVIII,
32-37.
Grierson, H. J. C. "Thomas Carlyle." ("Lec
ture on a master mind.") Proc. of the Brit.
Acad., XXVI (for 1940), 301-26.
McKeehan, Irene P. "Carlyle, Hitler, and
Emerson: a comparison of political theo
ries." Univ. of Colorado studies, ser. B,
Studies in the humanities, II, 1-29.
"Memorabilia." N & Q, Sept. 25, p. 181; Oct.
23, p. 241.
Memorabilist. "Carlyle and Indian corn."
"Tennyson and Carlyle." "Richard Holt
Hutton and Carlyle." N & Q, Sept. 11, pp.
164, 166-67; July 31, p. 76.
Moore, Carlisle. "Carlyle s Diamond necklace
and poetic history." PMLA, LVIII, 537-
57.
Carlyle s techniques in writing poetic history
are fully developed in his first attempt at a "his-
torico-poetical Piece."
Price, Fanny. "Jowett on Carlyle." N & Q,
July 17, pp. 45-46.
Rowse, A. L. "Books in general." NS, June 5,
p. 370; June 12, p. 386.
On Carlyle as prophet, and Past and present.
Salomon, Richard. "Notes on Carlyle s Jour
ney to Germany, autumn 1858. " MLN,
LVIII, 67-69.
Schreiber, Carl F. "Carlyle s Goethe mask."
Yale univ. libr. gazette, XVIII, 26-29.
T., C. "Professor Galbraith on universities."
N & Q, July 17, p. 56.
Quotes from Carlyle s John Sterling.
Carroll. W., F. "What I say three times "
N&Q, Nov. 6, p. 292.
W., L. M. "C. L. Dodgson, pamphleteer."
N & Q, March 27, p. 195.
Clough. Dickinson, Patric. "Books in general."
NS, Oct. 23, p. 271.
Revaluation of Clough.
Palmer, Francis W. "Was Clough a failure?"
PQ, XXII, 58-68.
Clough s imagination was "fundamentally
healthy, morally sound," as is made clear from a
study of his position on moral and social ques
tions.
Coleridge, Ernest Hartley. "Christabel. Part
III, or (haply) Part L" Poetry rev., XXXIV,
77-79.
Collins. The moonstone. With foreword by
Alexander Woollcott. New York: Readers
Club. Pp. xiv+472.
Discussed by "Bookwright" in HTB, Feb. 14,
p. 25.
420
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
Conrad. Retinger, Joseph Hieronim. Conrad
and his contemporaries: souvenirs. New
York: Roy publishers. Pp. 5+182. See VB
1941, 406.
Rev. by F. Brandeis in Book week, March 28,
p. 7; by E. Lerner in SRL, May 8, p. 8; by E.
Wagenknecht in NYTBR, Apr. 4, p. 30; by G.
Whicher in HTB, June 20, p. 5; by K Willis in
LJ, Feb. 15, p. 171 ; in Amer. mercury, LVII, 120 ; in
N, Apr. 3, p. 499; briefly in VQR, XIX (summer),
Ixx (calls it "a footnote on the man Conrad as a
younger man saw him").
Corelli. A., H,, and Jaggard, William. "Marie"
Corelli." N & Q, March 13, p. 168; Apr. 24,
pp. 267-68.
Croker (see Lockhart: Strout).
Dickens (see also III, "Three Christmases" ;
Brownings: C., D.). A Dickens digest. Con
densed by Mary Louise Aswell. New York:
McGraw-Hill. Pp. vii+543.
A condensation of David Copperfield, Oliver
Twist) Martin Chuzzkwit, and Pickwick papers.
Rev. by S. Leacock in SRL, Apr. 17, pp. 16-18;
by J. Uhler in Educational forum, VII, 402-3; by
J. Winterich in NYTBR, March 7, p. 5; in CE,
IV, 449; in CWd, CVII, 107.
C., D. "Dickens and Jiis wife." "Mrs. Lynn
Linton and Dickens." N & Q, Apr. 24, pp.
244-46; Apr. 10, pp. 216-17.
C., D.; Dexter, Walter; and Wright, Angelina.
"Thomas Wright on Dickens/ N & Q,
May 8,. pp. 271, 287-88; June 5, pp. 351-52;
Aug. 14, p. 115.
"Dickens in America: Martin Chuzzkwit cen
tenary." TLS, Jan. 9, p. 20.
Gordan, John D. "The secret of Dickens
memoranda." On pp. 188-95 of Bookman s
holiday: notes and studies .... in tribute to
Harry Miller Ly denberg. New York pub. libr.
Further light on relation with Ellen Ternan.
Rev. by F. Adams, Jr., in BSP, XXXVII, 316-
19.
Grubb, Gerald G. "Dickens editorial meth
ods." SP, XL, 79-100.
Grubb, Gerald G. "The editorial policies of
Charles Dickens." PMLA, LVIII, 110-24.
Gummer, Ellis N. Dickens works in Germany.
See VB 1942, 342.
Rev. by T. Geissendoerfer in JEGP, XLII,
602-3.
House, H. The Dickens world. See VB 1942,
342.
Rev. by E. Neff in MLN, LVIII, 325-26.
J., W. H. "The dead hand: Dickens and
Scott." "Dickens in the D.N.B." N & Q,
March 27, pp. 191-92; Feb. 13, pp. 92-93.
Johnson, Louise H. "The source of the chapter
on slavery in Dickens s American notes"
AL, XIV, 427-30.
Mabbott, T. 0. "Dickens, Sala, and S. C.
Hal,l."tf<fc<3,Dec.4,p,347.
Notes by Sala (one relating to Dickens) in a
book by Hall.
Stevenson, Lionel. "Dickens s dark novels,
1851-1857." SeR, LI, 39&-409.
Watt, William W. "Christmas, 1943 a Dick
ens centenary." SRL, Dec. 4, pp. 16-18.
"What the critics said about Dickens and his
Christmas carol. " SRL, Dec. 4, pp. 18-19.
Wood, J. "Had Charles Dickens an American
great-grandmother?" N & Q, March 27,
pp. 208-9. See VB 1942, 343.
Disraeli (see also II, Temperley; Arnold: M.,
A.). Cline, C. L. "Disraeli and Thackeray."
RES, XIX, 404-8,
Cline, C. L. "Disraeli at High Wycombe: the
beginning of a great political career." Univ.
of Texas .... studies in English, 1942, pp.
124-44,
Stapledon, Sir Reginald George. Disraeli and
the new age. London: Faber. Pp. 175.
Troubridge, St. Vincent, and Heal, Ambrose.
"Three queries from Coningsby" N & Q,
Jan. 16, p. 55 ("Replies").
Disraeli. Anderson, George K. "Isaac D ls-
raeli s Amenities of literature: a centennial
review." PQ, XXII, 97-110.
Doughty. The dawn in Britain. London: Cape.
Pp. 692.
"Reprinted after thirty-six years."
Fairley, Barker. "Charles Doughty (1843-
1926)." TQ, XTTT, 14-24.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
421
Dowden. "Edward Dowden! Shakespearean
critic." TLS, May 1, p. 214.
Dowson. Morisette, Bruce A. "The untraced
quotation of Ernest Dowson s dedication."
MLN, LVIII, 558-59.
Doyle. "Ellery Queen builds collection of rare
detective short stories." Publishers 1 weekly,
Nov. 20, pp. 1946-49.
Includes works by Doyle and Hardy.
Pearson, Hesketh. Conan Doyle: his life and
art London: Methuen. Pp. xii+193.
Rev. by G. Greene in S, Oct. 15, p. 364; in
TLS, Sept. 25, p. 464.
Robertson, Henry Morgan. "Baker Street Ir
regulars." SRL, Dec. 4, pp. 10-11.
Eliot. Annan, Noel "Books in general." NS,
Nov. 27, p. 355.
The conflict between feeling and intellect in
George Eliot, specifically in Middlemarch.
E., G. "Henry James on George Eliot." N & Q,
July 31, p. 76.
Henry, John. "Henry James on George Eliot."
N & Q, Oct. 9, pp. 235-36.
Young, Percy M. "George Eliot and music."
M&L, XXIV, 92-100.
"Music absorbed a great deal of her interest
and of her thought. The evjdence .... both in
her Life .... and in her novels."
Engels (see III, Hook).
Falkner. Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general."
NS, Nov. 20, p. 337.
Sympathetic appraisal of the novels of
J. Meade Falkner.
Fitzgerald. Hendricks, C. H., and Boas, L. S.
["On a stanza of the Rubaiyat."] Explica-
tor, Vol. I, item 40.
Freeman. Cronne, H. A. "Edward Augustus
Freeman, 1823-1892." History, XXVIII,
78-92.
Froude. Rowse, A. L. "Books in general."
NS, March 20, p. 191.
Appreciation of Froude, with special reference
to The shadows of the clouds and The Nemesis of
faith.
Gilbert. Leyburn, James G. "Words by W. S.
Gilbert." Yale univ. libr. gazette, XVII,
53-54.
Describes collection of Gilbert material re
cently .acquired.
Gissing. Cargill, Oscar. Intellectual America.
.... See VB 1942, 343-44.
Rev. by T. Cook in P8Q, LVII (1942), 297;
by H. Hausheer in APSS, CCXX (1942), 246;
by H. M. Jones in AHR, XLVII (1942), 897; by
A. Schlesinger, Jr., in Social studies, XXXIII
(1942), 87; by R. Woolbert in Foreign affairs,
XX (1942), 781; in TLS, Feb. 28, 1942, p. 104.
Daley, Norma L. "Some reflections on the
scholarship of George Gissing." Classical
jour., XXXVIII (1942), 21-30.
"Henry Ryecroft s. question." TLS, Jan. 16,
p. 27.
Purdy, Richard L. "George Gissing at Max
Gate." Yale univ. libr. gazette, XVII, 51-52.
Visit to Hardy in 1895.
Hallam. The writings of Arthur Hallam. Col
lected and ed. by T. H. Vail Motter. ("Mod.
Lang. Assoc. of Amer., general ser.," Vol.
XV.) New York: M.L.A.; Oxford univ. pr.
Pp. xiv+331.
Rev. by E, Blunden in RES, XIX, 437-38; by
F. Faverty in JEGP, XLII, 604-7; in CE, IV,
516; in TLS, May 22, p. 244.
Hardy (see also II, Morgan, Charles; III,
Wagenknecht; Brownings: Memorabilia;
Doyle: "Ellery Queen"; Gissing: Cargill
and Purdy; Housman: Fletcher; Yeats:
Hone). Anon. "The roots of Hardy."
"Hardy s Method." "The death of Henry
James." "Hardy s 80th Christmas." TLS,
Apr. 3, p. 159; Apr. 10, p. 171; Apr. 17,
p. 187; Nov. 13, p. 547.
Blunden, Edmund. Thomas Hardy. See VB
1942, 344.
Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Jan. 24, p. 21;
by E. Knowlton in SAQ, XLII, 99-100.
Brooks, Philip. "Notes on rare books."
NYTBR, Jan. 17, p. 16.
Cecil, Lord David. Hardy the novelist: an essay
in criticism. London: Constable. Pp. 157.
422
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
Rev. by V. Pritchett in NS, Apr. 10, p. 242;
in N & Q, June 5, p. 356; in TLS, Apr. 3, p. 159
(see also p. 171).
Chew, Samuel C. "Thomas Hardy championed
as poet. 3 Christian sd. monitor, mag. sec.,
March 20, p. 12.
Clemens, Cyril. "My chat with Thomas
Hardy." Dalhwsie rev., XXIII, 87-94.
Collins, V. H. "The love poetry of Thomas
Hardy." In Essays and studies .... English
Assoc 1942, pp. 69-83.
Eden, Helen Parry. "The genius of Hardy."
Punch, London, Apr. 14, p. 318.
Edmonds, J. E. "Hardy has it correctly."
TLS, Feb. 27, p. 103.
Esdaile, Katherine. "Hardy s names." TLS,
Jan. 30, p. 55 (see editorial, "The impossible
name," Jan. 23, p. 43).
Jefferry, Sydney. "Poetry and prejudice"
(about Hardy s "The discovery"). TLS,
Apr. 17, p. 187.
Jefferry, S.; Dawson", A. J.; and Purdy, R. L.
"A name in Hardy." TLS, Aug. 21, p. 408;
Aug. 28, p. 415; Nov. 20, p. 559.
Leavis, Q. D. "Hardy and criticism." Scrutiny,
XI, 230-37.
Discusses the books by Blunden and Cecil
noted above, and the Hardy issue of the Southern
rev. (see VB 1940, 452).
Nayler, John. "W. F. Tillotson s rejection of
Tess." TLS, June 26, p. 307.
Purdy, Richard L. "Hardy and Jowett."
"MS adventures of Tess. " TLS, Jan. 2,
p. 7; March 6, p. 120 (see also June 26,
p. 307).
Purdy, Richard L. "A source for Hardy s A
committee-man of "The terror." " MLN,
LVIII, 554-55.
Sagar, S. "Hardy did harm. " CWd, CLV1,
614-15.
Stowell, Gordon. "From Trafalgar to Water
loo." (London) Radio Times, LXXXI
(Oct. 15), 1, 4, 8, 12, 16.
About the broadcast, of Hardy s The dynasts.
Weber, Carl J. The first hundred years of
Thomas Hardy See VB 1942, 344.
Rev. by C. Smith in Amer. Oxonian, XXX,
38-40.
Weber, Carl J. "Hardy and the -English novel
in transition." Amer. Oxonian, XIXX, 42-
44.
Weber, Carl J. "[Hardy] characters accepted
as real persons." Amer. N & Q, III, 41-42.
Weber, Carl J. "Hardy gifts from the Russian
government to the Colby Library."
NYTBR, Apr. 18, pp. 2, 33.
Weber, Carl J. "Harte and Hardy." Colby libr.
quar., I, 57-58.
Weber, Carl J. "Henry James and Thomas
Hardy." Mark Twain quar., V, 3-4.
Weber, Carl J. "A masquerade of noble
dames." PMLA, LVIII, 558-63.
Hardy s "economical" habit of publishing the
same story over again with changes and disguises
is illustrated by the three appearances of the
story of Lady Saxelbye of Croome Castle.
Weber, Carl J, Thomas Hardy in Maine. See
VB 1942, 345.
Rev. by P. Brooks in NYTBR, Jan. 17, -p. 16;
by L. Wroth in HTB, June 27, p. 26; in LQ,
XIII, 182.
Winslow, Donald James. Thomas Hardy: his
British and American critics. .Abstract of
diss., Boston univ. grad. school. Boston,
1942. Pp. 4.
Henley. Hallam, J. H. "Some early letters and
verses of W. E. Henley." Blackwood s,
CCLIV, 200-209.
Herbert. Harris, S. Hutchinson. Auberon Her
bert: crusader for liberty. London: Williams
& Norgate. Pp. 382.
Account of a late-Victorian adherent to Her
bert Spencer. Rev. by H. Roberts in N$, Sept. 25,
pp. 204-5 ; by E. Woodward in S, June 25, p. 596;
in QR, CCLXXXI, 250-51; in TLS, June 19,
p. 292.
Hopkins. Lilly, Gweneth. "The Welsh influ
ence in the poetry of Gerard Manley Hop
kins." MLR, XXXVIII, 192-205.
Pick, John. Gerard Manley Hopkins: priest and
poet. See VB 1942, 345.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
423
Rev. by C. Abbott in RES, XIX, 311-13; by
P. Ashburner in Adelphi, XIX, 127-28; by C.
Baker in NYTBR, June 13, p. 10; by H. Kelly in
Studies, XXXI (1942), 438-44; by R. Lienhardt
in Scrutiny, XI, 220-24; by G. Shuster in SRL,
June 5, p. 31; by M. Willy in English, IV, 131-32;
in CWd, CLVII, 439-41; in N & Q, Oct. 9, p. 240.
Home. Shumaker, Eri J. A concise bibliography
of the compkte works of Richard H. Horne.
Granville, Ohio. Pp. vi+14.
Housman. Allison, A. F. "The poetry of A. E.
Housman." RES, XIX, 276-84.
Carter, John. "A poem of A. E. Housman."
TLS, June 5, p. 276.
Clemens, Cyril. "Housman in America." Poet
lore, XLIX, 266-75.
Fletcher, G. B. A. Addition to "A. E. Hous
man, an annotated check-list." Library,
XXXIII (1942), 133.
Fletcher, John Gould. "The riddle of Hous
man." Mark Twain quar., V, 20, 24.
H., R. M. "A. E. Housman s use of parody."
N & Q, Sept. 11, pp. 164-65.
Haber, Tom B. "A note on A. E. Housman s
syntax." Word study, XVIII, No. 5 (May),
7-8.
Platnauer, Maurice. "Variants in the manu
scripts of the poems of Rupert Brooke and
A. E. Housman." RES, XIX, 386-94.
Richards, Grant. Housman, 1897-1936
See VB 1942, 346.
Rev. by E. Harrison in Classical rev., LVI
(1942), 91-92; by W. White in MLN, LVIII, 649.
White, William. "A. E. Housman and music."
M & L, XXIV, 208-19.
White, William. "Housman, A. E. (1859-
1936). The oracles." BSP, XXXVII, 78.
White, William. "More Housman letters."
Mark Twain quar., V, 11-14, 24.
White, William. "A note on some Housman
marginalia." PMLA, LVIII, 584-87.
Hughes (see II, Harrison, Eric).
Hunt, Thornton. G., E.; and B., E. "Mrs.
Lynn Linton and Thornton Hunt." N & Q,
Oct. 9, p. 225; Oct. 23, pp. 268-69.
Huxley. Teller, James D. "Huxley!s evil 7 in
fluence." Scientific month., LVI, 173-78.
Sperry, Willard. "Huxley: exponent of evolu
tion." N YTBR, May 23, p. 2.
James, G. P. R. Duffy, Charles. "A letter from
G. P. R. James to Bayard Taylor." N & Q,
June 19, pp. 373-74.
Jefferies. Looker, Samuel J. "Richard Jef-
feries." N & Q, Jan. 16, p. 45.
Jowett (see also Hardy: Purdy). Bolton,
J. R. G. "Jowett of Balliol." S, Oct. 1,
pp. 308-9.
Kemble. Dickins, Bruce. "J. M. Kernble and
Old English scholarship (with a bibliogra
phy of his writings)." Proc. of the Brit Acad.,
XXV (for 1939), 51-84.
Kingsley. Heilrnan, Robert B. "Muscular
Christianity." N & Q, July 17, pp. 44-45.
Use of the phrase by Kingsley, Arnold, Dis
raeli, Henry James.
Stevens, T. P. Father Adderley. London:
Laurie. Pp. 102.
Rev. in TLS, July 10, p. 333. Has late-Vic
torian allusions involving the Christian human
ism of Kingsley and Maurice.
Kipling. Carpenter, Lucile Russell. Rudyard
Kipling: a friendly profile. Chicago: Argus,
1942. Pp. 54-72.
Major topic is Kipling s personality. Drafted
by the late William M. Carpenter, whose rich
collection of Kiplingiana has been presented to
the Library of Congress. Completed by his
widow.
Eliot, T. S, (ed.). A choice of Kipling s verse.
See VB 1942, 346. New York: Scribner.
Rev. by W. Auden in New R, Oct. 25, p. 579;
by W. Ben<5t in SRL, Oct. 9, p. 20; by M. Far-
ber in NYTBR, Sept. 26, p. 1; by C. Naumberg
in SRL, Nov. 6, pp. 8-9; by L. Trilling in N,
Oct. 16, p. 436; by W. Turner in S, Jan. 2, 1942,
p. 16; in CE, V, 51; in HTB, Sept. 26, p. 25.
Friedland, Louis S. "Kipling s Danny Dee-
ver/ " Explicator, Vol. II, item 9.
Mukherjea, Sisirkumar. "Kipling s India."
TLS, May 15, p. 235.
424
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
Parker, James T. "Rudyard Kipling s prob
able introduction to American literature."
AL, XIV, 426-27.
Whitbread, L. "Kipling and the stage."
N & Q, Jan. 16, pp. 37-39.
Stage adaptations of Kipling s stories.
Labouchere. West, E. J. "An unappreciated
Victorian dramatic critic: Henry Labou
chere." QJS, XXIX, 367-68.
Editor of Truth (founded 1877), also the hon
est and -able dramatic critic who wrote the "Scru
tator" reviews.
Landor (see also III, Larrabee). B., A. G.
"Some Landor letters to J. E. Fitzgerald."
Turnbull libr. rec., No. 2, July, 1940, pp.
8-10.
Noted in RES, XIX, 112.
Browne, Helen B. "Waiter Savage Landor as
a literary critic." Cornell univ. abstracts of
theses 1939, pp. 18-20.
Elwin, Malcolm. Savage Landor. See VB 1942,
346.
Rev. by E. Leavis in Scrutiny, XI (1942), 148-
50; by J. Slater in MLQ, IV, 370-72,
Hi^ernicus. "lanthe." N & Q, Jan. 30, p. 76.
Landor s source for the name.
Peterson, Doris. "A note on a probable source
of Landor s Metellus and Marius" SP,
XXXIX (1942), 680-92.
Pfeiffer, Karl G. "Landor s critique of The
Cenci." SP, XXXIX (1942), 670-79.
Super, R. H. "Landor s critique of The Cenci
a correction." SP, XL, 101.
W., L. S. "Landor and T. J. Mathias." N&Q,
Apr. 10, pp. 219-20.
Lang. Bushnell, George H. "Notes on Andrew
Lang." TLS, June 5, p. 276; see also June
12, p. 283.
Bibliographical.
"More notes on Andrew Lang." TLS, July 17,
p. 348; see also July 31, p. 372.
Linton, Mrs. Lynn (see Dickens: C., D.;
Hunt).
Locker-Lampson (see Patrnore: Olybrius).
Lockhart. Strout, Alan Lang. "Lockhart as
gossip: new letters to J. W. Croker." TLS,
Oct. 17, p. 516; Oct. 31, p. 540.
Strout, Alan Lang. "Some unpublished letters
of John Gibson Loekhart to John Wilson
Croker." N&Q, Sept. 11, pp. 152-57;
Sept. 25, pp. 186-92; Oct. 9, pp. 217-23.
Lytton, Robert (see Blagden) .
Macaulay. Clark, Harry Hayden. "The vogue
of Macaulay in America." Trails, of the
Wisconsin Acad. of Sciences, Arts, and Let
ters, XXXIV (1942), 237-92.
Hagedorn, Ralph, and R., V. "Repartee by
Macaulay." N&Q, Oct. 9, p. 229; Nov. 6,
p. 294.
Rowse, A. L. "Books in general." NS, Dec. 4,
p. 371.
On the merits and defects of Macaulay s
Essays.
W., F. P. "Crabb Robinson, Mrs. Barbauld,
Macaulay, and Horace Walpole." N&Q,
Dec. 18, p. 374.
Tracing the source of the famous "traveller
from New Zealand" passage.
Maginn. MacCarthy, B. G. "Centenary of
William Maginn, 1794-1842." Studies,
XXXII, 347-60.
Wardle, Ralph M. "Outwitting Hazlitt."
MLN, LVII (1942), 459-62.
Martineau. Nevill, John Cranstoun. Harriet
Martineau. London: Muller. Pp. 128.
Rev. by L. Fowler in S, July 30, p. 110; by
H. Laski in NS, Aug. 7, p. 93; in TLS, July 24,
p. 359.
P., F. "The good and the clever." N&Q,
Dec. 18, p. 376.
Alice- Meynell s comment upon Harriet Mar
tineau as quoted by Mrs. Gaskell.
Maurice (see III, Fisch; Kingsley: Stevens).
Meredith (see Thackeray: Latham).
Meynell (see also Martineau: P., F.; RusMn:
"Memorabilia"). Price, Fanny. "Alice
Meynell and Napoleon III." " Phiz and the
two Mrs. Meynells." "Alice Meynell and a
limerick." N & Q, March 27, pp. 192-93;
Apr. 10, pp. 213-14; Dec. 18, p. 378.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
425
Mill (see also Reade: Haines). The spirit of the
age. See VB 1942, 347.
Rev. by A. Levi in Ethics, LIII, 233; by E.
Neff in JPE, LI, 470-71; by G. Sabine in Philo
sophical rev., LII, 325; by E. Tinker in NYTBR,
Feb. 14, p. 16; in Christian century, Dec. 9, 1942,
p. 1530; in EcJ, Vol. LIII; in Economica, X,
88-89.
Hayek, F. A. "J. S. Mill s correspondence."
TLS, Feb. 13, p. 84.
Proposed publication of letters, chiefly up to
1847.
Hayek, F. A. "Letters of John Stuart Mill."
N & Q t Apr. 24, pp. 242-44.
O Brien, George, "J. S. Mill and J, E. Cairnes."
Economica, X, 273-85.
Schapiro, J. Salwyn. "John Stuart Mill, pio
neer of democratic liberalism in England."
JHI, IV, 127-60.
Moore (see II, John).
Morley. Knickerbocker, Mrs. Frances Went-
worth. Free minds: John Morley and his
friends. Harvard univ. pr. Pp. xi+288.
Rev. by M. Bevington in SAQ, XLII, 419-21;
by H. Bolman in LJ, May 1, p. 361; by E. W. in
NYTBR, Sept. 19, p. 36.
Staebler, Warren. The liberal mind of John
Morley. Princeton univ. pr. Pp. viii-f 221.
Rev. by M. Bevington in SAQ, XLII, 419-21;
by E; Ellis in APSR, XXXVII, 1142; by 0. Vil-
lard in HTB, Oct. 10, p. 18; by E. W, in NYTBR,
Sept. 19, p. 36.
Morris. Short, Clarice E. "The poetic rela
tionship of John Keats and William Mor
ris/ Cornell univ. abstracts of theses ....
1941, pp. 51-53.
Wood, H. G. "William Morris and Karl
Marx." N8, Nov. 14 (1942), p. 321.
Newman. A Newman treasury: selections from
the prose works of John Henry Cardinal
Newman, Ed. by Charles Frederick Ear-
rold. New York: Longmans. Pp. xii+404.
Rev. by H. A. K. in QQ, L, 322; by J. Reilly
in Commonweal, June 18, p. 230; by W. Sperry
in NYf&R, July 4, p. 4; in Christian century,
June 2, p. 668; in CWd, CLVII, 668.
In the early years of the last decade, partly
perhaps in anticipation of the centenary of the
Oxford movement, three good anthologies of
Newman were published. The present assemblage
from Newman s writings is made on a principle
different from that of the three earlier works. The
editor believes definitely that Newman s best
work was performed after his conversion to
Rome, yet the book is designed not for those of
what Newman called "the one faith" but for
readers of whatever religious persuasion. The aim
is not primarily to show the development of doc
trine or to trace the growth of Newman s mind,
though some of the longer passages offer examples
of both, but, first, to present complete selections
which will reveal clearly Newman s "presiding
themes" and, second, to present excerpts and
shorter works for leisurely and reflective reading.
The emphasis throughout is upon Newman s
literary artistry and religious leadership.
A highly approving word should be said con
cerning the thirty-two-page introduction. It re
veals an exact and comprehensive knowledge not
only of Newman but of the commentators upon
him, to the opinions of some of whom the editor
takes justifiable exception. As an essay "towards
the understanding of Newman," the introduction
attempts to explain the man and the mystery of
his credulity in the skeptical modern world; to
distinguish the leading subjects in Newman s
work the development of doctrine, the problem
of faith, and the problem of higher education ; and
to present a close and helpful analysis of New
man s methods and style. All these purposes are
admirably served.
For the general reader the principle upon
which the materials are selected should in itself
recommend this anthology above all others in the
field. And this preference should be confirmed by
the discriminating judgment shown not only in
the selections but also in the editorial comment.
A chronology and a select bibliography are pro
vided. Frederic E. Faverty.
Bernard, Sister Miriam, "John Henry New
man: saint of sincerity/" CWd, CLVII,
66-73.
Miller, L. G. "Newman on the function of
literature." CWd, CLVII, 510-14.
Page, Frederick. "Froude, Kingsley, and Ar
nold, on Newman." N & Q, Apr. 10, pp.
220-21.
Ryan, Alvan S. "Newman s conception of lit
erature." See Arnold: Hicks.
Nuttall. H., A. J. "Nuttall." N & Q, Aug. 14,
pp. 112-13.
426
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
Biographical notes on P. Austin Nuttall,
minor Victorian editor and scholar.
Ofiphant. Buckingham, Minnie S. "The use of
religious elements in the fiction of Margaret
Wilson Oliphant." Cornell univ. abstracts of
theses 1938, pp. 23-25.
Pater. Law, Helen H. "Pater s use of Greek
quotations." Trans, and proc. of the Amer.
Phild. Assoc., LXXII (1941), xxxv-xxxvi.
Patmore. Olybrius. "Locker-Lampson on Cov
entry Patmore." N & Q, March 27, p. 196.
P., F. "Patmore: an unreprinted sonnet."
N & Q, Nov. 6, p. 289.
Price, Fanny. "The novelist s material."
N & Q, Feb. 13, pp. 105-6.
On the genesis of The angel in the house.
Price, Fanny. "Osbert Burdett and Patmore."
N $ Q, Jan. 30, p. 76.
Burdett derived from Patmore the original
suggestion for his dual studies of the Brownings
and the Carlyles.
Price, Frances. "The prose of Coventry Pat-
more." N & Q, July 17, pp. 40-41;- Aug. 14,
pp. 105-6,
Reviewer. "Patmore and Dante." N & Q,
Oct. 9, pp. 225-26.
Reade (see also Thackeray: Latham). "Charles
Reade- s house." TLS, Jan. 30, p. 55; see
also Feb. 6, p. 68.
Haines, Lewis F. "Reade, Mill, and Zola: a
study of the character and intention of
Charles Reade s realistic method." SP, XL,
463-80.
Reade, Winwood. Pritchett, V. S. "Books in
general." NS, May 15, p. 323.
The martyrdom of man is "the outstanding
dramatic, imaginative, historical picture of life,
to be inspired by Victorian science."
Rossetti (see also III, Pre-Raphaelite). Jack
son, Elizabeth. "Notes on the stanza of
Rossetti s The^ blessed damozel" PMLA,
LVIII, 1050-56.
Ruskin (see also III, Miles; Arnold: Memora-
bilist). A., H.; and C., J. C. "Ruskin quo
tation." N & Q, Nov. 6, p. 292; Dec. 4,
pp. 358-59.
Angus, Douglas R. "Wordsworth and other
influences on the development of impres
sionism in Ruskin s Modern painters. 3 Ohio
State univ. abstracts of doctors dissertations,
No. 35 (1941), pp. 3-7.
Ironside, Robin. "The art criticism of Rus
kin." Horizon, VIII, 8-20.
Janes, George M. "The social ethics of Rus
kin." Quar. jour, of the Univ. of North Da
kota, XXIII (1932-33), 252-75.
"Memorabilia." N & Q, Apr. 24, pp. 241-42.
Alice Meynell on Ruskin.
"Ruskin s d<but." TLS, May 1, p. 211.
Centenary editorial on the first appearance of
Modern painters.
Sala (see Dickens: Mabbott).
Shaw. Barzun, Jacques. "Bernard Shaw in
twilight." Kenyan rev., V, 321-45.
Cohen, A. D. "The religion of G. B. S."
Adelphi, XX, 12-16.
Hackett, Joseph P. "Shaw and Yeats."
Studies, XXXII, 369-78.
Pearson, Hesketh, G. B. S.: a full-length por
trait. See VB 1942, 348.
Rev. by P. Baum in SAQ, XLII, 94-95; by
W. Caswell in Churchman, Jan. 1, p. 16; by St. J.
Ervine in S, Oct. 30, 1942, p. 412; by H. T. E.
Perry in YR, XXXII (1942), 394; by T. Spencer
in Atl. month., CLXX (1942), 133; by M. Zabel
in New R, Dec. 7, 1942, p. 766; in TLS, Oct. 31
1942, p. 534.
Smith. Henry, William Claud. "A study of
Alexander Smith and his reputation as a
Spasmodic writer." Summaries of doctoral
dissertations .... Northwestern univ X
21-24.
Spencer (see III, Hook; Herbert).
Sterling. Tuell, Anne Kimball. John Sterling.
See VB 1942, 348.
Rev. by J. Dodds in MLQ, IV, 249-51.
Stevenson (see Brownings: Ed.). A., H.; and
G., W. W. "Over the sea to Skye." N & Q,
July 3, p. 21; Sept. 11, p. 176; Nov. 6,
p. 296.
Concerning a song by R. L. S.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
427
Dodds, M. H. "Stevenson: The wrong box"
N & Q, Jan. 2, p. 27. See VB 1942, 349,
entry by R., V.jandD., E.
Haber, Tom B. "Robert Louis Stevenson and
Israel Hands." English jour., XXXII, 399.
Memorabilist. "R. L.Stevenson: New poems"
N & Q, Dec. 18, p. 375; see also p. 361.
Moore, John Robert. "Defoe, Stevenson, and
the pirates." ELH, X, 35-60.
P., A. E. "Stevenson and Poe," N & Q, Dec.
18, pp. 367-68.
Stevenson s review of Poe in the Academy
Price, Fanny. "R . L. S. and Thoreau." N & Q,
Jan. 2, p. 18.
Swinburne. Catty; Price, F.; and Hibernicus.
"Famous cats." "Swinburne and the cat."
N & Q, May 22, pp. 294, 320; June 5, p. 348.
Eds. "Swinburne s Autumn in Cornwall. "
Explicator, Vol. I, item 56.
Hyder, Clyde Kenneth. "Swinburne: Changes
of aspect and Short notes." PMLA, LVIII,
223-44.
An edition of two Huntington Library manu
scripts, with a study of the light they throw on
Swinburne s relations with his contemporaries.
Ignoto. "Euripides deprecated." N & Q, May
8, p. 285.
Symons, Arthur (see II, John).
Tennyson (see also Carlyle: Memorabilist).
Bernstein, Ethel. "Victorian morality in
The idylls of the king." Cornell univ. ab
stracts of theses ---- 1939, pp. 15-17.
Bush, Douglas. "Tennyson s Ulysses and
Hamlet. " MLR, XXXVIII, 38.
D., A. E. "Tennyson on Cleopatra s needle."
N & Q, Feb. 27, p. 136.
Eidson, John Olin. Tennyson in America: his
reputation and influence from 1827 to 1858.
Univ. of Georgia pr. Pp. xiii+262.
Rev. by E. Leisy in Southwest rev., XXVIII,
447-49; by W. Templeman in JEGP, XLII, 607-
10; briefly in C#, V, 52.
Marie, Sister Rose. "Poetry in the twilight of
the classics." CE, V, 25-30.
Tennyson s debt to the classics.
"Memorabilia." N & Q, Feb. 27, pp. 121-22.
Comments on Tennyson s suppressed poems.
Paden, W. D. Tennyson in Egypt See
VB 1942, 349.
Rev. by I. Sells in MLR, XXXVIII, 358-59;
in TLS, Feb. 13, p. 83.
A well-developed study of Tennyson s early
reading and his early attitude toward his father;
analyzes several valuable early sources of the
poet s imagery, ideas, and interests. This little
book deserves attention from students of Tenny
son. W. D. T.
Price, Fanny. "The fecundity of Tennyson."
N &Q, Apr. 24, pp. 256-57.
Shannon, Edgar F. "Tennyson and the re
viewers, 1830-1842." PMLA, LVIII, 181-
94.
Thackeray (see also III, "Three Christmases" ;
Disraeli: Cline). Dodds, J. W. Thackeray.
See VB 1942, 349.
Rev. by E. Everett in MLN, LVIII, 240; by
R. Metzdorf in PQ, XXII, 93-94; by J. Tomp-
kins in RES, XIX, 222-23; by J. Hillhouse in
JEGP, XLII, 286-88; by S. Winther in MLQ,
IV, 251-52.
Huey, Grace D. "Henry Esmond and the
twentieth century." English jour., XXXII,
456-59.
Latham, E,, and others. "Some blunders of
celebrated authors." N & Q, Aug. 28, pp.
136-37; Nov. 6, pp. 295-96; Dec. 4, pp.
356-57.
Included are blunders of Thackeray, Mere
dith, Reade, and others.
Wagenknecht, Edward. "The selfish heroine:
Thackeray and Galsworthy." CE, IV, 293-
98.
On Beatrix Esmond and Fleur Forsyte.
Thompson. Smith, Fred. "Francis Thompson:
some sort of derelict !" CWd, CLVI,
430-33.
Thomson, Sir Joseph John (see II, Rayleigh).
Trench. Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general."
NS, Oct. 16, p. 252.
Archbishop Trench s On the study of words and
the study of words today.
428
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1943
Trollope. A., H., and Dodds, M. H. "Dinner
customs." N & Q, May 8, p. 289; Oct. 23,
p. 269.
Reference to passage in The Duke s children.
Allen, Hope E. "The text of Trollope." TLS,
Apr. 4, 1942, p. 180.
C., R. W. "Akinetos." N & Q, Sept. 11, p. 163.
Reference to passage in Phineas Finn.
Cooper, Harold, "Trollope and Henry James."
MLN, LVIII, 558.
T., J. "Trollope s Apologia." N & Q, Aug. 14,
p. 105.
Wildman, J. H. Anthony Trollope s England.
See VB 1941, 419.
Rev. by William Lyon Phelps in MLN,
LVIII, 214-15.
WUde. Wyndham, Horace. "A Chelsea Re-
camier: Oscar Wilde s mother." CWd,
CLVII, 142-48.
Eds. "Wilde s The ballad of Reading Gaol. "
Explicator, Vol. I, item 41.
Wilson. Strout, Alan Lang. "A study in peri
odical patchwork : John Wilson s Recreations
of Christopher* North, 1842." MLR,
XXXVIII, 88-105,
Yeats (see also III, Bowra; Arnold: V., A. W.;
Shaw: Hackett). Alspach, Russell K. "Some
sources of Yeats s The wanderings ofOisin"
PMLA, LVIII, 849-66.
Hone, Joseph B. W. B. Yeats, 1865-1939. See
VB 1942, 351.
Rev. by L. Bogan in Partisan rev., X, 198-201 ;
by W. Brash in LQHR, July, pp. 273-74; by M.
Colum in NYTBR, Feb. 7, p. 1 ; by M. Cowley in
New R, Feb. 8, p. 185; by B. Deutsch in HTB,
Feb. 7, p. 1 (see also Feb. 28, p. 26); by P. Can-
non in Studies, XXXII, 130-31; by H. Gregory
in YR, XXXII, 599; by L. Leary in SAQ, XLII,
303-4; by M. Meagher in CWd, CLVII, 99; by
E. Meyerstein in English, IV, 161-62; by &. Mor
timer in N8; Feb. 13, lll-12; by K. O Brien in
LL, XXXIX, 59-62 ("orderly and helpful
goes under the surface nowhere"); by C. Roberts
in SRL, Feb. 13, p. 5; by T. Spencer in Atl
month., CLXXI, 148; by J. Turner in S, Feb. 19,
p. 176; by M. Zabel 11? N, March 6, p. 348; by
M. Zipprich in LJ, Feb. 1, p. 127; in Amer. mer
cury, LVI, 630; in CE, IV, 449; in DUJ, XXXV,
102-4; in Poetry rev., XXXIV, 126-28 ("really
very little to say about the character and poetry
of his subject"; refers to the articles in the
Poetry rev. by Hunt Grubb, "old-time friend and
colleague" of Yeats, which, "perhaps, do more
justice to the genius of Yeats") ; in TLS, Feb. 13,
p. 78.
Houghton, Walter E. "Yeats and Crazy Jane:
the hero in old age." MP, XL, 316-29.
Killen, A. M. "Some French influences in the
works of W. B. Yeats at the end of the
nineteenth century." CLS, VIII (1942),
1-8.
Menon, V. K. Narayana. The development of
William Butler Yeats. Pref . by Sir Herbert
Qrierson. Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd, 1942.
Pp. xiv-f 93.
Rev. by P. Gannon in Studies, XXXII, 127-
29; by R. Lienhardt in Scrutiny, XI, 220-24; by
E. Meyerstein in English, IV, 162-63; by R. Mor
timer in MSf, Feb. 13, pp. 111-12; briefly in
Amer. mercury, LVI, 629.
Olson, Elder. "Sailing to Byzantium: prole
gomena to a poetics of the lyric." Univer
sity rev., VIII (1942), 209-19.
Yonge. Battiscombe, Georgiana. Charlotte
Mary Yonge; the story of an uneventful life.
London: Constable. Pp. 176.
Rev. by L. Fowler in S, Sept. 24, p. 296; by
R. Mortimer in NS } Sept. 11, pp. 172-73.
A careful, well-constructed, and sympathetic
biography; with none of the usual condescension
to the Victorians when writing of so "Victorian"
a figure as Charlotte M. Yonge. The author
evaluates her subject from twentieth-century
standards, yet takes us vividly into the nine
teenth century. An admirable addition to the all-
too-meager literature on those Victorians whose
lives were shaped by the Oxford movement.
C. F. H.
Carr, M. E. "Charlotte Yonge." TLS, Sept.
18, p. 451.
Chapman, Hester W. "Books in general."
NS, Aug. 21, p. 123.
On Charlotte Yonge s peculiar merits and
limitations.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY
-for 1944
ais bibliography has been prepared
by a committee of the Victorian
Literature Group of the Modern
Language Association of America: Wil
liam D. Templeman, chairman, Univer
sity of Illinois; Charles Frederick Har-
rold, Ohio State University; Austin
Wright, Carnegie Institute of Technol
ogy; and William Irvine, Stanford Uni
versity. It attempts to list the noteworthy
publications of 1944 (including reviews
of these and earlier items) that have a
bearing on English literature of the Vic
torian period and similar publications of
earlier date that have been inadvertently
omitted from the preceding Victorian
bibliography. Unless otherwise stated,
the date of publication is 1944, Reference
to a page in the bibliography for 1943, in
Modern philology, May, 1944, is made by
the following form: See VB 1943, 255.
Some cross-references are given, although
not all that are possible. For certain con
tinuing bibliographical works, and for
most of the abbreviations used, see the
preceding Victorian bibliographies,
KEY TO NEW ABBREVIATIONS
AB = Amer. bookman KR = Kenyon review
Ex = Explicator
ParR = Partisan review
I. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL
"American bibliography for 1943." PMLA,
LVIII, SuppL, 1231-42: English, "Nine
teenth century," and "Contemporary," ed.
Albert C. Baugh and others.
The Association of Research Libraries
(comps.). A catalog of books represented
by Library of Congress printed cards
Vok LXVII-CX (HERED-OGDEN). See
VB 1943, 241.
Bond, Donald F. "Anglo-French and Franco-
American studies: a current bibliography"
(for 1943). RoR, XXXV, 186-202.
Brightfield. See Lockhart: Brightfield.
C[hristy]., A. E. "Report on the Guide to com
parative literature and intercultural rela
tions" Comparative literature news-letter,
III, No. 1 (Oct. 15), 1-10.
Church, Richard. British authors: a 20th cen
tury gallery. London: Longmans, Green.
Pp. 155+58 portraits.
Rev. in TLS, Aug. 26, p. 419.
Fucilla, Joseph G. "Petrarchan translations
in British periodicals." BBDI, XVIII,
39-40.
Includes a few early Victorians.
Gohdes. See III, Gohdes.
Graham, Walter (ed.). "The Romantic move
ment: a selective and critical bibliography
for the year 1943." ELH, XI, 1-37.
Henkin, Leo J. "Problems and digressions in
the Victorian novel" BBDI, XVIII, 40-
43, 56-60, 83-86.
First three articles in a aeries of subject bib
liographies, compiled from reviews published in
periodicals 1860-1900 (esp. the Athenaeum and
the Saturday review). Thus far only "Religion"
has been treated under the headings "Religious
doubt and disbelief," "Ritualism or high church,"
"Protestantism vs. Catholicism," "Noncon
formity or dissent," "Evangelical or low church."
Jaryc. See III, Jaryc.
La Driere, Craig. "Annotated bibliography:
recent publications related to literary the
ory and criticism." AB, I (winter), 100-126;
(fall), 74-121.
Lewis, C. L. See III, Lewis.
Ewing, Majl. "Notes on NicolTs hand-list for
1800-1850." MLN, LVIII (1943), 460-64.
Mammen, Edward W. See III, Mammen.
[McKDBBN PHILOLOGT, May, 1945]
429
430
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
Northup, C. S., and Parry, John J. "The
Arthurian legends : modern retellings of the
old stories: an annotated bibliography."
JEGP, XLIII, 173-221.
Many valuable items in Bulwer-Lytton,
Hewlett, Morris, Swinburne, Tennyson, etc.
Starts with 1800, because that year roughly
marks "the beginning of the modern attitude
toward the material."
Gates. See III, Gates.
Pane, Remigio U. English translations from the
Spanish, 1484-194$: a bibliography. ("Rut
gers univ, studies in Spanish," No. 2.)
Rutgers univ. pr. Pp. vi+218.
Rabinovitz, Albert C. (comp.). New York
University index to early American periodi
cal literature, 1728-1870, No. 5: French fic
tion. New York: William-Frederick pr.,
1943. Pp. 46.
Rev. by R. Cohen in RoR, XXXV, 267-69.
Many articles listed are reprinted from English
periodicals. The compiler s work is in part based
on the general Index to early American periodical
literature, 1728-1870, "a file of over a million
cards, now housed in the New York University
Library, the compilation of which was begun as a
WPA project in 1934."
Ratchford, Fannie E. (ed.). Letters of Thomas
J. Wise to John Henry Wrenn: a further in
quiry into the guilt of certain nineteenth-cen
tury forgers. New York: Knopf. Pp. xiv-f-
591+xvi.
Rev, by R. C. Smith in Publishers weekly,
Dec. 23, pp. 2385-88.
Simmons. See III, Simmons.
Templeman, William D. (ed.). "Victorian
bibliography for 1943." MP, XLI, 241-60.
Tobin, James Edward. "More English plays:
1800-1850." PQ, XXIII, 320-32.
Supplement to Mcoll, A history of early nine
teenth century drama See also VB 1942,
330:Biella.
Troubridge, St. V. "Notes on XIX century,
drama, 1800-1850." N & Q, Oct. 21, p. 189.
Gn the book by Allardyce Nicoll.
The year s work in English studies, Vol. XXII
(1941). Ed. for the English Assoc. by F. S.
Boas. Oxford univ. pr. "The nineteenth
century and after," pp. 193-227; "Biblio-
graphica," pp. 228-35.
II. ECONOMIC, POLITICAL, RELI
GIOUS, AND SOCIAL
ENVIRONMENT
Aldington, Richard. The Duke. See VB
1943, 242.
Rev. by P. Knaplund in PSQ, LIX, 138-39;
by J. ScammeU in AHR, XLIX, 710-11; briefly
in Amer. mercury, LVIII, 121; in Dalhousie rev.,
XXIII, 485.
Baily, L. J. R. "The Royal West London
theatre in the nineteenth century." N & Q,
Oct. 21, pp. 182-84.
Barton, Margaret, and Sitwell, Sir Osbert.
Sober truth. London: Macdonald. Pp. 235.
Collection of nineteenth-century episodes,
fantastic, grotesque, and mysterious.
Berger, Max. The British traveller in America,
1836-1860. See VB 1943, 242.
Rev. by R. Beyer in Mississippi Valley hist,
rev., XXX, 577; by C. Thompson in NEQ,
XVII, 127-28.
Birkenhead, Sheila Smith, Countess of.
Against oblivion. New York: Macmillan;
London: Cassell, 1943. Pp. ix+324; 244.
Biography of Joseph Severn. Rev. by C. Baker
in NYTBR, June 25, p. 12; by B. Evans in
Book week, July 2, p. 5; by L. Fowler in S, June
18, 1943, p. 572; by R. Humphries in N, July 29,
p. 134; by P. Quennell in NS, July 24, 1943, p. 61;
by E. Weeks in Atl month., CLXXIV, 125; by
G. Whicher in HTB, June 25, p. 2; in Amer.
mercury, LIX, 254; in TL8,*Mey 29, 1943, p. 256.
Bblitho, Hector (ed.). A Batsford century
See. VB 1943, 242.
Rev. by P. McPharlin in Publishers weekly,
July 1, pp. 45-47; in NR, CCXXII, 261-62; in
QR, CCLXXXII, 116.
Booth, J. B.. The days we knew. London:
Laurie. Pp. xvi.4-256.
Rev. in TLS, Jtan. 1, p. 8. Contains memories
of the 1890 s.
Burton, Jean. Heyday of a wizard: Daniel
Home, the medium. New York: Knopf. Pp.
275-f-vi.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
431
Home flourished in the mid-nineteenth cen
tury. Various writers, including the Brownings,
were interested in him. Rev. by L. Bacon in SRL,
May 6, p. 12; by C. Baker in NYTBR, Apr. 16,
p. 4; by W. Johnson in Book week) Apr. 25, p. 5;
by J. Krutch in HTB, Apr. 16, p. 4. See also VB
1937, 427, for biog. of Home by Wyndham.
Coulton, G. G. Fourscore years: an autobiogra
phy. New York: Macmillan. Pp. xiii-f 378.
Rev. by N. Annan in NS, Jan. 8, p. 28; by
C. Boyd in NYTBR, June 11, p. 7; by C. Cadoux
in HJ, XLII, 279; by S. C. Chew in HTB, June
11, p. 4; by J. Frederick in Book week, June 25,
p. 2; by W. Harris in S, Dec. 10, 1943, p. 556;
in N & Q, Jan. 29, p. 82; in TLS, Dec. 25, 1943,
p. 613.
Cruikshank, George. The bottle, in eight plates.
Critical and historical commentary by
Finley Foster, in The broadside, No. 5.
Cleveland: Published for the Associates of
the Libraries of Western Reserve Univ.
Davies, Bernice F. "The social status of the
middle-class Victorian woman as it is in
terpreted in representative mid-nineteenth
century novels and periodicals." Abstracts
of dissertations, Stanford univ., 19J$-43, pp.
45-47.
Covers period 1845-85. Principal novelists:
Dickens, Charlotte Bronte", Thackeray, Eliot,
Collins, Trollope, Meredith. Principal periodicals:
Punch, Eraser s mag., Westminster rev.
Deland, Margaret. Golden yesterdays. New
York: Harper, 1941. Pp. 351.
Economist, 1843-1943: a centenary volume.
Oxford univ. pr., 1943. Pp. 182.
Reprint of the articles contained in the cen
tenary number of the Economist, with some other
items. Includes "Walter Bagehot," by Francis
W. Hirst; "Bagehot and the trade cycle," by
W. W. Rostow. Rev. by F. von Hayek in Eco-
nomica, new ser., XI, 51.
Elbogen, Ismar. A century of Jewish life. Phil
adelphia: Jewish Pub. Soc. of America. Pp.
xliii+814.
Treats most of the world, esp. Europe; in
cludes chap, on the Jews in the British Empire;
annotated; has bibliog. on pp. 771-86.
Elwin, Malcolm. "Literature in North Dev
on." QR, CCLXXXn, 190-204.
Latter part devoted to Victorian writers as
they were concerned with the region.
Gallatin, A. E. "Aubrey Beardsley," TLS,
July 29, p. 367.
Green, Roger Lancelyn. "Burne-Jones and
The fairy family/ " TLS, Aug. 26, p. 420.
Hammerton, Sir John. Books and myself. Lon
don: Macdonald. Pp. 343.
Harris, Wilson. Caroline Fox. London: Con
stable. Pp. 360.
Biography, based on journals of C. Fox (d.
1871), published in 1882. Rev. by F. Swinnerton
in S, Dec. 1, p. 508.
Howe, Ellic. Newspaper printing in the nine
teenth century. London: Privately printed,
1943. Pp. 43.
Rev. by A. F. J. in Library, 4th ser., XXIV,
205.
Howe, Ellic (ed.). The trade: passages from the
literature of the printing craft, 1550-1935.
London: Privately printed, Hutchinson
Printing Trust, 1943. Pp. 151.
Rev. by A. F. J. in Library, 4th ser., XXIV,
204r-5.
Hubbard, Hesketh. Some Victorian draughts
men. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. viii-f 48.
Rev. in TLS, Jan. 13, 1945, p. 22.
Hutchinson, Walter (ed.). The printer s devil:
an account of the history and objects of the
Printers Pension Corporation. Comp.
by John Creasey. London: Hutchinson,
1943. Pp. 95.
Rev. briefly in Dickensian, XL, 101.
Lieven. The Lieven-Palmerston correspondence,
1828-1856. See VB 1943, 244.
Rev. in EHR, LIX, 126-27.
Lunn, Arnold. "The religious prospect." NC,
CXXXV, 133-37.
Includes many references to the warfare be
tween science and religion in the Victorian period.
Martindale, Hilda. From one generation to an
other, 1829-1944: a book of memoirs. Lon
don: Allen & Unwin. Pp. 208.
Rev. in TLS, Aug. 19, p. 407. Includes Vic
torian reminiscences.
432
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
Mieklewright, F. H. A. "Joseph Rayner Ste
phens, 1805-1879." N & Q, Jan. 1, pp.
8-12.
On the career of the Chartist leader.
Mineka, Francis E. The dissidence of dissent:
"The monthly repository," 1806-1838, under
the editorship of Robert Aspland, W. J. Fox;
R. H. Horns, and Leigh Hunt. Univ. of
North Carolina pr. Pp. xiv+458.
Rev. by Howard M. Jones in SRL, Nov. 25,
p. 23; by 0. Maurer, Jr., in YR, XXXIV (1945),
375-77; in CE, VI (1945), 242.
Monkswell. A Victorian diarist: extracts from
the journals of Mary Lady Monkswell, 1873-
1895. Ed. by E. C. F. Collier. London:
Murray. Pp. 284.
Rev. by C. Vulliamy in S, pp. 532, 534; in
TLS, Oct. 28, pp. 517, 524.
Montague, C. M. "Grub Street fights (a his
tory of literary feuds)." Poet lore, XLIX;
340-54. See VB 1943, 244.
Morgan, Charles. The house of Macmillan
(1843-1943). See VB 1943, 244.
Rev. by J. Brandt in JMH, XVI, 233-34;
by R. Chapman in EHR, LIX, 276-77; by
H. G. F. in Connoisseur, XCIII, 61-62; by S.
North in Book week, June 4, p. 2; by S. Ratcliffe
in CR, CLXV, 254-55; by C. Rolo in NYTBR,
June 11, p. 24-; by 0. Williams in NR, CCXXII,
78-83; in QR, CCLXXXII, 119-20.
Includes much about authors; publishes cor
respondence from, to, and about various authors.
Some of these are Arnold, Lewis Carroll, Glad
stone, Hardy, Hughes, Kihgsley, Kipling, Mor-
ley, Pater, Shaw, Tennyson, Yeats.
Morice, G., and Eagle, F. "Victorian toy thea
tres, parlour pastimes and pursuits, and
street games." N & Q, Oct. 7, pp. 157-59;
Nov. 4, p. 241.
Morice, G.; Harting, H.; and Williams, C. D.
"A record of some XlX-century London
theatres." N & Q, Feb. 26, pp. 108-10;
Apr. 8, pp. 175-76; Apr. 22, p. 212. See VB
1943, 244.
Mumby, F. A. The house of RouOedge, 1834-
1984: with a history of Kegan Paul, Trench,
Trubner, and other associated firms. London:
Routledge, 1934. Pp. xiii-f 232.
Nettel, R. Music in the five towns: a study of
the social influence of music in an industrial
district. Oxford univ. pr. Pp. 120.
Rev. by P. M, Y. in M & L, XXV, 187.
Nevinson, Henry W. Visions and memories.
Collected and arranged by Evelyn Sharp.
Introd. by Gilbert Murray. Oxford univ.
pr. Pp. 200.
Parker, W. M. "A visit to the Duke of Well
ington." Blackwood s mag., ftCLVI, 77-82.
Polanyi, Karl. The great transformation. New
York: Farrar & Rinehart. Pp. xiii+305.
Rev. by H. Kohn in NYTBR, U&y 14, p. 24.
Covering the period from 1814 to 1914, this work
includes an attack on nineteetithr-century eco
nomic and political liberalism and, though de
signed to illuminate the present era, is neverthe
less a valuable contribution to background stud
ies in the Victorian period.
Ponsonby, Arthur. Henry Ponsonby See
VB 1943, 245.
Rev. by F. Herrick in AHR, XLIX, 714-15;
by M. Ross in HTB, Jan. 2, p. 3; by R. Schuyler
in PSQ, LIX, 310-12.
"Q." Memories and opinions: an unfinished
autobiography. EjJ. with introd. by S. C.
Roberts. Cambridge univ. pr. Pp. xiv-f 106
Rev. by W. Rilla in NS, Dec. 16, pp. 410-11
("breaking .off tragically .... in 1887"); in
TLS, Dec. 9, p. 589.
"Quiller-Couch : novelist and the academic
life: the poet as citizen." TLS. May 20, p.
246.
Quinlan, M. J. Victorian prelude See VB
1943, 245.
Rev. by R. Bald in MLN, LIX, 71-72.
Scanlan, Ross. "The challenge of Ibsen: a
study in critical "contradictions." On pp.
211-23 of Studies in speech and drama in
honor of Alexander M. Drummond. Cornell
univ. pr.
Sitwell, Osbert. Left hand, right hand! Boston:
Little, Brown. Pp. xvi+327.
History of the Sitwell family and estate.
Includes Victorian material. Rev. by R. Bates
in New R, June 12, p. 791; by P. DeVries in
Book week, May 14, p. 4; by E. Evans in HTB,
May 14, p. 3; by C. Roberts in NYTBR, May 14,
p. 4; by K. Willis in LJ, May 15, p. 460.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
433
Slesser, Sir Henry. A history of the Liberal
party. London: Hutchinson. Pp. 172.
Rev. in S, June 2, pp. 508, 510; in TLS, May
20, p. 242.
Spender, J. A. Last essays. London: Cassell.
Pp. 186.
Rev. in TLS, Dec. 23, p. 620. Includes ac
counts of meetings with Arnold, Gladstone,
Ruskin, etc.
Sprague, Arthur Colby. Shakespeare and the
actors: the stage business in his plays, 1660-
1905. Harvard univ. pr. Pp. xxvii+440.
Troubridge. See I, Troubridge.
Victoria, Queen. See II, Ponsonby.
Weitenkampf, Frank. "Influences and trends
in nineteenth-century illustration." On pp.
345-50 of Bookmen s holiday . . . .in tribute
to Harry Miller Lydenberg. New York: New
York pub. libr., 1943.
"As in other fields e.g. literature and sci
ence we have here, too, a variety in fine achieve
ment that makes a consistently superior atti
tude towards the Victorian period seem a bit
fatuous."
West, Edward J. "Henry Irving, 1870-1890."
On pp. 167-96 of Studies in speech and
drama in honor of Alexander M. Drummond.
Cornell univ. pr.
Williamson, Mary Paula. "Anglicanism is not
Catholicism." CWd, CLVIII, 474-81.
Has many Victorian references.
III. MOVEMENTS OF IDEAS AND
LITERARY FORMS; AN
THOLOGIES
Barzun, Jacques. Romanticism and the modern
ego. See VB 1943, 246.
Rev. by H. Gregory in KR, VI, 157-60; by
C. Harrold in JEGP, XLIII, 26(M>2; by E.
Knowlton in SAQ, XLII, 417-18; in TLS,
Aug. 19, p. 399 (see also pp. 411, 423).
.Batho, Edith C. "The poet and the past."
Proc. of the Brit. Acad., 1937, pp. 29-50. See
VB 1938, 405.
Bentley, Eric Russell. "Modern hero-worship:
notes on Carlyle, Nietzsche, and Stefan
George." SeR, LII, 441-56.
Especially emphasizes On heroes, hero-wor
ship, and the heroic in history ("this atrocious but
startling book").
Bentley, Eric Russell. A century of hero-wor
ship: a study of the idea of heroism in Carlyle
and Nietzsche with notes on other hero-wor
shippers of modern times. Philadelphia:
Lippincott. Pp. 7+307.
Rev. by L. Bacon in SRL, Sept. 30, p. 14;
by R. Bender in Book week, Oct. 8, p. 4; by R.
Chase in ParR, XI, 471-72; by N. Cliiaromonte
in New R, Oct. 23, p. 526; by S. Colby in NYTBR,
Oct. 29, p. 33; by S. Hook in N, Oct. 7, p. 412;
by J. Krutch in HTB, Oct. 1, p. 5; in Theatre
arts, XXVIII, 747.
Bowra, C. M. The heritage of symbolism. See
VB 1943, 247.
Rev. by L. Leighton in KR, VI, 146-50.
Christy. See I, Christy.
Common, Jack. "Round the world in six
acres." Adelphi, XVI, 136-41.
In comparing twentieth-century Russian com
munism with nineteenth-century British liberal
ism, explains Victorian liberalism as translation
of Protestantism to the material world.
Disher, M. Willson. "The century of juvenile
drama." TLS, Feb. 26, p. 108; see also
March 4, p. 115, March 11, p. 132.
Downs, Brian W. "Anglo-Danish literary re
lations: the fortunes of Danish literature in
Great Britain." MLR, XXXIX, 262-79.
Ford, George H. Keats and the Victorians: a
study of his influence and rise to fame, 1821-
1895. ("Yale studies in English," Vol. CI.)
Yale univ. pr. Pp. xii-f200.
Rev. by C. Baker in NYTBR, Dec. 31, pp. 8,
12.
Gohdes, Clarence. American literature in nine
teenth-century England. Columbia univ. pr.
Pp. ix+191.
Rev. by H. Blodgett in AL t XVI, 243-47
("so closely packed are his chapters that they
constitute summaries in themselves, and quota
tion is useless to convey an impression of their
total weight"); by P. Boynton in JMH, XVI,
314; by E. Bradsher in LQ, XV (1945), 86-88
("a scholarly book which no specialist in Ameri
can literature should fail to read"); by H. Frenz
in JEGP, XLIII, 485-87; by H. N. Smith in
434
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
MLN, LX (1945), 69-70; by P. Stern in NYTBR,
June 11, p. 16.
The author states that this book is the first
ever written with the purpose of proving the
wide interest in American literature displayed by
the English people. It succeeds in this purpose;
and in the following two sentences I indicate two
other ways in which it achieves notable success.
This book makes an important addition to the
slowly growing list of publications showing the
interdependence of English and American literary
work (creative and financial) in the nineteenth
century. It provides, moreover, for present and
future students of the period, suggestions that
will lead to numerous further investigations and
subsequent articles and books. For reasons given,
the book deals chiefly with the period after 1832.
Chapter titles are "The booktrade," "The
periodicals," "Humor," "Longfellow/ 7 "Of critics
and influence." These make the book seem, at
first glance, to be merely a collection of essays,
but the author shows convincingly (pp. vii-viii)
that the book is unified and the chapters areaco-
herent.
I feel sure that the author could have written
a book-length monograph on each of his chapter-
topics. He is intentionally concise and selective:
he informs us in the preface: "I have intended to
present in simple exposition the broadest features
of the topics along with a variety of particulars
which serve as concrete illustrations." He points
out, further, that a reader especially interested
in the British reputation of only one of the
major American writers can, by using the index,
reconstruct from the scattered illustrations a
"partial portrait."
A valuable appendix (pp. 150-80) lists "Repre
sentative articles on American literature appear
ing in British periodicals 1833 to 1901."
This is a scholarly book that no specialist in
Victorian literature should fail to know.
W. D. T.
Grierson, H. J. C., and Smith, J. C. A criti
cal history of English poetry. London : Chatto
& Windus. Pp.viii+527.
Rev. by S. Shannon in S, Nov. 24, pp. 484,
486; in TLS t Dec. 2, p. 582. Has much on Vic
torian poetry.
Hazard, Paul. Books, children, and men. Trans,
by Marguerite Mitchell. Boston: Horn
Book, Inc. Pp. xiv+176.
Discussion of children s books in Europe and
America, published in France in 1934; only now
translated. Rev. by F. Sayers in LQ, XIV, 351
("no more important book on literature for chil
dren has appeared within the past decade").
Treats notable Victorians.
Heindel, Richard H. The American impact on
Great Britain, 1898-1914. Philadelphia:
Univ. of Pennsylvania pr., 1940. Pp. xix-f-
439.
Hewett-Thayer. See Meredith.
Hofstadter, Richard. Social Darwinism in
American thought, 1860-1915. Philadelphia:
Univ. of Pennsylvania pr. Pp. viii+191.
Rev. by M. White in JHI, VI (1945), 119-22
("has avoided discussing evolutionism in eth
nology; he has also avoided discussing Dar
winism in fiction .... because he wants to solve
one problem at a time But he does show
what he wants to show: that there were as many
American followers of Darwin who were mild,
reasonable advocates of fraternity and social
welfare as there were strenuous-lifers and ruth
less imperialists").
Hubach, Robert R. "St. Louis: host of cele
brated nineteenth century British and
American authors." Missouri hist, rev.,
XXXVIII, 375-87.
Includes mention of Arnold, Dickens, Mar-
ryat, Thackeray, Wilde.
"Imagining the future." TLS, Dec. 9, p. 591.
Many allusions to Victorians in relation to the
postwar world.
Jaryc, Mark. "Studies of 1935-42 on the his
tory of the periodical press." See VB 1943,
247.
Rev. by F. Francis in Library, 4th ser., XXIV,
205-7 (praise and additions).
Klinck, Carl F. Wilfred Campbell: a study in
late provincial Victorianism. Toronto: Ryer-
son pr., 1942. Pp. xiii+289.
Larrabee, Stephen A. ^English bards and Gre
cian marbles See VB 1943, 247.
Rev. by H. Routh in RES, XX, 246-47; by
R. Wellek in PQ, XXIII, 382-83.
Le Comte, Edward Semple. Endymion in Eng
land: the literary history of a Greek myth.
New York: King s Crown pr. Pp. x+186.
History from Spenser to Oscar Wilde.
Lewis, Charles Lee. Books of the sea: an intro
duction to nautical literature. Annapolis:
U.S. Naval Institute, 1943. Pp. 318.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
435
"The author does not pretend to list every
book of the sea; probably some very good ones
have been unintentionally overlooked. It is
hoped, however, that the work may serve as a
practical reader s guide." Surveys the entire
field of books of the sea, even though with com
parative superficiality. A critical account, usually
of English and American books; three chapters
give an account of sea stories, poetry, and
plays in other languages. Final chapter treats
"Essays and miscellanea." Reading list follows
each chapter. Index, pp. 29&-318. Frequent
treatment of Victorians.
Liptzin, Sol. "Heine, the continuator of Goe
the: a mid-Victorian legend." JEGP,
XLIII, 317-25.
Deals chiefly with G. Eliot and M. Arnold.
Mammen, Edward W. "The old stock com
pany: the Boston Museum and other 19th-
century theaters." Mere books, XIX, 3-18,
49-63, 100-107, 132-49, 176-95.
Includes many references to Victorian actors
and authors. Victorian publications are included
in the bibliog. of books and articles on the old
stock company (pp. 186-95).
Miles, Josephine. "The pathetic fallacy and
the thing in itself." Poetry, LXII, 210-18.
Munson, Gorham. "Who are our favorite
nineteenth-century authors? ^ CE, V, 291-
96; also in EJ, XXXIII, 113-18.
Favorites "outside schoolrooms" include C.
and E. Bronte, Trollope, Hardy, Thackeray,
Dickens. Discusses reasons for Trollope s popu
larity.
Neff, Emery. A revolution in European poetry,
1660-1900. See VB 1943, 248.
Rev. by W. Liepe in Germanic rev., XIX,
230-32.
Nolte, Fred 0. Art and reality. Lancaster, Pa.:
Lancaster pr., 1942. Pp. 188.
Rev. by E. Rose in Germanic rev., XIX,
229-30 ("his preoccupation is with poetry").
Gates, W. J., and Murphy, C. T. Greek litera
ture in translation. New York: Longmans,
Green. Pp. xvi+1072.
Includes "A bibliography of works in English
literature showing the influence of Greek au
thors," by C. G. Oflgood and F. R. F. Godolphin.
O Brien, Kate. English diaries and journals.
("Britain in pictures.") London: Collins,
1943. Pp. 47.
Rev. by T. James in LL, XL, 132 (personal
criticism and an "accomplished catalogue of our
most famous diarists .... to Queen Victoria").
Oxford movement. See III, Smyth.
Peyre, Henri. Writers and their critics: a study
of misunderstanding. Cornell univ. pr. Pp.
xii+340.
Rev. by J. Frederick in Book week, Oct. 15,
p. 2; by H. M. Jones in NYTBR, Nov. 12, p. 32.
Pinto, V. de S. "Russian poetry in English
verse." English, V, 72-77.
Pre-Raphaelite movement. See II, Green.
Richardson, Dorothy. "Saintsbury and art
for art s sake in England." TMLA, LIX,
243-60.
The erratic judgments of "the official critic
of England" are to be explained by his having
been an "advocate of art for art s sake in his
youth. The essential characteristics of the move
ment are Hated and traced historically, and
Saintsbury s relation to them is defined.
Sadleir, Michael. Things past. London: Con
stable. Pp. 276.
Rev. by L. Fowler in S, Oct. 13, p. 342; in
TLS, Sept. 9, p. 435. Has some essays on Vic
torians.
Sanders, C. R. Coleridge and the Broad Church
movement See VB 1943, 248.
Rev. by F. Curtin in PhilosR, LIII, 85-86;
by C. Harrold in JEGP, XLIII, 137-39.
Shipley, Joseph T. (comp.). Dictionary of
world literature: criticism -forms technique.
New York: Philos. libr., 1943. Pp. xv+633.
Rev. by C. Vincent in QQ, L (1943), 334; by
R. Wellek in PQ, XXIII, 186-89; see also note by
W. Oldfather in PQ, XXIII, 378-79.
Simmons, Ernest J. An outline of modern Rus
sian literature. Cornell univ. pr. Pp. 93.
The bibliog. presents a selective guide to
modern Russian literature in English transla
tion (1880-1940).
Smith, Byron Porter. Islam in English litera
ture. Beirut, Lebanon: Printed at the Amer.
pr., 1939. Pp. xii+258.
436
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
The first chapter, on the Middle Ages and the
Renaissance, is very brief, so as to supplement
rather than duplicate the material "so ably
handled in Professor Chew s book The crescent
and the rose (1937)." Studies intensively the
Islamic material in English literature, with
chapters on the ages of Dryden, Pope, and John
son, one on the Romantic age and the Early
Victorian age and one on "The hero as proph
et." This last discusses Carlyle s lecture on
Mohammed and its subsequent effect on opinion -
concerning Mohammed and Islam and gives an
estimate of the reception of Heroes and hero-
worship by the Arab-speaking world. For each
chapter after the first, the author s method is to
present a brief summary of the political history
of Moslem countries in the pertinent period and
then a study of the records of travelers, the writ
ings of historians and theologians, miscellaneous
prose works, fiction, poetry, and the drama.
In addition to the works of English authors,
English translations from the Latin and from
living European languages are considered. Un
questionably important in its field. W. D. T.
Smyth, Charles. "The Evangelical movement
in perspective." Cambridge hist. jour.. VII
(1943), 160-74.
Very useful. Informative; also raises questions
and suggests lines for future research.
Taylor, John Tinnon. Early opposition to the
English novel See VB 1942, 338.
Rev. by D. Bond in LQ, XIV, 356-57.
Troy, William. "The new Parnassianism -and
recent poetry." Chimera, II (winter-spring)
3-16.
"Parnassianism" follows^ G. M. Hopkins.
Williams, Charles D, "A note on Pollock s
plays." N & Q, Dec. 4, 1943, pp. 347-48,
354.
Contributions to drama, esp. juvenile.
Wormley, Stanton. Heine in England. See VB
1943, 249.
Rev. by S. Liptzin in JEGP, XLIII, 369-71.
IV. INDIVIDUAL AUTHORS
Acton. Smith, R. A. L. "Books in general."
NS, XXVII, 355-56.
Brief discussion of Lord Acton.
Arnold (see also II, Morgan, Spender; III,
Liptzin). The complete poetical works of
Matthew Arnold. ("Oxford standard au
thors.") London: Milford; Oxford univ. pr.,
1943.
Rev. in N & Q, Dec. 2, p. 264. A revision
and enlargement: "all the poems that Arnold
ever printed .... with means of finding what
at one date and another he thought their text
should be"; a "remarkable and illuminating
work of editing,"
Annan, Noel. "Books in general." NS, XXVII,
191.
On encounter between Arnold and Francis
Newman over translating Homer.
G., W. W. ; Looker, S. J. ; and Russell, C. "Some
blunders of celebrated authors." N & Q,
Jan. 1, pp. 26-27; Jan. 15, p. 57; March 11,
pp. 145-46. See VB 1943, 259.
Blunders by Arnold, Kipling, Meredith, Ste
venson, Thackeray.
Gay, R. M. "Arnold s The scholar-gipsy/ "
Ex, Vol. II, item 28.
Jones, Howard Mumford. "Arnold, aristoc
racy, and America." AHR, XLIX, 393-
409,
Major, John C. "Matthew Arnold and Attic
prose style." PMLA, LIX, 1086-1103.
Pottle, Frederick A. "Arnold s Dover Beach. "
Ex, Vol. II, item 45.
Templeman, William D. "A note on Arnold s
Civilisation in the United States. " MLN,
LIX, 173-74.
Tillotson, Geoffrey. "Matthew Arnold: the
critic and the advocate. . On pp. 29-41 of
Essays by divers hands, new ser., Vol. XX.
Ed. by Gordon Bottomley. London: Mil-
ford; Oxford univ. pr., 1943.
Bagehot (see also II, Economist). Pritchett,
V. S. "Books in general." NS, July 29, p. 74.
Brief discussion of Bagehot.
Barnes, Thomas. Hudson, Derek. Thomas
Barnes of "The Times," with selections from
his critical essays never before reprinted. Ed.
by Harold Child. New York: Macmillan.
Pp. xii-l-196. See VB 1943, 250.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
437
Rev. by N. Balakian in NYTBR, March 19,
p. 14; by H. Jordan in AHR, XLIX, 711-12;
by C. New in JMH, XVI, 312-13; in H TB,
Apr. 9, p. 10; in N & Q, Jan. 1, pp. 28-29; in
QR, CCLXXXII, 122.
Parker, W. M. "Thomas Barnes and The
champion. " TLS, Jan. 1, p. 7; reply by D.
Hudson, Jan. 15, p. 31 (attributions to
John Scott).
Parker, "W. M. "Thomas Mitchell and Thomas
Barnes." TLS, May 27, p. 259.
Barnes, William. "A Wessex Virgil: Barnes
Poems of rural life. " TLS, July 1, p. 321.
"William Barnes." TLS, July 1, p. 319 (edi
torial); see also p. 331.
Beddoes. Gregory, Horace. "On the Gothic
imagination in Romantic poetry and the
survival of Thomas Lovell Beddoes." On
pp. 45-61 of The shield of Achilles: essays on
beliefs in poetry. New York: Harcourt,
Brace.
Other essays included are: "On Walter Savage
Landor and the elegiac tradition in English
poetry" (pp. 76-89); "On Lewis Carroll s Alice
and her White Knight and Wordsworth s Ode
on immortality" (pp. 90-105); "On William
Ernest Henley s editorial career" (pp. 106-18);
"On George Moore and regionalism in realistic
fiction" (pp. 119-35); "On William Butler Yeats
and the mask of Jonathan Swift" (pp. 136-55).
Rev. by B. Deutsch in N, Apr. 22, p. 486;
by E. Drew in HTB, Apr. 23, p. 3; by J. Fletcher
in NYTBR, Apr. 16, p. 3; by L. Kennedy in
Book week, Apr. 23, p. 8; by F. Matthiessen in
New R, Apr. 24, p. 568; by J. C. R. in KR, VI,
469-73; by T. Spencer in SRL, Apr. 29, p. 27;
by A. Wanning in ParR, XI, 350-52,
Howarth, R. G. "Beddoes: Drink my death/"
N & Q, June 17, p. 292.
Error of "death" for "health."
Beerbohm, Gallatin, Albert E. Sir Max Beer-
bohm: bibliographical notes. Ltd. ed. Harvard
univ. pr. Pp. xvi+121.
Rev. by C. Rollins in SRL, July 8, p. 18.
"Max Beerbohm bibliography." TLS, Dec. 9,
p. 600.
Nowell-Smith, Simon. " Max at Charter
house." TLS, Dec. 16, p. 611.
Borrow. Tilford, J. E., Jr. "Contemporary
criticism of Lavengro: a re-examination."
SP, XLI, 442-56.
Braddon (see also Buisson). "Miss Braddon."
TLS, Sept. 16, p. 456.
Sadleir, Michael. "Miss Braddon." TLS, Oct.
10, 1942, p. 504.
Summers, Montague. "Miss Braddon." TLS,
Oct. 24, 1942, p. 528; Apr. 15, p. 192. See
VB 1942, 340.
Bridges (see also Hopkins: Price). Green,
Andrew J. "Robert Bridges and the spiritual
animal." PhilosR, LIII, 286-95.
Nowell-Smith, Simon. "Bridges s classical
prosody: new verses and variants." TLS,
Aug. 28, 1943, p. 420; see also note by F.
Hutchinson, TLS, Sept. 11, 1943, p. 444.
Thompson, Edward. Robert Bridges, 1844-
1930. Oxford univ, pr., Jan. 4, 1945. Pp. 140.
Rev. in TLS, Jan. 13, 1945, p. 13 ("sound
estimate of the poet and his work, prepared for
the centenary of his birth by one who knew him
and .... watched him at work").
Brontes. Doods, M. Hope. "Heathcliff s coun
try." MLR, XXXIX, 116-29.
This article discussed in N & Q, June 17, pp.
281-82.
Morgan, Charles. Reflections in a mirror. Lon
don: Macmillan. Pp. vii+225.
Rev. by S. Jameson in TLS, Dec. 9, p. 594;
by F. Swinnerton in S, Dec. 15, p. 558. Reprints
the "Menander s mirror" series from the TLS,
including articles on E. Bronte, Hardy, etc.
Transactions and other publications of the
Bronte Society. Vol. IX. Parts XLVI-XLIX.
Printed for the Society, 1940. Pp. 290. See
also HTB, Dec. 3, p. 42.
Brougham. Aspinall, A. "Lord Brougham s
Life and times. " EHR, LIX, 87-96.
Brownings (see also II, Burton; Hardy: M.,
H. S.; Meynell; Shaw: Smalley). B., B. "A
Browning-Byron parallel." N & Q, March
11, p. 160.
B., E. I. "Mrs. Browning and Hans Ander-
* sen." N & ft Feb. 12, p. 92.
438
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
B., E. I., andSayar. "Browning s botany. " N &
Q, Jan. 1, p. 26; Jan. 15, p, 56. See VB 1943,
250.
Charlton, H. B. "Poetry and truth: an aspect
of Browning s The ring and the book." JRL,
XXVIII, 43-57.
Cook, Viola. "Browning s Parley and De
Lassay s M^moire. " MM, LIX, 553-56.
Browning used not De Lassay but Sainte-
Beuve.
Ed. "Can it be Browning?" N & Q, July 29,
pp. 57-58.
Query about a poem attributed to Browning.
Editors and Campbell, H. M. "Browning s
Trospice/ " Ex, Vol. II, item 53; Vol. Ill,
item 2.
Friedland, L. S. "Browning s The glove, "
Ex, Vol. II, item 30.
Haines, L. F, "Mill and Pauline : the re
view that retarded Browning s fame."
MLN, LIX, 410-12.
Hannon, Rachel. "Imagery and the adding-
machine." CE t VI, 6-13.
Includes discussion of Smith s Brovming s
star-imagery (see VB 1941, 404).
Hibernicus and J., W. H. "Conundrums from
Chesterton s Browning," N & Q, Oct. 21,
pp. 180-81; Dec. 30, pp. 301-2.
L., G. G., and Strachan, L. "Browning s lim
pet." N&Q, Oct. 21, p. 194; Nov. 4, p. 237.
Memorabilist. "On The ring and the book." N
<fc Q, May 6, p. 215.
Phelps, William Lyon. "A conversation with
Browning." ELH, XI, 154-60.
Unpublished letter written in 1883 by a fif
teen-year-old girl describing an interview.
Price, Frances. "Some uncollected letters of
Mrs. Browning." N & Q, Nov. 18, pp. 227-
31.
Letters to Cornelius Mathews which first ap
peared in Pictures of the living authors of Britain
(1849), by Thomas Powell.
Stevenson, Lionel. "Tennyson, Browning and
a romantic fallacy." TQ, XIII, 17&-95.
Stoll, Elmer Edgar. From Shakespeare to
Joyce: authors and critics: literature and
life. New York;: Doubleday. Pp. xx+442.
Includes "material on Browning, Dickens, and
Kipling. Rev. by S. C. Chew in HTB, Apr. 30,
p. 8; by L. Kronenberger in JV, Feb. 19, p. 229;
by R. Roberts in SRL, March 4, p. 9; by M.
Schorer in NYTBR, Feb. 6, p. 7; in Book week,
March 12, p. 8; in TLS, March 18, p. 138.
Templeman, W. D.; Pottle, F. A.; Basler, R.
P.; and Dickson, Arthur. "Browning s A
toccata of Galuppi s. " Jfo, Vol. II, items
25, 60; Vol. Ill, item 15.
W. } A. C. "Vanity Fair, 11 December 1875."
N & Q, Feb. 12, pp. 102-3.
Quotes long rev. of The inn album.
Wilsey, Mildred. "Elizabeth Barrett Brown
ing s heroine." CE, VI, 75-81.
Autobiographical elements in Aurora Leigh.
Wilson, . Grace Elizabeth. Robert Browning s
portraits, photographs and other likenesses
and their makers. Ed. by A. J. Armstrong.
Waco, Tex.: Baylor univ,, 1943. Pp. 196+
98 portraits.
Buisson, Ada. Evans, F. B. "Ada Buisson."
TLS, Dec. 23, p. 621 ; see also TLS, Nov. 25.
Biographical information about a real per
son (not to be confused with Miss Braddon),
novelist (1839-66).
Bulwer-Lytton. Pritchett, V. S. "Books in
general." NS, XXVII, 259.
Discusses literature of Utopias, particularly
Bulwer-Lytton s The coming race.
Butler (see also Disraeli: Cline). Forster, E.
M. "Books in general." N8, July 15, p. 43.
Brief discussion of JSrewhon.
Holt, Lee Elbert. "Samuel Butler s revisions
of Erewhon. }} BSP, XXXVIII, 22-38.
Carlyle (see also III, Bentley; Brownings:
Memorabilist). B., E. "Wordsworth in
Italy." N&Q, Jan. 15, p. 48.
Quotes part of a letter from John Carlyle to
his brother Thomas, June 12, 1837, about an
expedition to Tivoli.
Deaton, Mary B. "Thomas Carlyle s use of
metaphor." CE, V, 314-18.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
439
Holmberg, Olle. "David Hume in Carlyle s
Sartor resartus." Arsberatteke 1933-1934:
Bulletin de la Soci&te royale des lettres de
Lund 1938-1934, pp. 91-109. See VB 1935,
425.
Lea, Frank A. Carlyle: prophet of to-day. Lon
don: Routledge, 1943. Pp. viii+178.
Rev. by H. Fausset in Adelphi, XX, 61-62.
Parry, John J. "A plea for better anthologies."
CE, V, 318-24.
Includes notes on "Baphometic fire baptism"
and the reason for Carlyle s choice of the name
"Teufelsdrockh."
Reilly, Joseph J. "Jane Carlyle appraises her
contemporaries." CWd, CLVIII, 443-51.
T., C. "G. F. Watts and Carlyle," N & Q,
Feb. 26, pp. 114-15.
G. K. Chesterton on Watts s portrait of Car
lyle.
Wellek, Rene*. "Carlyle and the philosophy of
history." PQ, XXIII, 55-76.
Brief critical analysis of Mrs. Young s
Thomas Carlyle and the art of history and Mr.
Shine s Carlyle and the Saint-Simonians: the con
cept of historical periodicity, leads to more gen
eral discussion, in which is emphasized the in
fluence of Fichte, Schelling, Hegel, Herder, and
other German Romantics on Carlyle s ideas on
history.
Carpenter. "Poet of democracy: Edward Car
penter: aeons of peace and progress." TLS,
Sept. 2, p. 426; see also p. 439.
Carroll (see II, Morgan; III, Hazard; Bed-
does: Gregory).
Clough. Palmer, Francis W. "The bearing of
science on the thought of Arthur Hugh
Clough." PMLA, LIX, 212-25.
Coleridge, Mary. Chitty, Jessie E. "Charlotte
Yonge and Mary Coleridge." TLS, March
25, p. 151; see also pp. 175, 199 (Apr. 8, 15).
Conrad. Dean, Leonard F. "Tragic pattern in
Conrad s The heart of darkness/ " CE,
VI, 100-104.
Wright, Walter F. "Joseph Conrad s critical
views." Research studies, State College of
Washington, XII, 155-75.
CorellL Bullock, George. "The Corep won
der." LL, XLI, 140-47.
Darwin (see also III, Hofstadter). Altrocchi,
Rudolph. "God and Darwin reconciled."
On pp. 227-41 of his Sleuthing in the stacks.
Harvard unjv. pr.
Discussions of Darwin s theories in letters
(1889-97) between Antonio Fogazzaro, Italian
novelist, and Joseph Le Conte, Univ. of Cali
fornia professor.
Davies, L. M. "Darwinism." NC, CXXXV,
27-36.
Dewar, Douglas. "The man from monkey
myth." NC, CXXXV, 160-68.
Dickens (see also II, Hutchinson; Brownings:
Stoll). Dickensian (quarterly), Vols. XL-
XLI (Nos. 269-73). See VB 1932, 422.
Items as follows: "Some Dickens patients
[treats of "Charles Dickens: neuropsychiatrist,"
by Dr. W. R. Brain, in the London hospital
gazette}" (XL, 132); "Uncollected speeches: XI:
The Royal General Theatrical Fund, April 4th,
1863" (XLI, 15-20); K. Bromhill, "Phiz s
illustrations to David Copperjield" (XL, 47-50,
83-86); E. Bromhill, "Phiz s illustrations to
Bleak House" (XL, 145-50, 192-95); T. K.
Brumleigh, "Autoplagiarism" (XL, 9-11); W.
Dexter, "Twice twenty-one: the fellowship in
retrospect" (XL, 25-35, 97-101, 127-32); W.
Dexter and K. Bromhill, " The David Copper-
field advertiser " (XLI, 21-25); Roger Green,
"Andrew Lang: critic and Dickensian" (XLI,
10-14; includes list of Lang s writings on Dick
ens); T. W. Hill, "Drood time in Cloisterham"
(XL, 113-17); T. Hill, "Notes on Bleak House"
(XL, 39-44, 65-70, 133-41; see also article by
W. WooUiams, XLI, 26-29); T. HOI, "Notes on
The mystery of Edwin Drood" (XL, 198-204;
XLI, 30-37); T. Hill, "Notes to David Copper
jield" (XL, 11-14); J. H. McNulty, "Bleak
House and Macbeth" (XL, 188-91); J. McNulty,
"Leacock on Dickens" (XL, 204r-6); Leo Mason,
"The message of Dickens" (XL, 3-8); J. B.
Priestley, "New judgment" (XL, 61-63); R. E.
Rigg, "The fascination of the sea" (XL, 89-96,
151-58); E. Trory, "Dickens in the Soviet
Union" (XL, 82 see also XL, 167, account of
Russian editions, and XLI, 3); P. C. Williams,
/ The soldier in Dickens" (XLI, 48-51).
Boll, Ernest. "Charles Dickens and Washing
ton Irving." MLQ, V, 453-67.
440
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
Boll, Ernest. "The plotting of Our mutual
friend." MP, XLII, 96-122.
C., D. "A mystery of Edwin Drood." N & Q,
March 11, pp. 131-33; Apr. 8, p. 184.
Relation of Dickens story to Robert Lytton s
John Ackland.
Ed. ; Cox, A. ; and Kent, W. "The antient society
of cogers." N & Q, Feb. 12, p. 94; March
11, pp. 144-45; Apr. 8, pp. 184-85.
Fynmore, A. H. W. "A Dickens manuscript."
N & Q, Dec. 2, p. 255.
MS of Our mutual friend sold for $17,000.
Houtchens, Carolyn W. and Lawrence H.
"Three early works attributed to Dickens."
PMLA, LIX, 226-35.
Pritchett, V. S. "Books in general." NS,
XXVII, 143.
Brief discussion of Edwin Drood.
Roe, F. Gordon. "Queen Victoria meets Mr.
Pickwick: and some bogus Pickwickiana."
Connoisseur, CXIV, 105-7.
Simpson, Evelyn. "Jonson and Dickens: a
study in the comic genius of London." On
pp. 82-92 of Essays and studies . . . . of the
English Assoc., Vol. XXIX. Ed. Una Effis-
Fermor. Oxford: Clarendon pr.
Disraeli. Cline, C. L. "Coningsby and three
Victorian novelists." N & Q, Jan 15, pp.
41-42.
Allusions in the writings of Butler, Thackeray,
Trollope.
Cline, C. L. "The unfinished diary of Dis
raeli s journey to Flanders and the Rhine-
land, 1824." Univ. of Texas .... studies in
English,. 1943, pp. Sir-Ill.
R., J. D. " No pride of ancestry or hope of
posterity. " N & Q, Apr. 8, pp. 189-90.
Derived from Coningsbyf
Stapledon, Sir George. Disraeli and the new
age. London: Faber, 1943. Pp. 175.
Rev. in QR, CCLXXXII, 249; in TLS,
Apr. 8, p. 176.
Dobell. Sackville, Lady Margaret, and Eva
DobelL "Sydney Dobell, nature poet."
Poetry rev., XXXV, 187-88.
Dowson. Longaker, Mark. Ernest Dowson.
Univ. of Pennsylvania pr.j London: Mil-
ford. Pp. x+282.
A biography, based on oral and written re
ports, including letters from Dowson s friends to
the author and many hitherto unpublished letters
by Dowson to his friends; new letters from Oscar
Wilde to Dowson are used. Rev. by L. Bacon in
SRL, Oct. 14, p. 54; by C. Baker in NYTBR,
Oct. 8, p. 4; by K. Coburn, in Canadian forum,
XXIV, 190; by G. Whicher in HTB, Oct. 29, p.
19; in CE, VI, 184; in New R, CX, 670.
Doyle. Sherlock Holmes and Dr. Watson: a
textbook of friendship. Ed. Christopher
Morley. New York: Harcourt, Brace. Pp.
366.
Reprints of several Holmes stories.
Queen, Ellery (ed.)- The misadventures of
Sherlock Holmes. Boston: Little, Brown.
Pp. xxii+363.
Anthology of parodies and imitations of
Doyle narratives.
Smith, Edgar Wadsworth (ed.). Profile by
gaslight: an irregular reader about the private
life of Sherlock Holmes. New York: Simon
& Schuster. Pp. xv+312.
Essays and poems by various hands. Rev. by
M. Becker in HTB, Apr. 9, p. 4; by H. Haycraft
in NYTBR, Apr. 2, p. 1; in SRL, Apr. 1, p. 26.
Eliot (see also III, Liptzin). Pritchett, V. S.
"Books in general." NS, XXVIII, 170.
Brief discussion of George Eliot.
Q., D. "Debasing the moral currency." N &
Q, Feb. 12, p. 103.
Source of a phrase used by Lord Acton shown
to be Impressions of Theophrastus Such.
Fox, William Johnson (see II, Mineka).
Gaskell. Lichfield, Dean of. " Cold loin at
Cranford." TLS, Jan. 15, p. 36; see also
Jan. 22, p. 48.
Gissing. "Gissing s academic career." TLS,
May 20, p. 252.
W., D. G, "The Adams-Gissing collection."
Yak univ. libr. gazette, XVIII, 49. See VB
1942, 344.
Gladstone (see II, Birkenhead, Morgan,
Spender).
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
441
Haggard. Green, Roger Lancelyn. "He, She,
and It." TLS, May 27, p. 264; see also
June 17, July 1, pp. 300, 324.
Hallam. The writings of Arthur Hallam. See
VB 1943, 253.
Rev. by J. Baker in PQ, XXIII, 95-96; by
S. Coblentz in Poet lore, L, 278-79; by H. Lowry
in MLN,UX, 426-27,
Hardy (see also I, Church; II, Morgan; III,
Munson, Peyre; Barnes: "A Wessex ....";
Brontes: Morgan; Housman: Woodbridge).
The three wayfarers, Ed. with introd. and
notes by Carl J. Weber. New York: Schol
ars Facsimiles & Reprints. Pp. xvi-f-53.
Facsimile of Hardy s dramatization (1893) of
"The three strangers." Rev. in TLS, July 8,
p. 336.
Anon. "Morals and masterpieces." TLS, Dec.
4, 1943, p. 583.
Teas and "the problem raised by Hardy."
Cecil, Lord David. Hardy the novelist: an essay
in criticism. See VB 1943, 253-54.
The Clark Lectures delivered in 1942 at
Trinity College, Cambridge. They discuss
Hardy s scope, power, art, weakness, and style.
The lectures are fresh and stimulating, and Cecil
has found many new things to say on old sub
jects and says them in a particularly attractive
way. Like others who have studied the Wessex
novels, he emerges with a sincere admiration for
Hardy; in fact, "we do not just admire, we love
him Behind the work stands the man."
This excellent book ends with words well worth
quoting in 1945: "Hardy was never hard
The burning flame of his charity blazed all the
higher for the infinite and unrelieved blackness
of the universe." Carl J. Weber.
Clemens, Cyril. My chat with Thomas Hardy.
Introd. by Carl J. Weber. Webster Groves,
Mo.: International Mark Twain Soc. Pp.
32. See VB 1943, 254.
Account of a call in 1925. Hardy s opinions of
certain English and American writers. Rev. by
L. Payne, Jr., in Mark Twain gwr., VI (summer-
fall), 21-22.
Gifford, Gordon. "The first Mrs. Thomas
Hardy." TLS, Jan. 1, p. 7.
Gregory, Horace, with M. Zaturenska. "The
vein of comedy in E. A. Robinson s poetry."
AB, I, 43-64.
Honig, Camille. "In search of Thomas Hardy."
NS, June 10, pp. 384r-85.
A soldier visits Max Gate; talks with towns
people about Hardy.
Ignoto. "Blunders in quotation." N & Q,
Apr. 22, p. 208.
Printing blunder in Jude the obscure, 1886 ed.
Libbey, David. "A visit to Max Gate." Bull,
of the Maine libr. assoc., V, 28-31. See also
TLS, Sept. 2, p. 427.
M., H. S. "An anachronism in Thomas Har
dy." # & Q, May 20, pp. 246-47.
Hardy quotes from a Browning poem pub
lished twenty years after the supposed date of
the story "The waiting supper."
Purdy, Richard L. "Thomas Hardy and Flor
ence Henniker: the writing of The spectre
of the real" Colby libr. quar., I, 122-26.
Roberts, Marguerite. "The dramatic element
in Hardy s poetry." QQ, LI, 429-38.
Weber, Carl J. Hardy of Wessex See VB
1941, 411.
Rev., with Cecil s Hardy the novelist, by J.
Macdonald in TQ, XIII, 476-80.
Weber, Carl J. "The spectre after fifty years."
Colby libr. quar., I, 126-28.
Henley (see also Beddoes: Gregory). Mc-
Luhan, H. M. "Henley s Invictus. " Ex,
Vol. Ill, item 22.
Hopkins (see also III, Troy). Gardner, W.
H. Gerard Manley Hopkins (1844-1889}:
a study of the poetic idiosyncrasy in relation
to poetic tradition. Foreword by Gerard
Hopkins. London: Seeker & Warburg. Pp.
xvi+304.
Rev. by G. Stonier, in NS, Nov. 4, pp. 307-8;
in TLS, Nov. 11, p. 550.
Hopkins, Gerard. "Gerard Manley Hopkins."
TLS, June 24, p. 309.
On the correct date of the poet s birth.
Kenyon review: Hopkins centennial.
The summer number (Vol. VI, No. 3) con
tains four articles on Hopkins, and the autumn
(No. 4) contains three. In order of appearance,
they are: Herbert Marshall McLuhan, "The
analogical mirrors" (pp. 322-32); Harold White
hall, "Sprung rhythm" (pp. 333-54); Josephine
442
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
Miles, "The sweet and lovely language" (pp.
355-68); Austin Warren, "Instress of inscape"
(pp. 360-82); Robert Lowell, "A note" (pp.
583-86); Austin Warren, "Monument not quite
needed" (pp. 587-89); Arthur Mizener, "Vic
torian Hopkins" (pp. 590-606).
In summarizing, Mizener says (p. 606) that
the following conviction is "explicitly or im
plicitly endorsed" by all the contributors to the
.symposium: "that Hopkins is Victorian, in a
go6d many respects obviously Victorian; and that
it is only the integrity and skill with which he
fulfilled the other impulses of his nature which
tends to hinder our recognition of the fact that
even in these impulses he represents his time."
Eliger, Samuel. "God s plenitude in the
poetry of Gerard Manley Hopkins." MLN,
LIX, 408-10.
Leavis, F. R. "Evaluations (IV): Gerard
Mauley Hopkins." Scrutiny, XII, 82-93.
Centenary article, attempting to indicate the
place of Hopkins among English poets. A note
on p. 8*> refers to an essay by Moore, to appear in
the Downside rev. for September, dealing with
the relation of Hopkins to Duns Scotus.
Leavis, F. R. "Gerard Manley Hopkins." On
pp. 159-93 of his New bearings in English
poetry London: Chatto & Windus,
1932.
Pick, John. Gerard Manky Hopkins See
VB 1943, 254r-55.
Rev. by A. MacGillivray in Poet Zore,L, 276-
78.
Poet and priest: Gerard Manley Hopkins:
1844-1889: the Pare-Gale skylark. 3 " TLS,
June 10, pp. 282, 284; see also editorial, p.
283.
Price, Fanny. "G. M. Hopkins on Robert
Bridges." N & Q, Jan. 15, p. 49.
Ruggles, Eleanor. Gerard Manky Hopkins: a
life. New York: Norton. Pp. 8+305.
Rev. by D. Abel in SAQ, XLII, 415-17;
by W. Auden in New R, Aug. 21, p. 223; by
H. Gregory in HTB, Aug. 6, p. 5; by L, Kennedy
in Book week, Aug. 13, p. 9; by R. Lowell in
SeR, LIII (1945), 136-40 ("another volume to
the already menacing libraries of pleasantly
academic substitutes for our English classics");
by H. McLuhan in NYTBR, Sept. 3, pp. 7, 14;
by T. Spencer in SRL, Sept. 2, p. 20; by A.
Warren in KR, VI, 587-89 ("Monument not
quite needed").
Turner, W. J. "Gerard Manley Hopkins
(1844-89)." 8, July 14, pp. 32-33.
Home, R. H. (see II, Mineka).
Housman. Carter, John. "A poem of A. E.
Housman." TLS, June 12, 1943, p. 288.
See VB 1943, 255.
Uses "The sage to the young man" to show
how study of Housman s MSS throws light on
textual evolution of his work.
Explicator: A. E. Housman number, Vol. II,
No. 5 (March).
Items as follows: 34: T. S. K. Scott-Craig,
C.C.Walcutt, and Cleanth Brooks, "Housman s
1887 "; 35: F. A. Philbrick and R. P. Boas,
"Housnianls Revolution "; 36: Frank Sullivan,
"Housman s Farewell to barn and stack and
tree "; 37: Louise Boas, "Housman s The im
mortal part "; 38: W. L, Werner, "Housman s
Epitaph on an army of mercenaries "; 39:
editors, "Housman s When Israel out of Egypt
came "; 40: Robert Stallman, "Explications de
texte on the poetry of Housman: a check-list."
Item in Ex, Vol. Ill: 6: Louise Boas, "Hous
man s The merry guide. "
Haber, Tom B. "Heine and Housman."
JEGP, XLIII, 326-32.
Symons, Katharine E. "A. E> Housman and
music." M & L, XXV, 60-61.
Reminiscences by Housman s sister. Prompted
by article in M & L by William White. See VB
1943, 255.
Walcutt, Charles C. "Housman and the em
pire: an analysis of 1887. " CE, V, 255-58.
Werner, W. L. "Housman s 1887 no sat
ire." CE, VI, 165-66.
Disagrees with Walcutt; cf. article above.
Woodbridge, Benjamin M. "Poets and pessi
mism: Vigny, Housman. et alii." RoR,
XXXV, 43-51.
Includes treatment; of Thomas Hardy, Leo-
pardi, James Thomson. See VB 1941, 412:
Whitridge on Vigny and Housman.
Hughes, Thomas (see II, Morgan).
Huxley. Teller, James D. "Huxley on the
aims of education." Ed. forum, VIII/317-
23.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
443
Jefferies. Looker, S. J. "Bibliographical dis
coveries in the work of Richard Jefferies."
"A bird query in Richard Jefferies." "Rich
ard Jefferies (1848-1887)." N & Q } Feb. 12,
pp. 91-92; Feb. 12, p. 96; Oct. 7, p. 169.
Jefferies countryside: nature essays. Ed. with
introd. and notes by Samuel J. Looker.
London: Constable. Pp. 328.
The Worthing cavalcade: concerning Richard
Jefferies, by various hands. Ed. Samuel J.
Looker. Worthing, Sussex; Aldridge Bros.
Rev. in N & Q, Oct. 21, pp. 197-98.
Jerome. P., W. H. "The illustrator of Three
men in a boat." N & Q, June 17, pp. 292-93
On Arthur Frederics,
Kingsley (see also II, Morgan). Annan, Noel.
"Books in general." NS, XXVII, 209.
Newman versus Kingsley about truth-telling.
Kipling (see also II, Morgan; Brownings:
Stoll) . Green, R. L. "The hope of the Katze-
kopfs." N & Q, March 25, pp. 152-53.
On a children s book of 1844 that influenced
Kipling and perhaps Thackeray.
McLuhan, H. M. "Kipling and Forster." SeR,
LII, 332-43.
Landor (see also Beddoes: Gregory). Cham
bers, E. K. "Some notes on Walter Savage
Landor." RES, XX, 147-54.
Elwin, Malcolm. "Landor and Alfieri." TLS,
Feb. 26, p. 103.
Hubbell, Jay B. "Some new letters of Walter
Savage Landor." Virginia mag. of hist, and
biog., LI (1943), 283-96.
Lang (see also Dickens: Dickensian: Green).
Green, Roger Lancelyn. "Andrew Lang
and the fairy tale." RES, XX, 227-31.
Green, Roger L. "Andrew Lang: poet and
romantic: 1844-1912." English, V, 37-44.
Parker, W. M. "Andrew Lang s works." TLS,
Apr. 1, p. 168.
Addition to bibliog. in CBEL.
Hamilton, Ian. "Andrew Lang." TLS, Apr.
8, p. 175.
Lockhart. Brightfield, Myron F. "Lockhart s
Quarterly contributors." PMLA, LIX,
491-512.
Identification of contributors, including many
Victorians.
Parker, W. M. "Lockhart s obiter dicta." TLS,
Feb. 5, p. 72; Feb. 12, p. 84.
Excerpts from letters, including opinion of
Thackeray, etc.
Rendall, Vernon. "Lockhart s life of Scott."
TLS, Jan. 8, p. 24.
Strout, Alan Lang; "Some unpublished letters
of John Gibson Lockhart to John Wilson
Croker." N & Q, Sept. 9, pp. 112-15; Sept.
23, pp. 134-37; Oct. 7, pp. 163-65; Oct. 21,
pp. 186-88; Nov. 4, pp. 206-10; Nov. 18,
pp. 225-27. See VB 1943, 256.
Lytton, Robert (see Dickens: D., C.).
Martineau. Nevill, John C. Harriet Martineau.
See VB 1943, 256.
Rev. by A. Robinson in EcJ, LIV, 120-23.
Riolin, Joseph B. "Harriet Martineau." TLS,
Jan. 8, p. 24; see reply by Mildred Mar
tineau, Jan. 22, p. 48.
Meredith. Cust, Nina. "Meredith s Hymn. "
TLS, Dec. 16, p. 611.
Graham, W. H. "A lord of creation." NR,
CXXII, 342-45.
Analysis of Sir Willoughby Patterne.
Hewett-Thayer, H. W. "Ferdinand Lassalle
in the novels of Spielhagen and Meredith."
Germanic rev., XIX, 186-96.
Hudson, R. B. "Meredith s The egoist as a
play." MLN, LIX, 165-68.
"Menander s mirror: loyalties of taste." TLS,
Apr. 15, p. 183.
A defense of Meredith s poetry.
Sadleir, Michael. u The shaving of Shagpat."
TLS, Jan. 8, p. 24 (bibliog. note).
Meynell (see also Brownings: Meynell; Pat-
more: B., B.). "Letters of Elizabeth Bar
rett Browning." N & Q, Dec. 16, pp. 272-
73.
First printing of a heavily revised version of
the article by Alice Meynell which originally
appeared in the Pall-Mall gazette for March 11,
1897.
Price, Fanny. "Alice Meynell: some uncol-
lected verse." N & Q, Dec. 30, pp. 295-96.
444
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
Mill (see also Brownings: Haines). The spirit
of the age. See VB 1943, 257.
Rev. by W. Knickerbocker in MLN, LIX,
210-11.
Summers, R. "John Stuart Mill and liberty."
Adelphi, XX, 39-45.
Moore (see also Beddoes: Gregory). Gettman.
Royal A. "George Moore s revisions of The
lake, The mid goose, and Esther Waters.
PMLA, LIX, 540-55.
Morley (see also II, Morgan). Knickerbocker,
Frances W. Free minds: John Morley and
his friends. See VB 1943, 257.
Rev. by C. Harrold in MP, XLI, 265-66;
.by D. Raymond in JMH, XVI, 76-77; in HTB,
Apr. 9, p. 9.
Staebler, Warren. The liberal mind of John
Morley. See VB 1943, 257.
Rev. by E. Everett in MLN, LIX, 435-36;
by C. Harrold in MP, XLI, 265-66; by C. Payne
in JMH, XVI, 148; by W. Willcox in AHR,
XLIX, 462-63.
Villiers, Marjorie. Nineteenth century com
mentary." QR, CCLXXXII, 328-41.
Description of the unpublished letters of Mrs.
George Villiers to her brother, Lord Morley, with
quotations.
Morris. Phillips, Lawrence, and Wadimar.
"William Morris/ N & Q, May 6, p. 229;
June 3, p. 278.
About a statement in News from nowhere.
Short, Clarice. "William Morris and Keats."
PMLA, LIX, 513-23.
Parallel passages indicating that Morris imi
tated Keats to a considerable degree.
Morrison, Arthur. Pritchett, V. S. "Books in
general/ NS, XXVII, 61.
Brief discussion of Tales of mean streets (1894).
Newman (see also Kingsley; White). A New-
man treasury Ed. G. F. Harrold. See
VB 1943, 257.
Rev. by E. Mossner in MLN, LIX, 437; by
C. Sisson in MLR, XXXIX, 418-19; by W.
Templeman in JEGP, XLIII, 262-63.
Holahan, Sister Mary B. Newman in France.
Abstract of Univ. of Illinois diss. Urbana,
III., 1943. Pp. 11.
P., S. C., and Crosse, Gordon. "John Henry
Newman and a prayer." N & Q, Jan. 29,
p. 72; Feb. 26, p. 118.
Pater (see also II, Morgan). Coll, E. "Q and
Pater." TLS, Dec. 16, p. 611.
Law, Helen H. "Pater s use of Greek quota
tions/ MLN, LVIII (1943), 575-85.
Patmore. B., B. "Byron, Patmore, and Alice
Meynell." N & Q, June 3, pp. 267-68.
P., F. "Patmore, Stevenson, and Cordelia/
N & Q, July 1, p. 15.
Patmore and Stevenson on . Cordelia s reti
cence.
Price, Fanny. "A topographical poem." N &
Q, Feb. 26, p. 114.
On Patmore s Tamerton church-tower.
Pearce. Pinto, V. de S. "A Victorian water-
poet." N &Q, May 20, pp. 243-45.
Poems on swimming by a swimming teacher
(1843).
Praed. Note on Etoniana. N & Q, Jan. 29, p.
61. See VB 1942, 348.
Says that Etoniana for Dec. 28, 1943, brings
to an end the printing of a series of letters written
by Praed from Eton.
Reade. "Fact, realism, and morality in Reade s
fiction." SP, XLI, 582-98.
Robinson. Latham, E.,; Algar, A.; Ed. "Em
ma Robinson." N & Q, May 6, p. 228; June
3, p. 276.
An obscure Victorian novelist.
Summers, Montague. "Emma Robinson, au
thor of Whitefriars." TLS, Jan. 22, p. 48,
Rossetti. Culler, Dwight and Helen. "The
sources of The King s tragedy/ " SP, XLI,
427-41.
Preston, Kerrison. Blake and Rossetti. London:
A. Moring Ltd., De La More pr. Pp. 111.
Twelve pp. illus. and three pp. diagrams.
Rev. by H. G. F. in Connoisseur, CXIV,
60-61; in TLS, June 24, p. 309.
Ruskin (see also II, Birkenhead, Spender).
Fain, John T. "Ruskin and his father."
PMLA, LIX, 236-42.
Characteristic works on political economy de
layed ten years by persistent discouragement of
his father.
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
Hagstotz, Hilda. The educational theories of
John Ruskin. See VB 1942, 348.
Rev. by W. H. Dunn in MLN, LIX, 216-17.
Whitehouse, J. Howard. "Ruskin s influence
today." CR, CLXV, 105-8.
Saintsbury (see III, Richardson)
Scott, John (see Barnes, Thomas: Parker).
Shaw (see also II, Morgan). Nathan, George
Jean. "George Bernard Shaw." Amer. mer
cury, LVIII, 233-38.
Saturday review of literature: G. B. S. birthday
issue. July 22.
Includes* "Four visits to Shaw": (1) John
Mason Brown, "Back to Methuselah" (pp.
6-9); (2) Lawrence Langner, "The sinner-saint
as host" (pp. 10-12); (3) Henry S. Canby,
"G. B. S. in the last war" (p. 12); (4) Bennett
Cerf, "Oh, Shaw!" (pp. 24-25); also Donald
Smalley, "Mephistopheles at the conventicle:
G. B. S. amid the Browningites" (pp. 13-15);
"What they said about Shaw" (p. 16); J. D.
Thomas, "The Unsocial socialist " (pp. 17-18);
"Malicious afterthoughts" (p.* 19); editorial, by
H. S., "On an elderly gentleman" (p. 20);
"G. B. S. a bibliography" (pp. 28, 30, 32).
Shelley, Mary, The letters of Mary W. Shelley.
Ed. Frederick L. Jones. Norman, Okla.:
Univ. of Oklahoma pr. 2 vols. Pp. xxxii-f
379; xx +390.
Rev. by G. Whicher in HTB, Dec. 31, p. 2.
Sims. Boll, T. E. M. "George R. Sims." TLS,
Sept. 18, 1943, p.- 451. Reply, Oct. 2, p. 475.
Sterling. "John Sterling as hero." TLS, Sept.
23, p. 463 (editorial on centenary of Ster
ling s death).
Stevenson (see also Patmore: P., F.). Ashe,
Matthew J. "Stevenson after fifty years."
CWd, CLX, 241-45.
Barton, J. E. "What are poetic words?"
CIS, XII, 1-4.
D., F. "Treasure Island and Captain Single
ton." N &Q, Jan. 15, p. 51.
fid. "To Theobald Boehrn, flautist." N & Q,
Dec. 30, p. 297.
Reprints for first time verses by R. L. S. from
the National observer, Jan. 17, 1891.
Moore, John Robert. "Stevenson s source for
The merry men. " PQ, XXIII, 135-40.
Swinburne. Memorabilist. "Comments." A r &
Q, March 11, p. 127; Apr. 22, p. 193.
Tennyson (see also II, Morgan). A selection
from the poems of Tennyson, Selected and
with introd. by W. H. Auden. New York:
Doubleday. Pp. xx+268.
Rev. by L. Kennedy in Book week, Nov. 19,
p. 14; by G. Mayberry in New R, Jan. 1, 1945,
p. 24.
Basler, Roy P. "Tennyson the psychologist/
SAQ t XLIII, 143-59.
Analysis of Maud.
Emery, Clark. "The background of Tenny
son s airy navies. " I sis, XXXV, Part II,
139-47.
Howarth, R. G. "Tennyson and Ovid." N &
Q, Jan. 29, p. 69.
Misquotation by Tennyson.
M., M. "From Tennyson s library. 3 More
books, XIX, 71-72.
Acquisition by the Boston Public Library of
four books, once Tennyson s.
M., T. 0. "Tennyson and an autograph fiend."
N & Q, July 1, p. 15.
Paden, W. D. "Tennyson and Persian poetry
again." MLN, LVIII (1943), 652-56. See
VB 1942, 349 (Tennyson: Yohannon).
Paden, W. D. Tennyson in Egypt See VB
1943, 259.
Rev. by G. Sanders in MLQ, V, 379-80.
Paden, W. D., and Mabbott, T. 0. "Tenny
son s The poet. " Ex, Vol. II, item 56;
Vol. Ill, item 9.
Ratchford, Fannie E. An exhibition of manu
scripts and printed books at the University of
Texas, October 1-30, 19J&: Alfred, Lord
Tennyson, 1809-1892. Pp. 20.
Rev. in LQ, XIV, 92.
Rose, Felix. "Tennyson et Victor Hugo: deux
poetes, deux peuples, une e"poque." Rev. de
la pensee franc.., Ill, 12-21.
Points out numerous parallels in the men and
in their works.
446
VICTORIAN BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR 1944
Thackeray (see also Disraeli: Cline; Kipling:
Green; Lockhart: Parker). Moore, John
Robert. "Scott and Henry Esmond." N
& Q, June 17, pp. 288-89.
Similarities to St. Ronan s Wett.
Thompson. Connolly, Terence L. Francis
Thompson: in his paths, a visit to persons and
places associated with the poet. Milwaukee:
Bruce. Pp. xii+203.
Rev. by A. Wolfe in SRL, Jan. 13, 1945, p. 26.
Thomson, James (seeHousman: Woodbridge).
Trollope (see also III, Munson; Disraeli:
Cline). A., H.; Walker, Benjamin; and
"Sayar." "Trollope: Oan you forgive her?"
N&Q, Aug. 12, p. 82; Sept. 23, p. 153; Oct-
21, p. 197.
Queries and answers.
C., R. W. "The text of Trollope s Sir Harry
Hotspur. }) N&Q, Jan. 1, pp. 2-3.
Suggested emendations.
Chapman, R. W. "The text of Phineas Finn."
TLS, March 25, p. 156; reply by S. Nowell-
Smitn, TLS, March 25, p. 156; reply by S.
Nowell-Smith, TLS, Apr. 15, p. 192.
D., T. C. "Victorian editors and Victorian
delicacy." N & Q, Dec. 2, pp. 251-53.
Suppressions by Charles Dickens the younger
in Trollope s Is he Pojwnjoy? which appeared in
All the year round (1877-78).
Edwards, Ralph. "Trollope on church affairs."
TLS, Oct. 21, p. 516.
Greenberg, Clement. "A Victorian novel."
ParR, XI, 234-38.
An analysis of TroUope s The American sena
tor, "one of the most interesting novels in Eng
lish."
Jones, Frank Pierce. "Anthony Trollope and
the classics." Classical weekly, XXXVII,
227-31.
MacCarthy, Desmond. "Trollope on the
stage." N8, XXVII, 252.
Menander s mirror. "Imagining the future."
TLS, Dec. 9, p. 591.
Trollope, Frances. Scudder, Harold H. "Mrs.
Trollope and slavery in America." N&Q,
July 29, pp. 46-48.
Similarity of Jonathan Jefferson Whitlaw
(1836) to Uncle Tom s cabin.
White. Drummond, A. L. "Blanco White:
Spanish priest, refugee, celebrity, English
clergyman, Unitarian, and skeptic (1776-
1841)." JET/, XIII, 263-72.
Interesting article on one of Newman s early
Oxford friends.
Wilde (see also III, Le Comte: Dowson: Long-
aker). Nethercot, Arthur H. "Oscar Wilde
and the devil s advocate." PMLA, LIX,
833-50.
Analysis of Wilde s writings as self-revelation.
Yeats (see also II, Morgan; Beddoes: Greg
ory). Alspach, R. K. "Yeats s first two
published poems." MLN, LVIII (1943),
555-57.
Gill, W. W. "Pollexfen in W. B. Yeats an
cestry." N- & Q, Dec. 30, pp. 294-95.
Hone, J. B, W. B. Yeats See VB 1943,
260.
Rev. by J. Bennett in RES, XX, 90-91.
Mabbott, T. 0., and Witt, Marion. "Yeats
The wild swans at Coole. " Ex, Vol. Ill,
items 5, 17.
Savage, Derek S. Personal principle: studies in
modern poetry. London: Routledge. Pp.
viii+196.
Yeats, J. B. Letters to his son, W. B. Yeats, and
others, 1869-1922. Ed. with a memoir by
Joseph Hone, and a preface by Oliver El
ton. London: Faber. Pp. 296. -
Rev. by E. C. in Connoisseur, CXIII, 131-32;
by M. Lindsay in Poetry rev., XXXV, 246;
by T. Worsley in NS, XXVII, 229-30.
Yonge (see also Coleridge, Mary). Battis-
combe, G. Charlotte Mary Yonge See
VB 1943, 260.
Rev. by M., N.-S. in English, V, 22-23.
Leavis, Q. D. "Charlotte Yonge and Chris
tian discrimination. " Scrutiny, XII, 152-
60.
Calls C. Y. "one of the prolific fiction-writers
whom time alone has already expelled." Includes
rev. of Georgiana Battiscombe s biog. (see
above).
INDEX OF VICTORIAN AUTHORS
[HIS IS AN INDEX of the Victorian authors mentioned in Section
IV of each of the thirteen bibliographies and in the first three sec
tions of the bibliography for 1932. Items in the sections not indexed
may be found to present treatment of an authorsee in Section II, VB
1932, the item by Wingfield-Stratford ; in Section III, VB 1933, the items
by Darton and Moraud; in Section III, VB 1934, the item by Elwin; etc.
Brownings, 3, 15, 16, 22, 26, 63-64. 68, 97,
107, 130, 131-^2, 137, 165, 166-67, 175,
Acton, 76, 436, 440
Ainsworth, 3, 20, 25, 96, 288, 377
Albery, 288
Allingham, 97
Anderson, 19, 335
Anstey, 165
Arnold, E., 396
Arnold, M., 3, 20-21, 61, 68, 96, 129, 137,
165, 202, 215, 243-44, 288-90, 327-28,
367-68, 396, 417-18, 423, 425, 436
Arnold, T., 396
Austin, 202
Bagehot, 61, 130, 165, 202, 290, 328, 436
Bailey, 21, 61
Bamford, 68, 137
Barham (not Lear), 177
Barnes, T., 368, 418, 436-37
Barnes, W., 130, 290, 396, 437
Barrie, 368, 396
Beddoes, 68, 130, 165, 202, 244, 328, 396, 437
Beerbohm, 328, 437
Besant, Mrs., 96
Black, 368
Blackmore, 21
Blagden, 292, 329, 418
Blessington, 62, 396
Blunt, 6, 244, 378, 396
Borrow, 19, 96, 290, 397, 437
Boucicault, 368, 397
Bowles, 368
Braddon, 202, 244, 328, 397, 418, 437
Bradley, F. H., 130
Bradley, H., 62, 244, 328
Bridges, 6, 15, 67, 103, 208, 254, 290, 328,
368, 397, 408, 418, 437
Brimley, 328
Brontes, 21, 62, 96-97, 130, 165-66, 202,
244-45, 290-91, 328-29, 368-69, 397, 418,
437
Brougham, 437
Broughton, 329
Brown, 97, 131, 329
203, 208, 215-16, 221, 245^6, 291-92,
329-30, 367, 369-70, 397-98, 406, 418-19
426, 437-38
Buisson, 438
Bulwer-Lytton, 3, 28, 97, 132, 167, 203,
292, 371, 398, 419, 438
Burnand, 173
Burney, 371
Burton, 98, 203, 371
Butler, 22, 64, 98, 132-33, 167-68, 204, 246,
292, 330, 371, 398, 419, 438
Caine, 330
Calverley, 23
Campbell, 419
Carleton, 246
Carlyle, 15, 19, 20, 23-24, 64, 68, 98-99,
107, 133, 137, 165, 168-69, 175, 204
246-48, 293-94, 330-31, 371, 398, 419,
426, 438-39 -
Carpenter, 439
Carroll, 4, 24, 64-65, 99, 134, 169, 248, 294
331, 371, 398, 419, 439
Cholmondeley, 134
Clare, 134
Clarke, Mrs. C., 248
Clarke, H. E., 180
Clodd, 24
Clough, 15, 61, 65, 169, 216, 248, 294, 331,
371-72, 398, 419, 439
Cobden, 294
Coleridge, E. H., 419
Coleridge, H., 169, 205, 248, 398
Coleridge, Mary, 439
Coleridge, Sara, 68, 331, 372, 398
Collins, 15, 24, 99, 248, 294, 332, 372, 419
Conrad, 31, 138, 332, 372-73, 398-99,420,439
Cook, 137
Cooke, 372
Corelli, 373, 420, 439
Corvo. See Rolfe.
447
448
INDEX OF VICTORIAN AUTHORS
Craik, 68
Croker, 332, 373, 379, 383, 420, 443
Crowe, 205
Gust, 332
Dallas, 169, 294, 332, 373, 399
Darley, 373
Darwin, 4, 17, 19, 20, 24, 65, 68, 134, 205,
248, 294-95, 332, 373, 399, 439
Davidson, 169, 399
Dickens, 3, 4, 24-25, 65-67, 68, 75, 99-100,
134-36, 165, 170-72, 205-06, 248-51,
295-96, 332-33, 373-75, 399-400, 420,
439-40
Disraeli, 3, 20, 25, 67, 101, 136, 168, 172,
206, 251, 296, 334, 379, 400, 420, 423, 440
Disraeli, 334, 375, 400, 420
Dixon, 6, 67, 103
Dobell, 440
Dobson, 136, 334, 400
Dodgson. See Carroll.
Dolben, 6, 67
Donne, 26
Doughty, 8, 172, 296, 334, 420
Douglas, 172
Dowden, 67, 136, 421
Dowson, 136, 297, 400, 421, 440
Doyle, 12, 101, 334, 375, 400, 421, 440
Du Maurier, 101, 136, 207, 297, 334, 400
Egan, 251
Eliot, 3, 4, 26, 67, 68, 101, 136, 169, 172,
207, 215, 251, 297,375,397,400,421,440
Ellis, 400
Engel, 400
Engels, 421
Ewing, 375
Fairbairn, 297
Falkner, 421
Field, 26, 101, 207
Fitzgerald, 67-68, 102, 136, 172, 207, 216,
251, 297, 375, 400, 421
Forbes, 334
Forster, 68, 205
Fox, 440
Frazer, 375, 400
Freeman, 251, 400, 421
Froude, 26, 32, 68, 137, 175, 251, 297, 335,
400, 421, 425
Garrett, Elizabeth. See Anderson.
Gaskell, 20, 26, 68, 102, 137, 173, 251, 375,
400, 424, 440
Gilbert, 4, 11, 14, 15, 16, 26, 68, 137, 173,
207, 251, 297, 375, 400, 421
Gilfillan, 173
Gissing, 26-27, 68-69, 102, 137, 173, 207,
251-52, 297, 400-01, 421, 440
Gladstone, 7, 9, 10, 11, 19, 136, 168, 172,
207, 222, 252, 297, 335, 401, 440
Gordon, A. L., 69, 102
Gordon, Lucie D., 297
Graham, R. B. Cunningham, 27, 252
Granby, 376
Gray, 252
Haggard, 441
Hall, 420
Hallam, 74, 110, 137, 173, 180, 221, 401,
421, 441
Hardy, 12, 27, 69, 102, 137-38, 173-74,
207-08, 216-17, 252-54, 297-99, 335-40,
376,-77, 401-02, 421-22, 44l
Hare, 377, 402
Harrison, 402
Haydon, 138, 209, 291
Henley, 69, 208, 408, 422, 441
Herbert, 422
Hewlett, 138
Home, 208, 430
Hood, 138, 402
Hook, 377
Hope, 138
Hopkins, 69, 103, 138-39, 174-75, 208-09,
254, 299, 340, 377, 402, 422-23, 441-42
Home, 139, 423, 442
Housman, 208, 254, 299, 340, 377-78, 402-
03, 405, 423, 442
Howitt, Mary, 68
Howitt, William, 137
Hudson, 340
Hughes, 68, 174, 209, 423, 442
Hunt, Thornton, 403, 423-
Hutton, 378, 419
Huxley, 27, 68, 103, 139, 175, 209, 300,
378, 403, 423, 442
Ingelow, 340
James, G. P. R., 423
Jameson, 300, 340
Jefferies, 3, 69, 139, 209, 255, 300, 378,
423, 443
Jeffrey, 378
Jerome, 442
Jewsbury, 69, 139, 175
Johnson, Lionel, 402
Jones, Henry Arthur, 10, 27, 403
Jones, Richard, 341
Jowett, 300, 419, 423
INDEX OF VICTORIAN AUTHORS
449
Keble, 69, 300
Kemble, Fanny, 255
Kemble, J. M., 378, 423
Kinglake, 69, 139
Kingsley, C., 18, 20, 27-28, 68, 103, 139,
175, 209, 255, 300, 341, 378, 423, 425,
443
Kingsley, H., 28
Kingsley, Mary. See Malet.
Kipling, 70, 103, 139, 175-76, 200-10, 217-
18, 255-56, 300, 341-42, 378-79, 403,
423-24, 436, 443
Knowles, 70, 300
Labouchere, 424
Landor, 16, 68, 70, 103, 107, 140, 169, 177,
210, 256, 300, 342, 379, 403, 424, 443
Lang, 28, 70, 103, 210, 256, 300, 379, 424,
443
Lear, 28, 103, 210, 256, 300, 379
Lecky, 256
Le Fanu, 403
Lever, 65, 210, 256, 300, 342, 404
Lewes, 67, 137, 177, 404
Linton, Mrs. Lynn, 424
Linton, W. J., 103, 342
Livingstone, 342
Locker-Lampson, 424
Lockhart, 19, 28, 103, 140, 256, 379, 424,
443
Longmore, 380
Lovett-Cameron, 28
Lyte, 380
Lytton. See Bulwer-Lytton.
Lytton, Robert, 424, 443
Macaulay, 28-29, 70, 103, 140, 169, 177,
210, 256, 301, 342, 380, 404, 424
MacDonald, 140, 404
Maginn, 404, 424
Mahony ("Father Prout"), 203
Maine, 257
Malet, 28
Manning, 301
Marryat, 177, 257, 301, 342, 380
Martin, 15
Martineau, 7, 16, 29, 70, 103-04, 169, 177,
210, 301, 374, 404, 424, 443
Mathews, 376
Maurice, 68, 177, 257, 301, 342, 380, 404,
424
Meredith, 0., 3, 4, 12, 15, 20, 26, 29, 70,
104, 140, 177, 210-11, 217, 257, 301-02,
342, 380, 404, 424, 436, 443
Meredith, Owen, 203
Meynell, 380, 404, 424, 443
Mill, 9, 29, 70, 257, 302, 342, 367, 374, 380,
404, 425, 444
Miller, 29
Milnes, 137
Mitford, 177
Montgomery, 343
Moore, 19, 29, 70-71, 104, 140, 177-78,
211, 302, 343, 404, 425, 444
Morley, 257, 302, 425, 444
Morris, L., 104
Morris, W., 12, 19, 29, 71, 104-05, 140,
178, 211, 218, 257-58, 302, 343, 380-81,
404, 408, 425, 444
Morrison, 444
Newbolt, 343, 404
Newman, Francis, 381, 436
Newman, J. H., 17, 18, 19, 29, 71, 105-06,
141, 178, 208, 211, .258, 302, 343, 381,
404, 444
Nuttall, 425-26
Oliphant, L., 179
Oliphant, Mrs. M., 426
Opie, 34344
O Shaughnessy, 71, 302
Ouida, 211, 258, 302, 344
Owen, Robert, 404
Owen, Robert Dale, 404
Palgrave, 32
Parley, Peter. See Martin.
Pater, 3, 16, 19, 29-30, 71, 106, 141, 179,
211, 258, 302-03, 344, 381, 404, 426, 444
Patmore, 17, 30, 71, 107, 141, 175, 208,
211, 258, 344, 405, 426, 444
Pattison, 107
Pearce, 444
Phillips, 405
Pinero, 211, 259, 381
Planche, 15, 16, 26, 30, 344, 381
Poole, 344
Powell, 438
Praed, 303, 344, 381, 405, 444
Prest, 375
Procter, 107, 141, 179, 211, 381
Prothero, 303
Pusey, 208, 303, 344
Rcade, C., 3, 30, 68, 72, 137, 179, 259,
303, 344, 372, 381, 426, 444
Readc, W. W,, 303, 426
Reid, 405
450
INDEX OF VICTORIAN AUTHORS
Ritchie, 211
Robinson, Emma, 444
Robinson, H. C., 141, 211-12, 259, 303,
405, 424
Rolfe, 107, 179, 405
Rossettis, 3, 20, 30-31, 68, 72-73, 107-08,
137, 141, 179, 212, 215, 218-19, 259,
303, 344, 381, 405, 426, 444
Ruskin, 12, 31, 68, 73, 108, 137, 142, 175,
179, 212, 220, 259-60, 303, 344, 382,
405, 426, 444-45
Russell ("A. E."), 344, 382
Rutherford, 304
Saintsbury, 73, 445
Sala, 304, 405, 426
Salomons, 304
Seeley, 260, 304
Senior, 212
Sewell, 12
Sharp, 212
Shaw, 13, 15, 105, 178, 214, 217, 382, 405,
426
Sheehan, 212
Shelley, Mary, 445
Shorthouse, 108, 260, 304
Sims, 445
Smith, Albert, 108
Smith, Alexander, 31, 212, 382, 426
Smith, Goldwin, 405
Smith, John Frederick, 405
Smith, Sydney, 108-09, 205, 260
Spedding, 260
Spencer, 26, 31, 109, 179, 212, 260, 304,
334, 426
Spurgeon, 109, 304
Stanhope, 304
Stanley, 73, 260
Stephen, J. F., 17, 260, 382
Stephen, J. K, 405
Stephen, Leslie, 31, 179, 212, 304, 345
Sterling, 382, 405, 426, 445
Stevenson, 3, 31, 74, 109, 142, 180, 213,
219, 260, 304, 345, 382, 405-06, 408,
426-27, 436, 445
Strickland, 345
Surtees, 32, 74, 100, 260, 345, 382
Swinburne, 16, 25, 32, 61, 74, 109, 142,
180, 213, 215, 219-20, 260, 304-05, 345,
406, 427, 445
Symonds, 345, 382
Symons, 408, 427
Talfourd, 305
Taylor, Sir Henry, 15, 32, 305
Taylor, John, 213, 382
Taylor, Meadows, 382, 406
Taylor, Tom, 68, 137, 345
Tennyson, 15, 19, 32, 6, 74, 108, 109-10,
142, 180, 213-14, 215, 216, 220-21, 260-
61, 305, 345-46, 367, 382-83, 406, 427,
445
Thackeray, 19, 32-33, 68, 74-75, 110, 142-
43, 180, 214, 261, 305, 346, 383-84, 406-
07, 427, 436, 446
Thompson, 33, 75, 110, 143, 180-81, 214,
261, 305, 346, 382, 384, 407, 427, 446
Thomson, James ("B. V."), 143, 182,
214, 446
Thomson, Sir J. J., 427
Trelawny, 346, 384, 407
Trench, 427
Trevelyan, 13
Trollope, A., 33, 75, 110, 143, 181, 214,
261, 305-06, 346-47, 384-85, 397, 407,
428, 446
Trollope, Frances, 446
Tupper, 261, 407
Wainewright, 261
Ward, Mrs. H., 180, 261, 306
Ward, James, 214, 306
Ward, Wilfrid, 181, 261
Ward, William G., 110, 181
Waterton, 347
Watson, Marriott, 143
Watson, Sir William, 181, 214, 407
Watts-Dunton, 33, 74, 109, 306
Wedgwood, 214
Whewell, 261
White, 446
Whyte-Melville, 15
Wilberforce, 7, 75
Wilde, 11, 26, 33, 76, 110, 143, 181, 214,
262, 306, 347, 385, 407, 428, 446
Wilson, 407, 428
Wise, 306, 383
Wood, Mrs. H., 181
Wordsworth, 306, 347, 385
Yeats, 178, 211, 257, 306, 347-48, 385, 408,
428, 446
Yonge, 110, 446
1 02 543
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11